1. Jataka Parijata Vol I of II by V Subrahmanya Sastri_text

PRINTED BY

V. B. SOOBBIAH AND SONS AT THE M. D. D. ELECTRIC PRINTING WORKS BANGALORE CITY

1932

PREFACE

The object of the study of Astrology may, for practical purposes, be considered as being two.fold Like other scicnees it contributes to the perfection of the human mind when it is pursued for its own sake Unlike them it helps man a great deal in his ordinary business of life. That it is a science capable of being studied for its own sahe may be evident from the fact that such great mathematicians as mi (Garga), qrat (Parasara), J (Bhrigu) and arefhier (Varahamihira) pursued the study of Astrology with a view to the advancement of knowledge That it has a uttlitarian sense about it is clear m the following observations It is a matter of common knowledge that every person aspires for worldly prosperity It has been admitted by eminent persons of all times that natural forces exert their influences upon the human mind The aetions of individuals in their every day life depend upon the frame of their mind on the particular occasion These natural forces emanate from the planets Not a few will have actually exper enced that the modus operandt of any action depends a great deal upon the foresight and wisdom of the individual Master minds have been endowed with ? much valued insight into the good and bad influence at work at the time and the right understanding of the nature of their surroundings, and so they are capable of adjusting themselves in such a way as to seeure the end in view But such persons are few and far between The ordinary run of humanity is endowed only with ordinary itellect

PREFACE

Mighty intellects of yore-those master minds of the past-have, for the benefit of their posterity, given sy stematically the effects capable of being produced by the severil positions, etc., of the planets To speak of their stupendous work as the product of idle fancy is to betray ignorance They have prescribed rules to be observed for embarking on important undertakings by reference to tbe positions of the planets, so that one may be certain that, if it is begun it an auspicious time, it will be crowned with success The forces eserted by the planets at such a time will tend to produce benefie results without iny great effort on the part of the person concerned. If otherwise tbe desired effect will hardly be achieved even at the cost of great efforts

Planets hive been declared to be productne of malefic effects when they occupy certain positions It is, however, anerror to suppose that these results will inexor ably come about \arous remedies have been recom mended to mitigate, if not to ward off, these malefic influences by the performance of Shantis such as Japa, Hom1, Archana, etc, the efficacy of thece depending upon the efficiency of therr performince and the sincenty of the performer The study of Astrology will, therefore, bestow on the iquirer 7 knowledge by means of w hich he can iscertun when he may have favourable or unfavourible times and how he may alleviate the impending misfortune if any Herem hes the real vilue of Istrology In the case of certun horoscopes the position of planets will be such that the matie thereof will be able to develop t strong will power In such an event it will be found that they can adapt themselves to vanou, conditions and act in such 7 way is to emerge

PREFACE

unffected by the malefic influences, if any, resulting from the mnauspicious positions of planets at the time of birth or at the commencement of any action as the case may be. To be fore_warned is to be fore-armed A hnowledge of Astrology equips one with such arms and it only remains for one to use one's will power wherever possible to shape one's course of action for averting the evil and securing the good

A study of Astrology presupposes a study of Astro. nomy without which exact planetary positions for basing astrological facts cannot be found This will explam why our so called astrologers fail miserably in their predictions and have brought themselves and the science they pretend to know into contempt On the other hand, instances can be cited in which predictions made years ago by great astrologers have come true with startling precision The makers of these predictions were not the men that made a living by Astrology, but venerable orthodos Brahmin astrologers of the Teiresian type. It is not possible to say that these predictions were hap" hazard guesses, for those that made the predictions invarably made sure of their preliminares by ascertain- ing previously that certain conclusions they drew from the horoscopes, etc, shown them by querists talled with actual facts The accuracy of the horoscopes once establıshed, these eminent astrologers vere able to announce all facts connected with the owners of the horoscopes, their relations near or distant, their neigh bours and all else that had anything to do with them and their concerns About 42 yeurs ago, a sage of this description lived in one of the lovely villages of the Amaravatı Valley in the Coimbatore District and gave

vi PREFACC

out his predictions Many things which he said in the course of a casual conversation with his son-m-law, the writer's father, regarding his future certaily came to pass

Emboldened by very favourable antecedents and goaded on by innate curiosity to get to the springs of Ast- rology, I cast about for some standard astrological work to be taken for serious study and fortunately lighted upon mawafma (Jatakaparijata) which professes to contun all that is choice in mafeat (Gargasamhita), watiear (Parasara Samhita), eraer (Saravalı), sa (Brihat Jataka) and other such worhs, and which, beyond contra. diction, is about the best summary on horoscopy enshrin ing several rare informations not at all found in any other worh of its hind In this connection, a word about its author Vaidyanathi Dikshsta would be quite appro priate As he hmself says in the 2nd and last slohas of the worl, he is a descendant of the Bharadwaja family and son of Venkatadn Somesay that he is the identical Vaidyanatha, the author of Prataparudriya and some other worhs and annotations Again, he has been declated bp Kesava Daragna as his Guru, which fact is bome out by the following Sloka in his work Eehax (Muhurta tatva)

व्याध्यल्प गुरुवेद्यनाथचाणद्वन्द्वे रत केशव. ।।

Ganesa Duvagna, the son of Kesava Daragna wrote his Grahalaghava in 1520 A D So Kesava Darvagna must have been born about 1450 A D IT Vaidyanatha Dikshitn should have been his Guru, he must have been born between 1425 A D ind 1450 A D.

PREFACC V11

To revert to my choice of Jatakaparrata Several works of Astrology such as (1) Prajapathya (aratqet) (2) Brıhat prajapithya (gemrarqet) (3) Surya Hora (quatt) (4) Shanda Hora (रममदहोरा), (5) Vasishta Hora (वसिष्टहीरा), (6) Saunaka Hora (शीनरहारा), (7) Kausika Hora (कोशिकहोरा), (8) Garga Hora (गगहारा), (9) Yavana Hora (यवनहोरा), (10) Mandavya Jataka, (amas), etc, are not wholly available, though several slokas therefrom are met with here and there There are other works such as (1) Jataka- bharana (waanmm), (2) Sarwartha Chintaman (uaiu. धिन्तामणि), (3) Phaladeepika (फलदीपिर), (4) Horamakaranda (छो रामकरन्व), (5) Jatakadesi (जातकारेदा), ete, but these are not complete in themselves, as they do not deal with all the branehes of horoscopy In Jatahapariata, one will not fail to find that the author Vaidyanatha Dikshita has judieiously brought together exeeptionally valuable materials from several works of classical'authors and that he has touehed upon almost all the branches Brhat Parasara Hora (Teurearar) whieh is now ailable though complete in itself, is too voluminous I therefore selected Jatalapujata for my translation In the notes published mn the edition of 1915, 1 have supphed and supplemented in appropriate places information regarding Rasmı, Grahavasthas, Madhyamayur y oga, Raja yoga, Ashtakavarga Kalachakra and Dasas which were either omitted or briefly touched upon or dealt with in the Jatakaparyata Advantage has also been tahen of the opportunity to revise the orginal translation of some of the slokas of the text, and to furmish additional explana- tions accompanied by illustrations where such elucidations were considered necessary No pains have been spared to collect together and quote all available parallel

V111 PREFACE

passages freely and fully, almost perhaps to superfluty, so that the trinshtion with these notes may prove to be a self contained and useful compendum on the subject

It is a trite but nevertheless a very important obser vation that as Time lapses our knowledge increases and our vision widens and tht unless we use them constantly, we run the risk of making them run to waste So since the publication of my Notes in 1915, my aim was to bring out a much mnore substantial edition of Jatika parijatı, but I may perhaps be forgiven for saying that my progress has been delayed, not only by heavy family responsibilities, but also by heavy professtonal duties till 1931, when I vigorously set to worh at this revised edi tion of Jrtkaparyata which is nearly double the original one

The present work appearing in two Volumes meludes the following new fertures -

(1) Opportunity has been talen to append notes where ever possible and that too next to the translation of each sloha

(2) A zodiacal chart showing the Sapthavargas mn one glance has been mcluded

(3) Much valuable mformation has been added in the Ashtahavarga chapter, and the Ashtakavarga plate is also explained

(4) An exhaustive index has been made out to facilitate easy and ready teference

Before I close this preface I must express my deep sense of gratitude to my late revered father M R RY, S Venkatarama Sastrar, B A, who aided and advised

PREFACE ix

me at every stage of my translation of Jatakaparijata, and I acknowledge with profound respect for him that much of whatever is good in the interpretation of several passages is owing to his suggestion, his care and his judgment. Mr. N. Parameswara Iyer of Rangoon also helped me greatly with valuable suggestions and copious quotations from works mnaccessible to me

50, 3rd Cross Road, Basavangudı, Bangalore City. V. SUBRAHMANYA SASTRI. 10th November 1932

CONTENTS

PAGE Adhyaya I-The properties of Signs 1 Adhyaya II-Nature of the Plinets and their properties 41 Adhyaya III-Mamfold births, etc 96 Adhyaya IV -- Death mcidentil to childhood 173 Adhyaya V-Length of Life 233 Adhyaya V A-Eut from the World 300 Adhyaya VI-Murng of a Horoscope 319 Adhyaya VII-On Raj yogas or Planetary con junctions leading to Kingship 372 Adhyaya VIII-On conjunctions of two or more

Adhyaya IX -- The effect of Gulika, Year, ete planets 495 583

विषयानुक्कम:

राशिर्शालध्याय श्रोका

महस्वरूप गुणा याप वियोन्यादिजम्माध्पाय बालारिष्टाप्याय आयुर्दायाध्याय 4-g नर्योणिकाध्याय १२४ 14 आतकमस्वाध्याय राजयोगाध्याय ३७२ प्रहाश्नयप लाधयाय: मान्थरदादिफलानि १२८

JATAKA PARIJATA

DESCRIPTIVE CONTEN TS.

Adhyaya 1. SLOKAS 1-3 Benediction by the author and hus purposing to write the worl. 4-7 The several names of the 12 zoJiscl signs, and general names for a sign. 8 Parts of the human body denoted by the zodiacil signs. 9 Animal forais symbolised by the zodncal signs. 10-12 The regions indicated by the signs. 13 Signs-long and short-male and female-benefic and malefic-Eastern, Western, etc. -Moserble, immove- able and dual. 14 Which signs dominate by nght and which hy day ?- g8744 (Prishtodaya) and ariir4 (Sırshodaya) sıgns. 15 Land and water signs. 16-18 Biped, quadruped and reptile signs and where strong? 19 Odd and even signs. Mineral, vegetable and animal sigos. 20 The castes corresponding to the signs. 21 Some signs blind and some deaf and w hen ? 22 Lame signs . T4: (Riksha Sandhı) 23 The colours of the signs. 24 The products, vegetable or mineral, represented by the Sıgns. 25 The lords of the signs nnd their Navamsas. 26-28 Which signs and what portion of them ate Moolathti konas and of which plauets ? 29 उच्च (Uchcha) and परमोच (Paramochcha), नीच (Neecha) and परमनाच (Parama neecha). 30 The Dasavargas. The Inrds of EH (Hora) and 677 (Drekkana),

xii CONTENTS

SLOKAS 31 The lords of the aal" (Saptamsa). 32-33 The Fera (Navamsas) and their lords. 34 वर्गोत्तमाश (Vargottamamsa). 35 RIHI (Dasamamsas), EITars (Dwadasamsas) and their 36 Eaiw (Shodasamsis) and therr lords. [lord".

37 frraia (TrimsAmsas) and their lords. 38-43 vggr (Shashtyamsas). 44 वैशेषिकाश (VaIseshikamsas). 45 461 The terms 34 (Uttama), argt (Gopara), Faaa (Stmba sanil, शररेजान (Paruala), पारावताश (Paravatamsa), देवलोक (Devaloka), and kura (Iravata) explamed. 47.48 षडूवर्ग (Shadvaiga), सप्तवग (Saptavarga), 49-52 The 12 bhavas and their names. 53 Tx (Kendra), faim (Trikona) and their synonyms. 54 (Kendras', Tvc (Phanaparas) and a94 (Apoklimas). 55 O44 (Upachaya) and aqv4 (Apachaya) houses. 56 The lengths of the signs. 57 Which portions of the signs with the Moon in them become fateful ? 58 Which portions of the signs with the Moon in them are auspicious ? 59-60 The countries which the sigos indicate. 61 प्रवर (Plava) and अभिित (Abhijit)

Adhyaya 2.

1 The several constituents of #Tags4 (Kalapurusha) repre- sented by the several planets. 2 The pofitical grades typified by the planets. 3 4% The severl names of the planets from the Sun down to Rahu and Kethu. 4} 6 उपग्रहा (Upagrahas) 7 The form and appearance of the planets. 8 The luminostty or otherwise of the planets, 9 Planets-malefic and benefic. 10 The varying mnfluence of the Moon during the 3 divisions of the lunar month.

CONTENTS xiii

SLOKAS 11 The पृषोदय (Prishtodaya), शीर्पोद्य (Sirshodaya) and उभयोक्य (Ubhayodaya) among the planets. 12 Plaoets-winged, reptile, biped and quadruped. 13 Their hauts. 14 The stages of life typified by the planets. 15 The lords of the fonr Vedas. Vegetable, mineral and aoimal kiogdoms severally represented by the plaoets. 16-18 The ten states or conditions of planets. 19 The colours of the planets. 20 Substances pertaining to the planets Deities presiding over them. 21 The precious stones ascribed to them. 22 Their articles of apparel. 23 The points of the compass of which they are lords. The seasoos they represent. 24 lhe portions of humin abode or human haunt signified by the planets 25 Territorial 'urisdictions of the planets 26 The castes of the planets. Their division into FT (Satva), रजसू (Rajis) and तमम् (Thamas) 27 Sex of the planets. The elements of which they are lords. 28 Planets arranged according to the length of their orbits. The constituent elements of the body represented by tbem. 29 The flavours andlthe periods sigmfied by tbe planets. 30 32 Their aspects. 33-34 Planets-when positiomally stroug? When not benefic ? 35 Their fire (Dig bila) 36 वालबल (Kala bila) 37 Therr Here (Cheshta balr) and 3RFFTa (Naisargika bala) 38-40 The shadbalas and their vanieties The standards of shadbalas. 41-46 Five linds of mutnal relation among planets 47 Their specri! pecnliarities. 48 Planets becoming troublesome because of their relation with miez (Mandi) or ty (Rahu).

XV1 CONTENTS

SLOKAS 49 Birth of a legitimate child. 49 Birth of a irrT (Kshetraja). 50 Bitth of a पीनसंव (Paunarbhava) 51 Birth of a bastard 52-53 Birth of a son to be given in adoption 54-58 Child born fathered upon the husbid of the confined woman 59 Child born legitimate. 60 Child born dunng the father's captivitv, 61-66 Place of buth of a child deseribed 67 The yoga under which the new born child will be cast away by its mother. The yoga in which it will be talen cate of by others and live long 68 Other jogis under which the new born cbud will be abandoned by its motber, The condifions for the survival or otberwise of the cast. away child. 69 Place of delivery ascertasnable from the position of certain planets 70 Accouchement in darhness, tbe manner of delivery- pasnful or otherwise 71 The means of guessing certain particulars respecting the lying in chamber -- the direction of the door way - the nature of the lamp (fixed or moveable) - the quantity of oif and the portion of the wick burnt therein. 72 The nature of the lying in chamber, 73 The patt of the main building in which the lying m. chamber is situated. 74 The means of guessing the position of the lying in woman and her couch. 75 The means of guessing the female attendants within as nell as without the lying in chamber. 76 The color andi appearance of the new-born child and the proportions of its body and limbs 77 The 3 divisions of the child's body and lunbs correspond- ing to the Drekkanas of the Lagna and other Rasis,

CONTENTS xvii SLOKAS 78 The nature of the injury, ulcer or wound to be appre- hended in the part of the body corresponding to the Drekkana occupied by a malefic planet. The presence of a benefic pianet is marked by a mole or some freckle 79 The ulcer nr wnund spoken nf above is brought on in- variably by the combmation of four planets including Mercury in the 6th bhava especially. 80 Summary.

Adhyaya 4. 1-2 The life of children under 12 years cannot be calculated for the reasons stated. 3 बाकारिष्ट (Balanshta), योगारिष् (Yorarishta), अल्पायुछ (Alpayus), T (Madhyayus) and TTu (Deerghryus) defined. 4 5 Part cular fatal planetary combibations 6 The afte (Anshta) causing the death of the child or its several relations. 7 The ynga fatal to the mnther nr a brother of the new. born child. 8 Another oftexrT (Arishta?yoga) fatal to the mother. 9 11 The afeatr (Arishta yoga) causing tne death nf both the mother and child. 12 An afteam (Arshta yoga) tiecessitating a fatal operation. 13 aRE (Arishta) to the mother. 14-16 afte (Arishta) to bott tte mother and the child. 17 The stage of development of the child in the womb-its good or bad conditien d-pendent on the strength or otherwise of the planets presiding over ats growth during the several mouths of ils str in the womb. 18 The yoga at the time of conception tending to the trippy condition of the fetus in the womb. 19 The yoga at the time of the conception or birth of the fetus bringing about the death of the father either at once or in three j ears. C

x111 CONTENTS

SLOKAS 20 The soga at the birth of a chitd causing the father to go to a far off country perhaps never to retura. 21 The yoga lcading to a child s death within a month from ats birth. 22 The joga causiog the nstant death of the oew born

23 24 The yoga bringing on a child s death withia seventy seven days from its birth 25 26 The yoga producing the speedy death of the new born chid 27 The yogr under which the child born lives frotn two to six months only after its birth 25 29 The yoga under whtch the child dies as soon as born 30 The soga under which the child dies within a month after its birth 31 The aiteir (Arishta yoga) causiog the death of the child within a month or two after sts birth 32 34 The ybgas Jeading to the speedy death of tbe new boro child 35 The soga Ieading to the iostaot death of the new born child The yogas under which the chid may live 8 years 4 years or only one month after uts birth 36 Yogas fatal (some of them) to the child and some fatal both to the mother and the child 37 Ao aReay (Anshta yoga) to be averted by Jupiter mn strength 38 Fateful position of the Mcon to be couoteracted by Venus, Merery or Jupiter mn strength 39 When' the cffect of ao aiteurt (Anshta yoga) may be looked for-the loogest duration of an afte (Arishta) generally does oot exceed a year 40 54 ite (Arshta) yogas termmnating fatally mn ) 2, 3 4 5, 6, 7, 8 9, 10 11 12 13 and 14 years 55 The &RealT (Arishta yoga) leading to a chtld s death in the 15th year in consequence of a hurt by a sharp weapon

CONTENTS X1x SLOKAS 56 The #Ream (Arishta yoga) causing the death of the child m the 16th year owing to hurt by a snake 57 61 anfte (Arishta) yogas terminating fatally in the 17, 18th, 19th 20th and 22nd year respectively 62 67 logas giving a lease of life for 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 and 31 years respectively 68 The yoga under which a person will be either short lived or childless 69 70 Yogas yielding short life 7 .- 83 Yogas which counteract afte (Arishta) and secure long life 84 A yogn yielding a wgu (Madhyayus) or the mean period of life 85 96 Yogas giving the full length of life. 97 The yoga under which a person may live to the end of the world 98 The yoga under which a person may become an inspired sunt and hve long 99 The yoga giving an immensely long life. 100 101 The yoga under which 1 person will be like a celestil 102 The yoga under ahich a person may prolong his life by the recitation of sacred hymns 103 The yoga under which a person may become a saint, 104 Yoga giving life lasting till the end of the world 105 The yoga under which a person may attain to Brahma's seat. 106 The yoga under which one will attam final beatitude 107 Summary of the contents of the chapter

Adhyaya 5

The eight hinds of antg 14 (Ayurdaya) enumerited by YIT (Parisam) nnd others-viz, Pat (Nisargaja) f (ida) a (Amsan), iaa (Rasmya) 7 (Chakray),; ara (Nakshatrya) FIT (Diyyr) and HETTia (Ashtalargi)

Xx CONTENTS

SLORAS 2 The years assigned to the several planets under the निसर्गजायुदाय (Nisargaja Ayurdaj a). 3 The years assigned to the several ,planets under the पिण्टायुदाय (Pindasurdaya) 46 The method of worhing out the foea (Ponda)a) as well 15 the निसगज (Nieargaja) आयुदोय (Aurdaya) 78 Reduction in the engriy (Ayurdaya)lof a planet on account of its being in a depressed position, mn a state of echipse by the Sun or in an mimical house .- Exceptions to this rule 9 10 Reduction for the presence of planets in the 12th, 1ith, 10th 9th, 8th and 7th bhavas When several planets unite in one bhava, the reduction 1s made in the case of the strongest planet 15 Reduction in the argria (Ayurdaya) because of the pre sence of a mlefic planet in the Lagnr, The reduction is to be by half when a benefc planet nspects the Lagoa. 12 13 The reductions apply to faaia (Misargya) and fivrT (Pin daja) but not to wara (Amsaja) wigui (Ayurdaya) 14 15 Directions for finding ihe araign (Lagmyus) 16 The same as m Slokas 7 11 164 The atgria (Ayurdaya) of aiaua (Jeetasarman). 17 21 The process of getting the aaargria (Amsajayurdaya) 22 The rays for the several piinets 23 The process of worling out the tRn7 (Rasmya) riq {Ayurdaya). 24 25 The augmentation or reduction in the planet's rays according to their favorable or unfavorable positions. 26 The 47a (Chakraya) 3T:4 (Ayurdaya), 27 TATIS# (Nahshtra dasayus) mnd wtradt (Ashtakava rgTa) आयुम् (Ayus) 28 If predominant strength belongs to the Lagna, aagda (Amsajayurday1) is to be calculated, if to the Sun, the fvza (Pindya) , if to the Moon, the faudr (Nisargaja). 29 32 The particular yogas in which fer aigais (Pindaja Ayur day a) is recommended by qrac (Parasara).

CONTENTS XXI

SLOKAS 33 पिण्डज (Pindaja, निसरमन (Nisargaja), रश्मिज (Rasmija) मिन्नाष्टक वर्गज (Bhinnashtakavargaja), वालचन न[Kalachakraja) नक्षनन (Nakshatraja), teraT (Samudayashtakavargaja) or अश्ञन (Amsaja) आयस (Ayus) is to be reckoned accord ing as the Sun the Moon, Mercury, Mars, Venus, Jupi ter, Saturn or the Lagna predominates in strength 34 The process of converting the angra (Ayus) which is mn years of 360 days into solar years 35 39 Those persons to whom the a4ri4 (Ayurdiya) rules apply and those to whom they do not 40 44 The maximum length of life in the case of men and some of the other living creatures 45 54 Various clues for ascertaining the time of death of per sons born undet paiticular planetary combinations 55 H4 (Sarpa) fau (Nigada) and TT (Pisa) drekkanae enu merated. . 56 The term qr (Khara) in Sloha 52 defined and the 64th Navamsa referred to in the same sloka explained 57 The terms ia (Jeeva), E (Deli) and 7R (Mrityu) ex- plained The Sum of fr (eeva) and ae (Deha) being in excess of T3 (Mrtyu) indicates long life 58 A clue to the ttme when loss of wealth or even death may be apprehended 59 71 A clue to the time when a person s derth may he looked for-the particular dasa period, the year, the moath and the day when the event may happen is ascertainable 72 The cause of a person s death is to be ascertained with reference to the 22nd Drekkana from the Lagua 73 The nature of a person s denth ascertainahle from the position of planets occupying the 7th place from TTfr (Mandi) 74 Means of ascertaiing the ailment lerding to death and also nhether the event will tale place in one's own country or abroad, etc 75 The planet or planets causing death 76 Means of ascertuming whether death will be happy or unhappy.

xXII CONTENTS

SLOKAS 77-112 Death under vanous circumstances and by vanious agen- cies- detailed 113 115 The means of ascertaining the cause of a person s death from the Navamsa occupied hy the lord of the Lagna and the place of death through the taTT (Randhra hatamsa) 116 The RE (Dik) or direction in whih a person's death will happen 117 The duration of unconsciousness prior to death can be accertained and the disposal of the dead body predicted 118 The reg on to which the dectased goes can be ascer tained 119 The means of knowing whether the deceased goes to yorr (Bhuloha) 3ais (Bhuvar loka) or yavir (Suvar loks). 120 121 The conditions under wich the deceased has to go to hell or heaven. 122 The conditions under which the deceased msy sttumn to Brahma's seat 123 The conditions for the deceased going to the regions of eternal hlies 124 Summary of the contents of the Adbyaya

Adhyaya 5A

1 Means of ascerfuning the aiment lending to death, and also whether the event will tahe plice mn one's omn country or abroad etc 23 Death due to iecidents and other causes 4 10 Death under various circumstances ahd by virious agencies detaried 11 The cause of a person s death is to be ascertamned with reference to the 7nd Drekkin from the Lagoa Drekkana 19 The nature of the place where death happens The duration of unconsciousness prior to death. 13 The finl stige of the dead body, hon it is disposed of.

CONTENTS xxiii

SLOKAS 14 The means of knowing tbe particular region to which the deceased had belonged in his previous birth. 15 The region to which tbe deceased goes.

Adhyaya 6

1 Four classes of yogas marring a horosrope. 2 Yogas producing poverty. 3 Two yogas one leading a person of low birth to eminence, the other forcing the person born to live ignobly. 4-5 Yogas betokening beggary, dependence and illiteracy. 6 Two yogas, one of them leading to crime, the other to servitude. 7 Two yogas, the first leading to adultery and unwhole- some living, the second to ignorance, dullness, forlorn- ness, fretfulness and beggary. 73 Yogas leading to evile, wretchedness and poverty. 89 Yogas leading to J7n (Kuladhvamsa) or family ex. tinction. 10 ETAMMA (Raja yoga bhanga). 11 Yoga leading to loss of independence. 12 Yogas leading to family disbonor and extinction 13 Perpetual servitude. 131 Yoga leadıng to infanticide. 14 15 Yogas under which a person becomes a professional hunter or fowler. 16-17 Yogas leading to baseness, wretchedness and misery. 18 What mars a <174m (Rajay ega)? 19 Yogas producing drunkenness, crime and adultery. 20 Yogas leading to cruelty to birds and corcupiscence. 21-25 A4T (Reka) yogas. 26-27 Th effects of the above. 28-34 aita (Daridra) yogas, : r .. ycgas preducing poverty. 35 Planetary posttions betokening crire. 36 Planets produce depression eflect. in ai ((Neecha) par sas and etaltation effects in da (Uchcha) navamss" 37.38 The effects of the <RRar (Daridra yoga).

xxiv CONTENTS

SLOKAS 39 44 RsT (Preshya) yogas .- Yogas leading to dependence aud servitude. 45 The effect of the above. 46 59 35317 (Anga heena) yogas .- Yogas leading to defonmty and defectiveness of organs. 60 73 an (Roga) yogas-Yogas producing diverse diseases 733 Yogy leading to danger from snakes 74 Yoga leading to captivity. 75 751 Yoga producing diseases or defects connected with the organ of generation. 76 A yoga Jeading to captivity. 77 Yoga leading to a dsease produced by enchantment. 78 Yoga producing consumption 79 803 Yoras leading to insamty. 81 Yogas producing idiosy and addiction to wibe 812 A yoga producing a disease of the privities. 82 A yoga producing a disease of the throat 83 A yoga producing insabsty. 84 Yogas producing ailments aflecting teeth and eyes. 85 Yoga producing blindpess 86 Leprosy. 87 Same as Slok 1 813. 88 Yogas producing strangury and piles. 89 91 Yogas producing various discases aflecting the stomach 92 Yogas leading to jaundice, delirium, colc and erysipelas 93 Same as Sloka 77. Yogas leading to diseases brought on by a meeting with celestial sparits, goblins, ghosts or fiends 95 97 Special yogas producing certam special diseases 95 Yogas under which the person born is a dwarf. 99 Husband and wife both ane eyed Two yogas-under the (first, the person" born is one eyed and becomes mated with an one eyed wife, under the second, the person born has a wife defective in some limb, 100 Tno yogas-undes the first, the organ of hearng of the perton becomes damaged ; under the secoud, ugly teeth are produced

CONTENTS XXV

SLOKAS 101 Benefic planetary posttions resulting in the happiness of the person born 102 Summary of the chapter

Adhyaya 7.

1-57 Vanous planelary positions in which kings or king hke men are born 58 The good inffuence of a planet in rts several positions- 59 The 5 Mahapurusha yogas (aegain ) named. 60 (HME4) The effect of Ruchaka yoga, 61 Another Raja yoga 62 (nxv)nwaH) The eftect of Bhadra yoga 63 (aHTtTe) The eflect of Hamsa yoga 64 (मानव्ययोगफलम्) The effect of Malavya yoga 65 (सशयोगयलम्) The effect of Sasa yoga. 66 (The time) when a yoga takes effeet. 67 ("R4 (4)T ) Bhaskara yoga and its effect 68 (an ) Indra yoga and its eflect. 69 (UTT ) Marut yoga and its efleet. 70 (3yatT ) Budha yoga and its effect. 71 (") Kemadruma yoga. 72 73 अनफा (Anapha), मुनफ (Sunapha) and दुरुवरा (Durudharal yogas defined. 74-77 दरिद्रयाया (Daridra) vogar. 78-79 Other केमद्रुम (Kemadruma) yogas. 80 8I Exceptions to the Daridra yogas 82 A Kemadruma yoga nullifies a Raja yoga 83 TV7 (Anapha), (Sunapha) and Trt (Durudhara) yogas defined. The cropping up of the Kemadruma yoga. 84 85 The general effect respectively of gaw (Sunapha), 3a1 (Anaphal and *y< (Durudhara) yogas. 86 90 Special HaTT (Sunapha) yogas and their eflects 91 95 Special ara#T (Anapha) yogas and their eflects. D

CONTENTS SLORAS 96 105 Special g6 1 (Durudhara) yogas and their eflects 106 The conditions under which a yoga tahes full effeet 107 The conditions under which the effect of a yoga becomes mixed. 108 109 T7 (Sakata) joga and its eflect 101 111 The eftect of a planet s occupying qtfera (Parrata) and such other Vaiseshikameas 112 The yogas termed the lowest anrg (Adhama), the middl- ing H (Sama) and the highest aftu (Varishta) 123 (7mia) ) The Moon s Adhiyoga and its eflect. 114 115 (arai(at ) Lagnadhiyoga and its effect 116 117 (73 nd4)n ) Gajaheean yoga apd its eflect 118 120 (saetam ) Amala yoga and its effect 121 124 The 3 yogas aAA (Vesh a9 (Vesi) and avqud (Ubhaya chari) with their effects 125 127 Yogas termed 7w (Subha) ag4 (Asubha) w4mait (Papa karfyrı) and flermit (Samyakurtarı) with their effects 128 129 (949) ) Parvata yoga and its effect 130 131 (aTrE4r ) Kabala yoga and its effect. 132 135 (matat ) Malha yoga and its effeet. 136 137 (R(n(ar) Chamara yoga aad its effect 138 139 (Taxm ) Sankba yoga and its effect 140 14) (osr) Bbers yoga and its effect. 142 ( 54rT ) Mridanga yogr and ats effect 143 (hmvam ) Snnatha yoga and its effect 144 145 ( urmar ) Sarada yoga and sts t.Hect. 146 147 (पत्ययोग) Mathsya yoor and its effect 148 149 (fnam ) Kurma yoga and its effect 150 151 (aram ) hhadga yoga and its effect. 152 153 (astiarn ) Lakshma yoga and its effect. 154 155 (anajs ) Kusuma yoga and its effect 156 157 (qRirT Tr) Paryata yogr and its effect 158 159 (aenemam ) Kalamdht yoga and its effect 160 161 (s) Amsavatara yoga and its effect 162 163 (efterwrarr ) Harharabrihma yoga and its effect 164 180 (anth) Nabhasa yogas

CONTENTS xxvii

SLOKAS 164 Names of the 20 ana (Akrıti) yogas. 165 Names of the 3 a4 (Asraya) yogas, the 2 3 (Dila) yogas, and the 7 trear (Sankhya) yogas. 166-167 The 3 arara (Asraya) yogas and the 2 37 (Dala) y ogas explatned. 168-172 The 20 ar pi (Akrıtı) yogas deseribed. 173 The 7 aten (Sankhya) yogas explamed. 174 The effect of the 3 IT4 (Asraya) and the 2 77 (Dala) yogas. 175-178 The effect of the 20 anzir (Akriti) sogas 179-180 The effect of the 7 4eir (Sankhya) yogas 181 Summary.

Adhyaya 8

1-5 (fHT4) ) Daigraba yoga, Comburstions of 2 planets m obe bhava. 6 14 (fraran ) Trigraha yogi. Combinations of 3 planets in one bhava. 15-25 (giagin ) Chiturgraha yog. Combiations of 4 plinets in one bhava 26-35 () Pauchugrih yoga, Combinations of 5 planets in ooe bhava. 36-38 (RAM) Shadgraba yoga Combinations of 6 planets in ooe hhava. 39.44 Tne effect of planets fother than the Moon) occupying Meshr and other Rasis. 45 The presence of the Moon in Mesha ind other signs or their Amsas modifies the effeet of other planets. 46 The effect of evil plinetiry aspect. 47 The effect of benefic planetirs aspect. 48-55 The effect of planetary aspects on the Moon in the 12 Rasis and in their Amsas. 56-61 The effect due to the presence of plinets io the lst hbava.

KXVI CONTENTS

SLOKAS 96 105 Special FyT1 (Durudhara) yogas and theit effects. 106 The conditions under which a yoga tales full effect 107 The condit ons under which the effect of a yoga becomes mixed 108 109 7 (Sakata) yoga and ats effect 101 111 The effect of a planet s occupying qema (Parsjata) and such other Vaiseshikamsas 112 The yogas termed the lowest arvy (Adhama) the middl ing Ra (Sama) and the highest afe (Varshta) 113 (7v4 The Moon s Adh joga and its effect. 114 115 (aafrit ) Lagoadhyy oga and its effect 116 117 (atim ) Gajakesar yoga rnd its eflect 118 120 (H~[4FT ) Amala yoga and its effect 121 124 The 3 yogas a at (Vesit dt (Vesi) and uaad (Ubbaya char!) with the r effects. 125 127 Yogas termed gur (Subha) aTu (Asubha) wThHft (Papa hartari) and 4rha? (Samyakartarı) with their effects 128 129 (94d4r7 ) Parvata yoga and ats effect 130 131 (artn ) Kahala yoga and its effect 132 135 (aifearim ) Malika yoga and its effect 136 137 (amrat) Chamara yoga and its effect 13S 139 (Taurr) Sankba yoga and its effect 140 141 (any) Bhert yoga and ats effect. 142 ( sart , Mndanga yoga and its effect 143 (dmam ) Sr natha yoga and its effect 144 145 (TRa(arr ) Sarada yoga and its effect 146 147 (77447a ) Mathsya yog1 .nd its effect 148 149 (aam ) Aurma yoa and its effect 150 151 (arq) ) hhadgi yoga and sts effect. 152 153 (srd ar ) Lakshmt yoga and its effect. 154 155 (aagam ) Kusuma yoga and its effect 156 157 (vfaraom ) Paryjata yogr and its effect 158 159 (ar)) halanidh yog and ots effect 160 161 (NEGR4 T) Amsavatari yoga and its effect 162 163 ((te sart ) Hariharabrahma yoga and its effect 164 180 (a4m) Nabhasa yogas

CONTENTS xxvii SLOKAS 164 Names of the 2J enaf (Akritı) yogas. 165 Names of the 3 aIr4 (Asraya) yogas, the 2 [Dala) yogas, and the 7 erear (Sankhya) yogas. 166-167 The 3 arer (Asraya) yogas and the 2 aos (Dala) yogas explained. 168-172 The 20 atrgiar (Akrıtı) yogas described. 173 The 7 map (Sankhya) yogas explamed. 174 The effect of the 3 sT4 (Asraya) and the 2 ra (Dala) yogas. 175-178 The effect of the 20 anFia (Akriti) y ogas 179-180 The effect of the 7 y74r (Sankhya) yogas. 181 Summary.

Adhyaya 8.

1-5 (दविप्रइयोग ) Duigraha yoga Combinations of 2 planets in one bhava, 6.14 (iaran) Trigraha yoga. Combinations of 3 planets in

15-25 one bhava. (igai ) Chuurgraha yogt. Combinations of 4 planets jn one bhava, 26-35 () Panchagraha yog. Combinations of 5 planets" in one bhava. 36-38 (M) Shadgraha yoga Combmations of 6 planets in oue bhava, 39.44 Tae effect of planets (other than the Moon) occupying Mesha and other Rasis. 45 The presence of the Moon in Mesha and other signs or theis Amsas modifies the effeet of other planete. 46 The effect of evil-planetary aspecr. 47 The effect of benefic planetnry aspect. 48.55 The effect of planctary aspects on the Moon in the 12 Rasis and in their Amsas. 56-61 The effect due to the presence of planets in the Ist bhava.

xxvili CONTENTS SLOKAS 62 64 The effect of the presence of plaoets in the 2nd bhava. 65 67 The effect of the ptesence of pianets in the 3rd bhava 68 70 The effect of the presence of planets in the 4th bhava. 71-74 The effect of the presence of planets in the 5th bhava. 75-78 The effect of the presence of planets in the 6th bhava. 79 81 The effect of the presence of planets an the 7th bhava. 82-85 The effect due to the presence of planets in the 8th bhava. 86 88 The effect due to the presence of planets in the 9th bha va. 89 93 The effect of the presence of planets in the 10th bhava. 94 96 The effect due to the presence of planets ip the 1ith bhava. 97.99 The effect of the presence of planets in the 12th hhava. 100 103 her (Uchchaphalam). The influence of planets when in their several exaltation signs. 104 Aanven (Moolatrikonaphalam). The iofluence of planets in their several Moolatrikona positions. 105-106 58q (Swakshetraphalam). The infuence of planets when in their swalshetra. 107-111 fasaavex (Mitrakshetraphalam'. The mnfuence of pla oets when in a frieodly sigu. 112 113 4547 (Satrukshetraphilan). The influence of plt. nets when in an tnimical sign. . 114 नीचराशिपलम् (Neecharasiphalam). The influence of 'pla oets when in their depression sigas .. 115 116 The several effects produced by planets in their sei eraf posstions compared. 117 The cooditions uoder whith planets are generally faver. . able. 118 Summary.

CONTENTS xxix SLOKAS Adhyaya 9. 1-6 The etfect of the presence of mfer (Maodi) in the several bhavas. 7 The Lagna staoding in a certain relation to Mandi is baoeful. Plaoets associated with Maodi or the sign occupied by Mands equally baneful. 8-9 The effect of Mandi's association with the several planets. . 1 10-25 The effect of a person's birth io the several cyclc years from ya (Prabhava) to aaz (Akshaya). F 26 The effect of one's birth during the northern srttrqu . (Uttarayana) or southern xfaT4a (Dakshinayana) passage of the Suo. 27-28 The effect of one's birth in the several seaspos of the year, 29.31 The effect of ooe's hirth in the several solar mpoths. 32 The effect of one's birth duriog the light or dark half of a month. ٠.٢ 33 The effect of one's birth durng certaio particular divi- sioos of a day. 34.37 The effect of one's birth in the several days of the Moon. 38-39 The effect of one's birth mn tbe several week-days. "" 40-44 The designations of the 28 Asterisms. 45 The fateful portions of the 6 Asterisms styled nuey-aard: (Gandantataras). The term ayi (Abhnkta) Moola defined; the birth of $erqns (Kuladhvamsaka) therein. 46.48 T'he 10 divisions of the Asterism Pret (Jyestta) and the effect of a child's' birth in them severally on the child's

The effect of a child's birth in the Asterism v (Jyeshta) relations. 49 coupled with Tuesday or in 71 (Moola) with Sunday. 50-51 The effect of n child's hirth in the quarters of st (Jyeshta). The same in those of 4r (Moola). $2.55 15 divisions of yar (Moola) and the effects of a child's birth in each of these divisions.

xxx CONTENTS

SLOKAS 56 59 Risk to parents by 1 child birth 1o pottioos of IVSTART (Gandanta jaras) with special reference to the time of day wheo such portioas occur 60 61 The birth of a child with the Moon in the Asterism yai Tler (Purvashadba) aod with the risiog sign Dhanus or with the Moooin yer (Pushyaland the risiog sign Katah1 Droves tatal to parents 62 63 Fateful mflucoce on parents of child birth io specifiedr portions of aarvagdi (Uttaraphalguni) yer (Pushya) fx (Chitra) wf (Bharani) ca (Ha I) aas tan 'R+vati) 64 67 The limit of the Ter (Ganda) penod 68 69 Child birth in spectfied portions of tuT4Jret (hrhaa chaturdasi) inauspicinus 70 The abandooment recommended of chudren and cattle born in the new moon day with a ootable exception 72 The evil effect of a child birth in a Lagna or \sterism ndentical with that of the fither 73 74 The oul attendtog a child s birth io the gaa (Musala) and gar (Mudgirn)yogas fnevra (Vishtiharana) (Gulikakal ), feeiffr (Rilta thiti) ZH5025713 (Yatakan " takakala) and Remtaa a (Grahapeedita Nakshtra) 75 76 The evils of a ch id brth in the yogas .qaraid (Vyatipata), ufte (Parigha), aya (Va dhrit ) Awta (Vishkambha) (Sula) and as (Ganda) 77 The birth of a child with teeth iu picious during the first six months, 78 80 The terms T (Janmwhsha) $5 3 (har mrksha) 4rfr (Sanghat kha), RT4 (Samuday) Arta (Adhana) arr (Vaiasıka) mA (Jatı) r (Desa) and afara (Abhısheka) as applied to stars expla oed and the effect of thew occultation (r Vedha) at b rth by placets 81 82 The sourre and character of the hos (Ganda) with refer, ence tn parlicular mooths of the year 83 The beoefit of the father see ng his new born chiid 84 90 The effect of one s b rth in the several Astersms.

CONTENTS xxxi SLOKAS 91-93 The effect of one's birth with the Moon in the several Rasıs. 94 96 The effect of one's birth in the several Rasyamsas, i.e., Amsas or portions of the several Rasis 97-100 The effect of one's birth in the several Yogas. 101-103 The effect of one's hirth in the several Karanas. 104 109 The effect of one's birtb in the several rising signs 110 The effect of one's hirtb in the Horas of an odd sign. 111 The effect of one's birth in the Horas of an even sign. 112 Krura (a) Drekkanas. 113 Water bearing Drekhanas 114 Benefic (niT Saumya) Drekkanas. 115 Mıxed (fu.Mısra) Drekkanas 116 The effect of one's birth in the several kinds of Drek- kanas 117-118 The effect of one's birth in the Navamsas of the several planets. 119 121 The effect of one's birth in the Dwadasameas of the saveral Rasıs. 122 The effect of one's birth in the several classes of Trim. samsas viz., tbose owned by Mars, Saturn, Jupiter, Mercury and Venus. 123 124 The effect of one's birth in the ar (Satva), t34 (Rajas) and तमोवेला (Thamo Vela) respectively. 125 The order of the Velas in weekdays. 126 The rule for finding the Treztu (Kalabora) in weekdays. 127 Tbe effect of a person's birth in the several Kalahoras. 128 Summary.

। श्रीगणेशाय नमः ॥।

अथ

जातकपारिजातप्रारंभः JATAKA PARIJATA

॥ राशिशीलाध्यायः ॥

श्रीकान्ताजशिवस्वरूपममरज्योतिर्गणस्वामिनं मायातीतमशेपजीनजगतामीश दिनेशं रनिम्।। नत्वा गर्गपराशरादिरचितं संगृह्य ताराफलं चक्ष्ये जातकपारिजातमिलँज्योतिर्विदां श्रीतये ।। १।। Adhyaya I THE PROPERTIES OF SIONS Slokn 1 Having bowed to the Sun, the Lord of day, who is of the nature of Vishnu (fac), the beloved ol the Goddess Srı (ft), Brabman (atrt) and Siva (fara), who is the Sovereign ol the hosts ol immortal lights, who transcends Maya (माषा) [Prakriti (परकृति) ' (, nature] and who rules ill animate worlds I am going to expound Jataka Parijata (जातरु पारिनात) to the joy of all astrologers epitomising the starry influence treated of by Gitgi (गर्ग) Parasara (पराशर) and others भारद्वाजबुलोन्डवस निदुपः श्रीनेंकठाद्रेरिह ज्योतिः शास्त्रनिशारदस्य तनयः श्रीरद्यनाथः सुधीः।

राशिस्थाननिरूपणादिसकलं वक्ष्ये यथानुन्माद ।।२।।

2 जातकपरिजाते Adh. I

Slok : 2. I, the talented Vaidyanatha (aer), the son of the learned Venkatadrı (agzria), a descendant of the Bharadwaja ("RETH) family ind a proficient in the Science of Astrology, set forth in regular order the whole matter (of Astrology) commencing with the definitions of the zodiacal positions to afford mental enjoyment to the multitude of wise men who appreciate the nectarcous sweets of astrological truths. प्रणम्य वन्दारुजनाभिवन्द्यपदारविन्द रघुनायकस्य। संगृह्य सारावलिमुख्यतंत्रं करोम्यहं जातकपारिजातम् ॥ ३।। Sloka. 3. Prostrating myself at the lotus feet of the Lord of Raghus which the bard community have to salute (in undertaking anything auspicious) I prepare the work of Jatakaparjata (wasuiftsna) abridging the important scientific work Saravalı (umradfi), मेपाजविश्वक्रियतुंयुराधा यृपोक्षगोततावुरुगोकुलानि। द्वंद्व नृयुग्मं जुतुमं यमं च युगं तृत्तयिं मिथुनं वदन्ति ।।४।। कुलीरक्काटककर्कटाख्या: कण्ठीरव:सिंहमृगेन्द्रलेयाः। पाथोनकन्यारमणीतरुण्यस्तौलीवणिव जूकतुलाघराथ् ।।५।। अल्यष्टमं वृथ्षिककार्पिकीटा धन्वी धनुशापशरासनानि। मृगो मृगासो मकरश् नक्र: कुंभो घटस्तोयधराभिधान: ।।६॥। मीनान्त्यमत्स्यपृथुरोमझपा वदन्ति ॥। Sl Las 4-6 and first quarter of Sloka 7-The first sign, astrologers style as Mesha (ar), Aja (srt), Viswa (विश्व), Kriya (क्रिय), Tumbura (तुम्बुर) or Adya (आय), the second as Vrishabha वृषभ or वृप), Uksha (वक्षन्), Go (#ft), Tavuru (agr) cr Gokula (mga), the third as Dwandwa (ईई) Nrayugma (नूयुग्म), Jutuma (अनम or जितुम), Yama (यम), Yuga (युग) or Mithuna मिथुन); the

S1. 2-7. प्रथमाऽध्याय: 3

fourth as Kulira (tett), Karkataka (F) or Karkata (कर्कट); the fifth as Kanthirava (कण्ठीरव), Simha (सिंह), Mrigendra (Fa) or Leya (ar ; the sixth as Pathona (पाथोन), Kanya (कन्पा) Ramani (रमणी) or Taruni (तरुणी) ; the seventh as Thauli (arfr), Vanik (arE). Juka (5), Thula तुला) or Dhata (घ); the eighth as Ali (अलि), Vrischika (fars), Kaurpi (arid) or Kita (arz) ; the ninth as Dhanus (94), Chapa (SrT) or jarasana TITA"); the tenth as Mriga (मृंग), Mrigasya (मृमास), Makara (मकर) ot Nakra (-) the eleventh as Kumbha (ira), Ghata (uz) or Thoyadhara (arm); and the twelfth as Meena (मीन', Anthya (अन्त्य), Mathsya (मत्स्य), Prithuroma (पथुरोम) or Jhasha (T) NOTES. The author presumes in the student an elementary knom. ledge of the science, such as the names of the 12 Rass, the 27 Nakshatras, ee., and begins to give the different names by which each of the signs is Lnown. In slohas 18 to 25 the Rasis have been more elnborately dealt with, but the following from Shandahora (FiFtar) may be noted here regarding Vrishabha (zy4) and other Rasis तावुरः सौरमेयश्च वृपो वृपभवाचक:। भिथुनं जुतुमें माहुनयुम्ममिति चापरे॥ कुटीरः कर्कट: कर्की कृकाटश्रमिधीयते। सिहो लैसे मृगेन्दरव् र्न्यासी कन्यकापि चा वृश्चि को मधुपः कौर्पी धनुधन्वी च तौकेकः। आकोकेरो मृगो नशे मकरः सप्रगीपते। कुंभ: कलशनामासी हद्रोग इति चोच्यते। अनिमेपालयो मीनो योष्पध थमिसत्यवि। - The following are the Latin names for the several zodiacal signs from Mesha (aq) onwards:

Mesha Artes Tula Lıbra

Vrishabha Taurus Vrischika Scorpio

Mithuna Gemim Dhanus .. Sagıttanus

Kataka Cancer Makars . . Capricorn ... Sımla Leo Kumbha Aquarius .. Kanya ... Virgo Mcena Pisces

4 जातन पारिजाते Adh I

दस्रादिकर्क्षननपादयुता: क्रियाद्याः । चक्रस्थिता दिविचरा दिननाधसंख्या: क्षेत्रर्क्षराशिभवनानि भसव्ज्ञितानि ।।७।। Sluka 7 (quarters 2 lo 4) Kraya (क्रिय) and other zodiacai signs in the heavens consist of mine quarters of stars reckoning from Dasra (TH Aswini) and are termed Kshetra (@x) Rikshi (4), Rast (afr), Bhavana (भवन) and Bha (भ) NoTcs Rasis are usually counted fron Meshr and Nakshatris from Asnin (afvfi) Iach Nnhsl atra ) is four quarters and ench Ris consists of n ne quarters of the Nikshatris Thus Meshs is com nosed of Aswin (Hfdfd) Bharam (ieord) ind the frst quarter of Krithikn (sfart) and so on ef Girgi (rn) अधिनी भग्णी गय' इसिरा पा*एय । त पा विनय माल वृप मौम्यतस तथा। मौग्याडमाद्रा मिथुने लागयाश्रणन्रयम।तपार पुत्यमाध्टया रागि कयटव स्मृन 11 पिन्य भाग्यसथपम्ण पार सिंह प्रशननन पाणवितय च या हस्तशित्राई्ममेव च ।। तुला वियाण्ल स्वाती विगाा गरणनयम।तत्पा- मिर्मन्वत्य ज्यष्ा वृश्षिव उच्यन। मूलमा्य तथा धन्ची पाण तिशभरस न। तत्पा त्िनय विष्णुभवरो वासव ललसू ॥ नदल वारण उभ पथान सणवयम।तपा मेर मीन स्वा हिपुस्स्य उ रेवनी।। The Jast quirter of the sloks gies the several sy nonymous terms for Rast (arPi) or s gn कालात्मरुस च शिरोमुखदेशरक्षो- हत्कुक्षिभागकटित स्तिरहस्यदेशः। उरु च जानुयुगलं परतस्तु जंघे पाददयं क्रियमुखानयनाः क्रमेण ॥८॥ Sloka & Th- parts of the body of the person Kala (#15-Time) beginning with Mesha, are respecti vely the head the mouth, the breist, the heatt the belly, the hip, the groms the private part, the two thighs, the two knecs, the two calves and the two feet

SI. 8-9. पथमोऽध्यायः 5

NOTES ef. . a1. 1-4, The 12 Rasis are supposed to represent the several parts of the body of Kalapurusha (agrq), Mesha (Aries) representing the head and so on. ०f. सारावला शीर्षास्यवादुहृदय जठर कठिवास्तमेइनोरुयुगम्। जानू जद्वे चरणी वान्स्याहानि राशयोडनाया: ।। The object of this division is also distinetly expressed in the same work thus : कालनरस्याचयनान पुरुषाणां कल्पपेत्प्रमवकाले।

i. t., to find out the fall growth or otherwise of the different parts of the body of the owner of the horoscope nccording as the Rasis typifying them are connected with benefic or malefic planets In the case of all horoscopes, the several parts of the body referred to above should be understood to be represented by the signs beginning from the Lagna. व्यत्यस्तोभयपुच्छमस्तकयुती मानौ सकुंभो नर- स्तोली चापधरस्तुरंगजघनो नकरो मृगासयो भवेद्। वीणाट्यं सगद नृयुग्ममवला नाँसया ससस्यानला शेपा: स्वखगुणाभिधानसदशा: सर्वे सदेशाश्रयाः ॥९॥ Sloka. 9. Sign Pisces consists of two fishes with their two tails and heads in reversed positions Aquat rius is symbolised by a man with a pot. Libra is a person with a balance; Sagittarius is a man armed with a bow, the hinder part of the body being tha-

a deer. Gemini constitute a pair of human beings bear- ing a harp and a mace. Virgo is a woman standing in a boat carrying with her corn and fire. The remain- ing signs correspond to things with properties indi- cated by their respettive names. Each one of them . inhabits the region appropriate thereto.

6 जातकपारिजाते Adh I

NOTES of वृ ना I 5 सरेशाश्रया is another reading मेपस्य धातुकररत्नघरातलं स्थाद उक्ष्णस्तु मानुकृपिगोकुलकाननानि।

वापीतटाकपुलिनानि कुलीररायः ॥ १०॥ कण्ठीरवस्य धनशौलगुहारनानि पष्ठस्य शाद्वलवधूरतिशिल्पभूमिः। सर्वार्थसारपुरपण्यमही तुलायाः कटस चाइमनिपकीटनिलप्रदेशाः।११।। पापस्य वाजिरथवारणनासभूमि- रेणाननस्य सरिदंयुवनग्रदेशः । कुंभसय तोयघटभाण्डगृहस्पलानि मनिस्य धाम सरिदंयुधितोयराि ॥१२॥ Slokas 10-12 Th'abode of Mesha (au) or the Ram is the surface of the earth containing precious stones and yielding min rals The quarters of Vrishabha (IT) or the Bull, is the table. land farms, the cow station and the forest The place of Mithuna fagr) or Gemini is the gambling house and pleasure haunts such as a park or a garden The seat of Kataka azs) or the Crab is a lake a pond or a sand bank in the midst of water The region of Simhs ((IrE) or the Lion is deep mountain caves and dense forests The haunt of the sixth or Virgo is a pasture land or the pleasure room of a woman The locality of Thula (dfer) or Libra 15 the ba-aar of a city abounding m all kinds of valuable things The lair of Vrischila (wfrs) or the Scorpion consists of a region abounding in flint, or holes of

S1. 10-12 पथमौऽध्यायः 7 -

noxious reptiles. The camp or barrack containing horses chariots and elephants is the place of Chapa (3rT) or the Sagittarius. The home of Makara (मकर) or the Deer- faced is a river or other water-abounding region. The seat of Kumbha (ta) or Aquarius is a water-pot and the receptacles of vessels in a house. The resort of Meena (Hta) or Pisces is a river, the sea and similar collections of water.

NOTLS. These are useful in frung the nature and the whereabouts of absconded or missing persons, lost things, etc., and seem to have been culled from the works of the Yavanas, from which the following is extracted - भद्य: स्मृतो मे पसमानमूर्ति: कालस्य मूर्दा गदितः पुराणः ।

घृपाकृतिस्तु प्रथितो द्वितीय: सवक्त्रकण्ठायतनं विधातुः । चनाद्विसानुद्विपगोकुलानां कृपीचलानामधिवासभूमि:।। वीणागदामृन्मिधुनं तृतीगः प्रजापते: स्कन्धभुजांसदेशः । प्रनर्तको गायनशिल्पकस्त्री क्रीडारतिर्द्थूतविहारभूमिः ॥ कर्की कुलीराकृतिरम्तुसस्थो वक्ष.प्रदेशे विहितश्र धातुः केदारयारपापुलिनानि तस्प देवाङ्गानारम्यविहारभूमिः ॥। सिहस्तु शैले हृदयप्रदश प्रजापतेः पञ्चममाहुरायाँः। स स्वाटवीदुर्गगुहावनाद्विव्याधायनी दुर्गवनप्रदेशाः । प्रदीपिकां गृद्य करेण कन्या नौस्था जले पष्ठमिति मुवन्ति। कालार्थधीरा जठर विधातु: सशाद्ूला स्त्रीरतिशिस्पभूमि:॥ वीध्यां तुला पण्यधरो मनुष्यः स्थितः स नाभी कटिवलिदेशे।

श्वभ्रोऽष्टमो वृश्चिकविग्रहस्तु मोक: प्रभोमेंद्गुदम्रदेशे।

धन्वी मनुष्यो हृयपश्चिमादममाहुरूर भुघनग्रणेतु: । समस्थितव्यस्सम स्तवाजिसुराख म्द्यन्नरथाश्वभूमिः।। मृगार्दपूर्व मंकरोर्द्रगाओ्रो जानुम्रदेश तमुशान्ति धातु:।

8 जातकपारिजाते Adh. 1

नदीवनारण्यसरोझ्यनूपश्चभ्नधिवासी दरम: प्रदिष्टः।। स्कन्धे तु रिक्तः पुरपस्व कुभो जहे तमेकादशमाहुरार्याः। शुष्कोदकाधारकुशस्य पक्षी स्त्रीदाण्डिको द्यूर्तनिवासभूमि:।। जले तु मीनद्यमन्न्यराशि: कालस पादौ विहिनी वरिष्ठी।

एनत्स्वरूपप्रयोजन हृतनप्टादिपु स्थानपरिज्ञान। तथा च पट्पज्ञाशिखाया 'रा- शिम्य: कालदिग्देशा:' इति न्हस्वा गोजघटास्समा मृगनृपुरुचापांत्यकर्काटका दीर्घा वृश्िककन्यकाहरितुला मेपादि पुंयोपितौ। प्रागादि क्रियगोनृयुर्ुकटकभान्येतानि कोणान्विता- न्याङु: बूरशुभी चरस्थिरतरद्वंदानि तानि क्रमात् ।। १३।। Sloka 13 The stgns Mesha, Vrishbha and Kumbha are short Makara, Mithuna, Dhanus, Meena and Kataka are of even length while Vrischika, Kanya, Simha and Thula are long. The signs are male and female from Mesha onwards in regular order. Mesha, Vrishabha, Mithuna and Kataka with their thrikona or triangular signs represent the four quarters commenc- ing from the East. Again, the signs from Mesha, taken in order, are to be considered pterce and auspicious , they are also termed moving, fixed and dual signs respectively. NOTES. This slok3 is helpful in deciding the ses, appearance, charac ter, etc , of the person concerned If the Lagm be a male sıgu and the surroundings lead to the same conclusion, he is surely a male but if they sbouid be otherwise he will be a male with feminine ippearance and character, etc, or vice versa The student should never veuture any prediction unless all the existing conditions are fully and carefully tested and weighed yoysft प्रभृतिषु राशिषु लमवरमिपु जातास्तत्सबायो भवनीति प्रयोवन सेयम)

St: 14 प्रथमोध्यार्य: 9

of. सत्याचार्य ओजा पुरुषा ज्ेया मेपान समनका युग्भा । उग्रेयूया पुरुषा मौग्या युग्मेपु भवनेपु ।। चरसजा सििरमग दि प्रकृनिरिति सगय क्रमश । राशिसभावतुरया नायन्ते प्रकृतय प्रमृतानाम्॥ The sign Meena is stated to be of even length, hut it will be seen from sicka 56 infra that the sign's length is represented by the number 20 and should therefore be clissed as r short sign cf. सारावली रस्वास्तिमिगो।यग मिथुनधनु यविमृगमुगाथ्व समा । धृथिरुरन्या सृगपतिवाणजा दीयां ममाख्याता ।। Videalso notes to that slol a दिगा शत्यप्रयोजन तु। मूंसिवगृ हद्ारन्न, तथा हतनटारिपु नाररेयाने ीग्वशान न नथा च यात्यदिघ्युसगतम्य सुखन मिद्धि व्यर्यश्रमो भवनि डिकप्रलोमल्स। इति वयिपिता निशि वृपनृयुक्कार्किचापाजनक्रा हित्वा युरग्म भवनंमपरे पृष्ठपूर्नोदयाथ। शेपा: शीर्पोदयदिनयलाः श्रेष्ठताराशयसते मीनाकारद्वयसुभयतः काललयं समेति ॥ १४। Sloka 14. Vrishabha, Mithuna, Kataka, Dhanus' Mesha and Makara possess strength at night. These excepting the sign Mithuna rise with their rear portion first. The rest appear with their heads and have strength during the day. They are also termed signs characterised by superiority. The rising sign at any given time, if represented by a couple of fish-figures 15 to come under both the Prishtodaya ( zeis ) and Seershoddya (श्रीपोंदय) NOTES of. पराशरजानक दिवा शोर्पोदयाश्रैव सन्ध्यायामुभयोदया 1 नक पृष्ठोदयाश्चेत दग्गो रक्या उदारिता । Also शुम्मुद्दोराप्रकाश मेपो वृषदन्तकुलरिचायकुरदतवाथ निशादरा स्यु 1

10 जातकपारिजाते Adh. I

तुलाधरा वृश्रिककुममूच वन्यालिमीना दिवमात्मिकनयु। अनिवृंष: कर्ष धनुर्पराश पृपादयास्या-समृगा सदोका।

For the usefulness of this sloka, cf. शीर्पोदये गमभिवान्तिवार्यर्मिद्धत पृछठादये विघलता वलवर्द्रवक्ष ।। Aiso शस दिवा दिनवले िशि नच्तवार्ये राश्री विपययवले गमन न शस्तम्॥ मीनालिकर्कटमृगा: सलिलाभिधाना- स्तोयाथया घटवधयुगगोपसंज्ञा। निस्तोयभूतलचराः क्रियचापतालि- कण्ठीरवाथ यहयः प्रवदन्ति सन्तः ॥। १५ ।। Sloku. 15. Many learned men say that Mcena, Vrischika, Kataka and Makara are termed watery signs. Kumbha, Kanya, Mithuna and Vrishabha, represent the water.resorters, while Mesh1, Dhanus, Thula and Simha, represent those that traverse (dry or) waterless regions. NOTES. Among plinets, the Moon and Venus are termed natery pla- nets, Mercury and Jupiter are water resorters, and the Sun, Mars and Satura materless ones. Vide Adhyaya II st. 13. 49T amanm वगदेण होरारने "आाम्यारण्यजलोद्रवरामिपु जाना भवन्ति तच्छाला" इनि. -चापापरार्द्धहरिगोमकरा दिमेपा मानसथिता बलयुताथ चतुप्पदाख्या: । कन्यानृयुग्मघट तौलिशरासनाद्या लग्नान्विता यदि नरा दविपदा चलाढया॥१६ ।। मृगापरर्द्धानत्यवु लीर संज्ञा जलाभिधाना पलिनथतुर्थे। जलाथयो वृथिकनामघेय: सुसक्षमस्यानगतो चली स्ाद् ।।१७।। SI.kas. 16-17. The fatter half of Dhanus, Sımha, Vrishabha, the forepart of Makara and Mesha, when thcy happen to be the Mana (mra) or the 10th house, pcssess strength and are called quadruped signs. Kanya,

S1. 18 अथमोडध्याम 11

Mithuna, Kumbha, Thula and the fore part of Dhanus, when they form the lagna or the rising sign, have abundant strength and are termed the human family of bipeds The latter part of Makara, Meena and Kataka which are termed waterv signs, are strong when they happen to be the 4th house Vrischiky which is a witer- resorting sign is strong in the seventh house AOTES ८f गर्ग• पृयुक तुल् घट क्या पतमर्द्ध च धन्विन । नगस्था वलिनो सत्यमने हि गरराशय ।। उतुर्ये ववट भींग मवरादे 7 पच्चिगे। विरेया परिनिा नितमेते हि नल्रानय ।। मपगे इशिह वींगे वलसन् परिवानित। धनुपोड्टा जगोमिहा बल्नि से नतुप्पन ॥ प्रागर्डे नजराशेश् वैशििंग्वलगब टि। These are useful mn finding the (a fayr) Bhavadigbal4 Vide आपतिपद्धनि Ch III SI 21 23 केन्द्रं गतोहि द्विपदो वलाढ्य: चतुप्पदाः केन्द्रगता रजन्याम्। कीटास्तु मर्वे यदि कंटकथ्थाः सन्धिद्वये चीर्ययुता भवन्ति ॥१८।। Stnka 18 A biped sign is strong in a Kendra (a=x) position (1st, 4th, 7th, or 10th house) during the day , the quadruped signs are strong at night when in the same Kendra (=x) position All reptile signs when in the Kantaka (कण्टक) or Kendra (केन्द्र) position possess strength in the two periods of junction between day and mght (morning and evening) NOTES. of. वृहज्जानव ये द्रम्या दिपदाइयो निशि चे प्राति न सध्याटगे (नीर्योलग) The term al (reptiles) here includes nol only Vrischikr Rist but also the other aquatic signs of- a1fa मिधुनतुलकुम्मकन्या दिवाबला धन्वििनश् पूताङ्गम्। अवृषामेहा रानौ मृगध्ययो पूवपथादे। वृश्िकभीनकुलीरा मवरान्त्यार्द्धि क सभ्यायाम्।

12 जातकपारिजाते Adh I

धातुर्मूलं जीवमित्याहुरार्या मेपादीनामोजयुग्मे तथैव। सवर्णाद्धातुमृनिकान्तस्तृणान्तं वृक्षान्मूलं जीवकूट: मजीवः ॥।१९।। Sloka. 19. Wise men say in respect of Mesha and other signs taken in order, that they are mineral, vege' table and animal, as also odd and even signs. Mineral comprises things of that class varying from gold to clay. Vegetable includes all plants from a tree down to a grass and the animal includes the whole body of living beings. मीनालिवृपभा विप्राथापाजहरयो नृपा: । कुंभयुग्मतुला वैश्याः शूद्राः स्रीमृगकर्कठाः।।२० ।। Stoka. 20 Meena, Vrischika and Vrishabha are Brahmins. Dhanus, Mesha and Simha are Kshatriyas ; Kumbha, Mithun and Thula are Vaisyas ; and Kanya, Makara and Kataka are Sudras. NOTES. The sign Vrishabha is considered as Sudra (a7) and Kataka Brahmin. This seems to be the correct view cf. Hsrenr, g qa-Stoka 41. स्यु: कर्कटो वृश्रिकमीनराशी विभ्रा नृपा: सिंदकधन्येपा:। तुला सकुंभा मिथुर्न च वैश्या: कन्या घृपोडयो मकस्श् शूद्रा:॥। महानिशान्धा: क्रियगोमृगेशा मध्यन्दिने कर्कठयुग्मकन्याः । पूर्वाह्मकाले बधिरो तुलाली धन्वी सृगार्यक्ष तथा पराहे । २१ ॥ Sloka. 21. Mesha, Vrishabha and Simht are blind at the dead of night. Kataka, Mithum and Kanya are blind at midday. Thula and Vrischika ara deat in the forenoon. Dhanus and Mikara ate so in the afternoon. मृगाननश्ापधरश्चपङ्ग मन्धिद्वये नाशकरौ भवेताम्। स्य/द्क्षसन्धिः कटकालिमीनमान प्रमण्डान्मिति पमिद्म् ।।२२।।

S1. 22-23 अथमोऽध्याय 13

Sloka. 22 The deerfaced and the bow bearing signs, 1 e Makira and Dhanus which are lame become fatal in the two periods of twilight The concluding portion of the signs Kataka, Vrischiks ind Meena Is called Riksha.Sandht (KHAGT) ind is well known as Pragandinth (anggrra) ie-the end of the elbow-1 vulnerable part (1 critical period) NOTFS. For the effect of 7 burth a1 क्यनचि/ मारावली जाती न जीवति नरो मातुरपथ्यो भवे म्वकुचह-ता। यदि जीवनि गण्डान्ते बहुगजतुरगो भोद्भूप: ॥

पिङ्गल शनलवभ्रुपाण्डरास्तूवुराि भवनेषु कल्पिता ॥।२३॥। Sloka. 23 Red, white green (pirrot's hue) pink, pale-white, piebald, black, golden y llowish or brown, variegated, deep brown, and white ire the colours as signed to the signs from Mesln on virds NOTES of ब ना 120 र्of रघुजातक

पिद्ग लकमुंर वभ्र मरिनारचयो यथासर यम्।। Also सारावली

कृष्णरुनकाभविड़ा कर्वुशबभ्रुखजादिवर्णा स्यृ: ॥ Also सूर्यजातक रकत् सित शुरुनिभ पाटलोधूम्रपाण्डुर । चिनः कृष्ण स्ववर्णारय पिड्ल यर्ुरस्त ।। वध्रुर्गत्स्थनिग पूर्वरायेरचणा क्रमास्मृता ॥ प्रयोजन सूनिवावस्त्रवर्तिवादिवर्णज्ञानम्॥

14 जातकपारिजाते Adh I.

Alsa Adhyaya I1I St. 4, ufra वस्त्रादयं शालिमुख्यं ननफलनिचय कन्दलीमुख्यधान्ये लकमारं मुदपूर्व तिलनमनमुखं लिक्षुलोहाटिकं च। शस्त्राधं काश्ननादं जलजनिकुसुमं तोयजातं समसत द्रव्याण्याहु करियादिप्नवलवलयुतेप्ल्पताधिस्यभांजि ॥२४॥ Stoka 24 Clothing and other articles of apparel, superior rice, the collection of forest produce, plantain, cereals of the highest sort, bimboo, mudya or kidney bean and other stored articles of trade coming up to sesamum-sacks, sugar-cane, iron and other kindred sub- stances, weapons ind horses, gold and other valuable articles, flowers springing in water and all water-born things ate said to be the materials represented by Mesha and the remaining signs respectively, thei quantity being smill or greit, according as the signs typifying them are weak or strong

ऋमेण मेपादिपु राशिनाधास्तदंशपाश्रेति चदन्ति सन्त ।।२५।। Slola 25. Wise men say that Mars, Venus, Mercury, the Moon, the Sun, M>reury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Saturn and Jupiter are respectively the lords of the signs from Mesha onwirds and also of their amsas NOTAS .₹7 16 "शेषानगाणिनाथा " Is another reidig cf अपसमार - चतुर्थपटल - S1. 43. अद्वारायजवृश्चिका पृणुले शुकस्व युक्रन्पके बौधे कर्कटशाहयो हिमरच: सिहस्तया गोपतेः। घापाठ नावपि धंपणी मकरकुमभाषयों घ मान्दी महा. मोका राइयधिया यल घ वर्से मोडग व्रमो दर्दित:।

SI. 26-28 प्रथमोउध्यायः 15

मूलत्रिकोणा हरितावुरुक्रिया वधूधनुस्तौलिघटा दिवाकरात्। सितासितार्काङ्गिरसां नखांश कास्त्रिकोणमार्दो परतःस्वमन्दिरम्॥।२६।। वृपादिभागत्रयमुचचमिन्दोर्मूलंत्रिकोणं परतस्तु सर्वम्। मेपादिका द्वादशभागसंज्ञा कुजस्य कोणं परतः सभ स्ात् ॥२७॥। कन्यार्द्धमुच्ं शशिजस्य कोणं दशांशाका: स्वर्क्षफलं शरांशः । कुंभस्त्रकाणं फणिनायकस्य तुंगं नृयुग्मं रमणी गृहं स्यात् ॥। २८ । Slokas.26-28. Simha (fax), Vrishabha (qnr), Mesha (मेष), Kanya (कन्या), Dhanus (धनुस्), Thula (तुला), and Kumbha (aou) are the first triangular (Moolatribona- मूरत्रिकोण) signs of the plancts commencing with the Sun. In the case of Sukra (झुफ), Sani (शनि), Ravi (रवि), and Guru (ge), the first 20 degrees of the signs Thula (gar), Kumbha (कुभ), Simha (सिह), and Dhanus (धनुस्) form the Moolathtikona (arM), and the rest Swakshetra (t8a), t. e., their own house . The first three degrecs cf Vrishabha (qor) form the exaltation portion of the Moon, and the rest, her Moolathrikona (भूरुत्रिशोण). The first twelve degrees of Mesha are called the Moolathri. kona (मूल सिवोण) cf Kuja (g) and the rest, the Swakshetra (स्वक्षेत्र). The first half of Kanya (कन्या) is the exaltation portion of Budha (v); the next ten degrees, the Moola thrikona (मूलग्रिकोण); and the last five degrees, the Swa kshetra (स्वक्षेत्र). Kumbha (कुंम) is the Moolathrikona (मूलब्रि- कोण) of Rahu; Mithuna (मिशुन), the exaltation 7sign and Kanya (=यर), the Swakshetri (स्वक्षेत्र) cf. सारावली उच्चवलं कम्पायां बुधस्य तुद्गांशकैः सदा चिन्त्यम्। परतस्त्रिकोणजातं पञ्चभिरशैः स्वराशिजं परतः। उच्चं भागतितयं चृप इन्दोक्ष त्रिकोणमपरेशा:। द्वादशाभागा मेपे त्रिकोणमपरे स्वभ तु भौमस्य ।।

16 जातकेपसिजाते Adh İ.

दर्शभागा ईक्यास्य ध निवेण्मपरे स्व्रभ चाप। शुकस्य तु निशण पद्मिरपरे स्वर्भ नूके। विशतिरशा: सिहे निक्रणमपरे स्वभवनमर्यस्य। कुम्भे निकोणनिजमे रविजस्थ यथा रवेंः सिहे॥। Also शन्मुद्दोराप्रवाश दिशा (10) गुणा (3) गजधिन: (28) शरेन्दव: (15) समीरणा (5) नगाधिन: (27) करोन्वा: (20) रवस्तु तुद्नापरा:। हरौ रवेरनखा (20) रवाखिकोणक परे (10) गृद्द वृपे विधोस्तु तुज्गजा गुणा (१) परे (27) त्िकीणना:॥ कुजस्य भास्करा (12) अवो त्िकोणनाः परे (18) म्वभ धनुर्धेरे गुरो दिंव (10) ्निकोणजा: परे (20) स्वमम्॥ घटे भृगी: शरेन्दवः (15) निरोणश परे (15) स्वभ घटे शनेस्निकोणजा नखवा (20) परे (10) स्वगेढना: । वुधस्य तुझ्ना: स्त्रिया शरेन्दव: (15) परे (5) दारा: स्यभ परे ग्रिकोणना दिश (10) स्ु सस्मृता दुधैः ॥ For the Cxaltation and Snal shetrr (rya) places of Ralu and Ketu vide the following from Parasar (qTt) राहोम्नु यृपभ वेतोर्वृश्चिा तुद्रसंजकभ्। मूर्ए निवोणकके घ युग्मवाप तयय च॥ कन्या च स्वगृह प्रोक्त मीन प स्वगृह स्मृसम्। मेपो वृपो मकग्पष्ठकुलीरमीना- स्ताली च तुंगभरनानि तदसनीचा। नित्यांगनाहरिमयामनुसारनीर- संख्या दिनाकरमुखादतितुंगभागा ।। २९॥ Sloka 29 Mesha, Vrıshabha, Makara, Kanya, Kataka, Meena and Thula are the exaltation signs of the seven planets respectively from the Sun onwards, their depression signs being the 7th from their exaltation ones The highest exaltation portion of the plancts counting from the Sun are the 10th, the 3rd, the 28th,

sl. 30 प्रंथमोऽध्याय: 17

the 15th, the 5th, the 27th and the 20th degree of the several signs. NOTEs. These are useful in finding the correct Uchcha (3a) balas of the several planets. The effects of the Sun and the Moon occupying their res- pectve highest exaltation degrees in their exaltation signs (Uchcha Rast. 3TRT) have been separately given thus by Garga - स्पोचगो रघिशीतांस जनवेतां महीपतिम्। उच्चस्थौ धनिन रयातं स्वत्नि कोगगतावपि।। and the result of their occupying their extreme depression portions IS thus described by the same. अन्धे दिगम्बर मूकं परपिण्डीपजीयनम्। कुर्यातामतिनीचस्था पुरुपं शशिभाम्करी। लन्नं होरा दगाणं स्वरनवदशकद्वादशांशाः कलांशा- स्िरंशत्पष्ठयंशकाख्या व्ययदुरितनयश्रीकरा मानवानाम्। होरा राश्यर्द्धमोजे दिनकरशशिनेरंदुमातडहोरे युग्मे राशी दगाणा निजतनयतप स्थानपानां भवन्ति ॥ ३०॥ Sloka. 30. Lagna or the whole, Hora (frtt) or half, Drekkana(Rwm) or Jgrd, Ewaramsa (enia) or 1/7th, Navamsa (नवांश) Cr 1/Sth,Dasamamsa (दशमांश) or 1/10th, Dwadasamsa (द्ादशांश)or 1/12th, Kalamsa (कलांश) or 1/16th, Thrimsamsa (सिशांश) or 1/30th, and Shashtyamsa (पष्टयंश) or 1/60th of a sign (usually called Dasavarga-arai) pro- duce loss, danger, long life and prosperity to men. Hora (arrr) means the half of a Rasi; in an odd sign, the halves belong respectively to the Sun and the Moon, and in an even one to the Moon and the Sun. The Drekkana (#Fm) or the third portions of a sign are owned by the lords of the sign itself, of the son's or 5th house, and of the 9th or the house of Dharma (va) 3

18 जातकपारिजाले Adh I

NOTES दुरितचयशरींकरा is another reading. There are sixteen Vargis, but only ten are given here Even these ten Vargas are but seldom consulted Six and some- times seven are usually resorted to and are known as Shadvarga (sgqri) and Sapthavarga (qa44) respectively. Vide slokas 47 & 48 snfra. cf. the following from mi क्षेत्रं होराथ द्रेप्कणो नवाशो दवादशांशर:। तिशांशक्श्र वर्गोडयं सर्वस् समुदाहृत: ।। ज्यादिप्वपि पदार्थेपु स्थितः स्वेपु स्ववर्गगः । पञ्चवगगतोउप्पेव म्रहो भवति नान्यथर ।। Also सूरयंजातक for महयर्ग लसं होरा ग्रिभागश्र सहाशो नवमांशक: । दगदशांश स्तख्त्रिशालयः सप्तकचर्मिका । l'or the names of the 16 Vargas, ef. KIR वर्गान् पोडशसंख्यकान् वत् लोकपित्तामहः। तानर्ह सप्रवक्ष्यामि मैलेय भ्रुथतामिति॥ क्षेत्रे होरा व द्रेष्काणस्तुयाश्: सपमाशक: । नवांसो दपमाशक्र सूर्याशाः पोडशांक्षक॥ विज्ञांशी वेदवान्हंसो भांशसित्रिशांशकलन: । खवेदांशोऽक्षवेदांशः पष्टरशात्र ततः परम्। That is, (1) Rast, (2) Hort, (3) Drebhana, (4) Chathurthamsa or 1th (5) Sapthamst, (6) Navamsa, (7) Dasamamsa (8) Dua- dasamsa (9) Shodasamsa (10) Vimsamsa (11) Siddhamsa or one twenty-fourth, (12) Bhamsa or one twentyseventh, (13) Trim- simsr, (1+) hhnvedunsa or one fortieth (15) Akshavedamsa or ohe forty fifth and (16) Shashtyamsa or one sixtieth. For the uses of the several Vargas, ef. Eai लपादेहविचारो होरतश्रार्थमपदो जेयाः । देशणाल में फलूं आातृविचारस्तु सत्तांशात् ॥ संततिफल नवांशाद् इन्दशभारकर सचिन्ता घ। मृतोश्ञान पथित विशांसाजातकर्जस्तु।

SI. 31. प्रथमोऽध्यायः 19

According to the Yavanas, the lords of the Horas and Drekkanas are as described m the following sloka . आद्या तु होरा भवनस्वर पत्युरेकादशक्षेत्रपतेद्वितीया। स्वद्वादर्शकादशराशिपानां ट्रेप्काणसंज्ञा: क्रमशस्रयोऽस ॥ so that, according to this view, the ownerslnp of the Horas 1s not restricted to the Sun and the Moon, but is shared by all the planets But this vieu of the Yavmas 15 not recognised by Varahamilra, nor even by authorities like Sitya who has thus stated. ओजेयु खेहौर प्रथमा युग्मेपु चोत्तरा शेणा। इन्दो: कमशो जेया जन्मनि चेष्टी स्वहोसासी। राशिप तेर्द्ेप्काणम्तनपञ्व मनयमभवनपलय: स्युः १ तेपामधिपतयः स्वस्वेदरेप्वाणे ग्रहा बलिन: ॥ But it may be mentioned here that tlus convention of the Yavanas has been accepted for Prasna (ru) purposes (Horary astro. Iogy) while the other is recognised for purposes of horoscopy. ef रवीन्दू विपमे चन्द्ररवी चात्र समो कमाल्। दोरा स्यालमपस्याद्या द्वितीया लाभपस्य सु। आदा तु जातके प्रोक्ता द्विवीया प्रश्नकर्मणि ।। लप्रपुसशुभपाश्चरे गुहे पुलधर्मननुपा शुगे गृहे। धर्मलमसुतपाः स्थिरे गृहे जातके स्ु दृगाण उच्पते ॥ सवराशिपु दगाण उच्यते रननवस्य सुतपस्य चाव्यथ । धर्मपस्य सुविधानरुर्मणि प्रक्ष एव तजुरि,फलाभपः ॥ लग्नादिसप्तमांशेशास्त्वोजे राशौ यथाक्रमम् । युग्मे लगे सवरांशानामधिपा सप्तमादयः ॥३१॥ Sloka 31. The owners of the Sapthamamsas (सप्तमांश) or the 7th portions of Lagna and other houses are in the case of an odd sign to be counted regularly from the lord thereof, while in the case of an even sign, they are to be reckoned from the lord of the 7th house onwards.

This sloka gives the rule for finding out the lord of the NOTES.

Saptamamsa in the cases of odd and even stgns.

20 जातकपारिजरते Adh I

Thus, for evample, the Sipthamimsis of Thulr, an odd sign, will begin with Thul and end with Meshy, shile those of Vrischika, an even sign, will count from Vrshabh {=the 7th sign rechoned from Vrischkal ard close with Vaschka. The magm tude of each segment is 41°. Sapthamamsas are useful to ascertun the chimcter or tem- perrment of the mtie, he beig cruetls disposed if born mn a Krura Sapthams, or berceful in nature if lus farth happens in a Saumya Saptamams This diyision is also utilised for seeking information about one's brothers, ete , c/. सूर्यजातक ओजसशी सरांशादा युम्मे सवभतो मता:। सप्तमांशाधिपनयः सम्पक्ु भूत मयोदिता: ॥ Also कक्पागवमंन्। मेपालिभियुन गृगही रमोनसुलावृपभचापधरकर्रा । घरधरकन्यापूर्वा: सप्तांसाना भवन्तीशा: । सप्वरगप्रयोजनं सु कूरेपु जाताश्च पाठस्वभावा सौत्येवु ज्ाता: प्रवदन्ति सौम्या:। चापाजासहराशीनां नवांशास्तुंयुरादयः । वृपकन्यामृगाणां च मृगाद्या नव कीतिताः। ३२।। नृयुकुतुलाघटानां च तुलाद्याथांशका नव। कर्किृथिकमीनानां कर्कटाद्या नवांशकाः ॥ ३३॥ Slokas 32,33 The Navamsas of Dhanus, Mesha and Simha respectively belong to the nine signs from Mesh onwards; those of Vrishabha, Kanya and Makara, to Makara and others following it. The nine signs beginning with Thula are the owners of the Navamsas of Mithuna Thula and Kumbha. The Navamsas of Kataka, Vrischika and Meena respectively appertain to the mne signs from Kataka onwards. NOTCS These give the rules for finding out the Navimsas Lach

SI. 34 पथमोऽध्याय: 21

Navamsa is 3° 20'. The subjomed tabie gives the nine Navamsas in their order for the several signs.

Mesha Sımha Vrishabha Kanya Mithunr Kataka

Dhanus Thula Kumbha Vrischikq Makara Meena Navamsa

1st Mesha Makara Thula Kataka

2nd Vnshabha Kumbin Vrischiha Sımh .

3rd Mithun Meena Dhanus Kanya

4th Kataka Mesha Makara Thuỉa

5th Vrishabha Kumbha Vriscika

6th Kanya Mithun Meent Dhanus

7th Thuit Kataka Mesha Makara

Vrischik1 Stmt Vrishabha Kumbha

9th Dhanus Kanya Mithuns Meena

चेर चादशको त्ेय सिरे मध्यनवांशकः । अंत्यांशको द्विस्वभावे वर्गोत्तम इति स्मृत ॥ ३४ ।। Sloka 34 The Vargottama (wifrn) or the best Navamsa is the first Navamsa in a moveable sign, the middlemost in a fixed sign, and the last in a dual sign. NOTrs. It kill be seen that the Vargottani (aafa) Navamsis in the several Rasis bear the same mames as the signs themselves For evimple, the first Navamsa (TaeT) of Mesha is Mesha. the first of Kataka is Katakr and so on. The middlemost Navims (n) in Vrishabh is Vrishahha and so on ef. स्वे स्वे गृहेपु स्वगृशंशरा ये यर्गोत्तमामने यवननरना:। Planets situated in Vargottamimsas (Tlian) are sud to be productive of immtense good ef. tT

22 जातरपारिजाते Adh. I

वर्गोत्तमाश्चरमृदादिपु पूर्वमध्यपर्यन्ततः शुभफला नवभागसंज्ञा: ।। Also सत्य घरभयनेष्वाधंशा स्थिरेयु मध्या द्विमूर्तियु तथारयाः। वर्गोतमाः मदिष्टाम्नेय्विह जातः कुले मुख्या. ॥ Also साराघली

सूतौ कुलमुर पकराः ॥ लग्नादिदशमाशेशास्त्वोजे युग्मे शुभादिकाः ।

Stoka 35. In the case of an odd sign, the owners of the Dasamamsa (<Tala) or Ihth portions are to be counted from the sign itself; in the case of an even sign, from its 9th onwards. The owners of the Dwadasamsa (wiwisr) or r'ith portions of a sign are to be reckoned from that sign NoTrs This stokn gives the rules for calculating the Disamamsa (इनमाa)and Dandsamea (शma) of a Ras cf. पराशर दिगशया तम्चाजे युग्मे तलवमाद्वदेव। पूर्वादि दश दिक्पाला इन्दाग्नियमराक्षसा।। वरणो मार तशचैव युदरेशानपस्तता । अनन्तथ्च त्रमादोते समे या व्युत्कमेण तु ॥ द्वादरशाशस्य गगना नतन्क्षज्ादिनिर्दिशेत् । सेपामधीशा: कमशी गणेशाउश्चियमा हयः॥ 1t will be seen from the above that according to l'arrsara (qrIar) (a) the lords of the Pisinmmss in the cise of an odd sign are (Indra (ea), (7) Agui (afra), (3) Yamr (q7), (4) Rrkshis, (5) Varun (TatT), (6) Marutr (nrra), (7) Kuber (tt). (8) am (मान). (4) P'adiana (va 1), and (10) inantha (अन न), these being counted in thetinverse order in the case of an even sign; and

S1. 36 प्रथमोध्याय: 23

(0) the lords of the several Dwadasamsas of each sign are (t) Ganesa (गणेश), (2) Aswini Kumaras (अधिनीकुमारी, (3) Yama (यम) and (4) Ahi (afa:) reeurring in regular order But this view 1s not aecepted by all. ओजे कलांशा: प्रमुखास्तदीशा विरिचिशौरीश दिवाकराश्च। युग्मे चिलग्ने सति भास्कराद्या विलोमत पोडश भागनाथाः ॥३६॥

Sloka 36. The Shodasamsas (arawist) or roth portions of a sign are important. Their lords in the case of an odd sign are Brahma (HET), Vishnu (fator), Hara (E7) and Ravi (3fa) recurring in regular order, When the Lagna is an even sign, the lords of the Shodasamsas (araariar) are to be counted in the inverse order from Bhaskara ("reTT) or Ravi (?far)

Notes The Shodasamsas (yrrar) are thus described in the following works- फलदीपिका- स्वादीशाम्च कलाशपा विधिहरीशारो: समस्षेऽवथा॥। सर्वार्थचिन्तामणिः आजे कलानामधिपासदीशा्चनुमुखी विष्णुदरी दिनेश:। युग्मे कमाव्यत्ययमेव राजी ... The Shodrsamsa (Sreon) division of the zodrical ugn 1s vanously known as Kalamsa (It), Nripamsa (Ta), and so on. By this mode of division, the eeliptic is eut up into 192 equal segments of 1° 52' 30" each in length The cegments are named in regular consecution, in the order of the zodical signs, so that the mitial segment of the sign ties tahes on the name of thal sign, that of the sign Taurus assumes the name of Leo, and so forth. The segnient rulers are, in the case of the positive signs Brahma (set), Vishnu (fu), Rudra () and Aditya (anf:F) in rotation In the case of the negitive signs, the enumeration of rulership is reversed. if. Parsra (ytrat)

84 जातक पारिजाते Adh. İ.

आजसिहाश्वितो जेवा नृर्णद्ा क्रमश सदा। अर्जावष्णू हर सूयों ह्योजे युग्मे प्रतीपकम्। Buf according to some, the count of the segments in the case of an odd sign must folion the onder of the zodical sigas com mencing from Anes and be supplemented in the end by the n'imes Brahmn (arn), Vishnu fftey), Rudra (v3) ind Adityr (aufter) to mal e up the number 16 If the sign is even the order of enu merahon is to be reversed According to thts system the positive Ind negativesigns are distingushel by the possession of a common chsposition of segments There are some othors whose views are niso mirshilled below for convenience of reference (t) If the sign under segmentation is positie the count of the spgments must fallow the onder of the zodricat signs commencing from that sign (i5 in the case of the GRaIT segmenthou) and be sujinlemented in tho end by the names of the plinets Srturn, Mercury, Mars and the Sun, to make up the number 16 When the sign is negitive, the order of the count is reversed (H) The method of ailoction of the segments is the same 18 mn the previous system only, in plice of the four planets Siturn, Mercurs Mars ind the Sun, tho names of the divimties mentioned with reference to the furst method ae put mn (3' The method of allocthon of the segments isin no wise dufterent from thit of (2) nhove, escept for de cucumstance thit in plice of the divimties we substitute the nimes of the 9th 10th, 11th ind 12th signs counted from the positive suns (under seg mentation When tho vign under segmentation is negtive, the order of niming is of Lourse is usui reversed This scheme hiv certun unount of symmctry ilout it 75 it provides not onty for ralers though not wholly j linctiry, but ulso for zudircal mmes of all segments The woid fari (in the 2nd line)=P# These tno words 'ire used in astrofosical clsucs not onl m the reneril sense of "scen fit but aiso (as here) in that of 'i anen sign or house or 'a sign er house under considerstion or from nhich a count has to be made for a specific purpose

S1. 96. प्रथमोऽध्याय: 25

The predictie value of the (#eUTsT) segmentation is, as may be expected, involved in considerable obscurity. in the absence of any consensus of testimony among astrological authors as to the affimties of the several segments with the signs and the planets And the sad part of it is that reputable authors lıke Varahamthira (qurfir), Kalsanavarman (4T) and Bala bhadra (anrx) have nothing to say about the Shodasamsa in their works An ingemous interpretation of this somen hat obscure variant of the verse has been offered by Mr. T. V. Sarma of Tanjore on the authority (as he tells me) of Pandit C Saptarshi Sastry of Tanjore "In an odd sign, the lords of the Shodasamsas or the sixteen sub divisions are those of the twelve stgns reckoned from that sign onward, tugether with those of the 9th, 10th, 11th and 12th signs from the same sign In an even sign, the Jords are to be counted in the reverse order from the 12th sign Vot' :- In an odd sign, the frst tneive sub.dis isions are rufed by the lords of the twelve signs beginuing from that sign and the remaining four sub divisions are respectrvely ruled by the lords of the 9th, 10th, 11th and 12th signs counted from the same sign In an even sign on the other hand, the first four sub divisions are respectively governed by the Jords of the 12th, 11th, 10th and 9th signs from that sign and the remaining sub divisions are respecti vely ruled by the lords of the twelve signs but counted in the reverse order. It is a peculiarsty of our ancient llindu auttors to denote numbers by the two well-hnown notatiou kaonn as the Kata payadı (szmfk), and the Arnavade (aiarf), Sankhyas The words Virinchi (faftfr), Saurs (sift), Isa(fat), and Dinahara (frarrr), are used in accordance with the latter Sankhy r Virinch (faffa) or Brabnei (aaa) represents 9 (the Pryja pabis, Maricht, (ntift), Dhngu (ug). Angiras ("at), Pulasthya (y7), Pulihr, (gaz), Kratu (aa), Dahsh (30, Atlın (af) and Vriddhavasistta (a4fA9). Souri (:hit) or Vishnu (fivg) represents 10 (the 10 Avataras). Ia (ia) stands for 11 'the 11 Rudras and Diwakara (fnrr) for 12 (the 12 Adstyns)"

26 जातर पगरजाने Adh 1

But this interpretation presents certain difficulties. Apart from syntactical objections, the compound Virinch Saurisrdrvaka. raha (fofaimkeun) will not beir alnumerical interpretation as neither the Phatadeepila (raftvr) nor the Sarwarttha Chinfr. mant (anifaaa ), nor even Parastra (RTT) vanies the mmes of the divimties into those of any other denomination e.". Nanda (), Dik (ftr), and the like, as they could hwve done if they had the Arnivadı Sankhy r (armfranqt) in vien If numbers were in their mind, one or other of our incient authors would have ordinary Sanllyya Vachala Subinth tha (Hn1TJT-m). Il is unfortunate that Balabhidra (taz), such a copious ithor in other respects, does not so much as even mention the Shod isamsa (vfyaTET) In bis Hforaratna temra) Hnd he chosen to introduce the topic, it would have put an end to all trouble. The word Vilagne (iia) m the second half of the sloha should be read sith Oje (aj) mn first line also. Vilagne fran) can only mein the 'rising sign'. The verse as a whole considers the pussibilty of a 'rising sigu' being 'positive, or negatie, or male or female, as they are lermicd in Western Astrology The hnes quoted above from Parisara (TT) tend to confirm this vew and the mterpretation as given in the translation is almost near the mark But I'hat ideepik i (Fffiri) and Sarnarttha Chitumim (nai4farfn) intermet the allocation of the Shodasamsa (91m71"7) rulerships differentis. On that account, the linguage of Jatila. mriits ("T4qIk 17) cannot be forced to bear a nuaning which its author did not evsdenty intend Jatihapry ita ("TIfna) and Parasara (47R₹ go a good wan together as regards Shodasamsa ( ชะ ลาว ) culerslps

स्त्वोजे समीरपय नाष्टकशँलयाणा । युग्मे ममरिगिरिपन्गपच्चवाणा- सिशांयका. सितविदार्यशनिक्षमाजा.॥३७॥ Slok: 37. The Tnrimasmsas (faala) or degrees, i,c. 3oth portions allotted in an odd sign to Kuja, Sani. Guru, Ptdha and Sulra are resrectively 5, 5, 8, 7 and 5.

S1 37.43 प्रथमो०ध्यायः 27

In an even sign, Sukra, Budha, Guru, Sum and Kuja have 5, 7, 8, 5 and 5 degrees respectively. NOTES cf. श्रुवनीर्ति पञ्चाय पञ्च चाष्टी सप च पज्चैन चोजभननेपु।

पन्चेन सप चाहो पज्ञ व पद्ञाथ युग्मभदनेपु। भागा भार्गवणणिसुनसु रेज्पदनिभृमिपुवाणम् ॥ Eich of the planets other thin the Sun ind the Moon own two sigus one odd and the other even When plinet 14 in n odd sign, then tthe the odd Thrimsanisa Rast (निश्ान रानि) of the planet in whose Thrunsamer (f=uen) the first planet lies. Thus, 7 planet in in odd sign in a Guru Triisamer (गुर विशाम) must be pliced in the Thrunsuusa hund thl (fिna jo)m Dhanus (धनुस) (n odd sn) and not in Meen (मa), whle a planet in n even sign in Guru Trimsamsa (yE fiair) must be placed in Meenr (मीग) Trimsamsa (fRm-r) diisions wre greath useful in female horoscopes (Tide Adhyya X\1, mfra) Pidt also notes on Adhyaya II sloka 26 infra. पष्टयंशकानामघिपास्त्वयुग्मे घेरांशकाद्यासुरदेवभागा। य इन्दुरेखादिशुभाशुभांशा: क्रमेण युग्मे तु यथाविलोमात् ।।३८।। घोरांशको राक्षसदेवभागा कुवेरयक्षायलिकतिनरांशा । भ्रष्टः कुलन्नो गरलानिसंज्ञा मायांशक: ग्रेतपुरीशभागः ।। ६९ ॥ अपाप तिर्देवगणेशभाग: कालाहिमागावमृतांशचन्द्री।

देवार्द्रभाग कलिनाशमंज् क्षितीश्वराख्यः कमलाकरांगः । मन्दात्मजो मृत्युकरस्तु कालो दावािघोरामयकंटकांजा: ।।४१॥। मुधामृतांशी परिपूर्णचन्द्रो विपप्रादग्यः कुलनागभागः । मुख्यास्तु वंशक्षयपातकांशी कालस्तु मौम्यो मृदुशतिलांओा ।।४२।।

28 आतकपारिजाते Adh I

Slolas 38-43 Demoniacal and divine portions (cnumerated in these slokas) whereof the first is Ghor. amsa rule the Shashtyamsas or th parts in an odd (sign Propitious and unoropitious portions reckoned from Indurekha in the inverse order govern the aoth parts in in even sign The following are the designations of the several Shashtyamsas - Odd Names of Eve Sıgn Shachtyamsas Even Odđ Names of Sign Sign Shashtyamsas Sigu

1 Ghoramsa 60 31 Mrıtyukarımsı .. 30 2 Rakshasamsa 59 32 Kalamsa 29 3 Devamsa 58 33 Davagniamsı 28 4 Kuberamsa 57 34 Ghoramsa 27 5 Yakshavalyamsa 56 35 Yamamsa[Amayımsa26 6 Kınnaramsa 7 Bhrashtamsa .. 55 36 Kantakamsa .54 37 Sudhamsa .25

8 Kulaghnıma 38 Amrutamsa 24

9 Garalamsa .. 53 ... 23 52 39 Purnachandramsa .. 22 10 Agnyamsa 51 40 Vishapradigdhamsa 21 11 Mayamsa .. 50 11 Kulnasımsa ... 20 12 Prethapurisamsa .. 49 42 Vimsalshayamsa 43 Uthpathakimsi . 19 13 Apampathyamsa . 48 18 14 Devaganesamsa . 47 44 Kalamsa 15 Kaiamsa 46 .. 17 ... 45 Saumyamsi 16 Satpamsa 46 Mridvåmsá .. 16

17 Amruthams1 ... 45 47 Seethalamsa 15 .. 44 18 Chandramsa 43 48 Damshtral aralamsa ... 14

19 Mridwams2 49 Indumulhámsa 13 42 20 Komalıms1 ... 41 50 Privinimsa . 12

21 Padmabhanvimsa . 40 51 Kalagniamsa 11

22 Vishnuamsı ... 39 52 Dandayudhamsh . 10

23 Brahmamsa 38 21 Mahet waramsa 53 Nirmalams1 .. 37 64 Subhakaramsa 3

25 Devalns1 36 65 Kruramsa 26 Ardrams1 36 56 Scethalamsa 6

27 Kalınasamsı 84 5

28 Kshitiswarams1 57 Sudhamsı

29"Kamalakaramsı 33 58 Payodhyamsı .

32 59 Bhraminamsa 3

30 Gulilmsa 31 60 Indurekhamsa 1

SI 44-46 प्रथमोऽध्याय: 20

मूलत्रिकोग स मृहोवभागवर्गोततमानां दशार्गजानाम्। मंयोगजातो त्तमनामपूर्वा चैशेविकांशा इति ते वदन्ति ॥४४। Sloka. 44. They (wisemen) say that Vaises hikamsis or pirts of great excellence commence with Uttama (vlde next eloka) which is produced by the combination (of the specnl characteristics) of Moola thrikon, Swakshetra, Swochcha, Swi Vargottama arising from the ten virgas

NOTFS If plinets be in their Moolrtrikona Swrl shetrr, Ucchr or Virgottuma posibons and hase other benefic positions mising from the Disa Virgas, then Uttim md other Vuseshikamsis referred to in the nest two ind i hutt slokis will result and do immense good to the on ner of the horoscope उत्तमं तु त्रिवरगक्य चातुर्वर्गन्तु गोपुरम्। वर्गपश्चकमंयोग सिंहासनमिहोच्यने ।४५।। चर्गटयं पांरिजातं पण्णां पाराततांशक: । मश्र्म देवलोकं स्यादष्टमं च तथा भनेत् ॥४६ ॥। ऐरावतं तु नवकं फलं तेपां पृथक् प्रथक्। Stoka .. 45-4616. The union of three vargas 1s called Uttama Four vargas combined constitute a Gopura The combination of five vargas is called Simhasana. Two vargas united form Parijita The union of six vargas is called Parivathamsa When a seventh varga is added to the Parvathamsa, tha combination be> comes Devalok :. A cighth varga joined to the seven spoken of alteady will make the combination Devaloka lkewise The combination of 9 Vargas is Iravatha The effects of the combinatio is are distinct and separate

30 जातकपारिजाते Adh. I

NOTES. c/. पराशर सप्तवर्गेज्ध दिस्गे पारिजावादि सज्द:। पारिजात भवेद् डाम्यामुनम शिभिर्च्यरे।। चनुर्मिंगीपुरारय म्यालरे मिहासन तथा। पहरावत भवेत् पद्मितत शेव च महभि:।। वमुनिमह्मन्शख्य नवभि शक्ताहनम्। दिग्भि श्रौधामयोग स्पान । For the efleets of plinets mn Vuseshilunsas refered to mn slol a 44, sre rnfr, IV 8, \1 63, S11 3, 53, 81, 92, 02, 146 \JJI -19, rs, 22, \ 102 an l \V 6' cf A1s0 प्न्दपपिश आर्यात्यसु्णाथमापविभशन्य पारिजाताश्षक. स्वाचार विनयान्वित च निषुण यद्य तमाशे स्थिन। मेटो गोपुग्भागग सुभमातें स्वक्षत्रगो मद्दिर य सिंहासनगी नृषेन्द्रपथित भूपाळतुरप नरमू ।।

सर्कीतति यदि देवरोस्साहिनो भूमण्डसाघीश्वरम्। वन्ध भूपनिभि: सुरेन्द्रस्श मरावताशस्यित: • सभ्ाग्य धनधान्यपुत्रमहित भून विदषपाद्वह: ।।

त्रिशांशकथ पड्गर्ग शुभकर्मसु शस्यते। मसांशयोग पदुर्ग गहनर्गोऽसिधीयते ॥४८॥ जातकेपु च सर्वेपु ग्रहाणां वलसारणम्। Stok is. 4614- 4814 The Shadvarga consisting of Lagna, Hora, Drekkim, Navamsi, Dwidasamsa and Thrimsimsi is recommended in regard to auspicious undertakings This Shidvargi whan combined with Sipthamams is cilled Saptha Varga and is a source of strength to the planets in all horoscopes

$I 49-F0 31

NOTES. 1 his is usefnl when the Sipthiirgyilah hu lo be calcu lated See &ft Y Adly ta III, s1 2 & 3 In the evunple worked out in aff T it will be seen that Jupiter, whose position is given is & signs 1' 25 1", occupies his (1) Moolatril ona, (2) Swadrekhan (3) Swasapth imsa, (4) Swa navamsa, (5) Swadasimamsa, (6) Swadwadis imsa, ind (7) Swr kalamsa, so th it Jupiter is saud to hve att uned the Devalokams t Mars (11 signs 27 57' 9") occupies Ins (1) own Dref kinr (2) a Vargottama Navamsr ind (3 onn fhrmsamst, aind so possesses three vargas He is therefore s ud to li ive att uned the Uttam unsa अथ स्याननामानि-

Sloka 49 Kalpı Udaya (risıng), Adya (fırst), . Thanu (body), Janma (birth), Vilagm, and Hora are the names of the Lagna or the rising Sign at the time of birth , Vak (speech), Artha (wealth) Bhukthi (food),, Nayan (eyc), Sva (property), and Kutumbr (family) are the names of the sccond house from the Lagna. Duschrkya, Vikrama (prowess), Sahodara (brother), Virya (beroism), Dhairya (firmness), and Karna (ear) are the designations of the third house from Lagna.

Stoka. 50 Pathala, Vriddht, Hibuk?, Kshitt, (land), Matri (mother), Vıdya (learning), Yana (vehicle), Ambu (water) Geha (house), Sukha (happiness). Bandhu (relations) and Chathushtaya are the terms to denote the fourth house Dhi (intelligence), Deva (deity), Raja (kıng), Pitrunandana (father son), and Panchaka are the

जातन पारिजाते Adh T

names of the fifth housc. Roga (disease),Amsa (parti- tion), Sasthra (weapon), Bhaya (danger), Shashta, Ripu (enemy) and Kshata (w unds) are the mmes of the sixth house. जामित्रकामगमनानि कलत्संपत् ययूनास्तसप्तम गृहाणि वदन्ति नार्या। रैघायुर छरणमृत्युविनाशनानि धर्भो गुरु शुभतपोनवभाग्यभानि ॥५१॥ SLOKA 51. Jamithra, Kama (love), Gamanı (coha bitation, travelling etc.,) Kalathrasampat (Dower), Dyuna, Asta and Sapthama are, say the elders, the names of the seventh house, Randhta, Ayus (lile), Ashta, Rana (battle), Mrityu (daath), and Vinasa are the names of the 8th house Dharma (vittue), Guru (father), Subha (auspicious things), Tapis (penance), Nava (ninth) Bhagya (fortune) are the names of the 9th hoase व्यापारमेपूरणमध्यमान ज्ञानं च राजास्पदकर्मसंज्ञा। एकादशोपां त्यभवायलाभा. रि.फव्ययद्वादशकांत्यभानि ॥५२ ॥ SLOKA. 52. Vyapara (employment), Meshurana, Madhya (zenith), Mana (honour) Gnina (knowledge), Rajaspadada (sovereignty), and Karma (work , are the words to indicate the tenth house Ekadasa (eleventh), Upanthya) penultimate), Bhava, Aya (income). Labha (gain) are the expressions for the eleventh house. Ripha, Vyaya (cxpenditure), Dwadasaka(twelfth) and Anthyabha (last house), are the names of the twelfth house. NOTES मे सूरणकीननिमान is another reading. मेपूरणोदयकलघरसातलानि स्यु- केन्द्रकंट कच तुष्टयसंजञितानि। लगीन्त्रकोणभवनं नवपंचर्म च स्त्रत्िकोणमुद्यान्नवमं चदन्ति।

SI. 53-54 मथमोऽप्यायः 83

तनुसुखमदनाज्ञाराशय केन्द्रसंज्ञा फणपरभवनानि खायपुत्राष्टमानि। व्ययरिपुगुरुदुश्चिक्यानि चापोक्किमानि प्रभवति चतुरसत्रं मृत्युवन्धुद्वयं च।। ५४ ।। . Slokas 53-54. Meshurana (the 10th), Udaya (the 1st), Kalathra (the 7th), and Rasathala (the 4th) are called by any one of the designations Kendra, Kantakr and Chathu- shtaya. The 9th and the 5th houses from the Ligna are called the Thrikona houses. They (astrologers) call the 9th from the Lagna Thrithrikona The 1st, 4th, 7th and the 10th are called Kendras. The 2nd 11th, 5th and the 8th are called Panapara houses. The 12th, 6th, 9th and the 8rd are Apoklima houses The 8th and the 4th are the Chathurasra signs

According to some the bsped, the quadruped and the reptile NOTES

signs become strong when they Inppen to be m Kendr, Pant phara and Apoklima houses respectively This view is not accepted by Badarayan (4n) for he says केष्द्रस्थातियरा: स्युर्मध्यबलाः पणफराश्रिता हेया:। आपोकिमगा: सर्वे हीनबल सशय कयिता: ॥। According to Balabhadra the terms Kendre Panaphara etc are applied only to Bhavis and not Rasis For he 5734 "एनेन वेन्द्रादिसज्ञा भाननामेर न राक्षीनामिति सूचितम्। अन्यथा राशी राशियली वह्निरात्मदेहदाहको दष्ट स्वदष्टदर्सक इत्यादिवत् विरुद्रायी ममके: । तथा च राशीनाभेव केन्द्रादिसक्ञेति सुन्दरमिश्रोत्तमपास्ता केन्द्रस्था इति ब्रुधतो वराहस्य शब्दाल्पत्वेनार्थाल्पता स्पष्टेक । In this chipter, the terms used to indicate one or the other of the twelve houses or a number of them may be divided into two classes, miz, (I) those which are used as mere conventional names seruing no other purpose than that of denoting the particulir house or houses they have been specirlly elected to designate and (2) those which, hesides serving such purpose, also connote the functions of the bouses they sigmify 5

34 जातकपारिभाते Adh. I

Of the former class mnay be mentioned the following - Hora (Apt) for the Lagmr, Do chikya (gfyrr) for the 3rd house, Meshurana (irgro) for the 10th, Ripha (f.T) for the 12th, Chaturasra (-re) for the 4th and 8th houses, Kantaka (#T), Kendra (hrR) and Chatushtava (agtr) for the Ist, Ith, 7th and 10th houses Panaphara 'qEr, for the 2nd, 5th, 8th and 1ith houses; and Apokluna (arifyn) for the 3rd, 6th, 9th and 12th houses, The following belong to the latter class Thanu (ag) for the Lagna, (meaning thereby that everything about the body-its gruwth or decav -- helth, etc, has to be ascertamed from the Lagna, Kutumba (pra) ur Sna (ra) for the 2nd house, thus indi- cating that information regarding one's family, dayadins and wealth has to be predicted from the 2nd house, Sahan (Ar)or Viktama for the 3rd house, Bandliu (4T), Vesma (a4) or Griha (QF), Sukha (au) for the ith hotse, Dlu (vi) or Budehs (ifs), Putra (ITT), ete , for the 5th house and so on.

शेपा पीडर्क्षसंज्ञा नवधनजलधीकामरंधान्त्यहोरा । एते भावास्तदीशेन्दुजसितगुरुभि संयुता वीक्षिता वा नान्यैयुक्ता न दृष्टा यदि शुभफलदा जन्मत पृच्छतो का ॥ ५५ ॥ Stoka. 55. Eminent professors of Astrology say that the 3rd, 11th, 6th and the 10th houses are Upachaya '(stgns of increase or growth) houses. The remaining houses, viz, the 9th, 2nd, 4th, 5th, 7th, 8th, 12th and the .1st are houses of suffering. These houses if occupied or aspected by their several lords, or by Budha, Sukra or Guru, but unoccupied and unaspected by the rest, pro- duce auspicious effects in respect to a btrth, or to a per- son making a query. NOTES, First hatf. In the opinion of some emment astrologers like Garga, the 3rd, 6th, JOth and 11th houses cease to be Upachaya houses if they are aspected by malefic or other mimical planets- Says Garga

S1. 56. पथमोडध्याय: 35

अथोपचयसज्ञा स्यात् सिलाभरयुकर्मणाम्। न चेद्दवन्ति दृष्टाम्ने पापसवम्वामिशतुभि।। That is, the term Upichyr (3ra) 15 apphied to the 3rd, 6th 10th, ind 11th houses provided they are not ispected bv mlefics or by planets iimical to the lords of those houses But this vien 15 not iccepted by Varinmihir (qnsfhrar). He would have those houses ulways as Uprchyr ones And in this, he is supported us.Satyr ind Yat mnesairt rf मन्य

उपचयभचनानि स्यु: रेपाण्यृक्षाण्यपचगाम्यानि। Also यवनधर पछट तृतीय दशम च राशिमेनादश चोपयपर्क्षनाहु: ।

Lalter half of the Sloks ef I अधिपयुतो दष्टो वा बुध जीवनिर्रास्षितत्र यी राशि: । स भवति बलान यका युको दषोि वा शैप ।। Also बादरायण जी वम्वनाथशशिजैयुतरट्ट बवघनी भवति होरा। शेपेवए दीना स्वादेव मिंधस्तु मध्शयला॥ बलहीना यडि सर्न घक्षिता नैय युचा वा। नखा जिना रिशतिरष्टयुक्ता रदांगलोका नियदर्णनारूया। मेपादि मानं क्मशो वदन्ति तुलादिपद्कस्य विलोमतसते॥ ५६॥ Sloka. 56 Astrologers say that the (lengths) mea- sures of the six signs beginning with Mesha are repre. sented by the numbers C0, 24, 28, 32, 16, and 40 respec' tively. The same figures taken in the inverse order give the measures of the six sigos from Thula onwards. ff बरजा- पूर्ासे विषयादय कृरगुणा मान प्नीप व नन ।। 1150 मग-धतुरसरोत्तरा स्युकघतिभागा भवन्ति मेपाये। मानमिहार्दे पर्वे मीनाये घोन गादर्दे।। It will be seen that the figures given in the sloka in the lext

36 जातकपारिजात Adh. I

nggregite 360 and are the mesurements in degrees of the 12 signs whch they subtend ut the centre As the whole podiac is passed over in 24 hours, ench degree is finished in 24/360x60x60 or 210 seconds or 240'24 or 10 Vighatikis or Chishthas भागवष्यव हारश्र स्षेने भागनवेन काले दश चपना भवन्ति । यसाधा कत्दा क्षत्रे सा वाले प्राण इति So that | 1al or I leireular mersure)= 1 (qpt) or Asu (6 Prinas being =! (777) Chrshrhr 1 (घटिवा) Ghatil 2 as therefore-360 (माणा) Prans "तग्रेतज्ात काले या घटिका मा पहाधिकेा शतप्रर्यण गुणिता प्राणा भवन्ति। सषेत्र घ ता एव विलिप्ामासा पष्टशा भागमपहत पड्भागा क्षेते भवन्ति। एव मेपादीना आागमागा: ददगुगिताश्रपका भवन्ति।नेन चपकुशतद्वय मेथमीनरो: प्रमरणम्। एव च्वारिशदधिक दातद्ूय घृषर्कुभया,।"उत्पन्:। Thus it is seen that the several mersurements mentioned in the sloka mn the test when multiphied by 10 give the Chashakas (200, 240, 280 &c in time) of the severil signs These figures are useful in finding out the relative lengths of the severtl parts ofa human body (see Adhyay IIl stol \ 76) लत्र यम्मिप्क्के दीर्घराशिर्भत्रति दीर्धाधियो या अहमदद्र दीर्प भवति सध्ययोर्मध्य हस्वयोईवस्वमिति" उत्पल

वृक्चिककन्यामृगपनिवाणेजो दव्घां: समाखयाता ।। एमिर्लसाघिगम शीर्षप्रभृतीनि सर्वजन्तूनाम्। सदशानि घ जायन्ते रगनचरश्रैव तु यानि। Also मन्य-दीर्घाधिपतिदीर्घे गृहे मिशिलोऽचयवदीर्घृद्नपति ॥ तनुः शरीरारिखरा किरीटिनो घना गुर्रु्हेयनखानरानुका। शशांकभागा यदि तुंबुरादिके मुहर्तेजन्मादिपृ मृत्युसूचका ।।५७।। Sloka. 57. If the degrees attained by the Moon in Mesha and the other signs be respectively 8, 25, 22, 22, 21, 1, 1, 23, 18, 20, 20, 10, they indicate death when a muhurta, a birth or other such points are under con aideration.

s1. 55 प्रथमोऽध्यांय: 37

तनु in this sloka significs the number 8 (अष्टमूनि :- 8 forms) and not 6. In this sloha Vaidyanatha Dikshita gives the Moon's Mrityubha- gas (मृत्यु भागा:) or fateful portions in the several signs. These are more are less identical with those given mn Surwartha Chinta- mani (सार्वार्थचिन्तामणि) and Saravali (मारावला). (1) सर्वार्यचिन्तामणौ कुम्भे विशतिमागे स्यान्मृम्युं दद्याजनिशाकरः। एकविंशनिभागस्तु सिंहे तत्वैस्तु गोषृपे।। अष्टमे मेपचन्द्रस्तु ग्रयोविकतिकोडलिग: । हाविशति: कुलीरे तु तुलाय। वेदभागका।। विशतिमकरे चन्द्र: कन्यार्यां प्रथमांशक: । धन्विन्यशदशो भागो मीने दशमभागयुक्॥ द्ाविशतिर्नृ युम्मे तु चन्द्रोडप्गेर्व भृतिप्रदः । ये ये निशाकर्रशास्तु मृत्युभागा विषक्षिता:। तावन्धिर्वेरसरैर्जाती मृस्युमेति न संशाय। (2) सारावल्या कुम्मे दिशति शशाद्दो भागो मृहयुं तथैकविशागये। सिंरे च पञ्चमेरे दृँपे च नमे तथेवोफः॥ अलिनि त्रिविशयुक्ते मेपे च तथाष्टमे दिशति मृस्युम्। कर्बटके द्वाविये तुरिनि चनुर्ये भृगे दिशे। कन्यार्या प्रथमरे धनुषेरेष्टादरे अपे दशमे। मिथुने च द्वाविरै शापोप्रसूतम्य भरणकरः ॥ गे भुक्ताः शशिनीरा: जन्मनि वर्षेगतानु तावमि:।

But in the two norks Brihat proipatsa (g त्मानापनय) and Phriladeepha (r=rilart) the Mrityubhaev. (nrgt) of the Moon in the several signs from Mesha are given as 26, 1', 13, 25, 24, 11, 26, 11, 13, 25, 5 and 1? respectively, c/. वहत्प्रानापय-चन्द्रा रम्यो लयी मिशे भूरि बाये घिर भयम्। 26 1° 13 25 24 11 26 14 गोप माता मनो रम्थ मृस्युभागं विधोरशास ।। 13 25 5 12

38 जातकपारिजाते Adh I

Also फलदीपिका चान्दं रूपं लोक शूरो चरझः कुषच चित्र भाग्य लोके मुखानाम्। 26 12 13 25 24 11 26 14 13 25 मेने राउयं मृत्युभागा प्रदिष्टाः मेपादीनां वर्णमसयैर्हिमांशो: ॥

5 12

The (3477) Mntyubhagrs of the other plinets and of the Rasis in general as stated in other worke have been colleuted and gien an the folloning statement for erss reference .

Mrtyu bhigis or fateful drgrees of In the Ras mentroned hereunder Ketu. Kahu. Mardı. Saturn, Venus. Jupiter. Mercury. Sun. Mars. Ris.

Mesha 20 19 15 19 29 10 14 23 1

2S 14 29 15 13 24 9

Mithuns .. 12 25 13 12 7 12 20 132

Katıka 12 27 17 g 11 10 13120

29 10 12 24 21 13195

Kanyı 28 18 13 16 23 22 14

Thult 14 70 13 4 3 23 23 4

Vng hila 17 10 10 14 71 13123

Dhanus . 23 2 10 31 20118

Makıra . 15 12 14 20 12 10 120

Kumbha .. 3 11 7 15 13 13 21 124

Meent ~3 14 15 14 22!10

Si. 58-61 प्रथमोडध्यायः 39

पुत्रो चदुर्दिव्यजनाधिको धनी विराटयोगोत्रवयोधिको धुना। मेपादिके पुष्करभागसंजञिका मुहूर्तजन्मादिपु शोभनप्रदा ।।५८।। Sloka 58. The degrees 21, 14, 18, 8, 19, 9, 24, 11, 23, 14, 19, and 9 attained by the Moon in Mesha and the following signs respectively are called Push- kara and are to be taken as producing auspicious effects when a muhurtha, a birth or other such points are under consideration

58 These Pushharabhagas ire referred to mn the lext in NOTES

Adhyay a VIf, Siok 25 tfri. कमान्पाटलकर्णाटचेरचोलव सुन्धरा। पाण्ड्यकेरलकोल्लास मलयायनिसैं्धवा ।। ५ ९ ॥ उदकपाश्चालयवनकोशलक्षितिसंजञका । मेपादिसर्वराशीनां वासदेज्ञा प्रकीर्तिता ॥ ६० ॥ Slokas, 59.60. The mnhabited regions denoted by Mesha and the other signs arc respectively (1) Patala (2) Karnata (3) Chera (4) Chola (5) Pandya (6) Kerala (7) Kollasa (8) Malaya (9) Saindhava (10) North Panchala (11) Yavana and (12 Kosala. साम्याशाख्यं यत्तदाहु प्रवत्वं भानुकान्तादंयुसंज्ञाभिजितस्याद्। होरातन्त्रे पारिजाताभिघाने संज्ञाध्याय कीर्तितो राशिशीलः ।,६१।। Sloka. 61. The point of the compass which 1s assigned to the lord of a sign indicates the characteristic of Plava or slope of the sign. The name of the fourth house from that cccupied by the Sun is called Abhijit. In the astrological work called 'Parijata,' the chapter defining the "Properties of Signs" has been propounded. NOTE5. 61. यत्तदेवप्रवत्व is another reading.

10 जतकपरिजाते Adh I

c/. गागवकी भघनाधिराडिडनाम रप उति यतने: प्रयवन: कथित. । तक्वगरे विनिहन्याद्धिरण महत्पति: शत्रुन्॥। The meaning is 'यस्य अवनस राशे: स्वामिनी या दिकू तम्यां दिशि स राशिप्ववसंज्ञः । यथा मेपवृधिकयो: स्वामी भाम: तम्य बिकू दक्षिणा अनमत् मेपमृत्षिकी उयसग्ञा इतन्यप्ापि से नम्' बलभद्ग: ॥ These are ueful in locating the direction towards which a thief may have absconded in the case of queries regarding things stolen. .1 King that sets out on an expedition in the direction indicaled by the Plava (aa) of his Janma Rast (tamfer) will soon return victorious after subduing his enems. इति श्रीनत्रग्रहकृपया वैद्यनाथविरनितजातकपारिजाते राशिर्गालाध्याय प्रथमः॥ . Thus ends the Ist Adhyaya on the Properties of Signs in the work Jataka Parijata composed by Vaidya- natha under the auspices of the nine planets.

जातकपारिजाते द्वितीयोध्यायः.

ग्रहस्व रूपगुणाध्याय:

कालस्यात्मा भास्करश्वित्तमिन्दुः सत्वं भौम स्ाद्वचश्रन्द्रसूनु: । देवाचार्यः सौख्यविज्ञानसार: कामः शुको दुःखमेवार्कमूनुः॥१॥

Adbyaya l1 NATURE OF THE PLANCES AND THEIR PROPEBTISS. Sloka. 1 The Sun is the soul of Kalapurusha ; the Moon, his mind , Kuja, hts strength ; Budha, his speech ; Guru, the essence of all his knowledge and happiness ; Venus, his desire or lust; and Saturn, his misery. NOTLS. In the notes to stoha 8 of Adhyasa I, the several parts of Kalapurusha (n1ga4) beginnipg with the head were stated to be counted from Mesha and those of the owner of a horoscope from the Lagna This is so far as the external appearance, ett. of the several parts of the body are concerned. Now the inherent qualities of the person are to be ascertarned from the planets. These planets are then known as Karahas (#TFr) and appertain to the owner of the horoscope just in the same way as they do to the Kalapurusha. cf. बुहजानक काला्मा दिनकन्मनरमुहिनगु: मख कुजो सो वचे जीवो ज्ानमुसे सितश्च मदनो दु्ध दिनेशारमज: । .11so मारावली आत्मा रविः शीतकरस्तु चेत. सखं धराज: दाशिजोऽथ वाणी। ज्ञान सुसं देवगुर्मदश् शुक: शेनिः कालनरस् दुःसम् ॥ 6 41

42 जातकपारिजाते . Adh 11

'The several constituents of Kalapurusha (atgry) will be strong or weal in proportion to the strength of the several planets representing them but Saturn is an exception "शनी बलिनि दु गानान अबले दु मप्रावरयम " When Saturn is strong, there is less of misery , when he is weak, misery predominates cf. मागवली आतमाइयो गगनगर्वेलिभिर्वलवसरा:1 दुर्बलेर्दुर्बलाम्ते तु विपरीत शने पलम्।।

and the effects of these qurlities will reveal themselves during the dasa periods of the planels concerned By the word zfey used in the test and translated as ' happi ness Goth wealth and progeny are also to be understood in addi tion to health and knowledge For it is said धनस्व सुरपरसाधनत्वात सुखनवदेन धनमपि गृद्यते । सुगशव्देन पुनरपत्यमप्युच्यते। पुत्रजन्मविवततिभ्या न पर मुखटुःखयो 1 There Is no greater happiness or misery than the birth or death of one's child Jupiter is therefore the giver of health wealth progeny and that is why lits Issocistion and aspect are said to be extremely beneliciil भf ववन शुरणा देहपुष्टि सार्दुन्त्रिपुयार्वंसम्पद्द । By the word'association used above, occupation of the planet s house is also to be understood This will be explamed in Adhy tya XIV mfrs Saturn is the giver of all sorts of 3 Fr (misery) of. यबन सम्पदो गुरुमयोगे शनियोगे विपत्तव । · चिन्तितव्य सद्ा पुसा सर्वभावानुसारतः ।। in a horoscope the Sun and the Moon must-not to say of the Lagn-be strong, otherise it is not a satisfactors one Of these the Moon is the most important For, it is said चन्द्राकी वलयुक्ती वुजादय: प्रोक्तकालबलहीना। शुभफलदासे सर्वे दशासु येगेपु सैचिन्त्या ।।

SL. 2 द्वितीयोऽध्यायः 43

Also अमृतकिरणवीर्याद्वीर्यमाश्रित्य सर्वे विद्धति फलमेने खेचराः साध्वसाधु। निर्जानेजविपयेपु व्याप्रियन्ते यथामून्यलमिह मनसवाधिष्टितानीन्द्रियाणि॥ दिनेशचन्द्रौ राजानौ सचिवौ जीवभार्गवौ। कुमारो वित्कुजो नेता प्रेष्यस्तपननन्दनः ॥ २ ॥। Stoko. 2. The Sun and the Moon are sovereigns. Guru and Sukra are counsellors Budha is the (heir apparent) young prince ; Mars is the commander-ine chief and Saturn is the servant.

NOTRS. In saying that the Sun and the Moon ire Sovereigns, ot must be understood that the Sun isthe King, the Moon being the Queen. Similarly, Jupiter is the Mintr ( nia) and Venus hnis wife cf. (मर्य ाक) अंहं राजा शशी शजी नेता भूमिसुत: सग। साम्य: कुमारो मन्सो च गुरमालभा भृगु ॥ मृध्यसथव संप्ोक: भवदा सनुजो मम। ए्वां प्रयोजनम् । 'जन्मनि अभलमे वा यो महः सबलः स रगम्बा • दिकं करोति । निर्बली राजव्वादिनाशकरः । यद्वा जन्मनि प्रभ्काले या बल- धानुपचयस्थो यो ग्रहः स्यासदा नदुको राजादिवस्म्य माधक: स्यादन्यथा हानिकरः'॥

Further, the Sun is the lord of the six signs from Snuha talen in the negatie side while the Moon is the lord of the er signs from Kataka counted in the positne side It is by these two planets that the supremacy over the other 10 signs has been grven to Mars nad dhe other planets. For evomple, the 2nd place from the Sun (negatively) hns been allotted to Mercury. The 3rd Rass has been given to Venus who is the minister. The Vahana Stthana (arera) or the 4th house hac been given over to Mars who is the commander-in chief. The 5th house is the house of knon iedge, and has been allotted to Jupiter. To the servant Saturn Ints been allotted the 6th house or house of ser

44 जातकपारिजाते Adh. II

vice Similar remarks apply in the case of the Moon with res pect to the Rasis under her sway

आरोवक्रक्षितिजरुधिरांगारककरनेत्रा

Sloka 3 Hels, Sury, Thapana, Dinakrıt, Bhanu, Pusha, Aruna and Arka are synonymous words mean- ing the Sun Soma, Seethadyuti, Udupathi, Glou, Mri- ganka, Indu and Chandra signify the Moon Ara, Vakra, Kshıtija Rudhira, Angaraka and Kruranethra denote Mats Saumya, Tharathanaya, Budha, Vid, Bodhana and Induputra are the names of Mereury NOTES

For the seseral rames for eich of the planets zf, 197Prr सूर्यों भानुम्नधादित्यो रचि अभाहरम्भा। दिनेशन्य तमोहन्ता दिवसाँ दियामणि । शीतगुरचन्द्रमा: सोमो रजनापतिरेव थ। रीहतररिमिर्निशाअथः शशी कुमुहिनीपति: । भारी पतो महीसूनु: रधिरो र एव थह अद्वारव इति स्यात पूरस प्रूकृषपा ॥ साग्यो नोडम्र दुय्नैति सोमजो वोधनसथा। शो सौम्गस्य पर्याय कुमार्व प्रभाुत: ।

शुभ काव्य मितभृगुगुनाच्छास्फुजिद्दानवेज्या। छायासूनुस्तरणितनय रोणरन्याकिमन्दा गद् सर्पासुरफणितम मैदिकेयागयय।। ४ ॥

SI. 4-6 द्वितीयोऽध्याय 45

Sloka 4. Manthrı, Vachaspathı, Guru, Suracharya Devejya and Jeeva mean Jupiter. Sukra, Kavya, Stha, Bhrigusutha, Achcha, Aspujit and Danavejya are the names of Venus Chaya-sunu, Tharanı thanaya Kona, Sanı, Aarkı, and Manda are used to express Saturn Sarpa Asura, Phanın Thamas, Sumhikeya, and Agu are said to be the names of Rahu Cf .- शुकजातक गुरर्जीयो देवगन्सी देवनाना पुरोहित: । देवेज्य अद्विरामूवुर्ृहस्पतिरिति भ्मृत: ॥ धुपों मृगुर्भगुसुत जस्फुनित्य मितम्नथा। उशना दैव्यपूज्यभ्य काम नविरिि म्मृत ॥ योणो मन्द शनि वृष्ण: सूयमुग्ो थमस्तथा। पहु: शनश्वर शौररि कालतायासुनोडमित।। राहुम्नभोऽसुरो. गुभ्च म्वभांतुभ्च विधुन्सुद । ध्वजःशिखी केतुरिति प्रसिद्धा चदन्ति तज्ज्ञा गुलिकथ मान्दि । उपग्रहा भानुमुखग्रहांशा कालादयः कष्टफलप्रढा स्यु ॥५।। Sloka 5 Dhwaja, Sikhiand Ketu are, as astrologers declare, the well known names of Ketu The Son of Manda or Sanı is called Gulika Minor planets Kala and others (to be enumerated in the coming sloka) are portions belonging to Ravi and other planets and pro- duce painful consequences Cf - शुवनातव धाता च मैहिक्यश्न भुजड्ो भुजगम्नथा॥ शिखी वेनुध्वजो धूगो मृन्युपुओोडनिलस्नथा।

यमकंटककोदण्डमान्दिपातोपकेतनः ॥६॥ Slora 6 The Upagrihas in their order are Kala, Parıdhı, Dhuma, Ardhaprahara, Yamakantaka, Kodanda Mandı, Patha and Upakethu

46 जात स्पारिजासे Adh. II

NOTES There ire nine Upigrihas for the nine planets The Sun s Upigrahr is (Ta) , Moon s (परिपि) Pardhı Mars (भूग) Dhumt Mercury s (अर्द्वप्रदर) Ardhaprrhara n Jupiter 5 (यमवणव) I umakantaka Venus (T*> or इद्रय or पामुव) ho landa Saturn $ (्माा or गुरि) Mand: = Rahu s (पात or व्यर्तापान) Pata hetu s (उपकनु) Upaketu For finding thetr eeteral positions on any particular day Astrologers have certain comentions which are epitomiced in the follo ving quotations - (१) पसदीपिका घर रद्दास्प घट निम्यसान ग्वनिर्मान्विनाव्य क्रमोणाकवारान्। अहर्मांनवृडिक्षया तत्र कार्या निशाया तु वारेश्वराम्पडयमाया ॥ दिप्यायटीनि वततु रनीनों चन्द्रे रुरस्यादयमकण्टकस्प । अर्धप्रहारस् भटानटेन स्ननीसनीचन्द्रखरीजयज्ञ ।1 वाल्स्य फेन तरर्द्वादि्य वन्थो नटलनेरनुसूर्यपारात्। पुपा मग मान्दिवदेय तत्तसाड्या स्पुट लभवदत साध्यम्।। धूमो वेदगृहैस्त्रयोदशभिरप्यमी समेते रवा स्यातम्मिन् ग्यतिपातको चिगलिते चक्राद्थास्न् धयुते। पड्डिमें परिवेष दन्द्रधनुश्त्यत्मिन् च्युते मण्डलात् अत्यष््वशयुने Sग्र वेतुस्थ तप्रैक क्षयुक्तो रचि।

(२) पराशर नसलिप्ताधिके धूमे कृतित्िसिाविहीनका

चम्यारे राशयो भानौ युक्तभागास्त्रयोद्या । धूमो नाम महादोष सर्वकुरमविसाशन ।। धृमो मण्डलत शुटा व्यापातोय दोपर। सपड्भेन व्यतीपाो परिवेषस्ु दोपटटद्।

S1. 6 द्वितीयोऽप्याय: 47

परिवेषश्च्युतचभदिन्द्र चापश्रदोपदः। अत्यष्टयंशयुते चापे केतुखेट. परो विषम्। एकराशियुते केता सूर्य. स्थात्पूर्जवत्सम. । अप्रकाशग्रहाश्चैते दोपा: पापग्रहाः रमृना. ॥। When the length of day or night is 30 ghatikas, the position of Mandı (wifer) on the weeh days counting from Sunday onwards Is at the end of ghatıkas 26, 22, 18, 14, 10, 6 and 2 during day hime. These figures have to be proportionately increased or dimimished according as the length of day chosen is greater or less than 30 ghatikas. But singe the lords of the first 7 muhurtas in the night are counted, not from the lord of the wech day closen, but from that of the 5th, the position of Mandt at night time will be different on the week days, viz. at the end of ghatikas 10, 6, 2, 26, 22, 18 and 14 respectively.

The posttion of Yamakantaka during daytime on weekdass is at the end of ghatikas 18, 14, 10, 6, 2, 26, & 22 of Ardhaprahara, at theend of ghatihas 14, 10 and 6, 2, 26, 22 and la , of Kala, at the end of ghatikas 2, 26, 22, 18, 14, 10 and 6 The position of Dhuma is found by adding 4 signs, 13 degrees, 20 minutes to the figures for the Sun Subetract Dhuma from 13 signs. The result is Vyathipatha This mcreased by 6 signs becorres Parivesha or Pardhi. When Parnesha agai is subtract ed from 12 signs, we get Indrachapa Add to this 16 degrees, 40 minutes, Kethu is obtamed. Kethu mcreased by one sign will give the figures for the Sun

Dhanus, Kurmuka and Chapa nre all sy nonyms l'or detailed effects of the severil Upagrahas occupying one or the other of the 12 bhavas, please refer to Bribatprasarabora. Six of these (Mandr, Dhuma, Pardhi, Kodanda, l'ata and Upaketu) honever aprear to hve been specially noticed The author has dealt with Mandt almost elaborately in Slokas 1 to 9 of Adhyaya IX. The remaming five are generally known as Dhumadi Panchagrahas (yan?qnner) and for their effects, see sickas 13-14 of Adhyaya XIV.

48 सातव पारिपाते Adh I1

भातु श्यामललोहितद्यतितनुयन्द्र मितांगो युग दूर्वाश्यामलकान्तिरिन्दुतनयः संरक्तगॉर दुज। मन्त्री गौरकलेनर सिततनु शुकोसितांग शनि चानलिाकृतिदेह्यानहिपतिः रेतुनिचित्रछुति ।।७॥। Sloka 7. The Sun possesss a form with dark red- rays The Moon 15 a youth with a white body Budha (the Moon's son) has the lovely dark green hue of Durva or bent grass Kuja is of a pale red colour Jupiter has a body of yellowish hue Sukra has a white person Sam is dark in form Rahu has a body black in nppearance Ketu has a viricgated aspect प्रकाशकौ शीतकरप्रभाकरी ताराग्रहा पश्च धरासुतादय । तम स्वरूपी शिरिर्मिहिकासुती शुभा शशिज्ञामरन्यभार्गना ।। Slok: 8 The Moon and the Sun are luminous The five planets beginning with Kuja are star planets. Ketu and Rahu are of the nature of darkness The Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus are auspicious. क्षीणदुमन्दरनिराहुशिखिक्षमाजा पापास्तु पापयुतचन्द्रसुतथ् पाप । नेपामवीन शुमदौ गुरुदाननेज्यौ मूरी दिवाकरसुतक्षितिजी भनेताम् ॥९ ॥ Sioka 9 But the waning Moon, Saturn, the Sun, Rahu, Ketu and Mars are malign Budha in conjunc. tion with a malign planet is malignant also Of those (styled benign planets), Jupiter and Venus are exceed. ingly auspicious (benefic) Saturn and Mars are ex ceedingly malefie (among the malignant planets),

si 9 द्वितीयोडयाय 49

About the malignity of weak Moon (auqa) opmions are at slight vanance of («x-ar) Skandahora इन्दुः कृष्णचतुर्दश्या क्षाणो भवति नान्यदा। भथ यावरकुहूस्तावत्समे क्षीणतरी मत- ॥ Also अमावास्या चतुर्दइय क्षीणचन्द्रो न सर्वदा The Moon is therefore weak only op the 14th and 15th days ot her waning The Moon is gerterally benefic of यगनेश्वर फरग्रहोडकं कुजसूयेजी घ पाा झुभा शाकराणड़जीवा। But of स्कद होग क्षये सोमस्य सर्ग स्युर्बलिनोअपि बलच्युता:। सस्य क्षीणरवमेतावस्पापरवे पर्यचस्यति।। अस: क्षीण: सपाप स्वासकर इत्यर्यमा पुन। सस्मारपापतरो जेयस्ताम्यां भौमस्तथाविध ।। रोभ्य: रानिश् तारक्ष इत्येते पापसजिता। A1so गुणाकर करम्रहा: कुजदिया कर सूर्यस्नुक्षीणेन्दच: शशिसुतः महनस्यु ते स्थार। पूर्णेन्दुजीव भृगुजा: शुमसज्ञिता र्युमे: सयुतस्तुहिनरश्मिसुगोडपि सा्य । Also भागडली गुरुसुधशुफ्ा: साम्याः मौरिवजाकास्तु निसगर्त पापा: । पशिजोऽगुभसयुक्त भीणक्च निशञाकरः पाप ।। A very weak Moon must therefore be treated as malignant Mercury is by nature a behefe planet But his benefic qualities are so weak that he may better be classed as indulerent --- netther benefic nor milefie न. स्कन्दद्वारा सदम्यो जहाति राधोगे शुभ मियाव स । उडयते पाप इत्येप ईविदये पर्यवस्पया । He becomes really benefic or mulefic according to h s associ ation If he is issoctated with weak Moon the Sun, Mars or Saturn he is a malefic When associated n th the waxing Moon (zfa) Jupyter or Venus be is a benefic When he is alone Ie is more a benefic than a malefic 7

50 · जातरपारिजाते Adh 11

ef. यवनशर सभ्यस्तु साम्से ग्वतिगिध्रितोन्वैर्षन म्वतुत्यपतमतनमेति।। (वरगैस्तु तुल्यप्रकतित्वर्गति is another reading) Also वैभिष्ठ सूर्यभौमशनिराहुकेतव पूरसन्खचरा: क्षयचन्द्र: । पूर्णचद्गुरशुप चन्द्रजा: सर्वकर्मसु हि सौम्यसेचर:।। शुक्कादिकस दशके प्रथमे,तु मध्य- चीर्यो द्वितीयद्शकेऽतिशुभप्रदोसौ। चन्द्रस्वृतीयद्शके चलवर्जितस्तु सौम्येक्षणादिसहितो यदि शोभन स्याद् ॥ १० ॥ Siokn 10 In the first period of ten days of the lunar month which consists of bright and dark halves, the Moon is of moderate strength During the second period of ten days, he is very auspicious During the third persod of ten days he has no strength, but he will prove auspícious if he possesses the advantages such as being aspected by benefic planets cf. यवनश्र मागे पु शुक्मनिप प्रय्टचेशचे शाभी गध्यवलो दशाहे। श्रेष्टा द्वितीयेउत्पबलस्वृनाये रम्परस्तु टषटा बलवान् सदैष ।। रव्यारराहुमन्दाथ् पृष्ठे नोयन्ति सर्वदा। शिरसा शुक्चन्द्रज्ञा जीवस्तूभयतो मजेद् ॥ ११ ॥ Slok : 11 The Sun, Mars, Rabu and Saturn al- ways rse with the bind r part appearing in front Venus, the Moon and Mercury rise with the head forc- most Jupiter goes both ways दिवाकरज्ञा निहगस्वरूपौ सरीसृपाकारयुत शशाङ्क। पुरन्दराचार्यसिता द्विपादी चतुप्पदौ भानुसुतक्षमाजीं।। १२॥। Sloka 12 The Sun and Mercury are of the form

SI 13-15 द्वितीयोऽध्याय 51

of a bird The Moon has th' shap> of a reptile Jupiter and Venus ite hip'is Sitiriand Mirs ir' quadrupeds जलाशयौ चन्द्रसुराखिन्द्यौ बुधालयग्रामचरौ गुरुज्ञौ। कुजाहिमन्दधजवासरेशा भवन्ति शैलाटविसंचरन्त ।।१३।। Sloka 13 The Moon and Venus ate resting in water (water dwellers) Jupiter and Mercury haunt villages which are the seats of learned men Mars, Rahu Saturn Ketu and the Sun haunt mountains and forests वालो धराज राशिज कुमारकर्सिरिशद्ररु पोडशनत्मर मित। पश्चाशद्को निघुर्दसप्तति शताब्दसंख्या शनिराहुकेतनः २१४॥ Sloka 14 Mars is' (indicates) a child Mercury is a boy. Jupiter is a porson 30 y ars old Venus 1s 16 years of age The Sun is prrson of 50 years The Moon is one of 70 years Saturn Rahu and Ketu are each a hundred years old cf. शुवनातव ٤

वालपयस्को भाँम कुमारवेपो सुभो गुरम्लिशत। शत्र पाइशवर्पो रविश्र पदाशद्वद्ख्।। चन्द्रः सप्ततियम शतवर्ष यानिराहुकेता स्थार। येपा प्रसूतिममये मदसफलदायक खेट । बल्सहित स्वायस्थाकालस्वरप विशपत कुर्यान्। शाखाधिया जीनसितारबोधना धातुस्वरूपद्युचरो कुजारुणी। मूलप्रधानी तुहिनाकरार्कजी जीवाँ सितायो तु विमिश्रमिन्दुज ।। Sloka 15 Jupiter, Venus Mars and Merury are lords of the four Vedas viz Rik, Yajus, Saman andAtha rvana. Mars and the Sun are planets of the nature of minerals The Moon and Saturn munly pirtik> of th'

52 जात कपारजात Adh II

character of a root Venus and Jupiter represent the animal kingdom Mercury represents a mixture First half. प्रयाजनम् गामवले उपनयर्ग प्रागागत्यम Lattw kalf But iecord ng to qIrt राष्ट्रारपहचनद्राश पिनेया धातुषचर॥

दीप् खस्थ प्रमुदित शान्त झक्त प्रपीडित । दीन खलस्तु विकलो भनाऽनस्था दश करमात् ॥१६॥ स्वोयत्रिकोणोपगत प्रदीप् सवस् खगेहे मुदित सुहड्े। शान्तस्तु साम्यग्रहवर्गयात शक्तोतिशुद्ध स्फुटरशमिजाल ।।१७।। ग्रदाभिभूतस्त्वतिपीडित स्पादरातिराश्यशगतोतिदीन । खलस्तु पापग्रह्वगयोगानीचितिभीतो निकलोडस्तयात ।।१८।। Sloka 16 Blazing confident (self possessed) happy calm, capable, tortured, dejected base, failing and afraid are the words describing the ten conditions of a planet in their order Sloka 17 A planet is blazing when he 18 in his exaltation or Moolatrikona he is confident in his own house , happy in friends house calm wh'n he has reached the virga of a benefic planet He is capable when he shines bright with unclouded splendour Sloka 18 He is tortured when overcome by another planet He is exceedingly deceted when he occupies an'Amsa (dra) orfpornon belonging to an ene- my s sign He is base by umion with the Varga of a male fic planet He is greitly afraid when he is in his de- pression. He is failing when he bas set or disappeared

S1. 16-18 द्वितीयोऽधाय

of गुणावर दीप्त: स्वोच्चगत स्ववेश्मनि भवेत् स्वस्थम्तथा हर्प्पितो मितक्षे शुभवर्गगो गगनग शान्त प्रदिष्टो बुधै। शक्ो राश्मिवितानभूघ विकल मूगांगुलसद्युति। दीनो नीचगतः खलोडविविजित खेटार्दिता पीडिन ।। `दीप्ते प्रताप विजिताखिलशलुपक्षी लक्ष्मीयुत समदकुअरराजकेलि । स्वस्थे गृहाथमणिधान्यकुदुम्बयुर: सेनापतिर्भवाते हन्तखिलारपक्षम्।। वनकयुवतियुक्तो कर्षितो निर्पितारि: ससुखधनविलासी धमधीयुर मशान्ते ।

नगति गतधनत्व देम्यगुणयस्तु देगे॥। स्थानच्यत अतधनो चिकसे डरिभीि: स्वास्पीडिते गद्मुतो बहुदु मतोग:।

देशास्तर सजति वीतसुदत गरगे। A1so भारावता दीप्ष स्वस्थो सुदिन शार शर्फो निपीटितो भीस। पियए: खलश्र व थितो व प्रकाश अहो हरिणा ॥ स्वोधे भवति य दीक्ष स्वम्थ म्वगृटे सुरद्गृहं मुदिम: । क्ान शुभवर्गस्थ शप् स्पुनंवेरणजालश्ञ ।। पिनले रविलुस्वरो अदयाभिभूतो निपीढित श्चेवम्। पापगणम्यश्र खन्गे नाच भीत समास्यात ।। दीप्ते विचरति पुरुष प्रनापविषमात ग्धरिपुर्ग।

स्वस्थ करोनि उन्मनि रानि सुसामि वनकपरिवागन्। नृपतेदण्डपतित्य गृदधान्यकुइुम्वपवृद्धिम् । मुदिवे विल्मति गुदिये पिल्परिरनीकनकरयपरिपूर्ण। विजितसकम्गरिपक्ष रमम्मुसभाददारी भवति॥ शाने प्रशान्तचि मुसधनभागी महीपते सचिय। विदान् परोपबारी धर्मपरी पायो पुरष।।

54 जात फररिजासे : Adh. II

शीवसमात्यगन्घैर्विलसति पुरुष: सदा विततकीर्ततिः। देयितः सर्वजनस्य च शकाख्ये भवति विग्यातः ।। दु्ःम्ष्पोधिमिशीभि: प्रपीडरते पीड्ितागये तु। देशादेवे विचरति बन्युवियोगाभिमन्तस्तः। बहुसाधनोअपे राज्ञा मध्वलवळ प्रपीडितो रिपुणा ।। नाशमुक्याति विजितो भोत देन्य पर प्रांसः । स्वस्थानपरिभ्रष्टः द्विष्टो मन्ति- प्रयाति परदेशम्।। पिध्वमबलो-विहले रिपुरलसंयकतिचित्तश्र। खीमरणदु:सतग्तः समम्नधननासकलुपिनमनहर, । न जहाति शोकभारं कथमापे सलसनिते पुरष:।।

कृष्णकान्तिरिनादीनां नष्टादी च प्रकीर्तिता. ॥१९ ।। Sloka. - 19 .. Red, .white, reddish, green, yellowish, variegated and black are the colours of the planets from the Sun onwards .. The same colours are declared to belong to them in queries regarding lost articles, etc. नf. गुणावर नाम्र. श्वेत शोगनीलातिपीत: विश्र, कृष्ण्चेति सूर्योदिवणा.। Also सर्येजातक ताम्र: शुभ्राणि रकानां तथा हरितपीतयो: । विचिसासितयो: सूम मनमुगा: स्वामिन स्मृता: ॥' प्रयोजन तु जन्मयात्ाप्सादी चलिष्टमद्धपर्णदष्यलाभः। अन्यथा ह्ानिकरा: महदोश्ट्ये नन्दर्णपुर्पीर्दवस्वामिपुजा कार्येति द्रव्याणि ताम्रमणिकांचनसुक्तिरीप्य- मुक्तान्ययक्च दिननाथमुखग्रहाणां।

मुख्या दिवाकरमुखादधिदेयाता स्यु ।२० ॥। Sloka. 20 The substances ascribed to the planets from the Sun onwards are copper, gams, gold, alloy of metals, silver, pearls and iron. Fire, water, Kumara

St. 21 दविसीयो इधयाय: 55

(Kartıkeya), Vıshnu, Indra, Indranı, and Brahma are the presiding deities of the planets from the Sun in their order. c) जातकग्लमाला तासं स्यान्मणिहेममिधितमतो रोप्ये तु मुकायसी प्रभे जन्मनि वा वलाधिक्तराललामाधिक चिन्तयेत्। अन स्वगृहे स्थितगुरो सुवर्णगपि वेदितव्यम्॥ एतटुक्त्त बादरायणेन अर्कस्य ताम्र मणयो हिमिशभमस्य हेमेन्दुसुतस्य शु्क्ति। जीवस्य सोप्य स्वगृहे स्थितरप तस्यव हेमोशनसभच मुकता ॥ तीक्ष्णाशुदेहप्रभवस्य सास वृष्णायम घ प्ररदन्त तज्जा । प्रयोजन च सूतिकागृदे चलवद्नूहधाउुमता वाच्या तच्छुभदशाया ता्ट्यलाभ अथाशुमदसाया तहत्यहानिज्ञया। Vadealco Adhay1 XVIII s1 19 For the deities of the sovernl planels c) अवनेश्वर -

चन्द्रारकंचान्डा कंजभोम नीडशुरुाश्च यज्ञेपु योे शश्वित्।। तथा चैरणामानयने मलरदहोफरेवतापर्यायगाम पत्तममः। तथा प पाता या गूहनेवता सपूज्य तटिश यायगा। माणिक्यं दिननायकस्य विमलं मुक्ताफल शीतगो- महियस च निद्रुमं मरकतं साम्यस्य गारुत्मतम्। देवेज्यस्य च पुप्परागमसुराचार्यस्य चज् शने- नर्लिं निर्मलमन्ययोश् गदिते गोमेदवैंड्र्यक ॥२१॥ Sloka., 21 The ruby is the Sun's precious stone, a pure spotless pearl that of the Moon Coral belongs to Mars Mercury's precious stone is the emerald shaped hke the bird Garuda Topaz belongs to Jupiter. Venus owns diamond. Saturn's gem 15 the stainless sapphire Agate and the lapislazul or turkois are sard to belong to the remaining planets Rahu and Ketu respectively.

54 जातकरारिना ते <Adh. II

मीवस मात्मगन्धैविए सति पुरुप: सदा विततकीर्ति: । दयित सवजनस्य च शनारपे भवति विरयात।। दुःम्र्ध्योिनिरीमि अपीटरते पीड्िताग्ये तु। देशादेश विचरति बन्धुवियोगानिमन्तप । बहुसाधनोडपि रना प्ध्यसबर प्रपीटिनो रिपुणा ।। नाशमुप याति विजितो भीत दन्य पर प्राप्त । स्वस्थानपरिभ्रष्टः किशे मलििन प्रयाति परदेशम्।। विध्लवरा विकसे रिपुन मनवितचित्तश्र। शीभरणद् सतप्त समस्धननाशबल्पिामनस् । न पहाति शोकभार कयमाप सल्सतिते पुरुष ।।

कृष्णकान्तिरिनादीनां नष्टादी च प्रकीर्तिता ।। १९।। Sloka - 19 .. Red, white, reddish, green, yellowish, variegated and black are the colours of the planets from the Sun onwards The same colours are declared to belong to them in quertes regarding lost articles, ete e/. गुणावर ताथ्र श्वेत शोणनीरातियी7: विश्र कृष्णवेति मूर्यादिवणां। A1c0 मर्यनातव नाम्र शुभ्राणि रताना नथा हरितपीतयो: । विचिसामिनयो: सून मन्मुखा स्ामिन समृता ।। प्रयोनन तु जन्मयात्रामसाड्ी वरिएमदनर्णदव्यग्गभ। अन्यथा हानिकरा मरहदोष्टपे नत्तद्वर्णपुर्पीर्दकुस्व्रामिपूना कार्येन द्रव्याणि ताम्रमणिकांचनमुक्तिरौप्य- मुक्तान्ययक् दिननाथमुखग्रहाणां। वन्हंचुपण्मुखहरीन्द्रशचीनिरिच- मुख्य। दिवाकरमुखादधिदवाता स्यु।२० ॥ Sloka. 20 The substances astribed to the planets from the Sun onwards are copper, gems, gold, alloy of metals, silver, pearls and iron Fire, water, Kumara

Si. 21 ,55

(Kartıkeya), Vıshnu, Indra, Indrant, and Brahma are the presiding deities of the planets from the Sun in their order. cf आतरग्लमाला ताम्रं स्यान्मणिहेममिश्रितमतो गंध्यं तु मुकागसी प्रभे जन्मनि वा बलाधिवतरालामाधिक चिन्तयेत्। अत्र स्वगृहे स्थितगुरो सुवर्णगपि वेदितव्यम् । एतट्स बादरायणेन अर्कस्य ताग्र मणयो हिमदोभमस्य हेमेन्दुसुतस्य शाति। जीवस्य सैप्य स्वगृहे स्थितस्प तस्प्रंय हेमोशनरश्च सुका॥ सीक्ष्णाशुदेद्प्रभवस्य सस कृण्णायस च अनदन्ति तज्जा । प्रयोजन घ सूतिकागृहे वलवद्नह्धा]भता पाच्या तच्छुभदशाया तद्रग्यलाभ अथाशुभदशाया तडत्यहानिजैया। Videalco Adhytya XVIII s1 19 For the derties of the severil plinets ej ertaru

चन्द्राकंचान्य कंजभामजीरशुफाश्च यज्ञेपु थ न नश्रन्।। तभा परिगामानयने यलसदददोन रवतापर्यार्यभाग यत्तय्य:। सथा य यागा या गूददेवता सपूज्य तहिशा यायाू।" भाणिक्यं दिननायकस्य चिमलं भुक्ताफलं शीतगो-' महियस च विद्रमं मरकतं सौम्यस 'गारुत्मतम्।' देवेज्यस च पुप्परागमसुराचार्यस्य वज्र शने- : नर्लिं निर्मलमन्ययोथ गदिते गोमेदवैंड्र्यके ।।२१॥ Sloka. 21 The ruby is the Sun's precious stone, a pure spotless pearl that of the Moon Coral belongs to Mars Mercury's precious stone is the emerald shaped like the bird Garuda Topaz belongs to Jupiter. Venus owns diamond Saturn's gem 15 the stamless sapphire Agate and the lapislazuli or turkois are said to belong to the remaining planets Rahu and Ketu respectively.

58 जातकपारजाते Adh. Il

स्थूलाम्वर नूतनचारुचेलं कृशानुतोयाहतमध्यमानि। दृढांशुकं जीर्णमिनादिकानां वस्त्राणि सर्चे मुनयो वदन्ति ॥२२॥/ Sloka. 22. All the sages say that the articles of apparel approprate for the Sun and other planets are , thick cloth, a new fine robe, one singed by fire, a cloth washed in water, an ordmary garment, a durable mantle and a rag respectively Cf .- रहजातक पछ स्थूलमभुकतमम्रिकुदर गध्य एड रपाटितम् (भर्कान्) Also भातकरसमाना स्यूर्छ भूतनमेव शिकरत वसत जलराहत मध्यस्य दट्रमेव जार्णरमिद् रव्यादिगश्चि=नयस्।। 41so ฯ กา จริเ वस्ताणा स्थूलहसनिय्िजएहृतमध्यदद मुजीर्णानाम् । प्रागादिका भानुसितारराहुमन्देन्दुविदेवपुरोहिता स्यु- शुक्रारचन्द्रज्ञसुरेज्य मन्दा चसन्तपुख्यतवघिया हगाणे ।२३।। Sloka. 23. The Sun, Venus, Mars, Rahu, Saturn, the Moon, Mercury and Jupiter are respectively the lords of the quarters East, South east, South, Southwest, West, Northwest North and North-cist respectively The lords of the six seasons reckoning from Vasantha are Venus, Mars, the Moon Murcury, Jupiter, and Saturn according to the Drekkanas or the third portions of a sign presided over by them NOTKS

भामु गुत्र क्मापुष सैदिवेय शनि: शशी। माम्यस्त्रद्पामम्धा ५ आष्यादि दिगधीश्वरा: । दिकु स्वामिप्रयोजन तु वे द्रस्यो सूहे सूतिभागृहद्वारज्ञानम्। हृतनश्टदिपु चोरावेरगमनीयदिकज्ञानम् प्योजन सारावल्या

SI. 49 67

मूर्यादिगहदैवतमन्त्रै: समभिपूज्य नामाशाम्। कनकगजवाहनादन् प्रम्ोति नृपोडरिन: शीघ्रम् ।। ऋतुस्यामिप्रयोजनं तु नष्टजातके ऋनुनिर्देशः मच लभे यो गृहो भवति सद्धरोन कार्य:। यदि य लभे न कोउपि गृहुः तदा द्वेप्याणस्यामिवशेन। यदि च लभे यादा: गुहा, भवन नदर नलरद्म्यदोन। तथा व मगित्य: घाथलभपतयों बलवान् तद्परहस्तु निर्देसः ।। इति The Planets and the sersons indscated by them :- These are useful in finding out the proper teasons (of burth) in the Lase of lost horoscopes. If there is a planet tn the Lagna, then the season typified by that planet should be predicted When there are more than one planet in the Lagna, then it is with reference to the strongest planet. If there is no planet in the Lagna, it is only in that case that the season should be predicted with reference to the planet owning the Lagn: Drekkana The six seasons, their approvimite peniods and their lords are given in the following statement --

Name of the Season Approxmale penod. Lord of the From To Season.

1 रगन्त (Vasanta) 20th March 19th May Venus

2 गीष्म (Gnshma) 20th May 19th July Mars

3 वर्ष (Varsha) 20th July 19th Septr Moon

4 शरद् (Sarat) 20th Septr 19th Novr Mercury

5 हेमन्न (Hemanta) 20th Novr 19th Januy Jupiter

6 शिशिर (Sısıra) 20th Jabuy 19th March Saturn

Apt hoaton of the promapl :.- Suppose the Sun (in progression as per any system) to be afflicted by the Moon, The resuft will be ill-health and bad things to the native in Grishma (yisa).

58 मासकपरमति Adh. II

The Voon afflicting Mercury by progression will bring ill health in Sarat Ritu (mry) Good things may be smnularly pre dicted for the pertods if there be good aspecte

Suppose for evample the Moon has progressed to iswin Vihshatri afflicted by Vars s juare opposition Siturn in horo scope it the san e time We lwe then to sus that troubles begin in l eoruary anl Mirch (fifn sis re Siurns) ind vers badly m May and June (Utrl ma-Mars )

l' Moon

Saturn

भानुपूर्वनिलया: परिकम्प्या वेद्यकोणनिलयावदिवेतु॥ २४।।

Stoka. 21 A shrine, ishore or river bund, uftre placer a plesure-round, v trensury, a bed chamber, and a heap of rubbish are to be assigned is the phees of the plinets from the Smn onwards Rahu and Ketu have their phezs in the corners of a hnuse VoTaS,

SI. 24 द्वितीयोउध्याय: 59

ascribed to them (sl. 20) are marshalled for purposes of reference in the folloning statement.

Planets Their approprrte Their articles of Substances places appare ascribed to them

Sun Temples, plares of Corrre cloths Copper norship

Moon Marshy plares Neu cloths Jene1

Mani)

Mirs Fire plices such as Buret cloths Gold Kitchen, Engme rooms, ete

Mercury Plav grounds Wet lothe Alloys

Jupiter Treasure room Medsans cloths Sitver

Venus Ilnrems lcelfent Perris r loths

Saturn Inillock , useless plises Rigs torn Iron cloths

Abpliestion of the abore-Sunpose the Moon in prozression (as per any system) comes in trme to Venus It hs to be predicted thit the person will get or nerr nen and good clothes. Suppose the Sun is square to Mars We must sas that cloths wril be set fite to by accidents In the eise of a natitits for erample, the Moon, as ruler of the 4th house idicatmg ivestments, in conjunction wrth Saturn means useless marshy finds, etc

लंकादिकष्णासरिदंतमार: मितस्ततो गतमिकान्तभूयः । विन्ध्यान्तमार्य. सुरनिन्नगान्तं युध शनि सातु हिमाचलान्तम् ।। Sloka. 25. Mars' territory extends from Lanka to the river Krishna. Sakra's sway prevails from the last- mentioned boundary up to the river Gautamika. Jupiter

60 जात रुपारिजाते Adh, Il

rules from hence up to Vindhyi From Vindhya to the Ginges lies the region of Mercury Saturn has nis

Himalayas sway over the country from th' Ganges up to the

नरिप्रा जीनमिती दिनेशरुधिरा भूपालका वैश्यराद इन्दु शृद्रकुलाधिप शशिमुतो मन्दोन्त्यजानां पति । आदित्यामरमन्त्रिशीतकिरणा: सत्नप्रधानग्रहा: शुकत्ञीं सरजोगुणी शनिधमपुत्री तम स्ामिनी ॥ २६॥ Sloka. 26 Jupiter and Venus are Brahmins The Sun and Mars are Kshatrivas Tha Moon is a Vatsya M'rcury is the lord of the Sudra community Saturn is the leader of the outcast, The Sun, Jupiter and the Moon are planets typifying ma Satva (purity, goodness) Venus and Mercury are ess'ntuilly the planets of passion Saturn and Mars own aran Tamas or dirkn>ss as their distinguishing characteristic (Ist hilf) ef. ITaT यागीशगुक्वय भानुभोमा शातदुनि शीतकारा्मजश्र। द्िनातिकानामचिपा भवन्ति शर्नेकर सह्गरसभवानाम्। A180 हृहनानन विवादित: शुक्र गुरतु फुजाको शाशी पुधक्वेत्यसितोऽनयजानाम्। But accord ng lo tryit the Vaisy i com nunity is represented by the Moon and Mercury and the Sudras by Saturn cf गुरशुशां विप्रवर्णे कुनावी क्षत्रियो दिन। शशिमौस्पी वश्शवणी नाने यृद्धों द्विओोत्तम।। मयोजन हुननष्टादिपु प्हययन चौरनना सातिमान नदुरष च वयो जानिश्र लग्नपादिति-प्पामपपानेन वणापघानोी वारय Just as the four cistes have been a port oned to the planets, it has to be iferred that the four Upavas (TgH INT4 chatur vidhopaya) VIz (I) HTa Sama (2) TTT Dana (3) a" Bheda and (4) Tua Danda

S1. 26-27 द्वितीयोऽधयाय: 61

have also been assorted to the planets, thus To Jnpiter and Venus-WIH-Sama; to Mars and the Sun- au3-Dandr; to the Moon- दान.Dana and to Mercury and Saturn- Bheda. of. सग्रामविज्य साम्नोभृग्वद्गिरसौ उण्डाधीशौ दिवाकरोवोजी। दानाधिप: शशाङ्की भेदस्य बुधार्कपुत्री च ॥। Further, the division of the planets into (1) biped (2) quadru. ped (3) winged and (4) reptile is also hinted ef. Ffr4 सूर्यात्मजेन्दुपुत्रौ पक्षिसमानी मरीसृपश्रनद: । द्विपदौ मृगुदेवगुरू चतुप्पदी भूमिपुत्रा कीं।। (La'ter half) These guns should be ascertained after evamining the strength of the planets onning, occupying and aspecting the lagna and the Rasi occupiedt'by the Moon. But it must be remembered that the planet in whose Trimsamsa the Sun is situated plays a promment part in moulding the guna of the ntive of. गुणारूर सखवं शझीजयोष्णकरा: सितजी रजम्नम: इमातनयाकंपुत्री। यस्याअवव्हंशगतो दिनेशस पुत्यम वादिगुगी नर सातू।। वराहोमि। स्वल्पजातके "सत्वं रजम्तमो था सिंशासे यस्य भास्करम्तारक्"॥ अथगुणस्वरूपं यः सारिनकस्तस् दुयास्थिरत्त सत्मासंव मास गदेवभनि :: । रजोधिक: काव्यकलाशतस्त्रीसंस ्तचित्तः पुरपोडतिशूर । मिश्रर्गुणेर्मिश्रगुणस्वभावा भवन्ति सर्वेपि शरीरभाजा. ॥I इति नन्घर्कस्ये्दोश्च वनिंशांशकाभावान् अनयो, सत्वादिगुणनिरूपर्ण व्य्थ स्यादि ति चेस। यनो यलवद्न्हृवशादुपि प्रकृतिर्भवति। तदुकं दवकार्तिना "घलवद्धि र्गुणो भवेज्जातः" इतिः अग्न सिंशोशकत गुणवविचारो मुखयः । यदाद थीमूर्य: "यम्य त्रिशांशग*चाढ तुदुणो जानको भवेत्" नराकारा भानुक्षितिजगुरयः शुक्रशशिना. वधूरूपाँ पण्टप्रकृतिपुरुपी मन्दशांशेजी।

सराचार्यज्ञारद्युमणिसुतदेवारिस चिवा ॥ २७॥

60 जात कपारिभाते Adh II

rules from hence up to Vindhyt From Vindhya to the Ganges lies the ngion of Mercury Saturn has nis sway over the country from th Gangus up to the Hımalayas निप्रौ जीनमितौ दिनेशरुधिरी भूपालकाँ वैश्यराद् इन्दु शृद्रकुलाधिप शशिसुतो मन्दोन्त्यजाना पति। आदित्यामरमन्त्रिशीतकरणा: सत्यप्रधानग्रहाः शुक्ज्ञी सरजोगुणौ शनिधगपुत्री तम सामिना।। २६।। Sloka 26 Jupiter and Venus are Brahmins The Sun and Mars are Kshatriyas Th Moon is a Vaisya M reury is the lord of the Sudra community Saturn 1s the leader of the outcasts The Sun Jupiter and the Moon are planets typifying wa Satva (purity, goodness) Venus and Mercury are ess'ntrilly the planets of passion Saturn and Mars own aan Tamas or darkn>ss as their distinguishing characteristic (Iit kilf) of. गुगावर वागीशग्ुभ वैथ भानुभोमा सातघुति शोतकारायजश्र। द्विजातिकाना सधिया भवन्ति शनंयर सङ्कासभवानाम्॥ A1so TEnAT विप्रादित: शुकगुरु व जाकी श्षनी वुधक्वत्यसिता त्यजानाम्। But accord ng to taK te Va sico un ty is ret reser ted 1y the Moon and Mercury anltl e Sudras by Satumn tf गुरशुभां विप्रवर्ण कजारना क्षत्रियाँ द्रिय। शशिमौम्पी वैश्यवणी शनि यूद्रा ह्विजोनम।। प्रथोनन हननष्टादिपु अ्हयणा चारातीनो जातिमान नदुन च कयो जनेश्र सम्नपार्दितन एपामपभातन चणापघाती वारब Just as tle four castes haye been ag port oned to the planets t has tobe nfetred that tf e four Upavas (if4Nchatur vidhopaya) Viz (I) HTT Sumz () 7a Dana (3) Bheda and (4) 70z Danda

S1. 26-27 द्वितीयोऽधयाय 61

have also been assorted to the planets, thus To Jnpiter and Venus TH-Sama to Mars and the Sun aus Dandr to the Moon मान Dana and to Mercury and Saturn " Bhed ef मग्रामविजय साम्नोभृग्वद्विरसौ दण्डाधीशौ दिवाकरोवोजो । दानाधिप शशाङ्को भेदस्य बुधार्कपुत्री च । Further the division of the planets into (1) biped (2) quadru ped (3) ninged and (4) reptile is also hinted of. कृष्णाय सूर्यात्मजेन्दुपुती पक्षिपमानी सरीसपश्रन्द्र। द्विपदौ भृगुदेवगुरु चनुप्पदौ भूमिपुत्राकी।। (La'ler half) These gunas chould be ascertuined ifter eviminng the strength of the planets owning, occupying and aspecting the lagn and the Rasi occupiedthy the Moon But it must be remembered that the plinet in whose Trimsamsa the Sun is situnted plays a prominent part in moulding the gum of the ntive o. गुणाकर सत्य राशतिउपोष्णकरा मितजी रजम्तम: दमाचनयार्कपुत्री। यस्याअ्रवन्हरागतो दिनेशसतमपुरउसमवादिगुगी नर सातू।। यराषोऽपि । स्वस्पजानके "सत्य रजम्तमो घा सिंशासे यस भास्करमात्" ।। अथगुणस्वरूप य सािनकलस्य दयास्थिरसत्र सत्यानंव माहगदेवभति: । रजोधिक: काव्यकलाशतत्त्रीससत्तचित पुरपोडतियूर॥ मिश्रर्गुणर्मिश्रगुणस्वभावा भवन्ति सर्वेपि शरीरभाजा । इति नन्धर्केस्येनदोश्च निशाशकामायान् अनयो मम्वादिगुणनिरूपण व्यथ स्वादि ति चेस। यनो वल्यद्धह्वशादृपि प्रकृतिर्भवति। तदुभ देवकीर्तिना "ल्वद्धि र्गुणो भवेज्जातः"इति अन्न निर्शाशक्तो गुणविधारा मुखयः। यदाह थीसूर्य. "यम्प ग्रिंशादागश्चाह तुद्णो जातको भवेन्" नराकारा भानुक्षितिजगुरन शुक्ररस्तिनाँ वधूरूपा पण्टप्रकृतिपुरुपा मन्दरतिजौ। वियव्क्षोणीतेज पननपयसामेव पतय सुराचार्यज्ञार्ुमणिसुतदेवारिमचिना॥२७॥

62 जात कपारिजाते Adh II

Slokz 47 Tne San, Mirs and Jupiter are males. Venus and the Moon are females Siturn and Mercury are eunuchs Jupiter, Mercury, Mars, Saturn and Venus are respectively the lords of Ether, Earth, Fire, Air and Water (Latter half) el T'FTHr "शिस्त्रिभू वश्पेरमम्द्ृगान। रशिनो भूमिसुकदरः त्र पेण" प्रपोतन म्वदशाया मशभूबक्त छाया कउज रत । वश्पनि च। छाशमहाभू रकृता प सर्वे भि-नयन्नि स्व:शामवामय । पमग्नियाम्यरजानू गुणा7 नामासय वड्टकधनगासुमेयानू। कक्षायां क्रमशो दिनेशतनयाज्योतिर्भचक्राशिता:

दाराकीज्पदिनेशशुकशशमृचारासुता: कीर्तिता ॥२८।। Sloka 28 The plan'ts in the zodiac reckoned seriafum from Saturn in accordance with the length of their orbits are Siturn, luptter, Mars, the Sun Venus Mercury, and th> Moon Mits, Saturn, Juptter, the Sun, Venus, the Mon and Budha re respectively declared to be the lords of the following constituent clem'nts of the body mirrow, misele fit or grease, bone, semen blood, and skın. NOIES (First Falf) Vide Sto' a 71. infra (Latter half) of Tesmr सरारपस्थ्यस् ससगध गुकरमसे च मच्जा

प्रयोजन तु जन्मवाले यो प्रहो वल्यान् तप्टुनिर: तातुमारम्य तारकाल जरतो भवनि-यहा हननपस्षे एत विधरपाणचीरदग उराधितमसे व लानस्वामि सूरसन यांशस्वामिवदोन नहोयोदया पीड़ा घ वक्तपेतयाहि।।

द्विरतायोऽधयायः 63

All diseases mentioned in Chapter VI are bised upon this r. g Mercury governs chin diseases Venus governs venereal dise ises Jupiter governs bram disenses, such as indness, etc. The Moon governs dnbetes menstruit dise ises, etc

शशिरविशनिजीवारासुरेज्यज्ञनाथाः। अयनदिवसपक्षर्त्वब्दमासक्षणेशा रविकुजसितसोम्या मन्दजीवेन्दवक्च ॥ २९।।

Sloka 29 Saline, pungent astringent, swect bitter acid, and mixed fivours hive for their lords the Moon, the Sun, Saturn, Jupiter Mars Venus and Mercury. The Sun Mars, Venus Mercury, Saturn Jupiter and the Moon sway over periods of half a year, a day, half a month, two months a year, a month and a muhurta (2 ghatikıs or 48 minut s) respuctively NOTrS

l'lanet l'er od llavour

The Sun Hlalf iyeir l ungent

The Moun MIT (Kshanr- 48) Saltısh

Mars One day Litter

Mercury Two months i Mixed

Jupıter One monlh Sweet

Venus 15 days Sour

Saturn One yerr #T4-hashıya

Applcation of the princsple-If illness is indicated by Saturn, it is long standing if indicated by Mars, it is of short durtion This should be applied with reference to Chapter VI

€4 जासक पारीजाते Adh. I1

Cf .- वृहज्ञानक अयनक्षणवामरतेची गासानूं घ समान्य भाग्यरात्। व टुक एचणदिस मिथ्रिता मधुरागली च कपाय हत्यपि (First haij) प्रयोजनं-आधानवाले यो बलवान् तटुकरसम्व दोहदो गर्भिण्या भवनि Also मारावर्न। मामि गृनाये कीणां दाहेदकी जायतेऽयशयम्।

भोजनाश्रये च प्रभे गृहोदये नअयांगे या (नतहलग्नन वाशवशात्) नवमान्ति मभोजनंवक्ड्यम्

(Latler hal)) अगनादिम्वमिश्रयोजनगाह मगिन्ध: (कल्याणवर्मा थ) लग्नोशकपतितुल्यः कालो एग्नोदिनांशसममुस्य। वकष्यो रियुविज्ये गर्भाधानेऽथकार्यसंयोगे।। अस्यार्थः । लग्न यावन्तो नयांदगा: उदिता भवन्ति ताजन् सर्य कालागक: स्वामिवशेन वक्तम्यः । तद्यया यदि नवांशस्वामी रविर्भवति तदा तावदयनास्तर कार्यसिद्धिर भवति-एवं चन्द्रे सावन्मुददर्तानम्तर भीमे तावह्दिनान्तरमित्यादि नैयम ऐवे प्रभलग्नात् प्रसयेऽपि कालो ज्रेयः वे चित्मु प्रभलग्ने यस्य अहस्य नवांशकोदयो भवति स च ग्रहससमानवाशकाद्यावरमंत्ये नवादो भर्वाते तत्ग्यो नर्वाशस्वामिग्रह वशेनायनादि वा वालो धक्तव्य इत्याटु:॥ Suppose at the time of a query, the Vrischiha Navamsa in the Mithuna lagna to have risen (2 signs 4 degrees 12 minutes), and the position of Mars, the lord of Vrischika, to be 9 signs 11 degrees 13 minutes, The perod typified by the same planet 1s a day. According to the first view, Vrischika Navamsa being the 2nd in the Mithuna lagna, tbe completion or success of the busi- ness has to be predicted to happen in 2 days According to the second view, as Mesha, the Navamsa occupied by Mars, happens to be the 6th when counted from Vrischika, the time in which the success or otherwise is expected to occut will be 6 days. Find theplanet that is strongest at the time of Adhana (3TITa). The pregnant woman will desire (long for) food mixed with the . Hlavour typified by this particular planet.

SI. 30-31 65

पादेक्षणं भवति सोदरमानराश्यो- रर्घ त्रिकोणयुगलेऽखिलखेचराणाम्। पादोनदृष्टिनिचयश्रतुरस युग्मे संपूर्णदग्वलमनंगगृहे वदन्ति ॥ ३० ॥ शनिरतिवलशाली पाद्दग्वर्यियोगे सुरकुलपतिमन्त्री कोणदष्टौ शुभः स्ात्। 1 त्रितयचरणद्ष्टया भूकुमार: ममर्थः सकलगगनवासाः सप्तमे दग्बलाख्या ।। ३१॥ Słoka. 30 Astrologers say that all the planets cast a quarter glance at the 3rd and 10th houses, halfa glance at the 5th and 9th, three quarters of a glance at the 4th and 8th, and a full eye at the 7th Sloka. 31. Saturn is exceedingly powerful when he has his strong quarter-glance Jupiter is auspicious ift his oblique or angular aspect Mars is potent with his three quarter glance All the 'planets in general have strength of aspect on the 7th house NOTES. c/- मारावली मपश्यन्ति स्थानात् सदा महाश्वरणव्ृद्वित सर्वे। प्रिद्शग्रिकोणधसुर सरसपमाना पल पमेणन।। पूर्णं पश्यति रविजस्तृतीयद्शम सिकोगमपि जीव:। चतुरख भूमिसुतो पुन च मितार्कशशिपुचाः कमश ॥' The following from Pariswa (vrs ) fegarding Rahu drishts (rgefe) nill be of mnterest सुतमदननवान्ते पूर्णडटटिं नमस्य युगलद्शममेहे पार्ईदष्टि पदन्ति। सहजरिपुषिपश्यन् पादवष्टी मुनीन्द्रा निजमयनमुपेनो सोचनान्य: प्रदिष्ट ॥ To calculite the correct Drigbali (trr3) of plinete flenee vee chapter 2 of Snpatipaddhitr (Ri vefa) F 9

66 जातकपारिजाने Adh II

अथोर्घ्यदृष्टी दिननाथभौमाँ दृष्टि कटाक्षेण कनीन्दुसून्वो । शशांकगुर्वो समभागदृष्टिरधोक्षिपातस्त्वहिनाथशन्यो ।। ३२।। Slaka. 32. The Sun and Mars look upwards Venus and Mercury look sideways The Moon and Jupiter look evenly. The loos of Rahu and Saturn incline downwards .

आरोहवीर्याधिकबिदुकास्ते सवेचारिण स्यानबलाधिका स्यु ॥३३।। नीचारिपापखगयोगनिरीक्ष्यमाण- स्तद्वर्गसन्धिलघुविंदुदुरंशकाथ। आदित्यर रिमिपरिभूतपराजितास्ते दृष्टयादिशच्यसहिताक्ष न शोभनां स्यु । ३४॥ Sloka, 33 Plancts have predominant strength of position (u4-Stthambala ) when they. occupy the Vatseshika Vargas (Vide Adhyayal, Sloka 44 Supra.) produced by the combination of three or more of the Virgas enumerated below -- ràv-Swoclcha (the planet's own exaltation sign), सवग्रिकाण-Swathrikona (the planet's Moolathrikona), स्वसु हृद्-Swasuhrid (tht planct's friend s house), रवद्रेकाण Swa drekkana (the planet s own Drekkana), urfar Swa Rast (the planet's own house), ETT-Swa amsa (the planet's own Navamasa), and being in the ascendant possess nu- merous benefic dots (more than 1, vide Adhyaya 10, on Ashtaka Varga) Sloka. 34. Planets which do not possess benefic aspect or other such good influences may not prove auspicious when they are in their depression, or in conjunction with inimical or malefic planets cr aspected

S1. 35-36 द्विती योउध्याय: 67

by them or in their Vargas or in the Sandhis -or have fewer points (in the Ashtaki Varga) or when they occupy the bad portions of a sign or when they are eclipsed by the Sun's rays or overcome in planetary war. NOTES The positional strength of planets will be better understood by a reference to Sripati's rules on the subject, Vide, Srpatipad- dhati श्रपति पद्धति Adhyava IV s1 8 विलग्नपातालवधूनभोगा वुधामरेज्यौ भृगुसूतुचन्द्री। मन्दो धरासूनुदियाकरी चेत् क्रमेग ते दिग्बलशालिन: स्यु ।।३५।। Sloka. 35 Mercury and .Jupiter have their foas- Digbala or strong quarter in the East or Lagna Venus and the Moon have it in the. North or ith bhava. Saturn has it in the West or 7th bhava; the Sun and Mars in the South or the 10th bhava. of. यवनेश्वर गुर्विन्दुजौ पूर्वविरसतसस्धी नभःस्थलस्वो य दियाकरारो। मौरोऽनग. शुकनिशावरी तु जने स्थितावग्यवती भवेनाम्।। Also मारावली लगने जीवबुधौ दिवाकरकुजी उ्योपि सारे भाम्कारी- यन्धाविन्दुसिता दिशाकृतामेंदं Also sfrviavafr, Adhyays 111, sI. 7 and 8. निर्शान्दुमन्दावनिजाः परेहनि सवक्कीयहीरादिनमामवत्सराः । सितादिपक्षद्वयगा: शुभाऽशुमा बुध मदा कालजनीर्यगालिन ३६ Słoka. 36 The Moon, Saturn and Mars have areae-Kalabala or temporal strength at night; the rest during the day. Each planet is strong in his hour, day, month and year. The benefic and malcfic planets have strength in the bright and dark hilves of the month res. pectively. Mercury is always strong.

68 जास कपारिआ ते Adh. Il

भ रहजातक निशि शशिकुजसौरा: सर्वदा शोउद्ि चाने बहुलसितगता स्युः फ्रूरसांम्या क्रमेग। स्यनदिवम होरामासपे कालवार्यम् The reader will see that the author has referred to six of the sub divisions of Kalabala (#T*T) in this sloka, Vis (1) Natonnata bala (नतोनतबल) (2) Pakshabala (पमबल) (3) Varsl apabala (वर्षपदल) (4) Masapabala (माभपदत) (5) Danapabala (नपवल) (6) Horapabala (दरापबन्) ef Sripatipaddhati (शीपनिपदनि) AdkysyaIII Slkas-9 14 Also of सारावरी जीवाकांर्फुजितोद्वि विच्व सतत मन्देन्दुभीमा निशि होरामासदिनाम्पाश्र चलिन साम्या मिनेडनपेडसिते। जैत्रा वक्रममागमोपगसितज्ञारामरेज्यासिता दिव्याशायनगेन्दुतिग्मकिरणी चेष्टावलांशाधिका । सौम्याक्षेपयुता महीसुतमुगाश्रेष्टसव्लाढ्याः करमाद् नैसर्गस्य बलाधिका शनिकुप्ज्ञाचार्यशुक्रेन्द्िना ।३७। Sloka 37 Venus, Mercury Mars, Jupiter and Saturn, when in their retrograd motion or in conjunction with the Moon, are consid .red to be victorious (in plane, tary war. The Sun and the Moon are strong in the Uttarayana or Northern course, The motional strength of the plan ts takon in regular order from Mars is add 2 tive in the northern course Saturn Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus the Moon and the Sunris> successively in natural etrength (aqiffres-Naisargikabala) f मारावली सप्रामे जयिनो विशोमगनय मपूर्णगाची महा सूर्येंन्दर पुनश्नरेण यटिनी मलोनचेष्ठावले ॥। उनरमयन पात्ता शुमकमार्नेन्दर्मेयिणा बरिन:। यार््य शशराविपुत्रो दूयजपे अप्ित स्ववर्गस्थ ।।

S1. 38 द्वितीयोऽध्यायः 69

r A1so पृद्दज्जातक उद्गयने रविशीतमयूखा चक्रममागमगा: परिशेपा: । विपुलकरा युधि चोत्तरसंस्थाश्नेष्टेनवीर्ययुता: परिकल्प्या.। The words Hatarqr in the text have been used in a purely technical way, the meaning being "when in conjunction with the Moon"s of. "समागमगा चन्द्रेण मदिता, वलिन एव, चन्द्रेग मयोगो महाणा ममागम- 'शब्दो वाच्य" (उत्पल) र्तf यपातपद्धति Adhyaya-I1I-15 & 16 Also शम्भुद्दोराप्रवाश वक्ो रणे चोत्तरगो विधते चेष्टावलें चद्रसमागमेदपि। For details regarding the effects of the several hinds of balas, please refer to Saravali (antr)4. Y. Slokas-28 46 . क्रमेण इक्स्थाननिसर्गचेष्टादिक्कालवर्ययिाि च पड्वलानि। सुधाकरेष्विन्दुशरेन्दुशैलभेदानि तानि प्रनदन्ति सन्त ॥३८॥ Slokn. 38. Professors of Astrology say that the six kinds of strength (vese Shadbala) taken in the follow. ing order namely tira Dtigbala (strength of aspect), स्थानयल- Stthanabala (postttonal strength), निसर्गबल-Nisaraga- bala (natural strength), agra Cheshtabala (motional strength), दिग्यल-Digbala (directionrl istrangth), कालबल Kalabala (temporal strength) have varieties indicated by the numbers 1, 5, 1, 5, 1, 7. NOTES . Here the author aints to mention the number of Isub divi- Sions of the several Linds of batas, tun., (1) Drigbala (eme) is by itself one, (2) Stthanabala (erra) consists of 5 sub divisions, tiz. (1) Uchchabala (उच्चइल) (ii) Sapthavirgajabala (मप्वर्ग नइल) (iI1) Y'ugma yugm ibila (grargrars) (w' Keh lrıdıbila (har(s) anl (v) Drek kanabala (yurya) (3) Nisargabalaffrane)ls by itself oneand has no sub division. (4) Cheshtabala izT7) Is said to consist of 5 sub divisions . what these are, it is not exsctly hnowa [ Vakra (a*), n Samagama

72 जासक पारिजासे Adh. İl

Mercury, Saturn, Jupiter and Mars are his neutrals, and the Moon is his enemy. Sloka. 44. The Sun, Mars and the Moon are the friends of Jupiter. His enemies are Venus and Mercury; Saturn is neutral to him. Saturn and Mercury are the friends of Venus. His enemies are the Sun and the .Moon. Jupiter and Mars are his neutrals. Sloka, 45. The enemies of Saturn are the Sun, the Moon and Mars Jupiter is neutral towards him Venus and Mercury are his friends The planets are to be deemed exceedingly friendly or immical by their being friendly or iimical both naturally and for the time being. Thus planet- are divided into 5 classes, viz, (1) . faa-Mithra, (2) nferfa-Adhimithra, (3) g-Sathru, (1) अधिराण- Adhisathru and (5) सम -- Sama. NOTES. In order to find out the natural friendship ur otherwise of planets with respect to any one of the test, the following general rule is laid donn by aat-ir-Satyacharya: Pit., सुहदस्त्रिकांणभयनाद्गहस्व सुतभे व्यथऽय धनभवने। खवजने निधने धर्मे स्वोशे घ भवन्ति नो शोपाः #. ' Planels are friendly to an given planet when they happen to own the 5th, 12th, 2nd, 4th, Sth, and 9th houses couned from the planet's Moolatrikona Rass, or when they happen to owrr the planet's exaltation Ras, The rest are his enemies. . Place the planet in its Moolatrikona and mark the 2nd, 12th, 5th, 9th, the planet's exaltation Rast, the 8th and the 10th Planets twice iDviled become fnends, planets once tavited become acquaintances and planets that are uninvited become enemies But the Sun and the Moon become friends on a single invitation (as each owns only a single sign in the Zodiac). . The Sun invites Mars twice, Jupiter twice, the Moon once and Mercury once. Venus and Saturn are uninvited. Therefore Mars,

Ś1. 46-47 78

Jupiter, and the Moon are the friends of the Sun, and Mercury his acquaintance Venus ind Saturn ire his enemies Sımilarly Jn the case of other planets ef naT सन्योक्ते सुहद्सिकोणभननात् ख्वात् स्वान्न्यधीधर्मैपा

But Yrvineswara holds the folfowing vien रवर्गुरमिन्रमतोऽन्यथान्ये गुरोस्तु भाम परिहत्य सर्घे। चान्द्रेरनर्का भृगुनन्दनस्य लकेदुननं सुहन् प्रदिष्टा । भौमम्य शुक्रः रशिनक्त मिसे इन्योनुध देवगुर थ विद्याल्। सौरस्प मित्राण्यकुनेन्टुसूर्या: शोगान् रिपुन्तिति वृणा व तददत्। Only some tuthorities hold the ibove view and not ul, says Varıh imihirr ef. बृदज्जान जीवो जीवनुर्धा सितेन्दुतनया व्यका विभामा कगा- हान्दूर्कां रिफुकमीन्टिना्य सुहदः केपाचिदेव सतम्। I or friends of Rahu and hetu tie following is ststed m सर्वार्थचिन्सामणि :- Srwartthachinthamami राहोस्तु मिग्ाणि वजापमदा केतोस्तयनात्र रढनि सग्ता: ।। दवयो सुहृन्वं त्वतिमित्रता भवेद्द्विधारयस्ते तु मदातिगत्रप । सुहृत्ममलं सुहृदेच केनलं रिपु समार्स्त्रिमित्रतासम ।। ४६ ॥ Sloka. 46 If there is friendliness both naturally and temporarsly on the part of a planet, he 1s a great friend. Those that are enemies both ways are deadly foes invariably. That planet 13 but a friend wluch has the character of being friendly and neutral from the two points of view, while the one which his the charaeter of being neutral and inmieil is an enemy. A planet that is imimical in the one case and friendly in the other is to be taken as ncutral. रवि स्पिर शीनकरथर स्यादुग्र वुजथन्द्रसुतस्तु मिश्र । मृदु- सुरेज्यो भृगुजो लघुश शनि सुतीक्ष्ण कथितो मुनीन्द्र ।।४७।। 10

74 जातकपारिजाले Adh II

Sleka 17 Sages say that the Sun is steadfast, the Moon is wandering (unsteady), Mars 1s violent, Mer. cury has a mixture of diverse qualities, Jupiter is gentle, Venus 15 light or easy and Saturn is harsh

खरेशमान्टिस्थितराशिनाथा हयातीय वाधाकरखेचरा स्यु ।।४८।। Slska 48 In the case of moveable, immoveable and dual signs, planets occupying respectively the 11th, 9th and the 7th houses from them or their lords will prove exceedingly troublesome planets if they happen to own at the same time the houses occupied by the lord of Khara (खर) or Mandi (मान्दि) Vide infra Adhyaya AVIII s1 30 For (+7) Khara Vide V 55 mfra सूर्याठार्मपितृ प्रभाव निरजाशक्तिश्रियञ्चिन्तयेत् चेतोयुद्विनृपप्रसादजननीसंपत्करथन्द्रमा ।

Slcka 49 A purson ought 'to divine about hts own salf, father, influence, health, vigour and fortune from the Sun It 1s the Moon that determines the character of one's heart, understanding, royal favour, mother and affluence. It is through Mars that a person can ascertain hs ownicourage, disease, characteristic qualities, younget brother, fands, foes and blood (parternal) relations. It is Mercury that influences onc's learning relatives in general, discrimination, maternal uncle, friends speech and action प्रज्ञानि तशरीरपुष्टितनयज्ञानानि वागीश्वरात् पत्नीवाहनभूपणानि मद्नव्यापारसौख्यं भृगो।

Si. 59-52 75

आयुर्जीवनमृत्युकारणविपतसंपत्प्रदाता शनि सर्पेणैव पितामहं तु शिखिना मातामहं चिन्तयेत्॥५०।। Stoka. 50 One ought to conjecture about one's own genius, wealth, physical development, sons and knowledge by referring to Jupiter. Informition regarding one's wife, vehicles, ornaments, love affairs and pleasures is to be sought through Venus It is Saturn that settles a parson's period ol life, fivelthood, the cause of death, his adversity and prosperity. One ought to guess about one's paternal grand father through Rahu and about the miternal grandfather through Ketu. सुमशिरमरमन्त्री भूसुत. मोमसौम्या गुरुरिनतनयारौ भार्गनो भानुपुत्र । दिनकरदिनिजेज्यी जीवभानुज्ञमंदा सुरगुरुरिनसरनु. कारका स्युर्विलग्नाल् ॥ ५१॥ Slola. 51, The Karakas of the Bhavas beginning with the Lagna or the rising sign are (1) The Sun (2) Jupiter (3) Mars (4) The Moon and Mercury (5) Ju- piter (6) Saturn and Mars (?) Venus (8) Saturn (9) The Sun and Jupiter (10) Jupiter, the Sun, Mercury and Saturn (11) Jupiter and (12) Saturn cf. पराशार सूर्यो गुर कुज सोमो गुरभाम मितः इनि। गुरुुचन्द्रसुनो जीवो मन्दुष्च भावकारक ।। कामावनीनन्दनराशियाता: मितेन्दुपुतामरवन्द्यमाना. । अरिष्टदास्तेऽस्विलजातकेपु सदाष्टमम्य शनिरिष्टिद. स्यान् ॥५२।। Stoka 52. Venus, Mercury and Jupiter when they occupy respectively the 7th, the 4th and the 5th houses from the Lagna are indeed harmful in all horo

76 जातकपारिजाते Adh. II

scopes Saturn in the Sth house from the Lagna gives in variably what is agrecable NOTEA The harmful yogas as qiven by Manthresnar an hi fif441 are ns follon धर्मे सूय दरितगुर्पन्युभाव शय भग्म पम्चमे देयमन्धी। वाम शुभ्घाष्टमे भानुपुप दुर्यानम्य केशमित्याहुरमये।। प्रतापशाली चतुरस्देह शयामारुणाङ्ो मधुिद्रलाक्ष। पित्तात्मकु सवत्पकचाभिरामो दिवाकर मत्वगुणप्रधान ।। ५३।। Slaka 53 Possessad of energy, of a square built body, black red in mien, of eyes bright as wine, of a bilious nature, lovely with lus limited quantity of hair, the Sun consists chtefly of the quality of goodness r/. मारावली

नासयुशो मधुपिद् वास्नयन: शूर प्रचष्ड स्थिर:। रकश्यामतनुनिगृदचरण वित्ास्धिसारी भहान् गम्भीिव्नुरसव: प्रथुवर बीगुग्मवासा रवि ॥ संचारगीलो मृदुवान्निपेकी शुभेक्षण्ारुतरम्थिराङ्ग। सदैव धीर्मांस्तनुषृन्तकाय कफानिलात्मा च सुधाफर सात् ॥५४। Sloka 54 The Moon has phlegm and wind in his composition, and is given ta rambling His speech 1s soft; he is discriminating He has fine eyes, his limbs are firm and exceedingly lovely He is always sensible. with a figure slim, but round तf मारावर्ड। सास्प: कान्तविलोचनो मपुरवागगौर कसाहो युवा प्रायु सूक्ष्मनिकुन्धिनामितकथ: मानो मृदु मान्दिक । घरर्वांतकफारमक: म्रियमसो सॉक्सारो पृणी

S1.55-56 द्विवीपोऽयायः 77

पिक्तात्मक सुचपल क्रशमध्यदेशः । सरक्त गौररुचिरावयव: ग्रवापी कामी तमोगुणरवस्तु धराकुमारः ॥ ५५॥ Sloka 55. Mars has fierce eyes, a youthful appearance and generous disposition, He has bile in his composition; he is exceedingly fickle. He has a slender waist His limbs are fine and of a reddish hue. He is energetic and lustful ; and his tendencies are to, wards the quality of Thamas (ann) or darkness. e. सारानली

गभावानग्ण्यर: पटुतर: गम्य निष्यज्वाक़। हम्याकुडिय नदी नरेशतरग: विसास्मकम्नामस- झ्रण्ट साहमिको विघातयदल: मरकगार फुज ॥ दूरयादिलयुतितनु, स्फुटवाक कुशाङ्ग: स्वामी रजोगुणयतामतिहासलोल.। हानिप्रियो विपुलपित्तकफानिलात्मा मद्य पतापविभव. शशिजश् विद्वान् ॥५६ ॥ Sloka. 5G Mercuty has a person green as the blade of Durva or panic grass He has a distinet art! culation. He is spate and thin He is the sovereign of those who are endowed with the quality of ray-Rajas or passion. He is excecdingly fond of fun. He delights in damage He has plenty of bile, phlegm and wind' in his composition ; he has a wealth of reidy energy and is a sage. न. मागइली

80 अतकपारिजाते Adh, II

Drekkana, his Hora, his week day, his Navamsa, his northern passage, the middle of day, the time of his entering a sign, the initial portion of the Navamsa of a friendly planet, and the tenth house. चन्द्र कर्किणि गोपतौ निजदिनद्रे क्काण होरांशके राश्यन्ते शुभवीक्षणे निशि सुखे याम्यायने वीर्यवान्। इन्दुः मर्वकलाघरो यदि वली सर्वत्र सन्धि विना सर्वव्योमचरेक्षिनस्तु कुरुते भृपालयोगं नृणाम् ॥ ६२॥ Stoka, 62. The Moon has strength in Cancer, Taurus, his week day, his Drekkana, his Hora, his Navamsa, the (nd of a sign ; when aspected by benefic planets; at mght; in the 4th house; in his passage to the south of the Equator. The Moon with all the digits complete is strong in all positions except the Riksha Sandhis (t, e. the last quarters of Aslesha, Jyeshta and Revati) The same when aspected by all the planets bring to men a royal destiny आर: स्ववारनव भागटगाणचर्गे र्मानालिकुंभमृगतुंवरयामिनीपु। चक्रे न याम्यदिशि राशिमुखे वलाढ्यो माने कुलीरभवने च सुखं ददाति ॥ ६३ ॥ Slaka. 63. Mars has abundant strength in his iown weekday, in his Navamsa, in his Drekkana, in the signs Meena, Vrischika, Kumbha, Makara and Mesha, during night time, in his retrograde movements, when he 1s in the southern quarter, and also in the iotial portion of a sign. He gives prosperity when he is in the 10th house from the Lagna and also when he is in Kataka

$1.64-66 रितीपोउभ्पाय: 81

कन्यानृयुग्मभचने निजवारधर्गे चांपे विना रविमहर्निशमिन्दुषूतु। सौम्यायने, च बलवानपि राशिमध्ये लग्ने सदा यदि यशोबलव्ृद्धिद स्यात् ॥ ६४ ।। Sloka. 64. Mercary is mighty'in Kanya and Mithuna, in his weekday, in his own Varga, in Dhanus, when without the Sun, by day as well as by might, in his northern passage (that portion of the ecliptic which lies to the north of the Equator) and in the middle of a sign. He invariably promotes fme, strength and pros- perity if he be in the rising sign. मीनालिचापकटके निजवर्गवारे :. मध्यंदिनोदगगने यदि गशिमष्ये। कुंमे च नाचभवनेपि बली सुरेज्यो लग्े सुखे च दगमे बङ्डुविनद खाद्॥६५॥ Sloka. 65. Jupiter is powerful in Mcena, Vris. chika, Dhanus and Kataka, in his own Varga and weck. dav, at mid day, in his passage to the north of the Equator, in the middle of a sign, in Kumbha, as also in his depression sign. He gives much wealth when in the rising sign, an the fourth as well as in the 10th house from the Lagna स्वोचस्ववर्गदिवसे यदि राशमष्ये शत्रुव्ययानुजगृहे हिचुके पराहे। युद्धे च शीतकरसंगमरकरचारे युकोरुणस् पुरतो यदि शोभनः स्यात् ॥ ६६ ॥ Sloka. 66. Venus is auspicious in his exaltation sign, in his Varga, in his weekday, when in the middle 11

SI. 60-72 द्वितीयोऽपाय: 83

प्रोक्तप्रकारप्वलान्विता ये मूलंगतास्ते विवला भवन्ति। भाव्ेषु योगेपु दशाफलेपु न सम्यगुकानि फलानि सन्ति ।।६९।। Sloka. 69. Those' planets which possess the strength described above becom: unavailing when they happen to be in the initial portion of a wra bhava or house as ascertained by araerz-bhava sphuti (correct cal- culations). Accordingly, none of the effects already described in so far as they relate to Bhavas, yogas and the various fortunes of a person's life can be expected to hold good in this case. N. B This interpretation is only tentative V. S अघोमुखा दिनेशस्य पूर्वपदुस्थिता ग्रहां:। अपरार्द्धस्पिता भानोरूर्ध्या स्यु: सुखततिदाः॥७० ।। Sloka, 70. Planets in the six signs befora the Sun are called Prone: Those in the six behind the Sun are supine and are productive of happiness and wealth. भानामत्र स्थानगता: क्रमेण मन्दार्मौमार्कितज्ञचन्द्राः । तेपामधथ्थानगतो बलीयान् राहुर्महीमण्डलमूर्नि संस ।।७१।। Sloka. 71. Saturn, Jupiter, Mirs the Sun, Venus, Mercury and the Moon are the planets arranged seri- atim according to the length of the time"they abide in the zodiacal signs. Rahu whose position is at the topmost point of the Earth's orbit (ascending node) has predominating strength when he occupies a position below the planets above mentioned i e. when he is be, fore or to the east of them (This meaning is only tentative.). समानुरिंदुः शशिजश्चतुर्थे गुरु सुवे भूमिसुतः कुंटुंबे। भृगु: सपले रविजः कलत्रे विलमतसते चिफला भवान्ते॥७२॥

84 आवकपारिजाते Adh. 11

Sloka 71 The Moon in conjlinttion with the Suh, Mercury in the 4th house from the Lagna Jupiter in the 5th Mars in the 2nd, Venus in th> 6th, and Saturn in the 7th become barren of effect NOTES Saturn is said to have his full (frtra) Digbtla in the 7th 1 ouse, Vide stoka 35 supra It is therefore difficult to reconcile with the above the statement made in this elola that he becomes batren of effect when in the 7th house राहुदोपँ बुघो हन्यादुभयोस्तु शनैक्षर । त्रयाणां भूमिजो हन्ति चतुणा दानवार्चित ॥।७३ । पंचानां देवमन्त्री चे पण्णां देों तु चन्द्रमा । सप्तदोपं रनिर्ईन्याद्विशपादुचरायणे॥। ७४ ॥ Slokas 73-74 Mercury (when in strength) can coun teract the evil caused by Rahu Saturn fin a similar position) can counteract the evil anfluences of the former two combined, Mars (when in a position of advantage) can remove the cvil caused by the three foregoing planets put together Vehas has power to nullity the evil caused by these four Jupiter can destrby the evil ( worked by the previous five The Moon can obviate the malefic influence of the six preceding The Sun can remove the evil effects of the loregoing seven. This he does more effectually when he is in his north. ward course

नृपालदेवावनिदेवककिकरे करोति चिचव्यमन दिवाकर ॥७५॥ Sloka .75 The Sun (when malefic) invariably produces mental incompetene through the instrument- ality of the servants of a king of Gods and of Brahmins- in aggravation of such ailments as an aching head, tag ing fever, wastillg consumption and dysentery

SI. 76-19 द्ितायो*या्ये: 85

पांण्डुदपिजलंदोपेंकामिला पीनसादिरमणकितामयैः। कालिकासु रसुचासिनीगणैराकुलं च कुरुते तु चन्द्रमा ।। ७६।। Sfoka. 76. The Moon ( wher malefic ) causes trouble by means of diseases generally brougbt on by venereal indulgence, such as pallor, catarrh, jaundice and inflammation of the nose, and also with the aid of numerous female goblins and demonesses पीनवी जकफश स्रॅपा वर्कं ग्रथि रु्तगेदारिद्ि ज मयै । वीरशैवगण भैरंवादिभिभीतिमाशु कुरुते धरासुत ।। ७७।। Stoka. 77 Mars ( when malefic ) quickly causes fear by a awelling of the scrotum phlegm, weapons, fire, knotty tumours, boils and such diseases as are born of indigence; and also through the instrumentality of Siva's heroic hosts and the terrific forms of that defty.

युधादिविष्णुप्रियदासभूतैरतीव दुःखं सेशिज: करोति ॥७८॥ Sloka 78. Metcury (when malefic) works much misery by producing wind imperceptibly in the regions of the privities and the stomach, by bringing on leprosy: indigestion, colic, diarrhoea and other diseases ; ahd also through the instrumentality cl spirits, the devoted set' - vants of Vishnu of whom the leader is called Budha. आचार्यदेवगुरुभृसुरशापदोरप शोर्क च गुल्मरुजमिन्द्रगुरुः करोति। कान्ताविकार जनिमे हरु जासुरादेः सेर्एागन।जनकृतर्मयमासुरेज्यः।। Sloka 7). Jupiter (when malehe) causes sorrow due to the evil effects of maledictions uttered by precep. tois, Gods, parents and such other venerable people and. Brahmins, as well as the discase of the apleiny

86 चाठकपारिजाते Adh. I!

Venus produces peril through such causes as drink and diabetes arising from the diseases of the beloved women associated with a result induced by addictioo to females endeared by excessive gallantry

झ्ेरां करोति रविजः सह मंधिरोगै।

साचारहीनलघुजातिगणैथ केतुः ॥ ८० ॥ Sloka, 80. Saturn occasions distress, by leading to acts which the evils of poverty breed by means ol fiends and thieves as also by diseases affecting the joints. And Ketu causes the affliction by the itch, by an outbreak of smallpox, by machinstions of enemies, by. diseases in ganeral and by the instrumentality of low outcast hordes करो त्यप सारमधूरिरेजजुसुदाकमिप्रेतपिशाचभू तैः।

Sloka. 81. Rahu causes great fear to men by means of epilepsy, smallpox, halter, flies, worms, ghosts, fiends and goblins ; also by leading to suicides by hang- ing, because of diseases resulting in want of appetite and leprosy आद्तमध्य भवनोपगता नभोगा- व्वादित्यभूमिवनयौ शनिशीतरश्मी। - जीवासुरेंद्रसचिवौ फलदा: क्रमेण. वारासुत सकलकालफलपद: स्यात् ॥८२॥* Sloke. 81. The planets shown in the following. three pairs-the Sun and Mars, Saturn ind the Moon.

St. 89-84 87

Jupiter and Venus -respectively, produce effect when they are in the beginning, the end and the middle of a sign. Mercury produces effect at all times. of. वृदज्जातक दि नय ररधिरां प्वेद याले गुरभृगुजौ भघमस् मध्ययासी। रविसुसशाशिनी विनिर्गमस्थी पश्षितनयः फरुदस्तु सर्वकालम् ॥ AIso परावार भादौ कए प्रदो भौमरवी मध्ये सितार्यकौ। सर्वदा प: शशीमनदस्ववसाने फलपदौ॥ यद्धातुकोपज निता खिलरोगशान्त्यै तनाथमाशु उपतर्प्पणहोमदानैः। संपूज्य रोगभयशोकविमुक्तचिन्ा: सर्वे नरा सुखयशोवलशालिन: स्युः ॥।८३॥ Sloka. 83. Whenever diseases are caused by irri. tation of particular constituents of the body, people should, in vicw to allay all such diseases, propitiate the lord of the itritated constituents in question, by means of prayers, libations of water, oblations (thrown in the fire) and by liberal gifts. When their minds are by these means freed from apprehensions of disease 'and sorrow, they will bccome possessed of health, happiness fame and strength. माल: कुमारोजथ युवा च वृद्धो मृंतथ्ष राशाययुजि क्रमेण। त्रिंशसवैर्व्यत्ययत. समे स्युः एचं.कर्शोशः पुनरेव काय:ः ॥८४॥ Sloka. 84. In an odd sign, according to the num- ber of degrees advarced, a planet is said to be in infancy, in boyhocd, in adolescence, in advanced age and in extremis. But in an even sign, these several divisions have to be again made regulaily in the reverse order,

₹ 88 प्ालड़परिभते Adh. 11

NOTES. cf वथ म्हाणां वालाचवस्वाफलानि पराशरहोरायाम् बालो रसा (6) दरसमे प्रदिष्टम्ततः कमारो हि युवाथ वृद्ः। मृतः कमादुर्कमतः ममर्क्षे मालायवस्था कयिता महाणाम् । फलं मु वितिद्वितनोति थालशार्द् कुमारो यतते न पुंसाम् t युवा समगरं सघरोऽयमृद्: फछं प दुष मरणं मृताख्य: ॥

In some of the astrological works, these states or conditions of a planet are described as due to the nature of the Rast occupied by it ; thus, a planet is Bala ar or in a state of mfancy when it is placed in the bouse of a fricnd-some subdivide this condi- tion into Athibala shaales and Bala W. It is in a state'of Kumara FuK or boyhood vhen in its own house (or in a Trikona Rasi ac. cording to some). Il is said to be in Yuvan-aT4 or a state of adole- scence when it occupies a Trikona Eirm or Ucha Rasi-astfr, some recognise these as two distintt conditions and call them Yuva Tar and RaJa-1171 tespectively, and co on Seperate effects are ascribed to each of these conditions and are declared to be felt dur ing the dasa period of the planet concerned. cf. अतियाछ: समसस्वो पालो बन्मुगृद्दे सिठ: । कुमरर: खगुइस्प: स्वात्सत्रिकोणे युवा भवेत् । उष्यस्थानगतो राजा पृद: शत्रुगृष्े स्थित.। मृतमामातिनीचस्यो ददौवं स्थानतो भवेन्।

बाए: सप्तांशवादूर्द कुमारस्तु ततः परम्। वकारमभे युवा प्रोफो चक्रकाले नराचिप:। मासभासमये सृदो मृनोड़म्नमत डरित:। अविजालदशाकाले जड़ो शोदननतपूर: t बालस्य सु दणाकाले फ्रीडासफ: महर्पित: ।। कुमारख दशाकाले विद्यासकशेभर:। यौवनस्य दशाशाले कामी भोगपरायण:।। सूतसरशदसाकाले वलहीनो ज़द्यत्मर:। मतमहदशाले मरणं याति निष्घयात्॥

Si. 85 द्विवाँं पौऽघ्यायं: $9

Aiso सारावली स्वमित्रक्षेत्रसंस्थानां गूहाणां वालसीज्ञ का। स्वन्निकोगगतानां च कुमारो नाम संनितः॥। ग्रहाणां स्वोचसंस्थानां युवराजः प्रकीर्तितः। शसुक्षेत्रगतानां च वृद्धो नाम तधेरित: ।। नोचगानां अहागां घ दशा मरणसनिता। तत्ततफलममायुक्ता ग्रहागा तु दका भवेत् । घालै: सुसी सुशीलञ्च यौयनैरवनीश्वर। वृद्दर्व्याधिनगे वृद्धि मरणे मरण व्ययम् । पुंराजिगै, शुभसगैधीग: सद्वामरक्षिगो बलिन. । निश्चेष: सुम्टोरा करा मूखीभच जायनते।। युवतिभवनस्थितेपु घ मृदवः सहामभीरका: पुरसः। जल हुसुमवसनिरता सोम्या करना: स्वजनहष्ा. ॥। उच्चांशं खवनवांशं च जागरूकं वदन्ति हि। सुहृन्नवांशकं स्वरनं मुसं नीचारिभांशकम्॥८५।। Sloka. 85. That portion of a zodiacal sign in which a planet is in its exaltation and that Navamsa which is owned by it, they say, is its waking state. The Navam. sa belonging to a frier dly planet is its dreaming state, while its sleep is that portion wherein it is in its de- presston as also that which is owned by an enemy. ६f. पराशर-यंशादंशं वरिभागं च कतपयिन्वा पुथकु पथक्। विपमादि क्रमेणेन समे यै विपरीतक्रम्॥ विज्ञान प्रथमं ुसां जानन्स्त्रमसुपुसिरा:। विशेपत. परीक्षा खानागर कार्यमाधर:।। समारस्ता मध्यफला उपदेश गुरुदि। निर्फरा चरभावत्या गातण्या मुनिसचम । Besides the ten Avasthas (argen ) or conditions described in slokas 16 is supre and the three ones mentioned in the present sloha, there are some more Avasthas (7Pi ) wnich have been ascribed to the several plinets due to theit beig placed in certain 12

S1. 85 91

येपु येपु च भावेपु गहास्ष्टन्ति सर्वथा। क्षुधित: क्षोभितो वाउपि स नरो दु.खभाजन: ।। एवं क्रमेण योद्धव्यं सर्वभावेपु पण्डितः । थलाबलविचारेण वक्तव्य: फरनिर्णय:।] अन्योन्यं घ सुदा युक्त फल मिश्र वदेतुन. । यलहोने तथा हानि सबले च महाफल म् ॥ कर्मस्थाने स्थिनो यस्थ लज्जितस्तृपितम्तथा। धुधित: क्षोगितो वाऽवि स नरी दुःखभाजन: ।। सुतस्थाने भवेयस लज्जितो गृह एव च। सुतनाशी भवेत्तस्य एकलिष्ठाते सर्वथा॥ क्षोमितस्तृपितश्वैर सपमे यस्य वा भवेत्। स्रिपते तस्य नारी य सतयमाह दिगम्बर: । Sic varjeties hive formerly been declured, by Sumhhu regurd ing the conditions of plineis, vi , ()) Lwuth PPET shimed or rbashed, (2) Garvith ufta (Iughty or conceited), (3) Kshudiuthr gia (hungry), (4) Thrushithr TMT (thirsts or greedy), (5) Muditha sfeer (plersed or delighted) and (6) hshobhithr aney (igitated or excited) (1) A planet is sud to be in a Lajntha.aa condition when it occupies the 5th house in conjunction with Rahu, Ketu, the Sun, Saturn or Mars (n) It is said to be Garvitha 9T when it is in ite eviltation position or in its Moolatrhrkon (In) It is mn Kshudhitha gorr state when it occupies m mmcal house or is in conjunction with Saturn or mn mnmiral planet or aspected by an imicil planet (Iv) If the plinet being in a wrtery sign bert the same time aspected by an mimical plinet and unaspected by benefic one- it is sad to be w a Thrushiths mRt state (s) But if it occupies a friend's house ind be in conjunction with a friendty planet, or Jupiter nr be asperted hy mother friend ly planet, it is in a Mudithr afed condition (v) Lastly, is conditson sill be Kshobiths trfaz when it is eclipsed by the Sun and has on it the nspect of malefics or that of an imimical planet,

92 जातकपारिजाते Adh. II

अन्ये द्वादश भावाभ्य मोक्तव्याम्ते प्रयत्त । गृहागां घ बल बुडा फल वड्चे यधाक्रमम्॥ रायन चोपवेश च नेत्रपाणि प्रकाशनम्। गमनेष्ठा च गमन सभायां वसतिम्नथा।। आगमो भोजन चैव नृत्यतष्पा घ कौनुकम् । निद्दा गुहागां चेष्टा च कथिता पूर्वसूरिमि 2 यस्मिनृक्षे भवेत् सेटस्ेन त परिपूरयेत्। पुनरशन सपूर्य सवनक्षत्र नियोजयेत्॥ यातदुण्ड तथा एगरमेकतित्य सद्ा बुधै। रविण्या हरते भाग शेप वाये नियोजयेत्॥ नाशपिउद्शाकमेश पुनः पूरणमाचरेत्। नामाक्रेण सयुक एर्तव्य रविणा ततः। श्यौ पव् तधा देव चन्दे दद्यादुद्वर्य तथा। कुजे दूय घ सयुक युधे सोगि नियोनयेत्॥ गुरी यागा: प्रदेवा्च श्रयं दघाचय भागीरे। शनी सथस्था देय सहर दद्याशसुध्ट्यम्। दोप हत घ समेण सूगणो त्रिविध भवेत्। रष्टिभ्येष्टा विवेष्ठा च वथिता मुनिदुगचै.॥ टशी स्वल्पफल सेयं पैष्ारया विपुल पएभू। विचेशया फलं न सादेव टष्टिपल पिट्ु. ॥ गुभाशुभ गहरणा व समोहपाथ वटाबलम्। नुद्गस्थाने विदोषण चल ज्ञेथ तधा सुधे ।। There are tuelve other conditions of planets which hnve also to be specially noticed Thev in their order are (1) Sayana 147 (lying down), (2) Upaiest 3पf (sittirg), (3)Vethrrpan नेवपाणि (with the hand on theeye), (1) Prikasam HsTra (mrhing bright or arradiating) (5) Gamanechcha गमनच्धा (desire to go), (6) Gamina गमन (going). (7) Sabhayam Visal: सभा स्मा (dwelling or being in 3n ascembly) .. (8) Agam आगन (coming), (9) भोपन (eatine), (10) Nruty 1 1ipsa मृन्यन्िस (desire to dance) (1I) Kruthuka ago (delight. joy, pleasure) and (12) Nurı fat (sleep) To find the prticulir aTn of any planet, the following is the method to be adopted -

SI. 85 द्विवायोऽध्याय: 93

Find the product of the following three nambers -- (1) The number representing the order of the planet (counted from the Sun whose Avastha HqDn has to be found (2) the number representing the order of the Nilshatrr (counted from Aswint) in which the plinet is situated, ind (3) the number representing the acturl degree in which the planet is at the time under consideration 1o this product must be added (1) the number indicating the order of the person s Janma Nakshatrr TaUT (2) the number representing the order of the Jananalagna aort (rounted from Meshr) and (3) the number representing the ghrtil is that have elapsed since S mrise till the time of birth Divide the re sult by 12 The remainder will indicate the order of the Avasthr HaAI (counted from "Tra) of the plinet

Agun, multiply the remunder nhove obtamed by iteelf 1o this add the number given m the margimlly noted table urder the initral letter of the name of the person concerned Divide the re sult by 12 To the remunder idd the Ashepa &g, which is ilso भा appended in the margin, belonging to the planet, and divde this by 3. The remairder will indicate in nhich of the three Drishti, Che tc slitn or Vicheshtr rfe, ser, or Fas न conditions m the Avastha iPn भ य wreidt found, the plinet actunlls

म is at the time

1 2 3 4 5 Take for evample the case of

Sun's Kshep 1s tl e horoscore given in the notes

Moon's to Snptlupddhathi श्रीपनिपद्धनि 2 Suppose it is required to find the

Mercury s , prticular Avasthr "7PT of Jupi 3 Jupiter's ter The birth is stated to be at

Venus's half glalika before Sunnse or 3 Saturn's in the 60th ghatika from the pre 3 Rahu uous Sunnse The position of PP Kethu Jupiter is 8 signs, 1 degree, 25 4 minutes, 1 second Jupiter is in

94 आस स्पारिजाठे Adh. II

the star Moola TaT, and in the 2nd degree of Dhnus vay Jupiter 1s the Sth ahen counted from the San Mooly T is the 19th from AsRIm NHY Therefare multtplying 5x 19x 2=190

To this must he added the number represented byy the Janana, Jaem taaea (which is Mesha T in tluis horoscope), the number representing the Janminakshatrr TH4 (wlnch 1s Srus ih Ha7 or 22nd from Asnim afst) and the number representmg the gha tikas that have elapsed since Jast Sunuise (whch is 60 in the pre sent casc) The result is 190+1+22+60 or 273 Disuling uus hy 12, ne have 9 as the remunder which means that Jupiter's ivrsth अररा at the time 1s I'hori ओोनन Again squrring 9, we get si The mme of the mtise hegins with the letter a and the number given for tht letter is 1 So ne have 81+1 or 83 Dividing this by 12, there is a remaider 10 To this must be added the hshem s4 of Jupiter, viz 5 Total 19 therefore 15 \hien this is divided by 3. there is a remunder 3 which means that jupiter is in Vicheshtr frEt in the Bhojana Avastha 'n TAITet The following table shows the particular Aistha wau and the sub state or condition therein in which the several planets are plared in the horoscope under reference

Actual position Nune of the Planets in the Fchptic Avistha the Sub state VS (अवम्था) G o1 condition Sun 0-17 -- 43-30 Kruthul . (4 दु) Drıshtı (₱) Moon 9-14-29 -- 39 . Mars 11-27 -- 53 -- 9 Mercury 11 -- 24-13-44 Jupiter 9-1-25 -- 1 Bhojana (uttr) Vicheshta (fan) Venus 0-14-2-51 hauthuka (बोतुक) Cheshta (चेष्टा) Saturn 0 -- 27 -- 55-46

Tor further detuls see Hors Ratn,

S1. 86-87 95

शीपोद्यगत. खेट. पाकादौ फलदो भवेत्। पृष्ठोदयस्य पाकांते सदा चोभयरागिग ॥ ८६ ।। Sloka. 86. A planet in a Sırshodaya sıgn (Vide Adhyaya 1. Sloka. 14) yields fruit at the initial portion of the period of life influenced by him But the same planet in a Prishtodaya sign does it at the final stage. But if he should be in a sign which has both the charac- teristics, he becomes fruitful at all times

पृष्ठोभयकोद्यर्क्षतास्वन््न्त प्रथमेपु पाकदा।। Aiso गाग आद्यन्तमध्यफलद शिर पृश्ठोभयोदये। मुशाम्रयेसे समये तिएन्वारयो दशापति।।

भादा दशामु पलन: शीपोदयराशिसस्थिता बिह्गः। उभयोदये घ मध्ये रवाल्स्े पृरोदये व नौचसे।। समस्तहोराफलसारसान्द्रनिराजिते जातकपारिजाते। ग्रहक्रियारूपगुणप्रभेट संकीचिंत खेटकपाकटाक्षान्।। ८७।। Sloka. 87. By the special favor of the planets, the diversity of their work, form and properties has been set forth in the Jataka Parijata which has therefore be- come abundantly illuminated with the pith of planetary effects treated of in all astrological works इति श्रीनवग्रहकृपया वैद्यनाथनिरनिने जात कपारिज़ाते ग्रहम्वरुपगुणाध्यायो द्वितीय:।। Thus ends the second adhyaya upon the 'Naturc and Properties of the Planets' in the work 'Jataka Pari jata' composed by Vaidyanatha uder the auspices of the ' nine plancts.

जातकपारिजाते तृतीयोध्यायः

।वियोन्यादिजन्माध्यायः॥ Adhyaya III. MASITOLD BIRTITS, oto, Out of the SO slohas in tluis Adhyaya, 46 have been taken from Brihat Jatiha, Viz., Slokas 1 4,7-15, 21 25, 38 40, 43 4*, 16 47,58, 60 79. The first 10 slokas of this chapler deal with Viyomjanma (furfrim) The words Ainsa (stT) and Bhrg (amt) biive been used to imply Dwadisamsas (sma) .ind not Navamsas an) as will be suen by the wonl Dnirasa bliga (frgeja) in the opeting sloka The information contuned in tf ese ten slohas can be used with lvantage for horars purposes, when a thing is fost or an animl Is lost, or lo embie the agriculturist and breeders of animals to lind ont the best se ion foi cuftration or for breeding purposes. It can tho be as phed to an ordintrv horuscope tu see hos much of armnist inture the jatafi ( nTrD) has or to suc if tl e horoscopo itidicates hunmn activity or becomes useless fif o in inimate beings l urther, it can be ufihsed for ascertaming if the naatrve is fortunite or Lot with respect to inimifs or cultiation and if so to what estent ऋरग्रहै- सुबलिभिविघलश्व सौम्यैः कृाे चतुष्टयगते तदचेक्षणाद्वा। चन्द्रोपगदिरसभागसमानरूर्प सत्व वदेद्यदि भवेत्स वियोनिमंजः ॥१॥ Sloka 1. If, at the time of the birth .of any living. creature or of a query regarding it, the malefic planets are found to be strong and the benefic ones weak, and 96

08 आसकपारिसाते Adh. İ1f.

Suppose ne come across such a position m the nativity of any person. We have to judge that the man is foriunate in ammals. nother interpretation for (iry4t7F4) (Chandro" pigadvirasabhagasamanarupam). form tvpified by the Drekkinz unsa (iTsata)=2 x t or Ird) occupied by the Moon In queries if theft, etc., these are useful to predict the form of the thieves, etc, c/. गागवली-करै: सुबरसमैतैः मॉम्य घल वियानिएस या। सौम्याकिम्यां वेन्द्रे तदीक्षिते या नियोनि: म्यल् ॥ पापा चलिनः स्वमागगा पारकये निवलाथ शोभना। लग च वियोनिसंभवं दष्टात्रापि नरियोनिमादिशेव् ॥२॥ Sloka. 2. Finding that the malefic planets arestrong and in their own Dwadasamsas while the benefic planets are strengthless and in Dwadasamsas not their own; and finding also that the rising sign is a faana (Viyont). the astrologer may announce the birth of a faammm (Viyonijanma) as before (t. e corresponding in fotm to that indicated by the 12th portion of the sign occupied by the Moon, provided the Rast owning the 12th rortion in questicn is a fraift (Viyoni) onc. NOTE tn the undermentioned evample, Moon 4° mdn ies \ nshab' z Dwadtsainsa. The man, we judge, will be prosperous in CORs, In horars figuie as above, breedims of cows, etc, wth ated by |Moon 4 J Metcuiy Sun 12 28' Venus2

Mfars 9 An Example lupiter 2

Salura 9

SI. 3-4 नृसोयोऽ स्याय: 99

Vrishabha will be prosperous or we may judge according to the question, that a cow has been lost. In the above figure, supposr the Moon was in 29' of Mesha. He will then be in Meem TRa. dasamsa This will be very good for fishing Bhattotpala interprets +4TT (Swabhagaga) to mean 'in his Navamsa' क्रियः शिरोवचत्रगले द्वितीय: पादांसके पृष्ठमुरोऽथ पाश्ें। कृक्षिस्त्वपार्नास्यथ मेढ़मृप्की स्फिकूपुच्छमित्याह चतुप्पदाङ्गे ।३।। Słoka 3. In the body of a quadruped, Aries #ignifies the head; Taurus, the mouth and the dewlap; Gemini, the forelegs and the shoulders; Cancer, the back, Leo, the breast; Virgo, the sides; Libra, the belly: Scorpio, the anus; Sagittarius, the hind legs; Capricornus, Memibrum virile and the Scrotum, Aqua- Ilus, the buttocks, and Pisces the rail. of मारावली मपनृषो मुमगलयोरेसकपादेश मिधुनमीनौ से। पृथ्टेदयपार्धेप व निर्वेेशती फर्किकुमधरी॥। सिंहसृगौ जघनस्थी पश्चिमचरणे स्थिती युवतिचापौ।

मिधुनाद्यस्तुष्यन्ता मच्ये भांग चतुप्पदाना च।

दृष्टया समांन अवदेत्स्वसंख्यया रेखां वदेत्स्मरसंस्थय पृष्ठे ॥४॥ Sloka 4. By putting together all the strong points whether derived from the rising sign or the rising Dwa. dasamsa, the presence therein or the aspect thereon of certain planets, the astrologer should be able to give out the colours that may be found in the creature born (faatfa); the number of the prevailing hues, he shoulJ declare suitably to the planets on the Lagna ; and as to 4

100 नातकपारिजावे Adh. III

the streaks on the animal's baick, if any, he may guess them in accordance with the planet in the 7th bhava. NOTES शर पुरयावयानी is anotherreading -मqnq 1. anoth for प्रवदतस्वसर्यया Tind out how mamy planete are fosited in the Lagna or aspect the Lagna If these planets are strong, then only they must be taken into conaideration If not, find cut the rising Dera dasamsa and predict the colour of the animal as described m I, 23 and, 13 19) 1he greater the number of planets in the Lagna or aspecting the I agna the greater will be the varieties of colour. on the ammal The colour on the bacl of the animal (natural stripes of the animal at its bach) sheuld be predicted througb the planets placed in the 7th bhava from the Lagna म मारावर्ण मेपाटिभिस्ट्रय हयरपया अश्युतैमच रहैया । स्व स्व वर्ण वुपावाने चिद्ध भ्रण वाडपि। सगृहशुक्सयोगादियाहूर्णान् पराच्क सक्षान् । सप्तमसंस्था कुर्यु पृर्टे रेखा स्ववर्गसमाम् ।। र्वीक्षन्ते यावन्तो वियोनिवर्गान्च तावन्तः। बलदीसो गगनचर करोति वर्ज चियोनीनाम्। पीस करोति जीय: पाक्षी सित भार्गवो विचित्र थ। रक्ो हिनकररधिरो रविज: कृष्ण युध: पावलम् ।। स्व सशी परमागे परराशी म्वासके तिष्ठन्। दश्यर महोददि ए सुप्णयं तदा कुम्ते। पश्धपरिवेपनलदै पाङकवेय र्वजैशच वुस्षैश्य। 24मृगदण्ड: सपः शवधनु पांसुभिर्वापि। यट्र्णेन वृत स्वाद््मनिद वर्णमादिपेन्मानिमाल। सनाभाविकर्महार्णा व्णरेणां भवन्ति जातानाम्।। (unkirı (ymm) aud Bhattotrata (4jryr) mterpret the wetd Amnsa ("eT) in fhe soka is Navamsa देहांयुगी सुखानेशा चतुप्पाजननं भवेन। 1

देहेशे सुखपे वाहिकेतुयुक्ते पशोर्जनि ॥५॥

S1. 5-7 तृतीयोडध्याय: 200H 101

Sloka. 5. Grant that the lords of the 4th and the 1st bhavas occupy respectively the Ist and the 4th Bhavas; the birth of a quadruped may be possible . the birth of a brute may likewise happen when the lord of the Lagna and the ruler of the 4th (sra) bhava are in conjunc- tion with Rahu and Ketu. शुक्रेक्षिते गोजननं महिप्यार्कियुतेकिते । राहुकेतुयुते मेप पापाढ्येऽन्यपशोर्जनि. ॥,६॥ . Stoka. 6 If (in a faddaasin.Viyonyauma Yoga) the rising sign be aspected by Venus, the birth will be of an animal of the cow kind, when the Lagna is in conjunc- tion with or aspected by Saturn, the anmal born is of the buffalo kind; it is of the sheep or goat kind when there 18 Rahu or Ketu in the Lagna An amunal unltke all these takes birth when the rising sign abounds with malefic planets

चुकेक्षिते गोजनन महिप्या सूर्यात्मजनापं युत् महष। राहुप्वजार्यां सिताडथ दष्टी मेपस्तु जातोतव्यपशुस्तथान्येः।। खगे दगाणे वलसंयुतेन वा ग्रहेण युक्त चरभांशकोढये। बुधांशके वा विहगा स्थलांबुजा: शनथरेन्द्वीक्षणयोगसंभवाः ।।७।। Stoka. 7. When the rising decanate is a vrar mq (Palshi Drekkana) or when the rising Dwadasamsa is that of a moveable sign or of Mercury and has a strong planet in it, land or water birds may, come into exit. ence according as the rising decanate and the Dwada- samsas in the three cases are occupied, if not aspected, by Saturn or the Moon. NOTES. For Paksln drekkanas mde Adhyava 5, Sloka 55 sufra. But

102 जातरुपरिनाते Adh. HII

according to \arthamihir, the Paksl Drekl anas are the 2nd in Vithuns, 2nd in Thult, 1st mn Sonh and Ist in Kumbha. If 1 Palsht Drekkin as above is nsing on the Lagna and be asperted or orcupied by Saturn or the Moon then hirds are horn or indicated as the case may be If Malira, Mesha Katala and Tula (moveable signs) Dna da amsas are rising on the Lagna aspected or occupied by Saturn or the Moon then bird. are born or indicated as the caae may be If the Dwadasameas of Mercury (Mithuna or Kanya) are raing onithe I agha orcupied or aspected by Saturn or the Moon then birds tre born or idieated as the case may be In the ahove Saturn indicate birds who live on earth &= opposed te birde fiine in wafer The Voon indirates bitds on nater. The previous stola holds good for predicting the colour of the bud Bhattotpala and Gunabara interpret T Amsa in the sloka as Vavamsa of सारापन। विहगोटिनट करणे भहेण चलिना युते थ चरमौद। वघेशे वा विहगः स्थलाम्बुजा, शशिनिर्वास्षिता: पमशः॥ होरेन्दुसटरिर विभिविचल स्वरूणां तायस्यले तरुभुवोशकतप्रभेदा: ।

स्तायन्त एवं सरवः स्यलतोषजाताः l।८ ।। Sloka. 8. With the Lagm, the Moon, lupiter and the Sun, all devoid of strength, the astrologer may announce the springing of trecs. Whether they spring in land or water is to be decided from the character of the rising Dwadasamsa, i. e from the fact of its belong. ing to a land or watery sign. The trees growing in land or water will be as many as there ate Rasis from' the Lagna up to the next land or water sign

81. 8 तृसायोअयाय: 103

NOTES

The Lagna, the Moon, Jupiter and the Sun must be power- less. Find the Dnadasamsa of the Lagna. If st be a Viyom (frnfa) sign and at the same tme be a land'or watery Rast, then we mav say that the trees are either in land or watery places. Supposr it is Makara Dwadasamsa (first half) that is rising. This will mdi- cate al tree in a girden or park. Suppose the Lagna to he 17' m hanya. Then the rsing Dwadasumsa is that of Meent 1bis will ondicate a tree near the rver. If the Tryf (Tarupati)-the ruler of the Layna Dwadasamnst s awas from the Lagna, predict the number of the trees hy the hwns intervening the Lagna and the arqfa ( 1arupats). Accordin: to TH7e47t (Dasadhyayee), the following is the rate. Find out the Avurdaya of the TvoPt (Kundali). Convert the years, months .nd day s into dayc The number atrned it will mdicate the uumber uf trees or plants. Suppose the 1tth degree of Mithum to be rismng Then the nung Dwadasamsa is the 6th m Mithuna Rasi, 1.e, Vrischika Rhich is only & watery stgn If at the teme the pusition of Mars (the ford of Vrischuka) be humbha, the number of trees will bie * the nuiber of hasts separatin, Mus from the Jagna t. 4., hum Mithuna to Kumblia & e, 9 Agamn, Itom the stoha, of Saravalt yuoted belon, the following hic atso to be noted If the lord of thn rising Dwadasamsa esther occupy his rxaltation sign or be refrograde in hns motion, the number aiready obtained should be trebled. If he be in lus Vargottamamsa, or his own Dwadasamsa, Vavamss e 'Drekhana, such number should be doubled For t vample, if Mars in the mstance cited be retrogradle in his motion. or in tead ot o rupying Kumbha be in Mahaia, lus exaltation sign. the number (Makara being the 8th from Mithuna) should be trebled. We shall thus have 24. But if Mars should occupy Mesha Navamsa or Mesha Dwadasamsa of Kumbha, s e., his onn sign, the number of frces will be enly 9x 2 or 18 and so on of. गारावन्म एभाकजीव चन्द्ररपरैः शेपैश्य मूलयोनि: स्यात्। स्थल्जलभममविभागा सुक्षादीयां भभेन्रुकरा: ॥

104 आातकपारिजाते Adh. Ifİ

स्थलजलयोगो लप्नाद्यावति राशा तु ने-पि मानन्न: । द्वित्रिगुणत्वं सेपामायुदांयप्रकाशन म्।। It should thus be understood that in order that a lrumen being should be strong and powerful, the Lagna, the Moon, Juptter and the Sun should possess strength. Else, the nitive becomes powerless like a tree and becomes a dependant on others, अन्तःसारान् जनपति रविर्दुर्भगान् मूर्यसनु: क्षीरोपेतांस्तुहिनकिरण कण्टकाढ्यांश्र भौम । नागीशज्ञौ सफलविफलौ पुष्पवृक्षांक्ष शुक् स्न्िग्घानिन्दु कटुकविटपान् भृमिपुत्रम्तु भूयः ।।९।। Sloka. 9. The Sun generates trees that are mn. wardly strong (massive); Saturm produces such as are unsightly. The Moon gives hirth to those thit are sappy, Mars brings forth thorny ones. Jupiter and Mercury produce respacttvely fruit-bearing and fruitless trees Venus ushers into the world these that merely blossom hut bear no fruit. We have to say again that the Moon makes his trees oily and those produced by Mars have strong-scented boughs. * NOTES. This must be applied to the hor ycope of every landlord. The Sun governs timbet and other trees which are inwardly strong Saturn indicates useless trees, oon, saim trees, and Mars, thorny trees of planis Jupit"r tovetns trres bearnu fruits. Mercury governs good trees hut not bearing fruit. Venu will produce flowery trees or plantr, Monn reprecents oily trem- while Mars denote, ugly ones The land Investments are indicated by the 4th bhava and its lord Some people are unfortunate in land investment, because the 4th bhava and its lord are weik Coming to progression (by any system), progressed Moon in any aspect to planets in radn good or bad, will indicale goolor bid fortune in the trees or plants indicated as above

S1. 10 नृतीयोउ5याय: 103

cf. सारावकी भन्त, मारान्, वृक्षानू भालुर्दुर्गान् करोति तद्रपान्। क्षीरस्रेइसमेतान् शभी गुरुः फलसमेताथ।। कटुकण्टकिनो रधिर: सुदुर्भगांन्तरणिजम्धा छुकः। कुसुमफलकोदयुतान् सुधभ्य मलवर्जितं जनयेत्।। Aiso पगगर स्थूलान् जनयनि सूर्यो पुर्भगान् सूर्यपुचक:। क्षोरेपेतासया चन्द्र, कटुसलान् धरासुत: ।। गुरुनौ सफलान्विम पुप्पवृकान् भृगो सुख. । नरिसान् सूर्यपुरश्च पा जेया: सगा द्विज ॥! शुभोऽयुभक्षे रुचिरं कुभूतले करोति वृक्ष विपरीतमन्यथा। परांशके यापति विच्युतः खभाद् भवन्ति तुल्यास्तरवस्तथाविघाः ।। १०॥ ।। इति वियोनिजन्माध्यायः ॥ Sloka. 10 When the plinet presiding over the birth of a tree, being benefic, is in the house of a malefic one, it generates a good trec mn a bad place. The result is reversed when the condition is reversed That' 1s, if the tree producing planet, being malefic, occupy the house of a benefic one, a bad tree will spring up in a good soil. The number of trees of the kind spoken of before will be the number of Dwadasamsas reckoned from the planet's own Dwadasamsa last occupied by it up to the alien one which it now occupies: NOTES f. गारावली कर. साम्यगृदस्यो वृक्षमनिष्ठ करोति छुभदेशे। शाम्यश्च पापभवने कुस्सितदेशे शुभ चापि। व्यामिश्रे· शुभभूमौ भवन्ति मिश्रा: सदा वृक्षा:। 14

106 Adh. 111

स्थल जर पतय मेपा स्थएलजाना नु समने दक्षाः।। र्याशात्पराशगामियु यापामग्या भवन्ति तारना । स्थलजा वा जला वा तरय, माकू सग्यया नयदेश । V D-The rerder nill do well to go through Chipter 53 of ATf (Saravalı) for detasled informnition on fritTTH ( n ontjanma) ॥ अथ निपेकविधिः ॥ कुजेन्द्ुहेतुप्रतिमाममार्तन गते तु पीडक्षमनुप्णदाधिता। अतोन्यथास्य शुभपुंग्रहेक्षिते नरेण संयोगसुपैति कामिनी ॥११॥ Slura. 11 . The menses of a woman which are due to the intcraction of Mars and the Moon, z. c, of bile and blood, set in every month when the Mcon 1s in an aRa (Apachayasthana, : e, 1st, 2nd, 4th, 5th, 7th , 8th, Sth or 12th) from the Lagna But if the Mcon occupies a different position, i e is in an 3497Rn7 (Cpachayasthan, 3rd, 6th, 10th or 11th) and is aspected by a benefie male planet, the woman lovingly unites with a man NOTES The Moon governs flurd malter of i nomn Mirs sigmifies tt e blood of a wonin A combinahon of the to causes menstru ation . T (Narena) The word means i tan in the true sense, Urat is one eapabie of procreatir 3-T huminimeans femile who c in menstruate feir (l'eedarl sl i) Ras s are "3774 (Anupacha, t) places : e Ist, 2nd 4th. 5th 7th Sth, Sth and 12th houses 3474 (Upachya) i lices tc 3rd 6il, 10th ind 1th houses I y the word T gng (Sut Lapumgraha) Jupiter is here meant u 1e is the only bei efic male pfanet If the Moon in hts transrt occupies mn ST7 (Urucli) place and be aspected by Jupiter on the 5th day after menstruation, the weman joms her husband and cOnCeIVeS

SI. 11. सृतायोऽषपायः 107

The 3474 (Upachaya) and arya4 (Anupachaya) places are to be counted from the Lagna and not from the arafa (Janma Rast- Moon's place). It is necessiry that Jupiter must throw his aspect on the Moon on the 5th day after menstruation for conception to be possible. Along with this, should any hermiphrodite planet strong in position aspect the Moon in traneit, the conception mannot tahe place. The posibion of all planets except the Moon should be with reference to the radiy, (nativity at birth).' If ne take a woman's horoscope, it will be seen tht there will only be 3 houses where Mars alfhcts the Moon But 2 of them are lil ely to be frees (Peedrhsha) houses. In the following horoscope Mars aspects Kumbha, Vrishabh and Mithun which happen to be the 7th, 10th and lith houses respectiels. Lewing eff the 10th and 1th which are syay (Upachva) plces, humbh is the ont Rist where when the Moon comes in his transit tit menstiurtion is cable of eflect in giving or causing conception

Moon

of a son an Siturn Sun

Jumter Mars Venus Mercurs

Tor conceplion to tale place on the Sth or the following nights, the Moon hy trinsit on the 5th da after menstruntion must receive the aspeet of Jupiter without,fheir beig any ofher aspert from a herntphrodite planet. Irom the above principle it is posble to deduce wlether a woman will bave iesues or not. The following aditoml informttion r found in otler work :- If, in the rase of a t oman is soon as che Inthes after the steppage of the n entes, the Moon in her orbi should orcury an

108 आत कपारिजावे Adh. IlI

Upachaya Rast and be at the same time aspected by powerful Jupiter, she will have sexual intercourse with her husband If the Moon in the above sud Upachaya position be yspected by the Sun she will have sexual union with an officer of the hing If the aspecting planet be Mars, the umon will be with 2 soluptuary 1f it be Mercury, the intercourse will be with a fickle mnded person If Venus be the aspecting planet it will be with a beautiful lover. If it be Saturn she will have enminal ihtimacy with an ordinary servant. If the Moon be ispected by sess al malefic planets, the woman will leave her onn house and become a prostitute गुणापर शशिश्ितिजरेतुक जगुरिहार्तव योपित शशिन्यपच यस्षेगे धरणिसनुना चौक्षिते। अपत्यनननक्षम हापचयाधिते मेयसी वृहस्पतियिर्णेकिने स्वपतिसक्रमामाति सा । भोमन युचत विटसमिनी सथासू तिग्माछुना रनमनानुरसा। मन्दैन मृत्याहितचिमवृत्ति सबैश्र एं हिमनालि वेर्या । Also सारादली अनुपधयराशिमरये कुमु गकरयान्यजे रुधिररष्ट। प्रतिमाम युवतीना भनतीह रनो युवम्सेने॥। इन्दुर्जलं कुनो गिनिर्मलमसृगधवान्निरिय पिस स्वान। एच रसे हीने विसेत रनः मघनंते सतीतु । एवं यद्दपति रजो गर्भरय निमिसमय कथित तग। उपचयसरथे चिपुर प्रतिमास दर्शन तस ॥। उपचयभपने पतभद्षष्ो गुग्णा सुहन्निरभवामी। पुसा करोनि योग विशेपन: जुकमटष्ट ॥। चन्द्रे कुजेत रष्ट पुष्पव्र सह विटेन भयोगम्! राजपुर्पेण रविणा रविनेनामोति मृसयेन । एवैकेन पर सवाड् रहनान्य: कुगादिमि पाप। सये स्वगृह गरग्वा गफति वेश्यापद् युवन ॥ यधास्तराशिर्मिधुनं समति तथै याच्यो मिधुनप्रयोग। असद्ग्रहालोकितमंयुवेऽम्े सरोपइष्ट सविलागद्दाम ॥। १२ ॥।

SI. 12 109

Sloka 12. The kind of copulation that the native can have is such as it is with the creature typified by the 7th Rasi If the anatfar (Asta Rast) or the 7th house from the arara (Adhana) Lagna be aspected or occupied by a malefic planet, the union will be in wrath, but if the sTeamH (Asta Lagna) be aspected or occupied by benefic planets, the union will abound in amorous play and laughter NOTFS It should be noted that the twelve Rasis ire Night and Day Signs Night signs represent enjoyment in darkness and Day sigas enjoy ment in the presence of light esther of a lamp or of the Moon Further, Mesha ind Vrishabha represent the enjoyment of a quadruped of the ram ind buflalo kind Mithuna, hanya Tula, Dhanus first half ind Kumbln represent the enjoyment of a human being Vrischil a and Mihar (latter hulf), hataks and Meena-#r (heeta)-represent copulation among centipeds, which is bad Simha (Lion) represents an enjoy ment by force Why ? Because, the lion is n forcible iimal Mal i (1st half) 1s very good for enjoyment and so on A combintion of the above two ideas will come to tlus consider that Meel represents the 7th house at the time of enjoyment A man and woman under such circumstances enjoy ench other lil e rquidruped in darkness Similarly for the rest If malefics aspect or occupy the 7th house from the tyMFH (Adhan Lagna), then the enjoyment takes place much agaist the Rish of one of the tno Ansther interpretatson-If malefics aspert or occupy the 7th, the womin concerned gets into inger after satisfaction if Mars should be the plinet concerned wilhout satisfactson or enjoyment if Saturn be the occupy ing or aspecting planet If the Sun be the malefic concerned, there is a vefulsion at th- onts.t stself. If bene fics aspect or occupy the 7th, 1hen the umion will be followed by RPTA (Vilasa) and ETH (Hasa), i e reil conjugal bliss.

108 आातकपारिजाे Adb. III

Upachaya Rası and be at the same time aspected by powerful Jupiter, she will have sexual itercourse with her husband. If the Moon in the above sud Upichay t position be ispected by the Sun, she will have sevual umion with an officer of the King If the aspecting planet be Mars, the union wilt be with a voluptuary If it be Mercury, the intercourse ail he nsth 1 fickle minded person If Venus be the aspecting planet, it will be wath 1 beautiful lover. If it be Saturn she will have crimmal mtimney with an ordinary servant. If the Moon be aspected by several malefic planets, the woman will leave her own house and become a prostitute गुणावर पशिशितिजहेतुर जगुरिक्षर्तव योपित शरिन्यपचयक्षेगे धरणिसनुना वौक्षिते। अपत पननस्षम हायचयाधिसे मयसो वृहस्पतिविलोकिते स्वपतिसङ्गमामीति सा ॥। भामेन युके विटमदिनी स्वात् हिग्माधुना राजजनानुरक्षा। मन्देन मृत्याहिनचिन्तवृत्ति सवेध दपे हिमनामि पेश्या। Also सारावली अनुपपयराशिसरये कुमुताकर यान्चवे रधिरटष्टे। प्रतिमाम युवतीना भगतीद रनो बुचन्खेके। इन्दुर्जल उजोरिननटमस्गधयाग्निरिय पिस स्थान। एव रसे हीने पितेन रजः मरवर्सते खीपु।। एव यहतयति रजो गर्भरय निमितमेव कधित ताइ। उपचयसस्थे बिपुए प्रतिमाम दर्शन तस् ॥ उपचयभपने दारामदूरष्टो गुम्णा मुहत्निर्धवामी। पुसा करोति योग विशेषत: जुरमटष्ट । चन्द्रे कुजेन रष् पुप्पवरी सह विटेन भयोगम्। राजपुरपेग रविणा रविजेगाोति भृलेन।। एकॅकेन पट सवाद् दंषटनान्ये: कुजरादिभि पापे। सद स्वदृंह र्यप्या गच्छीती वेश्यापद् युचनि ॥ यधास्तराशिर्मिधुनं समति तथव वाच्यो मिधुनप्रयोग । असव्ग्रहालोकितमयुतेडसते सरोपइ्षटे सविलामद्दाम ।। १२ ।।

SI. 12: तृत्ीयोअयाय: 109

Slokn 12. The kind of copulation that the native can have is such as it is with the creature typified by the 7th Rasi. If the aremnfa (Asta Rasi) or the 7th house from the srara (Adhana) Lagna be aspected or occupied by a malefic planet, the union will be in wrath; but if the snaan (Asta Lagna) be aspected or occupied by benefic planets, the union will abound in amorous play and laughter. NOTFS It should be noted that the taelve Rasis are Night and Day Signs. Night signs represent enjoyment in darkness and Day signs enjoyment in the presence of light tither of n lamp or of the Moon, Further, Mesha and Vrishabha represent the enjoyment of a quadruped of the ram and buffalo kind Mithuna, Kanya, Tula, Dhanus' first half and Kumhhn represent the enjoyment of a human being. Vrisclnha and Makara (latter half), Katala and Meena-uiz (Keeti)-represent copulation among centipeds, which is bad. Simha (Lion) represents an enjoyment by force. Why ? Because, the lion is a forcible animal. Maharr (Ist half) 1s very good for enjoyment , and so on. A combintion of the above two ideas will come to thuis' consider that Meshn represents the 7th house at the time of enjoy ment. A man and woman under such dircumstances enjoy ench other hikea quadruped i darkness. Similarly for the rest. If malefies aspect or orcupv the 7th house from the ymeg (Adhana Lagna), then the enjoy ment takes place much against the wich of one of the two. Ansther interpretation -If malefics aspect or occupy the 7th, the woman concerned gets into anger afler salisfaction if Mars should be the plinet concerned. wifhout salisfaction or enjoyment if Snturn be the occupying or aspecting planet. IF the Sun be the malefic concerned, there is a vefutsian at ths ontstt iiself. If bene- fics aspect or occupy the 7th, then the union will he folloned by Mata (Vilasa) and tt4 (Iasa), i. ". real conjogal bliss.

110 दवकपारिजावे 'Adh. III

of मारावगी द्विपटादयो निलगना सुसत कुर्तन्ति ससमे यद्वन्। तदत्स्त्रीपुर्पाणा गर्भाधाने समादेश्यम् । अस्तेदशुभयुतदष्टे सरोपक्तह भवेहाम्पम्। सौम्य सौम्पैः सुरन वास्यायनमैप्योगिसाहयातम्।। रन्दिुशुक्रावनिजे स्रभागगैर्गुरा त्रिकोणोदयमंस्थितेपि या। भनत्यपरत्य हि निर्याजिनामिमे करा हिमांशोरपिदृशामिनाफला।१३। Sloka. 13 When the Moon and Mars (tn the case of a woman) or the Sun and Venus (in the case of a man) occupy their own house or their Navamsas, there will be a conception ofan cffspring. Conception will equally take place when Jupiter occupies the Lagna or one of the Thrikom housss. These planetiry conjunctions fail of effect with regard to people void of virihty, just as the Moon beams in the case of the blind Noirs The commentior I hnitotr alr expli ns that it is not necessars tlit il the four forewom> planets should be simultineously mn their Nuamsis for concepnion lo lnke phice, it is enough that the Sun and Venus ae in their Navamsas in the 3T7r (Upachayn) 1cusescf the mie or the Moon and Mars o.cups their onn Navamsas i the 34 14 (Upachny a) phces of the femle If Jupiter ts trme to the staa (Adh'n) Lagn, the umion 1s litely to heur frmt Ahia (ibeeyinam) here merns of those who have lost theit seed or yotentinlty on account of old age, nccident or operation' त गुणागर स्वक्षाशगी रविश्ची सबल ररार्गा चन्द्रासृजायुपधरे यदि चालनानाम्।

गर्भाय सभवनि तर् सविम्रयीम ॥ य पने क थिता योगा मर्गममरहेत्ये । निद्द शमने वित्री जानामुटयो विदशामिव ।

S1.13 नृ गैयाSर्याग: 111

AIso 4PT1ST उपचयगौ रविशुका बलिनौ पुंसः समांशसेपासर। युवतेर्वा कुजयन्द्रो यदा तड़ा गर्भमभदो भनति॥ Also एयाजानक बलयुकौ स्वगृहांशेप्वर्कमिताउुपचयद्षगौ पुंसाम्। स्त्रीणां वा कुनचन्द्री चदा तदा गर्भसभवो भवति ।

The above combimtions need not necessarsly be with respect to the malc or female. They may also be with respect to lhe lime of conception or Adthana Ligna 'आननलम). ६f. गागवको शुकाकभौमशहीभि: सांनोपचयस्थितै. सुरेडये वा। धर्मोदयारमजस्ये चलवति गर्भस संभवो भवति ॥ 11s0 भीनक आधानल पादषेन्दुमितभौमा निजाशकाः। कुर्वनयुपच वे प्राप्ता नियेके सफलं मुने ।। Another meaning can also be attributed to the sloka as folions' इढायां चन्द्रमा: प्रोफा पिजलाया व भास्रुर,। So tff.Ravi in the stoha means (faas) Pingala and ag Indu means Ter (Ida) These are the winds pasting through the ught and left nadis नादि -arteries and veins-). मुनावनित Suhraramija 'Ill mean semen and blood or the male and female tenergy. The sloka will then mean (i) If the author of conception has, at the time of connec. tion, strorg wind passing through the night wf, then the female will cenceise a mtle cluld and if in the left a female child. (u) If semen be greater, the female will conceive a male child and if blood, a female cluld. In the case of equality of wind in the right and left nadis or of the seren and blood, the female vill concene a eunuch.

वामया संचरन्वासुनाठिया जनयति खियम्। पुर्मासमन्पया वग्युराधान इति केचन ।

112 जातरपाारजाते Adh. IIİ

Alco महिन रसे अधिके म्रीपुरपश्र शुद्धे नपुसक शोगितमुह्तसाम्ये। पसादत शुर्धविदृद्धिदानि नियेवितव्यानि रसायनानि। 2nd quarter of शोनन तन्नम्वाशगते जीवे तन्त्रिरोगगतेःपि वा। सफल तद्विजानीहि मुतमम्ये विशेषत: ॥। दिवाकरेन्दो समरगौ कुजार्कजी गदप्रटी पुंगलयोपितोस्तठा। व्ययस्वगी मृत्युरुरौ युतौ तथा तदेकदष्टया मरणाय कल्पितौ ॥१४॥ Sloka 14 Mars and Saturn in the 7th Dlace from the Sun bring illness upon the husband The two planets in the 7th place from the Moon afflict the wife with disease They bring on death if they be in the 12th and the 2nd place of the Sun in'the one case and of the Moon in the other If one of them be in conjunc. tion with the Sun or the Moon and the other aspect the Sun or the Moon, they likewise cause death NOTES (1) If Mars and Saturn occupy the 7th place from the Sun at the time of copulation the man is likely to suffer very much from venereal cumplaints

Saturo

Mars

Sun

Moon

(2) If Mars and Saturn occupy the /th place from the Moon at the time of copulation it is the womin that would suffer.

S1. 14 मृतीयोउध्याय: 113

Another meansng-(3) If Mars occupy the 7th from the Sun, and Saturn, the 7th from the Moon, the man and woman will respectively fall il1. [See chart in the previous page ] In other words the above cases can be briefly put thus : (a) Sun opposition Mars and Saturn , (b) Moon opposition Mars and Saturn . (c) Sun opposttion Mars. and Moon opposition Saturn. If any such juga as mentioned above happeus to be mn the radie of a native, ne may safely sty that the native is bound to suffer from venereil diseases. This is evactly the westeru principle also If Mars and Saturn at conception be on both sides of the Sun, $e 12th and 2nd from the Sun or 12th and 2nd from the Moon the death of the man or,the woman should be predicted. In the above principle, Mars should be in the 12th and Saturn in the 2nd. it is an important principle that Saturn in the visible half of the zodiac will increase the hife. Ilenceun the present instance if the Iifeus to be cut short, Saturn should be in the 2nd alone. gil n araen (Kujarkajau yutau tatha tadeka drishtyn) means Mars must be in conjunetion with the Sun and Saturn in opposition or in the 4th from the Lagna. Then it will cause death. This amounts to . (1) Sun conjunction Mars squite Saturn or (2) Sun* Lon- junction Mars opposition Saturn causes death of mrle

Saturn S iturn

(2)

4

Mars Sun Mars Son

(3) Moon conjunction Mars square Saturn or 15

114 जातक पारिजासे Adh II!

(+) Moon cumunction Mar upposttion Siturn etu es death of female (5) Sun cunjunction Siturn juate Mirs or (6) Sun conjunchon Siturn of po tion M n ciu es death of male

Mirs

r

(5) (6)

Saturn Salurn Sun Mars Sua

(7) Moon conjunchion Saturn square Mars or (8) Moon conjunction Saturn opposition Mars causes ladh of female न/ं.र्गुणाकर • भामशनी सरगा शशिभान्वो खवीनर योगयदो क्रमाः र"1 मध्यगती सृतिदो कुमशन्योस्ती घ तपकतरे क्षितियुक्का॥ I or so ne more simlar yogas cf also मानरा नजानर मन्दारयां सप्तमरातिमस्थयोर्यदा निषेका मरण तग विनु:। रच शशाश्जावथ तजनन्या एक्न रोगा मुरुपप्रधान:।। यदा हिर्माशुर्ष्ययगो दिवाकरश्छिद गतो भृतनयशतुर्थ:। मृरयुम्तद्ा सभवने हभाम्या शम्सेश सीरण तु चन्धनन।। मृत्यकर शीतकर म्वारे के सुसस्यित सूर्यसुत, सभाम। नगर्भसभूतिरिह प्रदिष्टा यांग समाम्ये प्रवदन्ति कृच्छात्।। मृत्तिस्थित म्नाक्ष्णकरः कुनो वा सक्षाणमूर्कििधुरि पगो वा। वृथा पल सातमुरतापचारे 'सचाश्रतैस्यादिभिरत पुसाम्॥ दिवार्कशुका पितृमातसज्ञितौ शनश्वरेन्दू निशि तदद्विपर्ययात्। पितृन्यमातृप्यस्संज्ञिती तु तानथौजयुग्मर्क्षगती तयो शुभौ ।१५।। 1

SI, 15-16 115

Sloka. 15. The Sun and Venus are termed father and mother respectively of the seed sown during the day; Saturn and the Moon during the night. Failing to play the role of parents each of these pairs of planets get the designation of paternal uncle and maternal aunt. They become propittous to the pair fhey represent when they occupy the odd and evan signs (the mile among them being in the odd, the.female in the even). ' .NOTES .. The Sun represents the father at day time, and Venus, the mother, Siturn, the pternal uncle , and the Moon, the mother's Sster, At night tune, Saturn represents the father, Moon, ihe mother, the Sun, the paternal uncle . and Venus, the mother's sister. If the Sun is m an odd sign, and Vepus an an even one, it is good for both the man and the nomin. Similarty, Saturn in An odd sign and the Moon.in an even one is good for pternal unele ind maternl nunt. The Sun and Srturn are plinets tht stry tolemabiy for a long period in a sign, I'r., 30 days and 30 months respectr. vely. If the ahove principle is applied, it becomes Fallacious as there cannot be so miny denths among those born during the periods whien the plancts in their trinsits complete their passage in that sign It should therefore be taken as iatr (Ombhass) and not raer (Ojamsi). Then it will prove correct. C/. मारादर्ली "दिनसे मातापितरी शुकरवी शशिक्नी निशायो न। मानगगिनीपितृम्यौ विपर्ययारीर्तिती यवनै:।। दिमे निविकम्य जातम्य चेति शेप। एवं निशायामित्यमापि। मगाद्विपमक्षंगतः पितुः वितृष्यस् सेचरः दाल.। मातृभगिनीजनन्यो: ममगृषगोऽन्ये तथा भेपु। अ्:पधोम वेपरीखेपु मातृपिय्रादियु धन्य: विपर्वातफमः। अशम् हम्पर्गः। शीतज्योतिपि योपितोनुपचपक्षाने कुजेनेक्ित जातं गर्भफलप्रदे खल् रजः स्वादन्पयो निष्फलम्।

116 जातकपारिआते Adb. III

दृष्टेऽस्मिन् गुरुणा निजोपचयगे कर्यान्निपेकं पुमान् अत्याज्ये च समूलमे शुभगुणे पर्वादिकालोज्ज्ञिते ॥१६॥ Sloka. 16 If a woman's menses set in when the Moon is in an arggan place and aspeeted by Mars, they become favourable to conception and not otherwise. The husband should sow the seed when the Moon occu- pies an syqu house and 15 aspected hy_Jupiter. This is to be done at an unexceptionable Lagna with many good 'points in its favor and unconnected with va and other objectionable periods of time. NOTES The Inst quarter of tins sloka rends thus m T 104I अत्याज्ये समये गुभाधिकयुते पर्वादिकालोज्सिते. But the rending mn the text is the more generlls accepted one A few of the ohjectomhle penods tre (7) Nrhshiatris भरणा, कृचिग, आद्रा, भाणेगा, पूवाग सnाव पू्वोया: पश (h) Herf and other Vishtinktrs, nnd (c) Sankramt ind snch other sered dis, fasting days, hirth days, annversary days ind their prevous onee ror detuled infor- mnation, see Muhuttht Sastris - विभावरीपोडशभामिनीनों ऋतूद्माद्या ऋतुकालमाङु:। नाद्याशतस्रोत्र निपेकयोग्या: पराश्च युग्मा: सुतदा पशस्ताः ।१७।। Stola. 17. The first 16 nghts from the menstru ation of a woman are termed the season. The first 4 are not fit for impregnation. The other mghts-those that are even-are recommended as copducing to the concep. tion of a male offspring. NOTI S. " Thete is 1 diflerence of opiman for dserring the first four. dys as unfit for impregnation. Some hold 'ig henfaar' while . others hold Farginmfaar. I or immegmition, purits of the nomb

S1. 18-20 नृतीयोऽय्याय: 117

अमृषूदोपं विशुंद्ध तत्खवनिष्ठां तत्वधारिणोम्। यत्तेशक्तिमतो योनिर्वियृता योपिता भघेत् ॥ At this time the femle is supposed to attun the following qualifications ef. Vahatr- क्षाममसन्नचदनां स्फुर श्रोणिपयोधराम्। स्म्ताक्षिकुक्षी पुंस्कामां विय्याप्तुमनी खिमसूं । Tor this and the following sloki, sce IET74N6 for more information पुत्रोल्पायुर्दारिका वंशकर्ता वन्ध्या पुत्र: सुन्दरीशो विरूपा। श्रीमान् पापा धर्मशीलस्तथा स्त्री सर्वज्ञः सात् तुर्यरान्रे. क्रमेण।।१८॥ Sloka. 18. The offspring concerved during the 13 nights commencing with the 4th after menstruation, will be of the following description If conceived on the 1th night, it wilt be a short-lived son; if on the 5th, a girf, if on the 6th, a founder of a family, if on the 7th, a barren female, if on the 8th, a son, if on the 9th, a beautiful female , if on the 10th, a lord , if on the 11th, a deformed female , if on the 12th, a fortunate son, if on the 18th, a sinful female wretch, if on the 14th, a vir- tuous son, if on the 1tth, the very goddess of fortune, and if on the 16th, an all-wise son अष्टमाष्टमगे सूर्ये निपेकक्षात सुत्तोङ्गच । अथवाऽडघानलयातु त्रिकोणसे दिनेश्वरे ॥ १९॥ Sloka. 19 When the Sun is in the 3rd place from the Nisheka-Lagna Aaran, there will be the birth of an issue. The same result may be expected when the Sun occupies a Trikona Rasi frdmuiar from the Adhan भाशान or Nisheka Lagna निपेकलम, अस्मिन्ाधानलसे तु शुभदष्टयुते जथवा । दीर्घायुर्भाग्यवान् जात सर्वविद्यान्तमेष्यति॥ २० ॥।

118 आवकपरिजाते - Adh III

Sloka. 20. When this araraen Adhana Lagna 1s aspected or occupied by a benefic planet, the son born will be long-lived and prosperous and will attain profi- ciency in all branches of knowledge. ओजक्षें पुरुपांशकेपु बलिमिर्लयार्कगुर्विन्दुभि पुंजन्म अ्वदेव समांशकगतर्युग्मेपु तैर्योपितों। गुर्वकीं निपमे नर शशिसिनौ वक्रश युग्मे स्त्रियं वशस्था वुधनीक्षणाच यमलौ कुर्यन्ति पक्षे सके ।।२१।। Sloka. 21 With the Lagna, the Sun, Jupiter and the Moon strong in an odd sign and in a Navamsi owned by an odd sign, the astrologer should declare the burth of a mile child If the Lagm and the planets above-named be in an even sign and in Navamsa owned by an even sign, the birth of a female cluld is announeed Jupiter and the Sun in i odd sign (irrespective of tne Navimsas occupicd) produce a male child. The Moon, Venus and Mars in an even sign (irrespective of the Navamss they may be in) make for a female child These five planets occupying a Nava. msa owned by a dul Rasi,and at the same time aspected by Mercury, produce twins corresponding to the charcter of the dul Rasi to whuich the Navamsr may hppen to bclong, that is to say, both males if the Nr vamsa belongs to a mic dual Rasi, Mithun or Dhanus , both femiles if the Nivimsa be owned by i female dual Ris1, Kanya or Meem, mile ind femile when the Na. vimsis are of both Linds NOTrS If maleis well as fe mle plnets occupy Navimsas of dual signs, one being an odd dual sign ind one even, for instance,

SI. 22 तृसीयोअयाय: 110

Mithun and Meena, or Dhanus and Kanya, a twmn is Itkty to be born, one being a male and the other a female. ६f. सारावली विषमे विषमांशगता होराशदीर्जाचगास्करा बलिन.। कुर्यन्ति जन्म पुंसां समे समांसे युवतिनरजन्म। ओजक्षे गुरुसूर्या बलिनौ पुसः समे मिवेन्दुकुजा. । वन्यानों जन्मकरा गर्माधाने स्थिता बलिन ॥ मिथुने चापेऽर्कगुरु बुधटष्टी दारकद्वयं कुरतः । स्त्रीयुग्मं कन्यारयो सितशिभौमा झपे च बृधरटः। Aiso लमुनातरु विषमक्षे चिपमांशे संस्थिताश्रे गुरुदमाशलमाकां:। पुंजन्मकरा समभेपु योपितां समनवांशगता.॥ बलिनाँ विपमंडर्फगुरू नर स्न्रियं समगृहे कुजेम्दुसिताः।

चिहाय लग विषमर्क्षसंस्थ: सौरोपि पुंजन्मकरो त्रिलमात्। भोक्तग्रहाणामयलोक्य वीर्य वाच्यं प्रसुतौ पुरुपोङ्गना वा ॥ २२ ॥ Sloka 22. Saturn not being in the rising sign but occupying an odd house therefrom, also brings about the birth of a male child. Thus the issue should be declared to be male or female upon "ascertaining the preponderance in strength of the several plancts above mentioned influencing birth. NOTES The latterdmif of the sloha isapplcable not only to the first half but also to the prevrous sloha. cf. गाावकी लगनं मुरुय विपमे शनैश्रः पुरुषज्ञन्मदो भति। धोगे विहगस्य बलं संर्चकष्य पदेशवरं स्त्रियं घाउपि॥ It may here be observed that these stokas tis, 21 & 22 pro- pound fourtcen male and fourteen female yogas, ti :: 8 of each in the first half of sloka 21

118 जावकपरिजाते Adb. III

Slola. 20. When this srenaen Adhana Lagna is aspected or occupied by a benefic planet, the son born will be long-lived and prosperous and will attain profi- ciency in all branches of knowledge. ओजकषें पुरुपांशकेपु बलिमिर्लवनार्कगुविन्दुभि पुंजन्म अवदेव समांशकगतैर्युग्मपु तैर्योपितः। गुर्वकीं विपमे नर शशिसिनौ वक्रथ युग्मे स्त्रियं वंशस्था ुधरीक्षणाच यमलौ कुर्वन्ति पक्षे सके ॥।२१।। .Sloka. 21. With the Lagna, the Sun, Jupiter and the Moon strong in an odd sign and in a Navamsi owned by an odd sign, the astrologer should declare the birth of a mile child. If the Lagna and the planets above named be in an even sign and in a Navamsa owned by an even sign, the birth of a female child is announced. Jupiter and the Sun in an odd sign (irrespective of tne Navamsis occupied) produce a male chtld. The Moon, Venus and Mirs in an even sign (irrespective of the Navamsns they may be in) make for a female child These five phnets occupying a Nava. msa owned by a dul Rast,and at the same time aspected by Mercury, produce twins corresponding to the character of the du Rasi to which the Navamsr may happen to bclong, that is to say, both males if the Na' vamsa belongs to a male dual Rasi, Mithuna or Dhanus ; both females if the Navamsi be owned by a female dual R1s1, Kanya or Meen, male and female when the Na' vimsis are of both Linds NOTFS If male's well is femile plinets occupy Navimsas of dual signs, one being an odd dual sign ind one even, for inst ince,

SI. 22 तृसीयोअयाय. 119

Mithuna and Meen or Dhanus ind Kanyt, t lwin is lilly to be born, one being a mue and the other a female of सारावली विषमे निपमाशगता होराशर्िनीयभास्करा बलिन। कर्पन्ति जन्म पुंसा समे समास्े युवटिनरजन्म ।। भोजक्षें गुरसूयी बलिनो पुस समे मितेन्दुरुजा । कन्थानां जन्मकरा गर्भाधाने स्थिता नलिन ।। . मिथुने चापेडकंगुरु बुधटट्टो दाररुद्वय उुरत । स्त्रीयुग्म कन्याया सितशशिभौमा झपे च सुभरष्ः ॥

A1so लघुनातक विषमर्सषे विषमाशे संस्चिताक्ष गुरससाइकलभ्राकां:। पुजन्मकरा समभेपु योपिता सभनवानगता ।। बैंलिगां विपमेडर्कगुरू नर स्न्रिय समगृद्दे कुजेन्दुसिता। यमल द्विशर्रीराशेप्यिन्टुजट्ट्म सपद्षासम॥ निहाय लय विषमर्क्षसंस्थः सौरोपि पुंजन्मकरो निलनात्। ओोक्तग्रहाणामनलोक्य वीर्य वाच्यं प्रसुतौ पुरुपोड़ना वा ॥ २२।। Stoka 22 Saturn not being in the rising sign but occupying an odd house therefrom, also brings about the bitth of a male child Thus the issue should be declared to be male or female upon ascertuning the preponderance in strength of the several planets above mentioned influericing birth NOTIS The Iattentf of the slol isappl ible not only to the first lruf but dso to the previous slol a

लग्न सुर जा विपम बनेशर पुरषानमदो भरति। योगे विह्गस्य यल सवाश्य वदेतर स्त्रिय घाउपि स lt miy here be observed that these stol as t:" 21 & 22 pro- pound fourteen male ud fourteen femule yogas, riz b of eich in the first half of sloka 21

120 जातकपारजाते Adh. 111

3 of each sn the 3rd quarter thereof 2 ...... Do ......... 4th quarter thereof, and 1. .... Do ......... in slokn, 22 Before making any prediction in this connection both the yogas should be carefully weighed and that which has a prepon- derating influence predcted. अंन्योन्यं यदि पश्यत शशिरवी यद्यार्किसौम्यावपि चक्रो वा समगं दिनेशमसमे चन्द्रोदयौ चेत् स्थितौं। युग्मौजर्क्षगतावपीन्दुशशजी भूम्यात्मजेनेक्षितो पुंभागे सितलग्नशीतकिरणाः पद क्रीमयोगास्त्यिमे ।।२३। Stoka. 23. The following are the six planetary positions tending severally to the production of a cunuch :- (1) The Sun and the Moon in opposition and therciore mutually aspecting. (2) Mercury and Saturn in opposition and so mutu. ally aspecting. (3) Mars in opposition to the Sun, the Sun being in an even sign; or the Sun in an even sign, being as pected by Mars (Mars being in any sign); or, in other words, the Sun in an even sign in opposition or square tu Mars or in quincunx aspect. (4) The Moon and the Lagna being in odd signs and aspected by Mars (wluch mcans affliction by Mars being in square to one and in quincunx to another). (5) The Moon in an even sign and Mercury in an odd sign both being aspected by Mars; and (6) Venus, the Moon and the Lagna occupying Navamsas belonging to odd signs.

SI. 23 सृतीयोउध्याय: 121

NOTFS

Sun Sun

M irs 3(1) 3(2)

Mars

Lagnz Lagna

4(1) 4(2)

Mars Moon

A

Moon Mars

Ver Moon cury

Mer 5 (1) 5(2) Noon! curs

BIars M-us

The otove sis yoz is it the line of iopultron will re uit m nothiny lu other words the co tion will be fruitless undl if iny of the rbote 3o,se ine found in the huro cop of i male or femile the hatrve will not be cipable of produci, or bribging forth issues (This is the tei meaning of "M-hleeba) 16

122 जासकुपारिजाते Adh. Il1

1 clo er evamination of this slol a will lead us to the follow ing conclusions- (1) The Sun and the Moon in opposstion (or monr Poornim), (2) Saturn in opposttion to Mercury (1wo herin tphrocite planels in opposition), (3) Mars afflicting the Sun m an even sign, (4) The Moon and the Lagna both in odd signs mn affliction with Mars, (5) Mars afflicting the Voon in an even sign ind also Mer cury mn an odd sign and (6) Venus, the Moon ind the Lagna occupying Navamsas belonging to odd signs or male Rass are most unfavorahle and detrimental to conception Also मारावली अन्योन्य रवेचन्द्री विपमक्षगती निरीक्षते। इन्हुजरविपुनो वा रष्टी बलिनी नपुसक कुरुत ॥ पश्पति वक्र समभे सूय चन्द्रेोदयो च निषमसें। यधेव गर्भस्थ हृीवो मुनिमि समादिष्ट ।। ओजसमराशिसस्थी हन्दू पण्ट वुजेक्षिता कुरत। नरभे विपमनवारी होरेन्दुवुधा सितार्किटष्टा वा ॥ These cunuch ycgas tahe eflect only in the absence of male and female yogs They are to be predicted from the 3Ty (Adhat na) Lagos or suaa (Prasna Lagni) and not from horoscopes And if they be predicted from horoscopes of the last child and if these yogas should exist therein, then the mother will bear no more The author of the ca ardi (mother commentary for Brihat Jataka) after commenting on the slokt says पव परहवयागा उत्ता नक्चलमाधाप्रभ् लगाभ्या नपुमन नन्मसूचका सतम्य नमजने गात चहम तनिहनिकरा इतिकुतित। The commentator of Lrhatjatal i twists this slokr so is to bring it in line with the siol as he quotes froi Badarayana whih are given below - अन्योन्य रविशशिनचियमा विपमक्षगी निराक्षेते। इन्दुजरविपुत्री वा तयच नमुसक कुस्त ।।

SI. 24 तृतीपोध्ध्याय 123

वक्रो विपमे सूर्य समगश्रैव परस्परालोकात्। विपमक्षे लगेन्द् समराशिग कुनोवलेक्यति। वुधचन्द्रा कृजरष्टा निपमर्क्षसमक्षगा तथवोनी। जोजनवाशकसस्था लग्नेन्दुसिताम्तथवना । The English rendering in iccordince with the commentator would then be 2s follons The follon ing ire the siv plinetary pos tions tending seseratis to the production of eunuch - (1) The Moon and the Sun respectisely in in even and in odd sign muttally is ecting (2) Saturn in an even sign and Mereury in in o ld one zspecting ench other (3) Mars in in odd sign nspecting ind bemg aspeeted by the Sun in u even sign [4) Wars in in even sign nspecting the Moon ind the Lagna n an odd sign (5) The Moon in in even sign ind Mereury in in odd sipn being ispected by Mars ud (() Venus Lagn and the Moon occupyma male Nwvamsns युग्मे चन्द्रसितावथाजभवने स्युर्ज्ञारजीवोदया लग्नेन्दू नृनिरीक्षिती च समगा युग्मेपु वा प्राणिनः । कुर्युसे्त मिथुनं ग्रहोदयगतान्धंगांशकान्पश्यति स्वांशे जे त्रितर्यं ज्ञगांशकनशादुग्मन्त्मिथः समम् ॥२४॥ Sloka 21, The Moon and Venus in even signs with Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and the Lagna in odd signs cause the formation of i twin embryo The rising sign ind the Moon being in even signs and aspected by any male planet cause also twins Mercury, Mars, Jupiter ind the Lagna berng in even signs ind possessed of strength likewise lend to atwin fetus being conceived in the womb There will be a trio of embrvos con-

124 घासकपगरिजाते Adh, III

ceived when Mercury in his own Navamsa aspects all planets and the Lagna, or if the Lagna and all the planets occupy Navamsas belonging to dual signs. Two out of these triplets will have their sexes determined by the character of the Navamsa occupied by Mercury- beiog males if the Navamsa is that of Mithuna, and females if the Navamsa is owned by Kanya The tri- plets will be of one and the same sex if all the Nava- isas concerned are owned by dual signs of the same s?x , t.e , the trio will be all males when the Navamsas are those of Mithuna and Dhanus, females, when the Navamsas are those of Kanya and Meena NOTFS There ire three yogas mentioned in th s sloka for the birth of twids In the first yogr in o female planets are in even signs, while Lagnn Mereury Mars ind Jupiler are in odd signs In the second soga a male planel (the Sun Mars or Jnpiter) must nspect the Lagna and the Moon both these being in even signe In the third soga Mereurs, Mars Jupiter and the Lagna mu t he powerful in even sgns 10 मारावता एगने समरानिगते पन्द्रे च निरीक्षिते चल्युते।। गगनसद्दा वत्तव्य मिथुन गर्भस्थित नितम्।। ममराशी राशिसितयािपम गुश्वप्सास्थलवेयु। द्विशरीरे या बरिषु पजन्त सतरीपुरपमनैच ।। द्विगरीराशक्युक्कान् अ्रहान्चिलान च पश्यतीन्दुसुते मिधुनाशे कन्यका दवी पुरषा सितयमेव स्याद। द्विरीराशकयुमतान् अ्हान्विलग्न च पश्पतीन्दुसुने कन्पाश दे कन्ये पुरषक्च निपिच्यने गर्भ ॥ मिथुने धनुरशगतान् अहान्विएग्न पश्यतान्दुसुन मिधुनानस्यश् यदा पुस्पनिनय तदा गर्भे ॥ चन्यामीनादस्थानू विहमानुद्य युवतिभागगत । पश्यति शिशिरगुतनय वन्मान्नितय सदा गर्भ ॥

SI. 25-28 125

In the first line of the sloa in the text some books read 'युग्भे 7द्रमितौ तथोनभान' for 'युग्गे चद्रमितावयानभवने' धनुर्धरस्यान्त्यगते विलसे ग्रहैस्तदंशोपगतर्वलिष्ठै। ज्ञेनाकिणा वीर्ययुतेन दृष्टे सन्ते ग्रभृता अपि कोशसंस्थाः ॥२५।। Sloka. 25 Many are the embryos encased in the embryonic bag when the rising sign is the last Navam- sa of Dhanus and the planets are strong in the Navamsa owned hy Dhanus and when the Lagna is nspected by Mercury ind Saturn in their strength NOTES (syifot is mother rending for 711T If the list Navamsy of Dhanus is rising, then more than three children are possible in the cise of dogs, etc The commen tator Bhattotpala is of opmion that the word Tya (Prabhutal) mas mean 5, 7 or 10 'प ा मप दश नार्गभ मभईन्न' द्विशरीरांशसयुक्तान् ग्रहान् लगं च पश्यति। कन्यांशकगतश्ञान्दिरिर्गर्मम्यं त्रितयं वदेत् ॥ २६।। युग्मांशकस्तु कन्येका हवॉ पुमासो च गर्भजाः । युग्मांशगान्विलयं च गर्मस्था: पुरुपास्य ।।२७।। कन्यायुग्मांशकोपेतांस्तथा युग्मांशगो बुधः । कन्यानवांशक सौम्यस्तिस्त्रो गर्भगताङ्गनाः।।२८। Sloka 26 When Mercury in 1 TT-Navamsa owned by rKa-nya aspects the other planets ind the rising sign, each of which is in a aara Navamsa owned by a decd Rass the anrologer shonld dechie a ino to be m the womb. Sloka 27 If Mercury occupying a Navamsa be- longing to Mthun aspects the other planets and the nising sign, in the position described in the previous Slola, a female and two males are in the womb If

126 जातकपरिजाते Adh. III

Mercury in a Mithuna Navamsa should aspect the planets and the rsing sign every one of which afso . occupies Mithuna Navamsa, there will be three males in the embryo. Sloka, 28. Mercury in a Mithuna Navamsa aspect- ing the other planets, and the rising sign occupying the Navamsis owned by any of the two signs Kanya and Mithum will tend to produce the same result. But if Mercury be in a Navamsa owned by Kanya and aspect the other planets and the rising sign in the positions described in the foregoing sloha, there will he three females in the womb NOTLS These are mere repetitions of nhit has atready been stated iu slol 1 24 supra. द्विस्वभावगतावर्कगुरू बुधनिरीक्षिताँ। पुंयुग्गं कुरुतस्तदृद शशिशुक्रमहीसुताः ॥ २९॥ कुर्वन्ति स्त्रीयुंगं तत्र चलावलविशेषत ।

Slokas. 9 and 30. The Sun and Jupiter in a duil sign aspected by Mercury generate male twins. The Moon, Venus and Mrs in a similar position produce twin females. In such cases, according to his peculiar strength or weakness, Mercury tends to produce a female hermaphrodite while Saturn produces a male one.

रवेज्ञीया युग्मधनुर्नवांतस्थी सुधेक्षिती। पुयुममं मीनकन्यांशस्थिती पुंसोसुमे वदेन॥ भोमेन्ट्रशुश मीन स्रीन गंशम्था घुधेशिता: । म्शीयुग पापयुगावे गर्भ पुंग्नीयुग भवेनू॥

S1. 31-31 सृगी पोडध्याय 127

निपेक्ककाले चन्द्रार्कात्रन्योन्यं यदि पश्यत.। तथैव चन्द्रमन्दौ वा क्वीवजन्मप्रदाँ तथा ॥। ३१॥। Sloka 31. If at the time of impregnition the Moon and the Sun aspect cach other, they tend to produce a cunuch. The Moon and Saturn aspecting mutually at such a timc, do likewise निपेके भ्रातलयेश्रयोगे यमलसंभवः। लग्नेशे आ्रातृपक्षस्थे खोचे वा यमलोद्भवः।। ३२॥ Slok : 32. When the lords of the 3rd and the 1st bhavas ate in conjunction, twins will become possible When the lord of the rising sign is in a Varga-7 owned by the 3rd bhava or in his own exalttion, twin issucs become equally possible पऐ्ठेशो देहसंबन्धी बुधः पछ्ठगतो यदि। बुधक्षेत्रे च जननं यस स स्त्रीनपुंसक: ॥। ३३।। वुधस्थानेन शनिना पुंनपुसकता भनेत्। S'okd 33 If a house owned by Mercury be the Lagni at a birth and if the lord of the 6th bhavr be in the Lagm and Mercury be in the i th bhava the person born will be a femle hermaphrodite If Siturn be in the plice occupied by Mercury (t e be in the 6th bhava) in the rrevious casc, the persou born will be a male bermiphrodite. निपेरुलप्नेशतृर्तायनाथाँ लगनस्थिती चद्यमर्लाद्दवः स्यात्। तृतीयनाथेन युते निपेके मोगीशयुक्ते यादे पादजातः ॥ ३४।। Sioka. 31. There will be twin issues if in the rising sign there be its own lord as well as the lord of the 3rd bhava at the time of Ais Nisheka. If the Lagna

130 जातकपारिजाते Adh. III

Neither in the text, nor m the slokas abose quoted, the posi- tion of the malefics is specified But they are to be either with the Moon or the Lagni mnd for this purpose H9rT (Sapape) Irs, to be added on hy the grimmaticu process of (arares) Adhy tharana .; of. स्वन्दद्दोरा समसोग्यैर्गत. सेन्दी टगाणेSद्गारकेश्वरे। तादशस्य च लअम्य स्वायस्धैरखिट- शुभै. ॥। · उरगोवेष्टितम्नेन शिशुर्देति विभावयेत्। चन्द्रेणोरग आम्यातो लगेनोरगवेष्टित. । A1s0 हहत्याजापून्य शर्शिन: सकलै पापे महनस्य महासुते।

आत सपं विजानीदि नम चष्ठनिनः पढ़े। योगेशप्र नेन जावाहि जान सर्पेण बेषटितम्॥ And शौनरू - सयें पॉव ममेतल एभम्य शशिनोऽथबा • वस्पैरायस्थितर्यंद्धा सौम्ये पन्मगवेष्टित॥ चतुप्पद्गते भानी शेपैवीर्पसमन्चितै। द्वितनुस्थैथ यमला भवन: कोशवेष्टिता ॥३९॥ . Sloka. 39. When the Sun is in a quadruped sign and the other planets are possessed of strength and in dual ot mutable signs (or Navamsas), there will be twins porn wrapped in one shmth (szcundines) NOTCO. f. मागानल

कोशर्वेप्टितडंहाँ यमली खलु मेप्रजायेते॥ 1100 गुणादर उतुष्पदे म्यिते स्वाँ परर्द्रिमूर्तियां साभि:। बलेन मयुसयंमी स युसतोशपेष्ितां । Also गर्ग चनुष्पदभंगे मूर्ये डिम्बभावर्क्षग- परे । सपवर्पमली स्ातामेड सैशामियेटिनी म

ŠÍ. 40 131

Here is an itlustrition for the birth of twins (both males) - 1932 January 19, Tuesday, one at 11-19 l' M and the other at 11-50 P. M Madris Time Plice of birth-Madrrs Tlie Moon is in the 3rd Padt (9r) of the star Rohin (afef).

Rahu Mars Moon Jupiter Moon Ketu

Venus Jupiter Sun Risı Navanısa Saturn -

Mars Chakrı

Sun Saturn Chıkra Merc

Mere Ketu Venus Rahu

Lagna or Ascendint for the Tirst child-5-24'-36'-30 Second child-6-2' -- 19'-30" 1 som the above chart it will be observed that almost all the planets occupy esther a dual Rasi or a dual Navamsa The Sun is in the hirst half of Makara and therefore in a quadruped sign The Moon is in his esaltation sign in the bright half of the, month and is therefore strous Mars is in his esaltrtion and in a duit Nas im.t. Mercnry is in Dhanus, a duil sign Jupiter is in exalfrtion and in Meent Navamsa a Rasi of duil nature. Further, he is retrograde. Venus is in a Navamsa owned by Dhanus t dual sign. Saturn i5 strong being in his Vargottamunsa. Rahu and Ketu are in dual Kasıs छागे सिंहे वृपे लसे तत्से सौरेज्थवा कुजे। राश्यंशस दशे गात्रे जायते नालनेष्टितः ॥४०।। Sloka. 40 . When the rising sign is Mesha Au, Simha fAg or Vrishabha TH, and when Saturn or Mars occupies it, the person born will have a cord coiled

192 जसकपतरेजाते Adh. Il

round that part of the body sigmfied by the rising stgn or by the aign owning the Lagna Navamsa न. मारावली ्सिहाजगोमिह्से जानो मालेन बेदिसो जन्तु । ररने कुजेथ सरे राशयनासमानगाय्रभ ।। 'opant ? 8R 'is another rerdin, It will then mean' If Mesha or Simha be the Lagna and be i the suue time occupied by Saturn or if Mars occuns \rshabha identical with the Lagua and no other planet occup es the Lagna m either case, then the effect said in the text will happen

उदये मेपता पासे सिदत्वमभवा गते। तत्र केसोर एकाकी कूपे तस कुगमगा ॥

भजे लाने भूगेग्हे या मन्नुस्तत्र स्थितो यहि।

श्ये ायमिपुतोयम् स्थिवो लग्यामीयुषि। तक व द्ात्रिमी तप हिमतावेकाकिनो पति। रसे मपापे बहुपापटटटे राहुध्वजार्म्ा सहितेऽपशात्र । पापग्रह्दार्णा तु वितमरभे वा जातो नरो नालनिवेषिताङ्गः ।।४१।। Slaka H. When the rising sign has malefic plamet in it and is either nspected by many malefse pla nets or occupied by Rahu or Kethu in nddition, the person born has a cord coited round his'body Again, when the Lagn bulongs tb w malefic planet ind the other conditiuns mentioned previoush obtun, the same result follows करान्तरे लगगते गराही समे बुजे चाऽसुरनाथरष्टे। लमे दनो भूमिसुतेन टष्टे जातो नरो नालनिवेष्टिताङ्ग ।। ४२। Stoka 42 When a malefic planet other than Mars 15 in the Layna m conjunction with Rahu, or when

SL. 43 सृतामोडभपाय: 138

Mars occupies the Lagna being aspected by Rahu, or when Saturn is in the Lagna and is aspected by Mars, the person born will have a cord coiled round his body Norrs Venhalesadarvagtit reads 'arratr' \ satanatha instead of '1n7T' Vasurantha in his wandfmef Sarwarthachintamam तत्कालमिन्दुसहितो द्विरसांशकोय- स्तत्तुल्यराशिसहिते पुरत शशाङ्के। यावानुदेति दिनरात्रिसमानभाग -· स्तावद्रते दिननिशो: प्रवदन्ति जन्म ॥४३ ॥' Sloka. 43. Find the particular Dwadasamsa (arTInT) of a sign which the Moon occupies Find the Rasi to which this Dwadasamsa belongs Count from this sign as many Rasis as the number represented by the Dwa dasamsa in question When the Moon is in the Rasi thus found in the month of delivery, the birth ef the child in the womb may be expected Secondly, find what fraction of the Dwadasamsa has been passed by the Maon at the time of the query or aura Adhana (impreg. nation) When this much of the Rasi is passed by the Moon in the month of delivery, the birth may be predict. ed. This gives the ("wx) Nakshatra of bitth Ilurdly, find whether the nsing sign at the time of the query or orr-Adhan, is a day or might sign (uide nmfra lathakaparijatha Adhyaya I. S/ 14) ard also what fractinn of the Lagn is passed. When so much of the day or the night is passed, the birth in question should be declared to happen c'- शानकहारा आधाने मभकाले वा यतिमेडकाशके शक्षी। मेपतसदिम राशि प्रासेडसिमन् प्रसवो भवेषू।।

134 Adb II

तमादकांशन प्रा्लिलदषिम या गते गृहम्। दिनराशिगतभन्द्रो यथमौँ लेयतीदपि था।। रात्रिराशिगते तंत्र विपरीनेन वरमना।* तदिम राशिमापजे प्रसब ककितो वदुतू। तद्ञागभ गते वेन्ण सूत केवन सन्यते। इन्दुनात् नवांश या गुहाण बलयोगत ।1 स्यमचासरुभ प्राप्ते नारीमन्त्रा नरावो भवेत।

अय साधारण वश्य सर्वत्रान महामने। दिनरायिनिभागाम तन्मे निगदत शणु । भय नपकलगएा त्रिंगाशे यावती स्थिति । तारत्यय गते रात्रो दिया या प्रसवो भषेत् ।

सावत्यम्र गत रत्वो दिस वा गसवो भपेष्। रात्रिराशिगत एग्ने यन्दु वा रात्रिकरपमा। दिराशिगते एग्ने पन्दे वा दिनकर्पना ।। अय नैपेकलातस्य पश्डश भावर्त स्थिति। नार्या गताया वावला यदेद्ाहनि वा निश सूर्यस्पोद्यत पूर्व पक्षेत्समयतोप्परे। यस्मिम्राधानमारम्य तम्मिद्वाहनि धारया ॥ व्पारन्यान इन्द्ुनैपकलगनेनेव मया सुने। रत्र द्विबहुभवादात् सवं विद्धि द्रिजोतम H अम गर्भाधानलग्नातू ममयमासज्ञान शुकजातके गर्भाधान चो राशी नबमे मासि सूय्षत। सिथरभे दगमे मामि दम चवादने य सः। नम्मित् राशा चन्द्रें सति प्रमनी भविष्यति इतेतस्रानाथं आद्ू गर्गग । यावासररे दादसारे क्षीनरश्मिर्यदा स्थित । तस्मर येयमतो राि नम्मेन्दी सड्ते भंजैनू।। भभूष्य। संगडियरलया यवम्मोये दाइुगोश चन्त्रमा व्यर्वास्यतमद्रा शिमावत्मतयो यी राशिमत्र वर्नमान नन्म वभव्यमिति। अत्र चन्दद्वादशो नप्रमाणेन २-२० वलामकन १५0 गरअद्रानिरट्टानमशतदला १८०० सम्पसे तदा भुमद्वादुराकलाप्रमाण किमिसनुपातश्वध धन्त्रराशिमुत कला

SI. 43 मृतीयोऽध्यायः 135

समक शेय। ततोऽट्टशतकलाकरपनया चन्द्रनक्षय सेयमिति विशेष:। अन्ये तु तका लेन्दुना यावन्सस्यो द्वादशभाग आघेष्टितसार सम्याराणिस्ये चन्दरे सति प्रसवकाले प्रसवो वणग्यः। तथा च सारावत्याम्। .

यस्मिन्दवादशभागे गर्भाधाने व्यवस्थितश्रन्द् । तत्तत्यर्क्षे प्रसव गर्भक्ष समादिनेवयाम ॥, समुद्रजातंकडपि यतमे द्वादगाशत सूनिम्तसंग्यगे विधी। इति जन चन्द्रलग्नयोर्ग पे यो बलगान् तस्य द्वाटशांशकवशेन चन्द्रराशिर्जेय इसडुष शुकजातके। लख्नेन्द्दोयो घलवान् तम्य द्विसमान्वितो राशि ।*, यावनम्मासपरतो रति स्थिते विधो प्रमवे ।। इति अन्र गगशुवाचार मेथीरेक्वास्यवा सारावलीसमुद्जातनाटिसने सूल सुग्यम् Suppose the (dhmlm) or uea (Prasnlagna) to he' 3 signs 8 12' 20" and the position of the Moon it the time 4 signs 10 25' 35 As the Moon is m the 5th Dauhsuinsn of Sinil the Daadisimsa is Phinus The birth his to be pre dicied when the Moon pisses though the 5th Ris counted frem Dhanus, 1. Mesh fhisis the view of some According to others the birth should be 1 redicled thus - Fiud by counting from Meshi the order of the Rist representig the Dwadasuns: when the Mooh traverses thtough so many Rasis from the Daidasunsn h tsi, birth will happen According to tlns view Dhinus hippens to be the 9th trom Mesha, the birth will happen when the Moon is m the 9th Rasi from Dhanus te Simha The former view seems more rrtional 1hen, to find the evict position of the Moon we have 25_35"

of (aty) Meshr is hwving heen traversed by the Moan at birth time, 150'

or 5" 11f or the second qurrter of the star AsRmt To hnon the fime, we proceed thus The Lagna is ° 12 20 in 7T (Katika) which is a nght sign The evact time nill therefore be ut 8° 12' 20" 30° -x 30 ghatikas (the

penod of night) or at 8 ghatikas, 123, Vighatikas in the night.

136 आतकपारिजाते Adh. III

Balnbhadra ilso idds that only in the cise of the Moon and the lord of the 5th bhivn nt the time of query or (enra) Adhana orcupy ing one and the sume Ris, it his to be predicted that the pregnant woman will be delivered of her child at that very instant, and not otherwise The converse process of deducing the time of conception (V Adhamhal) fron the data given for mny birtb has uot been definitels siated in am of our istrological works as far as I have seen But the follow ng generil principles eminriate I in Sepharal s "Manual of Astrology ind which bave been found to' be true after elaborate tests will be found to be very useful - (1) When the Moon it birth is savmg ind visible, or wan ing and invisiole the period intervening b-tween ANIR (Adhana) and birth will be less than the timte tlen for 10 Junar revolutions or Solar months (2) If the Moon at berth be waxing and invisible (ssae Adrisyardha) or wamng and visible, the mterval between concep- tion and artunt trme of harth will he more than 10 lunar revolutions (3) The actual number of days-less or more-is obtained by finding the distance of the Moon from the horizon, the distance being counted from the Lagna when the Moon is invisible, and from tbe sth house (sn#n Asta I agoa) when the Moon is visible Convert ths distance to degrecs and davede the result by 12 The quotient will represent the numher of days required (4) If the lurth takes place in trqy (Suklapaksha-bright half of a month) the sign denoting the Lagna will represent the Moon s position at the time of 39T (Adhana) (5) If the birth be in WIT (Krishnapaksha-dark half of a month) the sign denoting the 7th bhie will contain the Moon at AI4l (Adhana) (6) The Rasy occupied by the Moon at birth will be rising or setting at the tune of #ITET (Adhanakala) according as the said Moon is waving or n ining Let us take the folloning evample - There was a birth at 43 m on Sth January 1900 (moaty

S1. 43 सृरतायोऽध्याय: 137

Ayanamsa, 22' 26' 4")-Vıkarı year, Dhanur month-5th, Sundy night and Monday morning, Lat 13° N Moon 11 signs 21° 15' Sun 8 signs 24° 22 Lagna 7 sgns 2.° 51' The Moon is waxing and below the horzon (inVisible) The interval between concention time and birth time is therefore more

Woor Ketu Lagna Sun Merc. Ketu -

Venus Mars Chart at birth, Chart at

8th Jan 1900, conception

Venus 4a m time 1899 April, 1st

Sataro Sun Lagna Jupiter Saturn Moon Merenrs Rahu Rahu

than 10 lunar months (Rule 2 above) The distance of the Moon from the horizon 1s- 11-21°-15' ms*# 7 -- 21'-51' (Lagna) or 3-29°-24' which when converted into days at an average rate of 12° per day (Vide Rule 3) 1s 119 4 12 or 9 95 days.

The conception should therefore have taken place 10x 27 32305 (period of one revolution of the Moon is 27 32305 days) +9 95 or roughiy 283 180 days pnior to hirth The Moon heing in the 24nd degree of मान (Veena) at birth, the आनानलस (Adhana Lag. na) must have heen Meena 22' Looking at the Panchanga for that time, we deduce that the time of conception should have heen at about the early hours of the morning on the Ist April 1899 when Meena had not fully nsen [The child died at 3-30 P M on Friday the 22nd March 1901 when the Moon was transiting (Aswint 2nd Pada, 518T14 ) tha 6th house from the Lagna ] 13

188 सासकपारिजाते Adh. IlI

उद्यति मृदुभांशे सप्तमस्थे च मन्दे यदि भवति नियेक: सूतिरब्दत्रयेण। शशिनि तु विधिरेवं द्वादशाव्दैः अ्रक्ुर्या- सिगदितमिह चिन्त्यं सूतिकालेऽपि युक्त्या।।४४।। Sloka. 44. If, at the time of conception, the rising Navamsa belongs to Saturn and that plinet occupies the 7th house (wra) the child will take 3 years to be born. If the conception takes place when the Moon is under similar circumstances, 1. e. when the rising Navamsa belongs to Kataka and the Moon occupies the 7th house ("a) the birth will happen after 12 years. The effects that bave been described in this Chapter as due to pla- netary conjunctions at the time of the (STIT) Adhana must also be predicted in regard to the time of the birth when the same planetary conjunctions are found to exist.

6/. समुदजातक NOTES.

लग्ने यमारे मन्देडशो निपेनश्रेत् समान्रयात्। सूति: ककाशगेश्द्र म्ये चन्द्रेडले दवादशाउद्रु।। Also गुारर मन्दस्य भारो तनुगेडर्केजेडस्े वर्षत्रयेण प्रसयस्तदानीम्॥ मन्दभांशगे विधी धनरोटुकेजे तथा। द्वाववों थ हायने सूतिरल आयते॥ Also मारवली लग्ने शनेश्ररश शनैअरे चनगे यदि नियेके। वर्षन्रयेण सूतिर्द्वादगभि स्यास्तरशिनि चवम्।। The third quarter of the Stoha 's interpreted mn TAT474r (Dasa dhyayı) to mean "If the Navamsr Rasi of the Moun at the time of c onception be one of Saturn's houses and if Saturn be in the 7th bhava from the Moon, then the birth will happen in the twelfth

SI. 45 139

year" and in support thereof, the followig sloka from वृहत्माजापत्य (Brihath prajapathya) 1s quoted: *अथ नैपेकधन्द्रस्य मन्दारी सह्र्म गतः । मन्टो वा हियुर्कं साधे सूति हदिशवस्सरैः। In बृहत्पानापत्य (Brihathprajapathya) it 1S said "सप्तम िदुक बा Sapthamam hibukam va and in the text सप्मस्ये न (Sapthamasthecha) is used This (chal should be taken to mean मप्तमस्थे हिनुकस्थे न सति (Sapthamasthe Hibukasthe cha sathi.) The object of Varahamhira in putting Saturn in the 7th house is not only to secure his full aspect on the Ligna or the Moon, but also to give him his full Digbala (directional 'strength) ns Saturn's Digbila in 'the 7th house is full. c/. स्कन्दहोरा नैपेकलग्नसेन्दोर्वो मेपेडस्यांशक: दनेः। केन्द्रस्थितिश्र इष्टिश्र न्रंध सूतिर्पिकम्बकृत् ।। It is also opined that if these yogas exist, the femalelwill bear no more c/. नौनकहारा आवानलग्ने शर्न्यशे सत्ससमगत: पनि:। वेश्वास्यो वा ततः कुर्या मसूर्ति वत्सरैस्त्रिभि: । इन्दुरेयं विधः कुर्याद् शादशब्डे द्विजोत्तम। एुवं प्रभूतिकालेन तरकालशीिना तथा ।।- भूपानापे च भूिष्ठी विलम्ब प्रसवे पुनः। मसूतिकालं तं विद्धि यदा गर्मादक:ः स्रतिः । पितृकमेंश्वरौ वु स्यौ देहेशे चलसंयुते । विना सीमन्तकर्मादिजातः पुत्रो न संशय:।४५॥ लामे पोप पापसूहे न सीमन्वसुसो भमेद। Sloka. 45. When the lords of the 9th and 10th bhavas are in bad positions, and the lord of the rising sign is strong, the issue has undoubtedly been born without sirma (Seemanthal and other purificatory cere'

140 जात कपरिजावे Adh. IIl

monies. When there is a malefic planet in the 11th bhava and that is owned hy a malefic planet also, there will be no issue with the purificatory etara (Seemantha) ceremony performed upon it. of. सर्वार्थेचिन्ताणि दुःस्थानगौ कर्मशुभाधिनायी यरी विलग्नाधिपतिसय्नीमू। सीमन्तकर्मोदि विनैव जातो भवेलर: माथमिकोडपि तत्र। लाभे सपापे श्वय तद्गृह्े या जातो नरः प्राथमिको5पि तम्र। पितुर्जात: परोक्षस्य लममिन्दानपश्यति। निदेशस्थस्य चरमे मध्याद्ष्टे दिवाकरे॥ ४६ ॥ Sloka. 46. When the Moon does not aspect the Lagna, the birth of a child is out of the father's sight. And he is at the time absent in a foreign country, if the Sun be in a moveab'e sig and has fallen out of the L (Madhya) or the 10th bhava : e. is in the 8th or 9th bhava.

NOTES c/. सारावली होशमनीक्षमाणे रशिति परोक्षस्थिते पितारी जात. । मैपूरणाच्चयुते वा घरभे भाना विदेशगंते॥ परराशिगत सूयें दिनजन्मनि घाक्िते कुपुग्रेण। कधयति विदेशयातं जातरप प्वीरक्तारम्।। A1so. वृद्धयवन घाड्ये शिश्षोर्जन्म पितु- परोक्षे क्पाकर: पश्यति चेस एग्नम्। घरस्थितेइकेषष्टमथमेगे या विदेशसंस्ये पितरीह वाध्यम् ।। If the rising sign is unaspecied by the Moon and the Sun is either in the 8th or 9th bhava, then the father is not present at the . ptace of birth of the child If the above Sun be n a moveable sign, the father will be in a foreign country If he be in an im- meveable sign, the father will bo in the same town but away from

SI. 47 तृता योडप्थाय: 141

where birth took place. If the Sun be in a dual sigu, then the father will he on his way home. The Yoga depicted is a day scenery. For the second yoga given in the latter half of tbe sloka (in the text), the condition that the Lagn is not aspected by the Moon is necessary ; c/. (शुकजातक) Sukajathaka: घरराशिगते भानी नवमाष्टमसंस्थिते। शिश्षो: पिता विदेशस्थे लग्न धन्द्रेण नेक्षितम्। . उदयस्थे पि वा मन्दे कुजे वाडसंत समागते। सि्रिते वान्तः क्षपानाथे शशाङ्कसुतशुक्रयोः॥।४७॥ Si. ka. 47. When Saturn is to rise on the Lagna or Mars is setting (occupies the 7th wra bhava) or if the Moon be between Mercury and Venus, then also the father will be away at the time of the birth of the child, Balabhadra slightly differs-He says सगनस्यिते वासरनाथपुत्रे यामिन्नसंस्थेऽप्यथवा महीजे। चन्द्रेथया सूर्यमद्दीजमध्वे विदेशासंस्थे जनके बभूव । where the Moon if between Mars and the Sun is sald to cause the same effect. In the previous sloka, the day scenery was depicted. In the present sloka the night scenery (birth at night time) is described, since Saturn (the Karaka of the father at a mght hirth) is taken into consideration instead of the Sun as in the previous sloka. c/. सारावली धनिशोरर्कासितयो. कुजन संदष्टयो: पितुरभाय: । चरराशौ परदेशे युर्कक्षितयोस्तु तन्न मृतः ॥ The Sun at a day birth and Saturn at a night birtb, if aspected by Mars, indicate the absence of the father. And if the sign that is occupied and aspected respectively by the above-mentioned two planets be a moveable one, the yoga indicates demise of the father in a foreign place at the time. The author of Saravali further says: चररशिगतं सौरं यथर्को रात्रिजम्मनीक्षत। अग्रापि विदेशस्थं कथयृति पितरं प्रसूतस्य ॥

142 Adh. III

स्थिते वा यदि शीतांशो शुभखेचरराशिगे। औरसोयं भवेआतो गुरुवर्गसमन्विते ॥४८॥ Stoka, 48. If the Moon be in i sign owned by a benefic planet or in a qn (Varga) of Jupiter, the child born is legitimate. नf. शुरजातन मौग्य राइशगे चन्द्रे गुरराइयशगेडपि या । भारजातस योगेडवि न परजान दप्यते ।। Vitt also slok1 59 mfra • जीवो न भौमसंदृष्ट स्नवर्गे चार्कशीतगू। क्षेत्रजोयं भवेआत ससौम्यो वा वलान्चित ॥४९।। Sloka. 49. When Jupiter is not aspected by Mars, and the Sun and the Moon are in their an (Varga), the child born is a irra (Kshethraja). The same is the case also when Jupiter is strong and in conjunction with Mercury. मन्दवर्गगते चन्द्रे भन्दयुक्त तु पंचमे। भानुभार्गनमंदृष्टे पुत्रः पौनर्मवो भवेत् ॥ ५०। Sloka. 50 When the Moon is in the t (Varga) of Saturn and the 5th wIT (bhava) is occupied by Saturn and also aspected by tbe Sun and Venus, the son born is a fanta (Pounarbhava), t e. the son of a remarried woman व्यये भास्करसंदष्टे वर्गे भास्करचन्द्रयोः । चन्द्रसूर्ययुते वापि कानीनोयं भवेन्र ।।५१।। SI ik1. 51. When the 1cth wra-bhava is aspected by the Sun, or the Sun and the Moon are in the ai. Varga of the Moon and the Sun, the person born is a bastard

SI. 52-55 चृतीयोऽधयाय: 143

चन्द्रदृष्टियुतो मान्दिर्भानुपुत्रसमन्वितः। तद्वीक्षणयुतो चापि दन्तपुत्रो भवेननरः ।।५२।। Sloka. 52. When miea (Mandi) is aspected by the Moon and is in conjunction with Saturn or aspected by him, the chuld born will be given away by the parents to another to adopt शन्यद्गारकसंयुक्ते सप्मे वाऽथ पंचमे। अन्यैरवीक्षिते सेट कृत्रिमं तु विनिर्दिरेत् ॥५३॥ Sloka. 53 When the 7th or the 5th ara bhava 18 occupied by Saturn and Mars and 18 unaspasted by other planets, the son born should be marked out as phrg Krithrima (t. e to be adopted by others) परस्परक्षेत्रगतौ तु होरारसातलेशौ यदि जन्मलग्नात्। छग्रेश्वरो वा हिबुकेश्वरो वा ध्यजाहियुक्तो जननं परेण ॥५४॥ Sloka. 54 If the lords of the thur (Hora) and the 4th aa bhava counted from amem (Janmalagna) occupy each other's houses or if either of them be in conjunc- tion with Rahu or Ketu, the child born was begotten by another. लग्नं शशाङकं सुरराजमन्त्री न चीक्षते नैकगृहस्थितो या। न जीववर्गण युत तदानी जातं वदेदन्यसमागमेन।५५॥ Sloka. 55 If Jupiter does not aspect the Lagna or the Moon, or be not in one and the same house, with either, and if the Lagna or the Moon be not in a ai, Varga of Jupiter, then the astrologer should declare the child to be born in consequence of the mother's congress with another

144 जातकपरेजाते Adh. III

खाती द्वितीया रविवारयुक्ता सससमी सोमजरेवती च। सद्वादशी भानुयुतश्रविष्टा चैतेपु जातः परतो चदन्ति ॥५६॥ Sloka. 56 A child born ir any of the thrze follow. ing combinations of fafr.Thithhi, aR.Vara and a.Nak. shatra is declared to be the result of the mother's congress with ancther: (1) famt.Dwitheeya, frar-Sun. day and स्वाती-Swathee, (2) ससमी-Sapthami, बुधनार-Wednes. day and रेवती-Revathee, (3) द्वादरी-Dwadasee, मानुवार-Sunday and efaer.Sravishttha. AOTES. Balabhadra m his trta (Horarathna) states that this sloka is from mdfs (Thathamisra ) The reading given is as follows'- स्वातीद्विती यारवियारयोगे सोमात्मजे सहमिरेवतीपु। स्याद् दादशीवासवम-दवारे जारेण जाते प्रवदन्ति बालम्॥

मन्दार्कभौमवारेषु जातमन्योद्द्वं विद्दुः ।।५७॥* Sloka, 57. When any one of the 3 week days, viz Saturday, Sunday and Tuesday, 13 associated with a भदृतिथि-Bhadra thithhi, (1.e द्वितीया-Dwitheeya, सलमी-Sap- thami, or दवादशी-Dwadast) and a त्निरादनक्षत्र-thripada nak- shatra,(:e. पुनर्वसू-Punarvasu, विशासा.Visakha or पूगांभाव्- "ET), the child born is declared to be begotten by another. NOTES The following are some more yogas for illegitimate offsprings' माचस्थिताश्चन्द्रदिवाकरेजया, कुर्जन्त्यमी जन्मनि जारजातम्। लगनइथवा सूर्यसुतेन दषर. सौग्यैव छुमोद्यशीतभास: ।गुणाकुरः ॥ नवमस्थो गुरुयंत्र घने धन्द्रोडकेमण्डंल। अन्यजातः स विज्ेषो आगेधलन्यतते धवम्॥ चम्द्रारभानव· पछे गुरुः पद्ममगो यदि। गेगेडस्मिसाथ् सन्देहआान्यजात स उग्पते ॥ तातमिध्रः ॥।

SI. 58 तृतीयोऽध्यायः 145

Aiso जातकोत्तमे भर्यम्णभे स्याद्वविवासरे एमाविश्वे चतुर्धीगुरुनासर थ) हिर्तुनमे भौमदिने चतुर्दशी साजातजारस च जन्मकाले॥ दिनान्ते च तिथिप्रान्ते लम्नप्रान्ते प्रसूतिपु। घारस्यान्ते च यो जातः सोऽन्यजातः प्रकीर्तितः। भगपादर्क्ष संयोगादद्वितीया द्वादशी यदि। सप्तमी चार्कमन्दारे जारजो जायते धवम्॥ न लग्नमिन्दुं च गुरु्निरीक्षते न वा शशाङक रविणा समागतम्। सपापकोडर्केण युताऽथवा शशी परेण जातं प्रवदन्ति निथयात्।५८।। Sloka 58. When Jupiter does not aspect the rising sign and the Moon, or the Moon in conjunction with the Sun; or when the Moon is in conjunction with the Sun and a maleftc planet; the offspring is positively deelared to have been begotten by another. NOTLS For a child to be declared as legitimate (1) Lagna or the Moon must receive an aspect of Jupiter, (2) the Sun in conjunc- tion with the Moon should be nspected by Jupiter, or (3) there should not be any malefic along with the Moon in conjunction with the Sun . cf. सारावली पश्यति न गुरु शशिनं लमन च दिवाकरं सेन्दुम्। पापयुतं वा साकंत्रन्द्र यदि जारजातः खांत्।। But it has to be stated here that if the Lagna and the Moon be in a Navamsa belonging to Jupiter, then the child should not be declared as illegitimate cf यवनेश्वर अजीवभागेऽप्यन शाकषिते वा जीवेन चन्द्रेडथ विलप्नभे वा। जात परोद्दतमिति अवन्ति वाच्ये जनेनाथ बलावलोकात् । न वा शशाङ्को रविणा समागत Nava Sasanko Ravina Samagathaba is another reading. The whole sloka is capable of being Inter- preted thns. 19

146 जांवकपरेजाते Adh. I1I

यदा गुरुः लमं इन्दुं च न निरीक्षते तदा शशाङ्क: रचिणा समागतः न यदि अर्केणयुतः शशी सपापक: यदि वा मुनय मसूतं परेण जातं निश्रयाम वदुन्ति॥ That is, if Jupiter does not aspect the Lagna and the Moon, and at the same time the Moon be not in conjunction with the Sun, and secondly, the Lagna and the Moon being unaspected by Jupiter, if the Moon in conjunction with the Sun be also asso- ciated with a malefic planet, then the child should-in the absence of any restricting (amaIT-Apavada) yogas-be declared illegitimate Qf. स्कन्दहोरा मे यदा एपमिन्दुं य घष्टे वाचस्वतिस्तदा। जेन्दुसूयॅफ संबन्धो मथलावथ तद्यतः।। सपापको या मुनय, प्रवदेयुसतमन्यजम् । गुरो: क्षेप्रस्थितिर्योगसतद्बेक्काणे तइंसके।। स्थिति मेद्यपवादान्वै धमुरोडस् वनाम्वदम्। तपसैव विजानन्तु माज्येम मुनयो परान्। It would appear that 44 amrarr (Apavada) yogas were after great penance observed one after another by Sages as stated below: Brahma, Subrahmanys } Garga 1 and Surya 4 Maricht 12 . Vyasa - 3 Manu 1 Vasıshta Angiras ... 5 Attri ... 2 Lomasa ... 1 Parasara 2 Paulasa ... 3 Kasyapa 3 Chyavana ... ... 1 Narada 2 Saunaka ... ... 3 I'i le Srutis. गुरुक्षेत्रगते चन्द्रे तुधुक्ते चान्यराशिगे। तद्द्रेक्काणे तर्दशे वा न परैर्जात इष्यते ।। ५९ ॥ Sloka 59. When the Moon 1s in a tfa (Rası) owned by Jupiter or is in another urfer (Rasi) in conjunc. tion with Jupiter or 1s in Jupiter's term (Dreshkana)

SI. 60 147

or sata (Navamsa), the child born has not been begot- ten by a paramour NOTES This slokr is from Garga Please see sloks 48 and the note thereto arqrfian (Vanyarasige) is another reading and seems to be the correct one. कूर्रक्षगतावशोभनौ सूर्याद्यूननवात्मजस्थितौ। बद्धस्तु पिताविदेशग: स्वे वा राशिवशादथो पोथ।।६० Sloka 60. If the two malefic planets Saturn and Mars he in malefic signs Mesha, Simha and Kumbhaand occupy the 7th, the Oth or the 5th place from the Sun, the father of the child born is in a state of forced seclu sion confined in a foreigr place, in his own or on his way to his own country, according as the sign occupied by the Sun is moveable, nnmoveable or a dual one. NOTES.

Saturn

Mars

Sun

of सारावली पत्यमनवमथने पॉपरकांस पापसईट्ट। बद्ध पितान्यदेशे राशियशात् स्वेऽथवा मार्गे ।। From the plural numbers used in the above quotation, it would appear that the term ' malefics' need not necessarily be confined to Saturn and Mars, but may be extnded to weak Moon, Rahu and Ketu But it is not so And by " mrf "_Krurarksha

.148 जावक पारिजाते Adh. 111

all the five houses of malefics, viz Mesha, Simha, Vrischika, Mal ara and humbha are not meant but onls Mesha Simha and humbha Here the difference between the terms Paparhsha (YIT) and krurarksha mf may be noted The one means "all the houses owned by malefics' while - the other confines them to ' their odd signs' cf. eeaatser सिंहाजघटगी (कुजमन्दी) सूर्याद् धनभाग्यसुतस्थिती। स्यातां यदि तदा बन्ध जतस्य पितुरादिशेन् ।। Raq adds "If the Sun mn the above case be in yry or favaa#m (Nigata drekhana) the father is forcibly (illegally) confined, and if any other Dreklana on account of business or legally' पूर्ण शशिनि स्वराशिगे सौम्ये लगनगते शुभे सुखे। लग्ने जलजेऽस्तगेडपि वा चन्द्रे पोतगता प्रसूयते ॥६१।। Sloka 61 When the Moon is full apd mn his own signt e Kataka, and when Mercury is in the rising sign and Jupiter occupies the 4th house, the pregnant wo man is delivered of her burden mn a boat This may happen also when the rising sign is a watery one and the Moon (whether full or not) is in the 7th bhava VOTFS The word af (Snumye), mu ulso be mterpreted as benefic The meamng will then be ' If the Moon be full and in hataka and if benefic plarets be in the lagna ind the 4th house, then the birth tahes place in a bort If the Lagnr be a wrtery sign and the Moon be in the 7th being ilso full then alsp the hirth trhes nlice in a boat cf. गगवती साम्ये एग्ने पूणे स्वगृहगते दाशिनि सरिलसपाते। पानाल्स्पश्शुभजलजे एग्नेखगे शशिनि। The Kord gw (Subhi) an (Subhe Sukhe) 'शुभ मुस' in the text has been understood to mean only Jupiter by the commentator as there is not always a possibility of Venus oceupying the fth place

SI. 62 नृसीयोउप्याय: 149

from Mercury in the Lagna. "अन वुधात् शुक्रम्य चतुर्थगत्वामंभवात् चतुर्थगो गुरुईेय:"(वलभद्र:) c/. समुद्रजानर पूर्गेन्दो: स्वगृहगे जे जोचे तुर्येगरीगत इति. ef. Also गुणाकर विलग्नगे से सुखगे शुभाग्ये स्वक्े हिमांशी परिपूर्णगेहे। लग्ने जलेडम्ने हिमरौधिती या प्रसूयते नावि तदाडन्न गर्भः ॥ But the word Swirasige सराa may apply to (Sasini) शशिनि or (Saumye) सैाम्य in the text. For the latter view. of. वृद्दतप्राजापत्य लग्ने नृयुग्मे कन्यायामथवा तह्गते युधे। पूर्ण: शक्षी धनस्थश्रेमननं नौगंतौ वदेतू।। A1so म्कन्दहोर। पूर्णेन्दौ स्वराशिस्ये सथा सौम्ये च लगनगे। बलवत्यम्भसः पृष्टे नौकायों मसरव पदेतू।। According to the above, the word # (Subhe) may also include Venus and (Poorne Sasini) पूर्णे मशिनि wiil mean the Moon during the ten days from गुष्ठेकाइशी to कृष्णपक्षपञ्मी. आप्योदयमाप्यगः शशी संपूर्ण: समवेक्षतेऽथवा। मेपूरणबन्धुलग्नगः स्यात् सूतिः सलिले न संशयः ॥६२।। Sloka 62. If the Lagna be a watery sign with the full Moon in it, or if such Mcon be in opposition to the Lagna, or in the 10th or in the 4th bhava from the Lagna, then the child will be born near water. NOTCS Another interprefation. When the rising uign is a watery one and the Moon occupies a watery sign, the delivery takes place in the vicinity of water. The same happens when the full Moon aspects a watery sign, or the Lagna being a (Jalarasi) जलराशि, the Moon occupies the 10th, the 4th or the Ist bhava. आप्योदय आप्यग: is another reading. 6/. सारावली सलिल भलरने चन्द्रो जलराशी चीक्षते तथा पूर्णः । मसव सलिले विन्याद्वन्धृदयद्शमगश्च यदा।।

150 जातकपारिभाते Adh. Ill

उद्योडपयोर्व्ययस्थिते गुप्त्यां पापनिरीक्षिते यमे। अलिकर्कियुते विलग्नगे सारे शीतकरेक्षितेऽवटे ॥६३।। S'oka 63. When the rising sign and the Moon happen to ba in one and the same aifr (Rasi) and when Saturn is in the 12th wta (Bhava) and aspected by a male- fic planet, the delivary will take place in a secret spot. (Probably widons delivering children secretly is hinted here) Again, when the Lagna 15 वृक्चिक (Vrischika) or कटक (Kataka) and Saturn occupies it and is aspected by the Moon, the delivery will take place in a pit. of पृछतप्राजापनय एग्नस्थेन्दरोव्येपस्थाने मन्द सूर्यार्वीक्षित ।

एसने कांटके यद्ा दोण तम स्थिते शानौ। स सप्तमस्थ शीतामुस्परे प्रमव वदेन् । Also स्व दधोरा उदयेन्द्राण्ययरथाने मन्द पापनिरीक्षित। प्रसव बन्धनागारे स्पष्ट वदति योपित ॥ A1s0 शोनन होरा एग्नस्थन्द्रीरउर्थयस्थाने सौर सूर्येण चीक्षित। आामेन वा चदेसार्या प्रसव चन्धनालये।। Also मारावली वृश्चिककुलीरटग्ने सारे चन्द्रेक्षित रवचदे। भवति प्रसव स्त्रीणों वदन्ति यचना सह मणिर्ये ॥। मन्देऽब्जगते विलग्रगे युधमूर्यन्दुनिरीक्षिते क्रमात्। क्रीडाभवने सुरालये प्रसन सोपरभूमिपूदियेत् ॥६४॥ Sloka 64 According as Siturn, occupying a watery rising sign, is aspected by Mercury, the Sun or the Moon, the delivery will take place in a pleasure house, a temple, on a saltish ground or on a sandy place.

S1. 65 151

cf. मारावली रविजे जलजविलने मांडोधान युघेक्षित प्रमवः। रविणा देघागारे तथोपरे घैन धन्द्रेण।। In the yoga deseribed in the sloha m the test, the aspecting as well as the aspected plancts must he strong c/. गन्दहोग दनिजसभष्टव्नस्थो सुधेन यादि वीकक्षितः। फ्रीडानिलय आघषे देयागारे वियम्बत॥ ऊपरे शारीना टष्टो बलिना बनयानपि। नृलन्नगं प्रेक्ष्य कुजः इमशाने रम्ये मितेन्दू गुरुरन्निहोत्रे। रचिर्नरेन्द्रामरगोकुलेपु शिल्पालये ज्ञः प्रसव करोति ।।६५।। Sloka 65. If the rising sign be a human Rasi, and Saturn occupying it be aspected by Mars, the delivery will be in a cemetery, cremation ground or kitchen If Venus and the Moon aspect Saturn in the position des. cribed, the place of delivery will be a lovely one If Jupiter be the aspecting planet, the delvery will take place in the house dedicated to the sacred fires. If the Sun should aspect, the place of delivery will be a palace, a temple or a cow house. And lastly an art-gallery will

planet. be the place of delivery when Mercury is the aspecting

NOTES of. सारवली आरण्य भवनलग्ने गिरिवनदुर्गे तथा रवौ लग्ने। रुधिरेक्षिते मशाने शिल्पकनिलयेपु सौम्यैन ।। सूर्येकिते गोनूपदेवयासे शुक्रेम्युजाम्यां रमणोयदेशे। शफेव्य रए दिजवदिहोमे नगेदये सोनवनन्ति सूतिम्॥

Also समुद्रजानक पुंलगनगं गर्भ पश्येदर्कादिखैतगोपुले। घरे शमशाने शिल्पीय गृह्टे वह्िगहे घरे I

162 जतकपारिजाते Adh III

राशयंशसमानगोचरे मार्गे जन्मचरे म्थिरे गृहे। स्वक्षांशगते सवमन्दिरे बलयोगात्फलमंशकर्भयोः ॥६६॥ Sloka 66 The place of birth of a child is usually that corresponding to the rising sign or its Navamsa whichever of them is stronger If the stronger of the two be moveable, the birth will be in a building far away from the native place of the father If immove- able, the birth will be in fithers own house, if in a dual sign, it will be in an out house If the rising Navamsa be a Vargottama nne, then the birth will be in the child s maternal grand father's house Nors of स्कन्दहारा अधवा लग्नतोशाद्ा समाने सूतिशाश्रये। धरस्थिराम्या तनापि वर्र्मोवसथनिणेय ।I

यथाह्वममिती यागादन्यग्रोभयभागयो। तरस्वामिना या भेनोक्त तहतेन ग्रहणे था। भासाधिंपेन वा यूयाज्स्य द्रष्टा अहदेण था॥। एपासभावे केन्द्र स्थसत्रचरेण वडेफनम्। A1so बहस्ाजापत्य चरे स्थिरे वा अहे या लग्ने स्वक्षाशकस्थिते।। सरस्वामिन्यथवा तरस्ये म्वदागे स्वाशगेऽपि बा। जनन खवगृहे वाच्यमुन्यशो रानमन्दिरे।

पूर्वोडत सर्वया माझ्या सोजादेस्थिरशेपता। इम विभागमरमृत्वा प्रयुञ्तनीऽपराध्यति। For the last quarter of the sloka o RI राश्यशबलयोमदे अहासफलयोस्नया। बलयोगास्सलोकाख याघकर्व यहैडधिने ।

S1. 67 मृतीपोऽभ्याप: 159

Also मृदृत्पाजापत्य घलयुक्स्यव वक्तव्य बहुधा फलसंभवे। वलाधिकायादाधन्ते वलहीनानियं हि सा॥ The consideration of the stronger of the two, viz., Ras and Navamsa is importaot and should always be boroe in mind Sup pose the effect of the Rast taken is directly contrary to the ooe given for the Amsa occupied by the Lagna or the Moon We must first decide which of the two is stronger and then onls preceed. Varahamihira urges this principle throughout his work Bribat Jataka Mere consideration of the Rasi rlone will pot therefore suffice. आरार्कजयोस्ितकोणगे चन्द्रेडस्त च विसृज्यतेऽम्बया। दृष्टेऽ्भरराजमन्त्रिणा दीर्घायुः सुखभाक् च सत्कृत.।६७।। Sloka 67. If the Moon be intrine to Mars and Saturn and occupies at the same time the 7th house, the child born is abandoned by its mother, But if the Moon be aspected by Jupiter, the child becomes long.lived, happy and well cared for NOTES. Ansther interpretation "When the Moon occupies the 5th the 9th or the 7th house in respect to Mars and Saturn pceupying one aod the same house, ete " ef. RTTef कुजसौरयोस्त्रिकोणे चन्द्रेऽसतगते वियुज्यते मात्रा। दट्टे सुरेन्त्रगुरुणा सुसान्विती दीधजीवी च। Also समुद्रजानक एकस्थाक्यारयो: कोणेडसे चन्दे विसृज्यतेऽपया ॥ Chandre Arhe ast is another reading for (Chandre Asthe) ast and the meaoing will tben be "If the Moon or the Sun -te trine to Mars and Saturn etc" a (Asthe) may also be iterpreted as 'eclipsed,' $,e, in conjunction with the Sun of. स्कन्दडोरा आरसूयंजयोमूंढे जातश्रन्ते त्रिकोणगे। सूर्य घा त्यज्यते मात्रा सद्य ए विधेर्षलात्। 20

154 सातक पारजाते Adb. Itl ) The sloka quoted above distinctly cays that the Moon should be T7 (Moodha) te, eclipsed by the ravs of the Sun ind so the words (Asthagithe) अस्तगने and3 म Asthe in the quotations from Saravalı and Samudrantaks do not mean "the 7th house" but mean eclipsed " For alleviating the effects of the yoga described in the text, Jupiter must be strong ०f. रक्न्दहोरा बलिना गुरणा रष्टे शशाहे तस कतार। सूयें या सोपि दीघांयु सामुसन व सयुन ।। पापेक्षिते तुहिनगावुदये कुजेडसे त्यक्तो विनश्यति कुजर्कजयोस्तथाऽडये। सौम्पेऽपि पश्यति तथाविघहस्तमेति सौम्येतरेपु परहस्तगतोऽ्यनायु ॥६८॥ Sloka 68. When the Moon is in the Lagna and aspected by a malefic planet and Mars occupies the 7th place, the child perishes being abandoned by its mother The same happens when Mars and Saturn are in the 11th भाव. When a benefic planet aspects the Moon, the child passes into the hands of a person of a class corres- ponding to the aspecting benefic planet. If another male fic under the above yoga aspects the Lagna, then the child bereft of the mother will fall into the hands of bad people and will die. Even if cared for by others, the child lives not NOTES of. सारावली त्रियते पापेईटं शिनि विम्मन कुजेशमनंग लक 1

पश्यनि माग्यी चर धान्यारग्मृराति तादशो जात । युभपापम्रहट्ष्टे पर गृद्दोतोडपि स ्रियते॥

SI. 68 155

सर्वेप्येतेपु यदा योगेपु शश्षी सुरेव्यसदष्: । भवति तदा दीघांयुर्द्स्गतसर्ववर्णपु॥ Balabhadra adds पूर्रोक्तयोगइये चन्द्रे समले शुभग्रहडष्ट ताहग्य। झाणादिचर्णे मात्रा त्यकं यालं गृह्ाति। उक्क च भौमजातके मातृसंत्यक्तयोगेपु चन्द्रं पश्यति ये शुभाः । म्रहवणसमो वालं गृद्ाति नियतं नरः ॥ शुभपापटष्टे चन्द्रे परहम्गोडापी वालो म्रियते इति ।। Also वृदृत्पानापत्य शुभदृष्टे निशानाये लग्नस्थेमनगते बुजे। तसमाच गतयोराय यद्दा मन्दारयोईयो: ॥ तथा स्थिते निशानाये जातो मात्रा विसृज्यते। यादशोडस्य शुभोदृष्टम्तादृशस परं गतः ।। स्याजीवे्चाथ पापेन वीक्षितेत्न तथा स्थिंत आरस्यारकेसुतयोरवि या सादृशस्थिती।।

Lagna Moon Saturn Lagna Moon 1

I () I (2) 1

Saturn

Mars Mars

Lagna Moon

5(3)

Mars Saturn

156 भावकपारिजाते Adh II

पिछमातगृहेपु तदलात् तरुशलादिपु नीचगे शुभै । यदि नैकगतैस्तु चीक्षितो लमेन्दू पिजने प्रसूयते ॥६९॥ Sloka 69 The delivery will take place in the house of the father, mother, paternal uncle or maternal aunt according to the strength of the planet represent- ing these relatives (vide Sloka 15 Supro) It will happen in an exposed pl'ce such as a grave a rampart or a river bank, if the benefic planets be in their depression houses If the Moon occupying the Lagna be not aspected by the benefic planets o_cupying one and the same sign, the child will be born in a lonely place NOTES नf. सरावल भवनाशसहशदेशे पसवो क्षेय सदाइत्र युवतीनाम्। मिश्रगृद्टाशे वम्मनि चरराइयश तथाडम्यगृदे।

पिनृमातृम्रह्वर तस स्वजनगृहेपु बलयागातू।। 3 प्राकारतरुनदीपु व सूतिर्नीचाधित सौस्य। नेक्षन्ते लग्नेन्दू यद्येकुस्था अहा महाटव्याम् ।। 11s0 शालव छोरा पिम्रादपु बरिष्ठेपु सूनि पितृगृहादिपु। तम्मूलाद्विपु प्रेया नीवम्बैश्च गुभस्त्रिमि मे टf रक टोरा सर्वथा लग्नमिन्दु चन कश्िदृपि पश्यति। सदा वे प्रसव जात विजन निदिशेसपदे ॥ And बृद्द प्राजापत्य न कश्विदपि य घष्टे पकारेणावि केनचित्। शुभोडशुभी वा पूर्ण वा विकल वोदय घ तम ।। चन्द्र ध यदि जानीयाज्न्मएक्षणचिन्तने। आचक्ष्य बिजने सूर्ति तदा मारद निश्रयातू॥

S1.70 वृत्तीयोऽधयाप 157

मन्दक्षीश शशिनि हितुके मन्ददषटे कनगे वा -

तद्ुक्तेत वा वममि शपनं नीचमंस्यैक्ष भूमो। यद्वद्राशिर्वजीनि हरिज गर्भमोक्षस्तु तद्वत् पापैथन्द्रात् सरसुखगनैः क्ेशमाहुर्जनन्याः॥७०॥ Stoka 70 When the Moon is in a Navamsa owned by Saturn or in the 4th(wra)Bhava from the Lagna or is aspected by Saturn, or occuptes a watery sign, or is in conjunction with Saturn, the accouchement 1s in darkness The same takes place on the ground when 3 or more planets are in their depression signs The coming out of the child from the womb is exactly ltke the emergence of the rising sign from the horizon, : e. if it 1s a msia (Seershodaya) sign, the child appears with the head foremost and if a ggrga (Prushtodaya) sign with the legs foremost, and if an उभवोदय (Ubhayo daya) sign, with the bands foremost If malefie planets be in conjunction with the Moon or occupy the 7th or the 4th wra (Bhava) therefrom, much distress, it is said has to be endured by the mother. NOTES Annther snterpretatsor When the Moon in the 4th bhava is in a Navamsa onned by Saturn or is ispected by Saturn etc In this sloka fert (Abyige) s) ould le tal en to mean (Abjam sagè) for Varahamıhira says (baluogathphalamamsa harkshayoh बलयोगा फलमवशयो Vide slol 2 66 sufra Also of स्कन्दहोरा सौरांशविनि सैररेण दृष्टे सौरेण वा युतै। जलाशनिनि वा चन्दे वेभ्मस्ये असवा यदि॥ तदा पायनमारतेयमन्धकारे न सझय। हन्दु सूयण दृष्षश्रेत्तेजसेव तदादिशेत ॥

158 जातकपारिजावे Adh. Il

चन्द्रात्सरगत. पपैर्मातु केशामबुगैरन। अथेमं वेचिदिष्दन्नि पापैश्रन्द्रमसा युनै। And वृरत्पानाशन्य सौराशकस्थ: सैरिण दृष्ट सौरयुतोपि वा । जलराशी तल से या यदीन्दुर्वेभ्मनि स्थित ।। तदा पायनमाचक तस्यालममि नारद। स इन्दु मूर्वेद्ृष्टधतेनसेव तदादिश। चन्द्रहतसप्मग पॉपर्मातु सेशमुदीरय। पती हो बलिनो योगो चन्द्रयुनसतु दुर्बल।

नीचेन शशिना भूमी याा हियुकमीयुपा।। Also सारावली मौरासेयजलासे धम्मेड्कंनमयुवेद्थवा हिवुहे। तद्भृषट या कुयासम प्रसव न सन्ेद ।

चन्द्राग्मपमरशी पापा मरणाम घइरमदृश्टा.।1

द्वार च तद्ासतुनि केन्द्रसस्नेय ग्रहेचीयसमन्चितैर्या ।।७१॥ Stka 71. The quintity of oif in the lamp will vary with the portion to be traversed by the Moon in the sign entered upon The wiet is to be guessed from the Lagna, ie will vary with the portion of the rising sign still below the hotizon The character of the lamp is to be guessed from the chiricter of the sign occupied by the Sun, ie. whether the light is moveable, fixed, or both, is to be declared from the nature of the Rasi in which the Sun is. The door of the lyinguin-chamber 15 to be guessed by means of the phnets occupying the Kendra positions, or rather by means of those that are possssed of <trength ; ' c. when more than one planet occupy the Kendra positions, the door must be guessed

SI. 72 वृत्तिायोडध्यायः 159

Y by the strongest of them; when there are no planets in the Kendras find which of the Kendras is strongest, and the direction faced by the door is guessed accordingly NOTES The Moon determines the od in the lamp; the wick in the lamp is determined by the Lagna and the Sun determines the character of the lamp. If the Moon is waning, there will be little oil in the lamp. If the Moon is at the beginning of a sign, the lamp will be full of oul. If she be mn the middle of a sign, the oil m the lamp will be moderately full, if in the end of a sigu, little oil The same holds good in the case of a wich If the Sun be in a moveable sign, the lamp is not a fisture but can be moved about If in an tmmoveable sign, the lamp is a fix- ture and not capable of being moved about If mn a dual sign, the lamp can be separated from its place (removeable) If the Sun be in a fiery sign, we may say that the light is lit by electric power, if fiery and also moveable (sign), the electric lamp is moveable, and so on ०f. मारावली द्वादशाभागष्छस्े वासगुहे वस्थिते महर्खरांशी। दीपश्चरस्थिरादितु तथैछ वाध्य नसनवाले। यावछुग्नादुदितं घतिर्दग्धा तु तावनी भेवती। दीपः पूरण पूर्णः शशिनि क्षीणे क्षयस्तु तैलस्य ।। बलवति सूर्ये दृष्टे बहुमदीपान्वदेत्कुपुत्रेण। अन्यरपि गतवीय: सूनौं ज्योतिस्तृणैमेवति। ज़र्णि संस्कृतमकजे क्षितिसुते दग्घं नवं शीतगौ काठ्वाद् न हढ सचौ शशिसुत्ते चानेकसिष्प्युद्धचस् । •रम्यं चित्रयुतं नवं च भृगुजे जीवे हंढ मन्दिरं चक्रस्थस्तु यथोपदेशरचना सामन्तपूर्वा चदेत् ॥ ७२॥ Stoka 72. The lying-in chamber will happen to be old but repaired when Satuin is ttrong. It will be

160 आठ कपारेजाने A dh. III

a building spoiled by fite when Mars is powerfui; a new building when the Moon is in strength; a structure abounding in timber, but flimsy, when the Sun 1s power- ful, an edifice built hy the combination of several artisans when M-reury is strong When Venus is predominant, the chamber will be lovely, possessing works of art and quite new. It will be strong and durable when Jupster is powerful. The astrologer may guess the structure, in the mann't indicated, of other houses beginning with those which are immediately around the lyig in chamber by means of the planets in the Zodiacal circle NOTES With this Compare 11-24 & 11-22 regarding the places and cieths mdicated by the several planets eई मारावली चित्र नव भृगुसुने व वृढ गुरो क दग्ध कुजे दिनको पारपुणेकाएम्। चम्दे नय व पुशिस्पिकृत दुधे घ जीणं भवेद्गृद्दमिद्दोण्णकरात्मजे थ ।। मेपकुलीरतुल्पलियटै प्रागुनरतो गुरुसौम्यगृहेपु। पश्रिमतथ्व घृपेण निवासो दक्षिणभागकरो मृगसिंहौ।७३। Stoka 73. The direction of the lying-in chamber Is determined by the sign owning the planet that 15 strongest in the Kendras If the sign in question he Mesha, Kataka, Tula, Vrischika or Kumbha, the lying. in chamber will be in the eastern portion of the house If it be owned hy Jupiter or Mercury, the lying-in cham. ber is in the north of the house If it be Vrishabha, tbe lying in chamber is in the western portion of the house If it be Makara or Simha, the chamber will be located in the southern quarter of the bouse

S1. 74 नृतीपोऽ्याय: 161

NOTLS. Suppose Jupiter is the strongest, lhen the Iying-in-chamb r will be in the northern portion of the house.

N S W N L N

W Directions N Directions of Rasis of Rasis according to ns per this S 1-13 Sloka

L. N N

=

lhe commentator bhaltotpala is of opinion thit the duection of the Jying in hamber is deternnned by te tring sign at birth (and not by the sign owned by the stron,ist of tle planets m Ken dras, vide sioka 18 swyra where it is stated that poweifut plinets in Kendras aill indicate the doors of the lying in chamiber andt the character of the building where birth has hihen plate) Ifis view 1s not ncceptable म्राच्यादिगृहे क्रियादयो की डी कोणगतादिमूर्तयः । शय्यासपि वास्तुवद्वदेत् पारद: पदत्रिनवानत्यसंस्थितः ।।७४।। Stoka ,74. The four paits of moveable and immove able signs beginning with Mesha represent the East and other principal points of the compass m urder mn the lying-in-chamber. The four dual signs, wz., Mithuna, Kanya, Dhanus and Meena, signify the four mtermediate points, vrz., S. E., S. W , N. W., and N. E. The astro- loger should make, in regard to the bed of the confined woman, statements of facts such as have been made in respect to the lying-in-chamber, the legs of the couch 21

162 जातकपाेजाते Adh. III

being represented by the 6th, the 3rd, the 9th and the 12th bhavas from the Lagna The head and face of the lying in-woman are in the direction indicated by the Lagna and the 2nd bhava And the 3rd and the 12th bhavas represent the fore legs of the couch (the 3rd being the right leg), the 4th and the 5th bhavas, the right side, the 6th and the 9th the hind legs (the 6th being the right leg) of the couch The 7th and the 8th bhavas from the Lagna represent the legs of the lying-in woman. The 10th and the 11th represent the left side NOTES This is the principle of Directions as per #TTi (Keral charya) also

NE E E SE

N Directions of tbe Rasis as per this Stoka S

N W 11

The four corners of the couch are indicated by the 3rd the 6th the 9th and the 12th houses from tb. Lagna The Ist and 2nd houses from the Lagn indicate the herd and face of tbe mother ind conse juentis the direction in which she is lying The left part of the body of the mother is indicated by the wsthle l alf of the zodiac at bwrth and the invisible half idicates the night art of the body f. सारापला-प्राच्यादिग्रहद्वितय मदवितय सरायश्र गान्नाणि। भाजानुशिर रायन ग्रहमुटग लक्ष सथ ॥ ग्रहयुम वा नियत निमतस्व व द्विमृनिराशिपु थ। पत्रत्रिम्वासत्या पाठ पयतर्वामि राशयः शेपा.।

dl. 75 मृती याऽध्याय: 163

चन्द्रलग्नान्तरगतैर्ग्रहैः स्युरुपसूतिकाः । बहिरन्तथ चकार्द्े दृश्यादृश्येऽन्यथापरे॥७५॥ Sloka 75. The females attending on the woman in childbed are as many as there are planets between the rising sign and the Moon. Such of these as are in the visible hemisphere are without the lying-in-chamber. Those that are in the invisible portion represent the attendants in the interior of the lying,in-chamber. Others assert the contrary. NOTES. In the following example, there are 5 planets between the Lagna and the Moon We have therefore to predict that five were in attendance upon the woman. Of these 5, 4 are in the visible half of the zodiac Therefore we have to say that they were ouf- side the voom where the actual delivery tooh place and could be seen This is applicable only to females and not males. Merc Venus Sun

Jupiter Mars

Moon Saturn

Lagna

Note,-The earher slohas will indicate the presence of a male ittendant on the woman provided the following conditions are fulfilled - (1) Lagna with Saturn in it should be in opposition to the Sun. (2) The Sun in the Lagna should be m opposition to Saturn: (3) Mars in the Lagna sbould be in opposition to Saturn. (4+) Mars in the Lagna should be in opposition to the Sun. (5) The Sun in the Lagna should be in opposition to Mars.

161 जातहपारिजाते Adh. III

(6) Saturn in the Lagna should be in opposition to Mare. That is two of the three malefies should be in opposition, one in the Lagna and the other in the 7th.

गशितपविवरयुनमतुल्याः सूतिका नेथा.।

शशिलमानरभस्था पहतुल्य सूतिराथ वक्तष्या:। उद्गर्डेइ•यन्नरगा वालयाधकम्य दुश्येड्र्टे।। For visible m i iwsible portions of the Zodiac at any time

भागो एमदिये हे के आय कमे तपो सृति। घने एभ्यनु पेंश्ष दरत वृश्यानमुच्यंत । T he text gives the generally accepted rule for ascertaining the ictual numver of prsons present it the time of confinement Some authorites vew it otherwise, ti,, thil the number of persons within the lying in chamber should be guessed by the number of planets m the visible hemssphere, while the number without should be rechoned ly the number of planets in the m visıldle portion of the zodre ef. मीनिशेरा

हइये ईै 5+ यन्त रगा बाहामात्र अहेरद्श्येड्दे ।। Also शीवशमा उदयशह्तिमध्यसरपर्महे. स्युरपसूतिकालन।" उद्गर्दस्थर्याले दक्षिणगरन्तरे जेया. ।। Hhisyien is pol accepted by Virthumlur and thit is why he sand पsनयया (Paronsrtlri) on the slol z in the text ,. But when the Lagnr and the Moon ue mn one and the sune *houee, the number wisl be is stated mn wt (Chandrika) ii- यहीतो नगन उ निम्न ग्वु मधड्डिया। * Balthl ade i adds in Ins ERRH (Horiritna) लंप तर्दासपशर्ष या मारन्त स्युः सयामिग-। धनस्था व्ययगा पे व तावती सूतिका घदेन् ।

S1. 76 सृतायाउध्थाय: 165

• लग्ननवांशपतुल्यतनु: स्याद्वीर्ययुतग्रहतुल्यतनुर्वा। चन्द्रसमेतनवांशपवर्णः कादिविलग्नविभक्तभगान्नः ।७६।। Sloka 76. The native will correspond in mien to the lord of the rising Navamsa, or his appearance will be like that of the planet that has the greatest strength. His hue will be that of the lord of the Navamsa occu. pied by the Moon. His body and limbs will be com. mensurate in their proportions with the rising sign and other Rasis which are described as forming the head and other portions of arageu (Kalapurusha) [Vide Adhyaya I, slokas 8, 13 and 56, Snpra.] Short and long signs are thus deseribyd in Jatakaparı. jata 1-13 NOTES

Even Shout Short Eten

Shor1 Lven

Lsen Long

Fven Long Lonp Lonf

Remembering thal the Lagna represents the head, the 2nd house, the face. the 3rd, lhe neck, and co on, one can prediet whether the several parts ef the body are long or short, or dispro- portional, by the length, shoriness or otherwise of the signs typi- fying the particular part of the body as well as hy the planets - eccupying the partscular Rası, In lhe following example, Lagna being Mesha, a short sign, the native has 1 small head. The 3rd house is governed by Mithuna and must indicate a fairly long nech controlled by planets lherein, U,

166 नातकपारिजाले Adh. III

Sun indicating medium Mercury " Venua DD Moon and Saturn indicate long form or stiture and Mars short stature Sun Lagna I Mere Venus

Jupiter Mars

Moon Saturn

मf. मारावली सग्ननवभागतुत्या मूर्निबलस युताद्वहाद्वापि। नवभागादवणोक्त शशियोगात्तन्र सूतस ।। A1so -वरनिलर लग्नायनवमाशसी यादृत्वा सबलो ग्रह।

कन्टकुयोत्रनसाकपालहनवो वक्त्रं च होरादय- स्ते कण्ठांसकबाहुपार्श्वहृदयक्रोडानि नाभिस्तथा। चस्ति: शिश्रगुदे ततश् वृपणावूरू वतो जानुनी

Sloka 77. Tbe Lagn and other bhavas every one of which is divided into three parts (Drekkanas) re. present the three divisions of the body as detailed below: The first decanates of the Lagna and other houses indicate the head, the eves, the ears, the nostrils, the cheeks, the jaws and the mouth The second drek. kanas of the same twelve bhavas correspond to the neck

SI. 77 167

shoulders, the arms, the sides, the heart, the chest and the navel The third drekanas specify the pelvis, the organs of generation and the anus, the testicles, the thighs, the knees, the calves and the legs Of the two sides of the body, the left is sigaified by the drekkanas risen already 1. c, drekkanas of the signs in the visible hemisphere. Thus, the first drekkana of the rising sign is the head. The first drekkana of the 12th, the 11th, the 10th, the 9th and the 8th houses from the Lagna represent the eye, the ear, the nostril, the cheek and the jaw on the left side The first drekkanas of the 2nd, the 3rd, the 4th, the 5th and the 6th houses corres. pond to the eye, the car, ete., on the rignt side And the first drekkana of the 7th is the mouth

The 2nd drekkana of the Lagna indicates the neck. The left shoulder, left arms, left ribs, left side of the heart and the left side of the chest correspond to the Ind drekkanas of the 12th, the 11th, the 10th, the 9th and the 8th signs, respectively, from the Lagna The And decanate of the 7th sign is the navel, and so on.

NOTES

Left < Left > ..

Cheek Nos tril Ear Eye Heart Sıde Arm Shou 1der -

Jaw Head Chest II I agna I Lagna itidka Lagn Neck

Lagna 1st 2nd Decanate Eye Navel Drekkan Shou ... Mouth Ider

Jan Cheek Nos tril Chest Heart Sıde Arm

Rigbt 4 . Right < ...

168 जातकपारिज्ञान Adh III

Vote -If the first decinate of the Lagni happens to be ti t first decanate of the Rast, then the ususl order 1, II ind III is to be folloned If the hrst drcanate of the Lawna happens to br Left <

Knee Thịạh Testı cle Anus

Calf III Lagna Ratalt Pelvis Lager 3rd Drekl anr Gene riting orpan

Call Knec Testi cle Right / the 2nd decanate of the Rasi the order is 11, III and I. If the first decante of the Lagna is the last decanate of the Ris, the order is IIT I ind II. This is the meaning of ir (Uditint, drekkana bhagaihi),

शिरो हशै। वर्णनसापाला इनू तथास् प्रथमे दृगाणे। कण्ठासकर घाुयुग य पासं हग्फ्ोडनाम्प कधिना दवितीये।। बम्निसथा शिक्षपुदे ध मुष्कवूरुदय जानुयुग व नये। पाडी बृनीयेम्युदित दि धाम विलमतो दक्षिणमम्पदर्दम्। तस्मिन् पापयुते व्रणं शुभयुते दृष्टे च लक्ष्मादिशेव म्वक्षांश स्थिरसंयुते च सहजः स्ादन्यथागन्तुक: । मन्देश्मानिलजोऽभिशसतनिपजो भामे वुधे भूभवः सूर्ये काष्ठचतुष्पदेन हिमगौ शृंग्यव्जजोन्यै शुभम्।।७८।। Sloka. 78-When a drekkana is occupied by a malefic planet, there will be an ulcer or wound in the part of the body indicated by the drekkana. But when it is also occupied or aspected by a bonefic pla net, the astrologer should declare the existence of a spot

SI. 78 तर्तापोऽधयाप: 169

there. When the planet happens to be in its own Rasi or in conjunction with Saturn, the ulcer, wound or mark should have been in the portion of the body indi- cated from the very birth If the planet be in positions other than those described above, the ulcer, etc., will crop up later on. If Saturn be the planet to cause such ulcer, etc., it will be due to a hurt caused by a stone or some wind disease. If Mars be the planet destined to inflict an injury, it will arise from fire, a missile, poison or serpent bites. If Mercury be the malefic planet, the injury will arise by a fall on the ground from a height or by a blow received from a clod or some such earthy substance. If the Sun be the malefic planet, the injury will be inflicted by some piece of timber or a quadruped Lastly, if the Moon be the malign planet, the hurt will come from a horned ereature or by'liquids, such as acids. If other planets than these, viz., Jupiter, Venus, the waxing Moon and Mercury not in conjunction with malefic planets occupy a drekkana, there will be no mark or moles and the result would be all favourable. NOTES. fenragay (Stthira samyuteshu) has been interpreted as "in conjunction with Saturn " In the following nativity, all the

Lagna Ven 7° 25° Sun 25° Мer. 29°

Jupiter 25° Mars 23

Moon 19° Sat. 2I°

170 जातकपारिजारी Adh. III

malefics are in the invisible portion of the Zodiac. Therefore, if at all there should be marks or moles, they must be on the nght side of the hody. In the above figure, to determine the decanates of the various bhavas according to the principles laid down in Sloka 77, we proceed as follons -- Now Lagna is Mesha 25°. It is the 3rd decanate of Mesha. The first decanate of the Lagna rules from 25" of Mesha to 59 of Vrishabha. The 2nd tdecanate of the Lagna begins from 6° of Vrishabha. The 3rd hegins from 16° of Vrshabha and evtends to 25° of Vrishabha. As the Ist decanate of the Lagna happens to be ithe 3rd decanate of Mesha, Table IlI applies. Therefore the 1st decanate of the Lagna symbolises the pelvis. The 2nd decanate of the Lagna * happens to be the Ist decanate of Vnshabha, ordes being III, I and lI throughout; the first figure (I) apphies. Therefore the 2nd decanate of the Lagna symbolises the head. Similarly, the 3rd decanate of the Lagna (Ind decanate of Vrishabha) symbolises the neck (Fig. II), and so on with respect to lhe other bhavas, In the same horoscope, the order with respect to every bhava being III, I and Il the Sun's position represents the right shoulder; Satura, the right side, Mars, the right testicle; Mcon, the right side; Mercury, the right i sticle, Venus, the nght eye. Bhattotpala iterprets 4rgr (Stthira samyute) in the text as "in an immoveabie stgn or Navamsa " समनुपतिता यसिन् भागे त्रयः सचुधा ग्रहाः भवति नियमातसावासि शुभेप्वशुमेपु वा। ऋणकृदशुभ. पष्टो देहे तनोर्भसमाथित तिलकमसकृद्दष्ट: सम्पैर्युवथ्व सलक्ष्मधान् ॥७९।। Lluka 79. When four planets whereof Mercury should be one, come together in a decanate of a sign, - that part of the body indicated by the drekkana will invariably get an ulcer ot wound or some mark accord. ing as the plas ets ceming together are benefic or malefic. The part of the body fndicated by the ducenate crcupied

S1. 79 नृतायोऽध्याम: 171

by Venus (in case Venus becomes an ara Asubha) will have an ulcer, wound or mark. [This applies if Venus is alone.] If Venus be aspacted by benefics, a mole or mark will be caused. If he be in conjunction with beneftcs, the person will possess an auspicious mark in the portion of the body indicated.

NOTES. Venus becomes an ag4 (Asubha) if he be in combustion (that is within 5' fromm the Sun) or if he be weak in Navamss or be in immical house, etc. So ne bools read the 3rd quarter of the sloka thus' नगकरशुभ: पछ्ठे समातनी भममाश्रिने, The'translation will then be " A malefic planet in the 6th bhava from the Lagna brings on the ulcer or wound in that part of the body which the Rasi indicates.'. The reading ver & is better. qg here means the 6th planet or Venus. In the example given in the previous sloka, Venus is in a neutral house (Ha) less powerful than tagr (Swagriha) or (Ucheha). He is going to the operative conjunction-hence weak. He is in eaT (Satru navamsal. Hence he is an aara (Asubha). He will therefore cause a mark on the right eye. This 'sloka indicates permanent marks caused from birth. The time when the ulcers, etc, indicated as ahove occur will be during the Dasas and Antardasas as mentioned in Ch. VIII-s1.21 of Bnhat gataka. ef. जानक निलर. यदा ज्ञाद्यास्त्रयः खेटो: शुमा: कराव तेप्वापे। यो बली स्वदशायां से निष्ठत्वापे चगादिकृत्।। लग्नात् पंष्ठो नगस्तद्डणकच्याथ पछठ कम्। कालाङ्रीत्या यत्राक्के तन्र वा नदिधो नणः ।। शुभदष्ठस्तु पष्टोऽसी कुर्याद्वा तिलकं मशम्। लक्ष्मकृच्छुभयुक्तश्रेच्छु माश्राप्यत्र दुष्फाः ।। कालपूरुपतुल्येऽद्े यत्र स्यातां च संगता। चन्द्राकौं तत्र लक्ष्मापि मशकादमिहादिशेद।।

172 मातकपारियाते Adb. II1

वियोनिजन्मविज्ञानं निपेकोदयर्ज फलम्। जन्मकालपरिज्ञानं यत्तदाचार्यभापितम् ।।८०। इति नवग्रहकृपया वैद्यनाथनिरचिते जातकपारिजाते आधानजन्माध्यायस्वृतीय: ।। Slvka. 80 A knowledge of miscellaneous births, the effect due to conception under various lagna and planet. ary positions, the ascertainment of the time of birth of a child, all this has been treated of in this Chapter as declared by the भचाय वराहमिहिर (Acharya VarahamIhira). Thus ends the ard Adhyaya, on Conception and Birth in the work marqftard (Jatalaparijata) compiled by Vaidyanatha under the auspices of the nine planets.

जातकपारिजाते चतुर्थोऽध्यायः

॥ वालारिष्टाध्यायः ॥

Adhyaya IV.

DEATH INCIDENTAL TO CHILDHOOD.

In this Adhyaya, Slokas 17-18, 32 to 39 and 99 have been taken from Brıht Jrtakı

मात्रा च पित्रा कृतपापकर्मणा वालग्रहैर्नाशमुपैति चालकः ॥१। आद्ये चतुष्के जननीकृतायैर्मध्ये तु पित्रार्जितपापसङ्गै.। बालस्तदन्त्यासु चतुःशरत्सु स्वकीयदोपै समुपैति नाशम् ॥२॥ अष्टौ चालारिष्टमादौ नराणां योगारिंष्ट प्राह्ुराविंशति सात्। अल्पं चाद्वान्रिशतो मध्यमायुराससत्या: पूर्णमायुः शतान्तम् ॥३॥ Sloka 1. In the case of viviparous creatures, it is not possible to determine the period of life within the first twelve years. In consequence of the sinful acts of the parents (whether in this or in a previous birth), the child meets with destruction being seized by demons calied बालग्रह (Balagrahas). Sloka 2. If the child dies in the first 4 years, it 1s because of the mother's sins If in the middle 4 years, it is owing to the accumulated sins of the father. If it comes by its death in the last 4 years, it must be due to its own sins (in a previous birth). 178

174 भातकपारिजासे Adh. IV

Sloka 3 . The first 8 years in men's lives is the period of ante (Bahrishta-ilfs that afflict children). Till the 20th year, they say, It is the arrae (Yogari. shta) period (evil brought on by planetary conjunctions). It is called srrga (Alpiyus) or short life when the period extends up to 32. It is called megarga (Madhya mayus) or middle age when the period of life extends to 70 years. It is qirga (Purnayus) when the period of - life extends to 100 years. NOTES Mantreswara in whose nork Phaladecpika also (n"thfn) these three slokas ipperr wrbatim suggests in the following sloka th methods to be adopted for palliating the evil effests described. तहपशा-त्ये प्रतिजन्मतारमाद्वादुशाव्ई सपहोमपूर्वम्। आयुष्करे कर्म विधाय ताती पाऊ चिकि मादिमिरैष रक्षेष्।। Regarding the three divisions of Ayus mentioned in Sloka : he adds नरोदुूरपायु र्योंगे प्रयमभगणे नश्यति दाने. ्ितोये मध्यायुर्यदि भवति दरग्पायुपि सति। मृनीये निर्याण स्फु्जशानिगुर्ववंहिमगून् दर्शा भुक्तिं कषमपि वदाते निद्धित्व सुमातः ।। Fads also the following from पभ्मार्ग परागपर्यय प्वावे ररपमध्यचचिरायुपाम्। मरण निर्दिरोशरगा धनुर्थऽप्दमितायुपाम् ।। Also सवार्थचिन्नामि

सपहोमचिकृत्पाधैवोलरएरगं सु कारयेत्।।

अपरे रिष्ट गगाघ प्रिविया याजमृग्यव:। चिलम्नयावस्त्वापे देवमन्त्री विनाशारःफारिगते शशाद्े। चिलोकिते पापवियचरेण विभानुना मृत्युमुपेवि बालः ।।४।।

SI. 5-6 चतुयोडध्याय. 175

Sloka 4 Even Jupiter may occupy the Lagna ; but if the Moon be m the 8th, the 12th or the 6th bhiva and be aspected by the mlefic planet Rahu, the child meets with death. ef. वश्यप पछठापरि पगाक्न्द्र मरेश्र सह भाक्ित। जातस्य मृस्युद सघस्वष्टतप शुभेक्षित । गण्डान्ततारासहिते मृगाक्के पापेक्षिते पापसमन्यिते ना। बालो लयं याति समृत्युभागे चन्द्रे तथा पापनिरीक्षिते वा ॥५ ॥ Sloka 5 When the Moon is in the (Gandantha) mrarm portion of a Nalshatra aar and is aspected by. or in conjunction with, a milcfic planet the child meets with early death The same thing bappens when the Moon happens to be in the (Mutyu) y or fateful portions of the several Rasis (Vide Adhyaya I Sioha 57, supra) or is aspected by a malefic plinet, NOTES

गण्दान्ते पितृमानृह दिपुसग्तवविवदि दमापति।

सस्योमरगसे या सा री विर्धी पन्मेन्ट्मे प ृति।। Fer Grodantha (rzt ), vide Adhyayr 122 f, तार्ताचिकामोदरमातुनाथ मातामदी मातृपिता च चाल: । सूर्यादिक पश्चमधर्मयात, पुरसगराखु दवाः क्रमेण॥।६॥ Slok : 6 The fath r. the mother, the brother, the maternal unele, the rother's mother, the moth'r's father or the child stself will die soon when the 5th or the 9th (wra) Bhiva frem the Lagna bea (Krurirast) yrfh (male fic wgn) and etcupicd rerpeetreely ty thesun, the Meen,

176 जातकपारिजाते Adh IV

Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus or Saturn NOTES This is evidently taken from 4T"MS The reading in that work is slightly different t *,

सूयादिसेग खलु पसमत्ा निमन्ति मर्ने क्रमश मसूगै।

रसातलस्यौ यदि मानुचन्द्री शनिः सरस्यो मरणाय मातु। यदा यदा क्ररखगो निलमाव् अरातिग सोदरनाशहेतु ।। ७।। Sicka 7' When the Sun and the Moon are together in the 4th mra (Bhava) from the Lagna and Saturn is in the 7th, they all conspire to bring about the mothers death Wh'never a malignant planet is in the 6th ra ( Bhava), it may occasion a brother's death NOTES 'Fsrst half) ef T"PiT लग्नाच्रउुथम पापो यादे खाह्कवत्तर । तदा मानृवध कुर्यासरकेन्जे छपरो यदि ॥ (Lattsr half ) For the same effect i e, "rrtais, the folloning slola frem भावङुतूहल wil1 be found useful यदा पापसेधारिणो जन्नवारे धरानम्दनामनतभायारसहा ये। सदैवायु भाश मह्ोयस धीरा मणिभादय प्रास्ुरार्यमुखया ।। क्ररेक्षितौ चन्द्रनिलप्राशी सौम्यप्रहर्धीक्षणयोगहीनौ। केन्द्रच्युतो यद्यमरेशमन्त्री जातल माता समुपैति नाथम्।।८।। Sloka 8 If the rising sign and the Moon be aspect. ed by malefic planets and at the same time be not aspected by or connected with benfic ones, and if Jupiter be not in the Kendra, the mother of the new' born infant will die.

SI. 9-10 177

of. वृद्धगगजातक 1 चन्द्रमा यदि पापानां त्रितयेन अरइयत। मातृनाशो भवेसस गुभरष्टे छुभं मदेव ।। समानुजे शीतकरे विलग्नाव् दिवाकरे रिःफगृहोपयाते। धरासुते चन्धुगते तदानी विपद्यतेऽसौ जननी सगर्भा ।। ९ ।। Sloka 9. When the Moon is in conjunction with Saturn and the Sun is in the 1zth house from the Lagna and Mars in the 4th, the mother perishes with the child. विलमचन्द्रौ शुमदृग्विहीनावशोभनव्योभचरान्तरस्थौ। चिनाशमेति प्रमदा सगर्भा वदन्ति सर्वे युगपत् पृथग्वा ॥१०।। Slokz 10. If the rising sign and the Moon be devoid of benefic aspects and be betwixt two malefic planets, the young woman and her child die together or separately, say all the astrologers NOTES Lagna or the Moon to be in the midst of two malehics should be within a distance of 5° on either sido. Sat. 13- Lagna 9' Mars 5' Moon 2° Sun 29' Merc. 20° Venus 16° An exampla.

Jupiter 6°

नf. साराबल्ी करान्तस्य: सूर्यश्रन्दों या युगपदेव सरणाय।

178 जातकपगरजाते Adh IV

सौम्पैरदृष्टमूर्तियुंचर्ताना गर्भसहितानाम्। अन लगनेन्दू परपान्त स्थौ शेपरी इवि बराह। तद्यथा पापद्वयमध्यसस्थिती लग्नेन्द न च सौम्पवीक्षिता। युगपस्पृथगेव वा बदेसारी गर्भयुता विषद्यवे।। Also गुणावर कूरान्तस्थौ युगपत्पृथग्वा विएगचन्द्रा भवनो निपेके। शुभग्रहालोकनवनिती घेतू तदा सगभन बिपचने खो। पष्ठावसानाष्टमभानगपे करेपु सौम्यग्रहवर्जितेपु। पापान्तरस्थे भृगुजे गुरौ या नारी सपुना म्रियते तु सद्यः ॥ ११ ॥ Sloka IT When mlefic planets occupy the 6th, the 8th and the 12th wra (Bhava) from the Lagna and are not in conjunction with benefic planets, and when Venus or Jupiter is between two malefic plinets, the Iying in woman and her child die fotthwith. लग्नास्तयाती यदि पापखेचरौ

शस्त्रेण मृत्युं समुपैति गर्मिणी मासाधियो नि्टकुरो यदा भोत् ॥१२ ।। Sloka 12. When the lord of a month of advanced pregnancy is malefic and evil planets occupy the Lagna and the 7th wz (3hava) b.ing neither in conjunction with benefic planets, nor asrected by them, the pregnant woman meets with d'ath in consequence of in operation 1 NOTES /. बुहज्जान र- उम्यासतगयो कुजार्कयानिधन रास्त्रकृत वहेतथा । मासाधिपती निपाडित नरकाए सपण समादिदेश् ॥। If it be lefore 7 monthe the deith is by mn abortion and the after effects of abortion The month of death of a pregnant woman can be easily determined in the following manner The severat

SI 13-15 179

planets ruling over the ten months (in embryo) are given in the 17th sloha inf a. Whichever planet is weakest will cause the death of the r oman in his month The day also mry be similirly determined is per sloka 39 njra. चन्द्राच्तुर्थोपगतैरसल्नििर्ना नस्ितेः शोभनदष्टयुक्तः। व्यापारगैर्वा यदि वामरेशो जातस माता निधनं प्रयाति ॥१३॥ Sloka 13. When evil planets occupy the 4th place from the Moon and ire not aspreted by or in conjunc. tion with benefic planets, the mother of the new born child will die The sime event hipens.whn evil planets occupy the 10th place from the Momn ind the Sun is among them

मानम्यने दो गनहारतफ is another retding in the 2nd quirter of NOTES

शुक्राद्रवौ निक्रमगे चलाढेये मन्देक्षिते मन्दसमन्निते वा। the sioka

क्षीणे शखाङ्के यदि वा सपापे माता सपुना त्रियतेऽचिरेण ।। १४।। Stoka 14 When the Sun possessing abundant strength occupies the 3rd place from Venus and 18 aspected by er is in conjunction with Saturn, and the Moon is either on the wane or in conjunction with a malefic planet the mother and her child die quickly लग्नादिने वाष्टमगे धराजे पापेक्षिते सौम्यद्शा निहीने। ताराधिपे वृद्धिकलानिहीने माता कृतान्तस पद समेति ।।१५ ।। Sloka 15 When the Sun or Mars occupies the 8th place from the Lagna, and the Moon is on the wane and is aspocted by malefic planets, and is void of bencfic aspects, the mother will die शुक्रात्कुजेऽहनि तप:सुतराशियाते चन्द्रात् तिकोणगृहगे रविजे रजन्याम्।

178 जात कंपािजाते Adh. IV

साम्यैरद्ष्टमूर्तिर्युवतीनां गर्भसहिनानाम्।9 अत्र लेग्नेन्दू पापान्तस्यौ नेशी इसे वराहः। तद्यपा पापद्यमध्यसस्थिती लग्नेन्दू न च सौम्पयीक्षित।। युगपरपृथगेव या यदेवारी गर्भयुता विपद्यते।। Also गुणकर फ्रूरान्तस्थो युगपत्प्ृथग्वा विएग्नचन्द्री भवतो निपेके। घुभग्रहालोकनवर्जितौ चेवू तदा सगभव विनयने रो ॥। पष्ठावसानाष्टमभावगपु करेपु सौम्यग्रह्वर्जितपु। पापान्तरसथे भृगुजे सुरौ वा नारी सपुत्रा म्रियते तु सद्यः ॥ ११ ॥ Sloka 1I "When malefic planets occupy the 6th, the 8th and the 12th wa (Bhava) from the Lagna and are not in conjunction with benefie planets, and when Venus or Jupiter 15 between two malefic plinets, the Iying.in woman and her child die forth with. लग्नास्तयातौ यदि पापखेचरो

शस्त्रेण मृत्युं समुपति गर्भिणी मासाधिपो-निष्टकरो यदा भवेत् ॥ १२ ॥। Sloka 12. When the lord of a month of advanced pregnancy is malefic and evil planets occupy the Lagna and the 7th ma (Shava) being neither in conjunction with benefic planets, nor aspected by them, the pregnant woman meets with death in consequence of an operation. NOTES दृहन्जान- उदयास्गयो. वुआनदोनिंधन सहतकृत पहेचया। मासाधिपता निपाछित तहाए सचण समादिशेय। If it be before 7 menths, the deith is uy an rbornon and the after effects of abortion The month of deith of a pregnant woman can be eastls determined in the following manber The several

SI. 19-15 179

planets ruling over the ten months (in cmbryo) are given in the 17th sioka inf a. Whichever planet is wekest will cause the death of the r oman in his month The dry also mry be sımilirly determined is per rloka 39 njva. चन्द्राच्यतुर्थोपगतर सन्धिर्गा नस्थितेः शोभनद्एयुक्तः। व्यापारगैर्ना यदि बासरेशो जातसय माता निधनं प्रयाति ।।१३।। Sloka 13. When evil planets occupy the 4th place from the Moon and ire not aspect'd by or in ronjunc. tion with benefie planets, the mother of the new born child will die The same event hipoens.wh'n evil planets occupy the 10ch place from the Mo m ind the Sun is among them

aa Is another reiding in the 2nd quarter of NOTCS

the sloka शुक्राद्रवौ निकमगे चलाढये मन्देक्षिते मन्दसमन्त्रिते वा। क्षीणे शशाक्के यदि वा सपापे माता सपुत्रा त्रियतेऽचिरेण ॥ १४॥। Sloki 14 When the Sun possessing abundant strength occupies the 3rd place from Venus and 1s aspected by er is in conjunction with Saturn, and the Moon is either on the wane or in conjunction with a malefic planet the mother and her child die quickly लग्नादिने वाष्टमगे धराजे पापेक्षिते साम्यद्दशा िहीने। ताराधिपे वृद्धिकलाविहीने माता कृनान्तस्य पद समेति ॥१५॥ Stoka 15 When the Sun or Mars occupies the 8th place from the Lagna, and the Moon is on the wane and 18 aspected by milefic planets, and is void of benefic aspects, the mother will die. शुक्ात्कुजेऽहनि तप:सुतराश्नियाते चन्द्रात् त्रिकोणगृहगे रविजे रजन्याम्।

180 जातडपारिजाते Adh. IV

पापेक्षिते च शुमयोगद्या विहीने नाशं समेति जननी बिचले शश्ाक्के॥ १६ ।। Sloka 16 lf Mars occupy the Sth or the 5th place from Venus during the day, if Saturn occupy the same position with respect to the Moon during tbe night and tbe Moon be weak and aspected by milefic planets and devoid of all benefic aspacts, the mother meets with death. NOTES. e. गुगांवर मातुम्हतें दिनका: सखर्ळ विघो: से शुद्धारकरो/ति तनवे शनिदष्टयुक्त:। रासी प्रिभेणगृह्गो रविजः वशाद्काद कुर्याद्मुगोस्त कुसुतोऽद्ि सलेक्षिवशरद् । A1so सारावली धरन्द्राद् विशेणराशी रविजो मानुवंर्ध दिवति राया। सुफातयव दिवसे मौम: पापेन सरर ।। मन्थान्वर निशि चन्द्राव त्िशेणस्ये मन्दे पापनिरीक्षिते। दिवा शुकात्तया भामे जन्नी सियते घत्म्॥ But according to Garga, if Mars and Saturn be in the 5th or the 9th house from Venus and uuaspected by Jupiter and Venus, the child does not promote the well-being of the father. भौमसूर्परमजी शुकारसुतमे धर्मभघि वा। मेकक्षितो गुरमुकामपा नेक्षते पितर शिद्ु: ।

सितकुजजीव सूर्यचन्द्रार्कियुघाः परतः। उदयपचन्द्रसूर्यनाथा। क्रमशो गदिता: भवीि शुमाशुभं च मासाधिपते: सदयम् ॥ १७॥ Sloka 17. From the time of conception of the

SI. 17 181

embryo to the time of delivary of the child from the womb in the 10th month, there are several stages of development In the ist month the semen will be in a liquid state still and the lord of the month is Venus During the 2nd month, the embrvo hardens and becomes more solid, and the lord of the month is Mirs The lord of, the ard month during wuch the limbs sprout up is Jupiter. In the 4th month, the bone is formed and the Sun is the lord In the 5th, the skin appears and the lord of the month is the Moon. In th: 6th month the hur begins to grow The Iord of the month is Saturn In the 7th month whereof the lord is M.reury, consciousness appeirs The lords of the remuning thre: months vit, the 8th the 9th and the 10th during which the fetus beco nes pilpib'e feals thirst and hunger, draws sustem ce fro n the mother through the umor'icil - cord moves about (snakes) and be.om's fu for d.li- very-the lords during th'se months are respactively the loid of the (Adhan Ligna) anrama, the Moon and the Sun The good or evil happening to the child during each month is dependent on the condition of its lord; i.e if the lord of the month is strong and occupies benefic positions, the child is happy, if the lord of the month is weak, in its depression sign,conquered in planetary fights and troubled, the child suffers and there will be miscarriage, etc NOTES Jupiter is the planet that gives brain and bead in tne 3rd month The Sun rules the 4th month as he governs the bones. That is why after three months miscarriage is not possible. If, at the time of conception, the Sun is strong, the issue will resemble the father If the Moon is strong, tbe issue will resemble the

182 आातक पारि जाते Adh, IV

mother If any planet at the time of conception be weak, then the fetus will suffer in health in the month governed by that planet. गुणाकर 4

सारणमसनोद्वेगो सूतिकमेण निपेर्व । मितकुनगुर बमेन्दार्रिज्वरभपतीन्दवो रविरिति पृथट्मासाधीशा समृता ययनादिभि । Also मागरजी मासेध्या वानादिपु गर्भम्य वधाक्मेण जायन्ने। सपसु म टिलाणेड F शाखा स्थित्वमोमचेतनता ॥। मासेऽ2्मे घ सृष्णा सुधा च नयमे तथोद्वग 1 दशमे रवथ सपृग पद्यामेत्र फल पतति गर्भ ।। शुकार जीवरविशन मरियुधिलप्रपोहु गदित्या:। मासपतय र्युपेतर्गभस्य गुमाशुभ सिम्त्यम् म According to Yavanacharya the lords of the first and second months are Mars and Venus respectively for he eays कु मास्फुमिझ्ली नरवीन्दुसारपशाद एग्नेन्ट्दियकुराणाम्। मासाधिपत्यप्रभवो न घैवा यो पथा तग्रट्यद्यनन्ति। Vasishta holda the former vien of सिता व ने यामरपूज्पसूर्य चन्द्रमाफेसो म्योड यपेन्दुसूर्या। मासाधिया स्यु कमशो दबाते तिपोटितो शशपति स्वमासि ।। Balabhsdra says with regird to the above tno contradictory Views

यहुसमतत्वात् घसिष्ठाकरक्ष एव प्रमाणमू। तथा घ गग कलळ प्रथमे माससि तल नासाधिपा भृतु। द्वितीये मासि भुमूनुर्गभापगाक्ष नोजयद्। गर्भाककुरस्तृ नीये स्याततस्व मासाधिपोडनिर । मन्ास्थिस भग्े मासि वपुर्थ भाम्करी चिप ।। पख्ने मासि से मेदस्वचम्पनााप राभन। सवोङ्गसभव पष्टे ससय मासाधिप शनि ।

sl. 18 चतुर्थो Sदाय 183

ज्ञानेन्द्रिययुत पश्चाससमे रवीश्वरो सुध । आधानिशोऽषमे मासि क्षुरष्णासभवो मवेत् ॥ उर्ध्धगो गर्भसस्थक्ष मासेशी नवमे शक्षी। प्रसूनिदशमे मासि मासेशो भार्करो मतः ॥ यस्य मासाधिपो रिक्त्ती बीचो चाडरागतोपि था। *तर्म्मिन्वार्मक्षय याति प्रसरोऽय भविष्पति। शशाङ्कलग्नोपगतैः शुभग्रहैस्त्रिकोणजायार्थसुखास्पदस्थितैः । तृतीयलाभर्क्षगतैरशोभनैः सुग्ी च गर्भो गुरुणा निरीक्षितः ।।१८।। Sloka 18 If beneftcs occupy the Lagna or be in conjutction with the Moon and be aspected by Jupiter and the malefics occupy the 3rd and the 1lth, safe delt very is assured If brnefies occupy any of the following houses, viz., the 5th, the Oth the 7th the 2nd, the 4th and the 10th, reckoned from either the Moon or the Lagna and be at the sime time aspected by Jupiter, then . also safe delivery may be predicted NOTES Some books read <fnl frIfta (Ravina Nireekshttaha) There are two distinct yoga in this sloka as stated above The commentator Bhattotpala do s not however accept the reading given in the text but would bave the other reading and would interpret it thus When henefic planets are in the rising sign or in conjunction with the Moon, or occupy one or more of the following places vis , the 5th, the 9th, the 7th the 2nd, the 4th and the 10th and when the malefic planets are in the 3rd or the 11th or in both, the fetus is happy if tbe Moon or the rising sign in the positions described be aspected by the Sun He quotes in supporr ine Tohowing rrom erey

पॉपस्तलाभयावै सुसदी य गर्भो निरीक्षितो रविणा॥ This is further supported by the following sloka from gurnr लग्नेन्दुभ्या वित्तकेन्द्रनिगण प्रासे साम्यस्त्रयाययातैश्च पॉप । गर्भ सौरयेनान्वित स्पानदानी चीर्योंपेतस्वोप्णरभ्मेश्र दहना।।

184 * जातकपारिजाते Adh IV

But the other reading is supported by the following works! स्वन् ददोरा समीपियन्निरणाङ एग्न या विहगै शुमै ।

अथना सुतभाग्पर्स्षकर्मार्यमदनसस्थित । सौम्पे आाग्वत् स्यिते पुष तथा गर्भस्य निर्दिशेत्।। Also यृहत्माजापत्य सक्षीण इन्दी तेनैव युप्तयोदुधयुरयो। एग्नेडय रेन्युनानेन साभ्यामपि समन्तिते॥

तस्पिनानथवा सधैसस्यतोार्थयन्धुपु। अविद्वितो्दरभाशाया तयोवा ससमे गुददे।

आवस्वव्राहित गर्भ सपुष्णीपादनुकमाव।। In the light of the above quotations gwr PYfnr (Guruna Nireekishithaha) would appear to be the original and correet read- ing and atarr (Ravin Mireelshithaha) must be an Inter polation in Varabamihira s work and mast have heen follored xbg later authors libe aam457 (halyanavarman) ard EmFt (Gora kara) Varahamibira has used aia (asohhanaihi)-44a (Papa kaihi) is another reading-nhich means more than two malefics 1 e, three or more Rahu and Ketu are not reckoned as forming patt of the talefics in this yoga, for, at the end of the fatnte.n4 (Nisheladbyaya Skanda has said पुने सप्तसुतिश्ान्ता योगा सरपे मयोडिता । सेराम्र नेतरापेक्षा क चाइत्य त्रधारय । The three malefics can therefore he none other than the Sun. Mars and Saturn व्ययस्थिते के ससुते विलमनादपि क्षपेन्दी मदनोपयाते। पितुर्नियोगं प्रनदन्ति सद शुभेक्षिते तु निभिरव्दमानैः ॥१९॥ Sloku 19 When the Sun and Saturn occupy the 12th place from the Lagna, and the waning Moon, the

SI. 20-21 चतुर्या उप्याय: 185

7th place, they predict the loss of the father quickly. In case the Moon is aspected by benefic planets, this event takes place in 3 years. चरोपगे चन्द्रमसि क्षपायां बुधेक्षिने दूरादशं प्रयाता। चरे शनौ भानुयुते, निशायां विदेशगो याति पिता विनाशम् ।।२०।। " Sloka 20. If the birth takes place at night when the Moon occupies a moveable sign, being aspected by Mercury, the father of the new born child has to go on a journey to a far region. If Saturn and the Sun occupy a moveable sign at the time of birth in question, the father goes to a' foreign country and there meets with 'death. NOTES. .. For the latter half, cf. शुकजातक सू्यमन्दर चरक्षस्थी भौमेन युवत्राितौ। परंदशेजप वा तस्य मृतो वाच्यो विनिश्रयास्।। · Also सारावली चरराशिगत सौरं यदर्को रात्रिजन्मगीश्ेत । अग्रापि विदेशस्थ कथयति पितर पसूतस्य ।। . रधिरसद्वितस्तु सौरख्वरभवन रात्रिज्ञन्मनिरतरय । कथयति पितरमतीत परदेशे नात्र संदेहः । Vide also III -- 47 Sufra. क्षीण शशिन्युदयगे यदि कण्टकस्थ: पापोऽथ वा निधनगो सियते तु वाल: ।

सौम्यैः कृतान्तनगरं समुपैति मासाद् ॥ २१। Sloka 21. When the waning Moon occupies the rising sign and a malefic planet is in the aez (Kendra) or in the 8th place from the Lagna, the child dies. If bene- fic planets occupy the 8th or the 6th from' the Lagna 24

186 जातकपारिजाे Adh. IV

and be aspected by malefic ones, the child goes to Yama's city in a wonth. cf. सारावली. क्षीणे शशिनि विले पापः केन्द्रेपु मृत्युस्यैर्वा । भवति विपत्तिरवश्यं यतनाधिपतेर्मत चैतन् ।। क्षीणे शशिनि विलमे कण्टकनिघनाश्रितैस्तया पॉपः । सौम्यादृष्टे मृत्यु: सद्यः सत्यस्य निर्देशः ॥ सौम्याः पष्ठाष्टमगा: पापैर्वकोपसन्ञनदा:। मासेन मृत्युदास्ते यदि न शुभैस्तत्र सदष्टाः ।। Also यवनजातक सप्तमस्पो भूमिपुत्रो लगने भर्वत चन्द्रमाः । आत्मानं पिनरं हन्ति मातरं च न संायः ।। सपमे च यदा राहुमूती भवति चन्द्रमाः । वर्षेचतुर्ये मरणं जातस्य न न संशयः ।। अष्टमे द्वादशे जीवः लमे भवति चन्द्रमाः । अष्टमे मङगलक्षेत्र स याति थममन्दिरम् ॥। एकत्र मन्दावनिनन्दनार्का रन्धस्थिता वा रिपुराशियाता:। सौम्पैरयुक्ता न विलोकितासते जातस सधो मरणप्रदाः स्युः ।२२॥ Stoka 22. Saturn, Mars and the Sun being together in the 8th or the 6th house from the Lagna and being neither in conjunetion with benefie planets, nor aspecte ed by them, bring about the death of the new-born child at once. चन्द्रांशे संप्रमें भैम सौम्यद्दाष्टेविवाजते। सप्तसपततितारायामुपैति मरणं शिशः ॥।२३॥। Sloka 23. When Mars occupies a Navamsa owned by the Moon in the 7th place from the Lagna, and is

S1. 24-27 187

not aspected by benefic planets, the death of the new born child happens on the coming of the 77th Nakshatra (from the star of the nativity). मन्दावनिजमार्तण्डैः पुत्रस्थानसमन्त्रितैः । सप्तसप्ततिनक्षत्रे जातस्य मरणं वदेव ॥ २४॥ Sloka 24. When Saturn, Mars and the Sun occupy the 5th place from the Lagna, the astrologer my predict the death of the new-born infant upon the coming of the 77th star reckoned from that of the nativity. धरासुते चन्द्रनवांशकस्थे लगांशके वा न च जीवटऐट। सुघाकरे नन्दनराशियाते समेति याम्यं पदमाशु बालः ॥२५॥ Sloka 25. When Mars is in a Navamsa owned by 7 the Moon or the rising sign, and is not aspected by Jupiter and when the Moon is in the 5th place from the Lagna, the child dies quickly. नीचं गते लग्नपतौ चिलग्नात् नाशं गते वा राधिजे तथाऽस्ते। जातो मृतप्रायकलेवरः सन् कृच्छण वैवस्वतलोकमेति ॥२६॥ Sloka 26. When the lord of the rising sign is in his depression, and when Saturn is in the Sth or 7th house from the Lagna, the child almost still.born' dies after much suffering. of. शुरजातनः विलसाविपतौ नीचे निघने चार्कजो मवेतें।. कृच्छेग जीवितं विद्यादणमायो विनश्यति ॥ आपोक्किमस्थानगता नभोगा विधूतचीर्या यदि भानुमुख्याः । मासद्वयं तस्य ऋतुत्रयं वा जातस्य चायु: कथयन्ति, वज्ज्ाः ।।२७।। Slota 27. When the Sun and other planets occupy the आपो कम (Apoklima) places (3rd, 6th, Sth, 12th) and

.

188 बातरपारिजाते Adh. IV

are strength-less, the life of the child, say those that Lnow the science of astrology, is either a couple of months or six months cf गुकनातक आपोहिमे म्थिता सने अहा बलविवर्निना। पण्मास वा द्विमास वा तस्यायु समुदाहनम ।। लग्नारिरन्ध्रव्ययगे शशाङ्े पापेन दष्टे गुमदृष्टिहीने। केन्द्रेषु सौम्पग्र हवरजितेपु प्राणैर्वियोगं नजति प्रजातः ॥ २८॥। Sloka 28 When the Moon occupies the rising sign, the 6th the 8th or the 12th place from it, and is aspected by a malefic planet, but has no benefic aspect and when the Kendra places are unoccupied by benefie planets, the new born infant will die NOTES 2 his sloba appears to have been taken from nitrret (Saravali) In that work the first half reads thus व्ययाष्टरपष्ठोदयगे सशाक्के पापेन युक्त्त शुभदष्टिहीने। अयाष्टमसाइयणे is another reading Vrdr also sloka 34 mfra. सौरे मदस्ये यदि वा चिलमे जलोदपेऽबजे यदि कीटगे वा। सौम्येपु केन्द्रोपगतेषु सदयो जातस्य नाशो यरनोपदिष्टः ।।२९।। $Sloka 29 When Saturn occupies the 7th place from the Lagna, or is in the Lagna itself, and when the rising sign 15 a watery one and the Moon occupies the Lagna or gfre (Vrischila) and when benefic planets are in the Kendras, the Yavanas say that the now born child will die quickly भौमक्षेत्रगते जीवे नोचराशिगतेऽथवा। सन्ध्यानये च संजातो मासान्मृत्युमपैति सः ॥ ३०॥ Sloka 30 When Jupiter occupies a tifr ( Rasi) owned by Mars or is in his depression and when the

SI. 91-32 189

birth takes place precisely in any one of the 3 Sandhyas, 1. c., the point of junction between night and day, day and night or mid.day, the child will die in a month. of. सर्वार्थचिन्तामणि नीचस्थे देवपूज्ये तु भौमक्षेत्रगतेऽथवा । सन्धित्रयेदपि जातस्तु मासान्मृत्यु प्रयकछति॥ रन्धे धरासूतुदिनेशसौरा जातस्तु मृत्युं समुपैति मासाद्। केतुस्तु यसिनदितेऽत्र जातो मासदयेनव यमं प्रयाति ॥३१॥। Sloka 31 If Mars, the Sun and Saturn occupy the 8th house from the Lagna, the new born child will die' in a month. If Ketu occupies the Lagna, the child will pass off in 2 months. /. सारावरी भौमदिवाकर सारक्छिद्रे जातर भौमगृहे। त्रियसेड्यश्य स नरी यमकृतरक्षो-पि मासेन।। केतुर्यस्तिनृक्षेभ्युदितरुम्मिन् प्रसूपते यो हि। मासदयेन गरण विनिरदिशेरस्य जातसय ।। पापावुद्यास्तगतौ करेण युतथ् शशी। दष्टथ शुर्भैन यदा मृत्युश्र भवेदचिरात् ॥३२।। Sloka 32. If two malefic planets occupy one the Lagna and the other the 7th place from it, and if the Moon be in conjunction with a malignant planet and be not aspected by benefic ones, the death of the new.born child will soon happen. NOTES. If one malefic in the Lagna be in epposition with another "malefic in the 7th bhava ard ibe Moon is in conjunction with a malefic umspected by Lenefics, it will lead to death. The word a (Krura) may mean Mars only. If the Moon be with Mars while the Sun and Saturn are in opposition in the Ist and the 7th bouses, then it will Le iniight.

190 जात रुपाररिजावे Adh. IV

Moon Moon Mars Saturn

Sun Lagua Mars

[Venus] Ligna San Merc Saturn Venus Merc.

Jupiter Jupiter

e/. मारावली दनगतेडकें लग्ने पमे कुले वा विपर्यय वाापि। अन्यतरयुते वेन्दावशुमैरटेटचिरान्मृवयु ।1 Also स्कन्दहोरा यदा लग्जगत पापम्तयेवासगरतो-पर। फरयुक्कश्व चन्द्रश्रेच्ुभट्ष्टया च वजिंत: ।। तदा जातस्य सद्. स्वान्मरण मान्यया भवेत्। ्षाणे हिमगौ व्ययगे पॉपैरुदयाष्टमगैः । केन्द्रेपु शुभाश् न चेत् क्षिप्रं निधनं प्रयदेव्॥ ३३ ।। Sloka 33. If the wining Moon occupy the 12th place from the Lagna and all the malefic planets be in the Lagna and the 8th place from it, and the benefte ones be not in the Kendras, the astrologer may predict the death of the new-born child at once. NOTLS When the waning Moon is talhed of as being in the 12th house, then the Sun must be in the Lagna Therefore two malefics in the first and one in the 8th, or all the three malefcs in the Lagna are possible Three malefics rising in the Lagna at twilight time is bad fer nfe Two malefics in the Lagha in quincunx aspect with a malefic in the 8th house or the Sun nising in the Lagna in

SI. 94 101

quincuox aspest to ino milchics in the 8th hosse in conjunction r also bad

Moon Lagn: Mercury Sun Venus Jupiter

Mfars Siturn

८/. सारावणी दोरानिधनानगत पाप: सीणे व्ययस्थिते चन्ने। जातस्यव भयेम्मरणं मरा. येग्द्रेपु धेदशुभा. ।

क्षीणे चन्दे व्यगगते परपेरषमलग्नम. । येन्द्रयाह्यगतः माग्पिनतस् निधन गयेत् ॥ ऋ्रेण संयुतः यशी सरान्त्यमृत्युलग्नगः । कष्टका द्रहिः शुभैरनीशितथ मृत्युदः ॥३४॥ Sloka 34. When the Moon in conjunction with a malefic planet occupies the rising sign, the 8th, the 7th or the 12th place from it, ind be not aspected by benefic planets, these latter being in posstions other than the Kendras, the death of the new born infant will happen qutckly. NOTFS itnge wrait is'another reading. Cf. the sloka quoted from BRR- (Saravali) in the notes to sioha 28, sntra,

192 जातकपरजाते Adb. IV

Also स्वन्दहोरा इन्दु पापेन सयुत्तो मदरन्धान्त्यलरतग.। अकेन्द्रस्थेपु सागेयपु तैरहषथ मृत्युद. ॥ The word t (Krura) may mean Mars who unfailingly causes death, and as he is one of the planets governing childhood in the TaMTar (Naisargika dasa) Then the Moon in conjunction with Mars in the 12th or the Lagna will mean that the Moon is just risen or rising Note that the Moon in the 12th 1st, 7th and 8th houses is bad (Vide Brhat Jataka XX-4 & 5) The Moon in the 1st, 7th, 8th or 12th, that is, the rising or setting position for Moon in conjunction with Mars is bad when benefics are not in angular positions This is also the western principle शशिन्यरिविनाशगे निघनमाशु पापेक्षिते छुमैरथ समा्टकं दलमतथ मिश्रेक्षिते। असद्धिरवलोकिते चलिभिरत्र मासं शुभे करुत्रसहिते च पापविजिते विलननाधिये।। ३५॥। Sloka 35, When the Moon occupies the 6th or the 8th place from the Lagna and is aspected by malig' nant planets, the death of the new born infant follows quickly. If the Moon in the position described be as pected by benefic planets the child will live 8 years If aspected by benefic and malefte planets mixed together, it wifl five oniy 4 vears If the lord of the lagna be benefie and in the 7th in opzrating conjunction with a malefic and in affliction with three malefics, then the child dies in a month NorES. The Moon In the 6th or 8th 1s generally bad {Vide Brihst jataka Chapter XX) If sha is also afflicted in opposition by th Sun, Mars ard Saturn (malefics beco-ning oriental), it is bad fo hife When such Moon is m oppctition with benefics (all the three!

SI. 35. चतुर्यो:प्याय: 193

it is bad for life before 8th year. According to the Naisargika Dasa, it is Mercury that governs the period from the 4th to the 12th year of a child. When the Moon is in opposition with malefics and benefics it will shorten the life by 4 years. In the above, if the combination be of- (1) three benefics and I malefic, the child will live 7 vears; (2) three benefics and 2 malefics, the child will'live 5 years; (3) one benefic and 3 malefics, the child will live 1 year, (4) two benefics and 3 malefics, the child will live 2 years मारावली- वर्यान्मासयति शशी पठ्ठाष्टमराश्िसंस्थिती लग्नात्। • सद: करईष्टः सौम्पेरवदाष्टकासैव।। अशुभशुमै: सदृष्टे वर्पचतुष्केण निदिशादन्तम्। अनुपातः कर्तव्यः प्रोक्तादूनैमरहैदटे। Latter half As interpreted by me t. fu वएनसहिते विलमानिपे शुभे पाप्विनिते मति (Kalathrasahithe Vilagnadhipe Subhe papavijithe sathi), the fol- lowing is an example - Lagna Sun Mercury Venus

Mars Mars may be in Kumbha, Meena or Mıthuna. Jupiter and Saturn are in the same degree

Jupiter Saturn

The lord of the Lagna, t.e., Jupiter is in the 7th in operating conjunction with Saturn, a malefic He is further afflicted hy 3 malefics, v1z, Mars, Sun, and Mercury (who should be considered as a malefic when in conjunction with a malefic planet). The ruler of the Lagna, (the benefic Jupiter in this case) is setting in the 7th house in operating conjunction with a malefic while it is in 25

194 Adh IV

aßichiop with three other malefice which we rising. This will lead to death withmn a month

Jupiter

Lagna Sun Another Mere Moon evample Sat Venur

Mars

N. B .- In these two cases Mercury <bould be taken as a malehe as otherwyte the yoga will not be complete The commentator Bhaltolpala savs in connection with this sloka - "अथादिय पष्ठाष्टमस्थे धन्द्रमसि न फेनचिनुटश्यमाने विष्योगाभाव । इरदरमा पने पहाष्टमस्य माम्यक्षेत्रगतो मवलयक्रा पापसेनगत सौम्वयुत्तो भनति सदा न गरणमद। That is if the Meon in the 6th or the 8th place be not aspeet ed by any planet the child will not de Agam, nhen the Moon in the 6th or the 8th bhav happeas to be in a house owned by a benehic planet, or, being in a Risi of a matefie planet be at the same time mn conjunetion tyith benefic ones then too, the childd will not die In support of the above bequotes from Yavanes wara the follow ing sloka- एमाच्जगी मेधन गोडयुभसें परेड्यवा पापनिराक्षितश्र ।

He alco adds that the Moon in the 6th or the 8th house fro" the Lagoa and aspected by planets whether benefic or malefic does not cause death to the native when the birth happens to be in the day tme dunms te dark half of i wopth, or in the nght time during the br ght half ef a month (/ ajars gorfsvyrt etr Btihat Jataka Clapter \ill Stoki & ) and quotes in suppert cf this the follon ing stol yl\ 75) trom Mandars ts (nma) petl

SI 35 195

पसषें सिते भवति जन्म यदि कापाया कृष्णेथवाहनि गुमाशुमदर्ष्टमूर्ति। त चन्द्रमा रिपुधिनाशगतोऽपी नूनमापासु रक्षाती पिवेव शिशु न हान्ति। Ihe commentntor ulde-"अअम्मिसेव पष्ेष्टमे या स्थाने शुभे साम्यप्रहे स्थिते ताम्मिश्र वार्ययुन पापरेष्ट जातस्य मास स्थितिर्जीवित वच्तष्यगू। ततो मरणमिति अन निदिष्टयोगस्ये चन्द्रमसि शुभव्षे रिष्टयोगाभाव। यस्तादे नैव म्वन्पनातके उत्तम्। दशियतसा्या पापियेक्रिमिरवलोककिता न शुभटषा। मासेन मरणत स्यु पापजिती लक्षपश्राले।। Also गाकहोरा क्षीणेन्दी रिपुरणान्पे सद्य पापेक्षिते मृति। स्पासप्रजातस यालस्य मुभदृष्ट समाष्टरम्॥ वीवे-सनिधरदुष्टेडस्मन जानो वषेचतुष्ट नभ्। अक्षीणेऽ्यविरन्धस्थ इन्दो बलिभिरीक्षिते। पॉपेजांतसय याण्स मासमायु पर मुने॥ नसिसेय विलगमेरी पापेन विजिते युधि। मसमस्ये थ जातस्य मासमायुरगीरितग्।। Nofr -- The 6th ind the 8th bhavas are considered bad, be cause, one is setting and the other has already set (Bad planets in those bhavas are better there than good ones ef Hiydr P: nogmny Vipareetham nhppha Shashtashtameshu (Bnhat Jatakn \ -10) Opporition of benefics to the Moon in these two places only hastens death Again some tahe the words अरिविनाश (Arivinasa) to mean the 8th fror the 6th house, 1 the Lagna, and arr (Asupapekshite) when aspected by the Sun (also called arnr (Asugamee) or rrn ) (Seeghragamee) and in support of the

क्षीणेन्दौ लग्नसंस्थे वॉ दृष्टे खरगभम्तिमा। सद एव प्रजातस्य मरण नात्र सशय म The word a (Atha) mn the 2nd 4T (Pada) of the text has been understood to mean "nith the condition above given (in the first quarter of the sloka) -s e, when the weak Moon in the Lagna 15

196 जातकपारिजा ते Adh. IV

aspected by the Sun and further by 2 (Subhaihi) ? ., Mercury, Jupiter and Venus then the child will lise for 8 years तf शानव तस्मिन् युधादिभि सौम्येरसिलरवलाजिते। . आयुरडाष्टक विद्धि जातस्य परम मुने ॥ By 7 fimar (dalamathascha misrekebite) is meant "when the weah Moon in the Lagna is aspected by tbe 3 benefics and also bs the 3 malefics, the child will in this case live only for 4 years' दf शौनक तसिमिन् सर्वः शुभे सव पापरध्यवलोकिते। एगनाधिते मजातस्य प्रायु्वपंचतुष्टयम्। In the 3rd WT (pada) of the sloka mn the test, if the vredt (padachcheda) be made as mara (Abalibhihi), the meaning wll be "when the full Moon in the Lagna (being benefic) is aspected by 3 weak malefirs, the child will live only for one month of HITF अश्ीणेघ्रय विलग्नस्य इन्दा चलविवर्जिते ।

The 4th quarter may also be interpreted thus lord of the Lagna is defeated by n malefic planet in planetary war " When the

and the benefic Moon occupies the 7th house being aspected by the 3 weak malefics the manmum life of the child will be one month of शनक अक्षीणे स्वस्थिते चन्द्रे बल्हीनैस्त्रिमि सरेः। दृष्ट विरग्नाथिपता पापेन विजितेऽपि घ। अशुभसहिते ग्रस्ते चन्द्रे कुजे निधनाथिते जनािसुतयोर्मृत्युर्लसे रचौ तु स शस्तजः । उद्यति खवाँ शीतांशी या त्रिकोणविनाशगः निघनमश्ुभैवीर्येपितः शुभैरयुतेक्षिते॥ ३६॥ Sloka 36 When the Moon with Rahu is in con' junction with another malefic (irrespective of ito

S1. 36 197

position) and Mars occupies the 8th, both the mother and the child will die; and the death will ensue from the effect of an operation if the Sun be in the Lagna. (The force of & (Thu) can only be brought about as above.) Again, when the Sun or the Moon occupies the Lagna and malefics be in the 5th, 9th and 8th and benefics in their strength do not aspect or be not in conjunction with the Sun or the Moon in the Lagna, the new-born child (and the mother) will die. NOTES. The words tit x (Grasthe Chandre) have been interpreted as "Moon in association with Rahu" and not necessarily 'echpsed as understood by some.

Mars Ketu Mars Ketu

जननिसुतयो- जनीनसुत्तयो के- Merc.

ắi: स्यु. लग्नेरवी सु Sun Merc. Ligoa सपासत. Lagna

Venus II Sun

Rahu Rahu Moon Jupiter Moon Jupiter Venus Saturn! -aturn

Saturn Jupster Ketu Mars

रवो तु सशखज: III

Lirna NOu Venus Moon Mercury Rahu

193 आात + पारिजाते Adh. IV

The a (Asubha) in conjunchon with this 'git (Grasthe Chandre) may he etther Saturn or the Sun as shown in the preced ing examples -

Lagna Monn Mars Moon Saturn Rahu Rahu - Sun Latter half of Saturn Latter half of, the Sloka the Sloka Evample Merc Example Merc 8° 19'

ĮLagna

jupiter Mars Ketu Jupiter Venus Sun Ketu

The iaterpretation given above appears more rational and many instances (of the simultaneous dermise of mother and child) that are of common occurrence mav be brought under the yogas cited in the fisst half of the Sloki In the frst yoga, the Moon, whateter may be her position, is very much afflicted, being in con Junction not only wsth Rahu but also with another malefic, and the 8th house is oceupied by Mars as well With the above, the Sun's position in the Lagna is further necessar to cause the demise as a resutt of operation Moreater, there na no necessitt for Varabamihira to u e the word wjw (Asubha) if he did not intend iy one of the planets t1", Saturn or the Sun The word (Lagne) should be hien only with <il (Ravow) that is nevt to it and need not apply to (Chandre) mn the first line nhich 1s far removed, mnasmuch as so many words कुजे विथनािन जर्णाननुश्यो r (huje Nidhanasnthe Jamanısuthay oumnthyu) intervene The commentator Bhattotpala takes the word qer (Grasthi) as referring to eclyse (lunar or solar) According to his vier the translatiun of the first half of the sloka will be "when the Moon in comunetion with Saturn is et lipsed in the Lagna and Mars occupies the Sth place from it, both the mother and the chiltl will die, and the death will cusue from the effect of an operation if the Sun be in the above position, (wf, if the Sun in conjunction with Mercury and Satarn be echpsed in the Lagna and Mars be in

S1. 37 चलुर्थो:प्याय· 199

the 8th place from it )' So that such deaths should be expected only in times of eclipses, ind thoce by operation especially in the Solar ones According to this ,interpretation the word KTH (Asu bha) m a4is 4r T.R (Asubhasahithe Grasthe Chandre) cmn mean only Saturn and no other mulefic planet 1 or, un celipse of the Moon can occur only on a full moon day and the Sun will then be in the 7th place or in darect opg osition Consequently Mercury will not be near the Moon मारावली ग्रहणोपगते चन्द्रे सकरे एग्नगे कुजेएमगे। मात्रा साध त्रियते चन्द्रवदके च शस्तेण ।I गने चन्द्रु डके या पापा वरि नस्त रोणनिर्धनयु। सौग्येरदृश्युक्त, सचो मरणाग कीनिता यननै।।

भवति मरणमाठु देहिनां यदि चलिना गुरुणा न नीक्षिता:॥३७।। Sloka 37. If Saturn, the Sun, the Moon and Mars occupy respectively the 12th, the 9th, the 1st and the 8th places, they will conspire to bring about the death of creatures born under this combination, unless they be aspected by Jupiter possessed of strength. NOTEs In the cxample given below the Sun is squire to Saturt The Moon is quincum to Mais

An evample Lagua Moon Mars

Saturn Sun

200 जासकपारिजाते Adh. IV

The Sun has gone down the midheaven while Saturn ascends it The Moon 1s risIng वलिना गुरुणा वीजिना-(Balina Guruna Veekshitaha) may mean only trine aspect (Fam Bf-) (Trihona drıshtıhı) of. गुण्कर • मृत्यु 1 व्ययशुभनिधनाङ्गस्थायिभ शौरिभास्वत्

From the quotation given below from ma i (Saravali), it will be seen that the same effect as produced if Saturn and the Sun interehange places in the yoga described in the text एग्नान्त्यनव मनधनसयुकताश्रन्द्रसूर्यसासरा । जातल वधकृत र्यु सधो गुरण व चेडडृटा ॥ In order that the fout planets may be aspected by Jupiter, the latter must occupy the 5th house from the Lagna If he should aspect onls some of them, or be neak though he might aspect all the four planets the child wilt die It will escape death only in . case Jupiter in full strength aspects all the four planets A1so बृदत्ाजारय

शारीभामश कर्मन्दसत बलिना यदि नेक्षिता ।। गुरणा मरण अ्रयाहहिनामाशु नारद। उयामोहो मास्तु तानू सर्वान् पशयोपज्रमगे गुरु ।। The planets tenttoned in the sloka mn the text as respectivels occupying the 12th, the 9th, the Ist and the 8th houses may also be taken in the following order, viz, Saturn in the 8th, the Sun in the 1st, the Moon in the 9th and Mars in the 12th ef. बृहृत्पानापन्य

अकाकिशशिभपुनैसादृरलतथा वदेद ॥ The sloka is also capable of the following interpretation :- splat up व्ययनवमादयनपन into two, thus व्ययननम and उदयनैधन, also अमितरविायान्गूमिज into two thus अभिनरवि and शशाल्भूमिज When

SI. 37 201

Saturn and the Sun are in the 12th and the Moon and Mars are in the 9th, or when Saturn and the Sun ate in the Lagna and the Moon and Mars are in the 8th, unaspected by powerful Jupiter in either case, the result will be the same उदत्प्रा जापल्य यदा व्ययगतौ सूर्यमम्दौ चेन्नमं गतौ । तदा चन्द्रथ् भौमश्च तथा मरणमादिशेत्।। यदा लग्नगतो सूर्यमन्दौ चेन्निवन गतौ। तदा चन्द्रश् भौमश्च तथा मरणमादिशेत् ॥।

Cf. शोनक The inverse order tay also be applied in the above view.

अथवा व्ययगौ यावचन्द्रभौमौ तदा तपः । संभाप्तौ सूर्यमन्दौ चेत् तथा मरणमादिशेत् ॥ तथा लग्नगतौ यावचन्द्रपौमौ तदाष्टमम्। संप्राप्तौ सूर्यमन्दौ चेत्तया मरणमादिशेत्।। The words वयनवमादयनपन may also mean the 8th house count- ed from the 12th, the 9th and the Ist te, the 7th, 4th and the 8th from the Lagna. Cf. वृद्टयजनक- चतुर्थमदरन्भ्रेषु कुत्र चिद्लसालिना। अदृश्यमाना जीवेन वर्तन्ते चेत्तथा मृतिः ॥ ोद्धव्या मन्दस्येन्दुभूपुत्राः सहिता मिथः। वात्स्यायनान्ययाचेत्ता ज्गनीहि त्वमतोऽन्यया ।। Again, the words असितरविशशानभामना" are capable of being in- terpreted as अमिरमहितररिदशाड्गभूमिया, that is Saturn and the Sun, Saturn and the Moon, and Saturn and Mars placed in the 7th, the 4th and the 8th houses from the Ligna Cf. चतुर्थ मन्दसंयुक्तश्चन्द्रनाः मप्मे तथा। सूयॅऽटमं स्थितस्तहत् भौमश्राशु सृतिप्रद्रः ।। अन्रापि वलयुक्तस्य दष्टिरेका बृहस्पतेः । योगेघूक्तेष्विवेतः प्रागपवादाय कल्पते ।। 96

202 नावकपारिजाते Adh IV

सुतमद्ननवान्त्यलगरन्ध्रेप्वशुभयुतो मरणाय शीतरशमिः । भृगुसुतशशिपुनदेवपूज्यैर्यदि बलिमिर्न युवोऽ्बलोकितो वा ॥३८।। Sioka 38 The Moon in conjunction with a male fic planet in the Lagna, in the 5th, the 7th, the 9th, the 8th or the 12th place from it will bring on the death of the new born infant unless aspected by or in conjunc. tion with, Venus, Mercury and Jupiter in their strength. NOTBS. मानवादेस होगचार्य् यय मृतिगता सुर्य चन्द्रार्क गारा मृत्यु ददुर्यदि घलवता नैव जीवेन दष्टा ।

नाराय स्याद्वल्युतशुभनेक्षित सयुतो वा । The Moon here need not necessarily be waning as opined by Bhattotpala If she be in comjunetion with malehcs (not ons- araget may be interpreted as anaget-hn setting or cuiminating herizon, it is enough Bhattotpala bases his opinion on the follow ing quotation from tr- निघनास्त सथलम्रत्निशेणगा क्षीणरन्द्रसयुक्ता । पापा नलिमि शुभदैरदृश्यमाना गतायुष कुछ। योगे स्थान गतवति बलिनथन्द्रे खं वा तनुगृहमथवा। पापैरदृष्टे वलवति मरणं वर्षसान्ते किल सुनिगदितम्॥।३९॥ Sloka 39 If a child is born under a fateful combi. nation (anemn Arisbta yogi) whereof th> period has not been specified, the death of the child will take place when the Moon in its periodical courses goes to the house occupied at the time of birth by the strongest of the planets producing the Arishta yoga (antzor) The same event may also happen whun the Moon goes to her

204 सवकपारिजाते Adh IV

स्वैनव वाडयवा ्सें नन्द्रमा मश्रयेद्यदा॥ पॉपैर्निरीक्यमागश् वलनाश् भवेत्तदा। प्राक्त्तनैर्मुनिभि प्रोक्तमरिष्टे मरण भनेत् ॥ सर्वथा नदनिर्दिष्टकाल नात्येति वत्सरम्। वल्यद्भिर्विनायुप्ये क्ममिर्विघिनत्कृते।। वक्रीशनिर्भामगृहोपयातः केन्द्रेऽथवा शनुगृहे विनाशे। वुजेन संप्राप्तनलेन दृष्टो वर्पद्यं जीनयति ग्रजातम् ॥४० ॥ वृहस्पतिर्भामगृहे इषमस्यः सूर्येन्दुमोमार्कजद्ष्टमूर्तिः । अन्दैस्निभिभार्गनद्दाष्टिहीनो लोकान्वरं प्रपयति प्रजातम् ।।४२।। Sloka 40 Saturn in his retrograde motion, when occupying a house of Mars, a Kendra position, an inimi- cal house or the Sth house from the Lagna and aspected by Mars in strength, gives a 2 years lease of life to the new born child Sloka 41 Jupiter in a house of Mars and in the 8th house from the Lagna and aspected by the Sun, the Moon, Mars and Saturn, sends the new born child to the other world in 3 years, if devoid of Venus' aspect मेपालिग सुरगुरुनिवने विशुवेर गेकितो गगनगैमृतिवृत् निवर्पात्। वर्षद्वयेन रिपुनाशगनस्तयैतर वत्रीशनिर्यलवता कुसुतेन दृष्ट ।। NOTES These two slokas as woll as slokas 43 45 46 and 50 are from सारावरी पष्ठाष्टमे कर्किणि जन्मलगाव सौम्ये सुधारश्मिनिरीक्ष्यमाणे। अव्दैशतुर्मि: समुपैति नाशं जातो नरः सर्ववलान्वितोऽपि ॥४२।। Sloka 42 When Cancer happens to be the 6th or the 8th place from the Lagna and Mercury occupies it and is aspected by the Moon, the person born will in 4

SI. 43-45 धतुर्योइभ्यायः 205

years pay the debt of nature although possessed of every kind of strength. cf. सारा्वरिली कर्कटधामनि सौम्य: पछाष्टमसंस्थितो विलमर्क्षात्। चन्द्रेण दृष्टमूर्तिर्वर्षचतुष्केण मास्यति ॥ रविचन्द्रभौमगुरुभि: कुजगुरुसौरेन्दुभि: सहैकस्थैः। रविशनिमोमशशार्क्कैर्मरणं खल पश्चभिरवपेः ॥।४३।। Sloka 43. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars and Jupiter be together in one sign at the time of birth, the death of the new-born child comes to pass in 5 years. The same happens when the group of planets in one place consists cf Mars, Jupiter, Saturn and the Moon ; or the Sun, Saturn, Mars and the Moon. of. गुणाकर तिग्मांशुनीहार करावनीजयुकै. क्रमादेरगृह। श्रितसैतः । सूर्यात्मजेनाद्विरमा मिंतन स्थात्पश्चना पञ्ञभिरेव वर्षैः ॥ यदा सुधारश्मिनवांशकस्थो निरोक्षितः शकरेण मन्दः । लगनाधिपशन्द्रदृशा समेतो जातस पड्वर्पमितं तदाऽड: ।।४४॥ Sloka 44. When Saturn occupies a Navamsa own- ed by the Moon and is aspected by that planet, and the lord of the rising sign has also the Moon's aspect on it, the child's life will last for 6 years लसे यो द्रेक्काणो निगलाहिविहङ्गपाशधरसंज्ञः । मरणाय सप्वर्ष: करयुतो न खपतिसन्दषः ॥ ४५।। Sloka 45. If the rising Rerra (Drekkana) be one of those styled निगल (Nigala-fetters), अहि-Ahi-snake), faax.(Vihanga bird), wan (Pasadhara-carrying a noose) and be occupied by a malefic planet and unaspecter

206 जातकदारिजाते Adh IV

its own lord, it would lead to the child's death in 7 years [For the names of the Drekkanas in this sloka, refer to बृहजानक (Brihat Jataka) ch 27, also जातकपारिनात (Jataka Parıjata) Adhyaya 5, Sloka 55 mfra]. ef गुणावर द्रेप्काणा लयगा सर्पशृगा न्याशपक्षिणाम्। सपापा मृत्युदा वर्षे सममिर्नेरवीकषिना।। लगे रविशनिभौमा: शुक्रगहे सप्तमे शशी क्षीण। दृष्टो न देवगुरुणा सप्भिरष्टभिर्ड्कै्ना स्याद् ॥। ४६ ॥। Stuk: 46 If the Sun, Saturn and Mars be in the Lagna and the 7th house from it be a sign owned by Venus and occupied by the waning Moon, and if Jupiter aspect not that Moon, the death of the child may happen in 7 or 8 years NOTES The last quarter of this stoka reads asiasfro fomvqla mn सारावली

जातो यमपुरं याति नवमान्दे न संशयः ।।४७॥। Sluka 47 If the Sun, the Moon and Mars occupy the 5th place from the Lagna, the new-born child goes to death s habitation in the 9th year ef सर्वाथचिन्तामणि तरणीन्दुकजा पुत्रस्थान युक्क्ता न सौम्यगा। जातो यमपुर याति नतमेडब्दे न सशाय।। पापो विलगाधिपतिः शशाद्कादन्त्यसपित करनिरीक्षितयेत्। चन्द्रोंशकस्थो यदि वर तदीशो जान: शिशुर्याति लयं नवान्देः।४८ Sloka 48 If the lord of the rising sign be a malefic planet and occupy the 12th place from the Moon and be

S1. 49-51 चतुर्यॉउपपाय: 207

aspected by malign planets, the child will die in 9 years. The same event will happen if the lord of the rising sign be in a Navamsa occupied by the Moon or happen to be the lord of that Navamsa itself. ०/. सारावली लग्ताधिपति: पापः राशिनोशे रिःकगो यदि च चन्द्रात् । क्रूरैर्विलोस्यमानो मारयति शिशुं नवभिर्दैः ।। Also गुणाकर पापो लअपतिरगतः रशधरः खांशे विधोरन्त्यगः क्रूरैदृश्यतनुः करोति नवभिव्रषः शिशो: मश्चताम् ॥ मृगांशकस्यिते मन्दे सौम्यद्ष्टिसमन्विते। जन्मप्रभृति शत्रत्वं तस्यायुर्दश्वत्सरम्॥४९॥ Sloka 49. When Saturn occupies a Navamsa own ed by Makara and is aspected by Mercury, the child will live 10 years and will have to experience hatred since its birth. रचिणा युक्त: शशिजः सौम्पैरईष्टो विनाशयति नूनम्। एकादशमिर्वपंर्जातं नृपतुल्यभोगसंपज्तम् ।।५0।। Sloka 50. Mercury in conjunction with the Sun and aspected by benefic planets, destroys the child in 11 years though brought up in the interim in regal comforts. NOTES. (This perhaps has reference to an eftearr (Arishta yoga) The latter half of this sloka reads thus in BRReT. . एकादर भिर्वपदेवाङ्केडपि स्थित जातम्॥ चन्द्रलग्नाधिपः सूर्य: सपुन्नेण समन्वितः । लग्नाद्ष्टमराशिस्थो द्वादशाब्दे सिताक्षितः ॥। ५१॥ Sloka 51. If the Sun be the lord of the sign occu

208 जातकपारिजाले Adh. IV

pied by the Moon and be in the 8th house from the tising sign in conjunction with Saturn and if Venus aspects them, the child will pass away in the 12th year.

होरेश्वगे निवनगे नलिमिश्र पार्परदृष्ट करोति खवलु मासि मृर्ति चतुर्ये। जन्मेश्वरो दिनकर मधुनस्तयैव दुष्ट मितेन ननमप्रमितेश् वपैंः ॥ अल्यशकस्थित मन्दे यूरयेणन निरीक्षिते। पितृद्वेपसमायुक्तो द्वादशान्दं व जविति ।।५२॥। Sloka 52. When Saturn occupies a Navamsa own. ed by Vrischika and is aspected only by the Sun, the child will live 12 years hated by the father तुलांशकस्थिते मन्दे जवद्ृष्टिसमन्त्रिते। त्रयोदशान्दे मरणं जातस्य पिठुवैरिण. ॥। ५३ ।। Sloka 53 When Saturn occupies a Navamsa own- ed by Libra, and is aspected by Jupiter alone, the cbild will be disliked by the father and die in the 13th year. कन्यांशकस्थिते मन्दे साम्यदष्टिसमन्विते। चतुर्दशान्दे मरणं जातः कोपी समेति च ।५४ ॥ Sloka 54 When Saturn occupies a Navatsa own- ed by Virgo and is aspected by Mercury, the boy will be ill-tempered and pass away in the 14th year, सिंहांश कम्धिते मन्दे राहुणा च निरीक्षिते। शरार्पाडा भनेनस चायु: पश्चद्शान्दकम्॥५५॥ Sloka 55 When Saturn occupies a Navamsa own' ed by Leo and is aspected br Rahu, the child will suffer hurt inflicted by a sharp weapon and his life will consist of 15 ycars

SI. 57-59 धतुर्थोडध्याय: 209

ककांशकस्थिते मन्दे केतुदृष्टिसमन्विते। मर्पपीडा भवेतस्य पोडशाव्दान्मृतिर्भव्रेत् ॥५६॥ Sloka 56 When Saturn occupies a Navamsa own ed by Cancer and 1s aspected by Ketu, the person will be hurt by a snake and die in his 16th year यमांशकस्थिते मन्दे लग्ननाथेन वीक्षिते। रणशूरो महाभोगी मृत मपदशब्दके ॥५७ ॥ Sloka 57 When Saturn occupics a Navamsa own ed by Gemint and 18 aspected by the lord of the rising sign, the person will be a hero in war, lead a life ol grert luxury and his death will take place in his 17th yerr. परस्परक्षेत्रसमन्वितौ वा रन्ध्रेशलगनाधिपती न सौम्यौ। रिफारिमे वा गुरुणा वियुक्ते लष्टादशाब्दे निधनं प्रयाति ॥५८। Sloka 58 If the lords of the rising sign and of the 8th place from it be in each other s places and if they be not benefic, the native dies in his 18th year The same thing will happen when the lords of the Lag. na and the 8th house are not benign ind the 12th or the 6th place is unoccupied by Jupiter NOTES The 3rd पार। (Pada) of this slok reads as रिफारिभे वागधिपेन युै I मनार्थरे तामण जीगांशरुस्थिते मन्दे राहुणा च निर्रा्षिते। देहाधिपे शुभादृष्टे जात सदो विनश्यति ॥५९ ॥ तदीशस्तुङ्ग भागयेदायुरेकोनविंशति । केन्द्रेपु पापेषु निशाकरेण सौम्यग्रहैरीक्षणनर्जितेपु। पष्ठाष्टमे वा यदि शीतरश्मी जात सुखी निशतिनत्सरान्तम् ।६०॥। 27

210 जाचकपारिजा Aãh. IV

Sloka 59 When Saturn occupies a Navamsa own-" ed by Jupiter and is aspected by Rahu, and the lord of the Lagna is not aspected by benefic planets, the new. born child dies at once But if the lord of the rising sign is in his exaltation, the life of the child is 19 years Sloka 60 When malefic planets occupy the Ken- dras and are not aspected by the Moon and other benefic planets and when the Moon is in the 6th or the Sth place from the Lagna, the child born lives happily up to the end of the 20th year NOTES Some more jogas restricting the period of life to within 20 years are extracted below from ramTh होरेश्वरेर्पयुक्के जन्मेशे नापि सौम्यदग्धीन। केन्द्रगते पावे स्याज्तातस्याविशतेमंतिर्भतति॥ कुमरवियुक्तते लमे चरराशौ मध्यमस्थिते जीवे । सुनधर्मगते चन्द्रे जातम्याविशतर्मतिभवति ॥ चन्द्राहमगे पावे सोम्थेरापोस्लिमस्पितर्नन्म। निधनारिगते चन्द्रे तम्यायुर्विशति परमम्।। भोगे लम याते रविमन्द्ौ केन्द्रगौ बलादिक्तौ। आविशतर्मति स्वाच्रो वा रोगयुक्तो वा।। जीनेन सहित सूर्यो लमस्थ कीटराशिग: । अष्टमाधिपती केन्द्रे द्वारिशत्यन्दके मृतिः ॥६१॥ Sloka 61. When the Sun in conjunction with Jupiter occupies the Lagna ind that Inppens to be Scar- pio, and when the lord of th- 8th hous. from the Lagna occupies a (aax) Kendra, the person will die in his 22nd year.

SI. 62-65 धतुर्योउप्याय: 211

NOTES The following yogas from a IE (Yav inajthaka) fixing the length of life to a period ranging from 22 to 26 years will be found to be useful पापोदये सुरगुरौ शनिद्ष्टे राहुणा समेत वा। य कश्िननिमनगतो मरण जनयेद्द्विर्ट संख्याकदे।। रन्ध्रेधगे भाग्यलसात्मजम्थो वम्नाधिपे कूरटंषटऽएमस्थे।

नीचाशगतश्न्द्रोऽप्यष्टमसस्य क्षयी च मरणार। मन्दकुजाभ्या दृष्टरतस्यायु पद्चविशति परमम्॥ मन्दोद ये शत्रुराशौ सौम्पैरापोहिमोपगै। पड्विशत्यव्दके वा स्पात् सप्तरिशतिवत्सरे ॥ ६२॥ रन्धरेशे जीव सदष्टे पापे पापनिरीक्षिते। रन्ध्रस्थे जन्मपे मृत्युरष्टाविशतिवत्सरे ।६३ ।। चन्द्रमन्दसहायस्तु सूर्यश्राष्टमसंस्थितः । एकोनत्रिशके वर्षे जातो यमपुरं न्रजेत् ॥ ६४॥ जन्मरन्धपयोर्मध्ये निशानाथे व्यये गुरौ। ससविशतिवर्षे या न्रिशदधयसि या मृतिः ॥६५॥ Sloka 62 When Saturn is in the rising sign and that happens to be an mimical sign and the benefic planets are in strorfarn (Apoklima) places, the end of the person born will come cither in the 26th or in the 27th year. Sloka 63 When the lord of the 8th house 1s a malefic planet and is aspected by Jupiter and a malefic planet, and the lord of the house occupied by the Moon 1s in the Sth house from the Lagna, the death of the native will occur in the 28th year

212 जात कपारिजाते Adh. IV

Sloka 64, When the Sun occupies the 8th house from the Lagna in conjunction with the Moon and Sa- turn, the person born will go to Yama's abode in the 29th year. Sloka 65. Whon the Moon is between the lords of the 8th house from the Lagna and of the aanfa (Janma Rasi), t e. the sign occupied by the Moon, and Jupiter is in the 12th house, the death of the native will happen either in his 27th or 30ch year. NOTES For additional information see the following siolas from वननानक होराजन्माधिपगो स्फुटयोग केन्द्रमृत्युराशिम्ध। तन समेत पापो निधन स्वात्ससविशनर्पेवृ।। गष्टाविशति वर्पैर्मरण चन्द्रार्कराहवी युक्ता। कुर्वन्ति लगभल्या जीवे व्ययमे तदा नियतम्।। अर्थवययर्क्षमस्यो रुगै जीवोडहिना न सयुद । सप्ाष्टमकथ तदा जातस्यायु पर निशन् ॥ चन्द्रे क्षीण रवक्षे निमनेशे केन्द्रगेऽटमे पापे। एगेशे बल्हीने जातस्यायु पर त्रिशन्। हरेशे पष्टगते सकौ चन्द्रभागतै सुतगौ। निधनश कन्द्रगते जातम्यायु पर निरन् ।। अष्टमाधिपतौ केन्द्रे लगनेसे चलवर्जित। त्रिशद्वर्पमितायुष्मान् द्वानिशद्धत्सरे मृति ॥६६ ।। क्षाणे भशाड्के यदि पापयुक्ते रन्ध्राधिपे केन्द्रगते5एमे वा। पापान्विते हीनबले विलसे द्वाविंशद्ब्दे निधनं प्रयाति ॥६७॥। Sloka 66 When the lord of the 8th house occu- pies a Kendra, and the lord of the rising sign is without

SI. 68-70 213

strength, the person born will live no fewer than 30 years; perhaps his death may happen in the 32nd year. Sloka 67. When the Moon is on the wane and the lord of the 8th house from the Lagna occupies a Ken- dra or the 8th house itself in conjunction with a malefic planet, and the Lagna is without strength and occupied

32nd year. also by a malefic planet, the person born will die in his

NOTCS Vade also the following from vauas (Yavanajatbaka) आपोक्टिमस्थिते चन्दें समेसे च चधैत्र हि। पापेक्षिते वरेहीने जीवत्यष्टचतुर्गुणम्॥ चन्द्रलझाष्टमपती वेन्द्रगतावष्टमे ग्रहः वक्षित्। आद्वानिशान्मरण नाम्यप्दुभसंयुते फेन्द्रे।। Also जात कादेश चन्द्र: क्षीणः स्वर्क्षे निधनेसे केन्द्रगेडएमे पापे। लग्नेशे बलहीने जातस्वायु. परं विशत् ॥ पष्ठाष्टमव्यये पापे लनेशे दुर्घले सति। अल्पायुरनपत्यो या शुभदग्योगवर्जिते ॥ ६८॥ Stoka 68. When a malefic planet occupies the 6th, the 8th or the 12th from the Lagna and when the lord of the rising sign is weak and is not in conjunction with or aspected by benefic planets, the person born is either short.lived or childless. करपष्ठयंशके वाऽपि रन्ध्रेशे मानुजेऽपि वा। पापान्विते पापसवेटे चाल्पमायुविनिदिशेत् ॥३९॥ व्ययाथौं पापसंयुक्ती शुभट्टष्टिविवर्जितौ। क्ररपष्ठयंशमंयुक्ता चाल्पभायुविनिर्दिशेत् ॥।७० ॥

216 आतकपरिरजाते Adh. IV

नf. माण्डम्यजानर दुधभार्गवजीवानामेकतम बेन्द्रमागती वलनान्। यधपि करसाय मधो रिषस भग्गाय ॥। Als कश्यप एकोडपि शामदुकाणा लग्नानेन्द्रगतो यदि। परिष्ठ निखिल हन्ति तिमिर भाग्करो मथा ६ Aiso यवन एकोडपि यदि वेन्द्रस्प झुको सो वाद्दिरापति । नवमे वा सुतस्थाने सर्वादिष् निवारयेत् ॥ स्वोचस्: सवग्हेयनापि सुहदां वर्गे च सौम्यस वा संपूर्ण: शुभर्वाक्षितः शशधरो वर्गे स्वकीयऽपि या। शत्रणामरलोरनादिरहित: पापरयुक्तेक्षितः रिषं हन्ति सुदुस्तरं दिनमाणे: प्रालयराशिं यथा॥ ७४ Sloka. 74 The full Moon in its own exaltation, in its own house, in a varga of friendly planets or of an auspicious one, or in its own varga, if aspected by a benefic planet but free from the aspect of inimical ones and free from all malefic aspects and conjunctions-the Moon in such a position destroys distress, however difficult it may be to tide over, just as the Sun destroys hoar-frost. NOTES This sloka is taken from ARTT~Y (Saravali) Also of जातवादेश चन्द्र पूर्गननु ुभेघ्वगणग म्वोचे स्वभे वा सिथिने मिन्रे स्वाधितवर्गपर्तरलयुते सीम्पैश्र वा वीक्षितः। साम्ग स्वान्त्यगते सशारिमृतिै वेन्दनिणेडथवा सम्मापतर्विनिदन्तरिष्टमखिल ध्यान्त यथा भारकर ॥ पक्षे मिते भवति जन्म यदि क्षपार्यां

si. 75-76 217

त चन्द्रमा रिपुविनाशगतोपि नून मापत्सु रक्षति पितेच शिशु प्रजातम्॥७५ ।। Sloka 75. If a birth takes place during the night in the light half of the month (garar-Suklapaksha) or during the day in the dark half of the month (onTa- Krishnapaksha), the Moon at the time thoughjoccupying the 6th or the 8th place from the Lagna, if aspected by benefic as well as malefic planets protects, the new-born infant very like a father under all afflictions. NOTES. This is from azaatan (Mandavyajathaka). The reading there is as follows : पक्षे सिते भघति जग्म यदि क्षपार्या कृष्णे्थवाSइनि शुभाधुभादयमान: । सें चन्द्रमा रियुविनाशगतोउरि यमादापत्सु रक्षति पितेय शिधु न दन्ति।। Vsde also notes to sloka 35. Supra. ६f. सर्वारधचिन्तामाण शुक्े य पक्षे यदि सधिअम्म चम्द्रोपि वछाएमराशियुकता। चुभेहिति मावह कृष्णपंडी वश्च सपापरसति मसूतम् । A1so जातकाभरण पलदापसे यददि जम्म राता कृष्णे दिपाष्टारिगतोपि पञ्व्र । क्रमेण रुछः शुभपापसेट: पिलेव थालं परिपालयेव्स:। A1so वश्यप. शुवरूपक्े कषर्पा जम्म लग्ने साम्यनिरीजिते। विपरोत कृष्णपशे राथा सिषटविनाशन. । केन्द्रोपगोऽतिवलधान् र्फुरदशुमाली स्वलाकराजिसचिव: यमयेदवश्यम्। एको बहूनि दुरितानि सुदुस्तराणि भत्त्या प्रयुक्त इच शूलघरे प्रणामः।। ७६।। Sloka 76. Jupiter in a Kendra position aud pos. sessed of exceeding strength, with clear bright rays, can 28

218 आतकमपारिजावे Adh. IV

singly and to a certainty destroy a multitude of evils however difficult they may be to tide over like a saluta. tion humbly and devoutly offered to the trident bearing Sıva NOTES This is from ideet (Saravali) The reading of the first half there is different, vir सर्वातिशाय्यतिबल स्कुरद्युमाी एग्ने स्थित प्रशमयेत् सुरराजमन्त्री ।1 Jupiter is considerèd to be the strongest among the benefics in the matter of ward og off all evils and increasing the happinass of the native o/ यवन (Yavana) नि शेषदोपहरणे शुभवर्धने व धीर्य शुरेरधिकम स्त्यखिए ग्रहेग्य । तद्वीयपाद्दषशतिमृतो शश्ुकौ चान्द्र मल तु निसिल प्रदवीर्यंवीजम् ॥

लक्षान् दोपान् इन्ति देवेन्द्रपूज्य केन्द्र पात्तो दैत्यमन्त्री तदर्दम्। बोपोपेत सोमप्रपलदर्द चान्द्र वीष चोर्थबीज महाणाम्।। लग्ेशो चलयुक्तवेत् त्रिकोणे या चतुष्टये। अरिष्टयोगजातोऽपि नालो जविति निश्वयः।। ७७॥। Sloka 77 If the lord of the rising sign be strong in a Kendra or Trikona position, the child though born under an evil producing planetary conjunction survives it of course f कश्यप एक एव हि एमेश केन्द्रुसरथो यलान्वित । अरिष्ट निख्िल हन्ति पिनाकी त्रिपुर यथा॥ यस्य जन्मनि तुङ्गस्या: स्वक्षेत्रस्थानमाशरिताः। चिरायुप शिशुं जातं कुर्वन्त्यत्र न संशय: ।।७८।। Shka 78 If, at the time of the birth of a child, thue are planets occupying some of their exaltation signs, others their own Rasis, they will undoubtedly contrsbute to the long life of the new-born child

SI. 79-60 219

NOTES This sioka is taken from 44T (Kasyapa)

नाशयति सर्वदुरित मारुत इन तूलपङ्गातम् ।७९ ।। अजधृषकर्कििलपे रक्षति राहुनिरन्वरं वालम्। · प्रृथिनीपतिः प्रसन्नः कृतापराध यथा पुरुपय् ॥। ८० ।। Sloka 79. Rahu occupying the 3rd, the 6th or the 11th place from the rising sign and aspected by benefic planets dispels all evil then and there as the wind aweeps away cotton. Sloka 80 Rahu, if occupying the Lagna in àq (Mesha), ToH (Vrishabha) or #2# (Kataka) protects the child always as a clement sovereign saves an offender from (the) death (he may bave merited). NOTES These ate from'onrrat (Stravali).

लग्नातू सृतीयारिमवे सराही पापैपिमुक सुमरश्यमान । विनाशयत्याण समसरिंष्ट दूले यथा वायुवलस् वेगात्/। Also जनवामरण मूर्चेस्तु राहुरख्िपडायवसी रिषट दरत्येव झुभेः प्रष: ॥

Also जातवादेश खस्थानगा. सर्वतमश्ररेन्द्रा निम्नन्त्ारैष्ट स्वकृत दाणैन। सौस्येकित, पद्त्रिमपेदु राटु: कुलीरमेपोद्ाविलग्नगो वा। Also द्ानक राहुस्तृतीयपषे या कामे घा झुमसंयुन: । तद्स्षो या सथा दिष्ट सर्प सममति भवम् ।। Aiso सुभाकर राहुर्विलग्तात् त्रिपडायवर्ती डहः झभे रिहहर: म्रदिश्:॥।

220 जास कपारिजाजे Adh. IV

Also वालप्रकाशिका सुसजन्मोन्दरवान्दोगव्हृन्उि ध्यान्ते थथा रवि. । राहुरस्िपष्टलामस्थ: शुममहनिरीक्षित:।

निशाकरः शोभनवर्गयुक्त: शुभेक्षितः पूरिवदीपिजालः । जातस्य निःशेपमरिष्टमाशु निदन्ति यहद् गरलं गरुत्मान् ।। ८१।। Sloka 81. The Moon occupying the varga of a benefic planet and aspected by benefic planets and shin. aing with full radiance, averts completely all ills that threaten the new-born child as the Garuda removes poison (threateniag to cause death). The reading of this sloka is stightly different in astdiaft (Sarwartha Chintaman) vt., निशाकरे शोमनसचराये शुभेशिते पुर्तदीपिजाक:। जातस निःपोपमारिष्टमाशु यथा विष निमति बैनतेय: । चन्द्राधिष्ठितराशीशे लमस्े इुग्मवीक्षिते।. भृगुणा चीक्षितथन्द्रे खोचे रिष्ं हरेचदा ।। ८२॥। Sloka 82. When the lord of the sign in which the Moon 15, occupies the Lagna and is aspected by benefic planets, the evil threateniag the child is averted. This is the case also when the Moon is in its exaltation and aspected by Venus. लग्नाधिपोऽति बलवानशुभैरदृष्ट: केन्द्रस्थिन: शुभखगैरवलोक्यमानः । मृत्युं विहयाय विद्याति स दीर्घमायु: सार्घ गुर्णैवडुभिरू्जवराजलक्ष्म्या ।। ८३ ।। ॥ इत्यरिष्टमङ्ग: ॥ Sloka 83. The lord of the rwing sign; when pos. sessed of great strength and unaspected by malefic

SI. 84 221

planets but aspected by benefic ones and occupying a Kendra position wards off death and secures to the child long life graced with the strong virtues of a vigorous sovereignty. Norrs This slola is from aresyT4 (Mandavyajathaka) चलहीने विलमेश जीवे केन्द्रत्रिकोणगे। पष्ठाष्टमव्यये पापे मध्यमायुरुदाहुनम्॥।८४।। द्वात्रिशद्वत्सरादुपार सप्ततिपर्यन्तं मध्यमायुर्योगः ॥ Stoka 84. When the lord of the rising sign 19 without strength and Jupiter occupies a Kendra or Tri kona position, and the 6th, the 8th or the 12th place from the Lagna is cccupied by a malefic planet, the person born is declared to possess the mean period of life. Mean period of life ranges frcm the 33rd year upto the 70th year (both inclusive). NOTES. A few of the Madhyamayur (nntqa) sogas culled from other works are given below for the reader's mnformation as the same appears to have been cither lost or omitted from this work. सौम्पै: पार्पाशकर्कस्थ, पापे: केन्द्रगतेसया। मध्यमायुरयं योग: सौम्यैः केन्द्रविवर्जितैः । चतुरसगताः पापा लग्नात्कुर्षन्ति मध्यमायुष्यम्। चन्द्रातपैत दिवमै: सौम्पैरनवीक्षिता न शुभमुक्ताः।। सुतदशमे सोम्पैः स्यालिमने रव्यन्त्रिते व्यये चन्द्रे। गुरुशुक्रावेकगतौ जातस्तत्रैव मध्यायुः ॥ चन्द्रे कुजक्षें तनुगे प्रदष्टे व्ररमहैः शोभनखेचरेन्द्रैः। केन्द्राद्वहिछ्ठैरनिधनं प्रयाति वर्षस्रय सिशसमानकैस्त ।

222 जाधक्रपारिभावे Adb.IV

पापम्रहे.रन्भातौ सचन्द्रे केन्द्रस्थिते वा यदि वा त्रिकोणे। निरीक्षिने पापसर्गैन मम्यैर्जानस्यसिंशदुपैति वर्षम् ॥ नमे शना रात्रिकरेण युक्कै मौमे घटम्ये सुरसंख्यनपें: ॥ गुरुशुकीं च केन्द्रस्पौ लमेशे पपसयुने। आपोहिमस्थे सन्ध्यायाँ जानस्यायृ रवित्रयम्।। पापमध्यगते सूर्ये साम्पे शत्रुवेशगनि। जातश्र रोगपीडार्त: परमायृ रवित्रयरम ॥ भौमेन्दृ लग्नगों यम्य केन्द्राष्टमनिनरमि।,। मौम्पैगुलिकवेन्टार्यां जानस्यायू रविनयम्।। कगन्तरे लगनगने तदीशे सुग्मस्थिते देवगुरी रिप्टस्ये।। जानस्तु मृत्यु मुनित्रन्हित्रषेः प्रयाति शास्रत्ञपरेः प्रदिष्टम्। अष्टरपतौ विन्मे स्यिरराशी जायने नरो यन्ु। नम्वारिंश व्र्पैर्मरणं रन्भ्रे न शुभयुक्ते ।। लग्नेशरे रनधगते सपापे केन्द्राद्वहिछे यदि सौम्यखेंट। चव्नारिशद्वत्सरे मृत्युमेति जान पुत्रो नान्यथा शास्त्रमेतत्॥। मभूमिजे रन्प्रपतौ विल्मे राशौ स्थिरे वा यदि वा घराजे। रिःफेऽपमं मृत्युमुपैन जातस्त्व ्ैर्द्विचत्वारिसमानकैर्वा ॥ केन्द्रे गुरौ पर्मणि सूर्यपुत्रे लगे चरे वेदयुगैः समानैः ॥ अष्टमाधिपतौ केन्द्रे भौगे रमं समाश्रिते। अर्फरिजौ त्रिपछठष्थौ जीवेदुद्र नुषयम् ॥ स्वोथे विलसे क्षितिनन्दन च जीवेऽस्तगे कर्मणि सूर्यपुत्रे। • जातो घनाढ्यो बहुगासवरेत्ता वेदान्धिवरपैनिधनं प्रयाति॥ जन्माधिपे रन्भ्गत सपापे पापान्विते लपपनौ रिपुस्ये। वगनिविते वा शुभटग्िमुक्ते पशाब्विवपैर्निषनं मयाति ॥ मेपे शशाङ तनुगे सुपूणें सौम्येक्षिते भूपतिरत्र नानः। पापम्रहाणा- दशा विहीने नागान्धि तर्पेर्निघनं प्रयाति ।।

224 जातकपारिजाठे Ađh. IV.

मरन्धगे देवगुरौ विललने कुम्मे सपापे यदि केन्द्रराशौ। सर्वज्ञानां पुण्यवान शास्त्रवंत्ता जानस्तु पष्ठचा निघनं प्रयाति॥ केन्द्रे सपापे तनुपे व्ययस्थे लग्नेश्वरे रन्ध्रगते हि वन्हौ।। लोकान्तरं आापयति सम जातं कुशीवृत्तं कुलपांसनं तम्।। होगजन्माधिपती केन्द्रगतौ मृत्युनाथसंयुक्तौ ।

चन्द्रे विलगने स्वगृहं प्रयांत नीचे शनौ भास्करे सप्षमे च। अस्मिन् जातो मानुपो ज्ञानिमुरयो जीवेत् पष्ठि; पश्चभि: संप्रयुक्त:॥ होराजन्माधिनायौ निधनमुपगतौ मृत्युनाथे च केन्द्रे योगे जात नरोडस्मिन जनयति न पर कीर्तिवित्तान्वितं च। पष्ठयां पड्भियु नाया निधनममिहित नन्दकोक्ते तदिघं वर्षें त्रिशेऽवा स्यास्त्वखिलमिति खगैर्नायते पार्यिवेन्द्रः ।। जीने विझ्वनं बुधसूर्ययुक्ते मीने शनौ दादशे शीतरश्मों। जातो योगे चार्यनान् मृत्युभाकु ग जीवेत् पष्ठचा पट्महायो मनुष्यः ॥ नक्षपरनाथसहित. सनिना नमस्तः सौरिर्विएग्नमहितो हितुके सुरेज्य। अस्मिन्योगे जायमानो मनुष्यः क्षोणीपतिनेंधनमष्टपछचा ।। अर्ककुजमन्दयुक्ते चलवर्जिते देवराट्पूज्ये। चन्द्रो व्यये सुते या सप्ततिव्र्पाणि जीवरति माय. ॥। नीचे मन्दे केन्द्रगे वा निकोणे सौम्ये केन्द्रे मास्करे वा ससौम्ये। योगे जानः पण्डितो धर्मशीनो ज्ञानी प्राज्ञ सप्ततेर्वत्सराणाम् ।। प्रबले केन्द्रगे सौम्ये निधने सौम्यभर्नित। नग्नाधिपन दृष्टशेत्पापैर्नीवति सप्ततिम् ।। पश्मस्य घरासूनौ नीच मन्देऽस्तगे खवौ। अस्मिन् जातो मनुष्यस्तु मपत्यां निधनं ब्जेत्।।

Sl. 85-89 वतुर्योयाय. 225

चतुष्टये शुभर्युक्ते लग्नेशे शभसंयुते। गुरुणा दृष्टिसंयोगे पूर्णमायुरनिनिदिशेन् ।। ८५।। Sloka 85 When the Kendra is occupied by benefic planets and the lord of the Lagna is in conjunction with them or is aspected by Jupiter, the astrologer must pronounce the period of life of the native to be full. केन्द्रान्विते विलग्नेशे गुरुशुक्रसमन्निरिते। ताभ्यां निरीक्षिते वाऽपि पूर्णमायुरविनिर्दिशेत् ॥ ८६ ।। Sloka 86 When the lord of the rising sign occu- pies a Kendra being in conjunction with or aspacted by Jupiter and Venus, the person born must be declared to Dossess long life उच्चान्वितैसित्रमिः खेटैलग्ने रन्भ्रेशसंयुते। रन्ध्े पापविहीने च दीर्घमापुर्निनिर्दिशेत्।८७॥ Sloka 87. When 3 planets are ih their exaltation signs and the rsing sign 19 occupied by the lord of the 8th house, and that again is without a malefic planet, the person born will have long life रन्ध्रस्थितैस्त्रिमिः खेटैः स्वोच्मित्रखववर्गत:। लग्नेशे चलसंयुक्ते दीर्घमायुर्विनिदिशेत् ।।८८ ।। Sloka 88. When 3 planets are ih the 8th house from the Lagna, occupying respectively an exaltation sign, a friend's house and one's own Varga and when the Lagna is possessed of strength, the astrologer is to declare the person born to be long-lved. स्वोच्चस्थितेन केनापि खेचरेण समन्त्रितः । शनिर्या रन्ध्रनाथो वा दधमायुर्निनिर्म्ियेन्।।८९॥ 29

226 भात पारिजाते Adh. IV

Slokn 89. If Saturn or the lord of the 8th house from the Lagna be in conjunction with any planet in his exaltation sign, the life of the person born must be declared to be long. त्रिपडायगता: पापाः शुभाः केन्द्रत्िकोणगाः । लगेशो वलसंयुक्त: पूर्णमायुर्विनिर्दिशेत् ।। ९० ।। Slokn 90. If malefic planets occupy the 3rd, the 6th, and the 11th places from the Lagna and rhe benefic planets be in Kendra or Tritona positions and if the lord of the Lagna possesses strength, the person born will have long life. पद्सपतरन्धरभावेपु शुमेपु सहितेपु च। त्रिपडायेषु पापेपु दीर्घमायुर्विनिर्दिशेद्।। ९१॥ Sloka 91. When benefic planets are together in the 6th, the 7th or the 8th Bhava from the Lagna and when the milefic ones are in the 3rd, the 6th and the 11th places, the person born will live long. रिःफशत्रगताः पापा लग्नेशो यदि केन्द्रग।। रन्धस्थानगताः पापाः कर्मेशः खोचराशिग:। योगद्वयेऽपि दीर्ापुरुपैति बहुमंमतम् ॥ ९२ ॥ Sloka 92. Malefie planets are in the 12th and the 6th houses froin the Lagna, and the lord of the risiog sign occupies a Kendra: this is yoga (1) Malefic planets are in the 8th house from the Lagna, the lord of the 10th house is in his exaltation sign : this is yoga (2) The majority of astrologers agree that in both these yogas, the person born attains loog life.

ŠI. 93-96 चतुर्योउध्याय: 227

रन्ध्रेशसगृहाधीशो यसिन् राशौ व्यवस्थितः। तदीशो लमननाथश् केन्द्रगो यदि तादशम्।९३॥ Sloka 93. Find the Rasi in which is the lord o the sign occupied by the lord of the 8th house from the Lagna. If the lord of the Rasi so found and the lord of the Lagna occupy a Kendra, the life of the person bom will be such as has been described. द्विस्वभावं गते लगे तर्दाे केन्द्रगेऽपि वा। स्वोचमूलत्रिकोणे वा चिरं जीवति भाग्यवान् ।। ९४॥ Slaka 94. When the Lagna is a dual sign and when its lord occupies a Kendra, its own, its exaltation or Moola-tribona fsign, the person born will live long and be fortunate. . द्विखभावं गते लग्ने लग्नेशात् केन्द्रगौ यदि। दवौ पापौ यस्य जनने तस्यायुर्दीर्धमादिशेत् ॥९५॥ Sloka 95, When the Lagna is a dual sign, and two malefie planets occupy Kendra positions in respect to the lord of the Lagna, the person born may he pro. nounced to have long life. चरांशकस्था रविमन्दभौमा: सिथिरांशकसौ गुरुदानवेज्या। शेपाश्च युग्मांशगता यदि स्यात् तदा समुद्धतनरः अतायुः॥९६ ॥ Sloka 96. If the Sun, Saturn and Mars be in Navamsas owned by moveable signs, Jupiter and Venus be in those owned by immoveablesigns, and the remain.' ing planets in Navamsas owned by dual signs, the person born will live 100 years. ॥ सपत्युपरिशतान्तं पूर्णमायुर्योगः ॥ From the 71st year to the 100th year (both inclu- sive) is called पूर्णायुस Poornayus.

288 Adh. IV

NOTES. This appears to be from शुकजातक (Sukajathaka). The joga quoted there is slightly diffetent, 1iz., चरांशकस्था: कविमन्दमौमा: स्थिरशास्यौ रविदेवपूज्यौ। शेपौ तु युग्मांशकमप्रयुक्तौ दीर्घयुरलिन् जनने नृपालः ॥ One of the means of finding out the TT, ELT (Alpa, Madyha) and aivige (Deerghayus) in horoscopes has been taken from Para- sara and given helow in a tabular form for easy reference

र्दार्घांयु: मध्यापु: अस्पायु: I चरगृहे लगनेश: घरगुहे लग्नेश: घरगृह्टे अष्टमेश' स्थिरगूह्दे अष्टमेशः चर गुहे लग्नेश: उभयसशी अष्टमेश: II स्थिरगृड्दे लग्नेश: स्थिरगृद्े लग्नेशा: स्थिरगुड्टे लानेश' उभयराशी अष्टमेशः चरराशी अष्टमेश: स्थिर गृहेऽप्टमेश: उभयराशी करनेश उभयराजी लगमेश: उभयराशा लग्नेश: III उभयराशायष्टमर: घरराशयएमेश:

Explanatson :_ There are three sets of yogas under each of i Deergha, Madhya and arvigy Alpayus That particular kind of Ayus will have to be predicted under which both the conditions which constitute each set are satisfied Thus, taking the fitst set under each of the heads of Ayus, (1) if the lords of the Lagna and the 8th house are both in moreable Rasis, na (Deerghayus) will have to be predicted, (u) if they occupy move. able and fixed signs respectively, trniye (Madhy amayus) w ill have to be stated, (m) if they are in -i (Chara) and 3H4 (Ubhaya) Rasis, then the native will be Hevrge (Alpayus) Similarly wath reference to the remaiing two sets मन्दांशकस्या रविजीवभौमा धर्मस्थितास्तनवभागसंस्थाः । बलान्वितो लप्नगतो हिमांशुर्युगान्तमायुः श्रियमादधाति ॥९७॥

si. 97-99 229

Sloka 97. If the Sun, Jupiter and Mars be in the 9th house from the Lagna, and if the Navamsa they occupy be owned by the 9th house from the Lagna and also by Saturn (2 e, if Makara or Kumbha be the 9th place and the Navamsa occupied by the 3 planets be the qrihamra (Vargoththamamsa) and if the Moon occupy the Lagna in strength, the person born will be blessed with a happy life ending with the end of the world The reading of this sloka is suightly different m Unier (Horaprakasa) t1s, मन्दाशकस्था रविभामजीवा भमीश्रिता कर्मयुता मलाड्या। राइयाचसाने हिमगा विलस्े युगान्नमायु श्रियमादधाति॥ एर्कांशभागी गुरुपर्यपुत्री धर्मस्थितौं या यदि कर्मसंस्थो। अकोदये सौम्यनिरीक्ष्यमाणौ मुनिर्मचेदत्रभवधिरायुः ॥९८॥ Sloka 98. If Saturn and Jupiter being in the 9th or the 10th house from the Lagna occupy one and the same Navamsa and be aspected by benefic planets, and if the Sun be in the Lagna, the person born in this Yoga will be an insptred sarnt endowed wtth long life गुरुशाशेसहिते कुलीरिलमे शशितनये भृमुजे च केन्द्रयाते।

Slora 99 When Cancer 13 the rising sign and Jupiter and the Moon occupy it, and Venus and Mer- cury are in Kendra positions and the remaining planets happen to be in the 11th, the 6th and the 3rd bhavas from the Lagna, the person born will have an immensely long life without reference to the order of reckoning treated of in the agefa (Ayurdhaya) chapters

232 सातकपारिजाते Ađh. IV

Sloka 105. When the rising Navamsa in Kataka is owned by Dhanus and Jupiter occupies it and when 3 or 4 planets are in Kendra pcsitions, the person born attains to Brahma's seat. The same joga is agam referred to in Adhyaya V-122 injra. लग्ने सेज्ये भृगो फामे कन्यायामुद्ठनायके। चापे मेपांशके लग्ने जातो याति परं पदम् ॥१०६।। Słoka 106. When the rising sign is Dhanus and is occupied by Jupitet and when the rising Navam. sa is owned by Mesha, when Venus is in the 7th house and the Moon is in Kanya, the person born will attain final beatıtude. For the same yoga, sce Adkgays V sloka.123 sufra. . चालारिएटं योगमंजातमल्पं तेपां भङ्गा मध्यम दर्षिमायु: । दिव्यं योगाभ्यासमन्त्रक्रियायैरायु: ससैतानि संकीरतितानि ।।१०७। इति श्रीनवग्रद्कृपया वैधनाधनिराचिते जावकपारिजाते

Stoka 107. arerfoe (Balarishta-afflictions in chiia. hood), early death due to planetary combinations, their nullification, mean age, long life, divine life due to (1) abstract meditation (2) recitation of sicred hymns, etc., these seven have been treated of in this Adhyaya. . Thus ends the Fourth Adhyaya styled Balarishta arthe and other yogas in the work wavoitata (Jathakaa parijatha) composed by Vaidyanatha under the auspices of the nine planets.

जातकपारिजाते पञ्चमोऽध्यायः

॥ आयुर्दायाध्यायः ॥

Adhyaya V.

LENGTA OF LIFE.

In this chapter slokas 7, 9, 11, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, have been taken from Brihat Jataka

पराशराधैः कथितानि यानि संगृह तानि कमशः प्रच्मि ॥१॥ Sloka. 1. I abridge and give in their order the several methods for finding the lengths of human hfe under various planetary positions as treated of by vmnr Parasara and other eminent authorities on Astrology under the heads of (1) निसगंन Nisargaja (2) पिण्डज-Pandaja, (3) अदाज-Amsaja, (4) राश्मिज-Rasmija, (5) चकम-Chakraja, (6) नक्षम्र ज-Nakshatraja, (7) दग्यज Dayaja and (8) ष्ट कवर्गज- Ashtaka Vargaja (भायुस) Ayus. नखाः शशी द्वौ नवकं धृतिय कृतिः खवाणा रनिपूर्वकाणाम्। इमा निरुक्ता: क्रमशो ग्रहाणां नैसर्गिके ह्ायुपि चर्पसंख्याः ॥२॥ Sloka 2. 20, 1, 2, 9, 18, 20 and 50 are the figures indicating the number of years prescribed respectively for the Sun and other planets in the Narsargikayurdaya

233 30

294 जासकनारिमावे Adh. V, NOTES • Vids भीपतिपसति V2-28 Also of GRITer विशत्तिरेक व्विसय नव एविविड विंदविस पत्राशव। वर्पाणामपि संख्या सुर्योद्ीना निसर्गभवा.॥ नवेन्दवो नाणपमा: शरक्ष्मा दिवाररा: पश्रमुवः कुपक्षाः। नखात्र भासवत्प्रमुखग्रहाणा पिण्डायुपोशध्दा निजंतुंगगानाम्। ३॥ Slota 3. The aggregate number of fuargaiu Pin. dayurdaya years assigned to the Sun and other planets in their htghest exaltation poit are respectively 19, 25 15, 12, 15, 21 and 00 NOTES Alao of मरब्दातस पट तिथिविषणयिभूपरद्रदणसहिता दपाभि स्वसुत्रभेदु ॥ Aiso मारावलो एकोमविदरिर्भानो राकित एमविदाति। विषय श्ितिपुत्रस द्वादसेव डपल सु। बिल्ले पविपुयस दिप्दायु स्ोडससपते।। The firures given for the several pianets mn this eloka are also heipfut to find out the sppreximate icome or salary of a person निजोषशुद्ध: खचरो विदोष्यो ममण्डलाद् पइ्मचनोनककेद्। यथास्थित: पड्मवनाधिकथेत् लिप्तीकवः सङगणितो निजान्दैः ॥४। तत्र खाग्ररसचन्द्रलोचनरूदूते सति यदाप्यते फलस्। वर्षमासदिननाडिकादिकं तारद पिण्डमर मायर्पते ॥५॥* Stolas i and 5. Subtract the frgures of a planet from those denoting us frghest exaltation point If the result is less than 6 signs, subtract it from 12 signs.

SI. 6-7 पस्चमोऽपाप:

But if the exaltation point mimus the planet should exceed 6 signs, keep,it as it is; reducing the same to minutes, multiply this by the planet's years. Divide the product by 21,6)0. The quotient represented by years, months, days etc., is called the fosrga Pindayus of the planet. Vide शीपतिपद्धति V .- 20, 21. खोचोनस्फुटखे चर यदि रसादल्पं भचकोद्धतं लिपीकृत्य निजापुर्दगुणितं तच्चकलिसाहृतम्। लन्ध वासरनायकादिखचर्दत्तायुरब्दादिक नािार्द्धक्रमशो वदन्ति मुनपः पैण्डये च नैसर्गिके॥ ६ ॥ Sloka 6. Sages say that in the frargatr-Pindayur- daya as well as in:the safiurgtfr-Naisargikayurdaya the working process is as follows: The interval between a planet's, actual position and its highest exaltation point, if less than 6 signs, should be subtracted from 12 signs. The result reduced to:minutes must be multiplied by the number 'of years assigned to the planet and divi- ded by 21,600, t.e. the number of minutes in the 12 signs of the zodiac. The years and months thus arrived at correspond to the argary-Ayurdaya of the Sun and other plariets obtained upon the application of frar Neecha rdha and similar proportionate reduction. NOTES, This is simply a paraphrase of the 2 foregoing slokas. र्नांचेऽ्तो-द्वं हसति हि ततथान्तरस्थेऽनुपातो होरा त्वंशप्रतिममपरे राशितुल्यं वदन्ति। हित्वा चक्रं रिपुगृहगतैहींयते स्त्रिभाग: सूर्योच्छिन्द्यतिपु च दलं प्राज्दप शुक्कार्कपुत्रौ ।।७।।

Adb. 286 Sluka 7. When a planet is in sts depression point, the period assigned to it is redueed by halt, but when it occupies an intermediate posinon, the reduction is to be proportionate The number of years given by the Lagna correspond to the number of its Navamsas that have risen above the horizon According to some, the wiayw (Lagnayus) is as many years as there are Rasis reckoned from Mesha up to Lagna The planets except when their motion is retrograde fose a third of their Ayurdayas when in mmimical houses When they are celipsed, their Mrgely (Ayurdaya) is to be diminshed by half. This last reduction does not applv to Venus and Saturp NOTES Furst quarter. nasrorid is the reading adopted sn the commeptaries of भट्टोपस 2nd विदरण bot 2a मिताइर। at is सयोरन्तरसे shich clearly means arr dimne. Stcend quaster By the word avt (Apare) in this sloka is meant (nfrt) Manittha (some call hu Manintha) and men of lis schoal For, according to them the pumber of years contzibuted by the Legos is thus found . नअरामोसमा आग्दा मासा दाननुपातत। कृस्वा यचद्वेरकाल वर्पोदिला्नजीविवम्।। Also nde stolas 14 and 15 sfra Thue af 15' 47 24* of Vrischika have nsen at the barth time of g person, the number of years given by the Lagua according to Varbamibira's vew will be 947 4/200 or 4737 years But If Manitbtha'x viewr be adopted, the Lagpayus will be 7 years (nnmber of rasis that have elapsed counted from Au) phils 15" "79130' years or 7 263 years Both the methods of caleulating wagg (Lagnayus) existed from the ver beginning treuyH (Rasyayus) was not s nen method found by #iTw or men of his school For, we see in FFekt अचे के छानमच्तिन राशिनेश्पपे विद्ु. स

S1. 6-7 पज्मोडप्याप- 237

But mot4 and men of his school followed the Intter while others preferred the former Under the two methods, the past f Navamsas and Rasis and their fractions represent the years months, &c Bhattotpalr adds that Mamttha's method should be followed if the lord of the rsing sign he powerful, ind the first method should be adopted if the lord of the rising Navamsa be strong, and quotes in support thereof the following sloka from aRTt, लग्नदामाशलुदप स्पाइन्वरे चानुपातत। सरपती वछसपस शावीतुस्य स्वमाधिपे।। This view is not however nccepied by Varahamihira For the latter half of the sloka in the text, ef ninaydia V 22 A planet is said to be eclipsed nhen he disappears within a particular limit from the Sun, his light being then overpowered by that of the Sun This limit in the case of the several plenets is as follows The Moon when within 12' from the Sun Mars when within 17° Mercury when within 14° hut when retrograde 12° Jupitet when within 11° Venus 10° but when retrograde 83 Saturn when within 15°

Let us consider the following example -

Mars Lagaa Sdn Mercury Venus Saturu

Buth at balf a ghatıka beforeSun risc on 30th April Moon 1853 A D

Jupiter

238 Adh. V

Lagna 0-14°-32 Mercury 11-24'-14' Sun 0-17 *- 43 Jupiter 8-1°-25' Moon 9-147-30 Venus 0-14'- 3' Mars J1-27°-53 Saturn 0-27°-56'

1 To find the income or salary -Find the lord of the 10th house or planet in the 10th house for that plabet wbich is near the meridian) The figure indicated by the said planet gives the ap proximate income. In the example given nbove the Moon is in the 10th house and is stronger than the lord of that hottse His figures are thus obtained The Moon s years in depression are 12t years He is 711° removed from his depression point and therefore gets 12} + 180 x 12} or about 172 approximately

The native s inco ne must therefore be 175 appreximately 2 To find the Ayurdaya -- The Sun s ezattation 15 0-10* His present posttion 1s 0-17'-43-30' The Sun therefore contributas 19 X 2 +$ 7425 19 6 18 5923 years The Moon s position 1s His depression is 9-14 *- 30' 7-3° His years therefore are 25 2 L25 × 143

Mars depression is 2 2x186 T 17 465 years

His position 15 3-28° 11-27°-53' His years therefore are +x} or 12 5 years Mercury s position is His depression 1s 11-24°-14' 11-150 He therefore contributes I2 ,6x9 25 =6 31 years. 2 180 Jupiter similarly gets 45+15x 33=8 875 years

St.8-9 पत्मोउध्याय। 239

Venus contributes 101+162-45 x21 or 19'97 years 1

Saturn gives 10+: 10x7'93= 10'44 years 180 In the example, there is no planet that is quartered in the house of its enemy So there is no reduction on that count- As regards the rule about combustion, Venus and Saturn are eclipsed, Their years should be reduced by balf- But they come under the exception and their years are therefore not reducible. The years for the lagna=4 72 200 or +'36 years

भूम्याः पुत्रं वर्जायेत्वाऽरिभस्था हन्ः सवस्ादायुपस्ते त्रिमागम्। अस याता: सर्व एवार्द्धहानन कुर्युर्हित्वा दैत्ययूज्यार्कपुत्रौ ।।८ ।। Sloka 8. All pianets except Mars when in inimical houses destroy a third of their Ayurdayas. When ec- lipied by the Sun thev lose half their Ayurdaya, the exceptions in this latter case being Venus and Saturn. NOTES

The word a (Vakra) in the preceding sloka may be under- stood in two senses. The first meaning acceptable to the majorsty is given mn the translation. The second has the support of so illustrious an authorsty as 41704W (Badarayana) from whose work this sloka has been taken by the compiler Vaidyanatha Dikshıta.

व्ययादिहरणम् सर्वार्द्धत्रिचरणपश्चपष्ठुभागाः क्षीयन्ते व्ययभवनादसत्सु वामम्। सत्सर्द्ध हसते तथैकराशिगानामिकोंडशं हरति बली तथाह सत्य: ९ Sloka 9 When malefic planets occupy the 6 bhavas counted backward from the 12th, the whole, a half, a third, a fourth, a fifth, or a sixth, respectively of their

240 भाठक पारिजाते Adh. V

Ayurdaya is lost When benefic planets occupy such positions, the loss is half of that sneurred in the case of malefic ones When several planets are in a bhava, only the strongest of them causes a reduction in the uigria (Ayurdaya), Satyacharya says so NOTES The commentator adds that Varahimdura concurs with Satyacharya in this view rir that when several planets occupy a single sign, the reduction shall be made for the most powerful one 5/. सारावली सवमद तृतीयोशव्यतुर्थ पञ्चमस्तथा। वष्टश्रोराक्षय याति वक्याग्ाम ग्रहे स्थिते ॥! साम्ये चार्दमितो याति माश बहुभिरेकगै । एक एव वली हन्ति सवायुप सर्वेदा भर ।। Also ET. पुकादशोरकमास्सप्रमादिति प्राह हरणकमाणि। एकर्शगेपु धीर्वाधिक स्वभाग हरेदेक ।। अर्ध वृत्तीयभाग चनुर्थक पञ्चम व यहठ च। आयु पिण्डारपापा हरक्सि स।म्यासधाधानि। हादरासस्थ पाप स्वादाय शोमनस्ततोडद्धं तु। अपहरति सर्वमायुयभा च यागसमपि चह्पे॥

• Lagna Lagna

For malefics Tor benefics

SI. 10 पचचमोऽयायः 241

The principle to be noted hete is that the deduction is engoin ed for planets-whether benefic or, malefic-if they are m the visıble half In the present horoscope ucording to the above rule, thete are two planets in the 12th, viz, Mars and Mercury, of whom . Mars is stronger Mars therefore loses all his years This reduction is enouph and reduction in the case of Mercury is nof necessary. The Moon as in the 10th l ouse He is benehic ind therefore loses $th His years when reduced will be 14 551. Tupiteras in the 9th He loses ath and his reduced period 15 7 766 years It should hovever be clearly understood tbat the above com putations ire only rough ind not quite accurate masmuch as no distinction is made batween 7 planet occupying the beginning of a bhava and another occupying ibe end of it Both are made to sufler the same amount of reduct un which is not correct Aguin suppose there is a planet occupying the beginning of the 12th house and another the end of the 11th, the relative distance between them being eay only 2 or 3 degrees If the rules enunciated above are to be strictly applied, one planet (that is in the 12th house) loses his whole period while that in the 11th loses only one balf which is iathematically not correct To calculale the Ayurdaya uperiods of the several planets correctly ind nccurately, readers are requested to refer to the 5th adhyayi of anruelt (Sripati- pddhati) and the sample horoscope worked out by me therei एक्क्षोपगतानां यो भवति वलाधिको विशेषेण। क्षपयति तथोक्तमंशं स एव नान्योडपि तत्रस्थ: ।।१० । Sloka 10 When several planets are in one housa, only one planet that ss pre eminently strong and no other causes the loss of auguia (Ayurdaya) portion in the wiy described. करोदयहरणम.

31

242 मातक पारिजाते Adh V

करे चिलग्नसहिते विधिना त्वनेन सौम्येक्षिते दलमतः अलयं प्रयाति ॥११ ॥ Sloka 11 Multiply the Ayurdaya found by the number representing the Navamsa portions, whole and fractional, of the Lagna that have emerged from the horizon Divide the product by 103 The quotient in years, months, ete, 1s the period to be diminished from the Ayurdaya found in cousequence of a malefic planet occupying the Lagna If the malefic planet in the Lagna be aspected by a bonefic planet, the reduction will be only by half of the period above found NOTES The greatest amount of reduction under ths count will be 1/12th of the whole Ayus when the Lagna happens to be the very end of a s gn According to some the number of years of reduction is obtained by multipising the total number of years already obtained by the number of Navamsas betneen the firet po nt of Mesha and the Lagna-whole and fractional-and dividing the produet by 108 Thus should the Lagna be at the very end of Meena, and if a malefie should occupy the same the whole Avus is lost The former wew appears more rational The latter vew is not favoured ettber by Bhattotpal or by halyanavan i of भागारा एग्नादा एशिका हुत्वा प्रश्येक विह्गायुपा। भप्वा मण्डर टिसामिलव्य चर्पद्विशोधयेस्। स्वायुपो लग्नगे परे एव्घसाय सुभेसिते। एचमव पर्नष्य जीवसमास चदने। The Commentator also adds आाम्मन साद्कस ने कर्मेति एमे यगा पाप से म्यो भवनम्1 यो लसोता पामीयर्वनी स एव ग्राली नेनर इनि When there are two planets one malefic and the other benefic occupying the Lagna the planet that as nearer to the nsing Vaiams is ulone to be cons d ed and not the others If the malefc planet be cearer then the reduction enjo ned has to be

S1. 12-13 पत्मोऽ््याय: 249

inade; but if the benefic 'be nearer, then no reduction need be made. The word Ir Krura in the sloka does not include the waning Moon, for, sivs the commentator • मूर्यांङ्वारकमन्देप्वेवणिान् लग्नगे भरति हानिः। विधिना रनेन साम्येक्षिते दुसं पातवेलन्थम।। इति In the evaumple, the Lagna is 0 -- 14°-32' or 4133 Navamsas. Ths is to be divided by 103 and multiplied by .the Ayurdayas nlready found As there are two malefic' planets, vit; Saturn and the Sun in the Lagna and aspected by Jupiter, a benefic, the reduc- tion to be mde in the Ayus wilt be fat. x लिसी भूतैर्लय मागैविहन्यादायुदयिं खेचराणां पृथकुस्थम्।

एवत् करे लमगे सौग्यदष्टे तसिन पापे, तत्फलारद्ध विंशोध्यम्। एतदाये नांशसज्ञे विधेय पिण्डायुर्वद् कर्म नैसर्गिंके च॥ १३ ॥ .Slokas 12 & 18 Convert the degrees and portions there of in the Lagna to minutes (the number represent. ing integral signs being left out), and multiply here. with the agira (Ayurdaya) of the planets separately. Divide the product by 21,600- The quotient represent- ing years, etc. found for each planet must be subtracted from its srgars (Ayurdaya). This reduction is enjoined when a malefic planet occupies tbe Lagna. But if the malefic planet be aspected by a benefic one, only half the result obtained by the above process for each planet is to be subtracted from its आयुदाय (Ayurdaya). This reduction does 'not apply to the shargziu (Amsayurdaya) The process in the नस्गिकायुरदाय (Naisargikayurdaya) is also the same as in the fusryriq (Pındayurdaya). Same as sfiqfiraia :(Sripathipaddhati)- V-26, 27.

244 Adh. V

लमायु:साधनम्. आयुस्तथैतेपु बलात्यलमे विह्याय राशीन् कृतलिप्तिकेऽत्र । भक्ते द्विशत्या फलमब्दपूर्व यत्साद्विलम्रायुपि तच्य योज्यम् ॥१४॥ Sloka 14 When the Lagna is strong (t. e., when the strength exceads 6 Rupas), convert only the degrees, etc, contained therein into minutes, the integral signs being left out Divide this by 203, the quotient in the form of years, etc, should be added to the eargn (Lagnayus). NOTFS This sloka is taken from sfmiaaia (Sripatipaddhati) ch V. () The Ayus for the Lagna in the ang.i4 (Amsay ur daya) sy stem is found in the follon ing manner Reduce the signs, degrees, etc , into minutes and divide it by 2400 The remainder is the n47 (Ayusbkalaba) of the Lagoa Divide the aTTmt (Ayushkalaha) by 200 The result will be the number of sears given by the Lagna Thus, if in a natrvity the position of the Lagna.be 0-14° -31'-46", the sttgor t (Ayushkalaha) =871 76 The number of Sears given by the Lagna=4 3588 Tlns is the wen of Varaha mihira (Vide sloka 7 sufra) (1) But according lo som-, since the Lagna in the above instance is ascertained to be strong 'sts strength being 9 137 Rupas), lhe Ayus has to be increased by 14° 31' 46" 303 of a year ='4843 of a yeir Thus, the aggregate number of yers derived from the Lagna . )3 4'3588 plus 1843 or 4 843 (e) In the 3 Ayurdayas, us, floaiaa (Pinday urday a), fanni r4 (Nisargayurdayı) and irramgury (Jeevasarmay urdaya) the Ayus for the Lagna hias to be worhed out just as in the sengai4 (Amsayurdaya) [Vide (a) abovel

SI. 15 पड्च मोडध्याय- 245

Since the Lagnr is strong (in the present evimple), we have to add to 13588 seirs (alrcady obtuned) +3588 jears more The total number of years derived from the Lagna will therefore be 8 717 But Rara5 (Dim iharr Duvigna) in huis com mentary on the 24th slokn of the qarrvaia (Resavapaddhati) quotes approvingis the foflon ing readug of the slol a in the text - आायुप्ण्ययनेध्वचलाद्य एग्ने विहाय रशान् तलिप्तिवेडन। भक्त द्विशत्या पलमव्दपूर्व यतूम्याद्वितग्नायुपि तब योज्यम् ।। and explais अवलाताउग (Abal ulhya lagne) अवले वलान्ध वा लथ (Abale baladhye va Lagne) t e in I agna whether werl or strong And लगायु (Lagnas ushi) he epluns ns importing एमायुनमिन्तम् (Lagna yurmimittham), $. for the Ayus of the Lagna The sloka with the ahove reading as interpreted by Rarriray (Dinakaradaivagna) would therefore mean ' In these three Ayuidayas t Pndyurdaya Nisargayur daya and Jeevasarma yurdaya omit the signe and tale only the degrees ete in the Lagna then icd ice these to minutes and divide the same by 200 The resulting quotient will represent the number of seurs due to the I agnayus According to this interpretation I agnayus norks out only to 4'3588 years And farrr <ag (Diwal aradan agna) adds that the interpretation is largely accepted

लग्नायुर्दायमिच्छन्ति होराशास्रविशारदाः ॥१५॥ Sloka 15 People versed in Astrological Science would have the warga (Lagnayus) consist of as many whole years as there are whole Rasis indicated by the figures denoting the Lagna and some months, etc obtained by proportion (te some months which form the same fraction of a year as the risen portion of the Lagna is of a whole Rasi) unde आपातिपद्धति V.18 NOInS See notes to 2nd quarter of stol a 7.

246 जावकपारेजासे Adh. V

षड़िघहरणं. करोदयास्तरिपुनीचखगोपगानां रिफायमाननवरन्धकलत्रगानाम् । कृत्वाऽडस्थया हरणपद्कमिनादिकानां लग्नायुपा सह युते यदि तुल्यमायु: ॥१६॥ Sloka 16 Effect with care which ever may becom necessary of the six reductions in the Ayurdayas of th Sun and other planets in respect to their being affecte by (1) the presence of a malefic planet in the Lagna (2) the loss of lustre owing to too great a proximity to the Sun (3) occu, ation of an inimical sign (4) arrival at the depression point (5) conjunction with other planets and (() position in the 1cth, 11th, 10th 9th, 8th or 7th house from the Lagna The reduced Ayurdayas of the planets if joined to the eargit (Lagnayus) will give the proper arrger-Ayus (in the aggregate) NOTES The aut! or here talks of the 6 hinds of reductions alluded t> already, viz (1) 0r441 (hrurodaya harana) [Sloka 11], (? अस्तगतहरण (Asthangata harana)- [Stoha 8], (3) शभुमत्रहदरण (Sathru 1sbetra haranal [Sioh1 8], (4) Iako (Neechardha harana)- [Sloka 7], (5) अद्योगताइरण (Grabayogato harana)-[Sloka10], and (6) व्ययादिहरण (Vyayadi harana)-[Sloka 9]. अंशकायुः. खमतेन किलाह जीनशर्मा ग्रहदायं परमायुपः स्वरांशम्। ग्रह्भुक्तनवांशराशितुल्यं चहुसाम्यं समुपैति सत्यवाक्यम् ॥१७॥ Slok 1 17 Jeevasarman lays down in accordance with his own doctrine that the (maximum) period of

S1.17 247

life given by each planet is 4th of the maximum aggre' gate period (t. c. 120 years and 5 days). The declaration of Satya (wa) that the argeiz (Ayurdaya) of a planet corresponds in years to the number of the Rasi whose Navamsa is occupied by the planet, ts in agreement with the viewsof the majority of astrological authorities (vide the next sloka). NOTES. Firs' hilf. According to Thani (Jeevasarman) each planet when in exaltatton grves 1/7th of 120 years, 5 days or 17 years, 1 month, 22 days, 8 ghatikas and 34*3 Vighatikas. Cf. raf सप्द्शैकोद्वियमौ वसवो वेदाग्नयो महेन्द्राणाम्। वर्पाण्युचस्थाना नीचम्धानामतोदूँ यात्।। मध्येऽसुपाततः स्यादानयन शेपमत्र यरिकत्रित्। पिण्डायुप दृव कार्य तस्सर्वं गणितत्ततवहैः ॥ Jecvasarman's Ayurdaya is to be tesorted to when the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon are all neak. Cf-arf लग्नस्पराशिनो बलशूम्य: स्युर्वदाउत्र परमायुरर्गाशम्। सर्व एवं खचरा वुतीरद जीवशर्मगदिन हि तदायुः ॥ It has also to be noted that just as in the fqoergrfr (Pindayur. ayal, the several reductions, vz, LRTPIEAT (Chakrapata harana), चार्जदरण (Neechaardhaharant,), मत्रमरशनि (Sathrulshetra hant), Teta K(Asthangatahans), #'146< (Krurodayaharana) w il1' 'ave to bel made and then the resulting length of life ascertamned. By the words fHan (Snamathena), Varahamihtra means that eevasarman (of the Bengal School) stands alone unsupported so ar as ris methiod or' Ayurdaya is concernea' The Amsayurdaya method has heen accurately treated i nipathipaddhaths, 5th Adhyaya and the reader will do well to refer to the example worhed out by me mn the notes to that work. It has to be remembered that there are no years fixed for each planet as in the Prtda, Nisarga and Jeevatnrma Ayurdayas There is also no Krurodayaharana in this system.

248 जासकपाजाते Adh. V.

मत्योक्ते ग्रहमिषं लिपीकत्ना शवद्वयेनाप्तम् । मण्डलभागनिशुद्धेऽदाः स्युः येपात् मासाद्याः ॥ १८ ।। Slokas 18 According to Satya's rule the signs, degrees, minutes, etc traversed by a given planet ought to be converted into minutes and divided by 200 If the quotient be a number exceeding 12 subtract from it as many multiples of 12 is you can, ithe remainder gives the number of years, months, etc

इयान्विशेपस्तु भदन्तभापितः ममानमन्यत्प्रथमेप्युदीरितम् ॥१९॥ Stulas 19 The wrga4 (Ayurdaya) of a planet is to be trebled when it is in its exaltation or in its retrograde motion The same is to b> doubled when the planet is in a Vargottamamsa, in its own Navunsa or in its own house or in its own Drekkam This is the peculurity in the method of working out the argefu (Ayurdaya) according to marara Satyacharya) All else is similar to what has been already stated कित्वत्र भांशप्रतिमं ददाति नीर्यान्विता राशिसमं च होरा। करोदये योऽपचयः स नात्र कार्य च नान्दैः प्रथमोपदिषैः ॥२०॥ Slokas 20 But the Lagna gives its arrgar4 (Ayurdayr) cerresponding to the character of its rising Navams7, 1 ( as many years, months, etc, as the number of the Rasi owning the rising Navamsa indicates If the Lagn be strong it gives in addition as miny years as there are Rasis in the figure denoting the Lagna In this werrgaiq (Satyayurdiya) tbe reduction due to the presence of a malefic planet in the Lagna does not find place. The yuars assigned to the planets in the pre- Vious Ayurdayas are not to be used for calculation

S1. 21-22 पञ्मोऽभ्यायः 249

सत्योपदेशो वरसत्र किन्तु कुर्घन्त्ययोग्यं बहुवर्गणामिः। आचार्यकन्त्वत्र बहुमतायामेकं तु यद्रि तदेव कार्यम् ॥ २१॥ Sloka 21. The rule of सलाचा्य (Satyacharya) is preferable (to that laid down by मय-Maya or जीवशर्मा) (Jeevasarmma). But some make the process inconsistent and unwarrantable by a series of multiplications. The dictum of the Acharyas (ee-Satya and others) is the following: (1). where several multiplications crop up, only one" and that the highest is to be gone through. (For instance, when a planet is in its own house, and in its exaltation, and in retrograde motion, the Ayurdaya is not to be doubled first and then the result trebled, and the second result further trebled. According to the rule, the angria (Ayurdaya), should be trebled once for all). (2). Again, when there are several reductions appli- cable, only one and that the greatest should be made. (For instance, a planet may be in an inimical sign and may be eclipsed by the Sun. It is enough if the reduction by half 1. e. the araga (Asthangata) reduction is made). रश्मिजायुस. दशगोशरबाणाद्रिवसुसायकरशमयः। दिननायकमुर्येपु निजतुङ्गगतेपु च । २२ ॥ Ska 22. When the San uad cther phaets aie m their exaltation, they have respecrively 10, 9, 5, 5, 7, 8 and 5 rays . . NOTES ८f. वलभद्र-होरारत. स्वोच्चस्थे दश सूर्ये नव चन्दरे पंघ भूपुधे। पंचेन्दुजे तथेज्ये सप्ताष्टी भार्गवे कानौ पंघ ॥ -

248 जासकपरिजाने Adh. V.

मत्योक्त ग्रहामेषं लिसीकत्वा शतद्वयेनाप्तम् । मण्डलभागनिशुद्धे-व्दाः स्युः शेपात्त मासाद्याः ॥ १८॥ Slokas, 18. According to Satya's rule the signs, degrees, minutes, ete traversed by a given planet ought to be converted into minutes and divided by 200. If the quotient be a number exceeding 12 subtract from it as many multiples of 12 as you can, ithe remainder gives the number of years, months, etc

इयान्विशेपस्तु भदन्तभापितः ममानमन्यत्प्रथमेप्युदीरितम् ॥।१९।। Sh kas 19 The argriT (Ayurdaya) of a planet 15 to be trebled when it is in its evaltation or in its retrograde motion The same is to be doubled when the planet is in a Vargottamamsa, in its own Navumnsa or in its own house or in its own Drekkana This 13 the peculnrity in the method of working out the argeig (Ayurdaya) according to arars /Satyncharya) All else is sımilar to what has been already stated किंत्वन भांशप्रतिमं ददानि नीर्यान्यिता राशिसमं च होरा। करोदये योऽपचयः ग नात कायं व नाब्दैः प्रथमोपदिष्टैः ॥२०॥ Slokas 20 But the Lagna gives its argaig (Ayurday?) ccrresponding to the character of its rising Navama, ! c, as many years, months, cte, as the number of the Rast owning the rising Nivamst indicates If the Lagm be strong, it gives in addition is miny years as there are Rasis in the figure denoting the Lagna In this wantgrin (Satyayurdiya) the reduction due to the presence of a malefic planet in the Lagna does not find place. The years assigned to the planets in the pre- vious Ayurdayas are not to be used for calculation.

S1. 21-22 पश्चमोडध्याय: 249

सत्योपदेशो वरसत्र किन्तु कुर्वन्त्ययोग्यं बहुवर्गणामिः। आचार्यकन्त्वत्र बहुमतायामकं तु यद्धररि तदेव कार्यम् ॥२१॥ Sloka 21. The rule of सत्याचार्य (Satyacharya) is preferable (co that laid down by मय-Maya or जीवशर्मा) (Jeevasarmma). But some make the process inconsistent and unwarrantable by a series of multiplications. The dictum of the Acharyas (edt-Satya and others) is the following: (1). where several multiplications crop up, only one" and that the highest is to be gone through. (For instance, when a planet is in its own house, and in its esaltation, and in retrograde motion the Ayurdaya is not to be doubled first and then the result trebled, and the second result further trebled. According to the rule, the ongriq (Ayurdaya), should be trebled once for all). (2). Again, when there are several reductions appli- cable, only one and that the greatest should be made. (For instance, a planet may be in an inimical sign and may be eclipsed by the Sun. It is enough if the reduction by half i. e. the araga (Asthangata) reduction is made). रश्मिजायुस.

दिननायकमुर्येपु निजतुङ्गगतेपु च ।। २२ ॥। Sloka 22. When the Sun and other planets are in their exaltation, they have respectivefy 10, 9, 6, 5, 7, S and 5 rays . NOTES.

सोधम्ये दर सू्ये नव पन्दे पंघ भूपुधे।

32

250 Ádh V

Alto दिशा सर्रांतोर्हिमदाधितेगों याणाम्या सौध्यकुजारईजानाम्। नगासुरेग्पस सितस्य पागा- प्रमाणती दिधितय मतते।। The <ftuarT'tx (Rsminurdiya) system founded by Mahendra has been in vogue from a very long time ind has been recogmised by emient astrologers such as Manittha, Mayr Yavana and Bada ravana A brief description of the method of obtaining the correct number of tir (Rasmi) or rays of planets is given below The seven planets from the Sun onnards have respectively 10, 9, 5, 5, 7, 8 ind 5 tays when they ate in their fufl exaltation position, the corresponding number of rays when in thejr depression being zero in each case The number of rays which 3 planet mn any intermedite position is entitled to has therefore to be deter mined by mere rule of tlree When a planet hns emerged from its at7 (Neecha) or depres sion and is on its way tonards its exaltation, its rays are said to be sfga (Ablumukha) or facing towards the front These rays ire declared to be capable of producing benefic results to the native in a very short tune Tbe reverse is the case mith the quBu (Paringmuhba) or donnlooking rays of planets which hase fallen from then au (Uchcha) or exaltahon and are going ton ards their depression The rnys have to undergo some multiplications and reductions, befcre their utilisation for purposes of prediction When a planet occupies n Dwdasamea which is his own, his exaltation or that of a fnendly planet, his rays are to be doubled The same remark apphes when the planet is retrograde in hic motion or is in bs tar (Swal shetra) Risi But if the Dwada samsa be thal of an enemy or the planet s iRifr (Neecha Rast the rays sufler a reduction by 1/16th portion All planets- Venus and Siturn excepted-lose theu rays when tbey become H (Asthangatha) or eclipsed When the retrograde motion of a planet is about to cese the rays suffer a reduction hy ith T he quality of a horoscope varies directly with the total num ber of rays given by the planets at the time of burth. Persons

Si. 22 पञ्मोऽपाय: $61

with 1 to 5 rays will be very insignificant, mis-rable, low minded unlucky, etc , thore born with 6 to 10 rays will be dependants with no permanent home and poor those with 10 to 15 rays will be somewhat better, being virtuous, of good temper, good spect mens of their family &c, those with 15 to 20 rys will in addition be rich, famous and respected by their relations and so on It is also stated that the natsve should be declared long lsved when the number of rays exceed 25, as one of medium life when st is between 15 and 25, and short lived when the number falls short of 15

ef. आतकादेश सर्वेपा रश्मियागस्य स्मराधिक्ये चिरायुय, । सवल्पायुपो मयाल्पत्वे मध्यत्वे मध्यमायुप ।। For detatled inforniation the reader is referred to the several .hapters on the subject in Brihat Parasarhora Siravali, &c The folloning horoscope of a distinguished personnge, is given as an evample

Planets 7otal Signs Degrees Minutes Seconds Shad Remarks bala

Sun 2 55 30 8 154

Moon 11 23 35 24 7 289

Mars 3 21 1 25 7 354

Mercury 0 13 10 48 7 550

Jupiter 6 25 13 23 5 678

Venus 2 18 15 50 7 719

Saturo 17 59 38 5 053 Jupiter is retrograde

Lagha 7 15 47 24 7 345

The position of the Sun is 1 2 55 30 HM tra (Neecha) position 1s

252 जात क पटारे जाते Adh. V

The distanse of the Sun from his fra (Neecha) 1s 5-7-4-30. His qEgE (Parargmukha) rays are therefore 10 er

8 7264.

Moon Saturn Mercury Sun Venus Rabu

Rası Mars

Chakra

Ketu Ligna Jupiter

As he is occupying a Dwadasamsa Rasi of a neutral planet, there is no reduction or multiplication of any kind. The Moon's position is 11 23 35-24 HIS नाच (Neecha) Is 7 3-0 0

H13 मनिमुग (Abhimubha) rays are - 4 6863 6 2x 9=7 0295. The Moon is in the Dwadasamsa Ras of his enemy. He therefore ioses t 7ath of 7 0295 or "4393 The Moon's net rays are therefore 6'5902. The position of Mars is 3 24 1 26 His नीच (Neecha] 1S 3 28- 0 0

His distance from =fir (Neecha) is 0 3 58 34 His yusga (Parangmukha) rays are - 132537 x 5 or '1103475. 6 He is occupying bis own Dwadasamsa fore have to be douhled His rays will th ere- His rays are thus '220695 Mercury's position 15 0-13 10-43

31. 22 पञ्चमोऽध्याय: 253

His depression 11 15 0-0

Subtracting, we get C 28 10 48

His अभिमुख (Abhimukha) rays are 0 9393 x 5= 7827 6 But as he occupies his own Dwadasamsa, his rays will be doubled He will thus have 1 5655 rays Jupiter s position 1S 6 25 43 23 His नीच (Neecha) IS 9 500 His distance from FI7 (Neecha) 1s 2 9 16 37

His Kiaga (Parangmukha) rays are 2 30923 6 -X 7=2 6941

He occupies the Dwadisamsa of a neutral planet, hence there ss no reduction on that account His motion 15 retrograde His rays will therefore bave to be doubled He thus gets 5 3832 rays Venus is in 2 18 15 50 His depression is 5 27 0 0 His distance from depression is 3 8 44 10

His wegu (Parangmukha) rays nre 3 2912 x 8 or 4 38824 € As he is occups ing the Dwadasamsa of a very frendly planet, his rays will be doubled He will thus get 8 7765 ras The position of Saturn is 0 17 59 38 His depression 1s 0 20 00 His distance from depression 1s 02 0 22

His WIEH (Parangmukha) rays are 0669 x 5= 05575 6 Though he is an astangata planet, as he comes under the exception, be suffers no reduction Thus the sphuta rays of the several planets are Sun 8 7264 Parangmukha Moon 6 5902 Abhımukha Mars 0 2207 Parangmukha

264 नातक पिमावे Adh. V.

Mercury 1'5655 Abhımukba

Jupiter 5*3832 Parangmukha

Venus 8 7765 Parangmukha

Saturn 0 0557 Pirangmukha

Total 31'3232 (of which only about B are Ablumulha rays). For persons possessing 31 rays, the following (Phala) Is stated in Gnarn (Jatakabhorana,) ui. येथा नूनं मानावाना मसूतावेकनिशत् संख्यकाश्रे्मयूमाः । विख्यातासते राजतुल्या: पबाना नाना सेनासामिन: समवन्ति । cf. Also ERY Saravalı एरनिशद्नित्तु प्रवश: रयाता महीभुआ्ञमिष्टा:।। This has beed verified and found to be true Next ne come to the dRnT (Rasmyn) Ayurdiy1 It has to be observed here that this system of ayurdasa has to be adopted only when Mereury possesses the greatest tera (Shadbula) oide (sloka 33 snfrs). The Sun s posttion as 1 2 °55' 30' and the Sun's exaltation 15 0 10 0 0

Subtracting, we get 0 22°-55'-30' As this is less than 6 sigus, we have to subtract this from 12 sigus The result is 11 signs 7° 4' 30". The number of years given by the Sun is 11-7 4 30 × 10 or 11-2358 12 12 x 10=9'363

years - Similarly for the other planets Whesever the (gr) Harana mentioned in slokas 24 and 25 have to be applred, the same should be made and then only the aggregate Ayus should be deternuned सवोचीनमिष्टखचरं यदि पड्गृहोनं चक्राद्विशोध्य कृतलिसकंमशुमानिः । हत्वा भचककलिकाहनमन्दपू्व रव्यादिरारेमजनितापुरिति न्रवन्ति ॥२३॥

S1. 24-26 255

Sloka 23. A planet diminished by its exaltation, if less than 6 signs, is to be subtracted from 12 signs, and the result reduced to minutes should be multiplied by its rays (mentioned in the preceding sloka) and divided by the minutes contained in the 12 signs The quotient in years, etc., thus found fer the Sun and other planets, represents, they say, the रश्मिजायुम (Rasmijayus) due to the rays. हरणम्. स्वराशितुङ्गातिसुहृद्गहस्े वक्रोपगे तु द्विगुणीकृतांशुः। चक्रावसानेऽष्टमभागवर्ज्या सपलगे द्वादशभागहानिः ॥।२४।। Sloka 44 When the planet is in its own Rasi, in its own exaltation, in the house of a very friendly planet, or in its retrogade motion, it has its rays doubled for urgafa (Ayurdaya) purpos.s When the retrograde mo' tion comes to an end, the rays are diminished by an eighth portion When the planet is in the house of an unemy, the rays becomc reduced by a twelfth अस्तं गतेपु द्युचरेपु चार्द्ू हित्वा शनि दानचपूजितं च। तद्रश्मियोगग्रहद त्तमायुर्महेन्द्रशास्त्रोदि तमाहुरार्याः ॥२५॥ Sloka 25 The argaia (Ayurdaya) is to be halved in the case of all the ana (Astangata) planets except Venus and Saturn Sages say thit the snygiu (Ayurdaya) yielded by planets according to their rays is treated of in the Astrological Science founded by, Mahendra. चकायुस. रव्यादिस प्ग्रहतारकांश भुक्तानशेपाव्दसमृहमायुः। सव्यापसव्योपगवाक्यजं वा चदन्ति चकायुरिनादिकानाम्॥

256 अतरुरारिजाते Adh, V

Sloka 26 The aryn (Ayus) consisting of the agg re- gate of the several periods belonging to the untraversed portions of the nT (Nakshatrapada) or Navamsas oceupied by the Sun and other planets is said to be the wrye (Chakrayus) of the seven planets reckoned from the Sun (vide Adhyaya XVII sloka 6, mfra). The name antga (Chakrayus) applies also to what is got by mcans of the formulas relating to the ae (Savya) and nqat4 (Apasavya) chakras. (vide. Adhyaya XVII, infra). NOTES The an gds (Chakrayurdaya) is to be calculated in the case of a boroscope in which Venus bas the greatest (734) Shadbala. The years assigned 1o the several planets are those mentioned in Adkjaga XVII, sloka 6 Assuming the Sun's posilion in any nativity 1o be 1 sign 2" 55' 30", be is 1975' 5 removed from the First Point of Mesha. As each star eovers 13° 20' or 800 minutes, the Sua is in the second quarier of the Star (sidTT) Kritlika having already traversed there 375'5 mioutes. The number of years of Ayurdaya given by the Sun is therefore 1215x5 819 800 32 2'653 years. Simifarly iD tbe case of the other planets. There 1s no Qw (Harana) ın this Ayurdaya, दशायु: आदित्यमुख्यनचरवेचर योगतारा भुक्तावशिष्टघटिकाजनि वत्सराद्यम। आयुर्दशाजनितमष्टकवर्गजात यत्मोक्तमेव सकलं प्रवदन्ति तज्जाः ॥२७॥ Sloka 27. The agaia (Ayurdaya) whose initial portion consists of the years due to the unexpired gha- tikas of a amart (yogatara)at a birth, whereof the lord

SI. 28-29 पञ्चमौऽषयायः 257

is one of the nine planets from the Sun onwards- this आयुर्दाय (Ayurdaya) is called दशायुस (Dasayus) or more commonly नक्षत्रद्शायुम (Nakshatradasayus). The last is the आयुस (Ayus) derived from भष्टरवेगे (Ashtalavarga) wherein, say those conversant with it, is treated every- thing (to be known). NOTES. The nine planets referred to in this Sloka are the seven planets from the Sun onwards and the two nodes Rahu and Ketu. The years assigned to them are thosc mentioned in Adbyaya XVIII, Sloka 3, snfra. पिलमपे चलोदेते शुभदर्ट्टेश्संभवम्। रचौ पिण्डोद्भवं कुर्याच्चन्द्रे नैसर्गिक क्रमात् ॥२८॥ Stoka 28. When the lord of the Lagna is strong and aspected by a benefic planet, the srarge (Amsayus) is to be caiculated. If the Sun or the Moon be strong and have benefic aspect, the fros (Pinda) or the Aaniga (Nisar- gayus) respectively should be reckoned. NOTES. This Slohs is from (HFR4) Manittha's work. c/. पराशर

आम्रेयाज्रगणेशा: स्युः स्वामिनो यासरा: कमात्। पडाशा: ससरतयो नृपा परोनविशति:। अत्यष्टिः सप्त घ न्या उच्े नीधेऽर्दसुख्यते।। र्भसास्तु हरणं सस्पातपुर्यस्स्तु हयं दितम्। अनयो: पापदायादायन्ते स्पुरपसृत्यवः ।। उचं गते रवौ चान्ये पलिष्ठाः केन्द्रकोणगाः। सर्वेपु सवोचमावेपु चलिष्ठे पयाहंसके।। २९।। एवं चिरायुपां योगेप्वन्येपु गणितेषु च। 33

258 जातकपारि जासे Adh. V

चान्द्रयोगपु तुर्ये तु चन्द्रे च वलसंयुते॥ ३० ॥ महापुरुपयोगेपु वीर्योत्कटयुतेपु च। राजयोगेपु सर्वेपु पैण्ड्यमाह पराशरः ॥। ३१ ॥। Slokas 29-31. When the Sun is in his exaltation and the other planets are strong occupying Kendra and, Trikona places, when all the planets are in their evaita. tion, in the strongest aat (Sasa), or &num (Hamsayoga), in all other yogas rechoned as those of long-lived people, in the Chandra yogas generally (vide mfra Adhyaya VII Slokas 71-73), in the 4th araur Chandra yoga t.c. Kema- drumi yoga (auawura) when the Moon is strongest, in the Mahaputusha yogas aegenurm :- mide mfra, Adhyaya VII, 59), and in all Rajayogas where the planets are strongest, Parasara says fquargn (Pindayus) is to be calculated. NOTES The-latter balf of ' Joha 30 reads thus in VITER (Parasara- bora ) चन्द्रयोगेपु प्रिपु प चन्द्े तु घर वत्ते। and seems to be the correct one The translation ought to be "When the Sun has reached his exaltation and the other planets have attaired their maximum strength and occupy Kendra and Trihona positions, when all pla- nets are in their evaltalion, in the strongest "RT (Saca) or Ht (Hamsa soga) (Adhyaya VII, Sloka 59), m all other yogas reckoned as those ef long-lived people, in the three NT'x (Chandra) yogas BFT ! gT3' Sunapha, Anapha, Durudhara, ude Adhyaya VII Sinka 8) when the Moon is vety strong, in the Relgey (Maha. purusha) sogas, Adkyays VII Stoka 59) when the yoga producing planets are possessed of exceeding streegth, and in all Rajayogas Adhyrya VII, St ss 1-5S, Parasara says Ruergai (Pinday us) is to be calculated."

S1.32-33 पञ्ञमोऽध्याय: 959

लये गुरौ कर्मगते च भानौ चन्द्रे सुखे वाऽस्तगते बलाढ्ये। केन्द्रत्रिकोणोपचये च सौम्पे पापेष्वथापोक्किमणेपु पैण्डयम् ॥३२।। Sloka 32. When Jupiter is in the Lgna, the Sun in the 10th, and the Moon full of strength is in the 4th or in the 7th and other banefic planets oceapy a Ken dra, Trikona or an 3747 (Upachaya) place and when the malefic ones occupy the sradsa (Apodimt) houses, the पिण्डायुस (Pindayus) is to be reckon:d. NOTES. This Sloka appears in पराशरदवौरा (Parasarahora.) Bat the latter. half thore reads as follows. पूर्गे ध्रिकोणोपचये शुभेपु पावेद्थाओ्ोक्तमसंस्थितेपु ।, पैण्डयं भानौ निसर्गप्रभवसुड्गपतौ रश्मिजं सोमपुत्रे

देवाचार्ये दशायुर्दिनकरतनये सामुदायं वलिष्ठे लसे ययँशकापुर्भवत वलपुने चाहुराचार्षमुख्याः॥३३॥ Sloka 33. The leaders among astrological professors say that the पिण्डज (Pindaja), निसर्गज (Nisargaja), राशमन (Rasmija), मिलाष्टकपगज (Bhinnashtakavargaja), कालचक्न (Kalachtkraja), नक्षत्र व (Nakshatrija', सामुहयन(Samudayaja), or ama (Amsaja) Ayus is to be reckoned according as the Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Mars, Venus, Jupiter, Saturn or the Lagna possesses the greatest strength. NoTEs. The following stohas from qoaran (Parasarahora) giving some more detailed informition as to the several cases where Angua (Pindayurdaya) &c. have to be rechoned will be found to be useful : शुमाश्र केन्द्रे त्रिपडायमेन्ये विपर्यये पैग्डयमनः प्रदिष्म्। रिःफाषपदेपु सहस्राश्मी मौमे क्रमाच्छीतकरे तु पैण्ड्यः ॥

शातकपारिभावे Adh. V

पापाल्ये चाहमे सपतमे वा सौम्याः पष्ठे कर्ममे रि फमे वा। नीचामावे पैण्ड्यदाय प्रदिश्नो मन्दे लगे खोचगे च भ्रुगर्पः ॥। वीणायां कार्मुके चक्रे गदायामर्द्वनन्द्रके। रवौ पैड्योंशको लग्ने घवश्न्द्रे च भूमिजे॥ मिन्नाष्टवर्ग. सौम्ये तु नक्षनाशसमृद्भकः। गुरौ नक्षत्रदाय स्यात्प्रक्रमानुगत सिते। सगुदायाष्टवर्गस्तु मन्दे तु बन्दात्तरे। वाप्यां पाशे सरे पदे समुद्राकदिषु कमात्।। बलिषेपु नवाशोत्यो भ्रुन पैण्ड्य स्वरांशक 1. मिन्राष्टवर्ग अंशोत्यो नक्षनांशक ईरित ।। रज्ौ विहने मालार्या नले च मुसते क्रमात्। पैण्ट्यो ध्ुव्र क्रमात्प्रोक्तो र्पाटी तु बलोत्तरे। गण्डे शक्तौ च शक्टे यूपे केदारशूलयो:। प्रकरमानुगतशाय रश्पिजौ धुवमतितौ ।। अष्टवर्गासमुद्धूनौ क्रमादेव बलोचरे। नौछनवज्रदामारूये स्वरदायोऽतिनीचगे ॥। कूढे गण्डे सरे नागे गोले शृद्धाटके पुनः । कालकूंटे क्रमात्प्रोक्ता पैण्ड्याथाः सप वे द्विन॥ द्रेष्काणेयु नवारोप द्वादशाशेपु च क्रमात्॥ कलशेषु ना प्रौक्ता दा्याधव पुन पुन्र। निशत्सवेदा स्वरपचकाश् सुराश् दन्ता क्षितिपावकाश्र। परर्निशादिप्वमय एव मानि छन्दासिमूच्धाश जिना कराश्रेत्।। पैण्ड्यस्तया द्वादशषा प्रमिन्न क्रमेण दायो नियत. प्रदिष्टः । तत्वासिनन्दासय एव र्वदसासिदला मवदायभेदाः ।

SI. 34-36 पञ्चमोऽध्यायः 261

एकास्रयश्चेत्समुदायसंज्ञनस्ततस्तु वेदा इतरोऽएवर्ग:,। पश्चादिकेग्वंशकदाय उक्तो रु्द्राश्र सुर्या यदि पैण्डय आद्यः ॥ विश्वे मनुश्चेत्खरभागदायो नक्षत्रदायस्तिथिसंज्ञकश्चेत् ।। नृपेत्यष्टित्रये प्रोक्ता आद्यपैण्डयमिदास्तथा। प्रकरमानुगतो विशत्यष्ट्त्रिशऽष्टवर्गजः ।। चत्वारिशत्त्रये पेड्यो नक्षत्रांशस्त्रये ततः । शेपेपु पट्सु पैड्य: स्ादाद्यो गर्गोयमाह च ।l इएरशम्यधिकप्रोक्तकम एव कराधिके। केन्द्रादिपु ग्रहाणां च वलोत्तरवशात् क्रमः ॥ वलोत्तरव शादेव स्थानेतरवशात्तया। इष्टात्फलक्रमादेव रश्म्युक्तविधिना कमात् ॥ आयुरब्दादिकं सर्व निश्लेन गुणीकृतम्। मार्तगेन हत लच्धं सौरमानायुरुच्यते॥ ३४॥ Sloka 34. The आयुस (Ayus) in years, months, etc, multiplied by 360 and divided by 365 is termed सौरायुस (Sourayus) i, e., the period of life in solar years. ये धर्मकर्मनिरता द्विजदेवभक्ता ये पथ्यभोंजनरता विजितेन्द्रियाथ। ये मानवा द्धति सत्कुलशीलसीमा- स्तपामिदं कथितमायुरुदारघीभिः ॥३५॥ ये पापलुब्घाथौरा ये देवन्राह्मणनिन्दकाः । वह्वाशिनश् ये तेपामकालमरंण नृणाम् ॥ ३६॥। Sloka 35. This आायुम (Ayus) has been declared by wise men in respect to those who are engaged in the practice of virtuous actions, who are devoted to the Brahmins and the Gods, who eat whoksome diet, who

262 ต เละ จม์ ไร วนิ Adh. V

keep their senses unrer control and who preserve the land marks of chara"ter and condoct pecuhar to therr high families Stoka 36 Premature death overtakes those who are sinful, covetous ind thievish, who revile Gods and Brahmins, and who are addicted to gluttony, Vids dtry aTaI V 37 38 धर्मे विकल्पवुद्धोनां दुः्शीलानां च निद्धिपाम्। ब्ाहमणानां च देवानां परद्रव्यापह्ारिणाम् ॥३७॥ भंयकराणां सर्वेपां सूखाणां पिशुनस च। स्वधमचिारहीनानां पापकरमोपजीनिना।। ३८।। शसेष्पनिपतानां च मूढानामपमृत्यक्ः। अन्येपामुत्तमाषुः सादिति शाखनिदो विद्यः ।। ३९ ।। Slokas 37-39 Sudden death seizes those that are sceptical of the force of moral law, that are vicious and are the enemtes of Gods ind Brahmins, that filch other people's goods, that are i source of dread to all, that are fools and turn informers, that have abandoned their duties and traditional observances, that live by sinful courses, and those that wouldnot out of folly abide by the ordinances of the sacred scriptures Those that Lnow the sacred sciences regard the argr (Ayus) pre. scrbed as apphcable to pcople other than those that have been declared hable to untimely death नानाजातीनामायुः गृधोळ्टरबक (१) धांक्षसर्पाणां च सहस्रकम्। श्येनवानरभलुरुमण्डूकार्ना शवत्रयम् ॥।४० ।। पश्चाशादुतरशतं राक्षसानां प्रकीरदितम्।

1. 41-44 263

नराणां कुञ्जराणां च विंशोत्तरशतं विदु: ॥। ४१।। द्वात्रिशदायुरश्वानां पंचविशत् खरोष्टयोः । वृपमाहिपयोश्रैव चतुर्विशति बत्सराः ।।४२॥ विशत्यायुर्मयूराणां छागादीनां च पोडश । हंसस्य पञ्चनवकं द्वादशाव्दाः पिकाः शुकाः ॥४३॥ तद्वत्पारावतानां च कुक्कटस्याष्ट वत्सरा:। *युल्बुलानामण्डजानां सप्सख्याः समा: स्मृताः ॥४४ ॥ Slokas 40-41. A thousand years is recognised as the maximum length of life of vultures, owls, cranes, crows and serpants. Hawks, monkeys, bears and frogs live for 300 years. . Rakshasas have length of life lasting 150 years. 120 yeurs is known as the maximum life of men and elephants. Slokas 42-44. The maximum age of a horse is 32 years; of an ass or a camel, 25; of a bull or buffalo, 24; of peacocks, 20; of a goat or sheep, 16, of a goose, 14; of.a cuckoo or parrot, 19; of doves, 12 likewise; of a fowl 8; and of the bulbul or eastern nightingale, the maximum age is 7 years. ६f. सारगवली दिमा: पह्टिर्निशा: पञ्ञ परंम नरदन्तिनाम्। द्वातिशद्वाजिनतमायु: छागादीनां तु पोडश ।। खरोष्ट्यो: पञ्ञवर्ग पवोपालं घृपादियु। शुनां तु द्वादशा प्रोकं गणित परमायुपम्॥ तत्तत्परं प्रमाणेन हरवपामायुरादिपेद। अरिष्टदशा॥। In the folloning ten slohas (fc. slokas 45 54) the author has explaied the various clues to find out the afe (Arrshta) penod of the pative:

264 सातक पारिजाते Adh. V

त्रिमण्डलेप्वर्थैकसन् पापस्तिष्ठति दुर्वलः। :. न सौम्यग्रहंसयुक्तस्वद्शान्ते मृति वदेद ॥ ४५॥ . : Stoka 45. When, in one of the three cyclic divi- siong (into which the 12 houses may be arranged under certaia conditions for argaiv.Ayurdaya purposes). there is a malefic planet devoid of strength and unassociated with a benefte planet, the astrologer can announce the death of the person atfected by this yoga at the conclu' sion of the ar (Dasa-Ayurdaya period) of the weak malefic planet in question, NOTES The folloning stola from martra will esplain the cyelic divisions referted to - हम्नपज मभा्यादिभावेव्वेकुत सस्थत। धनुरायेमंदेजांता दीघंमध्यास्पजीचिन ।। People have long, medium or short lives according as at the tame of theit barth four or more planets are grouped together in the ist, the 2nd of the 3rd ef the thtee groups of f consecutive bhavas beginning respectnely with the Lagna, the 5th and the 9th राशिस न्धिस खेटानां दशा रोगप्रदा भवेत्। त्रिशन्दागमनुकान्तदशायां मरण नृणाम् ॥।४६ ॥ Sloka 46. The dasa period of a planet occupying the end of a sign brings on disease. Death may happen in the dasa of the planet in question when the planet has progressed no further than the thirtieth degree of the रादि (Rasi) ef. पन्दीपिका (दशा) कश भवेदाइय्वमानमागस्पितस्य दु स्थानपतलमैव। पष्ठाष्टमस्यो रिपुद्ष्टमृर्ति: पापग्रद्: पापगृहोपगवेद्। खान्तर्दशायां मरणं नरणां वदन्ति युद्धे निजितत्य दाये ।४७

S1. 47-49 पञ्चमोडप्याय: 265

• Sloka 47. If a malefic planet occupying the 6th or the 8th house from the Lagna be aspected by its enemy and if that 6th or the 8th house be itself owned by a malefic planet, the death of the person concerned' will take place in the subsidiary dasa period of the planet occupying the 6th or the 8th house when the main dasa belongs to a planet conquered in planetary war. cf. गुगाकर दशायां यदि भूसूनोविशेदन्तर्दशा शने:। भवेतप्राणभृतां मृत्युसद्ा दीर्घायुपामपि।। पषटाष्टमगतः करः फरसंस्थो विलोकित:। दविपता करभस्थेन सवदशायां मृतिप्रदेंः। दशारिंष्ट जयी युद्धे प्रस्फुरस्किरणोस्करः।

पश्चम्यारदशा मृत्युं दद्यात् पष्ठी गुरोर्दशा। शनेशवतुर्थी मृत्यै स्यादशा राहोश्र सप्तमी॥ ४८ ॥ Stoka 48. If in the order of main dasas the 5th happens to belong to Mars, the 6th to Jupiter, the 4th to Saturn or the 7th to Rabu, every one of these will provc fatal. · ह/. फलदापिक। शनेश्चतुर्थी घ गुरोस्तु पहाँ दशा दुलाहोर्यदि पञ्चमी सा। कष्टाभवेत् .. नीचारातिविमूहस्य विपत्प्रत्यरिनैघनाः। दशा दद्यमृति तस्य पापयुक्ता विशेषतः ।। ४९।। Stoka 49. If the 3rd, the 5th or the 7th main dasa happens to be that of a planet in depression, in an ini- mical house or eclipsed by the Sun, it will prove fatal ; and this will be the case all the more when the fatal dasas are asscciated with malefic planets also. 34

266 जातकपारजासे Adh. V

तचद्द्ावविनाशः स्पाद तद्युक्तेक्षितकारकैः ॥५० ॥ Sloka 50. In the main dasa as well as in the sub. sidiary dasa of tbe lord of the 2nd cr the 7th place from any bhava there will happen the destruction thereof hy (1) the planet occupying the bhava; (2) the one aspect. ing it; or (3) the (bhava Karaka) wawn representing it. NOTES. cf. फलदीपिका द्वावर्थंकामाविद्द मारकाएयी तदीश्वरलग्र गतो बलाखय: । - हन्ति स्वपाके निधनेशवरो वा बदेश्वरे वाप्यतिदुर्वलश्चेत्॥ . Also परागर जायांकुंटुम्बकार्धाशर सारकौ परिकीतितौ।

वदीशिनवभागक्षे गते या भर्ण भवेत् ।।५१ ।। Sloka 51. When Saturn goes to a house occupied by the lord of a Awq (Drekkana) of the 8th house from the Lagna, death may happen. The same event may be expected when Saturn passes through the ufst (Rasi) owning the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the house in which is the owner of the aratw (Drekkana) referred to above. . NOTES. This sloka also appears in 6 f4sf (Phaladeepika), but the reading therehs अष्टमस्य (Ashtamasya) for अष्टमम्य (Ashtamastha.) छिद्रग्हा: रन्ध्रेश्वरो रन्धयुक्तो रन्ध्रद्रष्टा खरेश्वरः । रन्ध्राधिपयुतश्रैत्र चतुःपष्ठयंशनायकः ।।५२॥

S1. 53 267

रन्ध्रेश्वराविशत्रुश्च सप्त छिद्रयहाः स्मृताः। तेपां मध्ये बली यस्तु तस् दाये मृर्ति वदेत् ॥ ५३॥ Slokas 52-53. The following seven are termed fux (Chhidra) Grahas or planets of vulnerability: (1) the lord of the 8th bhava; (2) the planet occupying the same; (3) the planet aspecting the 8th; (4) the lord of (Khara) i.e., 22nd Drekkana from that of the Lagna, (vide sloka 56, mfra); (5) the planet in conjunction with the lord of the 8th; (6) the lord of the 64th Na. vamsa from that occupied by the Moon; and (7) the wfara (Athisathru) of the lord of the 8th house. Whichever of them is strongest, in the dasa of that planet should an astrologer predict death NOTES. ९/• मन्नेश्वर

तेपु दुर्यलद्शामृतिप्रद्ाः कष्टमे परांत सूर्यनन्दने ।। मृतीशनायस्थितभाग केश यो: सरतिमागेघर योवैलीयस:। . दशागमे मृत्युश्युक्तमांदकत्रि करेणगे देवपुरी सनुक्षय: । Also पश्रमार्ग समाद्ा यदि जन्मतो मृति पतिमस्युरपतद्वीक्षकौ मन्द: फरडगाणपो गुलिकपसयुंकराइपंदपा:। रादुमैपु सुदुर्यके जनुपि यो भावेनभीष्टे स्थितः पापालेकित संयुतो-स्प हि दशा वउम्तईशा गृस्युदा । पापानां पेडशायामपहतिरसर्ता विन्तनीपोडपमृरयु- गांमासक्षेश्वराणामपि निवजनिभाहोपरः पाककाछ:। दिग्यादीनों दशानां युगपद्वसतियंत काल: म कर: सवांसरं या दणानामंवसतिरशुमा दोपदानां विशेपाद्।।

268 = लातकपारिजाते Adh. V

Also पलदीपिका रन्धस्थरन्ध्रेक्षकरन्र नाथरन्ध दगाणाधिप मान्दि मेक्षा । दु सप्रदम्नेध्वपि दुर्वलो य स नासकारा स्वददापहारे।। तचद्दावायस्थस तद्धाराधीशरस वा। वीर्येपितस्य खेटस्य पाके मृत्युर्न संशयः ।। ५४॥ Sl-ka 54 The death of the relative signified by any patticular bhava will without doubt tale place in the main dasa (1) of the planet occupying the 12th place from that bhava or (2) of the planet owning it which. ever is stronger NOTES The reading of this Slola in TT997 (Phalad pika) is as follows सत्तद्दायाद्ययस्थस्य तन्दरावव्ययपस् च । वीयदीनस्य स्वटस्य पाके मृर्युमवाममात् । द्ेक्काणस्वरूपम् ॥ कुलीरमीनालिगता दगाणा मध्यानसानप्रथमा भुजङ्ग: । अलिद्वितीयो मृगलेयपूर्वः कमेण पाशो निगलो विद्ङ्गः ॥ ५५॥ Hloka 55 The middlemost the last and the first Drekkanas respectively of Kataka, Meena and Vrischika are termed ud (Sarpa) Drehkanas These are also called wraT-Pasa (noose) Drekkanas The 2nd Drekkana of Vrischika is styled fans (Nigada-fetters) Drekkana The first Drekkans of Makara as well is of Simha 1s termed qer (Paksht-bird) Drekkana. NOTES According to torta (Balabhadri) the first and second Drek kanas of (Kataka), the first and second of af15 (Vrischika' and the last of Hia-(Meena) are wri (Sarpa) Drekkanas For, he says

SI. 56-57 269

"पर्कस्य प्रथमद्वितीयौ वृक्षिरुस्य प्रथमद्वितीयी मीनस्यान्त्यश्रैते पुञ्च सर्पद्रेकाण." विलग्नजन्मद्रेक्काणाद्यस्तु द्ाविदति: (क:१) खरः । सुधाकरोपगांशर्क्षात् चतु पष्ट्यंशको भवेत् ॥ ५६ ॥ Sicka 56 a7 (Khara) 1s the 22nd Drekkana from that of the Lagna The 64th Navamsa is reckoned from that occupied by the Moon NOTES . It is evident that the 22nd REm (Drekkan) reckoned from the tadam (Lagnadrekkana) is the first R4nrT (Drekkana) in the Sth house from the Lagna The 6ith aarer (Navamsa) from that occupted by the Moon means the first Tater (Navamsa) in the 8th house from the Moon लमे पंश्चहतं च मान्दिसीहंत प्राणस्फुट प्ाणिनां चन्द्रस्य स्फुटमष्टकेन गुणित देहं समान्दिस्फुटम्। सप्तमं गुलिकस्फुट सह दिवानाथेन मृत्युर्भवेत् तस्माज्ीवकलेवरैक्यविपुले जातथिरं जीवति ॥५७॥ Sloka 57. The figures for the rising sign multiplied by 5 and superadded to those for aner (Mandi) will give the exact figures of what is called aTr (Prana) 1. c. life of living beings. The figures for the Moon multiplied by 8 and added to the figures for wirt (Mandi) get the designation 3e (Deha) or Body. Seven times the figures for aox (Mandi) joined to those of the Sun go by the name of wrg (Mrityu) or Death. Long lives the person born at a time when the sum total of sfra (Jeeva) and as (Deha) t.e, hsfe and body is in excess of ny Mrityu) or Death. Notes. In finding the position of aifx (Mandi) the following from Parasara WaT will be helpful ,

270 बातकपारिजावे Adh. V

रविवारादिशन्यन्तं गुिकादि निरुप्यते। दिवसानष्ट्या वृत्वा चारेशादगणयेत् कमात् ॥। अष्टमांको निरीश स्यात् सन्पंश्षो गुलिक समुतः । रानिरण्य ट््था भच्ता वारेशालवमादितः। गणपेदषम: खण्डो निध्पति: परिर्कतिव: । शन्यशे गुलिक: प्रोच· गुर्वशे यमरुण्टर:। भीमांश मृत्युरादिष्ट रव्यंदो काळसंज्ञक. ।

The following is the rule for finding the times of (Gulika) gfera and others on the several week days. Divide the day into 8 parts. The lords of the first 7 parts are the 7 planets counted in order from the lord of the day , the 8th portion is lordless. Saturn's portion in each day is called Jf5 (Gulika) Nights are similarly divided into 8 portions or muhurtas. The lords of the first 7 muburtas are the 7 planets counted from the lord of the fifth week day from the day chosen, the 8th portion 15 without a lord Here again Saturn's muhurta is gisz (Gulika). Jupiter's muhurta is styled 410z5 (Yamakantaka), that of Mars is termed T (Mrityu) The Sun's muhurta is called #w (Kala), Mercury's, zatr (Ardhaprahara) The position of mera (Gulika) and others is assigned at the end of their respective muhurtas For the horoscope taken for illustration in page 238, lhe posr- tion of aif (Mandy is thus found out The time of birth wae Friday nght The first Muhurta on Friday night belongs to Mars, the lord of the 5th weekday from Friday Therefore JArs (Gulika) 1, . Saturn's muhurta is the 5th. The length of Friday mght in question is given to he 129 g. 5 f. Therefore each muhurta 15 3 38 125 f. The 5th muhurta ends at 18 16'625 fa Gulika's position is 10 signs, 2° 47' 54 corresponding to this time Similarly the positions of arrer (Ardha prahara) ete may be found [Vide also notes on II-6 sxpra ] In the same evample, the Lagna is0-14°_31'-46." Multi plying by 5, we get 2-12'-38'-50" Adding wifex (Mandi) 10-2'-47'-54," we get for ATT (Prana) 12 -- 15' -- 26'-44." (A)

SI. 58-59 पञ्चमोऽध्याय 271

The Moon 1s 9-14°-29'-39 ' Multiplying by 8, we get 75-25°-57'-12" Adding Th4 (Mandi) 10-2'-47' -- 54", we get for देह (Deha) 85-28°-45'-6" (B) Again multiply (met) Mand s position by 7 we get 70-19'-45-18". Adding the Sun 0-17°-43-30" we get for ay (Mrityu 71-7°-28'-48" (C) प्राण (Prana) or जंव (Jeeval Plus देद (Deha)=98-14°-11'-50" =(D) This is greater than (Mrityu) (C), Adding प्राण (Prana), देह (Deha) and मृत्यु (Mrityu) s.r A+B +C we have 169-21°-40'-38" So that when Saturn is in 1-21°-40'-38" or transits Vrishabha there is Death This is found to he correct as Saturn was tben retregrade in Rohint. नf. प्रश्नमाग लम्रेन्दू मानदानार्म्या हरवा मान्दि क्षिपेद्३यो । माणदेही क्रमात् स्याता पुनर्मान्दि सुताडित:। भानुयुत्तो भदेममृत्युविलिखेत् श्रीनिमानपि। जीव मृत्युतनुयोगशाशिगे गोचरेण रचिजे धनक्षयः । वत् त्रिकोणगृहगेऽथवा नृणां तन्नवांशकयुते मृर्ति वदेव् ॥५८ Sloka 58 When Saturn in his progress through his orbit arrives at the sign indicated by the total of देह (Deha), जीव (Jeeva) and मृत्यु (Mrityu), there is waste of money. When Saturn is in a triangular sign from the Rasi referred to abovejor in a Navamsa owned by the same, the astrologer must predict death. भानत्रिकोणगे मन्दे भावनाशं चदेदथ:। भानाधिपतिकोणे वा गुरी प्राप्ते सृतिर्भवेत् ।।५९॥ Sloka 59. When Saturn arrives at a triangular s1gn from the angaia (Ayurbhava), the astrologer should predict the loss thereof. The same event, 1.e., death will tabe place when Juptter arrives at a triangular sign from where the lord of the agma (Ayurbhava) 15.

272 बातकपारिजाते Adb. V

तद्राशिसंस्थे पुरुहूतवन्धे तत्कोणगे वा मृतिमेति जातः ॥ ६० ॥ Sloka 60 Find the house occupied by the lord of the sign indicated by the aggregate of the figures for the Lagna, the Sun and Mandı When Jupster arrives in his progress through the orbit at the Rast found as above or in a triangular sign hereof, the native meets with death NOTES This as well as the next six slokas are also quoted in odng71 (Phaladeepika) स्फुटे विलमनाथस्य विशोष्य यमकण्टकम्। तद्राशिनवभागस्े जीचे मृत्युर्न संशयः ॥६१॥ Sloka 61 Subtract the figures of the Yamakantaka (vHvz) from those of the rising sign and find out the Rasi and its Navamsa indicated by the difference. When Jupiter comes to occupy this Navamsa in the Rast thus found, death will take place without doubt मान्दिस्फुटे भानुसुतं विशोध्य राश्यंशकोणे रघिजे मृति: स्ात्। धूमादिपंच ग्रह् योगराशिद्रकाणयातेर्डर्वसुते च मृत्युः ॥६२॥ Sloka 6' Subtract the figures for Saturn from those of nIfeT (Mandi) and find out the Rasi and its Navamsa indicated by the difference When Saturn arrives at a triangular position from this Navamsa of the Rass thus found, death will take place The same event will also happen when Saturn arrives at the parti cular RurT (Drekkana) of the particular Rasi indi- cated by the aggregate of the figures of the five (3vax) Upagrahas reckoned from ww (Dhuma), (zıde Adhyaya 11-S 6)

SI. 63 278

NOTES (The five Upagrahas reckoned from qu (Dhuma) are (1) (Dhuma) (2) अर्थप्रहर (Ardhaprahara) (3) यमरण्क (Yamakantaka), (4) rrvg (Kodanda) and (5) aiPt (Mandi). For finding their post tions, see notes on sloka 57 above and 11-6 supra (page 47) The figure for Itfex (Mandi) 1s 10- 2°-47'-54" Subtracting Saturn (0-27°- 55' -- 41* we get 9-4°-52'-13" which means Makara) Rası and (Kumhha) Navamsa When Saturn passes through a Rasi trine to Mal ara and a Navamsa trine to Kumoha, death may be predicted

तद्द्वादशांशसहिते दिननाथसूनौ। द्रेकाणकोणभवने दिनपे च सृत्यु- लगनन्दुमान्दियुतर्भांशगतोदये स्ात् ।६३ ।। Sloka 63 Asrertain the Navamsa, the Dwada- samsa and the Drekkana indicated by the figures for Mand: When Jupiter arrives at the Navamsa, Saturn at the Dwadasamsa and che Sun at a triangular sign from the Drekkana in question and the rising Navamsa 1s that denoted by the aggregate of the figures for the Lagna, the Moon and Mandt, death will take place. NOTES Mandr 19 in 10-2-47 -- 54, that is, he is in Tula N ~- vamsa Kumbha Dnadasamsa and Kumbha Drekkana According to this sloka, death may be expected when Jupiter arrives in a Nivimsa trine to Tula, when Saturn arrives in a Dwadasamsa trine to Kumbba and the Sun mn a Drekkan trine to Kumbha. But of. प्रश्नमा्ग जातस्वादि सपद्महो गठनिसा मा.्दिममाणाहये राधी पाग्दिनमरन्दिरेव न पर वदाशशेनायालये। मन्दुरमुप्य नवांशपाश्ितगृडे मृर्युभदायी गुरु भानुदांदशभागपाभितगृद् परिंसांसपसषे पारी।। 35

274 आासकपारिजाते Adh. V

चिलग्रमान्दिस्फुटयोगभाशं निर्याणमामं प्रदन्ति तज्ज्ञाः । निर्याणचन्द्रो गुलिकेन्दुयोगो रगरं निलग्नार्किसुतेन्दुयागम् ॥६४ ॥ Sloka 64 Find out the Rast and its Navamsa indicated by the sum total of the figures fof the Lagna and मान्दि (Mandi) This Rasi and its Navamsa, say the Astrologers, will give the clue to the particular month and the portion thereof in a year in which a person s death may be expected to happen. (ve, when the Sun arrives at this particular Rast and the particular Navamsa thereof the person will die). The Moon at the time of the decease will occupy the Rasi indicated by the total of the figures for Mandt and the Moon, and the rising sign will be that denoted by the total of the figures for the Lagna, Mand and the Moon Notes Farsl half. But see also the folloning quotations, (1) प्रश्नमार्ग अष्टमेशाश्रित राशिमावससदिमत्विपि। जन्मसारा विलग्नसप तारका वा मृतिर्भवेत्। (2) अनुष्ठानपदति आारमाकाशकमप्रिकोणमगते सूर्ये वरस्थ स चेद् यथर्क स्थिर भेइए मे शनव भागेशर्क्ष (नवभागदीत्रि) कोणस्थिते। एग्नेशस्थ नर्वाशराशिसहते तस्व प्नितोणेड (पी) थवा सूर्ये मृयुमुशन्ति ददभयग सोय भवेजन्मनि। Litter half. cf. प्रश्रमाग सूयाश्रितक्षगे चन्द्रे र-भेशाथ्रितवशेमन। त्रिकोणोपगते चेन्दौ शाद्वारूढोडुनम्तथा । रम्भेशाधिशतोडी वा निर्दिष्ट मरण नृणाम्। धनेशाभितरादेवां तस सहमभस् वा। त्रिक्ोणस्ये धनेश्षाशराशिगे वा विधी मृति । निज्जम्मनि यम्मिन भे गुलिक सग्रगे विधा।

SI. 65-67 पञमो:ध्याय। 275

गुलिकं रविस्तुं च गुणित्वा नवसंख्यया । उभयोरैक्यराश्यंशगृहगे रविजे मृतिः ॥६५ ॥ Slok 1 65. Multiply by 9 the figures for nta (Mandi) and Saturn. Add the two products and find out the particular Rasi and its Navamsa which the total indicates. When Saturn passes through this, death will happen. पष्ठावसानरन्धेशस्फुटैक्पभवनं गते। तत्त्रिकोणोपगे वाऽि मन्दे मृत्युभयं नृणाम् ॥६६। Stoka 66., Find out the sign of the zodiac indicated by the sum total of the figures for the lords of the 6th, the 12th and the 8th bhavas. When Saturn is in this house or in a triangular sign from it, death has to be apprehended. 6/• जातकावेद रिपुनिधनान्त्यपतीनां लग्नाधिपमुलिकभानुजानां था। स्फुट पोग जा त राशिग्रि कोणगे भानुने भवेग्मरणम् ।। जीवे नन्दहत्ते विरिश्चिगुणितं मन्दं च मान्दिस्फुटं संयोज्यं पुनरङ्वृद्धिमिनजं मन्दात्मजं योजयेद्। तद्देवेशपुरोहितस्फुटचयप्रासं नयाशं गते जीवे गोचरगे यदा यदि नृर्णा निर्याणकालो भवेद् ॥६७ Sloka 67. Add nine times the figures for Saturn and aieer (Mandi) to nine times the figures for Jupiter; repeat this process again. Adding the two sets of figures relating to Saturn, Mindi and Jupiter, find out the Rasi and its Navamsa indicated by the total obtained. When Jupiter progressing through its orbit arrives at the particular Rasi and its Navamsa above found, the person concerned will have his exit from the world.

276 बातकपारि जाते Adh. V

भानुस्फुटे नवहते रविज च मान्दि हत्वा ग्रहैस्तदिनराशिगणेषु योज्यम्। मान्दि पुनथ नवफेन हतं च युञ्ज्यात् तद्राशिकांशगतपूवाणे मृत्युकाल: । ६८ ॥। Sloka 68. Add nine times the figures for Saturn and mifez (Mandi) to nine times the figures for the Sun. To this sum add again nine times the figures for Rrfa (Mandi) joined to nine times the figures for the Sun. When the Sun passes through the particular Rasi and the particular Navamsa indicated by the grand total, the demise of the person concerneJ will take place. सुतेशसंयुक्तव मथराणां दशाव्दसंख्या दिननायकासा: । तच्छेपिते मासि मृ्ति नराणां वदन्ति लग्नेशवग्रहैर्व। ॥३९ ॥ S'oka 69. Add together the number of years, months, etc. constituting the Dasa period of the planets in conjunction with the lord of the 5th or the Ist bhava and divide the sum total by 12. The remainder will indicate the month in which, astrologers say, the daith of the person concerned will take place, चन्ट्रस्फटे नवकसंगुणिते तु मान्दि मन्दं च नन्दहतमिन्दुनियोजनीयम्। कृत्वा पुनर्नवद्दतार्किसुतं समेव यचनर्वाशकशशिर्मरणप्रदः स्याद् ॥७० ॥ Slok : 70. Add nine times the figures for Saturn and arez (Mandi) to nine times the figures for the Moon. To this total add again nine times the figures for mfer (Mandi) joined to nine times the figures for the Moon. Find the particular vifar (Rasi) and sala (Na.

51.41 पञ्चमोडध्याय 277

vamsa) indicated by the gtand total. When the Moon p1s32s through t'h' mar (Risi) and wala (Navamsa) thus found, th' d'ath of the person concerned will take place जातोडद्ि चेदर्कशनिस्फुटेक्प- तारादिनिर्याणदशा प्रकल्प्पा । तारेशराहुस्फुटयोगतारा पूर्वा दशाऽनिष्टरुश रजन्याम् ।। ७१ ।। Sloka 71. If the birth of a person be during day time, his exit from the world is to be thus determined Add the figures for the Sun and Siturn, and find out the asterism THR (Nakshatri) and the portion thereof indicated by this total In the narrat (Mahadasa) of this asterism (oide Adhyaya 18, sloka 3, mfra), find out which pertod corresponds to the particular portion of the star already found The death of the person con. cerned will occur at this point of time If the birth be during night add the figures for the Moon and Rohu, aacertai as before the purttcular pertod of the Mahadasa corresponding to th portion of the asterism indicated by the total This will give the time of निर्याण (Niryana' NOTES The following sloha from ni (Gargi) gives another clue for ascertaining the favir (Niryane' of any person यो राशिमुलिकोपेतम्तनतिस्रेण गते दाना। मरण निशि जाताना दिन (वि) जानों तदस्नके।1 निर्याणहेतुः॥ उद्याद् द्वानिशतितमं द्रेफाणं कारणं मृत्यो: । तस्याधिपस् निर्याण सूचयेद्िघिविचम: ।७२॥

278 जाव कपािख्ावे Adh. V.

CAUSE OF A PERSIN'S EXIT FROM THE WORLD. Sloka 72. The 22nd Drekkana from the anRern (Lagna drekkana) 18 the cause of death. An astrologer thoroughly acquainted with the application of the prin- ciples of his science should indicate the exit from the world (fvin-Niryanı) of the person concerned in reference to the lord of the 22nd Drekkana aforesad (vide Adhyaya 5.A SI 11) NOTES 5/. Also सारावली उद्याद्द्वाविशतितमद्रेक णो भवति कारण सृत्यो। तस्याधिपतिभवो या निर्याण सूचमेत् खगुण ॥ Also फलदीपिका एसादूष्टमराशे स्वभावदोपोलव वदेमृतयुम्। निधनेशस्य नर्वाशस्थितरािनिमित द्प जनित बा ।। Vide also Adhyaya V A Sloka 11 infrs. For the condition as to when this sloka has to beapplied see latter half of sloka 75

झ्ेया जन्मनि यन्नर्वाशकगतो मान्दिस्तदीयास्तके राशी तिष्ठति चेत् शुभस्तु बलनन् सौख्येन नूनं सृति: । भूपुत्रे समरेण सूर्यतनये चोरादिमिर्दाननैः सर्पादिश्व तथारचौ नृपभयातक्षीणोडपे तोयजात् ।।७३ ॥। Sloka 73 If a strong benefic plapet occupies the 7th house from the Navamsa where wifez (Mandi) 18 at a person's birth, that person's death is sure to come about happily But if M rs be in such a position, the death will be in battle If Saturn should occupy the same position the denth would be inf icted by thieves, demons, snakes ind other reptiles If the Sun or the waning Moon hold the above position, the death would

S1, 84 279

proceed from the dreadful doom ef a sovereign or from an aquatic being. c/ प्रश्षमार्ग मान्दारूटनवाशकामगृहगा: सौम्गा: सुमृयुप्द्ा पापास्तत्न गसाम्तु दुमृतिकरास्तेय्वके उर्वीपतेः। क्षीणन्दु: सलिले युधि क्षितिसुतः सूर्यात्मजो वज्चना दाहुः पलगदशनान्मरणदो यद्दा विपस्पर्शनात्। रन्ध्रं येन निर्गक्षित बलवता तद्धातुकोपान्मृतिः

लगादष्टमधामपे तनुगते कालस्य यद्देहजैः छिद्रांये च चरस्थिरोभयगते देशान्तरे से पधि ॥७४। Sloka 74. When a strong planet aspects the 8th bhava death resulta as the effect of the inflammation of the humour belonging to that planet. If the aspecting planet be the Sun, it will be due to an ailment caused by a burn; if the Moon, from a disease caused by water; if Mars, from a disorder arising from a burt inflicted by a weapon; if Mercury, from fever; if Jupiter, from phlegmatic affection; if Venus, from famine; lastly if Saturn be the aspecting planet, the death will arise from thirst. If the lord of the 8th bhava occupy the Lagna, the disease leading to death will be located in that part of the bcdy of the aragow Kalapurusha which the sign constituting the 8th bhava represents If the 8th bhava be a moveable sign, death will happen in a foreign country; if a fived sign, it will take place in the person's native place; if a dual sign, it will eccur on a road.

First quarte. of. सारावली NOTES

यो यहयुक्तो निधनं पश्यति सदासुकापजो मृतयु:। तम्संयुरलनुजी बहुभिरपैलिमियं डुप्रकारा साद् प

Adh. V. 282 जातकपरिजाते

भौमारुणौ यदि परस्परराशियुक्तौ केन्द्रस्थितौ निधननायकरवचरेन्द्रात्। जातोऽवसानसमये क्षितिपालकोपाव् शुलादिकायुधवरैनिधनं समेति ॥८० ॥। Sloka 80. If, at a person's birth, Mars and the Sun occupy houses owned by each other and are in Kendra positions with respect to the planet that is the lord of the 8th bhava, the person will at his latter end incur the displeasure of the sovereign and suller death by being impaled at the stake or by some other instru. ment of execution. NOTCS. The following is the reading of the sloka as given in ERTAR भीमारेजी यदिपरस्परभागसस्या क्षेत्रेथवा निधनमेंशयुने ध केन्द्रे। तस्यावसानसमये क्षितिपालकोपात् शूलादिनायुधशतैनिधनं समेति॥ चन्द्रे तनौ दिनकरे विवलेष्षमसथे लगनाधये'सुरगुरौ सुखगे च पापे। जातस्य तस्य शयनाच्चयुत्तहेतुमृत्यु: शस्रेण वा निशि निपाद्कृतेन वा स्याद् ।। ८१ ।। Sloka 81. When the Moon 15 in the Lagna and the Sun is without strength in the 8th bhava and Jupiter occupies the 12th bhava, and a malehic planet is in the 4th bhava, the person born will die by falling from his couch, or Leing assassinated at night by a low out-cast. NOTES The following is the reading adopted in ERTR. एग्ने राशी दिनकरे वियलेणमम्ये एग्नायये सुखगते - न पापखेटे। जातस्य इसनयनध्युन मा निशि नि्ड

SI. 82-85 पञ्चमोऽ्प्यायः 283

लग्नेशे निधनांशसे मूढे पष्ठगतेऽथवा। क्षुद्धाधया च मरण वन्धुहीने महीतले ॥। ८२॥ Sloka 82. When the lord of the Lagna occupies the 61th Navamsa from the Lagna or is eclipsed by the Sun or is in the 6th bhava, the death of the person con- cerned will be by famine on the bare ground with no relation by his side. आयुर्विलगाधिपती वलेन हीनौ धरासूनुर्ऋणेशयुक्त: । युद्धे मृति तस् वदन्ति तज्ज्ञा: शस्तेण जातस मृति विशेपात्॥ Sl.ka 83. If, at a person's birth, the lords of the Sth and the 1st bhava be both weak and Mars be in conjunction with the lord of the 6th bhava, he will die, say the astrologers, in battle, and that too by a blow itflicted by a weapon NOTCS The second पrr (Pada) read. as हीनी धरार्नुमणेशयुक्ती an सर्वार्धनिन्तामणि लग्नेशवरे वाहननाथयुक्ते वागीश्वेरणापि युवे त्वजीर्णात् दारेश्वरे वाहनवित्तराशिनाथान्यिते वा मरणं त्वजीर्णाद्।।८४ Sloka 84. When the lord of the Lagna is in con- junction with that of the 4th bhava as well as of the 2nd bhava, death will result from indigestion. When the lord of the 7th bhava is in conjunction with the lords of the 2nd and the 4th, death will result from the same cause. NoTrs. देदेश is the reading adopted in सरiul.नयण for रर i सव् Pmis in the latter haif of this sloha. भुक्त्यंशपो मानुसुतेन युक्तो दुःसानगो वा विपभृक्षणेन। सहाहिना वा शिखिना च तस मृत्युर्भवेद्रज्ञनिवन्धनेन । ८५॥।

284 जाठकपारि आठे Adh. V

Sloka 85. When the lord of the 10th Navamsa Irom the Lagna is in conjunction with Saturn or occu. pies a T4a Dusthana (t.e. the 6th, the Sth or the 12th bhava), the person concerned will die by swallowing poison When the lord of the 10th Navamsa from the Lagna is in conjunction with Rahu or Ketu, death will be by hanging. NOTES Ths sloka reads thus in सवाथिनिन्तामणि भुक्तयङ्गपर भानुसुतेन युकी दु स्थानगौ या विपभक्षणेन। राहुध्वजाम्पा सहिती व दुस्थावुदन्धनातस भृर्ति पदन्ति ॥ पिशाचपीडागिजले विपत्साद् भौमाहिमन्दान्यतमेन युक्ते। क्षीणे शयाङ्के निधनस्थिते च दुःसे त्वपसमारभयान्मृतिः स्ाव् । Sloka 86. There will be a trouble due to demonta. cal possession or danger from fire or water when the waning Moon in conjunction with Mars, Rahu or , Saturn occupies the 8th bhava If the Moon under the condstions stated above occupies any other bad position, death will follow from a fearful epileptic fit NOTES Vide also Adhyoys AIV, stoka 62 (latter half) infra. रन्ध्सानगते सूर्ये भौमे वा चलनर्जिते। विचे पापग्रहैर्युक्ते पित्तरोगान्मृति वदेद ॥ ८७॥ Sloka 87 When the Sun or Mars without strength occupies the 8th bh.va, and malefic planets are in the 2nd, the astrologer should predict death from a bilious complaint जलराशिगते चन्द्रे चाष्टमस्थेऽ्थवा गुरौ। पापग्रहेण संदृष्टे कषपरोगान्मृति चदेव।। ८८ ॥

SI. 88-92 प्चमोड्याम: 285

Sloka 88. If the Moon or Jupiter occupying a watery sign be also in the 8th bhava and aspected by a malefic planet, the astrologer may predict death from consumption. अष्टमस्थानगे शुक्रे पापग्रहनिरीक्षिते। चातरोगात् क्षयाद्वाऽपि प्रमेहाद्वा मृर्ति वदेत् ॥ ८९॥ Sloka 89. When Venus occupies the 8th bhava and is aspected by a malefic planet, the astrologer can predict death from rheumatism, consumption, or diabetes. सूर्यस्थानगते सौम्ये पापग्रहनिरीक्षिते ! विदोपान्मरणं विद्यात् ज्यररोगेण वा वदेव् ॥ ९० ॥ Sloka 90. When Mercury occupies Leo and is aspected by a malcfic planet, the astrologer should ascer- tain that death is to result from a disorder of the three humours; or he may declare that it will be brought on by fever. मृत्युस्थानगते राहौ पापग्रहनिरीक्षिते। पिटकाद्युष्रोगाद्वा सर्पदोपान्मृतिर्भन्रद् ॥ ९१॥ Sloka 91. When Rahu is in the 8th bhava and aspected by a malefic planet, death will occur from a heat-generated disease such as a boil, or irom an injuty inflicted by a snake. परामवगते ही पायग्रहनिरीक्षिते। मसूरिकादिरोगाढवा विचय्रंश्ान्मृ्ति वदेव् ।९२॥ Sloka 92. When Rahu is in the 8th bhava and aspected by a malefic planct, death will happen from an attack of smallpor and such other affliction or from a fall brought on by biliousness.

286 जातकपारिजाते Adh. V

"माइल्यरन्ध्रमलिनाधिपरामवायुः" इति मन्त्रेश्वरः फलदांपिकायाम्. धर्मे शनौ चाऽथ गुरौ तृतीये कर्छिदा स्ान्निघने व्यये वा। कर्मस्थिताश्ेदयदि राहुमन्दसौम्याः करच्छेदयुवोऽ्त् जातः ॥९३॥ Sloka 93. When Saturn is in the 9th bhava and Jupiter in the 3rd, or when the two planets occupy the 8th and the 12th bhavas, there will be an amputation of the hand. If Rahu, Saturn and Mercury occupy the 10th bhava, the person born will hive a slit in the hand. NOTES. The verse reads thus In भवार्थनिन्तामाण धमें शनो वा सगुरी तृतीये करारछदोड़कें निधने ्यये वा। विधौ कलंत्र निधनान्विते वा कुंजेन युके यदि वा सजीवे।। क्मस्थितध्रैययादि राहुमन्दसीम्या पदच्छेद्युतोऽन जातः ॥। शुकेण दष्टे यदि रन्धनाथे सूर्ये शनौ वा फणिनाथयुक्ते । करदिपष्ठयेशसमीन्विते वा विच्छेदनं तच्छिरसो वदन्ति ॥९४॥ Sloka 94. If the Sun being the lord of the 8th bhava is aspested by Venus, or Saturn in conjunction with Rahu occupies a malefic 60th portion of a sign such as r (Krura), the astrologers predict decapitation of the person concerned. NOTES This sioha is also in iaAM The eading of the first half as siightly different, Diz. शुकेजपरष्टे दिवसािनाये सारे पनी या फणिनाथयुक्त। मन्दे विलने मदने सराहौ कन्यान्विते मार्गवनन्दने च। क्षणे शशाङ्के मदराशयुक्ते विच्छिन्हस्तथ पदेन सार्द्म् ॥ ९५।। Stoka 95. When Siturn is in the rising sign and Rahu in the 7th bhava, Venus occupies Virgo and the waoing Moon is in the 7tb bhava, the person will suffer the amputation of hand and foot.

SI. 96-99 पञ मोउध्याय: 287

NOTES सवार्थचिन्तामणि reads कमा -वने for क्न्याविते भूसू नुलग्ने यदि वा तदंशे सूर्यान्विते कृष्जनिशाकरे तु। फणीशचन्द्रात्मजसंयुतेऽर्कराक्षी यदा तर्द्यदरप्रभेदम् ॥ ९६॥ Sloka 96. When the rising sign or its Navamsa is owned by Mars and occupied by the Sun, and the waning Moon in conjunction with Rahu and Mercury occupies Leo, the person concerned will have his belly ripped. NOTES The latter half of the Sloka reads thus in ajareamn फणीन्द्र चम्द्रातमजसयुतेडर्करइम्पाभिभूते सद्रस् भेद। मन्दोदये सौम्यद्शा निहीने सर्पार्कयुक्त यदि कृष्णचन्द्रे। नाभिप्रदेशोत्तरभेदमाहु: शस्तेण जातसय पराशरादाः ।। ९७ ।। Sloka 97. When Saturn in the rising sign is with out benefic aspect and the wantng Moon is in conjunc tion with Rahu and the Sun, the person born, say Parasara and other authorities, will suffer a wound by a weapon in the upper region from the navel. पछ्ठाष्टमव्यये चन्द्रे लग्ननाथेन वीक्षिते। मन्दमान्यगुसंयुक्ते तस्त दुर्भरणं वदेत् ।। ९८ ।। Sloka 98 When the Moon in the 6th, the 8th or . the 12th bhava 13 aspected by the lord of the rising sign and is in conjunction with Saturn, Mandi and Rahu, the person born will die an unnatural death. मेपूरणसे यदि चित्रमानी भौमे चतुर्थे न च सौम्ययुक्तते। साम्पे विलग्नापेगते तु मृतं गोशृद्ृतः शलनिपाततो वा ॥ ९९ ॥

288 जातकपारिजाठे ~ Adh. V

Sloka 99. When the Sun is in the 10th bhava, Mars in the 4th not in conjunction with a benefic pla. net and when Mercury is in the rissng sign, death will be inflicted by the horns of an ox or cow or by the fall of a dart or spear दशमसुखसमेतैः पापदषैथ साम्ये- रुद्यनिधनयातैः शूलपातान्मृतिः स्याद्। शशिनि तनुगृहसे बन्धुगे भानुपुत्रे कलहजनितदोपैरंबरस्थ च भौंमे॥१०० ॥ Sioka 100 When benefic planets aspected by male- fic ones occupy the 1uth, the 4th, the 1st or the 8th bhava, the death of the person concerned will be due to the fall of a spear. When the Moon is in the rising sign, Saturn in the 4th bhava and Mars in the 10th, death will result from the bad effects of a fracas. लग्नं गते दिनकरे तरुणीगते- दौ पापेक्षिते कलहतोयभयान्मृति: स्थाद्। लग्ने दिनेशराशिनी दिशरारकेऽन्ये पापेक्षिता यदि बहदकशृद्गिदंष्टाद् । १०१। Sloka 101. When the Sun is in the rising sign and the Moon sn Virgo aspected by a malefic planet, the death of the person concemed will result from nsk in a quarrel or from water If the Sun and the Moon be in the Lagna and other planets occupy a dual sign being aspected by malefse planets, death will be caused fron the fang of a horned aquatic animal found in large mass es of water such as lakes and rivers.

SI. 102/103 पक्र मोडभ्याय: 289

NOTES c/. होरासार भकेन्दू लभ्रगतौ द्विदेहलग्मेपु पापयुग्दधै। कुसुतः प्राणचियोगं जएमध्ये निश्चय भूयात्॥ Vide also V. A.+ infra. तुहिनकिरणलग्नात् पापखेटोपयाते नवमतनयराशी पापखेटेक्षिंते या। भुजगनिगडपाशे रन्धजन्मत्रिभागे

Sloka 102. When the Oth or the 5th Rasi from that in which the Moon is, is either occupied or aspect. ed by a malefic planet and when the Drekkana of the 8th bhava (t.e, the 23nd from the rising Drekkana happens to be what is termed ai (Sirpi), fanz (Nigada) or qa (pasa), (vide sloka 55, supra), the astrologer may predict suicide by hanging. मीनोदये शशिरवी यदि पापयुक्तौ पापेऽषमे च मरणं रमणीकृंत स्याद। भौमे सुख दिनकरे यांि वा मद्से मन्देऽष्टमे शशिनि चालविशेषजन्यम् ॥१०३॥ Slaka 103. When Pisces 1s the rising sign, when the Sun and the Moon occupy it in conjunction with a malefic planet and when the 8th bhava is also occupied by a malefic planet, death will be brought on by a mistress. Whea Mars is in the 4th bhiva or the Sun in the 7th and when Saturn and the Moon occupy the 8th bhava, death wilf be caused by food of a special kind. मनदे घने सुखगते शशिनि समाजे - मानयिते त्रणकृतेन मृति समेति। 27

290 जातकपारिजाते . Adh. V

बन्धुस्थितेऽवनिसुते घनगे शशाङ्के भानौ नमस्थलगते तु गजाश्वयानात् ॥ १०४॥ Sloka 104. When Saturn 15 in the 2nd bhava, the Moon in the 4th and Mars in the 10th, the person concerned dies from the elfects of a wound. When Mars is in the 4th bhava, the Moon in the 2nd and the Sun in the 10th, death will be caused from the effects of riding on an elephant or a horse, रन्ध्रे शनौ वियति हीनवले शशाङ्के भानौ सुख निभृतफाष्ठह्वेन मृत्यु: । पापान्तरे जननलग्नपतौ सकेती लग्नाष्टमे खलयुते सति मावृकोपान् ॥१०५॥ Sloka 105. When Saturn is in the 8th bhava and the Moon in the 10th without strength and the Sun in the 4th, death will happen from the effects of a blow by a piece of timber falling unobserved When the lord of the rising sign associated with Ketu is in the midst of two malefic planets, and the 8th bhava is occupied by an unpropitious planet, death will be caused by a mother's wrath. सुखास्पदसैरशुमै ग्रहेन्द्रेसिकोणगैर्वाऽथ चिलमराशौ। रन्ध्रे्वरे भूतनयेन सार्द्धसुद्धन्घनात्तस् मृर्ति वदन्ति। १०६॥ Sloka 106 When insuspicious planets occupy the 4th and the 10th bhavas or Trikona positions, and when the lord of the 8th bhava being in conjunction with Mars occupies the rising sign, astrologers say that the person concerned will commit suicide by hanging

SI. 107-109 - पञ्चमोउध्याय: 291

०f. ोरासार NOTES

उद्धन्घ बन्धनाध्यैविंधने भौमेन संयुक्त ॥। लग्ने रौ सुते मन्दे रन्ध्रस्थे तुहिनांशुके। धर्म गते घरासूनौ वृक्षाशनिभयान्मृतिः ॥।१०७ ।। Sloka 107. When the Sun is in the Lagna, Saturn in the 5th bhava, the Moon in the 8th and Mars in the 9th, death has to be apprehended from the fall of a tree or thunderbolt. NOTES of. झारामार अर्कोदयेडकंपुत्रे सुतगे रन्भे विध कुजे भाग्ये। वृक्षाशनिकुड्य गतैयोगे अनितसप निर्दिशेन्मरणम।। पापेष्याज्ञान-धुएशिस्थितेपु क्षीणे तारानायके शब्रुराकी। लग्नाच्छिद्रस्थानराशि गते वा यात्राकाले शत्रुदोपानमृति: स्याद।। Sloka 108. When the 10th and the 4th bhavas are occupied by malefic planets and the waning Moon is in the 6th or the 8th bhava from the Lagna, death will happen at the time ol pilgrimage to a shrine by the machination of an enemy. लग्नान्त्यगौ भानुघराकुमारौ दिनेशचन्द्रेन्दुसुता मदस्था:। सुरालयोद्यानवनप्रदेशे प्रवासभूमौं त्रियते तु जातः ॥। १०९।। Sloka 169. When Saturn and Mars occupy respec. tively the 1st and the 12th bhavas, the Sun, the Moon and Mercury are in the 7th, the person born will meet his end in a temple garden in a foreign land.

For the same eflect the following yoga is quoted in Erer NOTES

292 मातकपारे जाले Adh V.

अर्वकुजौ व्ययसस्थौ राहु शाशी ससमे गुर केन्द्रे। जानस्य भृति विनयान्मवासभूमी सुरालयोद्याने॥ लग्नाष्टमे पापयुतेऽष्टमेशे रिःफोपयाते यीद केन्द्रगे वा। लग्नेश्वरे हीनवलन युक्ते दुर्मार्गदोपात्प्रनदन्ति मृत्यु: ॥११० ॥ Sloka 110. When a malefic planet occupies the 8th bhava and the lord thereof occupies the 13th or a Kendra and the lord of the rising sign 1s deficient in strength, death is said to result from the evit effects of pursuing a wicked course of life. भौमार्कजक्षेत्रगते शशाड्कि पापेक्षिते पापखगान्तरस्थे। कन्यागहे या हिवुकोपयाते मृति वदेदग्निजशस्त्रपातैः ॥१११ ॥ Sloka 111 When the Moon occupying a sign be- longing to Mars or Satorn is aspected by a malefic planet and is between two malefic planets, death will arise from exposure to fire arms The same event may happen also when the Moon occupies the 4th bhava mn the sign Virgo and the other conditions hold good as in the previous case. NOTES Vide Also Adhyaya V A, Sloka s, infra of होरामार मोमारकंजमवनेऽबजे पा्पद्वयमध्यग न सौम्ययुते। कन्यारया हिमगी या क्रवरनसपातन सदोपैदो ।। यदि विपघटिकायामएटमे पापयुक्ते विपशिखिभवश्सत्रैरजायते वस मृत्युः । बहुदिनिचरयुक्ते लगपे साष्टमेशे बहुजनमृतिकाले मृत्युमेति प्रजातः ॥ ११२ ॥ Sloka. 112. If a person be born in favgitet (Visha .

SI. 112 पञ्चमोऽयाय: 293

ghatika) when the 8th wa (bhava), is occupied by malefic planets, his death will be caused by poison or firearms When the lord of the rising sign is in conjunction with several planets whereof one is the lord of the 8th ara, (bhava) the death of the person concerned will be simultaneous With the death of a large number. NOTES For विषर्घाटवा ८./. भुहतंमानण्ट पख्चाश ५० जिन २४ खाग्रय ३० श खकता ४० आखण्डला १४ मूर्च्छना २१ मिविश ३० द्विंश २० रदा: ३२ खराम ३० नख २० धृत्ये १८ काशिनौ २१ विशति. २० । शाक्रें १४ द्रौ १४ दश १० वासवा १४ रसशराः ५६ सिद्धा २४ नखा १० शा १० दिशो १० प्रत्य १८ ट्टी १६ जिन २४ खागनयो ३० धिनइमाभ्योऽग्रेडन्घिनाड्यो विपम् ।। नक्षत्रस्य गतैष्पयोगगुणितः स्वस्वप्नुवः पष्ठिहृत् स्पष्ट: स्यादनऊर्ध्वमन्घिघटिका: स्पषाः स्युरेवकृताः । Also थार प्रकाशिव: ch. 30 चापाजवृपकन्यासु हरियुक्घटतौरिपु। मीनकफ्यरिनकपु आदो मध्येउन्तिमे विपम्॥ आघं विप भुजद्वाषय मध्यमं गुथसंजञितम्। अन्तिमं तु वराहाएयं राशिध्चेपु नवांदकम।। ८f. धोरासार विपघटिकायां जातो निवनं तूरं्विपाझिश ैर्वा । निघनेश्वरे विपांशे करयुत तत्नि मेत्तदोपेण ॥ यदि न बट्टुग्रह्युक्ते रन्ध्रेशे रन्भ्रमेत् संयुक्ते। बहुजनमरणे वाले निघनं जातस्य निश्चय न्रयान।।

294 आवकपरजाते Adh. V.

लमे शस्थ नगांश स्वराशिकोपोद्धनामयैः । मृत्युं तस्य वदन्त्येके हौरिका मुनिपुङ्गनाः ॥११३। Sloka 113 Some eminent sages versed in astro' logy say that a person's death will be caused by disease arising from the inflammation of the humours of the sign to which the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the rising sign belongs होरेशेऽदगते तु तुम्पुरगद्दे वापज्वराधन्ग्रवै- रुद्षिगश्वास निकार शूल जनितै युग्म शिराशू रजः। वातोन्मादमनैः कुलीरभवने सिंहे निपस्फोटकै: कन्यायां जठरागिगुह्यजानेतैर्जतस मृत्युं वदेव् ॥११४।। Sloka 114 When the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the Lagna b'longs to dq (Mesha), death is said to be brought on by a burning fever or other such ailments If the Navamsa in question be owned by gon(Vrishabha), death is produced by an aggravation of asthma and colic If firga (Mithuna) be the owner of the Navamsa, death will be due to headache If the Navamsa belongs to az (Kataka), rheumatism and insanity will lead to death , if to fire (Simha), virulent tumors will break out ending in death If the Navamsa as owned by Kanya (4r), death will be due to diseases arising from a morbid condition of the gastric juice and the privaties जूके शोकचतुप्पदज्वरमवैः कीटेश्मशस्त्रादिि आ्रापे तानमरुद्वैर्मृगमुखे व्याधादिशुलामयैः । कुंभे व्याम्नधूकृतैरनिमिपे तोयातिसारैमृर्वि रन्ध्रस्यांशगता प्रचारघरणी जावत्य मृत्युप्रदा ।।११५।।

SI. 115 -पञ्मोउध्याय: 295

Sloka. 115: . If the owner of the Navamsa be Tula (aor), the cause of death will be grief, a quadruped or fever. If qT (Vrischika) be the owner of the Navamsa, death will be occasioned by a stone or a weapon or other - such missife. If the Navamsa belongs to uga (Dhanus), gout of a virulent kind will produce death. If it be Wir (Makara) that owns.the Navamsa, the end will come from a beast of prey such as a tiger or from a disease such *as colic. When such Navamsa belongs to r (Kumbha), death will be inflictedjby a tiger or a woman. And lastly if the Navamsa in question be a diaaara (Meenanavamsa) water or dysentery will be the cause of death. The place of death will be the haunt of the sign (vide Adh. . yaya 1. SI. 10-12) to which the wiaain (Randhranavamsa) (61th Navamsa from the emaain (Lagnanavamsa) " be longs. (See Adhyaya 5. A. Sloka. 12). NOTES For this and the previous two slokas, cf.ntan. लग्नादष्टमराशे: स्वमावदोपो्वं विजानीयात्। निधनेशस्व नवांशस्थितराशिनिमित्तदोपजनितं वा ।। मेपांशे मेपे या ज्यरविपजठरामिपित्तसंभूतः । येन ग्रहेण युक्ते दृषटे वा तत्समानदोपेण । वृपम वृपमांशे वा त्रिदोपसाङ्कर्यशस्त्रदाहायै: । ग्रहरहिते प्राप्तफल ग्रह्युक्क्ते तत्ममानदीपेण ।। मिधुने मिथुनाशे वा कासयासीस्वश् शूलाद्वा। . चन्द्रगृहे चन्द्रांशे वातान्मान्यादरोचकाह्वाऽपि॥ स्फोट कशस्र विषाधिन्वरैश सिहे तढगे वा। जउरा मिगुस उ्ह प्रपातनाद्यैथ् कन्यायाम्।। जूके तदंशके वा स्वनुद्धिदोपेण हन्यते पुरुपः ।

596 बातक पारेजाते Adh. V

ज्वरसन्निपातदोपैर्मेरण घरुयादशाफलयुतैया। वृश्षिकराशौ चांशे पाण्डुग्रहणीग्रहादिरोगहन । विपरोस्रजजलरष्ठै थापारे नापमंयुते मर्त्य. ॥ मकरे मकरांशे वा स्थूचानारुनितुदिसभवान्मृत्यु:। पापयुते व्याघाधे सर्पाधेत्रा न सन्देह ।। कुंभे कुंभांरो वा पापत्याघशस्भुजगागै।

मीने मीनाशे वा सर्पेग हतो ध्यान्तस्नैव। नाबजैर्शा जलमव्ये जलधर शब्देन पीडितो मृत्यु .- ।। निशिवलयुतराशी लगयातेग़दवि कालें यदि दिनयलयुक्त जन्मलसे रजन्याम्। उदयगनवमागस्वामियोगेक्षितानां दिशि मृतिमुपयाति स्थानवीर्याधिकस । ११६ ॥। Sloka. 116. When the time of birth 1s during the day and the rising sign is a Rasi strong at night or when the time of birth is during night and the rising sign is a Rası strong during the day, the person con. cerned will meet his death in that direction which belongs to the planet predominant in positional strength स्थानबल (Stthanabala) among those that are in conjunction with or aspected by the lord of the tising Navamsa. होराशेपनवांशमानघटिका मोह: स्वमशक्षित

रगपशसाँस्यपि म्नुम्टनिरनितसंप सज। - र्नाशं याति शरीरमगिजलसंमिश्रश्वमुख्यैः कमात् ॥११७॥. 117. Sloka. Pind out the risiog period of the portion of the Lagna below the horizon at the time of

SI.'118 पञ्सोऽध्याय· 297

birth The duration of un onsciousness prior to death will be measured by this period If the rising Navamsa be aspected by its lord, and that a malefic planet, the period of unconscrousness will be twie that given above If that lord be a benefic one, the duration of unconsciousness will be three times the original period According as the principal Drekkana concerned, vis the 22nd from the magrm(Lagna Drekkana) 15 a m, (Krura ) watery, benefic, or mixed, (uide Adhyayı 9, Stukas 112 -- 115) the body suffers extinction by fite, by water, by absorption_with the elements, or by being eaten up by heasts and birds of prey (Sec Adhvaya 5 A. SI 13-13) NOTLS c शासमार अनुदितनवासकाले मोहो द्विगुण शुभग्रहो लम। क्षेत्रोघाराकयुक्ते निगुण निघने न पापसयुकते।। देवमर्त्यपितृनारकालयप्राणिनो गुरुरिनक्षमासुतों। कुर्युरिन्दुभृगुजौ बुधार्कजौ मृत्युकालभवलग्नगा यदि ॥११८।। Sloka 118 Jupiter occupying the rising sign at the time of death makes the dying porson a denizen of the ibode of the Gods. . If the Sun or Mars occupy tne urea (Maranalagna) they procure to the dying the world of mottals. The Moon ind Venus in the above- mentioned posttion send the d-ceased to the world of the Manes Lastly, Mercury ind Saturn oscupying the rising sign at death cast the departed into the infernal regions NOTES C1 कारमार ज पक्षेत्रादये एमे मुश्लोक गाेद्दति। सूयभामोदये स्षेत्रे मलोलोक गमिप्शान ।। साम्यपापयुते लग्ने मत्ेलोकेपु नायते। चुधौदये तथा क्षेत्रे तिर्यंग्जातिपु सावेशोर॥ 3S

298 Adh

मन्दराशयुदेपे स्षेत्रे जाचलौक गमिष्यति। Also Vide Adhyaya V A stoka 11 snfra भूचक्र स्याद तुम्बुरादं चतुष्क सिंहागारादं भुनथ्क्रमाड्कः। चापादिसं तत्सुवश्क्रजन्यं जीनो मृत्युक्षेत्रलोकं समेति ॥। ११९ Sloka 119 The four Rasis beginning with (ârq (Mesha) form the region of aoiz (Bhuloka) Thos beginning with fie (Simh) are termud gaeT# (Bhuvar loka) The four commencing with aga (Dhanus) con stitute the geefs (Suvarloka) The soul goes to the ais (Loka) to whtch the mna74 (Maranalagna) bulonge रिःफाधीशे पापपछयशयाते पॉपदष्ट नारक लोकमेति। राहौ रिःफे मान्दिरन्ेशयुक्ते शत्रस्थानम्वामिद्षट तथा स्यात् ॥१२० Sk ka 120 When the lord of the 12th bhava occu pies a malefic waw (Shashtyamsa) and is aspected by malefic planets, the dying person goes to the region of hell The sime will be the case when Rahu is in the 12th bhava in conjunction with arfg (Mandi) and the lord of the 8th bhiva, and is also aspected by the lord of the 6th bhava. उच्चस्ये शुभखेचरे व्यपर्गते पापग्रहे: शोभनः सन्दष्े शुभार्गके च निपुलं स्वर्गादि भोग नदेत्। कर्मस्थानपतौ पुरन्दरगुरौ रि.फोपयातेऽथवा साम्यव्योमनिवासद्िस हिते तस्यामर्त्व भवेद् ॥। १२१।। Sloka 121 When a benefie plinet in its exaltation occupies a benefic uT (Varga) in the 12th bhava and is aspected by planets both benefic and malefic, the astro loger can predict gteat celestial happiness When Jupiter being the lord of the 10th bhava occupies the 12th ci is espected by tenefc planets, the dying person will attain to the position of an immortal

SI. 122-124 पञ्चमोऽध्याय: 299

बृहस्पतौ चापनवांशकस्थे चलान्विते कर्कटलसयाते। त्रिमिश्चतुर्मिः सह कण्टकेपु नभथरैर्नैअ्मपद ग्रयाति ॥ १२२ ॥ Sloka 122. When Jupiter in great strength oceu- pies a Navamsa owned by ugw (Dnanus) in sign Cancer, . and there are three or four planets in the Kendras, the dying person will go to Brahma's region. ef. IV-105 supra. धनुर्षिलग्ने यदि तुंबरांशके लगे गुरौ दानवपूजितेऽसे। कन्यागते शीतकरे वलान्विते परं पदं लोकमुपैति शाश्चतम् ॥१२३॥ Sloka 123. When the rising sign is Dhanus and Juptter occapies a Navamsa thereof belonging to Mesha, when Venus is in the 7th bhiva and when the Moon in strength occupies waar (Kanya), the dying person goes to the region of eternal bliss. .f. IV-106. swfra निसर्गदायप्रमुखायुर्दस्फुटक्रियामृत्युदशाप्रमेदाः। निर्याणकालप्रभवाथ सर्वे सङ्गीर्तिता भानुमुखप्रसादात् ॥ १२४ ॥। इति श्रीनिवग्रहकृपया वैद्यनाथविरचिते जातकपारिजाते आगुर्दायाध्यायः पश्चमः ॥ Sloka 124. The accurate process of caleulating the years of faad (Nisarga) and other Ayurdayas and all the different circumstances attending the last portion of one's life and the precise moments of time when the evin fom the world may he lanker for, bavz all. hzen. fully treated of by the favor of the Sun and other planets. Thus ends the 5th Adhyaya on the "Length of Life" in the work Jataka Parijata composed by Vaidya- natha under the auspices of the nine planets.

7 ॥ अथनैर्याणिकाध्यायप्रारंभः ॥

Adhyaya V. A. EXIT FROM THE WORLD

This Chapter is no other than the inrny (Chapter XAV of Brihat Jataka The Adhvaya deals with the native's exit from the sorld. It enables the render to correctly guess the time when, the place where, and the manner hon, denth happens, From the first elev en slohas one is also able to furly divine the particular disease which the native suflers from and which culminates in death Unnatural deaths-by dronning, by being a prey to wild beasts, by fire, torture, suicide by hanging or filling, decapitation oning to royal displeasure-can atso be ascertuoed The 12th sloka gives a clue to determine the period of unconsciousness one may have before death The next sloha deuts with the lind of transformation the body undergoes after death-nhether it is burnt or buned or exposed to the Sun and w ind to be eaten by beasts and vultures, etc The last tno slokas eonble one to find out what bis past birth was and what lis fature birth will be, whetber he will attam final emancipation, etc मृत्युरमृत्यगृहेक्षणेन चलिमिसद्वातुकोपोद्द्व - स्तत्संयुक्तभगात्रजी बहुमवो चीर्यान्वितैर्भृरिभिः ।

सूर्यादनिधने चरादिप परस्वाध्वप्रदेशघ्चिति। १ ॥ Sloka 1. When the 8th house being unoccupied is aspeeted by a strong planet, the humour belonging 300

नैर्याणिकाध्याय: 760 4 301

thereto becomes inflamed in that part of the body which the Rasi of the 8th 'house represents, and death is thereby produced. When there are several strong pla- nets aspecting the 8th house, the humours peculiar to them become morbid and produce death. But tf that house be occupied, and the occupying planet be the Sun, death will be due to ftre; if the Moon, it wtll be by water; if Mars, by a weapon; if Mercury, by fever; if Jupiter, by an ailment not accurately ascertained; if Venus, by thirat; and if Saturn, by hunger. And accordtng as the 8th house is a moveable, fixed or a mutable sign, death will be in a foreign place, in one's own house, or on the road. NOTES The Sun=bile The Moon=wind and plilegm Mars=bile Mereury == bile, wind and phlegm Jupiter=phlegm Venus=wind and phlegm Saturn=wind If planets are not postted in the 8th house or are not aspect ing it, the 8th house causes diseases as above according to the nature of the ruler of that bouse. If planets aspect the Sth house or if planets occupy the 8th house, they cause the diseases (the strongest of the planets acting best) in those parts of the body typified by the sign representing the 8th house. The Sun represents fire, therefore it will be by fever, etc The Moon represents watery diseases such as lose mations, drurhcez, dysentery, bleed impurities, etc Mars will canse nccidental deaths, epidemics as cholera, plague, etc. Mercnry will produce fever of brain or smallpox. Jupiter will cause mental worry, or come unknonn diseases. Venus will cause thust hy excessive drinks, and Saturn, by starvation or excessive eating. If two or more powerful planets aspect or occupy the 8th house, then two or more diseases

302 आतकपररजाते Adh. V. A.

afflict the man. If the 8th house happens to be a moveable sign, the native will die mn a foreign place., If it be an immoveable one, he will die in Ins own place. and if common, very near his birth place If the planet be powerful, there will be death when he is engaged in good work; if it be weah, then when he is eng- aged iu bad or indifferent work. of. मारावरी शिखिजलशस्त्रज्बरजसत्वामय तृट् सषुार्कृतो भवन्मृत्युः । सूर्यादिभिनिंधनी परदेशे पाथ रवके चरापैश्र। यो वलयुक्तो निघने पशपति तन्दतुकोपजो मृर्यु: । तैरसंयुक्तमननु जो बहुभिप्रलिभियंटुपकारः स्थान् ।। Alsa V-74 Supra. शैलाग्राभिहृततस्प सूर्यकुजयोमृत्युः खबन्धुस्थयोः

कन्यायाँ स्वजनाद्िमोप्णकरयो: पापग्रहैर्दष्टयोः स्यातां यद्युभयोद येडर्कशशिनौ तोये तदा मजितः ॥२।। Sloka 2. When the Sun and Mars occupy respec- tively the 10th and the 4th house at a person's birth, his death will be caused by the fall of a stone from the top of a mountain. When Saturn, the Moon and Mars are in the 4th, the 7th and the 10th houses respectively, he will die by falling into a well. When the Sun and the Moon are in Virgo and are aspected by malefic planets, death should be traced to the evil deeds of his own relations; (or he may commit suicide owing to differences with them). If the rising sign be a dual Rası, and the Sun and the Moon occupy it, he will perish by being drowned in water. NOTES. Varhamihir here talks of acetdentat deaths. If the yogas mentioned in this aod the succeeding sokas are found to be

SÌ. 3 803

applicable mn any horoscope, the effects mentioned in the first sloha need not then be applied. In the first yoga, it 14 not necessary that Mats and the Sun should respechvely occupy the 4th and the 10th houses; they may occupy any of the liouses either singly or tugether. of. मारानली सूयांग्वारकयो: ख्रबन्धुगतयो: शैल्षाप्रपातोन्गवो मृस्युर्भूतनयेन्दुमानुतनयैः कूपे सक्षत्ताम्युगैः । पापालोकित यो।हैमोष्णकरयो: वन्यास्थयोरबन्धती लग्ने सूर्यशशाह योम्धिमियुगे सोपे सद्ा ममतः।। म-दे कर्कटगे जलोदरकृतो मृत्युर्मृगांङ्के मृगे शस्राग्रिप्रभव: शशिन्यशुभयोर्मध्ये कुजर्क्षे स्थिते.।, कन्यायां रुधिरोत्थशोपजनितस्तद्वातस्थिते शतिगी सौरसषे यदि तद्वदेव हिमगौ रज्ज्वन्निपातैः कृतः ॥३॥ Sloka 3. When Saturn occuries Cancer and the Moon Capricorn at the birth of a person, his death will be caused by dropsy. If the Moon be in a sign of Mars between two malefic planets, he will dic by a weapon or by fire (or he will die cf tetanus or by shortage of blood). When the Moon occupies the same position in Virgo, death will be duc to vitiated blood or emacia tion. If the Moon be in a sign owned by Saturn in the same position, his death will 'be by a cord (by hanging), by an accident near fire or by a fall (from a high place). cj मारापली कर्किणि मन्दे मरुरे धन्द्े मृतयुर्दरोदरकृतः स्ात्। पापान्तःस्थ चन्द्रे कुजमचने शस्त्रव्विभवः। कन्यायां पभ्मिनीशत्रः पापमध्यगतः सद्ा। रकारे्थशोपजं मृत्युं करोति घवमेच दवि।

804 बाठकपारी जाते Adh V. A.

सौरक्षे शुमयोमंध्ये शश्षी रज्वानिपातजम्। कुर्यान्मृत्यु न सन्देहध्ाणक्यवचनं तथा।। चन्धाद्धीन यमस्थयोरशुभयोः सौम्यग्रहादृष्टयोः

कन्यायामशुभान्वितेऽ्रस्तमयगे चन्द्रे सिते मेपगे सूयें लग्नगते च विद्धि मरणं स्रीहेतुकं मन्दिरे ।। ४ ।। Slok : 4. When two malefic planets occupy the 5th and 9th houses and are not aspected by benefic planets at a person's birth, his dmth will be in captivity. When the decanate of the 8th house is what is termed as (Sarpa), qra (Pasy) or frne (Nigada), the death will be the same as before. When the Moon 1s in Virgo occupying the 7th house in conjunction with a malefic planet, Venus in Aries and the Sun in the rising sign, the person, concerned will come by huis death in his own house through a woman NOTES Slokas 16 of Chapter XXIII and 6 of Chapter XXI of Brihat Jataka deal with the yogas of imprisontnent If mn the above yogas, there be a strong malefic in the 5th or th, such planet causes death to the person while so imprisoned, provided the male fic planet iS not aspected by bencics If the 22nd decanate (the first decanate of the 8th house) be AT (Sarpa), TIr (Pasi) or fane (Nigada) death will be painful This refers to the nhove soga If the Moon be in Vargo and sn the 7th house in conjunction with a malefic and if the Sun be in the Lagna and Venus un Aries, death is due or can be ttaced to his wife or noman or lady love either by being poisoned by her or himseit commutting suicide on account of her bad conduct, etc It may be interesting to note here that of all the zodiacal signs, Virgo (#I hama) alone has been prominently mentioned in Slokas 2, 3 and 4 in the 3rd wt (Pada) of each sloha in connec-

S1. 5 नैर्याणिकाउध्याय: 805

tion with accidental deaths. 'Western authors also say that Virgo causes accidents when afflicted by malefic planets in squares. (Cf. Arcana.) . c/.पारावल।

देवाण: पाशासुजगनिगलरिटिद्रेडयका गुप्त्याम्।। मीनोदये दिनकरे चन्दे पापान्वितेऽम्तगे मेपे। स्सीहेतुकं हि मरण सवमन्दिरे स्याद्दन्त्येके।। शूलेद्विन्तनुः सुखेऽवनिसुते सूर्येऽपि वा खे यमे सप्रक्षीणाहिमांशुभिश् युगपत्पापैस्त्िकोणाद्यगैः । वन्धुस्थे च रवौ वियत्यवनिजे क्षीणेन्दुसंशीक्षिते काष्ठेनाभिहृतः प्रयाति मरणं सूर्यात्मजेनेक्षिते ॥५॥ Sloka 5. If at a person's birth the Sun or Mars be in the 4th house and Saturn in the 10th, he will be impaled. If the threezmalefic planets named above simul- taneously occupy the first, the 5tb and the 9th houses in conjunction with the Moon, death will be by impale- ment. If the Sun be in the 4th house, and Mars be in the 10th and aspected by the waning Moon, the same death will befall the person. If in the yoga last mentioned, Mars be aspected by Saturn* instead of by the waning Moon, the person will die from the effects of a collision with a piece of timber, or death may be caused by bis being:beaten by wood .; NOTES. *Saturn will bave to occupy the Lagna, the 4th or the 8th house. In the first two yogas, the'death need not necessarily!be by impalement. The person may die by accident. ८f. मारवली रधिरे सुसेऽयवाके वियतति यमे क्षीणच-दसंयुक्तः। पापैस्त्रिकोणलसे शूलप्रोतसय निरदशोन्मरणम् ।। 39

306 Adh. V. A.

हियुकेडकें चियति कुजे सीणेन्टयुतेड्रकेैजन सैरष्टे। काष्ठेनामिहत: सन्म्रियते जातो न सन्देह: ॥ रन्धास्पदाद्ग हिबुकैर्लगुडाहनाङ्ग:

तैरेव कर्मनवमोदयपुत्रसंस्थे-

Sloka 6. When the waning Moon, Mars, Saturn and the Sun occupy the 8th, the 10th, the Ist and the. 4th houses at a person's birth, he will die being beaten to death by a club. If the samc planets occupy the 10th, " the 9th, the 1st and the 5th houses, his death will be due to suffocation by sinoke, to fire, to imprisonment or to thrashing NOTES

Lagna Saturn Lagna Mars Mats

Case I Satutrl Case II

Sun Moon Sun |Moon

The commentator Bhattotpala would place the planets, viz, Moon, Mars, Saturn and the Son respeoticely in the 8th, the 10th. the Ist and the ith houses in the first yoga and in the 10th, the 9th, the firet and "the 5th boutes in the second yoga; in that case the Moon cannot be waning as be will be in the 5th house from the Sun in the first case and in the 6th bouse m the second case-

SI. 7-8 नैर्याणिकाध्यायः 807

Gf. सारावला क्षीणेन्दुभौमरविचन्द्र जसूर्यपुजैः

मृत्युवियल्तवमलर नसु तस्थितैसत-

वन्ध्वरतकर्मसहितैः कुजसूर्यमन्दै- निर्याण मायुधशिखिक्षितिपालकोपाद्। सौरेन्दुभूमितनगैः खसुखास्पदस्ै- र्ज्ञेयः शतक्रिमिकृतथ अररियातः ॥७॥। Sluka 7. If at a person's birth Mars, the Sun and Saturn respectively occupy the 4th, the 7th and the 10th houses, his death would be brought ahout by a weapon, fire or the displeasure of a king. If Saturn, the Moon and Mars be in the 2nd, the 4th and the 10th bhavas respectively at a person's birth, he will perish in conse' quence of worms in a wound (I.c. by an operation or by insect bites). . सारावली हियुकास्त कर्मसहितै: कुवमानुशानश्वरमवति मृत्यु:। आयुधहुत भुग्भूपतिकोपप्रभवः सदा पुंसाम्॥। कर्माम्युवित्तसंम्थै: कुजेन्दुमन्दैः क्षतः किमिकृतोऽन्त.।। खस्थेऽर्केऽ्वनिजे रसातलगते यानप्रपाताद्वधो यन्त्रोत्पीडनज: कुजेऽस्तमयगे सोरेन्द्विनाम्युद्धमे। विण्मध्ये रुधिरांर किशीताकिरणज काजसौरर्क्षगै

Sloka 8. When the Sun is in the 10th house and Mars in the 4th at a person's birth, his 'death will be by a fall from a vehicle. When Mars is in the 7th house, the Sup, the Moon and Saturn are in the Lagna

308 Adh V. A.

the person concerned will be put to death by an instru. ment of torture. When Mars, Saturn and the Moon respectively occupy Libra, Aries and a sign belonging to Saturn, or when the waning Moon, the Sun and Mars are in the 10th, the 7th and the 4th houses respectively, the person concerned will die in the midst of filth and fæces. NoTES. If the Sun be in the 10th, Mars in the 4th, the man will have a fall from a vehicle and de If the sign on the 4th is a quadruped, death will be caused from a four footed animal, and so on accord- ing to the nature of the Ras If Mars be in the 7th and Saturn, the Moon and the Sun are in the Ascendant, the man will have an accideot near a machinery and die, or be may undergo an operation and die If Mars be in Tult, Saturn in Meeha and the Moon in Makara or Kumbha, the man will die uncared for after badly purging. This yoga arises by the wanets being in the Rasis If weak Moon, the Sun and Mars are placed in the 10th, the 7th and the 4th respectively, the man will die under similar condihons. cf. भारावला सस्थेडर्केम्दुकजे वा सुराप्रपानप्रतापकृत. । ससममवने भामे शणिन्दुदिवाकराफिमि लेगने।।

मुलायां संधेरे याते कुजकें भास्करे सथिते।। चन्दे मन्दगृह्द प्रास विष्मध्ये भरणं भवेत्। गलिलेन्द्वर्क भूपु घ्रेर्गे तैर्वर्योमाष्ट यम्धुपु। विष्मध्ये शु भवेन्मृत्यु मिद्दमेन प्रभाषते ।। चीर्यान्वितवकीक्षिते क्षीणेन्दी निघनस्थितेऽर्कजे। गुद्योन्दवरोगपीडया मृत्यु: स्यात् कृमिशस्रदाहजः ॥ ९ ॥ Sloka 9. When the waning Moon is aspected by Mars in strength and Saturn occupies the 8th house the person concerned will jsuffer from piles or fistula

SI. 10-11 नर्योणिकाध्यायः . 909

and die of worms or an operation or of an application of a caustic substance. NOTES The man will die from herma, piles, kidney diseases after an operation. cf. सारावरी बलिना कुजेन दष्टे कॅणेन्दौ रन्भगेडर्कजे मृत्यु: । गुल्ममहावेदनया फ्रमिदाहायुधकृतो भवति॥ There is a slight difference in the yogi given in V .- 78 supra. अस्ते खवौ सरुधिरे निधनेऽर्कपुत्रे क्षीणे रसातलगते हिमगौ खगान्तः । लग्नात्मजाष्टमतपःसिवनभौममन्द- चन्द्रैस्तु शैलशिखराशनिकुड्यपातैः ॥ १० ॥ Sloka 10. When the Sun and Mars are in the 7th bhava, Saturn in the 8th and the waning Moon in the 4th at a person's birth, his death will be caused by birds. If the Sun, Mars, Saturn and the Moon occupy respec tively the 1st, the 5th, the 8th and the 9th houses, the person concerned will die by falling from a precipice, by the fall of a thunderbolt, or of a wall. ८f. सारावली रवौ सरधिरे दने निधने रगवेसंभवे। रसातलस्थे हिमगी मृत्यु पक्षिकृती भवेत्। लग्नछिद्त्रिकोणेपु रव्यारातिनिशाकरै:। मृत्यु: स्वाच्छलपातेन वास्त्रवुल्धादिपाशजः।। द्वांविंशः कथितस्तु कारणं द्रेष्काणो निधनस्य सूरिभिः। तस्याधिपतिर्भवोऽपि वा निर्याणं खगुणैः अ्यच्छति ॥११ ॥ Sloka 11. (Where the foregoing tests do not apply), the cause of death is declared to bc the 22nd decanate from that of the Lagna. The lord of this 22nd

310 जावकपिबाते Adh. V. A.

decanate or of the sign containing it produces death according to its characteristics. `NOTrS In the absence of the yogas mentioned in Slokas 2 to 10, we have to apply this principle ind not otherwise The 22nd decanate from the Lagnn Jrekkana causes the disease according to the nature of the ruler of thit decinte with certainty If the ruler of the 22nd decanate be the Sun, he causes fever as stated in Sloka 1 Similarly in the case of the other plinets mentioned therein The ruler of the 8th house rodifies the influence of the 27nd decanate This is implied in wisil T (Bhivopiva) Til e for exumple-Ligna Anes 25° The 22nd decanate 15 the 3rd decanate of Scorpio which is ruled by the Moon The ruler of the 8th house is Mars Thetefore death 15 accidental, unexpected or short because it is Mars The Moon gives water diseases and as Mars modifies the Moon to a certain degree, we may say death will be due to loose bowels, urmal complaints (sudden stoppage of urine, etc) प्रुभावर - मृतेर्निमित मुनिभिदगाण: शहीहिणामाकृतिमन उच्च । तदीश्वरी वा मृतिमेश्वरो वी निर्याणमामीयगुणददाति । Als0 मारारर्ली उदयाद्द्वाविशतिमदवेकणो भरवति कारण सृत्यो । नस्याधिपतिमवो वा निर्याण सूचयत् म्वगुणे । Tor the cause of death due to each of the 36 Drekkanas happening to be the 22nd Decante, the following slohas from the same worh will be found to be useful मेपाधे द्रेवाणे करग्रहीक्षिते न संयुक्ते। अम्भवहितिपपित्तृ1मरण नृगा समादेश्यम्।। विद्याददवितीयभागे मरण जल्कृमिहिमारण्ये। एव तृतीयमागे नटास्कूपप्रपाताह्ा ।।

पित्तामिवानचोराद्विनीयभागे वृपम्यैन।।

si. 11 नैर्याणिकाडध्यायः 311

: विद्यात तृतीयमागे यानासनाजिपातकृतम्ं। पुंसां भवति हि मरण रणशिरसि गहास्त्रकृतमेव ॥ आद्ये मिथुनन्यंरें कासश्वासोन्नवो भवति । मृत्युर्महिपविषाद्यादद्वतीयमागे न संनिपाताद्वा ।।

भवति हि मृत्युः पंसामन्ते भागे तु जुतुमस्य ॥। ग्राहेण मद्यपानात् फण्टवदोपेण वा तथा स्वप्नात। भाति हि कर्कटकाधे मृत्युर्नृणां तृतीयमागे तु॥ अभिनाता द्विषपानान्मध्ये त्र्यंशे मर्य सभादिष्टम्। विहगप्रमेहगुल्मासकूतन्द्रीदोपेण च तयान्त्ये।। सलिनविपपादरोगात्सिहादे त्र्यंशके भवेत्पुंसाम्। मध्ये तृतीयभागे जलामयकृतो बनोद्देरे॥ विपशस्त्रगोगदोपैरमिशापाद्वा तथा च पानादा। अन्त्ये सिंहत्र्यंशे भवति हि मृत्युर्न सन्देहः ॥ आद्ये कन्यात्यंशे मस्तकरोगात्तथाऽनिलान्मृत्युः । व्यालगिरिदुर्गवनजो मध्ये भूपात्मजादयना ।। कर मखरशस्त्र तोयीदतिखातत् स्त्री कृतनननिपान।ही। अन्त्ये कर्न्यांत्र्यंशे नैणां मृत्युँ: सदा हदः।। आद्ये वणिकृत्रिमींगे युवतिनतुपपानिपातदोपेण। मध्ये तु जठररोगैरन्त्यें न्यालोम्बुरजातिम्यः ॥

मध्ये तु घस्त्रमारसंसनर।गैर्भवति मृत्युः ॥ अन्त्ये तृनीयमागे लोष्टकपापाणजनितवेदनया। भंवरति हि मरण ह्यायना नृणां जड्डास्यिभङ्गकृतम्॥ चापस्यादे त्र्यंशे गुदानिलसमुद्धवैर्विविधरोगैः ।

312 Adh V. A.

मध्ये विषमुरुदोपैरनिवकृतैर्वा भवेन्मृन्यु. ॥ अन्त्ये तृतीयभागे जलमच्ये तत्समृत्यितैर्वाडपिं। मृत्युर्नृणा दृष्टो जठरामयदोपसभूत ।। मकराधे देकाणे नृपहिसाव्वाघकारणा-मृत्यु । उमविनाशाद्यवा जल्चरसत्वादिपैकशफमर्पान्।।

अन्त्ये मकरन्यरो स्त्रीणा मृत्यु सदा दृष्ट ।। कुम्भे प्रथमन्यशे स्त्रीभयसतोयैस्या जठगरोगै। जोयो मृत्युर्नणा धर्वनगहनापादैरश ॥ मध्ये स्त्रीकृतदु खैर्गुह्नरोगर्भवति मृत्यु ।

अशे मीनयुगादे गुल्मग्रहणीममेहयुवतीभ्य। जड्टाजलनैं रोगैर्गनग्रहकृतै समादिशेन्मृल्युमू।। नौमेदाज्लमच्ये अपे दगाणाद्वितीयजातानाम्। अन्त्ये भवति हि मरण कुत्सितरोगैन सन्देह ।। होरानवांशरुपयुक्तसमानभूमौ यागेक्षणादीभेरतः परिकल्प्पमेवव्। माहेस्तु मृत्यसमेऽ्नुदितांशतुल्य स्वेरेक्षितते द्विगुणितखिवििगुण: शुभैक् ॥ १२ ॥ Sloka 12 From all this we have to deturmine generally this frain (Niryans) or exit from the world as occurring at a place whose surroundings will be indica- ted by the planet occupying the Lagna or by the planet ruling the rising Navamsa as also by those that are in conjunction with or aspecting these The unconscious state at the time ol death lasts for such time as Is

SI. 12 नैर्याणिकाsध्यायः 313

measured by the rising period of the portion of the Lagna below the horizon. This period becomes doubled when the rising sign 1s aspected by its lord and trebled when aspected by benefic planets generally NOTES Bhattotpalr mterprets the first half of the sloka thus The exit from the world will occur at a place appropriate to the Rasi occupied by the lord of the rising Nivunsa, with such cirsumstan ces as are the result of occupation or aspecting by planets of the 8th bouse or the absence of both (Vade Slokas I and 11) and states that the following are the places approprrte to the several signs Aries, Place frequented by sheep Taurus, Place frequented by oxen, Gemini, a house, Cancer, 7 well Leo-a forest Virgo- a water bank, Libra-1 bazaar, Scorpio-i hole, Sagittarius- a place frequented by horses, Capricorn-watery tracts, Aquarius -a house, and Pisces-watery places But the above does not seem to be the correct view. The following view which is advocated by Varahimihira in Chapter II, sloka 12 seems to be the correct one The Sun-temples the Moon-a fertile place (green all round) Mars-operation theatres, kitchens, store houses, factory, etc Mercury-play grounds, Jupiter-treasury rooms Venus-well furnished rooms, Saturn -dirty places The place of denth and surroundings will be indicated by the planet in the Lagna or the one ruling its rising Nrvamsa If there be no planet in the Lagna, the ruler of the sign occupied by the planet owning the Lagna or the rising Navamsr will depict the surroundings of the place of denth If any planets aspect or occupy the house where the ruler of the Lagna or its Nvamsr IS situated, they also indicate the place of death en additeon to what has been stated above Suppose for example, the Moon indicates the place of death according to the above principles and together with it Saturn as per last principle We have then to may that death takes place at a spot where it is green (Moon) but dirty (Saturn) 40 .

314 बावकपाररिजावे Adh. V.A.

The period of unconsciousness will be the time taken for the portion of the rising sign below the honzon to rise. If lhe rising sign be aspected by its lord, the period is doubled IF aspected by a benefic, it is trebled If by two benefics, 6 times and so ch. Malefics aspecting the rising sign will not deprive cosciousness. The oblique ascension of the remaining portion of tbe sign rising on the Lagna corresponds to the tine taken by it to rise in the East Take an example, Arirs 25' is nsing. The remaining portion is 5'. The time taken for 5° of Arres to rise in the East will be 20 minutes generally (calculating at 2 hours for the whole stgn of Aries to rise) The period of unconsciousness undergoes multiplication twice or thrice, etc., because of the tuler and a benefic throwing their aspeet on the Lagna. The multiplication should be done once only. Suppose the Lagna is being aspected by its lord You have to multiply the period by 2. At the same time, say, a benefic is also aspecting the Lagna By the rnle above, the period is to be multiplied by 3 By natural process, the perrod will thus have to be multiplied by 2XS This is not so, It will be enough if it is multiplied once by 51.2. (3+2). Vide alse V-117 sspra. e/. सारवली उदयनमाशाधिपते समानभू्मा वदान्ति यवनेन्द्रा. 1 ग्रहयोगेक्षणकाध: परिकष्प्यं धाम्पन्यद्पि तग्जैः॥ उदितांशसमो मोद: सपण निरीक्षिने द्विगुणित स्ाद्। त्रिगुणः शुभेश्वटष्टे समसमुनयो व्यवस्पन्ति। दहनजल विमिश्रै मससंकृदशोपै- निंधनभवनसस्थर व्यालयँगीवडम्बः। इति शवपरिणामशिन्तनीयो यथोक्त: पृथुविरचितशास्राद्वत्यनूकादि चिन्त्यम् ।। १३॥ Sfoka 13. According as the decanate of the 8th bhava (t.e., the 22nd from the Lagna) turns out to be a fiery, a watery or a mixed one, there is a transformation

S1, 13 नैर्याणिकाउध्यायः 315

of the dead body by its being turned into ashes, or being thoroughly wetted and softened in water, or being dried up by exposure to the Sun and wind. If the decanate of the 8th house happens to be a 4( (Vyaladrekkana), the body is eaten by beasts and bird $ of prey, is assimilated into their bodies and thrown out as excrement. Thus, the final stage of the dead body has to be thought out in the minner stated above. The following is the essence of whit his been culled from higher works (such as wnaqsAfaqrs- Jyotisha Karma Vipaka) regarding past and future life.

NOTES. For fiery ( . Krura or 7-Dahana), watery 55-(Jala) and mixed (fru misra) decanates, Vile IX-slohas 112-115 Infra.

For convenience, they are slown in the following statement.

Drekkanas.

Krura or Malefic Jata or Saumya or Vimisra or water-bearing Benefic mixed

Leo (1) Aries (1) Cancer (1)

Aquarius (1) Pisces (1) Ares (2) Sagittarius {2) Capricorn (3)

Scorpio (1) Pisces (2' Virgo (2) Taurus (2 Anes (3)

Aquarius (2) Cancer (3)

Taurus (3) Taurus (1) Capnicorn (1) Pisces (3) Capricorn (2)

Scorpio (3) Gemimi (3) Lıbra (1) Sagiltarius (1)

Virgo (1) Gemini (2)

Lco (3) Libra (2)

Libra (3) Gemim (1) Leo (2)

Cancer (2) Sigittarius {3)

Scorpio (2) Virgo (3) Aquarius (3)

=11 =6 =11 =8

Total=36

316 Adh V. A.

For PH7 (Vyala) or serpent decanates, see notes to Ch XXIII -16 of Brıhat Jataka The 22nd decanate is the cause of cremation, bunal or other wise according to the nature of its ruler or according to planets posited therein A malefic planet causes 'cremation A benefic causes burial If a mived planet (like Mercury), then the body wil1 be exposed to dry awray Lagna Ares 25° The 22nd decanate is owned by the Moon Therefore as per above rule, the native should be bured The following are the erceptions to the above rule (1) If the 22nd decanate be a as (Sarpa) one, the body is erten by vultures, dogs, etc (2) If there are malefics in the 8th house, cremation must be predicted Vide also V-117 srpra गुरुरनपतिशुकौ सूर्यमामो यमजौ वियुयपितृतिरश्ो नारकीयांथ कुर्यः । दिनकरशशिव यिािध्वितत्रयंशनाथा:

Sloka 14. Of the Sun and the Moon, find out which is stronger. If the lord of the decanate occupied by the stronger of these two planets be Jupiter, the deceased should be tade out as a person come from the world of immortals If the Moon or Venus be the lord of the d'canate in question, the deceased came from the world of Manes If the Sun or Mars be the lord of the particular decanate, the deceas'd in the previous birth belonged to the world of mortals If Saturn or Mercury be the owner of the decanate in question, the departed person came from the linfernal regions In the previous birth, the rank of the departed was high, mediocre or low according as the owner of the drekkana under con-

. S1.15 नैर्यारणिकाध्याय: 817

sideration was in his exaltation point, hid fillen off therefrom or in the depression point. NOTES.

Determine the past birth from the ruler of the decanate occu. pied by the Sun or the Moon (whichever is powerful) and predict accordingly the particular I (Loka) from where the soul is come. The last quarter. Arother interpretation. If that planet is in mid heaven, he should bave held a good position ; if culminating, a bad position, and so on. गुणाकर :- मुरगुरंमराणों घन्त्रधुकि पितृण दिवसकर महीजी स्वामिनी म्नस्तिरश्षः । शशिसुतरविपुय्री नारवीपापनाथा- विह खलु परिचिन्तयो गत्यनूकाययोध।।

गुरुरथ रिपुकेन्द्रच्छिद्रगः स्वोचसंस्थः। उद्यति मनेऽन्त्ये सौम्यभागे च मोक्षो भवति यदि चलेन प्रोज्झितास्तन्न शेपा: ॥ १५॥ Sloka 15. The refuge of the departed is the lord of the Drekkana ol the 6th house (i.e., the 16th decanate from the rising decanate) or of the 8th house (i.e., the 22nd decanate from the rising decanate) or the planet occupying the 7th bhava (Bhattotpala adds the 6th and the 8th bhavas also). Whichever of these planets is found to be strongest, to the world thereof does the departed person go. If Jupiter is in his exaltation and occupics the 6th bhava, a Kendra position or the 8th bhava, the departed person will attain final emancipa- tion. The same happens also if the rising sign is Pisces and the rising Navamsa is that of a benefic planet and

318 जावकपररेजाते Adh. V, A.

Jupiter occupies it, while planets other than Jupiter are without strength NOTES fgry4T (Ripurandbratryamsapa) may also be interpreted as the ruler of the decanate of the 6th or the 8th bhava counted from the 7th, 1. of the 12th or of the 2nd bhava (This agrees with the western view that the 12th and 2nd houses indicate future births and the 6th and the 8th indicate past burth) Planets placed in the 7th will indicate also future birth Excepfions. Evalted Jupiter in the 6th, the 8th or in a Ken. dra position wilf make the ative attain bliss If Pisces be rising in a Navamsa of a benefic, it Jeads to bliss Ip the above two exceptions, the other planets must not be powerful as Jupiter V.B-Bliss 4 (Molsha) is higher than Trars (Devaloka) This is clearly hinted by Varahamibira talking of Moksha (e) as distinet and quite apart from the stokas contamning 7aIF (Deva loha), RzarF (Prruloka), elc

रवीन्दुचीर्योन्कटक नाथव सादनुत परिकल्पनीयम्। उत्कृ्टमध्यायमता प तेपामुखच्युते नीचसमाध्रिते च।

जातकपारिजाते षष्ठोऽ्ध्यायः

॥ जातकभङ्गाध्यायः ॥

Adhyaya VI.

MARRING OF A HOROSCOPE. Sıx slokas, viz. Nos,. 48, 49, 50, 52, 99 and 100 have been taken from Brıhat Jataka.

केचिद्योगा राजयोगस्य भङ्गा: केचिद्रेका नाम दारिघयोगा:। केचित् प्रेष्या: के च केमद्रुमाख्या- स्ते चत्वारो जातभङ्गाकरा: स्युः ॥१॥ Sloka 1. There are certain planetary conjunctions which mar those leading to royal fortunes. There are others named ?r (Reka) which produce poverty. Some again which are called ireu (Preshya) 1.t. these leading to dependence and servitude. And lastly, there are those called &HRw (Kemadruma). These four classes of yogas abound in fortunes marred just as they were going to rise. मेपे जूकनवांशके दिनकरे पापेक्षिते निर्धनः कन्याराशिगते यदा भृगुसुते कन्यांशके मिक्षुक: । नीचर्क्षे त्वतिनीचभागसहिते जातो दिवानायके राजश्रेष्ठकुलाग्रजोऽपि विगतर्श्रीपुत्रदाराशनः ॥२॥। 319

920 जातकपाररिजासे Adh. VI.

Sloka 2. When the Sun occupies in Mesha a Na- vamsa of Tula and is aspected by a malefic planet, the person born will be money lass. If Venus be in the sign Virgo cccupying a Navamsa of Virgo, a beggar is" born. When the Sun is in his depression sign occupy' ing the extreme depression point, the person born, though foremost in the greatest of royal families, will soon be bereft of fortune, sons, wife and means of living. NOTES. This Stoka is from जाननरतन म. सारावली जूकस्य दशमे भागे स्थित: कमलन्रोघनः । सहसरं राजयोगानां भह्गमेव करोत्यस्यौ।। स्वत्रिकोगगृहं के चित्सोचं याता. स्वमन्दिरम् । अतिनीचे रविश्रेको न तेपां फळसंभतः ।। सचित्रो दाननन्द्रस्य नीचांशे समवस्थिनः । संप्राप्तमतुलं राज्यं नरैर्हापयते मुवम् ॥ Also जानकाभरण तुलायां नहिनीनाथ: परम नीचमाश्रितः । निर्दिष्टराजयोगानां दलनाय भवेद्धवम् ।। प्रसूतौ दानवामात्यः परमं नीचमाश्रितः। करोति पननं नुनं मानवानां महापदात्॥ According to Shandt, the mere position of the planets in नीनक्षेत्र or नाचनवासा is not enough. They must also be in a certain particular bhava to be thus capable of marring the fortunes of the horoscope otherwise accruing ef तुलायां दशमं भारामाशिल्य यदि तिज्वानि। रविर्भिक्षोपजीवी स्याद्राजयोगेपु सत्स्वपि ।।

M s1 3. पछ्ःध्याय: 321

तृतीयं भागमाभित्य वृश्िकेडम्बुनि तिष्ठति चन्द्रे याचितकं भुड्क्ते जातोऽनं परवेश्मनि ॥ • अष्टार्विशमविषाय माग कटकमे कुजे। लग्नस्थे शारुभुक्तैत जात: कुर्सिमरिर्भवेत् ॥ मीने पश्चदशं भागमाश्रित्य मदनं गते। .. केरादैः कर्मभिरतरतैर्जातः सौम्ये नयेद्वपुः ॥; मकरे पञ्चमं भागनाश्रित्य घिपणे शुभम । अधितिष्ठति जातो यः सोधमुंछेन जीवनि।। कन्यायां सप्तविशेशे मार्गने पश्चमं गसे। यो जातः पुरुषः सोयं शिलवृत्यव जीव्रति॥ अजमे विशमाथित्य भाग घनगते शनौ। · जातो यः पुरुपो, नित्यं स श्ववृत्यैत्र जीनति ।। मन्दाराहिसम न्वितेऽमरगुरौ शुक्ेन्दुपुत्रेक्षिते जातः शूद्रकलेवरोपि निखिलां विद्यामुपैति श्रियम्। तारानाथविकर्तनी मदगतौ सारेण संवीक्षितौ जातोऽसौ समुपैति नीचविहितोपायेन सज्जीनितम् ।।३।। Sloka 3. When Jupiter in conjunction with Sa- `turn, Mars and Rahu, is aspected by Venus and Mercury, the person born though in body a Sudra, will acquire every kind of knowledge and fortune. When the Sun and the Moon occupying the 7th bhava are aspected by Saturn, the person born will get a good living by the adoption of means prescribed for a person of base birth.

घजारिपन्: सहिरिनेन्द्रपूज्ये शुकेलिन या रशिसु सुरऐ। युदोडवि चेद्विप्र स्मानमति विरश न सर्वामचिगम्प जाव. ।। 41

323 जावकपारिमास Adh. VI

केन्द्रसवे वा निलसे दिनरुरतनये सौम्यखेटरटष्टे भूसूनो: कालहोरासमयजमनुजो मिक्षुको दामभूतः । सौम्पादष्टे- रकदष्टे शशिनि सरुधिरे मेषगे मिस्षुक: सादू आर्कीनदू्क: सकेन्द्रर्जडतनुरघनव्यान्यभुक्ताशन: स्यात् ।।४।। Slok: 4 When Saturn occupies cither a Kendra position or the rising sign and is unaspected by benefic planets, a person born in the mrearu (Kalahora) [vide srqfavafa (SripatiPaddhatı), Adhyaya 3, Slokı 11, Not's] of Mars becomes a slave and a beggar. When the Moon in conjunction with Mars occupies Mesha and is aspected not by benefic planets but by the Sun, the person born 15 a mendicant. If Saturn, the Moon and the Sun be in Kendra positions, the rerson born will be dull in appearance, indigent and feeding upon the leavings of other people cf सर्वाथिर्चिनामागि तत्क।7हाराविप्ती धगने वेनदे शनो चेथटि वा विलन। शुभम्रहाणामत्रलेम्हीन टामस्तु मिताशनंदेहगी ।।* पेन्द्रस्यिता मनदनिशास्रर्क जटो भवेनय३सूपमोत्ता।। मन्दे केन्द्रगते निलम्गृहगे चन्द्रेऽन्त्यमे वास्पतौ जातो भिशुक एन योरुजलघो मय्रो निदेश गतः। धर्मस्ानपतौ तु रिःगृहगे पापगहे केन्द्रगे जात पापरतः परात्रधनभुक् निद्यानिहीनो भनेत् ।।५।- Sloka 5. When Saturn is in a Kendra position, the Moon in the rising sign and Jupiter in the 1_th bhava, the person born will be none other thin i beggir * forlorn and in exile. When the lord of the 9th bhavi occupies tle 12th and a malelic planet 15 in a Kendra position, the person'born will be addicted to evil, eating

51.6-7 पष्टोदुध्यायः 323

at other people's table and miintined by their money and illiterate. मवांवचितागणि केन्द्रे शनौ लगगते शशाक्के नीवे व्यगे भिक्षुक एव जातः। जीवे राहुयुतेऽ्रथवा शिख्विपुते पापेक्षित नीचकृत् नीचे नीचसमीक्षिते सुरंगुरी विश्रोि दुष्कर्मक्ृद्। निद्री चन्द्रघिलग्नपौ सह दिवानाथेन मन्देक्षिती प्रेप्य: स्यादशुमैः शुभग्रहद्दा हीनैथ मानस्थितैः ॥६॥ Stoka 6. When Jupiter i conjunction with Rahu or Ketu is aspected by milefic planets, the person born will do base acts. When Jupiter in his depression is aspected by a planet which is also in his depression sign, even a person thar is born a Bithmin will commit wicked crimes. If the Moon and the ford of the rising sign be in conjunction with the Sun and aspected by Saturn, the person born will be slothful. If malefic planets occupy the 10th bhava and be without benefic aspect, the person born will be a menial. NOTES, मवायरिना मणि जीवे सकेती यदि या सराही चण्डाउना पापनिरीक्षिने वेते। नोनांशगे नीचपमनिित वा जीवे दिनधेदपि साहन: म्यान् । The latter half of this eloha revls thus m uaTt नीनी चन्द्रविवाापी सहविनानाथेन गन्देसषितौ प्रथग: स्याच्डुयमेनरेण मिनिनी प्रेव्येण संजीनिन: ।। भाग्येशेऽन्त्यगंत महोदरगतः पापच्पयेशेञर्थगे दुर्भोजी परिवन्धनादिसतितो जातोऽन्यजायारवः।

324 बतकपारिजासे Adh VI.

सवर्नीचसपत्रभागमहितैः कर्मेतरस्थानगै- र्निद्याबुद्धिकलत्रपुत्ररहितः कोपी सदा भैक्षकृद्॥७।। Sloka 7. When the lord of the 9th bhava is in the 12th and malefic planets occupy the rd bhava, and the lord of the 12th bhava occupies the 2nd, the person born will eat unwholesome food, wear a truss or other band and be an adulterer. When all the planets, being in bhavas other than the 10th, occupy their depression or inimical signs or portions of them, the person born will be lacking in learning, intelligance, wife and child. ren, will be ill-tempered and go about begging cf मरवयेनिनामांगे भाग्येध्वरे रि फगते तवीये वित्तम्यिते भ्रातृगतैश् पापे 1 केम ट्रुमेडम्मिन् स भंनपुभोजी दुष्कर्मयुच्तोऽन्यकनत्रगामी ।। सर्वग्रहैरनी नमपत्रमागे नर्मान्यमैरभिश्ुरु एव जात ॥। लग्नम्वामिनि रिःफगे तु नियति के सचन्द्रे कुजे जात्ोऽमौ परदेशगः सुखधनत्यागी दरिद्रो भनेद्। होराजन्मपती न शोभनयुती चास्तङ्गतावन्त्यगे भाग्येशे यददि नष्टदारतनयो जातः बुलध्वंसकः ॥८ ॥ Sloka 8. When the lord of the rising sign occu. pies the 12th bhava and Mars in conjunction with the Moon is in a malefic sign identical with the 10th bhava, the person born will have to go to a foreign land where he may have to live in indigence sacrificing comforts and affluence. If when the lord of the 9th bhava 1s in the 12th, the lords of the rising sign and of that occupied by the Moon are not in conjunction with benefic pla- nets or are eclipsad by the Sun, the person born losing his wife and children will bring his family to extinction.

SI. 9. पष्टी उध्याय: 325

NOTES मर्वार्थचितामीण होरेश्वरे रिःफगते तु माने कूरान्व्िते भौमयुते शशाकके। जातोऽभिशरतः परदेशवासी मिक्षाशनी दुःखिनदेहम कू स्यात् ॥ भाग्येश्वरे चान्त्यगते सपापे जन्मोदयेशौ रविगौ कुलन्नः । विनष्टपुत्रार्थकलत्नभाक् स्वात् शुमनयुक्तौ यदि वीक्षितौ वा ॥ By the the term int (Krura) as applied to a house in the first VIT (pada) of the sloka, all the five houses of malefics, viz., Mesha, Sumha, Vrischika, Makara and Kumbha are not meant, but only Mesha, Sumha and Kumbha. Here the difference between the terms qI4 (Paparksha) and ater (Krurarksha) may be noted. The one means "all the houses owned by malefics," while the other confines them to "their odd signs." सौम्यासौम्ययुतेषु केन्द्रभवनेव्विन्दौ तनुखामिना दृष्टे मन्दनवांशके सति कुलध्वंसी विदारात्मजः । कामे बोघनशुक्रयो: सुतगृहे जीवे सुखसेऽशुभे पापे रन्ध्रगते च चन्द्रभवनाआताः कुलध्वंसिनः ।९॥ Sluka 9. When benefic and malefic planets occupy Kendra positions, and the Moon aspected by the lord of the rising sign is in a Navamsa belonging to Saturn, the person born brings his race to an end becoming bereft of wife and children. When Mercury and Venus occupy the 7th bhava, Jupiter the 5th, a malefic planet the 4th and another malefic planet the 8th, all the bhavas in this case being calculated from the Moon's place,

dies. under such a yoga are born those with whom their race

८f. सर्वार्थचितामणि शुभाशुमै: केन्द्रगतैः शशाङ्को समेश्रेणापि निरीक्षितश्रेन्। सौरांशके वा यदि संयुतश्रेज्ातः कृनदबंसकरो निदारः ॥

326 नातइप्ारिजार Adb VI.

चरापसाने शशनि स्थिरादा द्विदेहमव्ये वलनार्जिते च। हीने निलसे यदि खेचरेन्द्रर्निनाशमेति क्षितिपालयोगः ॥१० ।। SI 11 10 Wh'nth* Moon is at the close of a moveable sign or in the beginning of a fix>d one, or in the middle of a dual Rasr and is without strength, and when the rising sign is unoccupi'd by phinets. Rajayoza comes to an end ef साराजनी अ त्याष्टमा देभागे सराशयान्ि गशी यत क्षीण। एकेनापि न दृण्णे गहेण मदसग नृपन ।। लभ्नरागिनय भागनायका भानुशीतरुरदेवपृजिताः । शत्रभागसहिताः खवर्नाचमस्ामिभारसहिता: परानुगः ॥११॥। Slolu 11 If at a birth the planet owning the rising Navamsa be th' Sun the Moon or Jupiter, and if it should occupy in its depression sign a Navamsa ownad by its enemy and the ford of its depression sign, the person born will be the follc ver or sorvant of another शशिनि गगनयाते कामगे दानवेज्ये नाममरनयाते पापरेटे वुलमः । भृगुजरशिजचन्द्रा: के द्रगा जन्मलग्े तमासि निहितकर्मधसको नीचतुल्यः ।।१२।। Slob : 13 When the Moon is in the 10th bhava, Jupiter in the 7th and a malfic planet in the 9th, the person born becomes the xuiner of his family If Venus, Mercury and the Moon occupy Kendra positions and Rahu be in the rising sign the person born will live like a bas born wretch, lost to all s'ns' of duty enjoin ed in the sacred seriptures

$1 13-15 पष्टोउध्याय 327

NOTES .. (Fust half). Vide also Adhyrya \II, sloka 20, snfrt. (Latter half). of सर्वार्थ चेतागणि समन्विता सौम्यशशाइशुका केन्द्रस्थिता भोगिनि चेद्विलसे। चण्डालयोग स भवेत्तदानी जातो निजाचारसुरुमहीन ।। Also जात कादेश शशितुरशुक्ता. वेन्द्रे सयुका राह्रमयुते लसे। मण्डालयोगमसिमन् जातो निजनशकर्मरहित स्यात् ॥। नीचे भृगौ मन्दनवांशके या दु खानगे भानुसुतेक्षिते च। कामस्थिते शीतकरे सभानौ मात्रा सह प्रैप्यमुपैति नित्यम्॥१३ ॥ SI ka 13. When Venus in its d'pression sign or in a Navamsa owned by Saturn occupics a gE4m (Dus- stthana (such 1s the 6th, the 8th or the 12th bhava) and is aspected by Saturn, and wheo the Moon in conjun ction with the Sun occupies the 7th bhava, the person born will be in perpetuil servitude with his mother नीचे गुरौ वासरनायके वा केन्द्रस्थिते पापयुने शिशुमः । केन्द्रे सपापे शुभदृष्टिहाने रन्म्े गुरौ गोमृगजातिहन्ता ॥ १४ ।। Sloka 14. When Jupiter in its depression or the Sun in the sime position occupies i = (Kendra) in con- junction with a malehc planet the person born will commit infanticide When a milefic planet is in a (Kendra) and has no benefic aspect, and Jupiter occupies the sth bhavi, the prrsun born will be th- shuglterer of animals of the cow and deer kinds -r e. will become the purveyor of beef and venison रशाङमाम्यी दशमोपयाताँ पापेक्षिती पापसमन्विती च। नाचांशगी सौम्यदश्ा निददीनी जानस्तु नित्यं खलु पक्षिहन्ता। १५।।

350 माठकपारियाठे Adh. VI.

malefics should be in Iendra positions identical with their depres sion or inimical signs ind (2) that all benefics should be posited in Dusstthanas (6th, 8th or 12th) hold good, it is stated there that the malefies should not le astociuled with or asfeelel Ly the benefics ८f मारवली मवें बूरा केन्द्रे नीचारिगता न सौम्ययुतदष्टा। शुभदा व्ययरिपुरन्ध्रे तवाडपि भद्गो भवेन्नृप्ते । केन्द्रस्थिता मन्दनिशाकरार्का: शुभैरदष्टा यदि मद्यपायी। ऋरारिपष्ठयंशकनीचभागा दुष्कर्मयुक्तोऽ्न्यकलत्रगामी ॥। १९॥। Sloka 19 If Saturn, the Moon and the Sun occupy Kendra positions and are not aspected by benefic planets, the person born will be a drunkard If the same planets occupy malefic 60th portions owned by their inimical and depression signs, the person concerned will be wickedly inclined and commit adultery with another's wife NOTES Fssi half .- Vade also sloka 81 anfre. Latter hatf. For the same effect the folloning yoga is also mentioned inl 3trter क्षीणे शशाङक यदि पापयुक्ते दारस्थितेत्वन्यकलनगामी।। नीच भृगौ धर्मगते सपापे द्विजप्रहर्ता यदि पापटष्टे। व्यये शुभस्षे र्कसुतांशकस्ये भृगौ च दासीपरनन्दनः स्यात् ॥२०।। Sluka 20 JfVenus in its depression sign and in conjunction with a malefic planet occupy the 9th bhava and be aspected by a malefic planet, the person born will be a fowler. Ha benehc sign represent the 12th bhava and Venus occupy therein a Navamsa owned by Saturn, the person born will be excessively addicted to Servant maids.

S1. 21-22 पठोSध्याय: 331

NOTES. The sesond hutf of this sloka is quite diff vredt In HINna. TAfor, viz, विवर्णनामेति फगीन्द्रयुक्ते माने तदा भौमयुते शिशुभ्ः ॥ ॥ रेकायोगाः ।। लयेशे वलवर्जित परिभवस्थानाधिपेनेक्षिते सूर्योच्छिन्नकरे पुरन्दरगुरौ रेकाख्ययोगो भवेत्। बन्धुस्थानपसयुतांशकपता तिग्मांशुलसद्यतौ रिःफेशेन निरीक्षिते सति यदा योगस्तु रेकाह्यः ॥ २१॥। Sloka 21. If at a birth the lord of the rising sign has no strength and is aspected by the lord of the 8th bhava and if Jupiter 13 obscured by the Sun, there will be the planetary conjunction called ?r (Reka) (emptying or purging). If the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the 4th bhava be obscured by the Sun while being aspected by the lord of the 12th bhava there will again be the yoga termed ?or (Reka). पष्ठस्वामिनिरीक्षिते सुखपतौ रन्घेशयुक्ते तथा मानेशे सुतगे विलगरमणे नीचङ्गते रेकमाक। रन्धारिव्ययराशिगा यदि शुभा: केन्द्रत्रिकोणोपगा: पापा लाभगृहाधिपे च घिचले रेकाभिशस्तो भवेत् ॥।२२।। Slok : 22. When the lord of the 4th bhava is aspected by the lord of the 6th; when the lord of the 9th in conjunction with the lord of the 8th occupies the 5th bhava and when the lord of the rising sign is depressed, the person born gets st (Reks) for his lot. When benelic planets are in the 8th, the 6th and the 12th bhavas, while malefic ones occupy Kendra and

332 Adh' VI.

Trikona positions and when the lord of the 11th bhava is Without strength. the person concerned suffers inju* rious effects of the faratn(Rekayoga) होरेशः खलसंयुतः सितगुरू चास्तंगतौ तद्वदेद् चन्धुस्थानपतिः शुभेतरयुतयास्तं गती रेकद:। भाग्यस्थानपतौ निकर्तनकरच्छने निलमाधिये नीचसये धनपे च नीनगृहगे रेकाभिधानो भवेत् ॥ २३ ॥ Sloka 23. If the lord of the rising sign be in conjunction witb a malefic planet, sf Venus and Jupiter have become invisible, and if the planet owning the 4th bhava being in conjunction with a malefic one disappear likewise, a tardin (Reka yoga) is produced. When the lord ol the 9th bhava is obscured by the Sun's rays and when the lords of the rising sign and the 2nd bhava occupy their depression signs, there is the deram (Reka yoga) agaın नीचस्यानगता दिनेशकिरणच्छन्ताखपो लगपे दुष्टस्थानगतेज्थवा गतचले योगस्तु रेफप्रदः ।

स्तस्यायुर्नवभागरेकफलदा नीचारिपापेक्षिताः ।।२४॥ Stoka 24. A imamn (Rekayoga) 1s produced when there are three planets either depressed in position or obscured by the Sun's rays, and when the lord of the rising sign occupies a bad position (such as the 6th, the Eth and the I.th bhava) or is without strength If malefic planets-aspected by depressed, inimical, or malefic planets-occupy any of the 9 bhavas, namely the Ist, the 2nd, the 9th, the 10th, the 11th, the 4th, the 5th, the 7th and the 3rd; they will produce the Reka effect in respect to the bhavas affected.

'IS 25-27 पछोउध्याय: 393

एकद्विकत्रिकरवलद्यचरा नराणां कल्पस्वविक्रमगता: परतस्तथैव । आदौ तु मध्यवयस क्रमशस्तदन्त्ये रेकप्रदा रिपुखलग्रहनीचद्ष्ाः ॥२५।। · Sloka 25. A single malefic planet, a pair of male- fic planets or a triad of them occupying any one of the nine bhavas (mentioned in the latter half of the preced- ing sloka) and aspected by depressed, inimical, malefic planets, will produce the effect of the Rekayoga respec- tively in the early, the middle or the concluding portion of the lives of the person concerned. ॥ रेकाफलम्॥ निविद्यो विधनो दरिद्रदहितो रेकोद्द्वः कामुकः कोषी दुःखितमानसो रुचिकरः सौभाग्यहीनः पट्ट:। मिक्षाशी मलिनो विवांदनिरतो मात्सर्यरोपान्वितो देवत्राह्मणदूपकः प्रतिदिनं दारात्मजैर्निन्दितः ॥२६। Sloka 25. A person born under the Reka yoga has neither knawledge nor wealth ; he is penurious, hostile, lustful and wrathful; his mind is always distressed ; he is disagrecable, having no beauty or grace; he is crafty; he lives on alms; he is filthy and quarrelsome; he is full of envy and rage; he reviles gods and Brahmanas and he is rated daily by his (wife and sons) whole family. दुष्टात्मा कुनखी कुमार्गनिग्तो दौर्भाग्ययोगान्वितो .

934 Adb. VI

मूकोऽन्धो बधिरः प्रमत्हृद्य: कामातुरो रोपवान् पङ्गुनेंत्रविकार भानमहितो रेकोद्धनाः स्ानरः ॥२७॥ Sloka 27 A person born under the Reka yoga will be evil minded, he will have ugly or diseased nails he will be given to bad ways he will be ill off, he will be intent on injuring and abuning his relatives, he may be short lived he may beg all round, he may be a mute, he may be blind draf or insane in mind, he may be lustful or wrathful, he may b- a cripple, his thoughts may be botrayed by the change in his eyes ॥ दरिद्रयोगाः । भाग्येश्वरादतिवली निधनेश्वरो वा

केन्द्राद्वहिर्दिनकरस करामिवसो लामाधिपो यदि बिहीनवलो दरिद्रः ।। २८1। Sloka 28 When Jupiter, being the lord of the 8th or the 1st bhiva exceeds the lord of the 9th bhava in strength and when the lord ot the 11th occupying a position other than a Kendra is s orched by th' Sun s rays and 1s weak in strength, the persos born will b> indigent लामारिन्ययर-ध्रपुत्र गृहगा जीवार मन्देन्दुजा नीचस्थानगता यदा गविकरच्छनास्तदा भिक्षुक:। भाग्यस्थानगतो दिनेशतनयः सौम्येतरेरीक्षितो लग्नस्थ शशिनन्दनो रवियुतो नीचाशगो भिक्षुक: ।।२९।। Sloka 20 Il Jupiter, Mars Saturn or Mercury being depressed and obscured by the Suns rays occupy the 1ith the 6th, the 19th, th S 5th bhava at

81.30-31 पष्टोदुध्यायः 995

a person's birth, he will be a beggar. If Saturn in the 9th bhava be aspected by malefic planets and if Mercury in conjunction with the Sun occupy in the 1st bhava a Navamsa owned by its depression sign, there will be a beggar born. जीवज्ञशुकर विनन्दनभूमिपुत्रा रन्धारिरि:फसुतकर्मगता यदि स्ात्। लगनेश्वरादतिबली व्ययभावनाथो नीचस्थितो रचिकराभिहृतो दरिद्रः ॥ ३०॥ Sluka 30. If Jupiter, Mercury, Venus, Saturn and Mars occupy the 8th, the 6th, the 12th, the 5th and the 1Cth bhavas in any order and if the lord of the 12th bha. va though depressed in position and obscured by the Sun's rays be nevertheless superior to the lord of the rising sign in strength, the person born will be a beggar. NOTES

Venus Mere Sun

Mars An example

• Lagmailupiter Saturn

शुक्रार्यद्विजराजभूमितनया नीचस्थिता जन्मानि व्योमाये नवमे कलत्रतनये जातो दरिद्रो भवेद्। लगे दानवपूजितेऽ्रमरगुरौ पुत्रे घरानन्दने लामे रातरिवरे वृवीयभघने नीचङ्गते मिक्षुकः ॥३१ ॥

336 जातकपररजाते Adh. VI.

Sloka 31 If at a person's hirth, Venus, Jupiter, the Moon and Mars be in their depression signs and occupy four out of the six bhavas namely, the Ist, the 10th, the 11th, the 9th, the 7th and the 5th, that person will be indigent When Venus occupies the 1st bhava Jupiter the 5th, Mars the 11th and the Moon the 3rd, each one of these bhavas being identical with the depres sion sigh of its o-cupant phnet, the person born will be a beggar

NOTES

Lagna

Mars

Jupiter (1) (2) Jupiter

Moop Venus Moon Venus Lagna

लमे चरे चरनवांशगतेऽसितेन दष्टे च नीचगुरुणा यदि भिक्षुक: स्याद्।

जीने रिपुष्पयगते तु भवेद्दरिद्रः ।। ३२ ।। Sloka 32. When the lagna is a moveable sign and the rising Navamsa is also owned by a moveable Rasi and it is asp-cted by Saturn as well as by depressed Jupiter, the person born will be a beggar. The same will be the case when Jupiter occupies the 6th or the 12th bhava in a sign other than his own

$1.33-36 पष्टोडष्याय: 887

जांतः स्थिरे लग्नगतेपु पापाः केन्द्रत्रिकोणोपगताश्च सवे.। केन्द्राद्वहिस्थानगतास्तु सौम्या भिक्षाशनः स्ात्परपोितश् ।।३३।। Sloka 33. When the lagna is an immoveable sign and all the malefic planets are in Kendra and Trikona positions while benefic ones occupy other than Kendra positions, the person born will live upon alms and will owe his maintenance to other people. चरे विलग्ने निशि सौम्यखेटास्त्िकोणकेन्द्रोपगता नवीर्याः। · खलग्रहाः केन्द्रवहिस्थिताथेद् भिक्षाशन नित्यमुपैति जात: ॥।३४।। Sloka 34. If a moveable sign be the Lagna at night time and if benefic planets be in Kendra and Trikona places possessing no strength, the malefic ones occupying positions other than Kendra, the person born will always live by begging. पापा नीचस्थानगा: पापकर्मा सौम्या नीचस्थलगा गूढपाप:। जीवे नीचस्थानगे कर्मराशौ नीचे मौमे नन्दनस्थे तुर्थैव ।। ३५ ।। Sloka 35. If the malefic planets be in their depres. sion signs at a person's birth, he will do sinful acts ; if the benefic planets occupy their depression signs, he will keep his sins concealed ; if Jupiter being depressed occupy the 10th bhava or Mars be in the 5th bhava depresscd in position, the effect will be the same. नीचांशगास्तुङ्गगृहोपयाता जातस्य नीचं फलमाशु दद्य:। नीचंगतास्तुङ्गनवांशकस्था: साम्य फलं व्योमचराः अ्रकुर्यु: ॥ ३६ ॥ Sloka 35. Planets produce depression effects if they occupy in their exaltation signs the Navamsa belong" 49

338 भातक पसरेजासे Adh, VI.

ing to their depression signs, they produce exaltation effects if in their depression signs they occupy the Navamsa of their exaltation signs NOTES of• सर्वारथेचितामणि नीचस्थिता जन्मनि ये अहेन्द्रा सवरोधायागा राजसमानभारपा । उभवस्थिता वेदपि नाथमागा प्रहा न कुर्वन्ति तथेव भाग्यम् । The following are some moreदiद yogas mentioned by यवना मर्य रग्रावीशो व्दयस्थो वे सकरो का विशेषत । निर्कलोडसन गता सौम्या निर्द्रव्यो नायते नर ।। सकलकेन्द्रगता खल्खेचरा रिपुपराकमलाभगता शुभा। सक्लवीर्यपरा कमवर्निता सखलयो (Sic) मंनुजो सलु निर्वन ।। लग्नाधिनाथोऽय सुखाधिनाय कर्मापिनायोडय धनाविषय। ष्यये रिपौ कालमदे गहे च गता विकीर्या खडु निर्वनो जन ।। भद्पतिर्यटि शतुगतो नर सकसौख्यविनाशनसयुत । तनुपतिर्यदि सूर्यक्षमायुततसतनयमोऽय खल्ग्रह्सयुत ।। लग्नाधिपे मृत्युगंत विशेषमस्त गत कर्मपतिथ पषठ। घनाधिणो द्वादरामात्रसक्ष्य स एव जातो घनवर्नितश्।। तनुपतिर्मदषश्र रिषृस्पित सुतगताश् खला सबला खलु। गुरुमृगू यदि चास्तमुपागनौ जगति सौख्य विवर्नितमानन ।। घनाधिपो मृत्युगतोऽप्र सस्य करग्रहेणाय विशेकितश्। रग्राधिप पष्ठगतो विवीरयो जात पृथित्रया खलु निर्धनश्ध ।। लग्नस्वामी हीनवीर्यो द्रव्यनापोडसगो यदा। केन्द्रगा सबला करा टरिद्रो मानवो भवेतू । सक्रूर धनम चैत बूरेणेव निरीक्षितम। घनपो रविसयु को दरिद्रोपहतो नर॥ सकूरो घनपश्रैव घनम सौम्यसयुतम्।

SI. 36-37 339

धनस्वामी चास्तगतो मानवो द्रव्यवर्जितः ।। घनाधिपो यदा षष्ठे मृत्युभेऽ्यथवा व्यये। सकूरं धनमे चैत्र निर्वन: खडु मानतः ।। चतुश़यं शुमरहित सक्रूरं कुनवर्जितम्। दशमं भवति तदा दारिद्येगैत पीडितः ।। लाभपछठविगता: खलु सौम्पाः द्रव्यनायख चरोऽस्गतश्चेत्। अस्तगौ गुरुसितौ तु लग्नपो द्वादशे हि नरो यदि निर्घनः ॥ लग्नावीशो द्रव्यनायथ् पष्ठे कर्माधीशः संयुतः पग्पखेटैः । सकूरं वे द्रव्यमं क्रूरदहं दारिद्रो वै मानवो योगदषटे।। धनमं क्रूरसंयुक्तं क्रूरएं तथा घुनः। धनस्वामी तृतीये वे दारिद्रो नाम जायते ।। पापाश्चतुर्षु केन्द्रेषु तथा पापो धने स्यिनः । दारिद्रयोगं जानीयात्स्वंशस्य क्षयं करः ॥ रविगा सहितो मन्दः शुक्रेग च युतो भवेत्। तदा दरिद्रयोगोडयं सद्वव्यमपि शोषयेत्॥ तस्य भन्गोडयम् ॥ मिहे मेषे यदा भानु. सिनमन्टयुतो भवेत्। गुरुसौम्यस्तमालोकी सघनी भवति धुनम् ।! ॥ दरिद्रयोगफलम ॥ निर्भाग्यो विकलेन्द्रियो विपमधीर्दारात्मजैर्निन्दितो भिक्षाशी विपमस्थितो विपमवाक शिश्षोदरे तत्परः । अन्यायार्जनतत्परस्त्वनुदिन मात्सर्यवाक् कण्टकी नित्यं स्यात्मरदारसक्तहृदयो नीचो-न्धमूको जडः ॥ ३७ ॥ Sloka 37. The characteristics of a person afflicted with दरिद्रयोग (Daridrayoga) are such as these :- He is

340 जावकपारिखा से Adh. VI.

generally an unlucky person, his organs of sense may be defective, he is crafty, he is reproved and rated by his family, he has to live by begging, he is in difficult. nes, his sp'ech is disagreaable, he is addictedto lust and gluttony, he would earn money by foul means, he daily gives vent to his apite and speaks pungent words, his heart is always set on other people's wives, he 1s mean. often times he is blind mute and sdotic दरिद्रयोगे कलइप्रियः स्पात् कुछ्ठी परेपां हितहृत् कृवमः । वाचालको भूसुरमक्तिहान: कुदारयुक्त: कुनखवी च जातः ॥ ३८ ।। Sloka 38 A person born in a ehaam (Daridra yoga) is lond of quarrelling, he may be a lep'r, he destroys what is boneficial to others, he is ungrateful and given to boasting he has no reverence for Brahma nas, he has a bad wife and afflicted with diseaser ugly nasls ॥ श्रेष्ययोगाः।। माने रौ ममथगे निर्शारे गेहे शनौ सोदरगे घराजे। लगे चरे देवगुरौ धनसे जातो निशायां परकार्यऋृत सात् । ३९॥ Slok1 39 When the Sun is in the 10th bhava the Moon in the 7th, Saturn in the 4th, Mars in the 3rd, the Lagna in a moveable sign and Jupiter in the 2nd bhava, the person born in this yoga at night will be the servant of another. धर्मे भृगौ कामगते मृगाक़े चाचस्पती विचविलग्नपे वा। रन्ध्रस्थिते भूवनये च कीर्चया लमे सिरे प्रेप्यभवा भवन्ति ॥ ४० ॥ Stoka 40 When Venus occupies the 9th bhava, the Moon the 7th, and when Jupiter is the lord of the

SI. 41-43 पछ्ोडध्याय: 341

2nd or the 1st bhava and when Mars is in the 8th ard the Lagna reported to be an immoveable sign, persons destined to servitude are born. प्रेष्यश्रोदयपतौ निशि सन्धियाते केन्द्रस्थिते यदि खलदुचरे तु जातः । मन्देन्दुजीयभृगुजा दिवि केन्द्रकोणे सन्धिस्यितास्थिरधिलमयुते तथा स्यात् ।।४१ ॥ Sloka 41. If at the birth of a person at night, the lord of the m:veable rising sign be in a sandhi and a malefic planet occupy a Kendra, he will be a menial. If Saturn, the Moon, Jupiter and Venus occupying during the day a Kendra, or a Trikona position, be in a sandhi and if the rising sign be an immoveable one, the person born will be a menial likewise. ऐरावतांशेन्द्रगुरौ ससन्धौ शीतयुतौ चोत्तमवर्गयुक्ते। केन्द्राद्हिःसे निशि कृप्णपक्षे शुके विलमे परकर्मजीवी ।४२।। Sloka 42. When Jupiter attaining an ouraain (Iravathamsa - vide Adhyaya 1, Sl. 47) occupies a san- . dhi and when the Moon possessed of an awgahr (Uttama varga - mide Adhyaya 1, SI. 45) is outside the Kendras and when Venus is in the rising sign at a birth at night during the dark half of a lunar month, the person born is a menial.

प्रेप्यो भवेदरिसुखास्पदसन्धियाता

पापांशके शशिनि शोमनराशिुक्ते जीवे विलग्रपयुते परकार्यकत् सात् । ४३ ॥

342 जातक्रपारिपाते Adh. VI.

Sloka 43. A person will bea menial if at his birth Mars, Jupiter and the Sun occupy respectively the sandhis of the 6th, the 4th and the 10th bhavas If the Moon occupying the Navamsa of a malefic planet be in a benefic sign and if Jupiter be in conjunstion with the lord of the rising sign, the person born will live by serving another मृगाननस्े पुरुहूतरन्दे सपल मावाष्टमरिःफराशौ। रसातलसे हिमगी विलयाज्जातः परप्रेव्यसुपैति नित्यम् ।।४४।। Sloka 44. When Jupiter isin HIT (Makara) occupy. ing the 6th, the 8th or the 12th bhava and when the Moon is in the 4th bhava from the rising sign, the person born has to be at another's bidding ॥ प्रेष्ययोगफलम् ॥ पापात्मा कलहप्रियः कठिनवाक् भ्देवतादूपको

मिध्यानादसिनोदनञ्चनरतः शिक्षोदरे तत्पर: कारुण्यास्पिरमानभद्िचतुरो योगे परप्रेव्यके ।। ४५ ।। Sloka 45 These are the characteristics of a person born in the yoga called watas (Parapreshyaka-being at another's beck and call) Such a person 1s generally evil-minded. he is fond of quarrelling, he is harsh of speech, he is a reviler of the Brahmana community, he has a liking for people illiterate, he 1s indigent and depraved; he is spiteful and wrathful, his pastime 15 lying, hc 15 deceitful, lustful and intemperate, he 1s clever in simulating tenderness and false pride.

S1 46-48 पष्ठोउध्याय 343

॥ अङ्गहीनयोगः ॥ मेपे वृपे चापघरे चिलसे विकारदन्तो यदि पापदष्टे। मन्दे मदस्थेऽहियुते कुजे वा चलैर्िहीनेऽङ्गविहीनवान् स्यात् ॥४६॥। Słoka 46 When the rising sign 15 मैप (Mesha), ृपभ (Vrishabha) or धनुम (Dhinus) and is aspected by a malefic planet the person born will have tooth disease, when Saturn occupies the 7th bhava and Mars is either in conjunction with Rahu or is without strength, the person born will be defective in lumb of शरारस सप्मे यूरसह्षा दूरा दन्तविकारदा। पॉपरष्टेऽजगोधापए मे विकृतदन्तवान् ॥

लग्नाद्दरमगथन्द्र: सपमस्थे धरासुतः । द्विर्तीयसथानगो मानुरङ्रहीनो भवेनरः । ४७।। Sloka 47 When the Moon is in the 10th bhava, Mars in the ith and the Sun il1 the 2nd, the person born will lose some limb निकोणगे ज्ञे चिवलैस्तथापरै- सुखाद्विइस्तदवि गुणस्तदा भवेद्।

शुमेक्षितशेत् बुस्ते गिरं चिरात् ॥।४८ ।। Stoka 4S When Mercury oceupies the 5th or 9th house from the Lagna and the other planets are weak, the child will have two heads, four legs and four hands When the Moon occupies Vrishabha and malefies are in the Rikeha sandhies, the person born will be a mute. lf, under the atove conditicns, the Mcon beaspected by

844 Adb. VI.

benefics, the chtld may get speech afterwards (aiter a long time) NOTES Fust halj-The above result should not be predicted unless the characteristie combinations mentioned are complete If the characteristics are incompiete, an inordinate largeness of the organs named should be foretold Some commentators tahe the word rar (Trikona) in the sloha to mean yefrary (Moolatrikona) of Mercury , that is Kanya But this has to be rejected on the authorty of mf (Gargi) who distinetly says -- बलहीने मरडे सरवैनवपस्मगे बुधे। द्विगुणाद्ितिरोदसतो भवयेकोदरलया। Sroond half -By the words "malefics ate in the Riksha Sandhies " it is to be understood that all the three malefics, viz., Saturn, Mars and the Sun are joitly or severally to be in the last portion of iy one or more of Kataka, Vrischika and Meena, By the words "afterwards (after a long time)," nothiny more is meant than 'later than the erdinary tame Witbin which a child may be nat rally expected to speak The last quarter of the sloka leads to the mnference that such Moon should atso hare malefic aspect to make the person mute This is supported by Gargs who Says - कुटीरारिभपान्तर्स्प थापैळम्ंड्र यृपोपणे। मूकु पापोक्ित साम्पैसविरेण छमते गिरम् । मिथड एैयेंथावीयं फल योष्यं मनीपिणा । Unless therefore all the three malefics are thus placed and the Moon has a malehic aspect, the prediction should not be made If there be only two malefics thus placed, then frugality or smallness of speech, and if only Doy, wavering stow or stammering speech should be foretoid But sf such Moon has the aspect of one or more benefic planets, the person will begin to speah later than when he would otherwise be aaturally expected to speak It must thus be remembered that the aspect of malelics is also reguired to make the native mute, and the aspect of benehics to counteract it.

S1. 49 पष्ठोऽध्यायः 345

साराजली ऋरैगृंहसन्धिगतैः शशिनि वृपे भौमसौरिरविटटटे। मूक: सोम्यदष्टे वाचें कालान्तरे चद्ति । सौम्ये त्रिकोणमंस्थे लमाच्छेपप्रहैर्पलचिहीनैः । द्विगुणास्थपादहस्तो योगेस्मिन्नाहितो भवति गर्भः ।। The word Ti (Gavi) in the sloka in the text may also mean "in the house of speech," i.e., the second house from the Lagna. This view is supported by rent (Skandahora) where it is laid down thus: ऋक्षसन्घिगतैः पापडश्यमानो निशाकर:। देधा गविष्ठो वारघानिमाधाने जनवेद्धुवभ,म सौम्यक्षाशे रविजरुधिरौ चेत् सदन्तोऽत जातः कुबजः सवक्षे शशिनि तनुगे मन्दमाहेयद्ष्टे। पङ्गुर्मीने यमशशिकुजैवीक्षिते लग्नसंस्थे सन्धौ पापे शशिनि च जब: स्यान चेत् सौम्यदरः ॥४९॥ Sloka 49. (1) If Saturn and Mars occuny the Rasis or Navamsas owned by Mercury, the child will have teeth at birth. [This refers to the time of conception]. (2) If the Moon be in the Lagna identical with Kataka and aspected by Saturn and Mars, the child will be a dwarf. [This also refers to the time of conception]. (3) If the aaGH (Adhana Lagna) be Meena and is aspected by Saturn, Mars and the Moon, either singly or conjointly, the child will be short in stature (cripple). (4) If a malefic planet in conjunction with the Moon occupy a Riksha Sandhi (at the time of concep' tion), the child will be dull. These yogas take effect only when their authors fail to have benefic aspect on them. 44

346 जातकपाािजाले Adh VI.

NOTES (1) In the case of actual birth under the above yoga, the native will have often tooth trouble (2) In the case of a nativity, the above yoga holds good pro vided the Moon is in the Lagna and in Kataka (Ses Brihat Jataka XX) सारावला करेपु राशिसं्धियु शशी न मै्यनिरीक्ष्यते च जड। वुधनवमभागसस्थी शनिभौमी यदि सदन्त स्यात् ॥ शशिनि विलसे ककिणि कुनार्किटऐेडथवा कुब्ज । मीनोदये घ दष्टे कुजार्किशािमि पुमान् भवति पद्ध। व्यथां भवन्ति योगा सौम्यग्रहवीक्षिता सदे। सौरयशाङ्क दियाकरदष्टे वामनको मकरान्त्यनिलसे। धौनवमोद्यगैथ दगाणैः पापयुतैरशुजाडिशिर: स्ात् ॥ ५०॥ Sloka 50 If the rising sign be the last Navamsa of Makara and if it be aspected by Saturn, the Moon and the Sun, the child will be a dwarf If the last Navamsa of Makara is rising with three malefics in the three decanates of the Lagna bbava (the 2nd, 3rd and Ist decanates), the child will be without arms, feet or head as the case may be

सारावली NOTES

घामनकों मकरान्ते लमे रविचन्द्र सौरि भिःष। भौमयुती देपाणस्रिरिकोणलग्नेपु भेपु सदष्ट ।

Another interfre'alson If all the three malefics are in the Ist decanate, the issue will be born without l ead If they are in the 2nd decanate it will be without shoulders if the planets are in the 3rd decanate it will be without legs The words धानवमोदयगैश डगाण पापे have been interpreted thus 'If Mars occupy the Isi 2nd Gr 3rd Drekkana of the Lagna

S1. 51-52 पष्टोडध्याय: 347

But this is opposed to the opinion of ah (Garga) from whose works the next sloka has been qnoted. लग्नद्रेक्काणगो भौमः सौरसूर्येन्दुवीक्षितः। कुर्याद्द्विशिरसन्तद्वत् पश्चमे बाहुवर्जितम् ॥५१॥ Sloka 51. Mars occupying the Lagna Drekkana (eaRwr) and aspected by the three planets Saturn, the Sun and the Moon produces a headless child. The child will be born armless if Mars occupy the Drekkana of the 5th bhava and is aspected by the same three planets as in the preceding case. NOTES. This sloka is from a it (Garga Hora) where the readiog 15 slightly difietent, viz, a krrm fr &c. lo order to com- plete the idea given mn sloka 50 above, this has to be read with the following first half ef the next sloka io that work, viz,, घिपद नवमस्थाने यदि सौम्यैरनवीीषितः। Its omission from the text must onty he accidental. The translation should therefore he thus Mars oceupying the first (risiog) Drekkana of the Lagna and aspected by the Sun, the Moon and Saturn, produces a headless child The child will be born armless if Mars occupy the first (rising) Drekkana of the 5th house aod be aspected by the same three planets The child horn will bave no legs if Mars under the same aspeet occupy the first Drekkana of the 9th house from the Lagna. रविशशियुते सिंहे लभे कुजार्किनिरीक्षिते नयनरहित: सौम्यासौम्यैः सयुद्धदलोचनः। व्ययगृहगतश्न्द्रो वामं हिनस्त्यपरं रवि: अशुभगदिता योगा याप्या भवन्ति शुमेक्षिताः ॥।५२॥ Slokn 52. When the rising sign is Simha and the Sun and the Moon occupying it are aspected by Saturn

348 जावकपारिजाते Adh. VI.

and Mars, the child will be born sightless; if the sime Ascendant be aspected by benefic as well as malefic planets, the person botn will be blear.eyed. The Moon occupying the 12th bhava irom the Lagna will injure the lefc eye whie the Sun in the same position affects the right one; these malefic yogas mentioned hitherto can be escapod from in case the authors of such yogas happen to be aspected by benehc planets. NoTes. स्यातां यद्याघाने रविशशिनी सिंहराशिगौ लसे। दट्टौ कुम्सोरिम्पां जात्यन्वः संमवति तन। आानेयमौप्पटटटी रविशशिनौ बुद्धुदेक्षणं कुहुनः । नयन विनाशोऽि यथा तपाडधुना संप्रवक््यामि।। व्ययम।नगतशन्द्रो वामे चश्षुर्निनाशयति हीनः। सूर्यस्तपैन चान्यनहुपटरी याप्यतां नयनः ।। Aiso EhiTACT चन्द्रमंयुक्तटरौ विन्मे शन्यारह्डसषिविना रामाहु:। शुभाशुमैतयुद्व:लोचनः स्थाच्तुमैन दोप: महितेक्षणाध्याम।। Bhattotpala, the commentator, adds that if the Lagna firg (Sitnha) be occupied by the Sun alone and be aspected by Mars and Saturn, the chld will be blmnd of the tight eye. He will be blind of the left ese if the Moon aloue should occupy iE (Simha) and be aspected by Mars and Saturn. See also sloka 56 rfrz. The Sun, the Moon, Mats and Saturn are the planets that cause blindness. Ser yogr mentioned in (1) this sloka, and (2) Brihat Jataka XAIII-10 quotel urder notes to sloka 58 tufra The Sun ta the Eth causes defectie tye sight. (V ie Brihat Jataka XX-3) The Sun and the Moon in the 5th and the 8th also cause blindness. (See Sloka,99 infre).

S1. 53-54 349

Mars and Saturn also cause blindness when they are timilarly placed (1 t., when they are in the 6th and 8th). न. सारावली वक्रो वा सौरो वा दूरदुशमे वीक्षित नयनहन्ता ॥।

शुरस्तब्धो मध्यदाष्टेर्विलग्ने मेपे खवोचचे रोगदकू सिंहगेड्के। रात्रावन्धस्तौलिगे निर्धनी स्याद् कर्किण्यर्के लग्नगे बुद्धदाक्षः ।। ५३।। Sloka 53. When the rising sign is au (Mesha) and the Sun occupies it being in his exaltation, the person born will be brave, obstinate and possessed of moderate vision: if (g (Simha) take the place of Aq (Mesha) in the previous case, the person born will have eye disease ; if the lagna be der (Thula) and the Sun occupy it, the person born will be mght-blind and poor ; and lastly if $ (Kataka) be the lagna and have the Sun in it, the person concerned will have inflamed eyes. NOTES. This sloka appears in जातव रल.

शुरस्तन्धो विशलनयनो निर्धृणोडरके तनुम्ये मेपे सस्वस्तिमिरनयनः सिंहसंस्थ निशान्यः । नीचोऽन्वोडस्वः शशिगृहगते बुहदाक्ष: पनङ्े भूरिद्रव्यो नृपहतधनो वक्तरोगी द्विनीये।। व्यये रवीन्दू युगपत्पृथकस्या नेत्रे हरेतामपसव्यसव्ये। पद्छिद्रगाथाक्षि हरन्ति पापा: सच्यं रिपी दक्षिणमष्टमस्यः ॥५४॥ Slka 54. The Sun and the Moon occupying the 12th bhava whether conjointly or apart destroy the

जातकपारिजाते Aốh. VI. 348

and Mars, the child will be born sightless; if the same Ascendant be aspected by benefic as well as malefic planets, the person born will be blear eyed. The Moon occupying the 12th bhava from the Lagha will injure the left eye white the Sun in the same position aftects the right one; these malehic yogas mentioned hitherto can be escaped from in case the authors of such yogas happen to be aspected by benelic planets. NOTES. नं. सारावरी स्यातां यद्याघाने रविशशिनौ सिंहराशिगौ लगे। दष्टौ कुज्सौरिम्यां जात्यन्वः संभनति तत्र । आग्रेयमौन्यटष्टो रविशशिनी बुहुदेक्षण कुरुनः । नयन विनाशोडवि यथा तथाडधुना संप्रवक्ष्यामि । व्ययमानगतश्न्द्रो वाम चश्रुर्तिनाशयति हीनः । सूर्यस्तपैर चान्यचदुमद्ट्षी याप्य्ता नयनः ।।

चन्द्रार्केसंयु क्तटरी विलझे रान्यारट्ऐडलििनाशमाहु:। शुभाशुमैषुद्वद्वन्ग्रोचनः स्याच्छुमैने दोपः महितेक्षणाम्याम् । Bhattotpala, the commentator, adds that if the Lagna fre (Simha) be occupted by the Sun alone and be aspected by Mars and Saturn, the child will be blind of the nght eye. He will be blind of the left eye if the Moon alone should occupy far (Simha) and be aspected by Mars and Satarn. See also sloka 56 vifrs. The Sun, the Moob, Mars and Saturn are the planets that cause blrodness See yoga menttoned in (1) this sloha, and (2) Bribat Jataka XXIII-10 quoted under notes to stoka 58 tufra The Sun m the Etb causes defective eye sight. (V de Brihat Jataka XX-3) The Sun and the Moon in the 6th and the 8th also cause blindness. (Ste Sloka99 imfre),

Si. 53-54 पष्ठोदुष्याय 349

Mars and Saturn also cause blindness when they are Limilarly placed (t e, when they are in the 6th and 8th) तf सारावली चक्रो वा सौरो या द्वादशभे वीक्षित नयनहन्ता॥।

शुरस्तब्धो मध्यदृष्टिविलगे मेपे स्वोचे रोगदकु सिंहगेडर्के। रात्रावन्धस्तौलिगे निर्धनी स्यात् कर्किण्यर्के लग्नगे बुद्धदाक्षः ॥। ५३॥ Sluka 53 When the rising sign 15 मैप (Mesha) and the Sun occupies it being in his exaltation, the person born will be brave obstinate and possessed of moderate vision if fia (Simha) take the place of #y (Mesha) in the previous case, the person born will have eye disease, if the lagna be drr (Thula) and the Sun occupy it, the person born will be night blind and poor, and lastly if $6 (Kataka) be the lagna and have the Sun in it, the person concerned will have inflamed eyes NOTES This sloka appears in नातव रस

शुरस्त्धो विज्न्नयनो निईणोडरके तनुम्थे मेपे सम्वस्तिमिरनयन सिंहसस्थे निशान्ध। नीचोडन्वोडस् शशिगृहगते बुद्धदाक्ष पनके मूरिद्रव्यो नृपहृतधनो बक्तुरोगी द्विीये।। ज्यये रवीन्दू युगपत्पृथकस्या नेने हरेतामपसव्यसच्ये। पट्छिद्रगाय्ाक्षि हरन्ति पापा: सव्यं रिपो दक्षिणमष्टमसः ॥५४॥ Sh ka 54. The Sun and the Moon occupying the 12th bhava whether conjoitly or apart destroy the

850 जानकपारेजाते Adh. VI.

right and left eye respectively, malefic planets in the tth and the 8th bhava have the power to take away the sight, the planet in the 6th destroying the left and that in the 8th bhava destroying the right one. ८f सर्वोर्थचितामाणे दिनेशचन्द्रौ व्ययगौ तदानीमन्तो मत्रेत्सौम्यदशा विहीनौ। युक्ते तयोरन्यनरेण रि फे काणो भवेत्सौम्यद्दशा विहींन।। विकर्तनो लग्नगतोऽस्गो ना दिनेशपुत्राभिप्तेक्षिवशेत्। तस्ेक्षणं दक्षिणमाशु इन्यादहिक्षमासूनुयुतस्तु वामम् ॥५५॥ Stoka 55 The Sun whether in the Ist or the 7th bhava when in conjunction with or aspected by Saturn will in no long time destroy the right eve of the person concerned, bat if the Sun be in conjunction with Rahu and Mars, other conditions being the same as bofore, it is the left eve that will suffer in this case दिनेशचन्द्रौ यदि रिःफपाती सपलरन्ध्रव्ययगास्त्वसौम्याः । हन्यादरिसो नयनं हि यामं रन्ध्स्थिता दक्षिणभागनेत्रम् ॥।५६ ॥ Sloka 56 If malefic planets occupy the 6th, 8th and 12th bhavas, those in the last baing the Sun and the Moon, the occupant of the 6th hhava will destroy tbe left eye of the person born while the planet in the 8th bhava will deal similarly with the eye on the right side Vide sloka 54 sxp'a कुजे धनेशे निघने रवीन्दो: शयुष्ययस्थानगतेऽ्र्कजेऽन्यः। रन्धानासानारिगते शशाक्के शनों सभौमे यदि नष्टनेत्रः ।। ५७।। Sloka ~7 If Mars be the lord of the 2nd bhava, if the Sth be occupied by the Sun and the Moon, and if Saturn be in the 6th or the 12th bhava the person

$1. 58.59 पछोउध्याय: 351

born will be blind. If the Moon occupy the 8th, the 12th or the 6th bhava and Saturn be in conjunction with Mars, the person born will be sightless. NOTES. This sloka is from जातकरल. The following are some more slokas from 4Kir leading to the same effect :-- नेत्रेश्वरे पापखगेन युक्ते शन्यारयोगे गुलिकेन युक्ते। नेत्रे यदा पापत्रहुत्वयोगे यमेन दृष्टे स तु नष्टनेत्र: ।। नेवेश्वरस्थांशपतौ सपापे पापम्हक्षेत्रगते तयैव। नेत्राधिपे वासरनायके तु घरासुते वा गुलिकार्किदष्टे। पऐ्ठे चन्द्रेष्टमे भानौ लग्नादन्त्यगतेडर्कजे। वित्तस्थानगते गौमे शकोऽप्यन्धो भवेद्धवम् ।५८॥ Sloka 58. If the Moon be in the 6th, the Sun in the 8th, Saturn in the 12th and Mars in the 2nd, under such a yoga, the person born, be be Indra himself, can- not but be blind. ef. बुदज्जानक निघनारिघनव्ययस्थिता रविचन्द्रारयमा यथा तथा। बलवद्ग्रहदोपकारणैर्मनुजानां जनयन्त्यनेत्रताम् ।। Also जातकरल पष्ठे शशी रन्धगने च मानौ व्यये शनौ वित्तगते च भौमे। शुकंश्र पष्ठाष्ट्घनत्र्यये वा अन्धो मवत्येव धने शुभे वा । लग्ेश्वरेण सहिते यदि विचनाथे

नेत्रेश्वरे तनुगते यदि नैशकोऽन्घः सवोचचे शुमग्रह्युते न तथा चदन्ति ॥५९॥

352 Adh. VI.

Sloka 59. If the lord of the 2nd bhava being in conjunction with the lord of the 1st, occupy a g:4rg (Dustthana.6th, 8th or 12th bhavas), it will result in loss of sight. If the lord of the eye, t e. the 2nd bhava being in conjunction with Venus and the Moon occupy the Ist bhava, the person concerned will be night-blind; but if the lord of the eye occupy a position of exaltation or be in conjunction with a benefie planet, no such malefic effect will happen, say the astrologers. NOTES. This and the 5 succeedig slokas are quoted in IT. The undermentioned slolas from aird give some more yogas teading to blindness. • भाल्वचउलप्रपतिभि: सहिते तदीशे जात्यन्धको मननि रन्ध्रपडन्त्यगेऽपि । रि:फे घरासुतयुते नयनं हि वामं नाशं तथा अमति सुर्यस्तुते तदन्यत्।। चन्द्रार्कसंयुक्तहरौ पिलसे शन्पारद्ऐडलषिविनाशमाहुः। शुभाशुभेपुद्वदलोचनः स्पाच्लुमै्न दोपः सहितेक्षणाभ्याम् । ॥ रोगयोगाः । राहौ विलसे सकुजेडर्कपुत्रे साही वृद्दीजमिवाहुरार्याः । लग्नेश्वरे भृत्युगते सराहौ रन्ते समान्दौ च तथैव वाच्यम् ॥६० ॥। Sloka 60. When Rahu, Mars and Saturn are together in the Lagna, the person born will have enlarg. ed scrotum. If the lord of the 1st bhava be in the 8th and this again be occupied by Rahu and Mandı, the same effect is produced, say the wise astrologers.

SI. 61-63 पछ्टोडध्याय. 353

लसे सराहौ गुलिके त्रिकोणे रन्ध्रे कुजे मन्दयते तथैव। लग्नेश्वराक्रान्ततदंशनाथे राह्वारमान्ययाकियुते तथैच ॥६१ ।। Sloka 61. When Rahu occupies the Lagna, fera (Gulıka) a Trikona posıtıon, and Mars in conjunction with Saturn is in the 8th bhava, the result will be the same When the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the Lagna is in conjunction with Rahu, Mars, Mandı and Saturn, the same evil result will follow. लझने रवौ भूमिसुतेन दृष्टे गुल्मक्षयश्वासनिपीडित: स्थात्। भौमे विलगे शनिसूर्यदष्टे वसूरिरोगाभिहतो मनुष्यः ॥ ६२ ॥ Sloka 62 When the Sun occupying the rising sign is aspected by Mars, the person born will be afflict- ed with colic, consumption and asthma When Mars is in the Lagna and aspected by Saturn and the Sun, the person concerned will be troubled with small-pox NOTES Two different readings are given of this sloha, viz ,! १. लगे रविर्भूमिसुतेन दृष्ट श्वासक्षय विद्रषिगुरमभाजम्। भौमे विलसे शनिसूर्यदष्टे खड्डादिभि पीडितदेहभाक् स्यात् ॥ २. लगने रवौ भूमिसुतेन दष्टे श्वासमक्षयं नश्मलगुल्मभूलान्। भौमे विळ्से रशिसूर्यदष्टे वसूरिमि पीडितदेहभार् स्यात्॥

पापेक्षिते रविसुते घनराशियुक्ते पापान्विते शुनकमीतिमुपैति मर्त्यः । तन्जारनाथसहिते दिननाथपुत्रे दृष्टेऽथना शुनकभीतिमुपैति जातः ॥ ६३॥ Sloka 63 When Saturn in conjunction with a malefic planet aspected also by a malefic planet occupies 45

854 आतकपारिजावे Adh? VI

the 2nd bhava, the person has to dread danger from a dog When Saturn 13 in conjunction with or aspected by the lord of the 2nd bhiva, the sime result follows वीर्यान्पिते राहुसमेतराशिनाथान्विते राहुयते चिलसे। सर्पाद्धयं निक्रमराशिनाथे वुधेन युक्ते गलरोगमेति ॥६४ ॥ Slor : 64 When Rahu is in the Lagna and when the sign occupied by the lord of the Ligna has strength, there 15 danger from a snabe When the lord of the 3rd bhava is in conjunction with Mercury, the person born will be liable to throat disease H NOTES. वायाविपे os dnother reading for वायान्विते Vide also Adhyaya XII, Sloka 42 infra. नीचे तृतीपेऽरिगृहे निमूढे पापेलिते तद्लरोगनान् खाद्। विपप्रयोगाद्विपमक्षणाद्वा तेपामभावेरर्विनाशनार्थः ।६५॥' Sloka 0'. When a depressed planet occupying an inimical sign and overpowered by the Sun's rays happens to be in the ird bhava and aspected by a malefic planet, the person concerned will get disease of the throat in consequence of the application of poison or of the swal- lowing thereof In the absenee of these causes, the disease if it sets in is intunded to drain off money from the sufferer-a result in which the purpose of the particular yoga will be fulfilled पापे उृर्ताये गलरोगमन्र वदन्ति मान्यादियुते विशेपात्। भौमान्विते प्रेतपुरीशसूनी तृतीयराशी यदि कर्णरोगम्। ६६ ।। Sloka 65 When a malefic planet in conjunction with Mandi or some such other planet occupies the 3rd hhava, astrologers predict the disease of the throat, but

SI. 67-69 पष्टोऽध्याय: 355

when Mandi in conjunction with Mars is in the 3rd bhava, astrologers specifically ascribe the disease of the car to the yoga. NOTES. Vide also Adhyaya XII, sloka, 43 mufra. पापेक्षिते सोदरभे सपापे कर्णोद्हवं रोगमुपति जात: । करादिपष्ठर्थंशयुते तदीशे कर्णस् रोगं कथयन्ति तज्ज्ञाः ॥६७। Sloka 67. When the Srd bhava is occupicd by a malefic planet and aspected also by another malefic pla " net, the person born will become liable to the disease of the ear. When the lord of the 'rd bhava occupies malefic 60th portions of a sign, then also do astrologers declare disease of the ear to be the result. पैत्तोल्यणं याति रवौ रिपुस्थे पापेक्षिते पापसमन्विते च। 5भानौ सरन्ध्े विवले धराजे पापे धनस्थे तु तवैय वाच्यम् ॥६८।। Sloka 68. When the Sun in conjunction with a malefic planet and aspected also by a malefic planet occupies the 6th bhava, the person born will suffer from excess of bilc. When the Sun occupics the 8th bhava, Mars is without strength and a malefic planet is in the 2nd bhava, the same is to be predicted. 6/. मर्वारथचितामगि रोगस्यानगते सूयें तदात्रे पापसंयुते। पापटृष्टियुते नाभौ पैत्तिकाद्वणमादिशेतृ।। श्षेष्मामयं वुधयुतेऽवनिजे रिपुस्थे करांशके यदि सितेन्दुसमीक्षिते च। पापेक्षिते ऽ्वनिसुते निघनोपयाते केती धनाष्टमगते त्रणरोगमेति ॥६९ ॥ +

356 जात कपारि आावे Adh. VI

Sloka 69 When Mars in conjunction with Mer- cury occupies in the 6th blnva the Navimsa of a malefic planet and is aspected by the Moon and Venus, the person born will suffer from an ailment due to a morbid state of the phlegm. When Mars aspected by 1 malefie planet occupies the 8th bhava and Ketu 15 in the 2nd or the 8th an ulcer will be produced ८f सवाथर्चितामणि पछ्ठे कुजे बुधयुते भृगुनन्द्रनिरीक्षिते। ब्रराशकममायुक्त क्षयरोग वदन्ति हि॥ पछ्ठेश्वरे पापयुते निलग्ने रन्ध्रस्थिते वा नणयुकुशरीिः। कर्मस्यिने तादृशखेचरेन्द्रे प्रणाड्डितः साचुभदग्निहीने ॥ ७०।। Sloka 70 When the lord of the 6th bhava in conjunction with a malefic planet occupies the Ist or the 8th bhava the person born will have ulcers in his body When the planet described before (t e, the lord of the 6th bhava in conjunction with a malefic planet) occupies the 1Cth bhava and is without benefie aspect, the person concerned will have ulcer scars NOTES This and the nexi six slolas are quoted in Aataft लग्नेशभूपुनशशाङ्कपुत्रा: सहस्थ्रिता: साम्यतरान्यभावाः । अपानरोग त्वथवाऽपनिनं पश्यन्ति पछ्ठं मुनयो वदन्ति ॥ ७१॥ Sloka 71 If the lord of the Lagna, Mars and Mer- cury being in conjunction, occupy a very unpropitious bhava and asp"ct the 6th, they will produce, say the sages, a disease of the anus or some nasty disease such as piles

In the second r (pada)of th s sloha मद ।थना सौरनगृहे व्यये वा 15 NOTES

another tead ng

SI. 72-75 पषटोऽध्याय 857

लग्नेशपष्ठाधिपती दिनेशयुक्तौ ज्वरं चन्द्रसमन्वितौ चेत्। जले प्रमादं क्षितिस्ूनुयुक्तौ युद्धेन वा स्फोटकराशिमिर्वा।। ७२॥ Sloka 72 The lords of the Ist and the 6th bhavas when in conjunction with the Sun produce fever, if in conjunction with the Moon, they lead to an accident in water, if with Mars, they occasion some mishap in war or danger by an outbreak of hot boils

पित्तात्प्रमादं यदि सौम्ययुक्तौ निर्व्याधिक: सूरिसमन्वितौ चेद्। शुक्रेण भार्याविपदं चदन्ति मन्देन नीचानिलरोगमाहुः ।। ७३।। Sloka 73 If the lords of the Ist and the 6th bhavas be in conjunction with Mercury, they will cause some mishap due to bile, if they be in conjunction with Juptter, the person will be immune from diseases, if in conjunction with Venus, they may be the cause of some daoger to the wife, if in conjunction with depres. sed Saturn, they will, sty the astrologers, tend to engender a wind complaint सराहुकेतू यदि सर्पपीडां चोरादिभिर्भीतिमुपैति जातः । केन्द्रत्रिकोणे यदि साहिकेतू वदन्ति तज्ज्ञा निगलं तदानीम्।७४।। Stoka 74 If the lords of the Ist and the 6th bhavas be in conjunction with Rahu or Ketu, the person born becomes hiable to danger from snakes, thieves and other such evil doers If they occupy a Kendra or Trikona position in conjunction with Rahu or Ketu, the person concerned will suffer imprisonment say the astrologers acquainted with the subject पष्ठेश्वरथन्द्रसुतेन युक्तः सागुर्िलसे ख्यमन शिक्षम्। छिनत्पसौ सौम्यदशा विद्दीन: सभूमिपुत्रो यदि लिह्गरोगी ।।७५॥।

353 ला्तर पारिजाते Adh. VI.

Sloka 75. If the lord of the 6th bhava being in conjunction with Mercury and Rahi, oceupy the rising sign, the person born will of his own accord cut off his membrum verile If the lord of the 6th bhava be in conjunction with Mars and.have no benefir aspect, the person concerned will become liable to a disease affect- ing the organ of generation. कामेश्वरे शुक्रयुते रिपुस्े कलत्रपण्डत्वमुर्दारयन्ति। पष्ठेशलआधिपती समन्दौ केन्द्रत्रिकोणे यदि वन्धनं स्ात्॥ ७६ ॥ Sloka 76. If the lord of the 7th occupy the 6th in conjunction with Venus, the person born, say the astro. logers, will be too weak to match his wife. If the lords of the 6th and the Ist bhavas be in a Kendra or Trikona position along with Siturn, the person concerned will suffer captivity. चरे विलसे रिपुनाथदष्टे कुजे च लामे सिथिरगे च धर्मे। द्वन्द्वेऽस्तराशौ प्रवदेन्नराणां रोगं रिपूर्णां कृतमामिचारम्॥७७॥। Sloka 77. When a moveable sign is the lagna and it is aspected by the lord of the 6th hhava; when Mars 15 in the 11th bhava; when the 9th is represented by an immoveable sign and" when the 7th bhava is a dual Rasi, under this yoga, people become liable to the fever induced by the incantations of their enemies. जीचे समन्दे दशमेर्धचन्द्रे वैकल्यमङ्गे क्षितिजे कलत्रे। दिनेशचन्द्री रविराशियुक्ती चन्द्रर्सगी वा यदि शोपणं स्ात्।।७८।l Sloka 78. If Jupiter be in conjunetion with Saturn, if the Moon in quadrature occupy the 10th bhava and if Mars be in the 7ch, the result will be a defect of limb in the person born. If the Sun and the Moon occupy

SI.,79-80 पष्टोउध्याय: 359

either Simha or Kataka, the person concerned will have consumption as the consequence.

लगे रवौ भूमिसुते कलत्रे सून्मादभाक तत्र नरो हि जातः । उन्मादवुद्धिं समुपैति लगे शनौ कलत्रे सकुजे त्रिकोणे ॥ ७९॥ Sloka 79. When the Sun is in the 1st and Mars in the 7th bhava, the person born will become insane. When Saturn is in the Lagna and Mars occupies the 7th house of a Trikona position, the person concerned will be a lunatic.

of. प्रक्षमार्ग NOTES.

लग्नस्य घिपणे दिवाकरसुतो भौमोडयवा द्युनगे मन्दे लग्नगते मदात्मजनपःसंस्थे महीनन्दनं 1 मूत्तो मूदशशीन्दुजौ कृशशशी मन्दश् रि.फे स्यितौ

अस्ते पापयुतो मान्दिर्वितरिषंछाषमान्त्यगः । उन्माददायिनो योगा एवमष्टौ समीरिता ।। लझ गुरौ is the reading adopted in some book, for pम ₹वौ and appears to be the correct one.

लग्नत्रिकोणे दिननाथचन्द्रौ शाँर्ये गुरां केन्द्रसमन्त्रिते वा। सोन्मादवुद्धि: स भवेत्तदानीं शरासनादौ यदि जन्मलये ।। ८० ।। Sloka 80. If the initial portion of uga (Dhanus) be the Lagna, if the Sun and the Moon occupy the Lagna or a Trikona, and if Jupiter, be in the 3rd bhava or in a Kendra po sition, the person born under this yoga will become insane. NOTES. The last quarter reads as अव्यारवारे यदि ग-मवाले in गर्वार्थरमनामि

360 आतक पारिजाते Adh. VI.

Also cf. जातव।देश नत्रमोदयात्म नस्यौ रविचन्द्रौ भ्रातृकेन्द्रगे जीवे ।- युक्ते शनिकुजवारे जात. सोन्माद इव चपल: स्वात् ॥ Some hooks read लग्नावु शिशेणे for रभत्िकोणे. The translation nill then be "If any of the 4 signs from Dhanus happen to be the Lagna and if the Sun and the Moon be In Trikona position (t. e occupy 5th or 9th places) and if Jupiter be in the 3rd house or in a kendra position, thet person born, ete.' केन्द्रस्थितौ सौम्यनिशाकरौ वा सौम्यांशहीनौ भ्रमसंयतः स्याव्। केन्द्रसिता मन्दनिशाकरार्का जडो भवेदत्र मधूपभोक्ता ।।.८१ ॥। Sloka 81. If Mercury and the Moon be in a Ken- dra position or fail to occupy benefic Navamsas, the person born will have aberration of the mind. If Saturn, the Moon and the Sun be in Kendra position, the person concerned will be idiotic and addicted to wine. ८/. जानकारश वुषचन्द्रौ केन्द्रगतौ नान्यग्रहतर्कितौ नृपतिध्धौ। योगोऽय पैशाचस्तनोत्पन्नः स सोन्मादी॥ कुलीरकुंमालिनवांशुयुक्ते चन्द्रे समन्दे यदि गुह्यरोगी। चन्द्रे सुखे तद्दवनांशयुक्ते पापान्विते सादयदि कण्ठरोगी ।। ८२ ॥ Sloka 82. If the Moon occupy the Navamsa belonging to Cancer, Aquarius or Scorpio and be in conjunction with Saturn, the person born will suffer from a disease affecting the privities If the Moon occupy in the 4th bhava a Navamsa belonging thereto and be in conjunction with a malefic planet, the person concerned will have discase of the throat. The 2nd पाद (Pada) reads as चन्द्रे ममान्दो यादे गुल्मरोगी 12 मर्वार्थ NOTES.

चिन्नामाणे.

51. 83-85 षहोध्याय: 861

चन्द्रे सपापे फणिनाथयुक्ते रिःफे सुते रन्धगतेऽथवाऽपि। उन्मादभाकू तत्र सरोपयुक्तो जातस्तु नित्यं कलहप्रिय: स्यात् ॥८३॥ Sloka 83. Wher the Moon in conjunction with a malefic planet and Rahu occupies the 12th the 5th or the 8th bhava from the Lagna, the person born will be hable to insamty and that of a raging Lind and will develop a tendency to quarrel.

NOTES Ty is another reading for tr in the Ond q1t (Pada) of the Sioka चन्द्रे व्यये वा यदि चा:सुरेशे मन्दे विकोणे मदरन्ध्रगेकें। दन्ताक्षिरोगी स भनेतदानी नीचारिपापांशगतास्तयैव ।।८४॥ Sloka 84. When the Moon or Rahu occupics the 12th bhava, Saturn, a Trikona position ; and the Sun, the 7th or the 8th bhava, the person born will have ailments affecting teeth and eyes. The same effeet hp. pens when the planets mentioned above occupy Navam- sas owned by depressed inimical malefic plnets. सुतांबुगौ पापखगौ विशेषाचेदप्टरि:फारिगतेऽन्धता स्याद्। शुभग्रह्दणामनलोकहीने चान्धो मवत्येव शुर्मैर्न दोपः ॥ ८५ ॥ Sloka 85. If the 5th and the 4th bhavas be occu- pied by malefic planets and if the Moon in particular be in the 8th, the 12th or the 6th bhava, blindness would follow as a result of the yoga The person born in this yoga must of course be bfind when there is no benefic aspect upon the plancts concerned. There will be no cvil effect when benefic planets occupy the bhavas referred to above. 46

362 जातकपारिसाले Adh. VI.

हित्वा लग्नपर्ति रिलमसहितेप्वन्येपु कुछं वदे- न्नलिं भानुसुते तु चण्डकिरणे रक्ते सितं भूमिजे। मन्देन क्षितिजेन वा यदि पते कर्क्यन्त्यनक्रांशके चन्द्रे शोभनयोगदृष्टिरहिते कुछ्ं वदेद्देहिनाम् ॥ ८६ ॥ Sloka 86 When (malefic) planets othor than the lord of the Lagna occupy the Lagna, the astrologer may predict leprosy, it will be black leprosy when Saturn occupies the Lagna as described above, it will be red leprosy when the Sun so occupics the ristng sign, white leprosy if the occupant be Mars When the Moon in conjunction with Saturn or Mars occupies a Navamsa belonging to कटक (Kataka), मीन (Meena) or मकर (Makara) and is unaspected by, or unassociated with benefic planets the astrologer may declare the yoga to be pro' ductive of leprosy to the people affected पापान्विते शशिनि रन्ध्रपलयराशीं सर्पेक्षिते निधनपे यदि गुह्यरोगी। रन्धे चतुसितयपापयुते तथैच सौम्यग्रहेण सहिते यदि रोगहीन: ।। ८७।। Sloka 87 When the Moon in conjunction with a malefic planet occupies the sign occupied by the lord of the 8th bhava and when the last mentioned planet 15 aspected l y Rahu, the person born will suffer from a disease affecting the privities, the same result happens when the 8th bhava is occupied by four or three malefic planets, but if a benefic planet be in the 8th bhava, the person concerned will be exempt from the disease जलचरगृद्दगेन्दी तत्पवौ पष्ठयाते जलगृद्दगत खेटरीक्षिते मूनकच्छूम्।

SI. 88-90 पछठोउध्यायः 363

परिभवरिपुयाते शीतगौ भौमदष्टे रविसुतयुतलमे शोणितं रोगमेति॥८८ ।। Sloka 88. When the Moon is in a water-resorting sign and the lord thereof occupies the 6th bhava and is aspected by planets occupying watery signs, the person bom will suffer from strangury ; when the Moon occu- pying the 6th or the 8th bhava is aspected by Mars and when Saturn is in the Lagna, the person concerned will suffer from an ailment leading to blood discharges (piles) .- of. सत्रीथीचतामणि जन्राशिगने चन्द्रे पष्ठे तन्भवनाघिपे। जलक्षस्थविदा दष्टे मूत्रकृच्छादिक भवेत् ॥ क्षीणे मन्दगृहोदये हिमकरे पापग्रहैरन्विते रन्धारातिगतेऽथवा पवनकृद् गुल्मादिरोगं वदेत्। चन्द्रे पापवियच्चरान्तरगते मन्दे मदस्यानगे जातो विद्रधिजन्मशोपजनितैः सन्तप्देहो भवेत ॥८९ ॥ Sloka 89. When the waning Moon in conjunction with malefic planets is in the rising sign belonging to Saturn or in the 8th or the 6th bhava, the astrologer may predict flatulence, spleen or some such ailment as the result of this particular yoga. When the Moon is between two malefic planets and Saturn occupies the 7th bhava, the person born will have much bodily suffering from the combined effects of abscess, spleen and con. sumption. अजीर्तिगुल्मामयशुलमेति कुजे विलने बियलेऽरिनाथे। लगे सपापे फणिनायके वा मन्देऽषमे कुक्षिरुगर्दितः स्याद् ॥ ९० ॥ Sloka 90. When Mars is in the rising sign and the lord of the 6th bhava is weak, the person born will

864 नातकपािजाले Adh. VI.

have indigestion, a diseased spleen and cohic. When Rahu or some malefic planet occupies the Lagna ind Saturn is in the 8th bhava, the person concerned will be afflicted with a stomach complaint ६f. मर्वोर्थरचितामीि बन्हीनेऽरिनाथे वा लग्नस्थे वा धरासुते। मूर्ार्तिर्मुखरोगो वा गुल्मविद्रधिभाग्भवेन् ।। हृच्छलरोगमुपयाति सुखे फणीशे पापेक्षिते गतवले थ निलमननाथे। शूलामयं तनुपतौ रिपुनीचराशौ भौमे सुखे रविसुते यदि पापदष्टे ॥ ९१॥ Sloka 91. When Rahu oceupics the 4th bhava and the lord of the Lagna is without strength and aspected by a malefic planet, the person born will suffer from acute pain in the chest When the lord of the Lagna is depressed and in an inimical house, Mars occupies the 4th bhava and Saturn is aspected by a malefic planet, colic will be the result जातो भुक्तिविरोधरोगनिहतो रन्ध्रेश्वरे दुर्बले लने पापनिरीक्षिते परिभवस्याने समन्देक्षिते। वान्तिभ्रान्तिजपाण्ड्रमेति सकुजे चन्द्रे रिपुस्थानगे जातः शूलनिसर्पमेति दिनकचन्द्रारयुक्ते यदा । ९२ ॥। Sloka 92 When the lord of the 8th bhava 15 weak and the rising sign is aspected by a malefic planet and the 8th bhava is occupied or aspected by Saturn, the person born will be smitten with a disease that will prevent the taking in of food. When the Moon in conjunetion with Mars occupics the 6th bhava, jaundtce due to vomitting and delirium will afflict the person

SI. 93-94 पषटोऽ्यामः 365

conceined. And when the Sun, the Moon and Mars are together in the 6th bhava, the effect of the yoga may be colic and erysipelas. cf. प्रक्षमागं पापग्रहेक्षितं लग्नं रन्ध रविजवीक्षितम्। रन्ध्रेशो विमलो योग एप भुक्तविरोधकृत् ।। आरेक्षिते यदि विलग्नगृहेऽरिनाथे मानेऽथवाऽस्ततनुगे कृतमाभिचारम्।- लगाधिपेन सहितेऽवनिजे विलगने केन्द्रेऽथवा रिपुपतौ तनुगे तथा स्यात् ॥९३ ॥ Sloka 93. When the rising sign is aspected by Mars, and the lord of the 6th bhava occupies the 10th, . the 7th, or the 1st bhava, the person born will suffer from the effects of magic employed against him by his enemies. When Mars in conjunction with the lord of the Lagna occupies the Lagna or any other Kendra and the lord of the 6th is in the Lagna, the same will happen. जातो निर्जरदर्शनेन जनितं रोगं सुखस्ानगे माने लग्नगतेऽथवाऽमरगुरी केन्द्रे समन्दात्मजे। म-देऽसते चरलगनगे यदि शुभे पापेक्षिते शीतगौ भूतप्रेतपिशाचदर्शनवशाद्रोगं समेति ध्रवम् ॥९४॥ Sloka 94. When Jupiter occupies the 4th, the 10th or the 1st bhava and a Kendra is occupied by nrfg . (Mandi), the person born will suffer from an illness due to the cffect of his having come face to face with an immortal. When Saturn is in the 7th bhava and a benefic planet occupies a moveable rising sign, and the Moon is aspected by a malefic planet, the person concern-

366 बातक पारिजाते Adh. VI.

ed will 'undoubtedly suffer from a disease due to his * having met goblins, ghosts and fiends 1€ NOTES This sloka is from nW The reading m the 3rd pada of this sloka 15 मन्स्ये Instead of मननडा्ने चन्द्रे पापनिरीक्षिते रिपुगते पापान्विते वातजं जातः शोगितपित्तमेति चसुधापुव्रे तथाऽस्ते सति। • सौम्ये वातकफामयं भृगुसुते मूलातिसारं तथा मन्दे गुल्ममुपैति राहुशिखिनो: पैशाचरोगं वदेव् ।।९५।। Sloka 95 If the Moon in conjunction with a malefic planet and aspected by another malelie planet occupy the 6th bhava, the person born will become ltable to wind disease, if Mars occupy the 7th bhava under the sime circumstances, the disease produced will be hemorrhage due to a currupt state of blood and bile, if the planet occupying the 7th bhava under such condi tions be Merrury, the discase will arise from a bad condition of wind and phlegm if Venus it will be dysentery , if Saturn, colic, and lastly if Rahu or Ketu, the ailment will be produced by demoniacal possession

This ts t1sa from नवररज Norrs

कामश्वासक्षयजनिरुजं मानुमौमाहिद्षे पष्ठे मौरे गुलिकसहिते सौम्पद्रयोग हीने। रिःफे पापे शशिनि रिपृगे भानुजे रनधयाते पापांशस्थे तनुगृइपती पीनमं रोगमेति ॥९६॥ Słoka 06 When Saturn occupying the 6th bhava in conjunction with wiPt (Mandi) 15 aspected by the Sun, Mars and Rahu but is unaspected by or unassocia-

SI. 97 पष्टोऽ्याम: 367

ted with benefic planets,' the person born will suffer from,an illness caused by a complicationof cough, : asthma and consumption. When a malefic planet is in the 12th bhava, the Moon in the 6th, Saturn in the 8th and when the lord of the Lagna occupies a Navamsa owned by a malign planet, the person born under such a yoga will be liable to dryness of the nosc resulting in .. loss of smell. cf. सर्वपनितामणि पछ्ठे चन्द्रे शनी रन्धे व्यये पापे विलसपे। पार्पाराकसमायुक्त पीनसं रोगमादिशेत ।। पष्ठे गनौ ससुलिके रव्यारफणिवीक्षिते। शुभैन दृष्टे युक्ते वा श्वासकामक्षयादियुकू॥ मन्दे कुलीरभवनोपगते मृगसे चन्द्रे जलोदररुजं समुपैति जातः । सारे शनौ रिपुगते रविरादुटषे लग्नाधिपे च विघले सति दीर्घरोगी॥। ९७॥ Sloka 97. When Saturn is in2 (Kataka) and the Moon in wEt (Makara), the person born will have dropsy. When Saturn in conjunction with Mars occupies the 6th bhava, and is aspected by the Sun and Rahu; and when the lord of the Lagna is without strength, the result will be a lingering illness.

शन्यारसहित पछे रविराहुनिरीक्षित। लस्नेश्वरे हीनबले दीर्नरोगी भनंनरः ॥ दस्: कुजे निजगृहे सुखिक्मस्य चन्द्रात्मजे रविसुते यदि लमगे स्वाद।

868 जावकपारिआाते Adh. VI

खरक्षे कुज सुखसहोदरगेंन्दुसूनौ होराधिपे शनियुते तु तथा वदन्ति ।। ९८।। Sloka 98. When Mars is in his own house, Mer cury'in the 4th or the 3rd bhava and Saturn in the Ist the person born will be a dwarf. The result is the samt when, other conditions being identical, Saturn- Is it conjunction with the lord of the Lagna. लग्नाद्व्ययारिगतयोः शशितिग्मरइ्म्यो: .पत्या सहैकनयनस्य वदन्ति जन्म।

शुक्रार्कयोर्विकलदारमुशन्ति जातम् ॥।९९॥ Sloka 99. When the Sun and the Moon occupy, "one of them the 12th, and the other the 6th house from the Lagna, the person born will be one eyed and will have the unique fortune of possessing an one cyed wife as well. When Venus and the Sun conjointly occupy the 7th, the 9th or the 5th bhava, the person born under this yoga will have a wife defective in some limb. NOTES.

Sun Moon

Lagoa Lagna 11

Moon SuD

The Sun is in the 12th house from the Lagna m I and 12th from the 7th in II.

1 $l 100 पष्टोऽध्याय. 869

The Moon is in the 12th from the 7th in I and 12th from the Lagna in Il. -The pridciple is clear from the ahove. The Jeft eye will he affected by the above yoga. In the other case the Sun in the 2nd and he Moon in the Sth (the 2nd from the 7th) will affect the right eye If Venus be in comjunction with the Sun mn the 5th, 7th or 9th house from the Lagna, the wife will always be aimp. Aw *(Vikala=suffering). 6/. गागि पख्चमे नवमे धूने समेतौ सिनभाहकरौ। यस्य स्याता मतदार्या तम्यैक्ाडविवर्जिता ॥। A1s0 मारावन

प्रभव समरतमुनयः ऋगेण पत्न्या सहैरुनयनस्य ॥ धूंन कुजमार्गशयोर्जातः पुरुषो भवद्िकलदारः । धीघर्मस्थितयोरवा परिकलन्यं पण्टितैंरवम्।।

नवमायतृतीयघीयुता न च सौम्पैरशुभा निरीक्षिता:। नियमाच्छूणोपघातदा रद्वैकृत्यकराथ् सपमे॥१०० ॥ Sluka 107. If the malefic planets occupy the 9th, the 11th, the 3rd and the 5th houses in any order accord- ing to circumstances and be not aspected by benefic planets, they conspire according to their strength to do dimage to the orgin of hcwring of the person born; if they occupy the 7th house and be without beneftc aspect, they make the tecth unsightly. NOTEs. The man will sufter from car complunt with certaity. The 3rd and il e 11th houses staod for cars -- 3rd for the right car and the 1lth for the left (Cf. also Western astroloss). Varabamibira 47 *

$70 बाव क पारिमाते Adb. VI.

seems to extend the princaple to tbe 5tb and the 9th houses also. Diseases of teeth and tongue are indicated by the 7th house (Ch. III-77 Fig 1). This is also the principle of Western astrolo- gy. Cf. Alan Leo. "Malefics, unaspected by benefics, occupying the 7th house will bring about tooth diseases (deformity or otherwise)." . gmat nould include the Moon also in the yoga causing damage to the eai. Cf. एते त्रिलामप्रतिमाशुभस्थाः सौम्यम्रहालोकनवर्जिताक्ष। (अकेन्दुमहीजमन्दाः) कर्णोपपात जनयन्ति पुंसामनङ्गगास्ते विकृनि रदानाम् ॥ Also मारावली धर्मायसहजमुतगा: पापाः सौम्यैर्न वीक्षिता जन्तोः । थरणविनाशं कुर्यु. सत्मसंम्याश्च दन्तानाम् ॥। Also आनकतिनर धीघर्मायतृतीयस्याः पापाः सौम्यारवीक्षिता. । कर्णचातकरास्ते तु घूनस्था दन्तदृषिणः ॥

वर्गोत्तमादिशुभवर्गयुतेऽम रेज्ये लग्ने रसांतलगते यदि वा चलाढये। चित्तायवृद्धिगृहगेपु वियचरेपु लमाधिंपे बलयुते सुखमेति जातः ॥। १०१ ।।

Sloka 101. When Jupiter occupies benefic varg such as anfernier ( Vargottamamsa) in the Lagna or t 4th bhava ; or is elsewhere possessing abundant strengt when the other planets are in the 2nd, the 11th a other bhavas connected with well.being and prosperit and when the lord of the rising sign is powerful, 1 person born gets on well and is, happy.

SI. 102 पष्ठोडध्याय: 371

ये जातभङ्गा नृपयोगभङ्गा: ग्रेष्या दरिद्राङ्गविहीनरेकाः । ये रोगमेदाः परिकतर्तितासे सूर्यादिसर्वधुचरप्रसादात् ॥।१०२।। इनि श्रीनवग्रहकृपपा वैद्यनाथविरचिते जातकपारिजाते जातकभङ्गाध्याय: पष्ठः ॥ Sluka 102. By the grace of the Sun and all the other planets, what are called arawnge (Jataka bhangaha) con- sisting of राजयोगभद्गः (Rajayoga bhangaha), प्रेष्ययोगा: (Pre. shya yogaha), दरिद्रयोगा: (Diridra yogaha), अह्रहीनयोगा: (Angaheena yogaha), रैकायोगा: (Reka yogaha) and रोगयोगा: (Roga yogaha) have been fully treated of in this chapter. Thu: ends the 6th Adhyaya on ' what mars a horoscope" in the work Jatakaparijata compiled by Vaidyanathr under Ithe auspices of the mine planets.

जातकपारिजाते सप्तमोऽध्यायः

॥ राजयोगाध्यायः ॥ Adhyaya VII. ON RAJA YOGAS OR PLANET UY CONJUNCZIONS LEADING TO KIAGSHIP.

कन्यामीननृधुग्म मोहरिधनुःूंभसियतेः खेचरेः सेनामत्तमतङ्गराजितिपुलो राजा यदासी गनेद।।

गोचापान्त्य मके द्रगै: परधुपश्ा: पृव्वीश्वरी जायते।। १ ॥ Sloka 1 When the planets occupy Kanya, Meen3, Mithuna, Vrishabba, Simha, Dhanus and Kumbha, the person born will he a famous king, great in possessing an army, mighty ulephants and horses, if the planets be m Thula, Mesha Vrishaba and Meena, an emperor comes into the world in this yoga, if the planets be in Vrishabe, Dhanus, Meen ind the Kendras a person destined to rule over the earth and acquire wide fame sees the light NOTES. In ths as well is m the next slol a the author has deserbed in 1 very condensed mannes the fema (smhasana) mnd orher yogac Witha ven to make then cleater the following ate extracted fromn otber works and appended below - 372

SI. 1 सप्तमोउध्यायः 373

(1) मिहासनयोगा: सोमनातके एप सिंहामनो योग: कन्यालौ वृपके अपे। चापे नरे हगै कुम्भे ग्रहैश्चैव परो मतः ॥ दन्ती तुरङ्नयुक्तो नौकावेष्ठी गुणी कान्तः । नृपसचितो भवति नृपो योगे सिहासने भातः ॥ भावकुतूदले कन्यामीनवृपालिमे यदि खगाः सिंहासनः कीर्तितः कि वा चापनृयुग्मकुंभहरिमे खेटे हि सिंहासनः । यः सिंहामनयोगनो हि मनुजो भूपाधिराजो बली

(2) चतुश्वक्योग मोमगनके हरौ स्तियामन्टौ वाडपि घटे मीने वृष नरे। ग्रहैलंगे च योगोडय चतुश्चकोडभिषीयते।। चक्रवर्तो महावीर्य: सर्वत्ञः सर्वनीवनः। आज्ञामयो महातेना पराकमी नृपो भनेत्॥ भावडतट्ले वृपे सिंहे कन्यारतश मिचुनान्त्यालितुरगे समाज: खेटानामिह मवति जन्मन्यपि नरः । चतुश्चके योगे मकलमुखमोगेन मिलितो महीपानामालीमुकुटमणिपासी विजयंते।। (3) कनकदण्डयोगः मोमजातकं मीने मेपे वृपे चैव तुलायां न स्थिते ग्रहे। योगः कनरुदण्डाख्यो देवासुरमुटटर्सैम: ।1 (4) इमन्कयोग: मोमजानके वृषे च मिथुने नापे कीटे डमर्को मतः । अपरो युवतीसिहे घटे मीने उदाहनः ॥

374 खातक पारिजाते Adh. VII

जातो डमरके योगे विद्याविरयानकीर्तिमान्। परोपकारी दाता च नारीहटयवल्धम ।। (5) ध्वनयोग मोमजातये मेपे वृषे अपे वाडवि स्थिन स्थान ग्रहो यदि। दोलाछनप्रदो योगे राजयोगध्वनोत्तम ।। यो जातो ध्वनगोगे स भवति नीचोऽपि दोलया युक्त। अन्यो भवति हि सचिवो नृषजो भननि नृपो न सन्वेह।। (6) एवावली मोमगनरे एके स्महयोगेन भवेदेकावली शुभा। एग्न विना शुभै्वाडपि स मता कम्यनिन्मंते ।। दाता मोत्ता प्रचुरयुवतीना निधीना निधान मेकावल्या भवति सचित सर्वराज्य पृथिव्याम्।।

एकैकेन खगेन भन्मसमये सैववली कीर्तिता मुक्तालीव समस्तभृपमुकुटालङ्कारचूडामणि। तज्जातो रिपुपुजमजनारी ग-धर्वदिव्याब्वना वृन्दानन्दपरो गुणतनधरो विद्याकरो मानव ।। (7) राजइ्मयोग मोमासये घटे मेप नरे चाप तुलाया सिंहगे ग्रहे। राजहसो भवद्योगो राज्यस्य स सुखम्रद ॥ (8) चतु मागरयोग भोम गातव तुजामकरमपेपु कर्कने वा स्थित ग्रहे। चतु सागरयोगोऽय रान्यदो धनदो मत ! नैक्ताणिज्यकुशन शास्त्रत म्थानतत्पर। भूपतिर्नृपतुल्यो वा चत्रु सागरयोगज ॥।

SI.2 सपसोडध्याय: 375

भावकुतूदले यदि तुलामकराजकुलीरभे रविमुखा: सरुला विलसन्ति चेत्। इह चतुष्कमहोदधिमंत्रक: सुरपतेः समतां तनुते नृगाम् ॥ (9) गृदूभपुचउयोग: भोमजातक मृगे कीटे भवेत्पुच्छः कन्यालौ वृषभे अपे। गृद्धपुच्छो भवेद्योगश्तुःसागरतः छुभः ॥ (10) विन्दपुच्छयोग: सोमजत्तके मृगे कर्किणि सिंहे च चापे या मिथुने घढ़े। योगानामुत्तमो योगो निन्हपुच्छो महाफलः ॥ (11) प्रचण्डयोग: भावकुनहले

जनुः काले यस्म प्रभवति नमोगो रविमुखः । प्रचण्डप्रोतुङ्गभवलरिपुहन्ता क्षितिपति: समन्तादाधिक्यं वजति धनदानेन महताम् ।। (12) श्रीछम्योग: भावकुतूहले प्रसुतिकाले यदि सर्वस्त्रेटैस्तनुध्ययाद्रार्थगृहम्यिनैश्चेत्। पुराननात्पुण्यत एव पुंमा श्रीचछत्रयोंगं प्रवदन्ति सन्तः ।।

कन्यामेपतुलामृगेन्द्रघटगैर्जातो महीपालको

खेटा विक्रमबन्धुपुत्रगृहगा दौ वितधर्मस्थितो शेपौ लग्नकलत्रराशिसहिती राजा मचेद्ार्मिक: ।।२।। Sioka 2. When the planets occupy Kanya, Mesha, Thula, Simha and Kumbha, the person born is a king. When the planets are in the 3rd, the 5th and the 4th bhavas, the person born becomes ruler of countries abounding in great wealth. If the 3rd, the 4th, the 5th,

376 सावकपारिजास Adh. VII

the 2nd, the 9th, the ist and the 7th be occupied each by a planct, the person born will become a just king. सारेशहोरासहिता नभोगा जातो यशस्वी मनुजाधिपः स्याद। सौम्यास्तपोलाभगृहोपयाताः पापा रिपुव्योमगता नरेशः ॥ ३ ॥ Sloka 3. If the planets are assocnted with the Moon's hora, the person born will be a famous king. If the benefic plancts be in the 9th and the 11th bhavas, and the malefic ones in the 6th and the 10th, a king 1s born. लभास्पदानङ्गगृहोपयाता वलान्विताः शोभनखेचरेन्द्राः । कुजार्कपुत्री नवमायसंस्यौ नृपो भनेत्सर्वगुणाभिराम: ।।४।। Stoka 4 If bunefic planets be strong occupying the Ist, the 10th, the 7th and the 4th bhavas and if Mars and Saturn be in the 9th and the 1ith bhavis, the person born will be a king possessed of every amtable vittue.

NOTES. The number of yogas satisfying all the conditions described in ibis sloka will, if carefully anlysed be found to be very limited The folloning horoscope is su sested as an evample for this sloka

Laçna Hoon

Saturn Sun

4 Jupiter Mars \ebus Mercury

S1. 6 सप्तमोडधयायः 377

But see the following sloka from सारावली (Saravali). सुखतनुमदगाः शुभा: समग्रा: कुजरविरविजास्त्रिवर्मलाभसंस्थाः । यदि भवति महीपतिः प्रशान्नो यवनपतिकृतो हायं महीपयोगः ॥ वर्गोत्तमांशोपगते विलसे चन्द्रेऽथवा चन्द्रविमुक्तखेटैः। सुखास्पदानङ्गगृहोपयातैर्िलोकिने मानवनायक: स्याद् ॥५॥ Sloka 5. When the Moon or the Lagna occupying a (Vargottamamsa) वर्गोत्तमाa is aspected by the other pla nets placed in the 4th, the 10th and the 7th bhavas, the person born is a leader of men. NOTES. According to बुहतमानापन्य (Biihatprajapatya), मारावली (Saraval:) and other works, and as per Yavanas' view quoted in ZEalT (Brilatjataka), four or more planets (other than the Mooo) aspect. ing a Vargottama Lagna or Moon will make the person born at that time a King. द/. सुहज्जानक वर्गोत्तमगते लगे चन्द्रे वा चन्दवर्जितेः । चतुराधैरम्रहैटष्टे नृपा ह्वाविशतिः स्मृमाः ॥ Also मारावली गणोत्तमे लग्ननवांशकोदतो निशाकरथ्ापि गणोत्तमेडयना। चतुर्ग्रहैश्न्द्रविवर्मितैस्तदा निरीक्षितः स्वाद्घमोन्न्रवो नृपः ॥ Also आनकामरण वर्गोत्तमेSमृतकरे यदि वा शरीरे संवीक्षित न चतुरादिभिरिन्दुहींने: । द्वार्विशतिप्रमितयः सलु संमवन्ति योगाः समुद्रवनयक्षितिपान्कनाम्।। Also भाण्डन्य विलसभवनं गंते वदयुत न वर्गोतमे चतुःप्रभृनिभिप्रहः शशिनि वा समालोफिने। म संभवति पार्यित्रः सलु कृपाणपाणीरणे कदानिदृपि यीक्षते रिषुननो न यस्याननम् ॥ 48

378 जात रपारिभरते Adh VII.

But our author has gone further by restrscting the position of the planets According to sickas 30 31 of the 2nd Adhyaya, Saturn in the 4th or the 11th house, Mars in the 6th or the 10th house and Jupiter in the 5th or the 9th house, all counted from the Lagna or the Moon, are aiso capahle of aspecting e ther of them respec. tively as all planets are while they are in the 7th house. Our author has rejected the aspects of Saturn from the 11th house, of Mars from the 6th house and of Jupiter from the 5th and 9th houses. He only accepts the aspects of Saturn from the 4th house, of Mars from the 10th bouse and of Jupiter and other planets from the 7th house His object would appear to be to place all the planets in the thtee Kendras, 4th, 7th and 10th and in such a manner as to be capble of bestowing their full aspect on the Lagna or the Moon as the cise May be. The least number of planets thus situated and capible of aspecting the Vatgottama Lagna or the Moon is four famdy se, "by planets other than the Moon" bas reterence onty so far as Lagna yogas are concerned, for the Moon cannot aspect atself. Dut the question 19 "Will the aspe t of the Moon on the Lagna nullify the Soga if it is otherwise complete"? The answer is in the negative In this case, the Moon's aspect does not count, being productis e of neither good nor evil and the Moon cannot be one of the planets making up the least number of four above sinted Cf. 11927. लगे वर्गोत्तमाशस्य दश्यमाने नमश्चरैः। चतुमि· पश्मिः पद्धिरवि चति दविनिशतिः ।। चन्द्रे न तादशे चेत्थं राजयोगान् समासनः । जानीहि भो सौम्य नतुश्त्वारिशदिंदं न ते । वश्ष्यामि लमयोगेवु संराय म्यात्तवान्यया । चन्द्र पश्यतु कामे स दहत्वेन न गण्यते ।। There will be 22 jogas uz., r 66 C+ C+C=15+6+1 for each of the Lagra and the Moon, or 44 j ogas in all.

+51. 6 ससमोउधयाय. 379

अश्विन्यामुदयस्थिते भृगुसुते सर्वग्रहैरीक्षिते जातो राजकुलाग्रजो रिपुकुलघ्वंसी बहुस्त्रीरतः । हित्या नीचनवांशमंतररचरैस्त्र्याद्यैः खभागान्वितै- रेको लग्नगतो यदि क्षितिपतिः पश्चादिकैर्वित्तवान् ॥६ ॥ Slaka 6. When Venus occupies the asterism As. wini in the Lagna and is aspected by all the other planets, the person born will be the senior in family destined to destroy the whole host of his enemies and to sport with many women. When there are three or more planets occupying not the Navamsa of their depres. sion sign but one owned by themselves and one such planet is in the Lagna, the person born will be a king and a very wealthy one too, when there are 5 or more such planets. (First Kalf). C/. जातवादेश अश्विन्यां लग्नगः शुकः सर्वग्रहनिरीक्षितः । करोति पृवित्रीपाल निर्जितारातिण्डलम्।। Also फलदीपिका अथविन्या मुदयगतो भृगुम्रहेन्द्रैर्टष्टश्रेज्जनयति भूपति जिनारिम् ॥ The following from anrer (Saravalt) mentioning the several asterisms which, when occupicd by Venus, confer Lingship will also be of interest : कृत्तिकारे तीखातीपुष्य्यायी भृगो: सुनः। करोति मूमुजां नायमशिचिन्यामपि संस्थितः । Latter half. C/. आतकादेश नीचांशकान् परित्यन्य त्र्यादिक्षेत्रच्चसंस्यिता. । तेपामेको विलग्नस्थः कुर्वन्नि पृथित्रीपतिम्॥

380 भातकपारिजासे Adh. VII.

According to रहन्मावारन्य, गृरज्नात and other norks, three or four planets in their evaltation irw (Swochcha), or in their onn signs tHa (Swakshetra) and are at the same time trine to one an- other, mahe a person barn rn the rojal family, a King Five or more such planets wilt make any persan a King. But two such planets in the first case or four such in the second case will only make the person rich. C/. वृहत्म्रानापन्य- सर्वेस्त्रयाद्ये: स्वतुदस्यैः सवेः स्वक्षेत्रगरन। सर्वर्वा स्वत्रिकोणस्यैनपः स्यान्नृपवंशनः ॥ पश्चादिमिन्तथा भनैरमरहैरन्योडपि नान्यथा। द्वाभ्यां चतुर्मिरेते स्युरुमये धनिनः परम् ॥ It has also to he noted here that at is only when the 5 or 6 planets in #a7 (Swakshetra) are #'rong that the person born be- comes a King. If they or any of them be weal, he only becomes rich But seven planets is pekt will, wrespective of their strength, make the person a King. Cf. TCrt qRT.

अस्तु पृथ्वीपतिः स्पाचेडलयु कैश्तानै:।। सक्षमिस्ताहरी: खेटैनपो भवति निश्चयात्। वृदउजातर कुलसमकुलमुख्य बन्धुपूज्या धनिसुखिभोगिनृप: समैस्वृद्धा। परविभवसुद्ृत्स्वतन्धुपोप्या गणपत्रलेशनृपाश्च मित्रमेषु ॥ शुक्रेऽरिनीचमपहाय कुटुचसंस्थे लग्नेश्वरे वलयुते पृथिचीपतिः स्ात्। चन्द्रेतिमित्रनिजमागगते निद्ञायां शुक्रेक्षिते नृपतिरन्यविलोकहदीने ॥ Sioko 7. When Venus is in the 2nd bhava which 13 neither the planet's depression nor owned by an enemy nd when the lord of the Lagna is strong, the person

SI. 8 सस्तमोऽध्यायः 381

born will become a king. When the Moon occupies at night its own Navamsa or one belonging to a very friendly planet and is aspected by Venus alone, a king comes into the world.

२. फलदीपिका NOTES-

नीचारिगृहमपहाय वित्तसंस्थो लग्नेशः सह कविना बली च भृपम् । Also जातकादेश शत्रुनीचगृहं त्यत्तवा कुटुम्बस्थः सभार्गवः । लगेश्वरो वली यत्र स नगः पृथिनीपतिः । From the two parallel pssages above given, it will be seen that Venus and the lord of the Lagnr should both be in the 2nd bhava, The text lends itself also to the above interpretation and it may preferably be rendered thus: "When Venus together witb the lord of the Lagn, who is also strong, is in the 2nd bhava, which is neither the planet's (Venus') depression sign, nor is owned by an enemy, the person born will become a King." न/. मारावली अधिमित्रांशगश्चन्द्रो दष्टो दानवमन्तिणा। अनिशं कुरुते लक्ष्मीस्वामिनं भूपर्ति नरम् ॥ Also ननकाभरण नक्षत्रनाथोडप्यिमित्रमागे शुकेण दष्टो नुपर्ति करोति। स्वांशाविमित्रांशगतोजयना स्थान्जीवेन रष्टः कुरुते नृपालम॥ मीने मीननवांशके भृगुसुते लयस्थिते भूपतिः सवोचे लग्नगृहाधिपे चलयुते राजा शशाङ्केक्षिते। लग्नस्वामिनि तुङ्गमन्दिरगते नीचारिभागं बिना केन्द्रस्थानगते नभोगवियुते जातो महीपालकः ॥८॥ Sloka 8. When Venus occupying the Lagna is in Meena and in a Navamsa belonging to Meena, the person born is a king; (2) when the lord of the rising sign is

382 Adh. VII.

strong in its exaltation and aspected by the Moon, a royal personage sees the light ; (9) when the lord of the Lagna occupies in the exaltation house a Navamsa belong- ing neither to the depression sign nor to an enemy and that exaltation sign turns out to be a Kendra and has no other planet, a ruler of the earth is born under this Yoga. of. जातरादेश मीने मीनांसके लसे शुके जातो नृषे भवेत् ।। Also मारावली लग्नाधिपति• स्वोचे पश्यन्मृगलां्नं नृप कुरुते। बहुग नतुरगबलौयेः क्षपितविपक्ष महावरिमवम् ॥ (Latlor half). cf. Sloka 48, infra. , भाग्यसे निजतुङ्मित्रभचने संपूर्णगात्रे विधौ लमादास्पदवित्तराशिगवयो: शन्यारयोर्भपतिः । चन्द्रे पूर्णकलान्विते बलयुते लमं बिना केन्द्रगे दष्टे दानवमन्त्रिणा च गुरुणा राजा महीदानकृतू ।। ९।। Sloka 9. When the full Moon is in the 9th bhava occupying its own, exaltation or a friendly house and when Saturn and Mars occupy the 10th and the 2nd bhavas from the Lagna, a lord of the earth is born. When the Moon is full and strong occupying a Kendra other than the Lagna and is aspected by both Venus and Jupiter, under such a Yoga is born a sovereign who will generously, make gifts of land.

(Fus' hsl/). According to BRH1 (Saravalı), any planet mn NOTES.

the 9th bhava identical with its exaltation sign will bestow King. ship if the lord of that bhava occupies or aspects it and two other planets are ia theif exnitation signs as well. cf. तपोगृहं यम्य मवेतदुच्चके ग्रहेग तनाय युतं निरीक्षितम्। म्रहद्दयं स्वोच्चगनं यदा भवेत्तदा कुटुम्पी नियतं महीपति: ।।

S1. 10 ससतमो5ध्याय: 883

(Second kalf). cf. sloka 47, infra. Also जानकादेश लग्ं विहाय केन्द्रे सकलकलापूरितो निशानायः । भार्गवदेवगुरुभ्यां दष्टो राजा भवेन्नियतम् ।। Also सरवाथीर्पिनामणि निशाकरे केन्द्रगते विलग्ं त्यचया त्रिकोणे यदि जीदषे। शुक्ेण दृष्टे बलपूर्णयुक्त जातो नरो भूपतिभाग्यतुल्यः ॥ This yoga finds an exception when Taurus happens to be the Lagna with the Moon there. cf. RTet. वृपे गशी लग्नगतः सुपूर्ण: सितन दृष्टो वणिनि स्थितेन । बुधोऽपि पातालगतो यदि स्पात्तदान्यजानो भवति क्षितीरः ॥ For a person born in a royal family no aspedis ate required to place him on the thtone. cf. RRISI. लय विहाय केन्द्रे सकननकलापूरितो निशानाथः। तिद्धाति महीपालं विक्रमयनवाहनोपेतम् ॥। एकसिमन् परमोचगेऽतिसुहृदा दृष्टे यदि क्ष्मापति- स्तत्तल्यो भृगुनन्दने चलयुते लाभेऽथवा रिःफगे। द्वित्रिव्यामचरेपु तुङ्गगृहगेघ्चिन्दौ कुलीरे स्थिते लग्ने पूर्णचलान्विते नरपतिः सर्वत्र पूज्यो भघेत् ॥ १० ॥ Sloka 10. When a planet is in the highest evalta. tion point and is aspected by a very friendly planet, a king is ushered into the world. A king's peer takes birth when Venus is strong occupying the 11th or the 12th bhava. When 3 or 3 planets are in their exaltation signs, the Moon is in Katala and the rising sign possess. ed of strength, the person born will be a king honored everywhere. NOTCS. (First quarter). cf. फदीपिसा एकोऽप्युथ्क्षेनगो मित्रदृष्ट: कुर्यान्नरपं मित्रयोगाद्वनाडयम्।

Adb. VII.

Aiso सारावली एक एव सग स्वोचे वर्गोत्तमगतो यदि। बल्वान् मिनसंष् करोति पृथित्रीपतिम् ॥ (Latter kalf.) See notes under sloka 6, tnpra According to Yavana's view quoted in Bnhat jatal i oue or two planets in their exaltation, one of them being in the Lagna and the Moon in r4 (Kataka) will create Rajayoga 16 such Rajayogas are possible under the above conbimtion of TETAF द्ेकाश्रितेयु तयैकनमे पिलसे स्वक्षेन्रमे शशिनि पोडरा भूमिपा स्यु ।। Ordinarily 3 or four planets in their exaltation will, it 15 said, make a person born in a Royal family a King T'ive or more pla nets in exaltation will make any person a hing of eITET

नृप स्यात्पथपैग््यवशजातोऽवि मानव 1! But there are other special combinations under which 3, 4, 5 or more planets may not be in the r evaltation signs and yet the person born attains royalty The author deals with several such exceptions to the said ordmnary yogas handed down by tradition wluch are difficult to be observed except by men of extraordinary talents सर्वे चोपचयस्थिता: शुभखगाः पापा विलग्नम्यिता मानस्या यदि वा जितारिनिचयः क्ररो महीपालक:। भानी सप्तमगे निशाकरयुते तुद्गादिवर्गसथिते सौम्यासौम्यनिरीक्षितेऽविचपलो राजाऽ्यना तत्सम: ॥११॥ Sloka 11 If all the benefic planets be in the avax (Upachaya) (3rd, 6th, 10th and 11th) places and the malefic ones in the 1st or the 10th bhava, the person born will be a ctuel king quelling his numerous foes If the Sun in conjunction with the Moon and in the 7th bhava occupy the exaltation and other Varga positions while benefic and malefic planets aspect them, a king or

SI. 12 सप्तमोऽभ्याय: 385

a king's equal of a very fickle disposition, will come into the world NOTES. A manuscript copy reads the first quarter as follows: सर्वे चोपचयस्थिताः खलखगाः सौम्या विलग्नस्यिताः । Probably this is the correct reading. The translation will tben be, "If all the malefic planets be in the ayay (Upachaya) houses and the benefic ones in the Ist or the 10th bhava, the person born will be a cruel king quelling his numerous foes." The author desires that malefics should be in the 3y94 (Upa- chaya places excenting the 10th as the undermentioned quotation from Hneta mahes it clear. सकलसौम्यखगाश्च निजोच्चगास्तनुधनात्मजसौख्यगतामलाः। अरिपराक्रमलाभगताः खला विजयते जगतीं परमायुप: ॥ (Latter half). c/. मारावल। करोत्युत्कृष्टोद्यद्दिनकृद मृताभीशुसहितः स्ितस्ताहग्रूपं सकलनयनानन्दजननः । अपूर्वोयं स्मृत्या नयनजलसिक्ोऽपि सततं रिपुस्त्रीशोका अिर्न्वलति हृदयेऽनीव सुतराम्॥ * "If placed in a similar positios, s.e, in the 7th house," has

(Saravalı). to be understood from यदासे in the sloha previous to this in मारावली

चापाजसिंहभवनोदयगे घराजे मित्रेक्षिते निजवलार्जितराज्यकर्ता। दुश्विक्यघर्मसुतगा रविचन्द्रजीया वीर्यान्विता यदि कुवेरसमो नृपालः ॥ १२ ॥ Sloka 12. If, at the birch of a person, Mars occupy Dhanus, Mesha or Simha identical witb the Lagna, and be aspected by a friendly planet, he will rule over a kingdom won by his own prowess. If the Sun, the 49

386 दातरईपररजॉति Adh. VII.

Moon and Jupiter be in the 3rd, the 9th and the 5th bhavas and have strength, the person born will be a king comparable with the God Kubera in respect to his wealth. NOTES. (First half). cf. फलदीपिका भौमश्ेदजहरिनापन्म्रसंस्यो प्वीश कलयति मित्रखेटटएः ।l (Laster half.) tf Sloka 49 anfra. Also मारानला जीवनिशाकरसूर्या: पश्चमनामतृतीयगा वकात्। यदि भवति तदा राजा कुनेरतल्यो घनर्वासौ ।। नीचं गतो जन्माने यो ग्रद्दः स्यात् तद्राशिनाथोऽपि तदुचनाथः। स चन्द्रलश्नाद्यदि केन्द्रवर्ती राजा भवेद्धार्मिकचकयर्ती ।। १३।। Slota 13. If at a birth, a planet be in its depression and if the lord of the sign occupied by the planet or the lord of sts exaltation sign be in a Kendra position in respect to the Moon's place or the Lagna, the person born will be a king and a just ruler. c/. फलदीपिना यथ्ेकों नीचगतस्तद्राश्यविपसदुचपर केन्द्रे। यस्य स तु चकवर्ती समसनभूपालवन्द्याि: ।/ नीच तिष्ठति यस्तदाश्रितगृहाषीशो विलस्नाददा चन्द्रादा यि नीनगस्य विह्गस्योच्चर्क्षनाथोडयवा। केन्द्रे तिष्ठति चत्मपूर्णनिभतः स्याचकवर्ती नृपो धर्मिष्ठोऽन्यमहीरावन्दितपढसे जोयशोभाग्य बान्।। नीचे यस्तस्य नी चोचमेसौ द्वावेक एव वा । केन्द्रस्थश्रेधकतती भृपः स्यान्दपनन्दितः ॥।

SI. 14-15 सप्मोज्ध्याय: 887

Also जातकाभरण चेत् खेचरो नीचगृहं प्रयातस्तदीश्वरश्चापि तद्ुच्नाथः । केन्द्रस्थितौ तौ भवतः प्रसूतौ प्रकीर्तितौ भूपतिसंभवाय ॥ Also मर्वार्थनितामणि कर्मेशे रन्ध्रभावस्थे खवोच्चमित्रांशसंयुते । पारावतांशके वाडपि राजराजो भवेननरः ॥ नीचस्थित ग्रहन वांशपतौ त्रिकोणे केन्द्रेऽथवा चरसृहे यदि जन्मलमे। तन्दावपे चरगृहांशसमन्िते वा जातो महीपतिरतिप्रबलोऽथवा स्वाद् ॥ १४ ॥ Sloka 14. If the lord of the Navamsa occupied by a depressed planet at a birth be in a Kendra or Trikona position and if the werau (Janmalagna) be a moveable sign or if the lord of the wenan (Janmalagna), i.e. the Ist bhava be in a Navamsa owned by a moveable sign, the person born will be a king or possess great power. नf. सर्वार्थचितामणि नीचस्थितांशनाथस्तु खेटः केन्द्रत्रिकोणगः । चरलगे तदीशे तु चरांशदी नृपो भनेत्। मानस्थानपती पराभवगते पारावतांशेऽथवा स्वोचस्वर्क्षसुहृन्ननांशकगते रांजाघिराजो भवेद्। लग्ने नीचगृहे पुरन्दरगुरौ रन्ध्रे सपापग्रहे . तद्राश्यंशसमन्विते यदि यदा राजाधिराजो भवेद् ॥ १५॥ Sloka 15. When the lord of the 10th bhava is in the 8th, occupying a Navamsa owned by its exaltation sign, its own राि (Rasi) or a friendly राशि (Rasi), or has attained a vnraafa (Paravathamsa), the person born will be a king of kings. If Jupiter be depressed in the Lagna

388 जासकनारिजावे Adh. VII

and the 8th bhava occupied by a malefic planet, and if the Navamsa of the 8th bhava (64th from the Lagna) be that of a tfar (Rasi) owned by the malefic planet in question, under this yoga also will be born a king of kıngs जीवस्य व्ययगे शनौ सहजपे लाभेडथवा भास्करे रि:फे लग्नपतौ तु निर्जरगुरावुर्वीश्वराजो भवेत्। भाग्येशसनवाशपे तनयगे बन्धुस्थिते वा नृपो दृष्टे या शशिजे सुरेन्द्रगुरुणा युक्त स राजप्रियः ॥१६॥ Stoka'16 When Jupiter, being the lord of the nsing sign, occupies the 12th bhava and when Saturn, the lord of the 3rd bhava is in the 12th place in respect to Jupiter or when the Sun occupies the lith bhava from the Lagna, the person born will be a king of kings If the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the 9th bhava be in the ath or the 4th bhava, a king comes into the world If Mercury be in conjunction with or aspected by Jupiter, the person born will be a king's favorite NOTES 6/. सर्वारथचितामणि गुरौ व्यये खौ लाभे शनो वा विकमाचिप। गुरौ व्यय विलमेशे राजराजो भवेनर ॥

पुनस्थान गते वाडपि नृपश्रेषो भवेज्र ॥ Ngen (Dhanur lagna) satisfies the conditions of the above माग्येशेन निरीक्षिते शशिसुते केन्द्रस्थिते भूभुजां तुल्यत्वं समुपैति जातमनुजो लगस्थिवे वाक्पतौ।

S1. 17-18 सस्मो:ध्याय: 389

केन्द्रे वा यदि कोणगे रविसुते मूलत्रिकोणोच्चगे लाभेशेन निरीक्षिते वलयुते भृपालतुल्यो भवेद् ॥ १७ ॥ , Sloka 17. If Jupiter be in the rising 'sign and . Mercury occupying a Kendra be aspected by the lord of the 9th bhava, the person born will be on å footing of equality with kings. When Saturn in strength occupies the मूलत्रिकोण (Moolatrikona) or exaltation sign happening to be identical with a Kendra or Trikona and is aspect- ed by the lord of the 11th bhava; under this yoga also. , will the person born be on a par with sovereigns of the earth. 5f. सर्वार्थचिन्तामणि लगने गुरौ बुधे केन्द्रे माग्यनाथेन वीक्षिते 1. लग्नेशे वापि संदष्टे नृपतुल्यो भवेलरः ॥ लमे शीतकरे गुरौ सुखगते कर्मस्थिते भार्गवे तुङ्गस्वर्क्षगते दिवाकरसुते राजाऽ्थवा तत्समः ।

सौम्यव्योमचरेपु भूपतिसमो राजाधिराजप्रियः॥ १८ ॥ Sloka 18. When the Moon is in the rising sign, Jupiter in the 4th, Venus in the 10th, and Saturn in the exaltation or war (Swakshetra), the person bom will be either a king or equal to a king. When benefic planets are in the 12th, the 11th, the 1st, the 2nd, the 3rd and the 10th bhavas, the person born will be like a sovereign and in great favor with kings of kings. e/. मर्गोर्यचिन्तामणि लगने चन्द्रे गुरौ सौख्ये कर्मस्ये भृगुनन्दने। स्वोम्वर्क्षस्थिते मन्दे नृपतुल्यो भतेन्नरः ॥

890 Adh, VII.

दशमैकदशे रि फन्मवित्तमहोत्यमे। महाा्निष्ठन्ति चेत्सौम्या नृपतुल्यो भवेक्षर ।1 मन्दे चोत्तमनर्गगे वलयुते नीचांशनर्ज्ये गुरौ भानौ शोभनदृष्टिभागसहिते राजप्रियस्तत्समः। राहौ कर्मणि लाभगे रनिसुते भाग्याधिपेनेक्षिते लग्नेशे यदि नीचखेटरहिते पृष्पीशतुल्यो भनेत् ॥ १९ ॥ Stoka 19 When Saturn is in strengtb and has attained 3tagi (Uttamavarga , when Jupiter occupies a Navamsa other than a depression one, and when the Sun ia in a benefic Navamsa and is aspected by benefic pla- nets, the person born will be in the good graces of a king and equal to him If Rahu be in the 10th bhava, if Saturn occupying the 11th be aspected by the lord of the 9th bhava, and if the lord of the rising sign be un associated with a depressed planet, the person born under this yoga will be like a lord of the carth. of सवार्थनितमणि माने राहौ भवेन्मन्दे भाग्यनाथेन वी सिने। गेगो नीनखढे नायुते नपसो भृवेत्॥ नीचङ्गता द्विनिचतु र्ग्रहेन्द्राः पछयंशके शोभनभागयुक्ता:। स्वतुङ्गराश्यंशसमन्विरिता वा धरापतिर्धार्मिकचक्वर्ती ॥ २० ॥। Stoka 20 If two, three or four planets in depres- sion occupy benefic shahtyamsa (wia) or 60th portions or Nivamsas of their several exiltation signs at the time of birth of a person, he will be a lord of the earth, eminently just and virtuous ef मर्वाधनिन्तामणि क्यो या ै खगी वाडवि चवारो नीचसयुना। शुभपष्टयरासयुच्त सोचारो वा रापति॥

sf. 21 सप्तमोऽध्यायः 391

लम्नात्कर्मशुभाधिपौ शुभगृहाव्यापारधर्मेश्वरौ मानादास्पदाभाग्यपौ च सहिताबनयोन्यरांशिसतां। अन्योन्येक्षणकेन्द्रगो धनपतेः संबन्धिनौ चेद्धनी जातो यानपकारकेतितयुतौ वह्र्थयानाधिप: ॥। २१ ।। Sloka 21. The following are the three yogs under any one of which a person born becomes wealthy. In the first yoga, the lords of the 10th and the 9th bhavas counted from the Lagm are in conjunction and associa- ted with the lord of the 2nd bbava, in the 2nd yoga, the lords of the 10th and the 9th, reckoned from w (Subha), 1 c. the lords of the 6th and the 5th bhavas from the Lagna occupy each a sign owned by the other and are associated with uarfa (Dhanapathi) t.e the lord of the 2nd bhava, in the 3rd yoga, the lords of the 10th, and the fth bhiva calculated from the 10th, 1 e. the lords of the 7th and the 6th bhavas from the Lagna occupy mutually aspecting Kendras and are associated with vqufa (Dhanapati). If the several pairs of planets mentioned above be aspected or associated with the lord or the Laraka ($R#) of the 4th bhava, the person born under each of the several resulting yogas will have at his command much wealth and many vehicles

NOTES The firet 3 quirters of this slohz are also capible of being interpreted thus - "If the lords of (1) the 10 a0d 9th houses counted from the Lagna, (2) the 10th and 9th houses counted from the 9th house and (3) the 10 and 9th houses rechoned from the 10th house be m conjunction, occupy each sign owned by the othier, or occupy mutually aspecting hendras, or be associated (at the same time) ithw the lord of the second house the person born nill be wealthy.'

392 Adb. VII.

कमेशो नवमगतञ् भाग्यनापो मध्यम्यो भवति नृयो जने प्रशस्त ।। Out of the 12 yogas cabsed by the relationstuip of the lords of any tno stccessive houses out of the 12 ones, our author describes hete the 3 Rajayogas

The 12 yogas are (1] era by the relationship of the lords of the Ist & 2nd houses (2) यनमृन्य do 2nd & 3td (3) चयूपक do 3rd & 4th (4) समान्य do 4th & 5th (5) दारण कर्म do 5t : & 6th (5) राजयोग do 6th & 7th , N do 17th & 8th (8) भाग्यव्यपम् do 8th & 9th 'g) राजयोग do 9th & 1Cth , 1 do 10th & 11th , v (11) ऋण यदम् đo 11th & 12th , (12) विचरने do 12th & Ist » 4 e. परासर एगवित्ती सवदुशििक्यौ नितर्यो तुर्थपश्चमौ। द्विपात्मजौ पछपारौ स्ीरन्ौ मृतिभारयकौ ।। धर्मकर्मा खलामौं च रिफलामी तनुभ्ययौं। पुष्कला लामयोगादं राजभृत्य चमूपकम्।। समात्य दारण कर्म राजयोग प्रियामृतिम्। भाग्ययय राजयोग मृमिद्रज्यमृणव्यथम्॥ वित्हानिद्वादशते योगा वे सर्वदा स्मृता ॥ The relationstuip between plinets ss of four kınds 1 Each one occupying the other s house or keadra or Kona. 2 Bath plarets aspecting ench other 3 Any one of the two planets aspectig the other. Both planets occupying the same house or Varga, etc.

ŚI. ZI सप्तमाडध्यायः 393

न. पराशर प्रथम: स्थानसम्बन्धो दृष्टिजस्तु द्वितीयक: । तृतीयस्त्वेकतो दृष्टिः स्थित्येरुत्र चतुर्थकः ॥ अन्योन्यगौ तथा स्व्रे स्वे संयुतावन्यमे स्थितौ। पृरणेंक्षितौ मिथो वाडपि चैकतर्गगतौ यदा॥ The association of the lords of the Kendra and Kona places s capable of producing Rajayogas f. जातकचन्द्रिका केन्द्रत्रिकोणपतयः संबन्धेन परस्परम्। इतरैरप्रसक्ता श्रेद्विशेपफलदायकाः ॥ Also त्रिकोणाधिपयोर्मध्ये संबन्धो येन केनचित्। केन्द्राधिपोडतित्रलिनो मवेद्यदि स योगकृत्।। Also पराशर अयातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि राजयोगादिक परम्। अहाणां स्थानमेदेन राशिहष्टिवशात्फलम् ।। तपःस्यानाधिपो मन्त्री मन्त्राधीशो विशेपतः । उभावन्योन्यसंदष्टौ जातश्रेदिह राज्यमाक ॥ यन कुत्रापि संयुक्तौ तौ वाऽपि समससमौ। राजवंशोन्दवो वालो राजा मगति निश्ितम् ॥। वाहनेशस्त्रथा माने मानेगो वाहने स्थिनः। युद्धिघर्माधिपाभ्यां तु दष्टी चैटिह राज्यभाक्॥। सुतेशकमेंशसुसेशलमनाया यदा धर्मपसंयुताक्षेन्। नृपोन्तरथ्ेदिह वारणाड्य: स्वतेजमा व्याप्तदगन्तरालः ।। सुखकर्माधिपौ चैर मन्त्रिनाथन संयुतौ। धर्मेरानापता युक्ती जातधेदिह राज्यभाकू॥ सृतेश्वरो धर्मपमंयुतश्रेष्मेश्वरेशापि युनौ विटने। 50

394 नातरपारिज्ञावे Adh. VII.

सुखेजयवा मानगृहेजयवा राद्राज्याभिपिक्ो यदि राज्यवंशः ।। धर्मस्थाने गुरक्षेत्रे म्वगूहे भृगुसंयुंते । पश्चमाधिपसंयुक्ते जातथेदिह राज्यमारू॥ निशार्द्धाथ्च दिनार्द्धाच परं सार्द्धदिनाडिका । शुभा तदुद्धवो राजा धनी वा तत्समोडषि वा । चन्द्र: कर्वि कविश्चन्द्रं पश्यत्यपि तृतीयगः । शुकाचन्द्रे ततः शुके तृतीये वाहनार्थवान्॥ बली पुण्यस्वामी दशममवनाधीरामवने तपः साम्यागारे भवति दशमेशोडपि भविनाम्। सदा गर्जइन्तावलनिक् घण्टाघनरवै- दिगन्तं वरित्रस्ताविजयगमने यात्यरिगण: ॥ यदा पुण्यस्वामी दरामभवने पृण्यभव्नने बली कर्माधीशो भवति भविनामेव जनने। समुद्रान्तं कीतिर्विजयगमने बैरिपटली धनुर्न्याक्कारम जति चकितामीतिपदवीय्।। यदा राज्यसामी नवमसुतकेन्द्रेजर्यपवने बलाकान्तो यस्य प्रभवति स वीरो नरवरः । सदा काव्यालापी नवमणिकलापी बहुवली

In these cases it is not very necessaty that the lords of the hendras and Keras should be two differeut planets One planet may be the lord of two hendras or a Kendra aad a Kona and yet a good result will be produced thougb aot to the same extent as when they are owned by tuo separate planets ह/- जानरचनदिका केन्द्रनिरेणाविपयोरेकये ते योगकारका. । अन्यनिकोणपतिना संबन्धो यदि क्रिपुनः ।।

SI. 22 सप्तमोऽध्यायः 895

पट्सु ग्रहेपूचगृहस्थितेपु राजाधिराजोऽखिलभूपतिः स्यात्। उच्चंगतैः पश्चभिरिन्द्रवन्दे लगनस्थिते सर्वजनावनीशः ॥ २२।। Sloka 22. When six planets are in their exaltation, the person born will be a kiog of kings ruling over the whole earth. When five planets occupy their exaltation signs and Jupiter is in the Lagna, the person born will rule all men and all lands.

c/. सर्ववचितामणि NOTES.

पड्मिर्ग्रहैरुचसमन्विनै: स्याद्राजाधिराजो बहुदेशभर्ता। उच्चस्थितैः पञ्चमिरत राजा शक्यान्वितो देवगुरौ विलसे। Aiso जातकाभरण नमश्चराः पञ्च निजोचसंस्था यस्य प्रसूतौ स तु सार्वमौमः ।l The author suggests the inference that, in the case of five planets in exaltation, one of them must be in the Lagna, and that preferably Jupiter. In the case of six planets in exaltation, it is not necessary that pne of them sbould be in the Lagna. One, two, three or four planets in exaitation alone do not make n person of ordinary birth a king. ef. an. सुखिन: प्रकृषकार्या राजभतिरूपकाश् राजानः । एकद्वित्रिचतुर्मिर्जायन्तेऽन: परं दिव्याः ॥ Also वृहलाजापन्य.

नृपः स्यात्व्वैरन्यवंराजानोऽपि मानन: ।। All the works on astrology are unammous in the above view. According to Yavana and others, three or four melefic planets in their exaltation makes the king cruel. j. तैः कूरैर्मतरति प्रायः क्ररात्मान्यैस्तयाऽन्यया। अशक्यो नियम: सोम्य कर्मभावानुरोषनः ॥ .

400 जातकपारिपाठे Adb. VII.

by the Moon becomes a king. Again when Mars, the Sun, and Jupiter occupy respectively मकर (Makara), मेप (Mesha) and iu (Kumbha), the person born is a king. '(First'half). cf. मारावर्ल। कुजे विलगने च शशी यदाडसेत स्फुटांशुमेभारविरानिनाङ्गः । राजा तदा शत्रुमिरप्रघृष्यो वेदार्यविद्धेतृशतानुवादैः ॥ लग्नाधिपेतर युते यदि पूर्णचन्द्रे शुक्रज्ञदेवगुरुदृा्टियुते तु राजा । वर्गोत्तमांगसहिता गुरुशुक्रमौमाः पापा न केन्द्रभवनोपगता नरेशः ।।२९।। Sloka 29. If the full Moon in conjunction with a planet other than the lord of the' Lagna be aspected by Venus, Mercury and Jupiter, the person born will be a king. Again, if Jupiter, Venus and Mars occupy viira- ata (Vargottamamsa) and malefic planets be not in Kendra houses, the person born under this yoga becomes a ruler of men. e/: सारावली वर्गोत्तमे त्रिप्रभृतिग्रहेन्द्राः केन्द्रस्यिता नो शुभसंयुताश्र। नोरूक्षधूमोनविवर्णदेहा. कर्वन्ति राज्ः प्रसवं प्रसन्नाः ॥ शीर्पोदयेपु निखिलयुचरेपु चन्द्रे साम्यग्रहेक्षणयुवे कटके महीपः। लग्नाधिपे नवमगे दशमस्थिते या लमे सुधाकरयते पृथिवीपतिः स्ात् ॥३० ॥ Sloka 30. When all the planets occupy शीर्पोदय (Seershodaya) signs and when the Moon occupying $ (Kataka) is aspected by benefic planets, the person born is a king. Again when the lord of the rising sign

SI. 31 401

occupies the 9th or the 10th bhava and when the Moon 1s in the Lagna, the person born will be a ruler of the earth. ०f. सारावली शीर्पोदयक्षेपु गनाः समस्ता नीचारिवगें सवगृहे शशाङ्क: । सौम्येक्षितोऽन्यूनकलो विलसे दद्यान्महीं रत्नगनाश्चपूर्णाम्॥ चापार्द्ध गतवान् सहस्त्रकिरणस्तत्रैव्य ताराधिपो लग्ने भानुसुतेऽतिवार्यसहिते सवोचे च भूनन्दनः। यद्येवं भवति क्षितेरधिपतिः सन्त्यज्य शौय भयाद् दूरादेव नमन्ति तस्य रिपवो दग्धाः प्रतापाग्निना ॥३१॥ Sloka 31. The Sun has traversed the first half of uga (Dhanus), the Moon is just there; Saturn possessed of much power is in the Lagna and Mars is in the exal- tation sign: If this be the planetary position at a person's birth, he will grow into such a mighty king that his enemies, overwhelmed by his fiery valour will do homage to him from afar, regarding him with awe and giving up all idea of measuring their strength with him in battle. NOTES. This as well as the two succeeding slokas are from HRTT -. cf. बृहज्जानक कुजे तुङ्ेडकेन्द्ोर्षनुपि यमलगे च कुपनिः cf. AIso स्कन्दहोरा लग्नस्थ माखवनः पुत्रे सूर्येन्द्ोर्घनुपिषयो: ? मकंरस्य: कुनः कुर्यान्दरपालमतिपौरुषम् ॥

घतुर्धरगते सूयें सनन्द्रे नकगः कुजः। अविशेषेण राजानं कुर्याल्मगते शनौ ।। 51

402 बासकपािजाल Adb. VII-

The reader cannot have failed to observe that the Sun is strong in a quadruped sign. His own as well as his exaltation signs are both quadruped ones 1he second half of want (Dhanus) is also a quadruped sign and the Sun is stronger there than in the first half. उपचय गृहसंस्यो जन्मपो यस्य चन्द्रात् शुभगृहनवमांशे केन्द्रयाताथ सौम्याः । सकलबलवियुक्ता ये च पापाभिधाना: स भवति नरनाथ: शकतुल्यो बलेन ।। ३२ ।। Sloka 32 When the lord of the Lagna occupies an 3vsz (Upachaya) place in respect to the Moon, when the benelic planets occupying Kendra positions are in benefic Navamsas, and when the malefic planets have no strength at all, the person born will be a king equal in might to Indra {the ruler of the immortals). उच्चाभिलापी सविता त्रिकोणे खर्क्षे दशी जन्मनि यस् ज-तोः । स शास्ति पृथ्वी बहुरत्पूर्णा घृहस्पतिः कर्कटकोपगयेत्॥३३॥ Sloku 33. If, at the birth of a person, the Sun be about to go to the exaltation point, the Moon be in arr (Swakshetra) and Jupiter occupy $a (Kataka), the person born will hold sway over a region teeming with many gems and precious stones स्वस्य त्रिकोणे रविरुचगोऽपि या स्वस्वांशकस्था रविशुक्रसोमजा: । तृतीयपपठाष्टमगा निशाकराव् कुर्घन्ति गोपालमिव क्षितीश्वरम् ॥।३४।। Sloka 34. If, at a person's birth, the Sun in a Tri kona position be in the yeirilu (Moola Trikona) or exaltation sign and if the Sun, Venus and Mercury, being respectively in the 3rd, the 6th and the 8th bhavas from the Moon, occupy Navamsas belonging to them

SI. 35-36 सप्मोऽध्याय: 403

severally, they make the person born a king who will guard his kingdom just as a cowherd guards his kine. NOTES. The following is the yoga given in HIdTsi for the same effect रविर्नभम्यः स्वत्निकोणगोऽपि वा स्वराशिसंस्थाः सिनजीवचन्द्राः । तृतीयपष्ठायगताश्य चन्द्रात् कुर्वन्ति गोपालमिह क्षितीराम् ॥ रविशशिवुधशुकैव्योत्नि मित्रांशकस्यै- रन च रिपुभवनस्थैर्नाप्यद्श्यैर्न नीचैः। स भवति नरपुत्रो भूपतिः स्याद् प्रयाणे गजमद्जलसेफैः सिच्यते यस रेणुः ॥३५॥ Sloka 35. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury and Venus be in the 10th bhava occupying friendly Navam- sas in a sign which is not owned by an enemy and where they neither become invisible nor depressed, the person born under this yoga develops into a great king in whose royal progress, the dust is laid by the ruttish flow exuding from elephants composing his train. NOTES. This as well as the next four slokas are taken from HRTref. The yoga mentioned in this sloka is applicable only to persons born mn tbe royal family. क्षमासुतः सोचमुपाश्रितो चली रवीन्दुवाचस्पतिभिर्निरीक्षितः। भवेन्नरेन्द्रो यदि कुत्सितस्तदा

Sloka 36. If, at the birth of a person, Mars occupy in strength the exaltation sign and be aspected by the Sun, the Moon and Jupiter, that person though low-born will become an illustrious ruler of men, capable of protecting the whole earth.

404 जातकपारी आते Adb. VII

बुधोदये सप्तमगे बृहस्पतौ चन्द्रे कुलीरे सुखराशिगेऽमले। नियद्धते भार्गननन्दने ग्रहे प्रशास्ति पृथ्वामगदो निराकुल: ।३७॥ Sloka 37. The person at whose birth Mercury is in the rising sign, Jupiter in the 7th bhava, the Moon with unclouded radiance in az (Kataka) representing the 4th bhava and the planet Venus occupies the 10th bhava, this person is destined to rule the eirth in health and without any disturbance NOTES In सूहडनानव वृह्आजपत्य and other works the yoga is declared to result from the follow ing combination Mereury in Kanya identical with the Lagna Jupiter and the Moon in the 7th house therefrom (i e Meena) Venus in the 10th (e e Mithuna) and Mars and Saturn in the 5th (1 e in Makara) cf y75 स्योधसस्ये बुधे लसे भृगौ मेपूरणाश्रिने। सजीवेडस्ते निशानाय राजा मन्दारयो सुते।। वुध कन्यागनन्त भात सिहगते खौ। चन्द्रे सजीवे मीनस्थे मिथुनस्थे न भार्गवे॥। मकर गतयोभींममन्दयो गृथितीपतिम्। कुर्यादसशय सौम्य गुणवन्त यशस्विनम्॥ TR Rrh aa in the text app-ars therefore to be an error Jupiter Moon Venus

Mars Satura Suz

Lagna Merc.

S1. B8-42 405

प्रधानवलसंपुत्त: सम्पूर्ण: दाशलाञ्छन:। एकोऽपि कुरुते जातं नराधिपमरिन्दमम्॥ ३८ ।। Sloka 38. The full Moon predominant in strength is singly capable of making the person born under its influence a victorious king देवमन्त्री कुटुम्बस्यो भार्गवेण समन्वितः । करोति वसुधानाथं निर्जितारातिमण्डलम्।। ३९॥। Sluka 39 Jupiter occupying the 2nd bhava in conjunction with Venus at the birth of a person will make lum a lord of the earth capible of cooquering all enemies. लम्नेशे केन्द्रराशिसे कमेंशे वृद्धिराशषिगे। भाग्पेशे लाभगे जातशिरंजीवी महीपति: ॥४०॥। Sluka 40. The person at whose birth the lord of the 1st bhiva is in a Kendra, the lord of the 10th in the 4th, the lotd of the 9th bhava in the 11th, such a person will become a king and he blessed with long hfe रचिलुसकर: सौम्यः सवसे सूकषत्रिकोणगः। सर्वविद्याधिको राजा नेतरेपां खचारिणाम् ॥४१॥ Stuks 41. If Mercury with its rays obscured by the Sun occupy sts sarait (Moola Trikona) and be in the te [Swastha) state (vde Adhyaya 2 SI 16), the person born will be a king excelling in his knowledge of every kind of learning Other planets similarly placed do not produce this effect अर्कजी सुखराशिशी मन्देन्द्र दघमखिितौ। कुजोदये घ संजातो यदि राजा न संगय: ॥४२॥। Sloka 42. If, at a person's birth, the Sun and Mer- cury occupy the 4th bhava, Saturn and the Moon, the

408 बातक पारिजाते Adb. VII.

NOTES Cf. the latter half of sioka 12, supra चापोदयसे वलिनि प्रमाकरे महासुवे कर्मगते सश्चीतगौ। उपान्त्यगे वा भृगुजे व्ययस्थिते सुरेन्द्रतुल्यो नृपतिः प्रजायते ॥ ५० ॥ Sloka 50 Whon the Sun occupies in strength the nsing sign Dhanus, when Mars in conjunction with the Moon is in the 10th bhava and when Venus is in the 11th or the 12th , a king comparable to the lord of the immortals comes into the world. विक्रमायारिगा: पापा जन्मप: शुभवीक्षिक:। राजा भवति तेजस्वी समस्तजनवन्दितः ॥५१॥ Sloka 51. When malefic planets occupy the drd, the 11th and the 6th bhavas and the lord of the Lagna 1s aspected by benefic planets, the person born will be a strong energetic king extolled by all people. ८f सागवली लामे तृतीयपष्ठे यदि पापा जन्मपस्य शुभदष्टा । मनति तदा धरणीश. समस्तनृपवन्दित साधु ।। मृगोदयस्ये बलिनि क्षमासुते शनौ तपःसानगतेऽ्यवान्त्यगे। दिवाकरे ससमगे सशीतगौ महपितियञ्चलमानसो भर्वेद् ॥। ५२ ।। Sloka 32 When Mars occupies in strength the - rising sign Makara, Saturn is in the Oth or the 15th bhiva and the Sun fn conjunction with the Moon is in the 7th bhava, the person born will be a fickle.minded sovereign,

S1. 53-54 सप्तमोऽध्याय 409

८f सारावली मृगोदये भूमिसुते सुनिर्मले शनैथरे धर्मगृहे व्य (य १) वस्थिते। दिवाकरे सप्तमगे सहेन्दुना (ब) चलस्वभावो नृपति प्रजायते।।

लाभे सुखे वा दशमे समन्दशन्द्रमा यदि। जातो नृपकुलो राजा तत्समो वा धनी भवेद्। ५३॥ Sloka 53. If the Moon in conjunction with Saturn be in the 11th, the 4th or the 10th bhava, the person born, if of a royal family, will become a king or a wealthy man equal in rank to a king. जातथोपचयस्थिते तनुपतौ चन्द्रे तपःस्थानगे केन्द्रस्या: छुभनर्गगा यदि शुमा चीर्यान्विता भूपतिः । जीवेन्दू वृपभस्थितौ बलयुतः कोणस्थितो लग्नप शन्यारेक्षणवर्जितो यदि यदा जातोऽनीशो भवेद ॥५४ ॥ Sloka 54 If, at a person's birth, the lord of the Lagna occupy an 3444 (Upachaya) place, the Moon the 9th bhava and the benefic planets occupying benefic Vargas in Kendra positions have strength, the person born will be a king If Jupiter and the Moon be in Vrishabha, and the lord of the rising sign occupying a tu (Kona) be exempt from the aspect of Saturn and Mars, the person at whose birth this yoga obtains will become a ruler of the earth (Latter half) cf aRet सुरपविगुरु सेन्दुर्लसो वृपे समवस्थितो यदि बलयुतो एमेइ निकोणगृह गत।

मवति स नृप कीर्त्या युचो हताखिलकण्टक h

410 जात:परिजाठे Adb. VII.

दिवाकरे मीनगृहोपयाते कुलीरलसे शशिनि क्षितीशः। अरातिनीचग्रहद्ृष्टियुक्ता भृपालयोगं न दिशन्ति सर्वे ॥।५५॥ Sloka 55. If, at a persou's birth, the Sun be in Meena and the Moon in Kataka, the person born becomes a king. The planets one and all fail to bestow the royal fortune when aspected by inimical or deptessed planets. जनयति नृपमेकोऽप्युचगो मित्रद्ृष्ट: प्रचुरधनसमेतं मित्रयोगाच मिद्धम्। विधनविसुखमूढव्याधितो व-धतप्तो चधदुरितसमेतः शत्रुनीचर्क्षगेपु॥५६॥ Sloka 55. A single planet occupying his bighest exaltation point and aspected by friendly planets produ. ces a king (or a leader of men) Such a planet though single will make the person immensely wealthy if he be also associated with another friendly planet But when planets are in inimical or depression signs, the persons born under the inauspicious yoga, are (1) without wealth, (2) without comfort, (3) without intellect, (4) sickly, (5) afflicted with captivity, (6) involved in murders and (7) other equally wicked crimes (succes- sively as the numnber of the badly placed planets rise gradually from 1 to 7). NOTES This slols is fron Bribst Jatihr By the word fiy (Mitra) in fadiarT (Mitrayogil), it is mtural fniendship fannuaea (Nisarga maitratva) that is meint and not the deTI?4 (Tathalikn) First half The interpretation given above is what has been given by Bhattotmla, and in the face of it appears as moet unlikely Tor, from a reference to Brihat Jataki \X I, it will be seen thit the Moon in Taurus aspected by the Sun, Mars and Mercury pro duces no good effects, ude also XIII 1 of the sime worh.

S1.57 सप्तमाऽध्यायः 411*

The word a4y: (Uchchagaha) has been translated in the text as "occupying his highest exaltation pomt." Cf. aa- एकस्मिन् परमोच्चगेऽनिमुहदा दष्टे यदि क्षमापनि: VII-10 Supra. May not the word ina (Mitra) in fiae. (Mitradrishtaha) mean the Sun ? By the word 3T. (Uchchagaha) Varahamihira appears to imply Jupiter, Mars and Saturn. Mercury and Venus are not taken into consideration as these can never come in opposition to be aspected by the Sun. TIns yoga is possible in the following way :- (1) Mars in Malara and the Sun in Katala. (2) Jupiter in Kataha and the Sun in Makara. (3) Saturn in Tula and the Sun in Mesha. The Sun thus in opposition to any one of these three planets in exaltation together with a friendly planet makes the native wealthy as well besides a q4 (Nripa a king or leader of men). It is only such rich people that suffer from very longstanding disenses such as diabetes, pleurisy, etc., (Brihat Jataka, XXIII-7.9) धतुर्मीनतुलामेपमृगकुंमोदये शनौ। चार्वङ्गो नृपतिर्विद्वान् पुरग्रामाग्रणीर्भचेत्॥ ५७॥ Sloka 57. When Saturn is in the rising sign iden' tical with Dhanus, Meena, Thula, Mesha, Makara, or Kumbha, the person born will be a lord of men, hand- some, intelligent and wise, and will lead a town or a village. NOTES. Garga, as already pomted in II 67 (page 82) supra. has stated that Saturn in Thula, Dhanus or Meena identical with the Lagna is capable of producing kingship. The author says that Saturn in Mesha (though his depression sign) identical with the rising sign will bestow kingship, (malefic in depression is not bad). As regards Makara, FmTR9 (Jatakabharana) says'- नरपतेरिव गौरवर्ता ब्रजेद्रविसुत मृगरशिगते नरः । अगुरुमा कमुमैर्मृगराजता (जातया) विमल्यामल्यानटनैः सुखम्।

412 Adh. VII.

Saturn in Makara is therefore capable of conferring the appearance of royalty. As for Kumbha, Satyacharya has declared that sign Kumbha as assendant is not auspicious. The Yavanas did not agree with the above view, but were of opimion that it is only the Kumbha Dwadasamsas (in all lagnas) that are bad This view has been supported by yaatf (Srutrkirti) but again opposed by Vishnugupta विष्णुगुप cf सत्य होरा च भवेदिष्टा द्विपदेव्विह कुंभवर््य हि। कुंभविलसे जातो भवति नरो दुःखशोकमंतप्त: ।। Also अतकाचि सर्वस्मिल्मगते कुंमद्विरलांश को यदा भषति। राशौ न तदा सुखितः परात्मोजी भवेत्पुरुयः ॥ विष्णुगुप्र कुंमद्ादरभागो लम्नगती न प्रशस्यते यवनै. । यवेव सपेपां रूगनगतानामनिष्टफलता स्यात ।। घटयोगाद्राशीनां न मतं तत्सर्वशञास्त्रकाराणाम्। तर्मात्कुंमविलमो अन्मन्यशुभो न तद्दाग. ।।

न कुंभलमं शुभमाह सत्यो न भागमेदादवना वदन्ति। क्यांशमेदो न तयाउस्ति राशेरतिप्रमह्स्त्विति विष्युगुप्तः ॥ Varahamihirt, does not agree with Satyacharya's views. Nor does he appear to agree with Vishnugupta in thinking that the above viens of Yavana are incorrect and that st is only the Kum- bha lagna in a birth that is bad and not the Kumbha dwadasamsa. For Aquarius as Ascendant is one among the several ascendants for Rajayogas and Icaders of men according to Varahmihira. The acceptance of Kumbha in the present case seems there- fore reasonable

SI. 58 सप्तमोऽध्याय: 418

Sloka 58. The good influence of planets is at its maximum, three quarters, half, a quarter, at its minimum or nil according as the planets are in the exaltation sign, मूलन्रिकोण (Moolatrikona), स्वक्षेत्र (Swakshetra), मित्रक्षेत्र (Mitrakshetra = friendly sign), शत्रक्षेत्र (Satrukshetra =ini. mical sign), depression sign or (combustion) conjunction with the Sun. NOTES. In the case of benefics, उच्च (Uchcha) Ful1 effect मूललिकोण (Moolatrikona) स्वक्षेन (Swakshetra) मिसक्षेन (Mtrakshetra) शयुक्षेत्र (Satrukshetra) नीच (Neecha) अर्कग (Arkaga.Combustion) This order should be reversed for the malefics. शुभफल (Subhaphala) will increase if t उच्य (Uchcha). अशुभभाव $ ( Asubhabhavaphala ) will increase only in 57 (Neecha). Benefics are good mn exaltation. Malefics are good in depression. Malefics are bad in #a (Uchcha). The proportions given above are with respect to benefics. In the case of malefics we must reverse the effects, e.g. a benefic in exaltation gives very good results (i.c. full); i depression 1/16 eflect. A malefic in at7 (Neecba) must give ? good effect and in 3 (Uchcha) 1/32 good effect This will be found to hold good i for finince.

पूर्ण: खोचे चरणरहितं स्वत्रिकोणे स्थिते स्या- दर्द्ध स्व्के तदनुचरणो मित्रमे शत्रु मेफम्। भस्तं याते किमपि न शुभ खेचरे नीनगेऽपि

414 मातरपारिजाते Adb. VII.

Also माराव यी स्वगृहोचमौन्यचगें ग्रह फर परष्मेन विदवाति। नी वर्क्षरिपुगृहस्पो रिगनरत कीर्तिनो गुनिमि।। See also VIII 116 mfra । पञ्चमहापुरुपयोगाः ।।

भोमज्जीनसिभानुसुता वलिष्ठाः। केन्द्रस्थिता यदि यदा रुचभद्रहंस- मालव्यचासुशययोगकरा भनन्ति ।।५९।। Sloka 59. According as Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus or Saturn possessing the grzatest strength and oc- cupying a Kendra is in the irao (Moolatrikona), स्वक्ेत्र (Swakshetra) or म्वा (Swochcha), will the result ing Rajayoga be named ₹थ (Ruchaka), मद (Bhadra), इस (Hamsa) मारण्य [Malavyl) or an (Sasa) the beutiful cf मारावमी मक्षेत्रे च चतुएये न वतिभि म्ोच्पिनेर्श ग्रहै

मानव्यो रुचकु शशोडय 7यिनो हंमश्च भद्रम्तया ॥। Also नानकाभरण म्वगेहतुद्रधयरेन्द्रपाणेर चोपगेर्शडवनिस् नुमुख्यै।

जातः श्रीरुचके वलान्वितरपुःश्रीकीर्तिशीलान्वित: शास्त्री म.त्रजपामिचारुश्लो राजाऽथना तत्सम:। लारण्यारुणकान्तिकोमलत नुस्तयागी जितार्ग्धिनी सपत्यव्दमितायुपा सह मुखी मेनातुरङ्गाघिप: ॥। ६० ॥

Sl. 61 सप्तमोऽध्यायः 415

Sloka 60 The person born under the auspicious FaT (Ruchaka) yoga will possess physical strength, fotrune, fame and fine qualities. He will have a know. ledge of sciences ; he will be versed in the sacred hymns, the method of praying with them and theart of producing magic spells. He will becomea king or a king's compeer. He will have a lovely attractive person: he will be liberal, victorious and wealthy. He will live 70 years in comfort and happiness, commanding an army with a good supply of fleet horses. NOTES. In the tollowing 3 slokas from Htwast the effect of birth in the रुवकयोग is given in morc detail. दीर्घास्यः स्वच्छकान्तिर्षदुरुचिरतः साहसावाप्तकार्य- श्रास्म्रूरनी लकेशश्चरणरणरतो मन्त्रविच्चोरनायः । रक्तश्यामो5तिशरो रिपुबमथनः वम्बुरुष्ठः प्रधानः कूरो भर्त्ता नराणां द्विजगुरुविनन: क्षामसज्जानुनङ्ः । . खटङ्रपाशवृपकार्मु कवत्र वीणारेखाङ्कहस्तचरणश्र शताद्गलश्। मन्त्रामिचारकुशलस्तुलया सहसत्रं मध्ये च तस्य कयित मुखदैर्व्यतुल्यम्।। विन्ध्याचलमह्यगिरीन् भुनक्ति सप्ततिसमा नगरदेशान्। शस्रानलकृतमृत्युः प्रयाति देयालयं रुचकुः ॥ Also फलदीपिका. ch. V1-S1. 2. धर्मेशलाभेशघनेश्वराणामेकोऽपि शीतदुतिकेन्द्रवर्ती। स्वयं च लाभाघिपतिर्गुरुशेद खण्डसाम्राज्यपतित्वमेति ॥ ६१॥ Sloka 61. If, out of the lords of the 9th, the 11th and the 2nd bhavas, therc be but one tbat occupies a Kendra position in respect to the Moon and if Jupiter be the lord of the 11th bhava, the person born under the yoga will become the ruler of a full-blown empire.

416 बातरपारेजावे Adh, VII.

NOTES It is net clear why this sloha has beer b ought in here. The reading is slightly d flerent in FexniTt tiz.

The followmng slohas from वमिष्ठजातक describing in detal the yogas cavsed by the londs of the several houses eack accupying a Kendra position wth tespect to the aHaW will be found to be useful in this connect on सुकृत निल्यनाये केन्द्रगे जन्मलग्रात् प्रभवति खलु योग: सार्वभौमाभिधान । बह्ुतरगुणपूर्णा बुद्धिमान्दानशीलो मनति नृपतिवर्गो धार्मिको मूपभूप ॥ दुशिवयनाये खलु केन्द्रयाते स्पात्वल्पवक्षा नृपयोगमुख्य । जातो भवेदन नरेन्द्रपूज्यो गजाश्चामीफरचुयप्रतापी ।। घनाधिप के-द्रगत करोति श्रीव सयोग जनितोऽत्र योगे। धनान्वित स्वादिनयो नितान्त सुवर्भकर्ता व्यवसाययुच्:। रगनाधिप केन्द्रगत करोति योगाघिरान कुल्मृपणाख्यम्। स्वचशरान्यादविस प्रतापी स्याचततर्त्ती स्वल तन जात।। पुजाधिपे केन्द्रगते थ योग स्पात्पदरागो नृपयोगवर्य:। आतोऽन योगेडसिलशनहन्ता महार्यडुक्तो नृपतिप्रसिद्ध ।। पुण्याधिप पुण्यनिधानसस्थे रलाअलि स्यानृप एप योग । असिन् प्रसृती रहुमा्ययुततो नरे-द्रपून्यो गनवाजियुक्त। राज्याधीशे केन्द्रगे सौम्पदऐ्टे योगेन्द्र स्वात्सुप्रतापामिधान । जातो नित्यं भूमिप सेवनीयो मोगासक स्म्रतापाच सिद्धि ॥ रामाधीशे केन्द्रगे वाधेतु सहो योगो जायते तन्र जात । मूर्मींपालै सेवितो द्रव्ययुक्तो स्त्रीरत्नाल्य सम्रही बुद्धियुक्त ।।

SI. 62-63 ससमोऽध्याय: 417

शार्दूल प्रतिमाननो गजगतिः पीनोरुवक्ष:स्थलो

मानी बन्धुजनोपकारनिपुणः श्रीमद्रयोगोद्वो राजाऽशीतिमितायुरेनि विपुलप्रज्नायशोवित्तवान् ॥ ६२ ॥। Sloka 62. With the face of the tiger, with the ma. jestie gait of the elephant, with a broad massive chest, with leng brawny rounded arms and of a commanding stature, the man born under the Bhadra ("4) yoga will be a king high-spirited and diligently devoted to the befriending of kinsmen and well-wishers He will reach the age of 80 displaying comminding gentus andenjoy. ing vast fame and extensive wealth. NOTES. This sloka is taken from HITA Three more slokas from that worh on the same yoga are extracted below

यात्र।गुरुद्विप मदप्रयम।म्चुसिक्तमूकु; मप्रतिमगन्धननुः सुयोण । शास्त्रार्थविद्धुतियुत. सममद्ाभूर्नागोपमो भवति चाय निगूदगुहय। सत्कुक्षिधर्मनिरत सुन्दलाटगको भीरः स्पिरस्त्वसिनकुथिनकेशमारः ॥ स्वतन्त्र सर्वकार्येषु स्वननप्रीणनक्षमी। भुज्यते विमवश्ास् नित्यं मन्तिजनेः परैः ॥ रक्त स्योन्नतनामिक: सुचरणो हंससगः श्लेप्मको गौराङ्: सुकुमारदारसहित: कन्दर्पतुल्यः सुखी। शास्त्रजानपरायणो तिनिपुण: श्रीहंसयोगे गुणी यातोऽशीतिक मायुरेति सथुग साधुक्रियाचारवान् ॥ ६३॥ Sloka 63. The p'rson whose good fortune it is to be born under the guain has these chiracteristics He has a red mouth and a prominent nose; his legs arc 63

418 जाठकपसी जासें Adh. VII

well-formed, he has the voice and the phlegm of the swan; he is fair limbed; be is blessed with a beautiful wife, he 18 himself lovely like the God of love, he has every comfort at his commands he is intent on acqui rng a knowledge of the sacred scriptures; he is acute, has great merits, his life 18 82 years, he is beneficient and devoted to virtue. Notes The following slokas from ariaet give more information about this soga रक्तास्योन्नतनासिक सुचरणो हसः प्रसन्नेन्दियो गौर; पीनक्पोलरक्तकरजो हंससर स्ेप्मल। शंखाज्जाकुश वापमत्स्युगरे निखित्रशमालाघटै- शिह्व पादवगद्ितौ मधुनिमे नेत्रे च वृत्त शिरः।। सलिलाशयेषु रमते स्त्रीपु न तृत्ति प्रयाति कामात । पोडराशतानि तु रेतोडदुशनि दैध्येण पण्णवति ।। पासीह वेशान् खलु शूरसेनान् गान्धारगद्रायमुनान्तरालान्। जीवत्रत्रम्मा दशवपस्या पशाद्नान्तं समुपैति नाक्षम्। See aiso #TriNTI ch 6 S1 3. स्रीचे्टाललिताऊसन्धिनपनः सौन्दर्यशालो गुणी तेजस्वी सुतदारवाहनधनी शास्त्रार्थचित्पण्डितः।

समत्यन्दसुपैति सप्तमहितं मालव्ययोगोद्धिवः ॥। ६४ ॥। Sloka 61. The person born under the masqam has the gestures, the graceful bodily structure and the cyes ol a female, he is handsome, montorious and poweriuł, he 15 biessed with children, wife, vehicles and a ealth, he knows the meaning of the sacred scrip' tures, hc is learned, he is clever in the application of

SI. 65 सपतमोऽध्याय: 419

the three regal powers-energy, capacity and counsel ; he is liberal; he is fondly addicted to other women and he will attain to the age of 77. नf. मारवली न स्थूलोष्ठो न विपमवपुर्नातिर काङ्गसन्धि- मध्ये क्षाम: रशघररुनिर्हस्तिनाद: सुगन्धः । सन्दीप्ाक्षः समसितरदो जानुदेशाप्तगाणि- र्मालव्योऽयं विलसति नृपः सप्ततिर्वःमराणाम्।। वक्त्रं त्रयोदश मितानि दशादलानि दैध्येण कर्णविवरं दश विस्तरेण। मालव्यसंज्ञमतुजः स भुनक्ति नूनं लाटान् समालामसिन्धुमपारियात्रान्।। भूपो वा सचिवो वनाचलरतः सेनापतिः क्ररधी- ्धातोर्वादविनोदयञ्चनपरो दाता सरोपेक्षणः। तेजस्वी निजमावृभक्तिनिरतः शूरोऽसिताङ्ग: सुखी जातः सप्ततिमायुरेति शशके जारक्रियाशलियान् ॥ ६५॥ Sloka 65. The person born in the marah (Sasa yoga) may be a king, a minister, or a "eneral haunting woods' and mountains; he is cruel hearted, and would even de ceive in his eager pursuit of metallurgy; he is bountilul; he has wrathful eyes; he is spirited; he is lovingly devo- ted to his mother, he is brave; he has a dark form; he lives for 70 years. He is a voluptuary and inclined to play the paramour with the objects of his guilty love

तनुद्विन: शीघ्रगतिः शगोडयं नठोऽनिशूरे निभृनप्रचारः । वनाद्रिदुर्गपु नदीपु शक्: क्षयोद्षगी नातिनयुप्रदि०ः ।। संनानायी जननिधिरनी दन्नुरध्।पि किनि- द्धातोयदि भवति निरतश्रश्त्ः कोन्नेत्रः ।

420 मतव परिजाते Adh. VII.

स्त्रीमयुक्त परधनगृहो मातृभकत मुजगो मध्ये क्षामो बहवरिषमती रन्मोदी परेषाम् ॥ पर्यक शखशाशस्त्रमृदहमाठा वीणोपमा गदि करे नरणे प रेखा। वर्षाणि सप्ततिमितानि करोनि राज्य प्रात्यन्तिक स्षितिपनि कयितो मुनीन्दै। of पलमपिना ch 6 sioha 1 यस योगस्य या कर्ता बलनान् जितटग्पुनः । अधियोगादियोगेषु स्वद्शायां फलप्रद्ः ॥ ६६ ॥ Sluka 66 In such planetary conjunetions as anrarn (Adhı yoga, vie slokas 113 115 mfra ) the powerful planet to which the yoga is due and which has the asrect on itself of ess powerful planets will produce the effect of the yoga in its Fr (dasa) period NOTCS This is a quotaticn from The time whed & yoga takes effect is as described in this slola in the case of ail yogas except those which are eflective all through life and the Rajayogas where the "'I (dasa) and 7T (Antardasa) periods of the lord or the occupant of the Lagna or the 10th phava will bring about kingship f मृदज्यानव कर्मऋ्ग्युतपाकदशाया राज्यनव्धिरथवा प्रनरम्य। शजुनीजगृहयातवशाया उिद्रसश्रयदशा परिकत्प्या ॥ ॥ भास्करादियोगः ॥। भानोरर्थगते युधे शनिसुत्ाल्ाभस्थितशन्द्रमाः चन्द्रातकोणगतः पुरन्दरमुरुपोगम्तदा भार्कर:। शूरो मास्करयोगजः प्रयुममः शास्त्रार्थनिद्वपनान् गानधर्नथतिनित्तवान् गणितविद्धीर: समर्थो भनेत् ॥६७।। Sloka 67 If Mercuty be mn the 2nd bhavi with respect to the Sun, if the Moon be in the 11th with

SI. 68-69 ससमोडध्याय: 421

respect to Mercury and if Jupiter be in a atq (Kona) with reference to the Moon, the yoga is called Bhaskara (WIETt) The person born in the mreatam (Bhaskarayoga) 1s brave, lord like, versed in the interpretation of the scriptures, handsome, with a wealth of musical tones, good at reckontng, resolute and competent. चन्द्राद्विकमग: कुजो चनिसुतादस्ते शनि: सूर्षजात् अस्ते दैत्यगुरुः सितान्मदनगो जीनो पदीन्द्राह्वय: । ख्यात्तस्तत्रभव: सुशीलगुणवान् भूयोनथत्रा नत्ममो वाग्भी वित्तविचित्रभूपणयशोरूपप्रतापान्वितः ॥ ६८ ।। Sloka 68. If Mars be in the 3rd bhava from the Moon, Saturn in the 7th fron Mars, Venus in the 7th from Saturn, and Jupiter in the 7th from Venus, the yoga is styled Indra. The person born in this yoga will be celebrated, amnble, worthy of royal rnk or in some similar position, cloquent and possesse ' of wealth, diverse ornaments, fame, beauty and prowess शुक्रात् कोणगतो गुरु: सुरगुरो पुत्रे शशी शीतगो: केन्द्रस्थानममायरितो दिनकरो योगो मरुत्मंज्ञक: । चाग्मी वायुभवो विमालहृदय: स्थूलोदसः शास्त्रवित् गंपन्नः क्रयविक्रयेपु कुशली राजाज्थवा तत्समः ॥६९ ॥ Sl La 69. If Jupiter occupy a Kona from Venus, the Mocn the 5th bhava from Jupiter, the Sun a Kendra from the Moon, the resulting yogr is termed nram (Miruthyogr), : e. wind yogi The person who has his birth in the urgat (Vayuyogi) will be eloquent, brosd- brensted, big.bellied, conversant with the scriptures, thriving, clever in striking burgais, and of royal rank or in some position approaching thereto.

422 जातरपारिमादे Adh. VII.

लग्नेड्यो गुरुके-द्रगो हिमकग्थन्द्रादहिर्वित्तगः शौर्यस्थानगतौ च भानुरुधिरी योगो बुधः कीर्तितः ।

शास्त्रज्ञः ऋयविकपेपु चतुरो धीमानशत्रर्मवेत् ॥ ७० ॥ Sloka 70. When Jupiter is in the Lagna, the Moon in a Kendra from Jupiter, Rahu in the 2nd bhava from the Moon, the Sun and Mars in the 3rd bhava from .the same, the resulting yoga is designated guarn (Budha yoga'. The person born in the gaam (Budhayoga) has the majesty of a king. His strength will be matchless and his name celebrated; he will be conversant with the criptures. He will be akilled in traffic, talented and without enemies. ॥ केमद्रुमयोगः ॥ लग्नस्पिते हिमकरे यदि वा मदस्ये केमद्रमो भवति जीवदशा चिहाने। अत्यल्पतिन्दुसहिता यदि खेचरेन्द्रा: केमद्रुयोगफलदा विवलाश सर्वे। ८१ ॥ Sloka 71. When the Moon occupying the 1st or the 7th bhava 15 without the benefic aspect of Jupiter upon it, the result is बेमद्रमयोग (Kemadrumayoga) If the number of dots in the places occupied by planets (vide Adhyaya 10) be very deficient, these as well as all weak planets produce the cffect of केमदरमयोग (Kemadrumayoga). द्विरताये द्वादये पार्शे दये खेचरमंयुते। शीतांशो: सुनफायोगसतवनफा नाम कीर्तितः ।। ७२।।

SI. 73-75 ससमो्िध्याय. 423

योगो घुरधराख्यः साद्विना सर्वत्र भास्करम्। एतद्योगत्रयाभावे केमद्रुमफलं वदेत् ॥ ७३॥। Slokas 72 71. If the 2nd, the 12th and both the houses from the Moon be occupied by planers other than the Sun, the yogas are termed सुनफा (Sunapha) अनफा (Anapha) and gru (Dhuradhara) respectively. In the absence of these three yogas, the artrologer may declare the effect of केमद्रमयांग (Kemadrumayoga)

c. फलदापिका NOTES

विवोस्तु सुनफाइनफादुरुधुरास्वरि फोमय स्थितैविरविभिग्रहैरितरथा तु केमद्रुम, ॥। Vide also sioka 83, infra चन्द्रे सभानी यदि नीचदष्टे पापांशके याति दरिद्रयोगम। क्षीणेन्दुलन्नान्तिधने निशायां पापक्षिते पापयुते तथा स्यात्। ७४।। Sluka 74. When the Moon in conjuncton with the Sun occupies a malefic Navamsa and is aspected by a deptessed planet, the person born experiences the cffect of the <figumn (Dar idrayoga). The vety same effect follows also in the case of the person whose burth takes place at night time when the 8th bhava from the

planet. waning Moon is either aspected or occupied by a malefic

विधुन्तुदादिग्रहपीडितेन्दी पापेक्षित चाशु दरिद्रमेति। लग्नाचतुष्के-द्रगृहे सपापे निशाकराद्ा यदि तददन्ति ॥७५।। Sloka 75. When the Moon seized by Rahu or Ketu is aspected by a malefic planet, the person born soon gcts into poverty. When the housc representing

424 ata tuft-na Adh. VII.

the 4th bhava from the Lagna cr the Moon is occupied by a malefic phinet, the same effect follows, say the astrologers चन्द्रे पराजितशुभग्रहद्ृप्टियुक्त राहादिपीडिततनों तु दरिद्र एव। नाचारिवक्षिणपते किपुराशिवगें चन्द्रे तुलाघरगते तु तथा चढनति॥ Stok : 76. When the Moon aspected by a benefic planet worsted mn planctary fight is suized by Rahu or Ketu in an eclipse, the person born is indigent. The same is the effect when the Moon oceupies in the sign Thula the ari (Varga) owned by an inimical sign and 1s aspected by a depressed oi immical planet केन्द्रे या यदि कोणगे हिमकरे नीचारिवर्ग्थिते चन्द्रादन्त्यसपत्रन्ध्रगृहगे जीवे दरिद्रो भवे्। पापांशे रिपुर्वाक्षित चरगृहे चनद्रे चरांदे-थवा जातो याि दस्व्योगमतुलं देवेज्यदग्वजिते॥४७7 Stoka 77. When the Moon occupying a Kendra or a Kona is in the af (Vatga) of its depression or inimical sign and when Jupiter is in the 12th, the 6th or the 8th bhava from the Moon, the person born will be indsgent. Again, if the Moon occupying a malefic iTa (Amsa) and aspected by an inimical planet be in a moveable sign cr if the malefic amsa occupied by the Moon thus aspected belong to a moveable sign and if the Moon have not the aspect of Jupiter upcn it, the poverty of the person born i this yoga will be unparal- Ieled अन्योन्यहषी अनिदानवज्या नीनारिपापग्रहवर्गयातौ। एक्क्षेगा वा यदि राजवंदे जातो पि केमट्मयोगमेति।।७८॥। Stota 78. If Saturn and Venus occupying the Var. gas ci deptessed or insmical malehc planets be aspected

SI. 79-80 सप्तमोडध्याय: 425

each by the other or occupy one and the same sign, the person born under this yoga, though of a princely family will experience the effects of कमद्रमयोग (Kemadrumayoga). चन्द्रे पापयुते तु पापभचने पापांशके वा निशि व्योमेशेन निरीक्षिते गतवले केमद्रयोगो भवेत्। भाग्यस्थानपवीक्षिते खलयुते नीचांशकेःब्जे तथा चन्दे नीचयुते निशि क्षयतनौ जातस केमद्रमः ॥ ७९॥ Sloka 79. When the Moon in conjunction with a malefic planet and occupying at night a malefic house or malefic Navamsa, 15 aspected by the lord of the 10th bhava and is void of strength, the result is केमदुमयोग (Kemadrumayoga). Again when the Moon in the depression Navamsa is associated with a planet in the af (Khala) state (vide Adhyaya 2, slokas 16-18) and aspected hy the lord of the 9th bhava, there 15 the yoga . केमद्रम (Kemadruma). Thirdly when the Moon ts on ^ the wane and occupies the depression sign, the person .born at night has to experience the effect of $HEwm (Kemadrumayoga), ॥। केमद्रमयोगापवादः॥ निशाकरे केन्द्रगते भृगौ वा जीवेकिते नैव दश्द्रयोगः। शुमान्विते वा शुभमध्यंगेन्द्रौ जीवेकषिते नैव दद्द्रयोगः ॥। ८० ।। Stoka 80. There is no yoga producing poverty when the Moon or Venus occupying a Kendra is aspect- ed by Jupiter. Again when the Moon associated with a benefic planet or between two benefic planets 15 aspected by Jupiter, the <Rram (Daridrayoga) does not etist. 54

426 Adh. V1l.

चन्द्रे5तिमित्र निजतुद्गगृहांशक से जवेक्षिते यदि दरिद्रतया विदीन: 1, पूणे तनौ शुभयुते दिनि तुंगयाते जीधेक्षिते हिमकरे न भवेदरिद्र: ॥।८१ ।। . Stoka 81. 1f the Moon occupying the Navaisa of a sigh of a very friendly planet or of its exaltation ura (Rasi) and i5 aspected by Jupiter, the person born will be exempt from poverty. Again, when the full Moon occupies the Lagna in conjunction with a benefic planet, or when the Moon ocedpying the 10th bhava is in its "exaltation and aspected by Jupiter, the person born will not be roor योगे केमद्रुमे प्राह्ते यम्मिन् कसिंथ जातके। राजयोगा चिनश्यन्ति हरि दय यथा दिपाः।। ८२ ।। Sloka 82. If in any horoscope iuaaam (Kemadru- mayoga) comes in, the Rajayogas disappear ltke elephants on seing a lion हित्वाक सुनफाइनफा दुरुपुरा स्रान्त्योभपसैग्रेह: शीतांशो: कमितोऽ्यथा तु बङ्गुमिः केमद्रुमोऽन्पैस्त्वमी। के द्रे शीतकरेऽथना ग्रहपुते केमद्रुमो नेप्पते केचित्केन्द्रनवांशकेपु च वदन्तयुक्ति प्रसिद्धा न ते ।।८३।। Slokz 83. When planets other than the Sun occupy the 2nd, the 12th, or both the 2ud and the 12th houses from the Moon, the resulting 3 yogas are respectively styl- ed garr(Sunapha), saw (Anzpha) and grau (Dhorudhara) " It 1s declared by the majority of astrologers that in the absence of the 3 yogas delsned above, there is the AEs- m (Kemadrumayoga) But there are others who would

SI. 83 ससमोडयाय: 427

"not allow the केमद्रुमयोग (Kemadrumayoga) where the केन्द्र (Kendra) (calculated from the Lagna or the Moon) is associated with a planet. Some there are who declare that' the 3 yogas सुनफा (Sunapha), अनफा (Anapha) and दुरुधरा (Dhurudhara) are to be reckoned from the presence of planets other than the Sun in the 4th and the 10th Ken. dra from the Moon instead of from the 2nd and the 12th houses from the Moon; and the absence of any of these 3 yogas indicates the presence of $Ar4 (Kemadruma). Another class would declare the three yogas in reference to the Navamsa occupied by the Moon, t.c. find the Ruast owning the Navamsa which the Moon occupies ; if reckoning from this Rasi, the 2nd or the 12th Rasi or both be occupied by planets other than the Sun, these three yogas exist. #Han (Kemadruma) is the absence of any of these 3 yogas. But the holders of these last two . views* are not recognised as authorities in the science of astrology. NOTES. This and the next two slohas are tahen from TR7aT. Note -In the yogas propounded by this sloka, the Sun is always lept out of consideration ( First half). The authorsties relied on by वराहमिहिर with regird to this half of the slo'a appear to be स्कन्दहोरा, प्रागापत्य and HaNeT and such other worls, where, in the absence of the .8 yogas (viz.) (शुनषा, जनया and दुग्वुरा), केगद्रग is declared as positive. of. खवन्होर. अंकीसहतु था म, पय, स्फिडयपिर वतनहेन, अतो भौमादिमि: सेटैरिन्टो: म्वान्त्योमयस्पितैः ॥ सुनका चानफा चानुभवेद्धुरुधुराऽपि च। अन्यथा वर्तमानैस्तैर्योगः केमद्रुमः स्मृतः ॥ * But Parasara has recognised the last two views.

428 जातकपारिजारे Adh, VII

A1so प्राजापतय अर्केश सह वा तेन विना वा तुहिनत्वियः। स्वान्त्योभयस्थैरमीमादिस्ीयोगान् सौम्य धांरय ।। विद्धि त्वं सुनफामाद्यां द्वितीयामनफति न। तत्र विद्धि तृतीयां त्वमेवं धुरुधुरेत्यपि।। इन्दोरुमयतः शून्ये योगः केमद्रुमः स्छृतः । सन्नप्यसद्वंदर्कोऽत भवान्विज्ञातुमर्हति ॥ (Third quarter). xa faft (Varahamhira) relies on tri (Garga), for the prineiple laid down in this qr (pada) of the sloka, w ho says that, in the absence of any of the 3 yogas above stated, the gqut (Kemadruma) will be muitigated or nulhfied by the presence of any of the five planets Mars, Mercury, Jupter Venus and Saturn in a Kendra or by the Moon s association mith any one of them. The nords "वेन्द्रे शीतररेडथवा प्रद्युत" are also capable of being interpreted "रन्द्र शीनकरे वांनने अथवा मधयुते" tbat 15, if the Moon occupy a Kendra (calculated from the Lagna) or be associated with a placet (one of the five above named). But this has to be rejected on the authocity of पराहमिहिर nbo says प्रत्येक शशपापसमेनै वेनदरेवं सविनाशमुपेति-(बइज्जातर Ch VI Sloha 1) and on the authority of sioka 77 supra, The above interpretatuin is also opposed to the principle laid down by Garga who has satd व्ययार्थकेन्द्रगश्चन्द्राहिना भानुं न चेहहः । वशि-स्यादिना चन्द्रं ुग्नात्केन्द्रगतोऽयना ॥ योग: केमद्रुमो नाम तदा स्यात्तन गर्हिन.। मवन्ति निन्दिताचारा दारिव्यापत्तिमंयुताः ।। That is, if the 2nd or the 12th house counted from the Moon or any of the Kendras-whether reckoned from the Moon or the Lagna-be not be occupied by any one of the five planets, Mars, Mercury, Jupter, Venus and Saturn, the resulting yoga is Kema. * druma, &c,

SI. 89 ससमोऽध्याय: 429

ef. Also गुणाकर भवक्ति सुनफानफादुरुधुरा धनान्त्योभयैः

न कण्टकगते ग्रहे शशियुते च केमद्ठुमो निधो: खसुखंगग्रहै: शशिनवांशकात्स्वान्त्यगैः ॥ The correct interpretation of the words therefore are (1) अस शीनकेरे वा ग्रह्युते नति - That is, " if one of. the Kendras or the Moon be associnted with a planet" (any one of the five above named); (2) चेन्द्रेजथीन करंशर अहपुने- "If Kendra be devoid of the Moon or be occupied by a planet" (any one of the five above mmed). This interpretation will correspond with the above quoted Garga's principle as also that of Kalyanavarman who says: सुनफानफादुरुधुराः क्रमेण योग भान्ति रनिरहितैः ।

एते न यदा योगा: केन्द्रग्रहवर्रिनः शशाङश। केमद्रुमोडतिरएः रशिनि च सर्वग्रह्मदषे ।। From the abote, it will be seen that, according to Garga though the posttion of any onc of the five plancts in any one of the Kendras willsannul or anmbilate the effects of the Kemadruma. yog1, il does not produce aby of the 3 yogas Sunapha, Anipha and Dhurudhura, [Note .- The Moon in a Kendra associaled with one of the fie planets does not destroy the effect of the Kemadrumuyogal. (Fourth quarter). Bot the Yavanas went further. Sruta. kirh, one of the Yavanas declared that the presence of any of the planets (1) in the 4th house from the Moon is Sunapha (2) in the 10th house Anipha and (3) sn the 4th and 10th bouses is Dhu- rudhurs. cf. चन्द्र नतुर्ग: सुनफा दगमस्यैः कीर्तिनाडनफा िहंगेः। उभयस्थिनै्दुरुपुरा केमद्रुमसंजिनोऽन्यया योग: ॥

434 कातक पारेजाते Adh. VII

विविघयोगसुखैकनिधि: सटा दुरुधुगप्रभवः प्रथितो मवेत् ॥

कान्तासुहृद्धस्त्रवनैर्विहीन: केमदरुमेयो नृपांशनोऽपि।। Also सारावली वाग्युद्धिविक्रमगुणै. प्रथिनः पृथित्यां म्वातन्त्रचसौ्यध नवाहनमोगमोगी। दाता कुटुम्बधनपोपणन्घखेद: सदृत्तवान्दुरुधुराप्रभवो धुरिस्यः ॥ कान्तान्नपानगृहत्र सुहृद्विहीनो

प्रेष्य: सल्: सकल्लोकविरुूद्ववृचि: केमद्रमे भवति पार्यित्रवंशनोजी॥ ॥ कुजादिग्रह्युतसुनफायोगः ।। जावथ् भूपतिश्रण्डो हिंसो दम्भी सुधीरधी: । धनविक्रमवान् कोपी चन्द्राद्वनगते कुजे ॥ ८६ ॥ Sloka 86. The person at whose birth Mars is in the 2nd bhava from the Moon will bacome a king and in that capacity he will be fieree, cruel, hypocritical, strong minded, wealthy, valiant and irritable. NOTcs Varabambira does not diflerentiate the eflect of the planets by thei positions in the 2ud or mn the 12th house so far as the yogas mentioned in slokas 86 105 are concerned. He attributes the eflects to the planets causing ibe yoga without reference to their being in the 2nd or the 12th house. ef. बुहज्नानक

सौम्यः पटुः सुवचनो निपुणः क्यासु।

SI. 87-90 सपतमोडध्याय, 435

जीवोडर्यधर्मसुखमाड़ नृपपूजिवश्र कामी भृगुर्बहुचनो विषयोषभोक्ता ।। परनिमत्रपरिच्छनोपभोक्ता रवितनयो बहुकार्यकृद्रणेश । वेद शास्त्रकलागेयकुशल: सुशरीरान्। मनस्त्री हितवाक् धर्मी चन्द्राद्वितगते वुधे ।। ८७।। Stok : 87. Conversant with vedic ordinances, fine arts and music, well-shaped, highly intelligent, of agree- able speech and pious will the person be at whose birth Mercury occupies the 2nd house from the Moon. सर्वनिद्याधिक: श्रीमान् कुटुम्बी नृपवल्लभः । राजतुल्ययशस्त्री च चन्द्राद्विचगते गुरौ ।। ८८ ॥। . Sloka 88. The person born in the सुनफा (Sunapha) with Jupiter in the 2nd house from the Moon excels in every branch of knowledge, is prosperous, bas a good family, gets into the good graces of his sovereign and becomes lordly and famous चिकरमस्त्रीघनक्षेत्रकर्मवान् बहुवित्तवान्। चतुष्पदाढ्यो राजथ्रीः सिते चन्द्रात्कुटुम्बगे।। ८९।। Sloka S9 In the TT (Sunapha) in which Venus occupies the 2nd housefrom the Moon, the person born will be valiant, married, weslthy, possessed of agricul- tural lands, engaged in work, with much property, rich in cattle and horses (quadruped) and will live in regal splendour. पुरग्रामस्थिताशेप: पूजितो धनवान् सुघीः। निषुणः सर्वकार्येपु चन्द्राद्वित्तगते शनौ ।। ९० । Sloka 9 .. When Saturn is in 'the 2nd bhava in respect to the Moon, the person born will get the esteem

Adh. VII 430 of all people in towns and villiges, and will be werlthy, talented and versed in every kind of bossuess ।। कुजादिग्रहयुतानफायोग: ।। मानी रणोत्मुक: क्रोधी ृष्टथोरजनप्रथु: । धीरः सवतनुलोभी स्याधन्दादन्त्यगते कुजे ।। ९१॥ Slola 91 When Mars cccupies the 12th house from the Moon, the person born will be arrogant, eager for war, writhful bold, at the head of a band of marauders, resolute and of an alluring presence गान्धर्वलैख्यपट्ुवाक करिर्वक्ता सुदेहवान्। पशस्वी राजपूज्य: साचन्द्राजयगते चुधे ।। ९२ ।। Slola 92 When Mercwry ocdupies the 12th bha va from the Moon, the person born will be capable of .duscoursing eleverly on music and drawing, learned, eloquent, handsome, of great renown and held in veneration by kings राजपूज्योऽति मेघानी गाम्मीर्यगुणमत्ववान्। शुचि: सानघनाठय: खात् चन्द्रादूदादयगे गुरौ ॥ ९३ ॥ Sloka 93 The rerson at whose birth Jupiter is in the 12th bhava in respect to the Moon wil be highly honoured by kings, very intellgeot, endued with earnestness and energy, upright and possessed of a great deal of status and wealth युवतीजनर दर्पः पश्चादियननान् सुघीः। धनधान्याधिकथन्द्रदन्त्यसानगते भृगी।।९४ ।। Sloka 94 A charmer of young women, owning numerous cattle and stmnlar possessions, highly antel. ligent, nch in money and grain, will the person be at

439 S1. 95-98 497 whose nativity, Venus i in the 12th bhava from the Moon रिस्तीर्णवाहुर्गुणवान् नेवा पश्चादिविचनान्। गृहीतवाक्यो दुःखीकश्न्द्रादन्त्यगते शनौ ॥। ९५ ॥ Sloka 95. When Saturh occupies the 12th bhava from the Moon, the person born is long armed, merito rious, possessed of numerous cattle and similat postes- sions . he 15 a leader and his words catry weight and are accepted, he is yoked to a bad woman । दुरुधरायोगः ॥। असत्यवादी गुणनान् निपुणोपतिशठो घृणी।

Sloka 96. The person at whose birth the Moon 15 between Mercury and Mirs is untruthful though possessed of merits, clever but very depraved, censorious and avaricious, and addicted to unchaste woinen pist their prsme. सकर्मचिभनोद्रो यरासी रिपुपीडित:। समेइमीलकचन्द्रे मध्यगे कुजजीचयोः ॥९७॥ Stok: 97 When the Moon is betwiet Mars and Jupiter, the person born will be a renowned individual, owing his fortune to his own mighty evertion, but harassed by foes. The moral tone of his house.hold would wholly be duc to his powerful erimple. व्यायामी सुभगः करो हए: सत्कामनिचरास्। मयादशीलः शीतांश्षी मप्यगे कुजशुकयोः ।। ९८ ।। Siofn 98. If at a person's birth, the Moon be between Mars and Veaus, he will be athletic, handsome,

438 जातकपारिजाये Adh VIL

cruel, cheerful, virtuously inchned and wealthy, but lable to swerve from morality under the influence of fear कुत्सितस्त्रीरतः क्रोधी धनवान् पिशुनोऽरिमान्। असन्तप्तो निशानाथे मध्यगे कुजमन्दयोः ॥९९॥ Sloka 99 The individual at whose birth the Moon is between Mars and Saturn will be addicted to vile women, wrathful rich treacherous, contending with numerous enemies but unscathed and uncontrite धर्मात्मा शास्त्रनिद्वाग्मी सत्कि: सज्जनान्चितः । यशस्वी च निशानाथे मध्यगे बुधजीनयोः ॥१०० ॥ Sloka 100 When the Moon is in the midst of the two planets Mercury and Jupiter at a person's buith he will be pious, conversant with the sacred scriptures, eloquent, facile in composition associated with good men and of great fame नृत्यगानरतः कान्तः प्रियवारु सुभग: सुघीः। शूरप्रकृतिकथन्द्रे मध्यगे बुधशुक्योः ॥१०१॥ Sloka 101 The person at whose birth the Moon is between Mercury and Venus will be an amateur in dancing and music beloved of agreeable speech, hand some, lughly intelligent and of a heroic temperament देशादेशं गतः पूज्यो नातिनिद्याधनान्चितः । सनन्धुजनविद्वेपी चन्द्रे म-दज्ञमध्यगे ॥ १०२ ॥ Sloka 10' When the Moon is between Saturn and Mercury, the person born may have to go from one country to another, he will be revered, have moderate learning and wealth but evince great aversion to his kıth and kın

S1. 103-106 439

नृपतुल्यकरः श्रीमान् नीतिज्ञो विक्रमान्वितः । . र्यातोऽदुष्टमतिश्चन्द्रे मध्यगे गुरुशुक्रयोः॥१०३॥ Sloka 103. Acting in a princely fashion, prospe. rous, politic, valiant, celebrated and guiltless in thought will the person be at whose nativity the Moon holds a place between Jupiter and Venus.

· धनी शान्तिकरथन्द्रे मध्यगे शनिर्जवियोः ॥ १०४॥ Sloka 104. The person at whose birth the Moon has got between Saturn and Jupiter will be comfortable; 'possessed of humilty, knowledge, learning, beauty and worth ; owning much wealth and of a conciliatory conduct. वृद्धाचारकुलाव्यश् निर्गुणसत्रीजनप्रभुः । धनी नृपध्रियश्न्द्रे सितादित्यसुतान्तरे॥ १०५॥ Stoka 105. If at a birth, the Moon be between Venus and Saturn in a grguramn (Dhurudhura yoga), the person born will be an important personage in a tribe wedded to ancient customs and the lord of a band of worthless females; he will have much wealth and enjoy royal favour. स्वोचस्वमित्र भवनोपगतेपु सर्वे प्रामोति जातमनुजो नियतं यद्क्तम्। स्वांशपु वा निजसहद्धद्दसंयुतेतेपु प्राहुस्तथैव फलमस्ति पराशराया ॥१०६ ॥ Sloka 106. The whole effect of any yoga such as has been described is invariably realised by the person born under the yoga, when the yoga.making pianets

440 बातकपारिजाते Adh. VII.

occupy their exaltation, their own or frtendly houses. The same ts equally true, say Parasara and other autho. rities, when the Navamsas occupted by the yoga'making planets relate to their own or friendly houses. चन्द्रः सराहुर्यदि वा सकेतुश्रन्दादहिर्या यदि रिःफयातः। नीचासगो वा यदि योगकर्ता जातस्य मिश्रं फलमाहुरार्या: १०७ Sloka 107 If the Moon be in conjunction with Rahu or Ketu or df Rahu occupy the 12th bhava from the Moon, or if the planet producing the yoga be depres sed or obscured by the Sun s rays, the effect of the yoga will be mixed to the person born therein NOTES With regard to the Moons capacity of doing good or evil tvith reference to these three yogas Varahamihifa says अशुमकृदुष्टपोडद्धि दशयमूचतिगरततु शुभा्ायरह्याम् That is for persons born in the day time, the Moon in any of the fret 6 houses is auspicious and in any of the other C houses is intusp crous The reverse effect is to be understood in the case of persons born in the n ght time Shanda and I ryapati md others uso say so with reference to these yogas 1 hese therefore deserve consideration । अथ शकटादियोगः ॥।

केन्दरादन्यगती लमायोग: शकटसंजिवः॥१०८।। Slot d 108 If Jupiter occupying the 6th or the 8th bhava from the Moon be else where than in the Kendra in respect to the Luagna, the resulting yoga is termed शक: (Sakata).

S1. 109-110 सस्मोडध्याय: 441

of. फलदापिका NOTES.

"जीवादष्टारिसंस्थे शशिनि तु शकटः केन्द्रगे नास्तिलग्नात्." But Parasara says "लग्नास्तसंस्थे शक्टः समस्तैः" If all the planets be m the Ist ard the 7th bhavas, the result ing yoga is called z (Sakata) Also aeffer (Varahamihira) in his ev774 (Brihat Jataka) ch 12, Sl 3 gives the following defi- nition of (Sakata) adentical with Parasara's "तन्वस्तगेपु शकटम्." The zaiT (Sakata yoga) mentioned in sloka 168 mfra 1s differeot from this. The yoga referred to in this stoka is devord of its bad effects if Jupiter, while being in the 6th or the 8th house from the Moon, is m a Kendra from the Lagna अपि राजकुले जातो निःस्: शकटयोगज । क्ेशायासवशान्तित्यं स-तप्ो नृपविप्रिय ॥। १०९।। Sloka 109. The person born in the mazam (Sakata ycga) be he of a royal family, becomes indigent and in consequence of the trouble and fatigue falling to his lot, he is always distressed and becomes an object of aversion to the king. एf. फलदीपिका क्वचित् कनिद्वाग्यपरिच्युतः सन् पुनः पुनः सर्वमुपैति भाग्यम्। * लोके प्रपिद्धो परिहार्यमन्तः शल्यं प्रपन्ः शरठेडतिदुःखी । ॥ अथ पारिजातादियोगः ॥ . सपारिजातययुचरः सुखानि नीरोगतामुच्तमधर्गयातः। सगोपुरांशो यदि गोधनानि सिंहासनस्य कुरुते विभृतिम् ॥११०।। Sloka 110. To the person born under its influence, a planet secures comforts if in the tfaraia (Parijatamsa), 56

442 Adh: VII.

sound health if in the aenad (Uttama Varga); numerous cattle if in the vigria (Gopuramsa); and dominion if in the firgraaia (Simhasanamsa, vide Adhyay& 1, Sl. 45-46). करोति पाराततभागयुक्तो विद्यायय:श्रीतिपुलं नराणाम् । सदेवलोको बहुयानसेनामैरावतस्यो यदि भूपतित्वम् ।। १११।। Sloka 111. A planet that attains the waaai (Para. vatha Varga) brings to the men born under its auspices, learning and renows accompanied by great prosperity. If the planet reach the bigber eaerinn (Devalokabbaga), the lucky person coming into'the' world under the happy yoga comes to possess an army containing a large number of cars, horses and elephants .. If the planet in power at the time of birth be-in the highest doasta (Iravathamsa), it secures a kingship to the person born. Noris These are the effects of the yogas mentioned an slokas 45 461 of Adhyaya I and are takea from mater. अधमादियोगः

शशिनि विनयवि त्तज्ञानधीनेपुणानि। अदनि निशि च चन्द्रे स्वाधिमित्राशके वा सुरगुरुसितदंष्टे वितवान् स्ात् सुखी च।। ११२ ।। Stoka 112, According as the Moon occupies a Kendra, a Panapara or an Apoklima in respect to the ¡Sun, will the moral training, the wealtl, the knowledge tand the intellectual precision of the person born, be the llowest, midiling or highest. If the Moon be in its own Navamsa or in that of a very Iriendly planet and

SI. 112 सतमोडध्याय: 443

if it be aspected by Jupiter, the person born will bel wealthy, if it be aspected by Venus, he will be happy -- ' in both cases without regard to when the birth takes place-which may be by day as well as by night. NOTES. This and the next sloka are taken from Brihat Jataka- Trom the eficets mentioned, it will be seen that the Moon in a Kendra from the Sun is bad whether in the conjunction (1st), m a square (4th or 10th) or in opposition (7th). Here Varahamihira differs from Parasara with regard to qoopna.a (Purnima Chandra) The Moon situated in the 2nd, 5th, 8th and 11th from the Sun is middling, 5th is a negative trine and 9th is a positive one. The Moon situated in the 3rd, 6th, 9th and 12th from the Sun is good in result. Here Parasara also agrees Cf. सहस्त्ररश्मितश्चन्द्रे वण्टकादि गते सति। न्यूनमध्यवरिष्ठानि धनधीनैपुणानि च ।। स्वांशेSधिमित्रस्याशे वा स्थिते वा दिवसे शशी। गुरुणा दृश्यते तत्र जातो वित्तसुखान्वितः ॥। स्वाधिमित्रांशगश्चन्द्रो रष्टो दानवमन्त्रिणा ॥। निशामु कुरुते लक्ष्मी छत्रध्वनसमाकुलाम्। वरिपर्ययस्थे शीतांशौ जायन्तेऽ्पपना नराः ॥ Also यवनेश्वर मूर्खान् दरिद्रांश्पलान्विशीलांश्न्द्रः प्रसूतेऽरकचतुष्टयस्यः । कुर्याद्द्वितीये धनिनां प्रसूतिमापेकिमस्थे कुलजाग्रनानाम् ॥ स्वांशे शशी भार्गरटष्टमूर्तिर्निशीध्रोत्पनिकर: प्रदिष्टः । तद्ुत्तमोद्दूतिकरः स तु स्यादू दष्टो दिवा देवपुरोहितेन।। The sloha in the text can also bear the following two inter- pretations - (1) If the birth be in day time and the Moon be aspected !1 by Jupiter, the person becomes wealthy. If the birth be at mip'

444 जातकपारिजाते Adh. VII.

tuhe and the Moon be aspected by Venus, the person born becomes happy If the Moon be m bis own Navimsa and aspected by Jupiter, the native will be wealtby If the Moon should be in the Navamsa of a very friendly planet and aspected by Venus, then the person born will be happy (2) Whether the birth be at night or day, if the Moon be aspected by Jupiter and Venus together, the native is sure to be rich and happy The amount of werlth will be in a less degree if the Moon at birth be m his owvn or mn a friend s Navamsa and be aspected by Jupiter In the same way the happiness will be slightly less if at birth the Moon being, in his own of in a friend s Navamsa be aspected by Venus cf. सारावरी सूर्यात्केन्द्रादिगतो निशाकर स्वल्पमध्यभूयिष्ठान्। कुर्यात्कर्मेण धनधीनैपुणविज्ञाननिनयान्य।। चन्द्राधियोगः सौम्यैः सरारिनिधनेप्पधियोग इन्दोः तर्सिथमूपमचिवक्षितिपालजन्म ।

.दीर्घायुपो निगतरोगमयाश् जाताः ॥ ११३ ॥। Sloka 113. With the benefic planets occupying* the 6th, the 7th and the 8th houses from the Moon there results what 1s called the Moon's afram (Adhr yoga) wherein takes place the btrth of a commander (Police Superintendent or head), a minister or a ruler (of a district or Province). Those that are born in the Moon's afaram(Adhiyoga) are at the height of prosperity and pleasure, overcome their foes and live a long life, being exempt frotn diseases and dangers The yoga will be lowered a little mn effect if che Sun should NOTES

f

S1. 113 सप्तमोडध्याय: * 445

be in opposstion to the Moon. The effects described in the third quarter of the sloka will take place if only two benefics mstead of three as above be in the above places from the Moon, and those mentioned in the last quarter result if only one benefic is present in one of the above places from the Moon. The benefic planets referred to are Mercury, Jupiter and Venus Bhattotpala says that the mnterpretation put by some that all the three plices, inz . 6th, 7th and 8th houses from the Moon, should be occupied cach by one of the three to constituie,an afraM (Adhiyoga) is not correct, and quotes in support thereof the following from adsiff (Srutakeerti) who recognises 7 sorts of अवियोग (AdhIyoga). निघन घुनं पछठं चन्द्रस्थानाद्यदा ुभैर्युक्तम्। अधिगोग. स प्रोक्तो व्यापकृतौ सप्तघा पृर्घेः ॥ The seven sorts are caused according as the three benefic pla. nets occuny one or more of the three houses, 6th, 7th and 8th places from the Moon. That is, they might occupy (1) nil the 3 houses, 6th, 7th and 8th, (2) 6th and 7th, (3) 6th and 8th, (4) 7th and 8th, (5) 6th only, (6) 7th onls and (7) 8th only, He also adds पट् सप्तमाष्टसस्पैशन्द्रातसौम्यै: शुमोडधियोग स्यात्।. पाप: पापरेव मिश्रैर्मिश्रसयेत्रोक्तः । Badarayana (arK44) and Parasara are of opimon that accord- ing as all the benefic planets happen to possess superior, medium or ordinary strength, a person born under the yoga will become a Ling, a minister or a commander. शशिनः सौम्पाः पछे झुने का निधनसंस्यिता वा स्युः। जातो कृपतिर्तेयो मन्त्री या सैन्यनायको वाडपि।। स्पादघियोगे जातः सौम्येः सत्लैर्घराबीगः । मध्यबनैर्मन्ती स्पाद्घमबल: सैन्यनायर: स्यात्।

नेता मन्त्री भूपति: स्यात्कमेण ख्यातः श्रीमान् दीर्रभीत्री मनस्वी।।

446 जावकपारिआते Adh. VII.

But वल्याणवमंन् (Kalyanavarman) classes the चन्द्रापियोग (Chan, dradhiyoga) with Raja yoga when the planets Mercury, Jupiter and Venus are not eclipsed nor aspected by malefics. ef. ne? द्यूनं पष्टमयाष्टमँ शिशिरगो प्राप्ता समस्ताः शुभा: कूराणां यदि गोचरे न पतिता. सूर्याल्याद्दरतः । भूपाल• प्रभवेत्स यस्य जलधेर्वेलावनान्तोन्रवैः सेनामत्तकरीन्द्रदानसलिल भडैर्मटु पीयते।। Mandavya is also of the same opinion cf अमित्रं यामिन निधनमथवा शीतरुचितो गत. सर्वें सौम्यास्तमिह जनये युर्नरपतिम्। घुतेनैवासेकें गतवति विपादाश्रुपयका प्रतापागिर्यस्य ज्वलति हृदये शत्रुपु भशम् ॥ । लग्नाधियोग: ।। लग्नादरिययूनगृ हाष्टमस्यैः शुभैर्न पापग्रइयोगरऐैः । लगाधियोगो भवति प्रसिद्ध: पापैः सुखसानविवर्जितैय ॥११४॥ Sloka 114. When benefic planets occupy the 6th, the 7th and the 8th bhava from the Lagna and are nei- ther in conjunction with nor aspected by malefic planets which are in positions other than the 4th bhava, the celebrated छप्राधियोग (Lagnadhiyoga) 1s produced. . NOTES This and the next six slolas are from Parasara. From the quotation from Phaladeepika quoled under the previous sloha, it wall be seen that Mantreswara recognises Chandradhiyoga and Lagnadhıy oga alıke of. जानवादेद

लभाषियोगमेतत् पापै सुखवर्नितो भवति।

SI. 115-117 सप्तमोऽध्यायः 447

लग्नाधियोगे बहुशास्त्रकर्ता विद्याविनीतथ् चलाधिकारी।' मुख्यस्तु निष्कापटिको महात्मा लोके यशोचित्तगुणान्वितः स्याद्॥ Sloka 115. The person born in the राधियोग (Lag. nadhiyoga) will produce many scientific works, possess philosophical training, hold a chief command in the army, will be unsophisticated and generous, enjoying the eminent advantages which fame and fortune give in the world.

ef. जातकादेश NOTES.

लग्नाधियोगजातो मन्त्री पृतनापतिर्धरास्ामी। बहुदारवान्विनीतो दीर्शायुर्धर्मवानशतरुगणः ।। For the लप्ाियोग (Lagnadhyoga) the following effects are given in सारावली- लग्नात्पष्ठमदाष्टमे यदि शुमा: पापैरन युक्तेक्षिता: मन्त्रीदण्डपतिः क्षितेरधिपतिः स्त्रीणां बहूनां पतिः । दीर्घायुर्गेदवर्जितो गतमयो लग्नाधियोगे भवेत् सच्छीलो यवनाधिराजरुथितो जानः पुमान् मौख्यमाकू। ॥ गजकेसरीयोगः । . केन्द्रस्थिते देवगुरौ मृगाङ्गात् योगस्तदादुर्गजकेसरीति। दृष्टे सितायें-दुसुतैः शशाङ्के नी चास्तहीनैर्गजकेसरी स्ाद् ॥११६ ॥ Sloka 116. When Jupiter occupies a kendra from'li the Moon, the yoga produced is called गजकेसरी (Gajake- sari), Again if the Moon be aspected by planets, Venus, Jupiter and Mercury without being depressed or obscured by the Sun, the yoga produced is राजकेसरी (Gajakesari). गजकेसरीसंजावस्तेजखवी घनघान्यवान्। मेघावी गुणसंपन्नो राजग्रियकरो भवेव् ॥ ११७।।

448 आतकपाहिजासे Adh, VII

Sloka 117 The person born in the गजकेसरीयोग (Gajakesarıyoga) 18 energetic, has much money and grain, 1s intelligent and meritorious and does what will please his kıng of जातकादेश हन्ति सर्वप्रहारिष्ट चन्द्रकेन्द्रतृहस्पति । यथा गजसहत्त्राणि निहन्त्येकोऽवि केसरी ।। केसरियोगे जातो धनवान् स्वकलाधिपो महाप्राज्ञ। ग्रामपुरनगरकर्ता सहस्रमासेप जीवित विधान ।। ॥ अमलायोगः ॥ यक्ष जन्मसमये शशिलम्ात् सहहो यदि च कर्मणि संस्थ:। तस्य कीतिरमला भुवि तिष्ठेदायुपोन्तमनिनाशनसंपत् ।। ११८।। Sloka 118 If at the bitth of any person, a benefie "Iplanet be in the 10th house reckoned from the Moon the Lagna, the fame of that person will remain unclouded in the country and his prosperity will be unfailing till the end of his life लम्नाद्वा चन्द्रलगाद्वा दशमे शुभसंयुते। योगोयममला नाम कीर्तिराचन्द्रतारकी ॥। ११९।। Sloka 119 When the 10th bhava from the rising sign or the Moon is occupied by a benefic planet, the yoga is styled "HT (Amala-spotless) and the fame of the person born in the yoga lasts as long as the Moon and stars endure ef. फरुदीपिका चन्द्राइयोम्न्यमलाहय शुभसगैर्योगो विलम्रादपि॥ राजपूज्यो महामोगी दाता बन्धुजनप्रिय: । परोपकारी गुणधानमलायोगसंभवः ।। १२०।।

SI. 121-122 सप्तमाउभ्यायः 449

Sloha 120. The person born in the अमलायोग (Ama. layoga) is highly revered by bis sovereign, has great enjoyments, is liberal, kind to his relatives, benevolent and worthy. NOTES. The effect of birth m an amotat (Amalayoga) Is lhus describ. ed in फरुदांपिका (Phaladeepika). क्षमेशः स्यादमले धनी सुतयशःसम्पद्युतो नीतिमान्। ॥ वेशीयोगादि ॥ व्ययधनयुतखेटैवेंसिवेशी दिनेशा-

बहुधनसुखयुक्ता राजतुल्या भन्नन्ति ॥ १२१॥ Sloka 121. If planets occupy the 12th, the 2nd or hoth the hhavas from the Sun, the resulting yogas are respectively named बेसि (Vesi), वेशि (Vesi) and उभयघरी (Ubayachari). When the planets concerned occupy their own, friendly or exaltation signs, the persons born in the resulting yogas will be on a par with kings in regard to the vast wealth and comforts they can command. जात: सुशील: शुभवेशियोगे वाग्मी घनी वीतभयो जितारिः। पापप्रहे दुष्टजनानुरक्तः पापातमको वित्तसुखादिहीन: ॥ १२२ ॥ Sloke 192. The person born in an auspicious afrin (Vesiyoga) is amiable, eloquent, wealtby, intrepid and triumphant over his foes while the one born in a afarim (Vesiyoga) with an inauspicious planet is fond of bad company, evil minded and bereft of riches and comfort. 57

450 मरकपारिजाने Adb. VII

चेसौ शुभग्रहयुते निपुणः प्रदाता

पापान्विते यदि निदेशगतोऽतिमूर्खः कामातुरो वधरुचिर्विकृतानन: स्ात् ॥ १२३ ॥ Sloka 123 The person whose birth takes place in a वेसियोग (Vesiyoga) with a benefic planet is intelligent, liberal, delighting in scientific pursuits, and possessed of comfort, wealth, fame and strength, but the man born in a चैसियोग (Vesiyoga) with a malefic planet will be very stupid, afflicted with lust, d'lighting in murder, and ugly.faced and he may have to go into exile सौम्यान्वितोभयचरिप्रभवा नरेन्द्रा- स्तनल्यनित्तसुखशीलद्यानुरक्ता: । पापान्नितोमयचरौ यदि पापकृत्या रोगाभिभुतपरकर्मरता दरिद्राः ।। १२४ ।। Sloka 124 Those that have their birth in the vfam (Ubhayachariyoga) produced by benefie pla nets are princely individuals possessed of corresponding wealth and comforts and beloved for their amiability and compassionate nature But those that are born in the auguft (Ubhayachari) with malignant planets are wicked, afflicted with diseases, engaged in service for other people and in indigent circumstances 5f जातवागण

उभयस्थितै प्रहेन्द्रैरुभयचरी नामतो योगा ॥ मन्दगतिर्मृदुबचनो दीनाक्षो बन्धुवन्सले शृतिमान्। आयत्र्ययतुत्यकरो जात स्याद्वेसियोगेडसिमन् ।। पापमतिर्विस्रङ्गो निद्वालस्श्रमान्वितो वासौ।

SI. 125 सप्तमोऽध्याय: 451

पापैरेवं सौम्यैर्वलयुक्त्: सर्वसौर्यसंपन्नः ॥ मुखरो ज्ञानी बलवान् स्वबन्धुनाथो नरेन्द्रदयितः स्पात्। नित्योत्साही वाग्मी योगे जातः शुभोभचर्यायाम्॥ Also पराशर

भानोस्तूभयगैस्तदोभयचरी योगः स्मृतः प्राक्तनैः । किश्चितद्चनेपु नैव नियमो वश्यं नरश्वानृतो त्यन्ते कटकरो नस्श् मृदुहकू स्याद्वसियोगोन्नवः ॥ तिर्यगूदृष्टिः मन्वसत्यानुकुम्पी मर्त्योऽत्यर्थ दीर्घकायोऽलसश। सूती यस्य स्याद्यदा वेशियोगस्त्वल्पद्रव्यो वाग्विलामाघिशाली।। यस्य रयाज्जनने किन्ोभयचरीयोगस्य चेत्संभवः सोऽत्यन्तं समवायमानवि तदा मर्त्यो भवत्सघयशः । नात्युखः प्रबलामलाइन्धितनयायुक्त: समृद्दः सदा अत्यर्थ स्यिग्मानसः सरलदकू सर्व सहः सन्मतिः। A1so फलदीपिरा हित्येन्दुं शुमासियास्युमयचर्यार्र्याम्रिःफोमय- स्थानस्पैः सवितुः शुभैः स्युरशुमैसते पापसंक्ञाः स्मृताः । सत्पाश्ें शुभकर्तरीत्युमयमे पांपैस्तु पापाह्यो लग्ादवितगनैः शुभैम्तु सुशुभो योगो न पापेक्षितैः । सुशुमे शुमकर्वर्यो वेस्याटौ सुनमादिवन्। गुभै: क्रमात्कलं नेयं विपरीतममहहैः ॥ ॥ अथ शुभयोगाद़ि।। शुभाशुभाट्ये यदि जन्मलमे शुभाशुभारूयौ भवतस्तदानीम्। व्ययस्वग: पापशुभैर्विलमात् पापास्यसीम्यग्रहकर्तरी च ॥। १२५॥ Sloka 125. According as the rising sign is occupied by benelic or malefic planets, the yogas produced are

452 Adb. VII

termed शुभ (Subha) and अशुभ (Asubha) respectively When the 12th and the 2nd bhavas from the Lagna are occupied by malefic or beneftc planets, the yogas are called पापकर्त्तरि (Papabarthars) and सांम्यक्तरि (Soumyakartha r1) respectively शुभयोगभवो वाग्मी रूपशीलगुणान्विव: । पापयोगोन्दवः कामी पापकर्मा परार्थसुक् ॥१२६॥ Sloka 126 The person born in the छुभयोग (Subha yoga) 15 eloquent, handsome, amiable and worthy while the one born in the argaam (Asubha yoga) 1s lustiul, wicked and feeding on what is not his own but another s शुभकर्तरिसंजातस्तेजोरित्तवलाधिकः । पापकर्तरिके पापी मिक्षाशी मलिनो भवेत् ॥ १२७ ।। Sloka 127 The person born in a शुमकतारेयोग (Subha kartharı yoga) will have superior lustre, wealth and strength while the one born in a qrvsdit (Papakarthari) will be eriminal, eating begged food and impure NOTES In the 3 yogas Tम (Subha) अशुभ (Asubha) and क्चरि (Karthari) ment oned in slokas 125 127 the Sun and the Moon are not rechoned

रम्गद्द्वितीय सस्पैरकें-दुनितर्जितैप्रहे सुशुमात्। अशुमाख्यो व्ययसस्परभयस्प कर्तरी समाख्याता।। सुशुमायोगे ातो धनवान् वनितादृतो नियमशील। नित्योद्युत्त्श्रपर सुवचा भोगान्वित पुराध्यभ !। अशुमायोगे जातो मायावी बाक्ठेतिसन्तापी।

SI. 128-129 सपमोडध्याय: 453

कर्तरियोगे जातो बलवान् स्वकुलाधिपो महोत्साही। कर्तरियोगे पापैः परदेशगतो विपाभिशन्रहतः ॥ ॥ पर्वतयोगः ॥ सौम्येपु केन्द्रगूहगेपु सपलरन्धे शुद्धेऽथवा शुभयुते यदि पर्वतः स्ात्। लगान्त्यपौ यदि परस्परकेन्द्रयातौ मित्रेक्षितौ भवति पर्वतनामयोगः ॥ १२८।। Slaka 128. If benefic planets be in Kendra houses and if the 6th and the 8th bhavas be either unoccupied or occupied by benefic planets, the resulting yoga is qea (Parvatha). Again, if the lords of the Lagna and the 12th bhavas be in Kendra positions with respect to each other and aspected by friends, there is the viadm (Parvatha yoga). ef. यवन लग्यासमेपूरणगा: प्रशन्ताः सरें ग्रहेन्द्रा इह चेदपापाः । तें पर्वने विद्धि चलाधिकानां महीपतीनां प्रसनाय योगे।। Also बानकादेश उदयास्तकर्महितुके ग्रह्युक्ते रिःफनैघने शुद्धे। यः कश्चिन्नवमगतो योगोऽयं पर्वरनो नामा ॥ माग्यान्वितः पर्वतयोगजातो विद्यायिनोदामिरतः प्रदाता। कामी परस्त्रीजनकेलिलोलस्तेजोयशस्ी पुरनायक: स्यात ॥ १२९ ॥। Sloka 129. The person who has his birth in the पर्पतयोग (Parvatha yoga) will be prosperous, engaged in literary pursuits, liberal, libidinous and fond of sporting with women not his own, full nf energy, famous and at the head of a city.

454 नातकपारिजाते Adh. VII.

cf. जतवादेश पर्वतयोगे जानो भूपालो धर्मवान् विनीतश् । ग्रामपुरनगरकर्ता लोके श्रुतवान्युगान्तकीर्तति: स्यात् ।। काहलयोगः अन्योन्यकेन्द्रगृ हगौ गुरुपन्धुनाथौ लग्नाधिपे बलयुते यदि काहलः स्यात्। कर्मेश्वरेण सहिते तु विलोकिते वा स्वोचसवके सुखपती यदि तादृश: स्यात् ॥ १३० ॥ Sloka 180. If the lords of the 9th and the 4th bha- vas be in Kendra positions with respect to each other and if the lord of the Lagna have strength, the yoga produced is #IE (Kahala). If the lord of the 4th bhava occupying its exaltition or its own sign be as. pected by or in conjunction with the lord of the 10th bhava, the yoga will be such as the foregoing. ओजस्वी साहसी मूर्खश्तुरज चलैर्पुतः। यत्किंचिहामनाथस्तु जातः स्ात् काहले नरः ॥ १३१॥ Sloka 181. The person born in the काहलयोग (Kaha. la yoga) is vigorous, daring, ignorant, possessed of an army complete in its parts and ruling over a few villages.

एf. जातवादंश NOTES.

लसाधीशो बन्वति योग: काहलमंक्षरुः ।। विद्याविनयसंपन्नो रूपनान विनितन्द्रियः । आज्ञापरो महाभोगी योगे स्वान्काहले नरः ॥ वाइलयोग (Kahalayoga) and ats eflect are thus stated in फलरीपिका,

SI. 132-133 ससमोऽध्याय 455

लग्नाविपाप्तमपतिस्थितराशिनाय्वोच्चसवमेपु यदि कोणचतुष्टयस्थ । योग स काहल इति प्रथित ॥ वर्द्धिष्णुरार्य सुमति प्रमन्न क्षेमरुर काहलनो नृमान्य । मालिकायोगः लग्नादिसप्तगृहगा यदि सप्तखेटा जातो महीपतिरनेकगजाश्वनाथः। वित्तादिगा निधिपतिः पितृभक्तियुक्तो धीरोग्ररूपगुणवान् नरचकनर्ती।। १३२।। Sloka 132 If the 7 planets be in 7 houses irom the Lagna, the person born in the yoga is n king in command of many elephants and horses If the माला (Mala-the wreath of planets) be from the 2nd bhava, the person born in this 2nd yoga will be a king owning hoards of wer'th, dutifully reverent towards parents, resolute, of stern aspect and possessed of eminent virtues जातो यदा निक्ममालिकायां भूप: स शूरो धनिकम रोगी। सुखादिका चेद्धहुदेशभाग्य- भोगी महादानपरो महीप:।। १३३।। Sloka 133 If the मारिका (Malika) commence from the 3rd bhava, the person born in it will be heroie and wealthy hut sickly If the stirting point of the mirer (Malika) be the 4th bhavi, the person who has hs birth therein will be a very liberal sovereign enjoying the good fortune due to his governing many countries. पुताद्या यदि मालिका नरपततिर्यज्याधवा कीर्तिमान् जातः पछ्यगृद्दाद् फचिद्वनसुखपास्ो दरिद्रो भद् ।

458 जातकपारिजवि ' Adh. Vil.

Sloka 137. The person born in the erataln (Cha- mara yoga) will be either a philosopher, wise, eloquent and held in high esteem by kings, or a king who being competent by birth &c, to enter on the study of the sacred scriptures, has wastered everything connected therewith. This personage will live a year alter the tale of 70 years is completed, te. 71 years. व. जातकादेश योगेडसिमिन नामरे जातो दीर्वायुर्धनवान् सुखी। बहुदेशाधिनाथ स्पाद्धर्मिष्ठो वेद्पारग ।। ।। शङ्गयोगः ॥ अन्योन्यकेन्द्रगृद्दगौ सुतशत्रनाथौ लगाधिपे चलयुते यदि शङ्गयोग: । लमाधिपे घ गगनाधिपनी चरखे भाग्याधिये बलपुते तु तथा वदन्ति ॥ १३८॥। Sloka 138 When the lords of the bth and the 6th bhavas are in Kendra positions with respect to each other and when the lord of the Lagna is strong, the yoga ts called wa (Sankha) The same yoga 15 said to evist when the lord of the Lagna, as well as the lord of the 10th bhava, occupy a moveable sign and the lord of Oth bhava 13 strong- शंहे जातो भोगशीलो दपालु: स्त्रीपुत्रार्थक्षेत्रनान् पुण्यकर्मा। शास्त्रज्ञानाचारसाधुक्रियावान् जीवेद्वर्प वत्सराणामश्ञीतेः ॥१३९।। Slaka 189. The person born in the Sankha yoga will have a hie of enjoyment, be compassionate, blessed with a wile, sons, wealth and lands, engaged in the practice of virtue, wall possess a Lnowledge of the sacred scriptures, will be well conducted, beneficent,

SI. 140-141 सहमोडध्याय: 459

and may live 81 years (one year after the tale'of eighty is completed). of. जातकादेश केन्द्रत्रिकोणगाः सर्वे तिष्ठन्ति यदि खेचराः । यः कश्चित्सोचराशिस्पो योग: स्याच्छन्व ईरितः ॥। शङ्योगोन्भवो मर्त्यो राजा वा तत्समोऽपि वा। देवताकदोगयुक्तो दाने नृपप्तमो भवेत् ।। .

शङ्योग (Sankhayoga) and Its eflect are thus stated in फलदीपिका. केन्द्रकोणपयुतिर्यदि शह्ः ॥ राजा स्वाच्छह्वयोगे बहुवरवनिताभोगसम्पत्तिपूर्ण: ॥। ॥ भेरीयोगः ।। सान्त्योदयास्तभवनेपु वियचरेपु कर्माधिपे बलयुते यदि भेरियोग:। केन्द्रं गतौ सुरगुरोः सितलननाथौ भाग्येश्वरे चलयुते तु तथैव वाच्यम् ॥ १४०।। SI.k: 140. When there are planets in the 2nd, the 12th, the Ist and the 7th bhavas and when the lord of the 1Cth bhava is strong, the yoga is ait (Bheri). When Venus and the lord of the Ist bhava occupy Kendra positions in respect to Jupiter and when the lord of the 9th bhava is strong, the same yoga should be said to exist. दीर्घायुपो विगतरोगमया नरेन्द्रा बदर्थभूमिसुत्तदारपुताः प्रसिद्धाः । आचारभूरिसुखशार्यमद्दानुभावा भेरीप्रजातमनुजा निपुणाः कुलीनाः।।१४१।। Sloka 141 Those that are born in the SRt (Bheri

460 जावकपारिज्ाते Adb. VII.

yoga) are lordly men, of good birth, long-lived, exempt from diseases and danger, possessed of much wealth, lands, sons and wives, of great renown, enjoying much happiness on account of their virtuous lives, eminently heroic and of grcat experience in the affairs of the world मृदङ्योग: उच्चग्रहोशकपतौ यदि कोणकेन्द्रे तुङ्गस्वकीयभवनोपगते चलादये। लग्नाधिपे बलपुते तु मृदङ्गयोग: कल्याणरूपनृपतुल्ययश्ाप्रदः स्याद् । १४२।। Sluka 142 If the lord of the Navamsa which a planet in tts exaltation occupies be in a Kona or Kendra position, if the occupant of the Kona or Kendra pnst. tion in question be in its exaltation or own house and have abundince of strength and if the lord of the Lagna be powerful at the same time, the yoga produced is qer (Mrudanga) and confers on the person born nobility of mien and fame such as it is the good fortune of sove- reigns to have श्रीनाथयोगः कामेश्वरे कर्मगे खवतुङ्े कर्माधिपे माग्यपसंयुते च। श्रीनाथयोग: शुभदस्तदानीं जातो नरी शकसमो नृपालः ॥१४३।। Sluka 143 When the lord of the 7th bhava 18 in the 10th bhava and when the lord of the 10th 1s in the exaltation si n and also in conjunction with the lord of the 9ch, the auspicious yoga called sfrarg (Srinatha lord of lortune) is produced. The person born therein will be like Indra, the king of the celestials.

SI. 144-145 सप्तमोऽध्याय: 461

'But see फलदीपिका लग्नाधीश्वर मास्करामृनकरा: केन्द्रत्निकोणाश्रिताः स्वोचस्वर्क्षसुहृद्गहानुपगना: श्रीकण्ठयोगो भवेत् । तद्व्द्ार्गवमाग्यनाथशशिजा: श्रीनाथयोगस्तथा ।। लक्ष्मीवान् सरसोक्तिचाटुनिपुणो नारायणाङ्काड्कितः तन्नामाद्वितहृद्यपद्यम निश सक्कीतयन सज्जनः । तन्भ क्तापचितौ प्रपन्नवदन:सत्पुत्रदारान्वितः सर्वेंपां नयनप्रियोऽतिसुभगः श्रीनाथयोगोद्दवः ॥ शारदायोगः योगः शारदसंज्ञक: सुतगते कर्माधिपे चन्द्रजे केन्द्रस्ये दिननायके निजगृहम्राप्तेऽतिवीर्यान्विते। चन्द्रात्कोणगते पुरन्दरगुरौ सौम्यत्रिकोणे कुजे लाभे वा यदि देवमन्त्रिणि युधात्तच्छारदासंज्ञकः ॥१४४॥ Sloka 144. When the lord of the 10th bhava is in the 5th, when Mercury is in a Kendra ; when the Sun is in its own sign and exceadingly powerful; when Jupiter is in a Kona in respect to the Moon and when Mars occupies a Trikona position with regard to Mer- cury; the resulting yoga is called emar (Sarada). When Jupiter is in the 1ith bhava from Mercury and other conditions mentioned before obtain, the same yoga is said to exist. स्त्रीपुत्र बन्धु सुख रूपगुणानुरक्ता भूपप्रिया गुरुमहीसुरदेवमक्ताः। विद्याचिनोदरतिशीलत पोपलाढ्या जाता: स्वधर्मनिरता भुवि शारदारुये।। १४५ ।। Sloka 145. Those that are born in the tmnqrom (Sarada yoga) take particular care of their wives, their

462 बावरपारिजाते Adb, VII.

sons, their relatives, their personal appearance and their virtues; they are in favor with their sovereigns ; they show reverence to their preceptors, Brahmans an l Gods; they take delight in literary pursuits and have a good deal of amiability, religious merit and strength ; they are attentive to their duties in this world. मत्स्ययोगः लग्नधर्मगते पापे पश्चमे सदसद्युते। चतुरसं गते पापे योगोऽयं मत्समंज्ञक: ॥१४६ ॥ Sloka 146, When a malelic planet 15 in the 9th bhava Irom the Lagna, when the 5th bhava is occupied by benefic as well as malefic planets, and when the TgTEr (Chathurasra) i e. the 4th, or the 8th bhava from the Lagna has a malelic planet, the yoga is termed REr (Mathsya). कालज्ञ: करुणासिन्धुर्गुणधीव लरूपवान्। यशोविद्यातपस्वी च भत्स्ययोगससुद्यः ॥ १४७।। Sloka 147. The person born in the #E7 (Mathsya) yoga will be an astrologer. he will be very compas- sionate ; he will have virtue, intelligence, strength, beauty, fame, learning and religious merit. कूर्मयोग: कलत्रपुत्रारिगृहेपु सौम्याः स्वतुङ्गमित्रांशकराशियाताः। उतीयलामोदयगास्त्वसौम्या मित्रोचसंस्था यदि कूर्मयोग: ।१४८।। Sluka 149. If the benefic among the planets be in the 7th, the ith and the 6th bhavas and the malefic in the 3rd, the 11th and the Ist bhavas, and if the Amsas or Rasis occupied by the planets be invariably those of

si. 149-151 463

their own, exaltation or their friends, the yoga produced 1s termed gÅ (Kurma). विख्यातकीर्तिर्भ्ुवि राजभोगी धर्माधिकः सत्वगुणप्रधानः । धीरः सुखी चागुपकारकर्ता कूर्मोद्गवो मानवनायको वा ॥ १४९॥ Sloka 149. The person botn in the कूमयोग (Kurma yoga) will have wide fame, royal luxuries, and will be eminently virtuous, the quality of goodness eea (Satva) predominating in his nature ; he will be staid, comfort- able, and disposed to befriend other people by putting in a kind word'on their behalf with the sovereign or he may even be that sovereign. खड्गयोग: भाग्येशे धनभावसे भनेरो भाग्यराशिगे। लग्नेशे केन्द्रकोणसे खड्योग इतीरितः ॥। १५० ॥। Sloka 150. When the lords of the 9th and the 2nd bhavas are respectively in the 2nd and the 9th bhavas and when the lord of the 1st bhava is in a Kendra or a Kona, the yoga called era (Khadga) 1s produced, चेदार्थशास्त्रनिखिलागमतत्वयुक्ति-

निर्मत्सराथ् निजवीर्यमद्दानुभावाः खड्डे भवन्ति पुरुपा: कुशला कृतज्ञाः ॥१५१। Sloka 151. Men born in the aqw (Khadga) yoga \ devote themselves to the study of the Vedas, the Science of polity and all traditions, to the ascertainment of the trutbs contained thetein as well as their application to practice, and to the maintenance of their rank, power, dignity and bappiness. They are free from envy or

462 Adb. VII.

sons, their relatives, their personal appearance and their virtues; they are in favor with their sovereigns : they show reverence to their preceptars, Brahmans an I Gods ; they take delight in literary pursuics and have a good deal of amiability, religious merit and strength ; they are attentive to their duties in tbis world. मत्स्ययोगः लग्नधर्मगते पापे पश्चमे सदसद्ुते। चतुरसं गते पापे योगोऽयं भत्स्यसंज्ञकः ॥ १४६ ॥। Sloka 146. When a malefic planet is in the 9th bhava from the Ligha, when the 5th bhava is occupled by benefic as well as malefic planets, and when the aara (Chathurasra) i.e. the 4th, or the 8th bhava from the Lagna has a maleftc planet, the yoga is termed eT (Mathsyal, कालज्: करुणा सिन्धुर्गुगघीचलरूपचान्। यशोविद्यावपसवी च मत्स्ययोगसमुद्धवः ।।१४७ ।। Sloka 147. The person born in the mrn (Mathsya) - yoga will be ah astrologer: he will be very compas- sionate ; he will have virtue, intelligence, strength, beauty, fame, learning and religious merit. कूर्मयोग: कलन्नपुत्रारिगृदेदेपु सौम्याः स्वतुङ्गमित्रांगकराशियाता:। उवीयलामोदयगास्त्वसौम्पा मित्रोचसंस्य। यदि कूर्मयोगः ॥१४८।। Sluka 148. If the benefic among the planets be in the 7th, the sth and the 6th bhavas and the malefic in the 3rd, the 11th and the Ist bhavas; and if the Amsas or Rasis occupied by the planets be invatiahly those of

sİ. 149-151 सप्मोऽध्याय: 463

their own, exaltation or their friends, the yoga produced is termed gå (Kurma). विख्यातकीर्तिर्भुवि राजभोगी धर्माधिकः सत्वगुणप्रधानः । धीरः सुखी वागुपकारकर्ता कूर्मोद्धवो मानवनायको वा ॥ १४९ ॥। Sloka 149. The person boin in the iam (Kurma yoga) will have wide fame, royal luxuries, and will be eminently virtuous, the guality of goodness erz (Satva) predominating in his nature , he will be staid, comfort. able, and disposed to befriend other people by putting in a kind word'on their behalf with the sovereign or he may even be that sovereign. खड्गयोग: भाग्येशे धनमावसे धनेशे भाग्यराशिगे। लग्नेशे केन्द्रकोणस्थे खड्डयोग इतीरितः ।। १५० ।।. Sluka 150. When the lords of the 9th and the 2nd bhavas are respectively in the 2nd and the 9th bhavas and when the lord of the Ist bhava is in a Kendra or a Kona, the yoga called ten (Khadga) 1s produced.

निर्मत्सराथ्र निजवीर्यमदानुभावा: खड्डे भवन्ति पुरुपा: कुशला: कृतज्ञाः ॥१५१ ॥ Stoka 151. Men born in the FEn (Khadga) yoga devote themselves to the study of the Vedas, the Science of polity and all traditions, to the ascertainment of the truths contained therein as well as their application to practice, and to the maintenance of their rank, power, dignity and bappiness. They are free from envy or

464 पातक पारिभाते Adh VII.

passion and held in high esteem for theit courage and prowess , they are clever and gratefully remember the kindnesses done to them. Notes Tilat is another reading in the fourth quarter of the sloka, which means their orders are readily obeyed. । लक्ष्मीयोगः ॥ केन्द्र मूलत्रिकोणसे माग्येशे परमोचचगे। लगनाधिपे बलाढ्ये च लक्ष्मीयोग इतीरितः ।। १५२। Sloka 152 When the lord of the 9th bhava is mn a Kendra identical with the planet's Moolatrikona and when the lord of the Lagna occupies the exaltation sign and 15 possessed of abundant strength, the resulting yoga is declared to be artam (Lakshmt yoga). गुणाभिरामो पह्ुदेशनाथो विद्यामहीकीतिरनङ्गरूप: । दिगन्तविश्रान्तनृपालवन्द्ो राजाधिराजो बहुदारपुत्रः ।१५३।। Sloka 153 The person born in the लक्षमीयोग (Laksh mi yoga will be a king of kings amtable for his many vittues, ruling over many lands, widely known for his learning, lovely as cupid, bowed to by kings from the farthest regions of the earth and having numerous wives and sons. NOTHS This yoga and its eflect is thus described in फल्दापिका स्वकषोचे यदि कोणकाटरुयुतौ माग्येशशुकावुमौ लक्ष्म्याख्य । नित्य मदलशील्या वनितया मीडत्यरोगी घनी तेजम्वी स्वननान् पुरक्षति महालक्ष्मीप्रसादालय. 1 श्रेष्ठान्दोलिक्या परयाति तुरगस्नरमाद्याश्रितो लोकानन्दकरो महोपतितरो दाता च लक्ष्मीभव ।।

SI. 154-156 सप्मोडध्याय: 465

cf. जातकादेश परमोच्चगते केन्द्रे माग्यनाथे शुभेक्षिते। लग्नाधिपे बलाढ्ये तु लक्ष्मीयोग इतीरितः ॥ वर्गोत्तमगते शुकके भाग्ये तसिमिन् शुभग्रहे। उच्चग्रहे तृतीयस्थे लक्ष्मीयोग इतीरित ।। ॥ कुसुमयोगः ॥ स्थिरलसे भृगौ केन्द्रे त्रिकोणेन्दौ शुभेतरे। मानस्थानगते सौरे योगोऽयं कुसुमो भवेत् ॥ १५४ ॥ Sloka 154. When Venus occupies a Kendra repre- sented by an immoveable sign, and the Moon in a Trikona position is other than benefic and when Saturn holds a place in the 10th bhava, the resulting yoga is कुसुम (Kusuma). दाता महीमण्डलनाथवन्दो भोगी महावंशजराजमुख्यः। लोके महाकीर्तियुतः प्रतापी नाथो नराणां कुसुमोद्द्रवः स्यात् १५५ Sloka 155. The person born in the कुसुमयोग (Kusu. ma yoga) will be a powerful sovereign of wide celebrity in the world, foremost among kings who trace their descent from illustrious royal houses, of great enjoy- ments, bowed to by rulers of the earth and bountifully bestowing gifts. पारिजातयोगः विलग्ननाथस्थितराशिनाथस्थानेशवरो वापि तदंशनाथः। केन्द्रत्रिकोणोपगतो यदि स्याद् खतुङ्गगो वा यदि पारिजातः १५६ Sloka 156. Find first the zodiacal sign occupied by the lord of the Lagna; ascertain next in what Rasi the lord of the zodiacal sign first found is. If the lord of 69

466 सातकूपारिजाते Adh, VII.

the 2nd Rasi thus ascertained or the lord of the Navam. sa occupred by the lord of the secondly found Rasi be in a Kendra or Trikona or in its exaltation, the yoga produced 1s पारिजात (Parijatha) मध्यान्तसौख्यः क्षितिपालनन्द्यो युद्धप्रियो वारणराजियुक्तः। स्वकर्मधर्माभिरती दयालुयोंगो नृपः स्ाद्यटि पारिजातः ॥ १५७॥। Sloka 157 The person whose birth is in the qrftarra an (Parijatha yoga) will bea sovereign destined to be happy in the middle and latter portion of his life, res pected and obeyed by other kings, fond of war, poszessing elephants and horees, attentive to his duty and engagements and of a compassionate disposition कलानिधियोगः द्विरताये पश्चमे जीने वुधशुक्रयतेक्षिते। क्षेत्रे तयोर्वा सम्प्राप्ते योगः स्यात् स कलानिधि: ॥१५८॥ Sloka 158 When Jupiter occupying the 2nd or the 5th bhava is aspected by or in conjunction with Mercury and Venus or is in a house owned by (either of) them, the yoga is called verfafr (Kalanıdıhı). कामी क्लानिषिमतर: सुगुणाभिराम: संस्तूयमानचरणो नश्पालमुरयैः । सेनातुरङ्मदचारणर हमेरी- वाद्यान्वितो विगतरोगमयारिसद्वः ॥ १५९॥ Sloka 169 The person born in the कलानिधियोग (Ka- lanidhi yoga) will be gallant, amiable lor his many virtues, waited upon and loyally greeted by many great kings His retinue will consist of an army, horses, strong elephants, conch, drum and other instruments of

SI. 160-162 सप्तमोध्याय :- 467

martial music: he will be exempt from diseases, dangers and foes of every kind. अंशावतारयोग: केन्द्रगौ सितदेवेज्यौ खोचे केन्द्रगतेऽर्कजे। चरलमे यदा जन्म योगोऽयमवतारजः ॥ १६० ॥ Sloka 160. If Venus and Jupiter be in Kendras and if Saturn in exaltation occupies also a Kendra and if the rising sign at the time of birth be a moveable one, the resulting yoga is called भवतारज (Avatharaja). पुण्य श्रोकस्तीर्थचारी कलाज्ञ: कामासक्त: कालकर्ता जितात्मा। चेदान्तज्ञो चेदशास्त्नाधिकारी जातो राजश्रीधरोऽशावतारे ॥।१६१।। Sloka 161. The person born in the अंशावतारयोग (Amsavatbara yoga) will have the majesty of a king; he will be of good reputation; he will go to holy shrines ; he will be conversant with fine arts; be will be devoted to gallantry; he will shape the character of the age in which he lives; he will be void of passion. He will be acquainted with the Vedanta Philosophy and qualified by birth to study and interpret the sacred scriptures. हरिहरत्रह्मयोगः

कामेशात्सुखभाग्यरन्ध्रगृहगा जीवाब्जचन्द्रात्मजा:। देहेशाद्यदि बन्धुमानभयगा: सूर्यास्फुजिद्भमिजाः प्रोक्तास्तत्र पुरातनैरहरिहरन्रव्ार्ययोगा इमे ॥१६२ ॥ Sloka 162. The following are the three yogas called figtAm (Hariharabrahma) by the ancients. The first

468 बावकपारिखाठे Adb. VII

itraw ( Harsharabrahma ) yog1 is produced when the benefic planets are in the 2nd, the 12th and the 8th bhavas in respect to the lord of the 2nd bhava The 2nd yoga exists when Jupiter, the Moon and Mercury are in the 4th, the 9th and the 8th bhavas with reference to the lord of the 7th bhava, the 3rd yoga is present when the Sun Venus and Mars occupy the 4th, the 10th and the 11th from the lurd of the Lagna निखिलनिगमनिद्यापारगः सत्यवादी

जितरिपुकुलसद्द: सर्वजीवोपकारी हरिहरविधियोगे सम्भवः पुण्यकर्मा । १६३ ॥ Sloka 163 The person who has his birth in the TRtrIAy (Hariharabrahma) yoga will be thoroughly conversant with the entire body of sacred lore, truthful in his speech, possess>d of every comfort, of pleasing address, gallant, victorious over his loes, beneficent to every living creature and viItuous ॥ नाभसादियोग: ।। यूपेपुशक्तियवदण्ड गदासमुद्र-

शृङ्गाटकाय निनिधारृतिरविद्वति: स्यु: ॥ १६४।। Sloka 164 There are 20 yogas named after the different figures they represent and coming under the general designation of arriaam (Akritt yoga) They are (1) qv (Yupa), a sacrificial post, (9) wy (Ishu), an arrow, (3) ufes (Salti), a spear, (4) va (Yava), a barleycorn,

S1. 165 ससमोऽध्याय: 469

(5) दण्ड (Danda), a stick ; (6) गद (Gada), a.mace: (7) समुद्र (Samudra), the sea; (8) 5a (Chathra), an umbrella ; (9) अर्धचंद्र (Ardhachandra), a half Moon; (10) शकट (Sakata), a waggon : (11) ga (Ambuja), a lotus ; (12) qfera (Pak. shin), a bird ; (13) r (Nau), a boat; (14) = Chakra, a wheel: (15) aw (Vajra), Indra's weapon, thunderbolt shaped like the letter X; (16) € (Hala), a plough ; (17) कार्मुक (Karmuka), a bow; (18) क: (Kuta), a trap (for catching deer); (19) arft (Vapee), a well; and (20) "mes (Sringataka), a place where 4 roads meet.

NOTES. The Nabbasa (heavenly) y)gas are said to consist of 4 divi- sions, viz. (i) arn' (Ahrit yoga) wlnch has 20 sub-divisions ; (ii) मख्यायोगा (Sanhhyayogr) which has 7 sub divisions, (1ii) आश्रययोगा: (Asraya yoga) having 3 sub divisions and (ıv) aaahit (Dala yoga) having only 2 sub divisions-Total 32 in all. Yavanacharya is satd to recognise 1800 vaneties of these Nabhasa yogas, which, when properly nnalysed, will be found to have been included in the above 32. In this sioka mere names of the 20 arzir (Akriti) yogas have been mentioned, while the yogas themselves have been described in detail in slokas 168-172. रज्जुर्नलथ मुसलसित्रितयाश्रयारूया: स्रग्मोगिनौ तु दलयोगभवौ भवेताम्। चीणाद्यश्च कथिता वरदामपाश- केदारशूलंयुगगोलकमससंख्या:।। १६५।। Sloka 165. 333 (Rajju, a rope), 0 (Nala, a reed), and gas (Musala, a pestle) are the names of the three anra (Asraya) yogas (named from the general charac. teristic of the signs which the 7 planets oscupy): T (Srak a wreath), भोगिनू (Bhogin, a snake) are the two दल

472 जातकपारिजाठे Adh. VII,

Regarding the two fe (Dala) yogas सर (Srak) and मर्प (Sar- pa), the commentator adds that srak yoga is caused if tbe benefic planets occupy three of the four Kendras whilc there are no malefic planets in any of the Kendra places; and that when malefic planets occupy three of the Kendras wbile there are no benefic planets in any of the Kendra houses, the yoga is known as #i (Sarpa), and that the Moon shoutd be left out of consideration and not classed as benefic or malefic. He also quotes in support thereof the following two quotations: viz-, (1) Garga त्रिकेन्द्रगैर्यमारार्के: सपों दृःखितजन्मदः (दुःखीतदुरद्ध्रवः)। मोगिजन्मप्रदा माला तदज्जीवसितन्दुजै:। (2) Badarayana केन्द्रेष्वपापपु सिनत्जीवैः केन्द्रश्रिसंस्यैः कथयन्ति मालाम्। सर्पस्त्वस्ौम्यैध्य यमारसूयैर्योगाविमौ द्वौ कपितौ दलारयौ। The दल Dala yogas are thas deseribed in वद्दतमाराशरहोरा. केन्द्रत्र ये सौम्यखगैस्तु माला खल्महैर्व्यालसमाहय: स्यान्। इद तु योगद्विनयं दलारयं मुनीश्वरेण मतिपारितिं हि। The commentator adds that tbese two yogas have been men. tioned not only by Parasara but also by others and quotes the following from ufer (Mamttba). केन्द्रत्रयगतैः पापैः सौम्यैर्दा दनसंकितौ। द्वौ यौगौ सर्पमालाख्याव निष्टेष्टफलप्रद्ौ।। योगा व्रजन्त्याथ्रयजा: समत्वं

केन्द्रोपगैः प्रोक्तफलो दलारूया- वित्याहुरन्ये न धृथकुफली तौ॥ १६७ ॥ Sloka 167. According to some astrologers, the Asraya yogas are the same as the va (Yava', $n3 (Ka. mala), वज्ज (Varja), प्षिन (Pakshin), गोलक (Golaka), and

$1.167 सपमोडध्यायः 473

others* of the आकृति ( Akrati ) and संख्या (Sankhya) yogas : and the two ae (Dala) yogas are only similar to the yogas caused by the planets restricting themselves to Kendras and conscquently have the same effects as have already been described for these. That is why

described these yogas and their effects have not been separately

NOTES Varahamihira has explained in lhis slokn the reason why some of the astrologers (meaning thereby the Yavanas) have omitted to treat in their works seprrately of Ilie 3 3TT (Asraya) and the 2 ar (Dala) 3ogas It will be seen that the three MIT4 (Asraya) and the two (Dala) yogas some tumnes (but not always) hppen to be identical with some of the wIzf (Akntd) and the rat (Sankhya) yogas. The cardinal signs where planets are posited need not necessarily be angular at the same time in any horoscore. I or instince, suppose all the plarets in a eertuin horoscope happen to be in HT (Meshi) and Tzn (Katnka'. As these tno signs are moveable ones, the yogn caused is (g Rajju) and will be Indentical with qa (Gadh) if the Lagna happens to be either RY (Meshi) or 375 (Katiha). But if any other "Er (Rasil (other than # Mesha or 42F Kataka) be the Ligm, and all the phinets are as described in the above, there is no arr (Grda) soga though it my still be called 73 (Rayu). Aguin, if all the planets be m fT (M-shi) and t (Tulr' and if ore of theee Rasis be the Lagm, theu too the yoga u tVT (Rajju' since both the sgrs are moverble ones. As uv Me-ha) and #/1 (Tula) Inppen to be the Ist and 7th fouses and alt the pianets are saidt to be in fhese 2 houser, Yhe yogt is 37? Sakaia . Suppose all the plinets to occupy 4-7r (Kanyt) and sra (Meens), two of the duril signs, the yogr is a (Nala). If one of

" A' (Gidt), urc (Sthatr) amonp the vizH (Arnd) 3ogts and 3a (Yuri', (Sula) and w (Kedara) aniong tle yra (Sanlhyı) Jcp 15.

474 नावर पारियाते Adh. VIİ.

these two Rasts be alsn the Lagna the yoga is known both 1s शक्ट (Sakata) and नल (Nala) But if विथुन (Msthuna) or धनुम, (Dhanus) be the Lagna, it will be both ofra (Pal shtp) and (Nala) If any other Rasi be the I agna it will only be a 2177 (Nala yoga) Examples like these can be multiplied The question now arses as to why then Varahatihira makes special mention of these anara (Asraya) and a {Dala) yogas in his work The answer is, all the possible instances of these yogas are not included in the angla (Akruthi) and (Rtat Sankhya) yogas The aaz 'Asraya) and ao , Dala) yogas may be these and may not be these It is therefore that the author has deemed it fit to treat them separately Again it Is said of the two f- (Dala) yogas that otber autbors have described the eflects of benefic and malefic planets occupy ing the Kendras and as these are also the effects of the two <o (Dala) yogas they have omitted to treat of themn separately Varahami- hira treats of these separately in order to make it known that the two are IH (Nabhasa) yogas and as such their effects are felt throughout life, and not like the other yogas whose effects are felt only during their Dasa or Antardasa period and not after wards इति निगदिता योगा सार्द्ध फनैरिह नाभसा निध्तफलदाध्ि-त्या होत समस्तदशास्वपि। Also सारावली सर्वदशासपि फलदा सक्क्ा एते चुषैश्चि-त्या ।। आसचकेन्द्र भवनद्वयगैर्गदार्य- स्तन्वस्तगेपु शकटं बिहगः खचन्ध्वोः । शृङ्गाटकं नवमपञ्ञमलमसंसथैः लग्नान्यगैहलमिति प्रवदन्ति तज्ज्ञाः ॥ १६८ ॥ Sloka 168. Astrologers say that the yoga nar (Gada) is produced when the planets occupy two suc- cessive Kendras, wez (Sakata) when all the seven planets are in the 1st and the 7th houses, ofera (Pakshin)

$1.168 सप्तमोऽध्यायः 475

when they are in the 4th and the 10th houses; "AT6 (Srungataka) when the seven planets are in the Lagna, the 5th and the 9th houses; and ga (Dala) when they are confined to a group of triangular houses other than the one containing the Lagna. NOTES. In this stanza Varahamihira describes 5 out of the 20 3Tnfa (Akrıtı) yogas. 1- mat (Gada). All the planets should oceupy adjacent Ken. dras. There are thus 4 varieties, viz., all the planets may occupy (1) Ist and 4th houses; (2) 4th and 7th houses (3) 7th and 10th houses and (4) 10th and Is: houses. The Yavanas recognise these as 4 distinct yogas and call them respectiely as #rr (Gada), ww (Sankha), fga (Vibhuka) and a (Dhvaja. The effect is somewhat good and somewhit bad They will be in squares. 2. T4E (Sakata). Al! planets should be in the Ist and the 7th houses. The effect must be bad as planets are in opposition. 3. fgT (Vihaga), All planets should be in the 4th and the 10th houses. The planets being in opposition, the effect must be Ead. 4. "aPa (Sringataka). All planets should be in the let, 5th and 9th houses. Effect good. 5. E6 (Hala). All planets should be mn -- (a) 2nd, 6th and 10th houses (b) 3rd, 7th and 11th houses: (c/ 4th, 9th and 12th houses. that is, in trines beginning with any bouse other than the Lagna. of. शानमुन्तावली

एवं चतुर्था कयितो गढ़ारूपः शुमाशुमै: खेचरकैस्त मर्दे ॥ उग्राम्नगेस्तु शरटं विहद्ध: सुखकमगेः । लगपञ्चमनन्दम्पैः खगैः शृह्गाटकं स्मृतम् ।।

बन्धुनेघनरि पसपस्तिया तु हलमनर॥

476 Adh. VII-

कमलं तु विमिश्रसंस्पितर्वापी तद्यदि केन्द्रयाह्यतः ॥१६९।। Sloka 169. a (Vajra) is produced when all the benefic and all the malefic planets are ranged as in the naz (Sakata) and ufera (Pakshin), 1.e. when all the bene- fic planets occupy the 1st and the 7th houses exclusively and all the malefic planets are in the 4th and the 10th houses exclusively. This order when reversed gives the qaam (Yava yoga), t.e. when the malefic planets are as in TaZ (Sakata) and benefic ones as in qierg (Pakshin). The yoga becomes THa (Kamala) when the good and evil planets are ranged promiscuously in the t housey indi- cated (Ist, 4th, 7th and Icth) ardrat (Vapee yoga) would result when the 7 planets occupy the 4 qqT (Panapara) or the 4 urqrfgn (Apokfima ) houses. NOTCS. Four more HITf (Akriti) yogas are deseribed m this slokn. 6. Ta (Vajra), All benefics should be in the Ist and the 7th houses, and all maiefics in the 4th and the 10th. The spint is gooJ, because bid planets are in opposition to bad ones and vre versa. 7. qa (Yava). All malefics -hould be in the Ist aud 7th houses aud benefics mn the 4tb and 10th.

Lagna! Venust Lagna Merel Sun Mars Saturn Jupiter (6) Moon

Sun (7) Mars Venus Merc. Jupiter Moon Sat.

SI. 169 सप्त मोजध्याय: 477

8. $7 (Kamala) .- All the planets should be posited in the 4 Kendras promiscucusly.

LLagui Sop f Venus Mercury

Jupiter (8) Moon Mars

Saturn

The effect will be that the person rises with the maximum labour and hurdship. For evumple, Sri Rama's boroscope. 9. anl (Vapee)-All the planets should occupy (a) the 2nd, 5th, 8th and 11th houses. or 'b) the 3rd, 6th, 9th and 12th houses. In the as (Vajra) yoga, the man enjoys well in early and latter life, because, benefics in the Ist and the 7th must mean good in the beginning (,st house) ind good in the end (7th house), and bad in the middle, beeruse, bid plinets are in the mid-heaven. Sunilarly for qa (Yava) In the as (Kamala) yoga, i1 should be noted that wealth Is not indicated. In the arui (Vapee) yoga, wealth is indicated without character or narre-a mere money maling ma-hine गुणाका- .शुमखगैर्सप्रास्तयोः खाम्भमोः करैर्वजमसनहै: सरतनुमासैः खनन्घोः शुभैः। स्याद्योगस्तु यवाभिषः सरतिनं तन्रैत मिश्रस्पितौ वापी स्याद्गनेचर: पणफरेष्यापोतिमेपु स्थिनैः ॥ Also सारावली नप्नासगतैः सौम्यैः पापैः सुखकर्मगैर्भवति वज्रम्। निपरीतैर्यवयोगो मिश्रेः पदमं बहिः स्थितैर्वापी ॥

476 घासकपारिजासे Adh. VII.

कमलं तु विमिश्रसंस्थितवापी तद्यदि केन्द्रबाह्यतः ॥१६९।। Sloka 169. a (Vajra) is produced when all the benefic and all the malefic planets are ranged as in the #EZ (Sakata) and qfea (Pakshin), 1e. when all the bene fic planets occupy the 1st and the 7th houses exclusively and all the malefic planets are in the 4th and the 10th houses exclusively. This order when reversed gives the waam (Yava yoga), I.c. when the malefic planets are as an waz (Sakata) and benefic ones as in viera (Pakshin). The yoga becomes ww& (Kamal) when the good and evil planets are ranged promiscuously in the I houses indi- cated (Ist, 4th, 7th and Icth) anratn (Vapee yoga) would result when the 7 planets occupy the 4 yorqz (Panapara) or the 4 aratfen (Apollima ) houses. NOTCS. Four more 317ft (Ahriti) yogas are described in this sioka. 6. a (Vajra) All benefics should be in the Ist and the 7th houses, and all malefics in the 4th and the 10th. The spirit i5 gool, because brd planets are in opposition to bad ones and tie tersa. 7. 43 (Yata), All malefics -hould be in the Ist and 7th houses aud benefics in the 4th and 10th. Lagna Venus Lagna Merc. Sun i Mars Saturn Jupiler (6) Moon - Sun (7) Mars Venus Merc. Jupiter Moon Sat

SL. 169 सप्त मोऽध्याय: 477

8. aHa (Kamala) .- All the planets should be posited in the 4 Kendras promiscuously.

Lagua San Venus Mercury I

Jupiter (8) Moon Mars

Saturn

The effect will be that the person rises with the maximum labour and hardship. For eximple, Sri Rama's boroscope. 9. ar (Vapee)-All the planets should occupy (a) the 2nd, 5th, 8th and 11th houses. or b) the 3rd, 6th, 9th and 12th houses. In the qx (Vajra) yoga, the man emjoys nell in early and Iatter life, because, benefics in the Ist and the 7th must mean good in the beginning (ist house) and good in the end (7th house), and bad in the middle, because, bad planets are in the mid-heaven. Snmlarly for q4 (Yava). In the ars (Kamala) yoga, it should be noted that wealth 1s not indicated. In the arvl (Vapee) soga, wealth is idicated without character or narre-a mere money mahing ma-hine. गुणाग :- शुभखगैर्लआास्तयोः साम्ममोः करैर्वजमसडहैः सारतनुमातैः खनन््ो: शुभैः। स्वाद्योगस्तु यनामिय: सरसिनं तनेव मिश्रस्थिनौ वापी स्याद्गगनचर: पणफरेष्यापोह्िमेपु स्पिनैः ॥ Also सारावली लग्नारगतैः सौम्यैः पापेः सुसकर्मगर्भवति वज्रम्। विपरीतैर्पवयोगो मिश्रः पमर वहिः स्थितैर्वापी॥

478 भातकपारिभासे Adh. VII.

Also ज्ञानमुत्तवली विलशास्ते शुभा: सनें खबन्धौ पापखेचराः । वज्रं नाम विजानीयाचव्यस्तैर्यवसज्ञक: । मिश्राः पापाः शुभाः स्वें चतुँः केन्द्रेऽय पद्मकम्। तैंरवापोक्टिमस्थैर्वा फणपरेऽवि च वापिका ॥ Also वृद्धयवन for वज कलत्रलग्रोपगतेश सौम्यैः पार्पैनभ सौर्यगंतथ् संवेंः । वज्राग्ययोगोऽन भवेन्मनुप्यो महीपतिः शत्रुकुलान्तकारी ।। For the व मल (Kamala) and वार्पा (Vapee) yogas herem menlion ed, four malehics are reqdired. Rahu is to make up the 4th malehc planet. cf. मोशिनदोस लप्सप्तमगे: सौम्यैरन्यैर्यन्धुनभोगतैः। ज्रं नाम भंवधोगो विवरीतैर्यतो मतः ॥ लग्नेडस्ते खे चतुयें न शुभ एक: परोडशुभः । एवं चेत्कमलं विद्याद्वापी केन्द्राद्हिस्तु तत्।। एतेपु पझे च वाप्यां न सूर्यारार्कतनुसुशाम्। चतुर्षरु: कथनमतः सराहुरशुभो मतम् ॥

sl. 170 सप्तमोडध्यायः 479

सुनिप्रणीताविति युक्तिवाह्यौ मयोदितौ वज्रगवौ हि योगौ। सूर्याच्चतुर्येभवने सितज्ञौ कयं भवेतामिति सुप्रसिद्धम ॥ But readers who are familiar with the working of the Bhava- sphuta process (भावस्फुट) des-ribed in detail in श्रीपतिपद्धति (Sripati Paddhati, Adhyaya I and in tbe notes thereto will easily see that it is not impossible as we goto higher latitudes to bave some of the bhavas uncommonly short and others extraordinarily long, so that Mercury and Venus my bappen to be in the 4th bhava with respect to the Sun, though not in the 4th tar (Rasi) as interpreted by Varahamıhıra. It will therefore be seen that मय (Mayal, यवन (Yavana), गर्ग (Garga) and others have not erred in treating of these yogas as possible ones, if the yogas mn question are meant to refer to the positions of the planets in the wrtgoedt (Bhavakundalt) and not to the राशिचक (Rasi chakra), कण्टकादिप्रवृत्तैश्व चतुर्गृहगतैर्ग्रहैः। यूपेपुशक्तिदण्डार्या होरायैः कण्टकैः क्रमात् ॥ १७० ॥ Sloka 170. If the seven planets exclusively occupy four contiguous bhavas reckoned from the Lagna and the other Kendras in order, the four resulting yogas are यूप (Yupa), इपु (Ishu) or शर (Sara), शकत (Sakti) and दण्ड (Danda) respectively. NOTES. Four more aTzfa (Akriti) yogas are deseribed in this verse . . 10. qs (Yupal .- All the planets should occupy the Ist, 2nd, 3rd and 4th houses. The ptanets are rsing or are about to rise. 11. Eg (Ishu) or at (Sura) .- All the planets should be posited in the 4th, 5th, 6th aud 7th bouses. The planets are culnunating or are about to culminste. 12. tfn (Sakti) .- All the planets should be i the 7th, 8th, 9th and 10th houses. The planets are setting or about to set. 13. que (Danda), -- All the planets are in the 10th, 1Ith, 12th and Ist houses. The planets are elevating or ascending mid-heaven.

SI. 171 सहमोडभयायः 401

. (15) z (Kuta) .- All the planets are to be in the 7 houses from the 4th in any order (t e .. on the occidental side, setting and culminating) (16) vz (Chhathra).All the planets are placed in the 7 houses from the 7th bhava i e., elevating and setting-all in the visıble half). (17) 779 (Chapa) .- All the planets are to he in the 7 houses from the 10th (i e., on the oriental side, rising and elevating). (1B) aa (Ardha Chandra) -All the planets are in the 7 houses beginning frome the पणरर (Panaphara) or the 4 आपो्िम (Apoklıma) houses. Consistently, Varahamihira gives the several effeets for Fft (Nau) and other tbree yogas-geod effects for Ex (Chattra) and 74 (Chapa) because in the one case, planets are in the visible half and in the other, they are rsing and elevating-in both the cases, they must he good. I ide sloka from Bribat Jataka quoted under notes to sioka 178 infra. द. पराशर लग्नाच्चतुर्यात् समरतः खमव्यात् सतर्लगैनौग्य कूटमंक्षः। छतरं धनुश्ान्यगृहमटत्तैनीपूनैकै्योग इहार्षचन्द्रः । गुणारुर: केन्द्रा दिमलर्सगतै. क्रमेण नौकूटउत्ा्यपनूंपि त्द्वत्। नावाद्यकैरन्यगृहप्रवृत्तर्योंगो भवत्याकृतिनो उर्द्रचन्द्रः । A1s0 द्ानमुककल लमादिमप्रमान्तम्यैः सर्वखेटैम्तु नौरिति। तुर्यादिदशमान्तम्यै. कृट इत्यभिषीयते ॥ सपमादि विलम्नान्तरउतः सकल्लग्वेन्नरः । एवं दशादि तुर्यान्तैयाप इत्युच्यते दुचै. ॥

पय्मै रदश: पछाद् दवादरां तटवा चशी। A1so मासनमो होरशिण्टकभ्य. सर्सषगन प्रमेण योगा: स्युः। GI

482 Adh .- VII.

नौछत्र कूटकार्मुकनिर्देशा: पू्वयवनेन्द्रैः ॥ सप्र्क्षगैग्रहेन्द्रैः केन्द्रादन्यत्र कीर्तितोऽर्द्वशशी। एकान्तरगंतरर्थात्समुद्र: पड्गृहाथितैः। विलग्नादिस्पितथक्रमित्याकृतिजस इग्रहः ॥ १७२॥ Slcka 172. If the planets be ranged in the 6 houses beginning with the 2nd house and separated from one another by an intervening (planetless) house, the resulte ing yoga is called aga (Samudra) and if the planets occupy the 6 odd bhavas teckoned from the Lagna, the yoga produced is da (Chakra). Thus an epitome of the Migla (Akriti= figure) yogas has been given, NOTES. The remaining tno Mraft (Akriti) yogas ate described bere. (19) ugz (Samudra),-All the planets should be in the 6 even bhavas, t.e., the 2nd, 4th. 6th, 8th, 10th and 12th. (20) (Chakra) .- Att the planets should be posited in the 6 odd hhavas, i e, the 1st, 3rd, 5th, 7th, 9th and IIth houses The Western principles of sextites and trines implied in the above two yogas may be profitably compared in this connecfion गुणाकर' एकान्तरेऽ्यर्षगृहात्समुद्धं पट्सृदयाच्छकमुशन्ति सन्तः ॥ Also धानभुक्तावली

सर्वैश्चकं द्वितीयादानेवं योग: समुद्रकू॥1 Also मारावदी

अर्यात्तयैत्र यातैश्रक्रासरो भवेज्जलधिः । Also जातकामरण तनोर्षनाधैकगृहान्तरेण स्युः स्थानपट्के गगनेचरेन्द्राः । चक्ाभिघानश्र समुद्रनामा ।I

SI. 173 . सप्तमोऽध्याय: 483

संख्यायोगा: सप्तसप्र्क्षसंस्थै- रेकापायाउल्लकीदामपाशाः। केदाराख्य: शूलयोगो युगश्च गोलथान्यान्पूर्वमुक्तान्विहाय ॥। १७३ ।। Sloka 173. वहकी (Vallaki) or वीणा (Veena), दाम (Dama), पाश (Pasa), केदार (Kedara), शूल (Sula), युग (Yuga) and गोल (Gola) are the seven संख्या (Sankhya =numerical) yogas respectively produced by the seven planets occu. pying as many Rasis as are denoted by the seven figures commencing from 7 and diminishing successively by one, t.e., by the numbers 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 and 1, These dvar (Sankhya) yogas are to be reckoned when those mentioned previously are absent. NOTES. of. पराशर ये योगा: कयिता: पुरा बंहुतरास्तेपाममावे भवेत गोलश्चैकगतैर्युग द्विगृहगै: शूलस्त्रिगेहोपगैः । केदारश्च चतुःस्थसर्वखवचरैः पाशस्तु पञ्चस्थित: पट्स्थैर्दामनिक च सप्तगृहगैर्वरीणेति संख्या इमे ।। संख्यायोगा: (Sankhya Yogaba) 7. (1) वलकी (Vallaki) or वाणा (Veena) -- All the seven planets should be in 7 Rasis or signs (in contradistinction to bhavas or houses). (2) दामिनी (Damint) .- All the seven planets should be in any 6 Rasıs. (3) YRT (Pasa) .- All the seven planets should occupy any 5 signs. (4) 4TK (Kedara) .- All the seven planets are in 4 signs, (5) 3 (Sula) .- All the seven planets are in three signs. (6) T (Yuga),-All the seven planets are situated in 2 signs. (7) गोन (Gola) or गोन्दक (Golaka) .- All the seven planets should be in one single sign.

481 लातकमारिजासे Adh. VII.

This is a proof that all eonjunetions are bad That is why agat (Vallaki) yoga is the best Tor eflects, see sloka 179 infra. Yogas other than (Chandra) yogas are ITH (Nabhasa) yogas and they take effect at all times and periods irrespective of any dasa or bhukti ruling at the time These yogas are of perma. nent effect on the life, character and fartune of the person concerned FTTT (Karaka yoga) and other yogas also come under नाभस [Nabhasa) yogas The arat (Sankhya) yogas may sometumnes coicide (or becorne Identical) with the आवृति (Alriti) yogas For instance, गय (Gada), पायन (Pakshin) and शर= (Sakata) yogas are particular cases of 3T (Yuza yoga) mentioned in this sloka Hrizn (Sringataka) and g (Hala) yogas are only varieties of दूलयोग (Sula yoga) The yogas वज्र 'Vajra) यत (Yava), वश्ल (Kamala), art (Vapee) 74 (Yupa) T (Ishu), :in (Saktı), and ar (Danda) are only special instances of the 5er (Sankhya) yoga a7rt (Kedara) The yogus al (Niu) ?7 (Kuta) va (Chattra) TT (Chapa) and rg (Ardba Chandra) are particular examples of बीणा (Veena) yoga The समुद्र (Samudra) and चक्र (Chalra) sogas are sperial cases of qTqr (Dama yoga) Ia thes. cases it must he understood they cease to he ear (Sankhya) yogas ; e, the H44 (Sankhya) yogas are not then to be taken into account of गुणाकर मुक्तोदिनान्मप्तसु सपभेपु भवन्ति नैकापचयेन योगा। वीणाख्यदामन्मयपाशनामा केदारशूलौ च युगाख्यगोगै॥

मानी धनी च सुसले चहुकृत्यसक्तः । व्यङ्गस्थिरात्यनिपुणो नलजः स्रगुत्थो भोगान्वितो भुजगजो बहुदुःखभारु साद ॥१७४॥ Sloka 174 The person born in the a3 (Rayju) yoga will be envious, delighting in visits to foreign lands and fond of travel, the man whose birth is in the gee (Musala) yoga will be proud, wealthy and engaged in

S1. 175 सपतमोड्ध्यापः 485

many works; he whose nativity is in the (Nala) yoga will be defective in some limb, resolute and shrewd ; the man born in the सब (Srak) or माला (Mala) yoga will have many enjoyments; he whose birth is in the H4 (Sarpa) yoga will suffer many miseries. सारापली अटनप्रिया: सुरूपा: परदेशेष्वर्यभागिनो मनुजाः । क्ररा: खऊ्स्वभावा: रजजुप्रभवाः सदा कयिताः ॥ मानधनज्ञानयुताः कर्मोययुक्ता नृपप्रियाः ख्याताः । स्थिरचित्ता मुसलोत्या भवन्ति शूराः मदा पुरुषाः ॥ ऊनातिरिक्तदेहा धनमंचयमागिनोऽतिनिपृणा्च। वन्धुहिताश्र सुरूपा नलयोगे सम्पासुयन्तं ।। नित्यं सुखप्रधाना वाहनवस्रार्थभोगसम्पन्नाः । कान्ताः सुबहुत्रीका मालाशं सम्प्रसूता: स्युः ॥ विषमा: क्रूरा नि स्वा नित्यं दुःखार्दिताः सुदीनाश्च। परभुक्ता: पानरताः मर्पे जाता भवन्ति नराः ॥ Also गुणाकर: क्रूरो विदेशनिरतोऽघ्वरतस्तयैरः स्पाद्रजुजो मुशलनो धनमानयुक्तः । रूपातः प्रियो दितिमुजां बसुपृत्रभृत्यो हीनाविकाङ्गनिपुणो नलनो धनाढ्य:।। भोगी सुखी स्यात् स्ननि भूरिकान्तो दुःखी भुनङ्गे विधनोऽतिदीनः । यज्वार्थमाक सततमर्थरुचिर्गदायाम् तद्धृत्तिभुक शकटजः सरुज: कुदार:। दूतोउटन: कलहकृठिहणे प्रदिष्टः भृङ्गाटके चिरसुखी कपिकृद्धलाख्ये ॥ १७५॥ Sloka 175. The person born in the war (Gada) yoga will be a performer of sictifices, have accession of wealth and be ever hankering after the same. The man

186 भातकपारजाते Adh. VII.

whose birth is in the erez (Sakata) yoga will gain his livelthood by driving a cart, will be sickly and cursed with a bad wile; in the otr (Pakshi) yoga, the person born will be a message bearer, of vagrant habits and quarrelsome The man that has the "EZE (Sringataka) yoga will be happy in his latter days ; and the person whose birth is in the ra (Hala) yoga will be engaged in agriculture. NOTES. From the effects given above, the principle to be deduced is that planets in square or il Opposition to one another give bad results, while planets in trine to one another produce good results and the same is hrought out beautifully. And this is our old theory and not the theory of others. Varahamibira does not agrer with Parasara and others who think that some Kendras do good. E.g., aaf (Kesarı yoga). Varabamihira is consistent throughout as regards the effect of squares, oppositions and tripes, The word Areh (Chira suhbee) has been interpreted as Fitmaet (Chirena Sukhee), i,e., "happy in the latter days," according to the commentator Bhattotpala. The interpretation "happy for a long time" given by some is not accepted by the commentator as it is opposed to the following quotation from Garga viz., -- लग्पश्चमवर्मस्पैर्योगः शृक्षाटको मतः । वयोन्ते सुखिनां जन्म तत्र स्वात्सादृभापिणाम्।। For the eflects described in this slola, cf. aNTrei. सततं मानार्थपरा यन्वान: शास्रयोगकुशलाश्र। धनकनकरत्रसम्पत्संुक्ता मानवा गदायां तु।। रोगार्त्ता. कुरतश्रा मूर्खा शकटानुजीविनो निःस्ाः। स्वजनैर्मित्रैहीना: शकंटे जाता भरन्ति नरः ॥ भ्रमणरुचयो निवष्टा दूता: सुरातुनीविनो घृष्टाः । कलहप्रियाश्र नित्यं विह्गे योगे सदा जाताः ।।

S1. 176 सप्तमोडर्ष्याय: 487

प्रिय कलह समरसाहससुखिनो नृपने' प्रिया सुभगकान्ताः । आढ्या युवतिद्वेप्याः शृङ्गाटकसमत्रा मनुजा: ॥ बह्ाशिनो दरिद्राः कृपीवला दुःखिनाश्र मोद्वेगाः । बन्धुसुहृत्सन्त्यक्ता: प्रेप्या हलसंज्षिते पुरुपाः ॥ वज्जेन्त्यपूर्वसुखितः सुभगोऽतिगगे चीर्यान्वितोऽप्यथ यवे सुखितो कयोत।

वाप्यां तनुस्थिरसुखो निधिकन् दाता ॥ १७६ ॥ Sloka 176. The person born in the va (Vajra) yoga will be happy in the early and concluding portions of his life. He will be lovely and very brave. In the 4a (Yava) yoga, the man born will be valiant and happy in his middle life. In the wns (Kamala) yoga, the person will be of wide fame, his enjoyment will be immense and his virtues numerous. The man born in the ardt (Vapee)yoga will enjoy some small though long enduring comforts, he will houd his money underground and will not give. Also सारावली आद्यन्तवयसति सुखिता शूरा सुभगा विरोगदेहाश्र। माग्यविहीना वज्रे जाता: सवननै्विरुद्वाक्ष।। व्रतनियममङ्गलपरा वयलो मध्ये सुखार्यंसयुक्ता। दातार स्थिरवित्ता यवयोगभवा सदा पुरुषा ।। स्फीतयशसो गुणाढ्या: स्थिरायुषो विपुलकीत्तेय. कान्ता.। शुभयशस पृथिवीशाः कमलभवा मानवा नित्यम् ।। निधिकरणे निपुणधियः स्थिरार्थसुखसयुता: सुरूपाश्च। नयनसुखसम्प्रहट्टा वापीयोगे नरा जाताः ।l

488 Adb. Vii.

त्यागात्मतान् ऋतुवरर्यजते च यूपे हिंस्ोष्य गुप्त्यघिकृतः यरकृच्छराख्ये। नीचो:लसः सुखधनैवियुतय शक्ती दण्डे प्रियँविरहित पुरुपोःन्त्यवृत्तिः ।। १७७।। Sloka 177. The person born in the quam (Yupa) yoga will be liberal and self-possessed and will perform eminent sacrifices. He who is born in the aram (Sara) yoga will be of a cruel disposition and in charge of a prison. He will be the artificer of arrows. The man who has his nativity in the emramt (Sakti yoga) will be base, slothiul and berelt of ease and wealth, while the person born in the (3am (Danda yoga) will lead a life of servitude without those that he could bold dear (wife Emrchildren'. e regards the ebL. cj. सारावली आत्मनि रक्षानिरतस्त्यागयुतो वित्तमौर्यसम्पन्नः । अतनिथमसत्मनिरतो यूपे जातो विशिष्य ।। इपुवरणदस्युबनधन मृगयावनसेव ने तिसोन्मादाः । हिंखा: कुशिल्पनिरता: शरयोगे सम्प्रसूताः स्यु: ॥ धनरहितविकन दुःखितनीचाटसपेलवायुप: पुरुपा: 1 सद्वामयुद्वनिपठणाः शचयां जाता: स्थिराः सुभगा; ॥ हृतपुत्रदारनिःस्वाः सर्वननैन्यक्कृताः स्वननत्राह्याः । द्·खितनीचाः प्रेप्या दण्डप्रभवा नराः सनतम् ।।

च्रे राजा यशसी जलधिमननरतोयवृत्ति: क्षितीशः । अर्धेन्दौ भोगशाली गिरिघिपिनचरः क्ररकर्मा च कूटे चापे जाता मनुप्या यदि गहनचराथोरनिष्ठा निकृष्टाः।। १७८॥।

51 178 ससमोऽध्याय 489

Sloka 178 The person born in the uram (Chhattra yoga) will be happy in the beginning and the end of h1s life with matchless riches ind strength The man at wbose birth the aram (Nau yoga) occurs will live on the surface of water and get his living there In the चक्रयोग (Chakra yoga), the person born will be a famous king The man who has had his birth in the समुद्रयोग (Samudra yoga) will find his living in witer and will be a ruler of the earth He who is born in the argaaum (Ardha Chandra yoga) will fead a fife of pleasure The person who has had the naim (Kuta yoga) in his natr. vity will frequent mountains and forests and be addicted to cruel deeds If men be born in the ygain (Dhanur yoga) they will adopt the profession of thieves haunting inaccessible places and be despised outcasts NOTES The effects of these yogas are thus deser bed in sa76 कीर्त्या युतश्लमुख कृपणश्च नौज कूेऽनृतपुतनवन्धनपश्च जात । छतोद्व स्वगनसौख्यकरोन्त्यमौर्य शुरश् कार्मुकमत्र भयमान्त्यपौख्य।। अर्द्धेन्दुज सुभगकान्तवपु प्रतानस्तोयालये नरपतिप्रतिमस्तु भोगी।

A1s0 साराबन स्वजनाश्रयो दगवान्नानानृपवल्लभ प्रकृष्टमति । प्रथमेन्त्ये वयस्ति नर सुखनान् दीर्घायुरातपने स्थात्॥ सलिलोपजीविविमता बहाशा ख्यातरीरतयो दुष्टा । कृपणा मलिना लु्धा नौसनाता खला पुरुषा ।। प्रणताशेपनराविप विरीटरत्प्रमास्फुरितपाद। भवति नरेन्द्रो मनुजश्षक्रे यो जायते योगे ।l बहुरस्वनसमृद्धा भोगयुता घनजनप्रिया ससुता। 62

490 जासरुपरखास Adh. VII.

उदधिममुत्याः पुरुपा- स्पिरविभत मातुशीलाश्र॥ सेनापलग. मर्वें वान्तशरीरा नृपप्रिया बलिन- । मणिरुनकमृपणयुता भवन्ति योगेऽर्वचन्द्रारये।। अनृतक्थनत्रन्धनपापा निर्क्किनना शठा कुराः। कूटममुत्या नित्य भवन्ति गिरिदुर्गवामिनो मनुनाः ॥ आनृतिरगप्तपालथ्ौरा कितवाथ कानने निरता.। कार्मुकयोगे जाता भाग्योना वयसि मध्यमे सुमगाः ॥ वीणायां सकलत्रियासु निषुण सङ्गतिनृत्यप्रियो दामिन्यामुपकारकृत्पटुमति प्रख्यातविद्याधनी। पाशे शीलधनार्जनेऽतिचतुरो वाचालक पुत्रवान् केदारे कृषिित्तवानलसधीर्वन्धूपकारी भवेव् ।।१७९ ।। Sloka 179. The person born in the fmramn (Veena yoga) will be skilled in every kind of work and iond of music and dancing, the man born in the rarin (Dama voga) will be obliging, with a clear intellect and famed for his learning and wealth. The person whose birth takes place in the पाशयोग (Pasa yoga) will be very clever in the acquisition of virtue and wealth, will be talkative and have sons The man who has the फेदारयोग (Kedara yoga) in his nativity will pursue agriculture, acquire wealth, be slow of comprehension and kind to his relatives. cf. फलदीपिया वीणायोगे नृत्यगीतप्रियार्थी दामि त्यागी भूपतिश्चोपकारी। पाशे भोगी सार्थसच्छीलवन्धुः केदाराग्ये श्रीकृपिक्षेतयुक्त.।। cf. पहज्जातक वीणोद्धवध्च निपुणः प्रियगीननृत्य ।। दातान्यकार्यनिरत पशुपश्र दाम्नि पाशे धनार्जनविशील्समृत्यबन्धु. ।

SI. 180 सप्मोडध्याय: 491

केदारज: कृपिकरः सुबहूपयोज्यः ॥ A1so सारावली. मित्रान्विताः सुवचसः शास्त्रपरा गेयवाद्यनिरताथ्। सुखभाजो बहुमृत्या वीणायां कीर्तिता मनुजाः ॥ दामिन्य।मुपकारी पशुगणयुक्तो धनेश्वरो मूढः । बहुसुतरत्नसमृद्धो धीरो विद्वान प्रजातः स्यात् ॥ पाशे बन्धनभान: कार्योद्युक्ता प्रपश्वकाराक्ष। बहुभापिणो विशीला बहुभृत्या: सम्प्रसूता: मयु: ॥ सुबहूनामुपयोज्याः कृपीनलाः सत्यवादिनः सुखिता । केदारे संभूताश्ददस्वमावा धनर्युक्ताः।। शुले कोपरमान्वितो धनरुचि शूर. क्षतो निर्धनी भिक्षाशी युगयोगजोऽतिचयल पापण्डको मद्यप। गोले निर्धनिकोऽलसोऽटनपर स्वल्पायुर्ञानधी. द्वात्रिशत्कथिता वराहमिहिराचार्येण योगा इमे ॥१८० ॥ Sloka 180. The person born in the शूलयोग (Sula yoga) 19 full of rage, fond of money, brave, with the marks of wounds received in fight, and without wealth. The man whose birth is in the युगयोग (Yuga yoga) eats begged food and 15 exceedingly fickle, heretical and ad- dicted to the drinking of spirituous liquors. He who is born in the गोलयोग (Gola yoga) is without wealth, indolent, of vagrant habits, short.lived and ignorant. These 32 yogas have been mentioned by चराइमिहिर (Varahamıhıra). f. फलदीपिका शूले हिस्. क्रोधशीलो दरिद्रः पापण्डी स्वाट्रव्यहीनो युगार्ये। निस्वः पापी म्लेक्टयुक्त कशिल्पी गोले जातथ, लसोडल्पायुरव।

492 जातकपाेजाठे Adh. VII

ef. वृद्दञजातक शरः क्षतो धनरुनिविघनश्र शुले।। धनविरहित: पाखण्डी वा युगे त्वय गोल्के विधनमलिनो ज्ञानोपेत: कुशिल्प्यलसोप्टनः । Also सारावली. तीक्ष्णालमघनरहिता हिस्ा: सुतहिप्कृता महाशूराः । सङ्वामलन्वशब्दाः शुले गैद्रा. प्रनायन्ते ।। पापण्डभागिनो वा धनरहिना वा बहिष्कृता लेके। सुतमानधर्मरहिता युगयोगे मानवा जाताः ।। दारिव्यालस्ययुता विद्याक्षामानवर्जिना मलिनाः । नित्यं दुःखिनदीना गोले योगे भवन्ति नराः । The following additional information regarding the HTH (Nabhasa) yogas will be found useful .- The 3 aT (Asraya) yogas produce the eflects deseribed for them only when they do not partake at the same time of the nature of other yogas. Otherwise, the other yogas become effective and bear fruits. (/. वहज्जातर. आश्रयोक्तास्तु विफला भवन्त्यन्यैर्विमिशिता: । मिश्रा यैस्ते फल द्दयुरमिश्रा स्वफलप्रदाः ॥ A1so सारावली. आश्रयपोगे जाता अमिश्रिते सौख्यलामगुणयुक्ताः । अन्योन्यमिश्रिनाश्चेदविगतफन्दाः स्युस्दा योगाः ॥ Also गुणानर. मिश्रा न द्द्यु: फलमाश्रयोत्या यैर्मिश्रितास्ते फलदायकाः स्युः ॥ The two Dala yogas will coincide neither with the oa4 (Astaya) yogas nor with the ansf (Akriti) yogas. They might coincide with सख्या (Sanhhya) yogas-चीणा (Veena), दामिनी (Damini) पाश (Pasa) or केंदार (Kedara)-in which case the yogas are to be treated as only ₹3 (Dala) yogas and not as faT (Sankbya) yogas (Vide Sloka 173 and the notes thereto aupra).

SI. 180 सप्तमोडध्यायः 493

Again, it has alrendy been stated [Pade slokas from TH (Brihatjataka) raat (Siravilı) ind gmrr (Gunakara) quoted above] that where the IN4 (Asrays) yogis comcide with other yogas, they cease to be arta (Asraya) yogas So that the (Sankhya) and K4 (Asraya) yogas become null and void (eclipsed or inoncrative) when they coincide with any of the aIai? (Akrti) yogas But suppose the anay (Asraya) and acar (Sınkhya) yogas to coieide with each other How ire tiey to be then treated ? According to the commentator, if the coicidence relates to the AtK (Kedara) a (Sula) and JT (Yuga) yozas the yogis are to be treated as 3T 44 (Asraya) yogas only, but if st refers to the ies (Gola) yoga it is to be treated as snch and not as "rT4 (Asraya) one-otherwise there will be no scope for the ma (Gola) yoga at all According to Yavanacharya there are 1,800 sub divisions of नाभम (Nabhasa) yogas ci बुहगज्ञानक यवनैख्ति्रगुणा हि पटशती सा रयिना विस्तरतोऽन त-समा स्यु ॥ Also सारावली यत्रनाधैर्विस्तरत रुिता योगास्तु नाभसा नाम्ना। अप्टादराशनमुणिशस्तिया दवा्िशदह वक्ष्ये॥। It will now be explained how the Yavanas recognise 1,800 sub divisions Taking my one of the 12 Rasis as the Lagna, there are 153 yogas of which 23 ure anafr (Akriti) and 127 TCT (Sankhya) yogas The 44 (Asraya) and (Dala) yogas are not taken by them into account. (Vide stoka 167) As already expfamned in the notes to Sloka 168 the Tal (Gada) voga has been treated of by the Yavanas as 4 distinct yogas Adding these to the remaming 19 3ET (Akriti) yogas we get 23 Again the 7 a4r (Sankhya) yogas are split into 127 47 (Sanl hya) yogas for each Lagna by the Yavanas thus --

The yoga apont which is caused by the 7 planets occupying any seven signs has 7 sub divisions as each of the 7 planets may occupy the Lagna The 2nd सख्य (Sankhya) yoga is दाम (Dama) according to which all planets should be mn any 6 houses The

494 Adb. VII.

Yavanas recoghise 21 vaheties of this yoga (number of yogas caused by 5 out of the 7 planets being in 5 houses and the remain fng 2 occupying the Lagna) The next yopr is tra (Pasa) This has 35 varieties (4 of the 7 planets occupying 4 houses and the remaining 3 being in the Lagna). The next yoga mz, atk (Keda- ral has also got 35 vinieties fot the same reason. Similarly (Sula) has got 21 sub divisions and r (Yuga) 7 sub divisions Lastiy ir (Gola) hs only one, unz the case in which all the planets are placed in the Lagna So that the seven Fp4t (Sankhya) yogis are sub divided into 7+21+35+35+21+7+1 or 127 divisions These added to the 23 arzfr (Akriti) yogas mentioned above give us 150 yogas for each lagna ot 1,800 yogas for the 12 lagnas.

केमद्ुमाधमसमग्रहमालिकाथ्। लक्ष्मीहरीशनिधिकाहलनामसादया सूर्यादिदेवकृपया परिकीर्तितासे ।१८१॥। इति श्रीनवग्रहकृपया वैद्यनाथविरचिते जातकपारिजाते राजयोगाध्याय सप्तम ॥ Sloka 181 Raja yogas (1-57), the 5 yogas Ruchaka and others (59-65), HItEt (Bhashara) and others (67-70). केमद्रम (Kemadruma) (71-79), the yogas भवम (Adhama) सम (Sama) (112] and म्रहमारिका (Grahamalika) (133-136), एक्षमीयोग (Lakshm yogi) (152-3), हरिहरवह्ययोग • Haribara- bramha yoga (162-3), काइलयोग Kahala yoga (130), नामस (Nabhasa) and other yogas (161-180) have been treated of by the favor of the Sun and other deities. Fus crus vhe in Adhyaya dc.

जातकपारिजातेऽष्टमोऽध्यायः

। ग्रहाश्रयफलाध्यायः॥

Adhyaya VIII. ON CONJUNCTIONS OF TWO OR MORE PLANETS.

॥ अथ द्विग्रहयोगः । Combination of 2 planets in one bhava. There are 21 such combinations. जातः स्रीवशग: क्रियासु निपुणश्चन्द्रान्विते भास्करे तेजसवी चलसत्ववाननृतवाक पापी सभौमे रौ। विद्यारूपवलान्वितोऽसिथरमतिः सौम्यान्विते पूपणि श्रद्धाकर्मपरो नृपप्रियकरो भानी सजीवे घनी ।। १। Sloka 1. If, at the birth of any person, the Sun bel in conjunction with the Moon, he will be submissive to his wife and clever in every work he undertakes; if the Sun be in conjunetion witb Mars, the person born will be illustrious, possessed of strength and energy but untruthful and wicked; If the Sun be associated witl Mercury at any person's birth he will have learning, beauty and strength, but will be fickle.minded; if the Sun be in conjunction with Jupiter the person born in the yoga will be full of faith, active, pleasing the King with his works and wealthy. 495

496 बावकपी पाते Adh. VIII

cf मारावली युवतीना वशग स्यादविनीत कृतवित्पृथुलवित्त। आसनवित्रयकुशगे रव्यडुपत्यो तिन्ानिपुण ।। ओजस्वी साहसिको मूर्खो बलसत्वसयुतोऽनृतवाक्। पापमतिर्वधनिरतो रविकृजयो स्वात्प्रचण्डश्र।। सेवाकृढस्पिरवनो रवित्यो प्रियवचायशोर्य स्यात्। आर्य क्षितिपतिदयित सता च बलरूपवित्तविद्यावान्॥ बहुधर्मो नृपसचिव समृद्धिमान् मिनसश्रयातार्थ। सूर्ये वृहस्पतियुत भवद्ुषाध्यायसत्ञश्।। स्त्रीमूला जिंतबन्धुमाननियतः प्राज्ञः सघुक्रे रुणे मन्दप्रायमतिः सपतनशगो मन्देन सुक्ते खौ। शूरः सत्कुल धर्मवि त्तगुणवानिन्दौ धराजान्विते धर्मी शास्त्रपरो विचित्रगुणवान् चन्द्रे सवारासुते ॥२॥ Slok1 2 A person will be intellagent and atten tively honor the relations acquired through his wife if at his birth the Sun be in conjunction with Venus, f the Sun be associated with Saturn the person born will be somewhat dull witted and in the power of h1s enemies If the Moon be in conjunction with Mars, the person born will be brave, of high birth virtuous, Tfich and worthy, if the Moon be associated with Mercury, the min born in the yoga will be pious devoted to sciences and will have diverse merits 7 cf सारावली शस्त्रप्रहरणविद्या शक्तियुतो ननदुर्बलशरमे। रहज्ञो रविसितयो स्त्रीमद्गाछ्वव्घतन्धुषन ।। धातुनो धर्ममय स्वधर्मनिरत प्रनष्टसुतदार । निजवशगुणै शुद्ध रानिर्योरल्पशील्श्र।।

SI 3 अष्टमोऽध्यायः 497

शूरो रणप्रतापी मह्ोसृग्वेदनार्त्तवेहश्।

काव्य कथास्वतिनिपुणः सवनः स्रीसंमतः सुरूपश्र। सितवदन: शशिबुषयोर्धर्मरुनिः साद्विशिष्टगुणः ॥ जातः साधुजनाथ्रयोतिमतिमानार्येण युक्ते विधौ पापात्मा क्रयिकरयेपु कुशल: शुक्े सशीतदुतौ। कुस्त्रीक: पितृदूपको गतधनस्तारापतौ सार्कने चाग्मी चौपधशिल्पशास्त्रकुशल: सौम्यान्विते भूसुते ॥ ३॥ Sluka 3. When the Moon is in conjunction with Jupiter, the person born will be very intelligent an'd protect good people. When Venus is associated with the Moon, the effect of the yoga on the person born will be that he will be evil minded and clever in making bargains. If the Moon be in conjunction with Saturn, the person born will have a bad wife, abuse his parents and will be without wealth. If Mars and Mercury be together, the person born in the yoga will be eloquent and clever in medicme and fine arts. cf. सारावली ददसौहदो विनीत: स्वबन्धुसंमानवर्धनेशथ्च। गुर्विन्द्वोः शुभशील: सुरद्विनेम्पो रनो भवेत्पुरुपः ॥

क्रयविकयेपु कुशल: राशिभार्गवयोः सदा योगे॥ जोरणवधूननरमओ्ो गजाश्चमंपादको विगनशीलः । वश्योविधन: पुरुपः पराजिन स्याच्शाङ्टरानियोगे॥ स्त्रीदुर्भगोऽल्पवित्तः सुनर्णनोहप्रकारक: स्यपतिः ।

63

498 जातकपािजाते Adh. VIII.

कामी पूज्यगुणान्वितो गणितविद् भौंमे सदेवाचिते धातोर्चादरतः अपश्चरसिको धूर्त: सभौमे भृगां। वादी गानविनोदधिज्जडमतिः सौरेण युक्ते कुजे चाग्मी रूपगुणान्वितोऽधिकधनी वाचस्पतौ सेन्दुजे ॥। ४ ॥ Sloka 4. Loving, revered, worthy, and acquainted with the science of computation will the person be that 1s born when Mars is in conjunction with Jupiter. The effect of Venus and Mars being together at a birth will be that the person born will be fond of metallurgy, delight in tricks and be cunning. If Mars be in con- junction with Saturn at the birth of a person, he will be disputatious, indulging in the pursuit of music and dull-witted. When Mercury and Jupiter are in conjuneeiotr, La nemon horn will be eloquent, handsome, amiable and exceedingly wealthy. cf. सारावली शिव्वश्रुतिशास्त्रज्ञो मेधावी वाग्विशारदो मतिमान्। अस्नप्रिगप्रधान: सुरगुरुकुजयोः समागतयोः ॥ पूज्यो गणप्रधानो गणितज्ञः परयुवतिभी रतो धूर्त । दयूनानृतशाठ्यरतो विट्श्य सितरुविरसेयोगे॥ कुजसौरयोर्निवर्ग: शस्त्रविपन्न: कलिरुचि स्पात् ॥ नृतविधे विज्ञाता प्राज्ञोऽपि गेयशत्रविन्मनुनः । बुघगुरुणोगे मतिमान् सौग्ययुतो जायतेऽवश्यम् । शास्त्री गानविनोदहासरसिक: शुक्रे सचन्द्रात्मजे तेजस्री नृपतिप्रियो तिमतिमान् शूरः सशुके गुरौ शिल्पी मत्त्रिणि सार्कजे पशुपतिर्मल्: सिते सासिते ॥५॥

S1. 5 499

Sloka 5 If Venus be in conjunction with Mer- cury, the person born will be versed in the sacred hooks, and fond of music, play and mirth If Saturn be associated with Mercury, the person born will be learned, wealthy and distinguished for his moral worth. The man at whose hirth Jupiter and Venus occupy one sign will be energetic, in favor with the Ling and exceedingly intelligent If Jupiter be in conjunction with Saturn, the effect of the yoga will be that the person born in it will be an artist If Venus and Saturn be together at a birth the person affeeted by the yoga will own large herds of cattle and be an athiete

cf मारावल NOTFS

अतिरायधनो नयशो बहुशिल्पो वेदवित्सुवानय स्ान। गीतज्ञो हास्पर तिर्यु पसितयोर्गन्धमात्यहचि ॥ ऋणवान् इम्मप्राय प्रपथर सत्क विर्गमनशील । निपृण शोभनवाक्यो वुधशनियोगे पुमान् मत्रति। जीवति विद्यावादेविशिष्टरर्मस्थित प्रमाणयुत । जीवसितयोर्मनष्यो विशिष्टदारो भवेन्मनिमान् ॥। शुरे नित्तसमृद्धो नगराधिपतिर्यंगसी च। शनिजीवयो प्रधान श्रेणिममाग्राममनानाम्।। ढारुविअारणदक श्षुर्रचिनाइमाठिसर्पशित्पी च। महो-टन पशुपति शनिसिनयोगे पुमान् भवति॥ The effects above descrsbed are only vers general being applı cable to the several combinations formed in any of the 12 bhavas The effects in each of the 12 bhavis have been described in detail by 4AaTHT (I nantchary't) and quoted in ema (Horaratna) The author of Saravals adds

500 जात मपारिजाते Adh. VIII

उक्त फल गगनगा यद्यन्योन्यगणस्थिता । अघमादि विक्ल्पेन कुर्वन्त विकृर्ति तथा ॥ ॥ त्रिग्रहयोगः। Combinations of 3 planets in one bhava. There may be 35 such combinat ons सुर्येन्दुक्षितिनन्दनैररिकुल घंसी धनी नीतिमान् जातथन्द्रर शीन्दुजैनृपसमो विद्यायशस््री भनेद्। सोमार्कामर मन्त्रिभिर्गुणनिधिर्निद्वान् नृपालप्रियः शु क्रार्केन्दुभिरन्यदारनिरत: ऋरोऽरिमीतो धनी ॥ ६ ।। Sloka 6 If the faagam (Thrigtaha yoga) or the combination of 3 planets in one bhava consist of the Sun, the Moon and Mars, the person born will extirpate the whole brood of hts enemies, and be wealthy and politic If the combination contain the Moon, the Sun 1 and Mercury, the person that has his birth in the Aurita (Thrigraba yoga) will be a kings compeer famed for his learnng If the Sun, the Moon and Jupiter be the trio planets iofluencing a birth, the effest of the yoga en the person born will be to mabe him a mine of virtues, learned and much liked by his sovereign If the Sun, the Mooa and Venus be together mn one bhava the person born will be addicted to other people s wives. cruel, in dread of enemies and rch

निर्व् पापरतो यन्त्रज्ञ राजदारणे शूर। अश्मवियास वुशन सहल्थिते सूर्येशशिभोंमे।। ते नस्वी निषृणमति शास्त्र सन्गोष्ठिपानरत । नृपकृत्यकरो धीरो रविशशिरासिजे सहैक्स्यै।।

SI. 7 अष्टमोऽध्याय. 700H 501

क्रुद्धो मायानिपुण, सेवाकुशलो विदेशगमनरत । मेधावी चपलमति. सहस्थिनैरर्कशशिजीवै । पग्घनहरणे निपुण परदाररतश्च शास्त्रनिपृणश। रविचन्द्रदैत्यपूज्यैरेकस्यैर्जायते मनुज ॥ मन्देन्द्वर्कसमागमे खलमतिर्मायी विदेशप्रियो

जीवार्कावनिजैरतिप्रियकरो मन्त्री चमूपोऽथवा भौमार्कासुरवन्दितैर्नयनरुरू भोगी कुलीनो र्थवान्॥७॥ Sloka 7. If Saturn, the Moon and the Sun combine in one bhava, the person born will be wickedly inelined, deceitful and fond of foreign countries. If the Sun, Mars and Mercury be together, the person whose birth 1s influenced by them will be bereft of comforts though possessed of sons, riches, and wives. If Jupiter, the Sun and Mars be in conjunction, the person born in the yoga will be a patriotic premier or commander-mn-chief. If Mars, the Sun and Venus be together in a निम्रइयोग (Trigraha yoga), the p'rson born will suffer from dis- eases of the eye, will be a voluptuary, of gentle birth and of great wealth cf. सारावली कामे विवादकुशलो मूर्ख परतन्त्रगो दरिद्रश्व । सूर्यनिशारुरर विजैरकस्यैर्नायते मनुन ॥ भवति ख्यातो मह साहसिको निष्ठुरो विगतलज्ज । घनसुतकरत्ररहित सहस्थितैररर्वकुनसौम्यै॥ वचत्ति निपृणो महार्य क्षितिपतिमन्त्री चम्पतिर्वाडपि। सन्यवचन प्रचण्ड सहस्थितैयोमगुरुमूर्ये । नयनातुर कुलीन. सुभगो वाक्शल्यसंयुतो मनुज । भृगुभौमदिवसनाथै सहस्यिते स्याद्विभवयुक्तः।

502 1 जातकपरिजाते Adh. VIII.

मन्दार्काव निजैः स्बन्धुरहितो मूर्खो घनी रोगमाकू इन्द्राचार्यरचीन्दुजः पटुमतिरविद्याययोवित्तवान्। भानुज्ञासुरप जितर्मृदुतनु ्विद्यायराखी सुखी सौरादित्युधैर्विवन्धुरधनो द्वेपी दुराचारवान् ॥८ ।। Stoka 8. If Saturn, the Sun and Mars form the faugam (Trigraha yoga) the person affected by it will be bereft of kindred, ignorant, wealthy but suffering from diseases If Jupiter, the Sun and Mercury be in conjunction, the person born will be shirp witted, famed for his learning and wealthy. If the Sun, Mercury and Venus be together in one bhava, the person whose birth takes place in the yoga will be soft-skinned, renowned for his learning and Ippy. If Saturn, the Sun and Mercury be associated together, the effect of the planetary combinition on the person born will be to make him friendless, poor, malignant and wicked. cf. सारावती विकलाओो धनरहिनो नित्यं रोगान्व्रितो मनुनः । स्वननरहितोऽतिमूर्ख: सितिजार्कनमानुभि• सहिनैः ॥

वाचस्पतिध्रुवसुयरे कमतैर्र्िपिकर: पुरुषः ॥ अतिनप्तो वाचाटो भ्रमणरुनिः प्रोपिनो गुरुमिः । स्त्रीहेतो: सन्तप्त· राशिसुतात्रिभारगवे. सहितैः ॥ कीबानारो द्वेव्य: सर्वजितो बन्धुभि. परित्यक्तः।

जीवादित्यसितैः सदारतनयः प्राज्ञोऽक्षिरुग्वित्तयान् मन्देन्द्रार्चितभानुमिर्गतभयो राजग्रिय: सात्विक:।

अष्टमोडध्याय 503

जातो भानुसितासितैः ऊुचरितो गर्गभिमानान्वितो चन्द्रारेन्दुसुतैः सदाशनपरो ढुष्कर्मकृद्दपकः ॥ ९ ॥ Sloka 9 If Jupiter, the Sun and Venus be together in one bhava, the person will have wife and children, will be intelligent, suffering from ophthalmia, but wealthy If Saturn, Jupiter and the Sun cembine and form the faugam (Trigrahr yoga), the person who has his buth in the yoga will be ferrless, a royal favorite and very pure minded If the Sun, Venus and Saturn produce the तिग्रहयोग (Trigraha yoga), the person born under their influence should be wicked, proud and self opinion- ated If the trio plinets fotming the yoga be the Moon, Mars and Mercury, the person born will be addicted to gluttony, wicked and offending c मारावली दुर्लचश्रु शर प्राज्ञो निस्वश् भूपत सचित्र । परकार्यरतो नित्य भार्गतगुरुमास्करे सहितै ॥ असदृशवाय पूज्य स्वमनदवव्य सुदारसुतमिन। नृपतीष्टो विगतभयो जीवार्कजदिनकरै महिति ॥ शनुभयात्सोद्वेगो मानकलमात्र्यनर्मितो मनुज । कृत्सितचरित कुष्ठी सिनार्फिरविसयुततर्मनति । पापारा जायन्त नीनानारा सुहत्म्वननहीना । आजीनिनश् पुरुषा शगाङ्कचुवमूमिन, महित ।। जीनेन्दुक्षितिजैः सरोपनचनः कामातुरो रूपवान इन्दुक्ष्माजसितैनिर्शलतनयः सञ्वारशीलो भनेद्। तारेशार्कजभूसुतैथलमतिर्दुषटा मको माठहा

Sloku 10 If Jupiter, the Moon and Mars be in

504 Adh. VIII.

conjunctson at a birth, the person born will betray impatience in his speech, be love sick and handsome If the Moon, Mars and Venus be together and form the faugum Trigraha yoga), the person affected by it will have ill mannered sons and be of wandering habits If the Moon Saturn and Mars combine and produce the yoga, the person born in it will be fickle minded and so wicked as to perpetrate the unnatural crime cf matricide If there be a conjunction of Jupiter, the Moon and Mercury, the person who has his birth in the yoga will be very rich and renowned and will become a king s favorite cJ सारावली विनताङ् सत्रीलोन्थोर गन्तथ् ममत स्त्रीणाम्।

दु शीलाया पुत्र पतिश्र तस्या सदैव मिर्दिष। कुजभृगुशशिभि सहितर्श्रमणशचि शीतमीतक्ष ।। नाल्ये मृतजननीक शुद्रो विपमश्र लोरविदिए। नायेत नरो योगे भृयुतशशिमास्वरसुतानाम्।। धनवान् कल्यो नाग्मी तेजन्ची ख्यातिमान्विपुलकीर्ति ।

विद्यानानपि नीचकर्मनिरवः सेव्य: सितज्ञेन्दुभि: त्यागी भूपतिपूजितथ गुणवानि-दुज्ञतिग्मांशुजैः । प्राज्ञः साधुसुतः कलासु निपुण: शुकेन्दुदेवार्चितैः शास्त्री वृद्धवधूरतो नृपसमो वाचस्पवीन्द्वर्कजैः ॥ ११ ॥ Sloka 11 11 Venus Mercury and the Moon com- bine and form a fagam (Trigraha yoga), the person born in it will be learned but devuted to mean acts and yet honorable If the combination be of the Moon,

S1. 12 अष्टमोऽध्यायः 505

Mercury and Saturn, as a result of it, the person born will be liberal, honored by the sovereign and worthy. If the three planets producing the yoga be Venus, the Moon and Jupiter, the person who has his birth in the yoga will be wise, have virtuous sons, and be proficient in the arts. If Jupiter, the Moon and Saturn be in combination, the influence of the yoga on the person born under it is that he will be versed in the sacred sciences, addicted to women past their prime, and kingly in his life. cf. साराचली विद्यासंस्कृतमतिरपि नीचाचारः पुमान् भवेज्जातः । सौम्यो धनप्रलु्धो बुषमार्गकचन्द्रसंयोगे । अस्वस्यो विकलाङ्ग: प्राज्षो वाग्मी सुपूजितः क्षितिपः । मवति नरः संयोगे सौरेन्दुशशाङ्कपुत्राणाम् ।। साध्चीतनयः प्राज्ञः कलास्भिज्ञो बहुभ्ुतः साधुः । मार्गवगुरुशशियोगे जातः सुभगो भवेत्पुरुपः ॥।

वेदी राजपुरोहितोऽतिसुमग: शुक्ेन्दुचण्डांशुजै: गान्धर्वश्रतिकाव्यनाटकपरो जीवज्ञभूनन्दनैः । हीनाङ्ग: खलवंशजथ्लमीतः शुकारचन्द्रात्मजै: प्रेष्य: सामयलोचनोऽटनपरस्ताराजभौमासिंतः ॥१२।। Sloka 12. If Venus, the Moon and Saturn be together in a bhava, the person born in the yoga will become a learned Brahmana teacher, a king's chaplain and will be much liked. If the yoga be due to the combination of Jupiter, Mercury and Mars in one bhava 64

506 जातकपारिजाते Adh VIII

the person whose birth is in it will be devoted to music, poetry and the dramas If Venus, Mars and Mercury be in conjunction, the effect of the fragahn (Trigraha yoga) is that the person affected by st will be defective in some limb, base born and fickle minded If the three planets combining to produce a fangum (Trigraha yoga) be Mercury, Mars and Saturn the person born will be a menial servant, with diseased eyes and vigrant habits र्of मारावली रिपिकरपुस्तक्ताचपुरोधसा भवति जन्म सुकृतैश। दैवविदा पुर्पाणा शशिमार्गव सौरिसयोगे।। सुवि क्षोणीनाथ सद्यत्रतिपति परार्य उद्युक्त। गान्धर्वेवदबुरल स्याहुधगरभुसुते सहिते। अकुलीनो वितलाङश्चपलो दुष्टय जायत मतुज । मुखरो नित्योत्माही कुननुषमगुनन्दनै सहितै।! प्रेष्य श्यामलनेत्र प्रवासशीले भवद्वदूनरोगी । रमत प्रहसनशीरैमुंघाकिरुधिरै सहैकस्यै । शुकारेन्द्र पुरोहितैर्नरपतेरिष्टः सुपुत्र: सुखी जीवाशर्वसुतैः कृशोऽसुखतनुर्मानी दुराचारनान्। सौरारासुरपूजितः कृतनयो नित्यं प्रनासान्वित: शुक्रज्ञामरमन्त्रिभिजिंतरिपुः कीर्तिप्रतापान्वितः ॥१३ ॥ Sloka 13 If Venus, Mars and Jupiter be together in one bbava, the person born in the yoga will be liked by bis sovereign, will bave good sons and be happy If Jupiter, Mars and Saturn jomntly produce the षरिपइयोग (Trigmha yogal), thee persem afecred 'by it wilt'be 'tean, suffering physical pain, full of sell conceit and ill man. nered If Saturn, Mars and Venus be in conjunction, the effect of the yoga on the person born 1s tbat he

SI 14 अष्टमोऽध्याय। 507

will have bad sons and be obliged to live abroad If Venus, Mercury and Jupiter be associated in one bhava, the person born will be triumphant over his enemies and attain to fame and power cf सारावली नृपतीष्ट. सत्सुतवान्विलासिनीभ्य सदाप्तब्हुसौरय । सकलजनानन्दकरो भार्गवगुरुभूमिजे सहितै ।। नृपसमत क्षताद्ो नीनाचारो विर्गर्हितो मिनै। भनति नरो विगतघृण सुरेज्यकुजसौरिसयोगे।। चारितविहीनाया पुनो भर्ता भवेतसुखविहीन । नित्य प्रवासशील सयुक्तै सौरिकुजशुनै ।। सुतनु क्षवितारिगणो नृपति सुभगस्तया पृथुलकीर्नि । बुधगुरुशुनै सहितैर्मवति नर सत्यवचनश्र ॥। देवेज्येन्दुजभानुजैरतिसुखश्रीक: खदारप्रियो मन्दज्ञासुरवन्दिततर नृतवाग्दुष्टोऽन्यजायारतः। जातो जीवसितासितैर मलधीर्विखव्यातसौखयान्वित- श्चन्द्रे पापयुते सदाल्पसुखवान् भानौ पितुसतद्वदेद् ॥ १४ ॥। Sloka 14 The person that is born when Jupiter, Mercury and Saturn are in conjunction will enjoy exceeding comfort and prosperity and will be attached to his wife When Saturn, Mercury and Venus are together and produce a निभहयोग (Trigraha yoga), the person born in it will be untruthful, vicious and addict- ed to other peoples wives If Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be together in a bhava, the person whose birth is in this yoga will possess a clear intellect and be famous and happy When the Moon is in conjunction with malignant planets, the person concerned always has his comfort and happmness diminished When the

C08 जातक पारिजासे Adh. VIII.

Sun is associated with evil planets, the astrologer may divine that the father of the person concerned will be similarly affected. NOTFS cf. सारावली स्थानघनैश्वर्ययुतं प्राज्ञं बहुभोगिनं सवदाररतम्। धृतिसौर्यरतं सुमग जनयन्ति बुधार्कनीवारूयाः ॥ मुखरो धूर्तोऽनृतवाक परयुव्तिरतो भवेद्विपमशीलः । बुधशुक्सूर्यतनयैः क्ठस्वमिन्ञः स्वदेशरतः ॥ न्यूने कुन्नेऽवि जातो भवति नरो भूपतिर्निपुलकीर्ति: । गुरुमागिव दिनकर नैरे कस्यै. शीलसंपत्रः ।। पापैयुकते चन्द्रे मातुरभावः प्रकीर्तिनप्रायः । सूयें वितुस्तथान्यैः शुप वदेन्मिश्रि मिश्रम्।। The author of सारावली adds प्रायः शुभा: समेता धनमृतिपश्ञोन्वितं सृपतिचेष्ठम् ॥ उत्पादयन्ति मनुनं भूमण्डलमण्डन श्रेषठम्।। पापास्त्रयोऽपि मिलिता: कर्वन्ति नरं सुदुर्भग लोके। दारिव्यदु-खतप्तं गर्हितरूपं विनयहीनम्॥ For the effecis of the above combinations of thtee planets in each of the 12 bhavas, see Horaratut- ॥ चतुर्ग्रहयोगः ॥ Combinations of 4 planets in one bhava. There may be 35 such combinations.

्मायी प्रपश्चकुशली लिपिकब रोगी। चन्द्रारमानुगुरुमिर्धनवान् यशखी धीमान् नृपप्रियकरो गतशोकरोग:।। १५।।

S1. 16 भष्टमोऽध्याय: 509

Sloka 15. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars and Mer. cury be all in one bhava the person born will be a conjurer skilled in the production of illusions, a scribe and sickly. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars and Jupiter be together in one bhava, the person affected by the yoga will be rich, famous, talented, loyal to his sovereign and free from sorrow and siekness. cf. सारावली लिविकर तस्कर गुखरो रोगी मायाप्रपचकुशलश्र। चुधरविभौमशशाईरेकर्श्षगनैः पुमान, भवति। धनवान्वनितानिन्द्यस्ते नस्वी नीतिमान्विगतशोरुः । कर्पसमर्थो निपुणः राशिकृजगुहमास्करैः सहितैः ॥ आरार्कचन्द्रभृगुजैः सुतदारसम्पद् विद्वान् मिताशनसुखी निपुणः कृपालुः । सूर्येन्दु भानुसुतभूमिसुतैरशान्त- नेत्रोऽटनथ कुलटापतिरर्थहीनः ॥१६ ॥ Sloka 16. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars and Venus be in eonjunction, the person born in the yoga will be blessed with a wife and sons, learned, temperate, com. fortable, shrewd and tender-hearted. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars and Saturn be associated in one bhava, the person affected by the yoga will have wild (restless) eyes, and be a wanderer, a cuckold and a pauper. cf. सारावली आर्योचितवाग्वृत्ति: सुखभाड् निपुणोऽर्यसङ्गहणशीलः। विद्यासुनदारयुतः शशिकुजमृगुभास्करैः सहितैः ॥ विपमशरीरो हूसो वनरहितो याचिताशनो मूर्ख: । गम्य: सर्वस्थ तथा रविशशिकनसौरिसयोगे।।

510 जातकपारिजाते Adh. VIII

दारार्थवान् गुणयशोनलनानुदारः।

मन्देन्दुविदिनकरैरधनः कृतमः ॥१७॥ Sloka 17. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury and Jupiter combine in one bhava, and produce a ugagam (Chaturgraha yoga), the person born therein will be fond of his wife and children, wealthy, virtuous, famous, strong and generous. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury and Venus be together in a bhava, the person affected by the yoga will be defective in some limb but eloquent If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury and Saturn be associated in one bhava, the effect of the yoga on the person born will be that he wil! be destitute of wealth and ungrateful ef मारावली सौवर्णक: प्ताक्ष शिल्पारो या महाधनो धीर। जात स्पानिरुमतनु शशिकगुरुमास्करै सहितै। विकल सुभगो वाग्भी हूस्वो नृपस्मतो मनुन। जात स्यादेकस्ये रविशशिबुषभार्गने सहितै। मातृपितृविप्रयु क्तो घनसौख्यविवर्नितो भ्रमणशील । मिक्षाशनोऽप्यनृतत्राक रवीन्दुमौम्यार्किभिर्नियनम्॥

भोगी दिनेशतुहिनद्युतिजीनशुक्ै: । जातो विशालनयनो बहुनित्तपुत्रो

Si ka 18 If the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter and Venus combine to produce a agirgam (Chaturgraha

St. 19 भष्टमोऽध्यायः 611

yoga), the person born will be moving about in water or in some forest region, be held in great esteem by his sovereign and have many enjoyments. If the planets forming the yoga be the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter and Saturn, the person whose birth is influenced by the yoga will be broad.eyed, with much wealth and many sons and will have for his wife a courtezan. of. सारावली सलिलमृगारण्यानां स्वामी स्यात्सीख्यभाकु भवति पूज्यः । शुक्रार्कंगु रराशाईरेकर्क्षगतेः पुमान्िपुणः ।। तामसनेश्रस्तीक्ष्णो बहुसुतवित्तो वगङ्गनासृभग: ।

कन्याजनाथयधनाशनतत्परथ् । आरारुणज्गृरुभि: सबलो विपन्नो दारार्थवान् नयनरोगपुतोऽटन: स्ात् ॥ १९ ॥ Sloka 19. If the Sun, the Moon, Venus and Saturn be associated in one bhava, the person born in the yoga will be weak, exceedingly cowardly, with his wealth depending on his unmarried daughters and given to gluttonous habits. If the quadruple planetary yoga be produced by the Sun, Mars, Mercury and Jupiter, the person whose birth is affected by the yoga in question . will be strong but afflicted with misfortunes, possessed of wives and riches, suffering from ophthalmia and of vagrant habits. of. सारावली

मीरु: सर्वन्र भवेदर्केन्दुसितासितः सहितैः ॥

512 जातस्पारिजाते Adh, VIII.

शुरोऽय सूनतसथ्कघरी वा विपन्नठारधन। दु खार्णवोडगनपर सुसङ्तैर्र् जीधनुव्मोमै ॥ रनिकुज युधशुकैरन्यदारतुरक्तो

नरपतिस चिनो या नीचकुद्धोगशीलः ।। २०।। Stoka 20 If the Sun Mare. Mercury and Venus combine in one bhava, the person that has his birth in the aguruln (Chaturgraba yoga) will be addicted to other men s wives, of odd looks and dress, thievishly inchned and devoid of all goodmess If the Sun, Mars, Mercury and Satutn be in conjunction, the person born will be a commander of an army or a king's minister, stooping to base acts and inclined to pleasure cf सारावली परदाररतध्ोरो विषमाङ्को दुर्जनो विगतमन्व । भवति प्रप्व पुरषो रविसितमौमेन्दुजै सहिते ।। योद्धा प्राज्ञस्तीक्ष्णो नीचावार कविप्रधानथ। मन्त्री चमूपतिर्शा बुधार्ककुजमौरिमयोगे।। सूर्यारारयसितैर्महीपतिसमः ख्यातोऽतिपूज्यो धनी जीगारार्किदियाकरैर्गतघनो भ्रान्त: सुदद्धन्धुमान्। भूपुनार्कसितासितैः परिभनप्रासो विकर्माग्रणी: शुकाकेंन्दुजधूरिभिर्धन यश्ोमुख्यप्रधानो भजेत् ॥। २१ ॥। Slota 21 If the Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Venus be together in a bhava the person born will have a status equal to thit of a sovereign be renowned, highly esteemed and wealthy If the Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn combine to produce a चतुर्महयोग (Chaturgraha

SL. 19 मष्टमोःध्यायः 511

• yoga), the person born will be moving about in water or in some forest region, be held in great esteem by his sovereiga and have many enjoyments. If the plancta forming the yoga be the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter and Saturn, the person whose birth is influenced by the yoga will be broad.eyed, with much wealth and many sons and will have for his wife a courtemn.

सट्लिमृगारण्यानां स्वामी स्यात्सौख्यभान गति पम्यः। शुक्रार्कगु रुाशा केरेकर्क्षणतैः पुमान्िपुणः॥ तामसनेत्रसतीक्ष्णो बह्ुसुतवितो वगदनासुभग: । सुर्येन्यचनद्रसौरैरेकागनगिंत पुरुषः॥

कन्याजनाथयधनायनतत्परथ। आरारुणज्गृरुभि: सपली घिपम्नो दारार्थचान् नयनरोगयुतोऽ्टना स्ात् ॥ १९ ।। Sloka 19. If the Sun, the Moon, Venus and Saturn be associated in one bhava, the person born in the yoga will be weak, exceedingly cowardly, with his wealth depending on his unmarried drughtere and given to gluttonous habits. If the quadruple planetaty yoga be produced by the Sun, Mare, Mereury and Jupiter, the person whose birth is affected by the yoga in question . will be strong hut afflicted with misfortunes, possessed of wives and riches, suffering Irom ophthalmia and of vagrant habits.

514 जातकपारिजाते Adh. VIfI.

Chaturgraha yoga be the Sun, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, the person born in it will be proficient in the arts, in command of the vulgar people and daring. If the Moon, Mars, Mercury and Jupiter be in conjunction, the person who has his birth in the yoga will be devo ted to the good of his soveresgn, become a wise minister and finally a ruler of the earth. cf. मारावली कीवाचारो मानी कलहरुचि. सहजवान् निर्साहः।

मुखरः सुभगः प्राज्ञो मृदुसौख्यः सत्वशौचसंपन्नः । घीरो मित्रसहायो रवियुधसिनसौरिसंयोंग ॥। लुग्ध. कवि प्रधानः कारकनायोडविपश्च नीचानाम्। आदित्यार्किप्तितारयै गज्ञां जातो भवेडिश्ः।्र। शास्त्रकुशलो नरेन्द्रः सुमहामन्त्रोऽयव्रा महाचुद्धि: । शाशिकुजसोम न नीवैरेकस्थैर्य: पुमाजातः ।। चन्द्रारज्ञसितैः सुदारतनयः प्राज्ञो चिरूप: सुखी मन्दारेन्दुयुधैर्द्विमातपितकः शूरो बद्ुस्त्रीसुतः। चन्द्रारार्यसितैरधर्मकुशलो निद्रालर्रर्थातुरो जीवारार्किनिशाकरेः स्परमति: शूरः सुखी पण्डितः ।।२३।। Sloka 23. If the Moon, Mars, Mercury and Venus be together, the person born in the yoga will have good wives and sons, will be wise, deformed and happy. If the Moon, Mars, Mercury and Saturn be the four planets forming the guram (Chaturgraha yoga) the person affected by it will have two mothers and fathers, will be brave, with many wives and sons. If the Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Venus combine to produce the yoga, the person whose birth is influenced by it

S1. 24 अष्टमोऽध्यायः 515

will be clever in iniquity, sleepy and itching for wealth. The person who has his birth in the yoga formed by the combination of the Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Satumn will be firm minded, brave, comfortable and learned.

cf. सारावली NOTES.

कलहरुचिर्निद्रालुर्नीच: स्याद्वर्धकीपतिः सुभगः । बन्धुद्वेष् न सुखी शशिकुनबुधभार्गवैः सहितैः ॥ शूरो द्विमातृपितृको दुप्कुलजो बहुकलत्रमितसुतः । मवति सुकर्माभिरतः शशिकुनबुबसौरिसंयोगे।। विकलाङ्ग: सुकतत्रः सकलसहोऽतीव मानमंयुक्त: । मान्ो बहुमित्रसुखः शशिकुजगुरुमार्गवैः सहितैः ॥ बधिरो धनवाञशुरः सोन्मादो वाक्पटुः स्थिरप्रकृतिः । मतिमानुदारचित्तो भौमेन्दृशनैश्ररसुरेज्यैः ।। The combination of the Moon, Mars, Venus and Saturn has been left out in the text. Its effect is thus described in Ftud (Saravalı). कुलटापति: प्रगल्मः सर्पाक्षो नित्यमेव सोद्ेगः । जातःपरुषोऽवश्यं कुजेन्दुयमभार्गवैर्भवति ॥ Also मानसागरीपद्धति: चन्द्रारशुकमन्दानां मलिन: कुलकीपतिः। सोद्वेग: सर्पतुल्याक्षः प्रगल्मो जातको भवेन् ॥ शुभज्ञेनदुसुरार्चितैः सवधिरो विद्वान् यशसी घनी चन्द्रार्किज्सुराचितैरतिघनी बन्धुप्रियो धार्मिक:।

जीवेन्द्र्कजमार्गवर्गतसुखः श्रद्धादयायजिंतः ।।२४ ।। Sloka 24. The person born in a yoga formed by the combination in one bhava, of the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus will be deaf, but learned, famous and

516 जातकपारिजाते Adh. VIII.

wcalthy. If the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn be together and produce a agarim (Chturgraha yoga), the person influenced by it will be exceedingly wealthy, kind to his relatives and charitable. The person whose birth is in the yoga formed by the conjunction of the Moon, Mercury, Venus and Saturn, will become hostile to a large number of persons and have intrigues with the wives of other people If the Moon, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn combine in a bhava, the person who has his nativity in the yoga will be devoid of ease, sceptical and unfeeling cf. सारावली विद्वान्विमातृपितृक सदूपो घनयुतोऽतिसुभगश्। भवति नरो विगतार्निव्ृध्गुरुशशिमागवे सहितै ।। कृतधर्मकीर्तिरम्यस्तनम्पी पपुरी मतिमान्। नृपसचित्र प्रवरकवि शशियुधनीवार्किमि सहितं ॥ परदारगमनशीलो विशीलभार्यो विपन्नवन्धु्। प्राज्ञो लोकद्विष्ट स्यादिन्दुचुधार्किभूगुपुनै ॥ मात्रारहित सुमगस्तग्दोषी दु सितो भ्रमणशील । बहुमापी सत्यरत शशिगुरुमृगुसौरिमि सहितै। कुजबुधगुरुशुक्रैरर्थवानिन्दित: स्यात् चुघगुरुश निभामै: सामयो नित्द्दीन:।

रतिशयघनविद्याशीलमेति प्रजातः ॥ २५।। Sloka 25 The person born when Mars Mercury, Jupiter and Venus are in conjunction will be rich and reviled If Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn be the planets forming the yoga, the person whose bitth is in it will be sickly and destitute of wealth If Mercury,

51. 25 अष्टमाऽध्याय: 517

Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be togetherjin one bhava, the person born in the yoga will have exceeding wealth, Iearning and amiability.

of. सारावली NOTES.

स्त्रीकलहरु निर्धनमाकपूज्यो लोके च शीलसंपन्नः । भवति पुमानिरुनतनुर्तुघारगुरुमार्गनैः सहितैः ॥ शुरो विद्रान्याग्मी धनरहितः सत्यशौनसंपन्नः ।

मेघावी शास्त्ररतो रामासक्ती विधेयभृत्यश्। बुघनीवशुकसौरे रेक्स्यैस्तीनसंयोगे।। The following two combinations do not find a place in tbe Text: Viz., (1) Mars, Mercury, Venus and Saturn and (2) Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn. For their effects, vide the following slokas from साराबली. स्यान्मल्लः परपृष्टः कठिनाज्ो युद्धद्ुर्मद्ः ख्यातः । रमते च सारमेयैर्युंधारयममार्गवैः सहितैः ॥ तेजस्वी वित्तयुतः स्त्रीलोल: साहमप्रियश्चपलः । भौमगुरुशुकमौरैरेक्स्यैर्जायते कितनः ॥ A1s0 मानमागरीपद्धनि मौल्येन पुष्टिर्योद्धा च बुधारयममार्गवैः । क्यातो लोके हढाङ्श्य सारमेये रुनिर्मवेत् ॥ भौमेज्यशनिशुकाणां योगे स्याद्वासनातुरः । परदाररतो मानी किनवो जायते नरः ॥ Tor fhe eftects of the above combinations in each of fhe 12 bhavas, vide Horamtna. । पञ्चग्रहयोगः ॥ Combinations of 5 planets in one bhava, there are 21 such combinations.

518 जावक्पारिज्ञाते Adh. VIII.

र्जातस्तु युद्धकुशल: पिशुनः समर्थः । शुकार मानुवुधशीतकरै विधर्म- श्रद्धालुरन्यजनकार्यपरो निवन्धु।॥२६॥ Sloka 2G If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury and Jupiter be in one bhava, the person born in the yoga will be a good combatant and a clever informer. If the Sun, the Moan, Mars, Mercury and Venus com. bine and produce a vaneim (Panchagraha yoga), the person whose birth is affected by it may be faithful to his various functions, attentive to other people's concerns and friendless. o सारावली दु खी बहुप्रपथो जायाविरहेण तापितशारीर। मनति एमानेकस्पे रवीन्दुकजजीवनन्द्रसुतै।। परकमरतो नित्य चन्धुसुहृन्दि वृतो वरिगतसत्व । कृीनैरयाति च सख्य रवीन्दुकुनशुनसौन्यैश्र।। भूनन्दनेन्दुरविमन्दपुरन्दरेज्यै- राशादुरिष्टरमणीविरहाभिभृत:ः। चन्द्रार मानुशशिसनुदिनेशपुन्रै- रल्पायुरर्जनपरो विकलनपुत्रः।। २७ ।। Sleka 27 If the Sun, th" Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn form the yuarar (l'anchagraha yoga), the person born will be hopelul and have to suffer separation irom the woman he loves If the Sun, the Mcon, Mars, Mercury and Saturn be the five planets in conjunction, the person whose birth is alfected by their nfluence will be short lived, bent on earning money, but without Wife and sons

St. 28-29 519 W of. सारावली अल्पायुर्वन्धनभाग्दीनो भवतीह सर्वसुखहीनः । अकलत्रोऽसुतवित्तः सौरदिवाकरबुधेन्दुकुजैः ॥ युद्धकुशल: समर्थ: परवित्तहरः परोपतापी च। पिशुनश्लव्ष पुरुषः शनिशाशिकुजजीवदिवसेरौः ॥ जीवेन्दु भौमसितभानुभिरावतायी त्यक्त: सरमावृपितृबन्धुजनैरनेत्रः। मन्देन्दुशुकर विभूमिसुतैर्विनाम- वित्तप्रभावकुशलो मलिनोऽन्यदारः॥२८।। Sloka 28. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Venus be together in one bhava, the effect of the yoga on the person born is that he will be an assassin, cast out by his father, mother and other relations and will become sightless. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Venus and Saturn form a toneam (Panchagraha yoga), the person, who has his birth therein will cleverly turn to account the humility, the wealth and power at his command and will be depraved and bave intrigues with other people's wives. of. मारावली जात्यन्धो बहुदुःखी मातृपितृम्यां संदैव सन्त्यक्त । भवति नरो गेयरुचिः कुजेन्दुगुरुमार्गवार्कश्य। मानार्थविमवहीनो मलिनाचारः परादनानिरतः । पकमिरेकायै: स्यादिनेशशशिशुकश निमौमे:॥ तारेशभानुगुरुवोघनदानवेज्यै- र्मन्त्री घनी निजयशोवलदण्डनाथ:।

520 जातकपारिजाते Adh. VIII.

Sloka 29 If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus combine and produce a पचग्रहयोग (Panchagraha yoga), the person whose birth is influenced thereby will be a wealthy minister, with fime, power and authority to punisb offenders, quite his own If the five planets jointly forming the yoga be the Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn, the person born in the yoga will be indebted to another for his food, very cowardly, very wickedly inclined and practising cruelty of मारादनी यन्त्रज्ञो बहुविभवो नृपसचितो देण्डनायरो वा स्वात्। ख्यात शुभकीर्तियुतो बुधेन्दुरविजीवनुमैश्र । भीरू प्रियमन्त्यक्त सोन्मादो वश्नासु निपुणश्र। उम्र परात्रमोजी बुधेन्दुगुरुसुर्यरविपुनै।। सौम्यासितेनदुसित मानुभिरर्थहीनो दीर्घाकृतिर्गतसुतो बहुरोगगात्र: । जीचेन्दुशुकरिमानुसुतैः सदारो वाग्भीन्द्रजालचतुरो विभय: सत्रः॥ ३० ।। Sloka 30 If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Venus and Saturn be together in a bhava, the person born will be without wealth, tall in stature, bereft of "children and his body will be afflicted with many diseases the Sun, the Moon Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be the 5 If

planets jointly producing a पचग्रहयोग (Panchagraha yoga), the person who has his bitth therein will have a wedded wife, be eloquent, clever in juggling, fearless, but have enemies to contend with cf सारावली दीर्घो रोमशगानो मरणोत्साही मुखार्यमुतहीन।

SI. 81-32 अष्टमौडध्यायः 521

वाग्मीन्द्रजालनिरतश्चलचित्तः स्त्रीपु वल्लमो मतिमान्। बहुशत्रुर्विगतभयो रवीन्दुगुरुशुकमानुमुतैः ॥ शुक्रारभानुगुरुचन्द्रसुतैविशोक: सेनातुरङ्गपतिरन्यवधूविलोलः । भूसूनुजीव रविचोधनभानुपुत्रै- र्भिक्षाशनो मलिनजीर्णतराम्बरः स्यात् ॥ ३१ ॥ Sloka 31. If the Sun, Mars, Mercury. Jupiter and Venus be in conjunction, the person who has his birth in the yoga will be free from every care or sorrow, will command an army and horses, and be restlessly moving about after women not his own. If the planets associa. ted in the पंचप्रहयोग (Panchagraha yoga) be the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn, the effect of the yoga on the person born is that he will have to eat begged food and wear dirty and tattered clothes. of. सारावली कामी बहुतुरगनरः स्वीकृतसेनापतिर्विगतशोक:। राजप्रियोतिसुभगो बुधाररविजीवशुक्रैः स्ात्॥ नित्योद्विग्नो रोगी मिक्षां मुद्धे गृहाद्गृहं गत्वा । जीर्णमलीमसवासा रविकुजबुषनीवरविपुत्रैः ।। पूज्य: कलासु निपुणो वघचन्धनाढ्यो रोगी सितासित गुरुज़घराकुमारै:। श्रेष्ठोऽतिदुःखभयरोगपुतः क्षुधार्त्त:

Sioka 32. The person whose birth is in the yoga formed by Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn being in one bhava will be honorable, proficient in the arts, have to do greatly with the infliction of punish. 66

520 जातकपारिजावे Adh. VIII.

Sloka 29 If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus combine and produce a पचप्रहयोग (Panchagraha yoga), the person whose birth is influenced thereby will be a wealthy minister, with i fame, power and authority to punish olfenders, quite his own If the five planets jointly forming the yoga be the Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn, the person born in the yoga will be indebted to another for his food, very cowardly, very wickedly inclined and practising cruelty cf. सारावली यन्त्रज्ञो बहुविभवो नृपसचितो दण्डनायरो वा स्वात् । ख्यात शुभकीर्तियुतो बुधन्दुरविजीवशुमेश्ष। भीरू प्रियसन्त्यक्त सोन्मादो वश्नासु निष्टणश्र। उम्र परात्रमोजी बुधेन्दुगुरुसुर्यरविपुनै ।। सौम्यासितेन्दुसित मानुभिरर्थहीनो दीर्घाकृतिर्गतसुतो बह्गुरोगगान:। जीवेन्दुशुऋरविभानुसुतैः सदारो वाग्मीन्द्रजालचतुरो विभय: सगनः । ३०।। Sloka 30 If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Venus and Saturn be together in a bhava, the person born will be without wealth, tall in stature, bereft of children and his body will be afflicted with many diseases If the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be the 5 planets jointly producing a पचग्रहयोग (Panchagraha yoga), the person who has his birth therein will have a wedded wife, be eloquent, clever in juggling, fearless, but have enemies to contend with ef सारावली दीर्घो रोमशगानो मरणोत्साही सुखार्यसुतहीन।

SI. 81-32 अष्टमौडध्यायः 521

वाग्मीन्द्रजालनिरतश्चलचित्तः स्त्रीपु वल्लभो मतिमान्। बहुशत्रुर्विगतभयो रवीन्दुगुरुशुकभानुमुतैः ॥ शुक्रारभानुगुरु चन्द्रसुतैविशोक: सेनातुरङ्गपतिरन्यवधूविलोलः । भूसू नुजीव रविबोधनभानुपुत्रै- रभिक्षाशनो मलिनजीर्गतराम्बरः स्ात् ॥ ३१ ॥ Sloka 31. If the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus be in conjunction, the person who has his birth in the yoga will be free from every care or sorrow, will command an army and horses, and be restlessly moving about after women not his own. If the planets associa- ted in the पंचम्रहयोग (Panchagrah? yoga) be the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn, the effect of the yoga on the person born is that he will have to eat begged food and wear dirty and tattered clothes. of. सारावली कामी बहुतुरगनरः स्वीकृतसेनापतिर्विगतशोक:। रानप्रियोतिसुभगो बुधाररविजीवशुकैः स्ात्।। नित्योद्िग्नो रोगी मिक्षां मुद्गे गृहाद्गृहं गत्ना। जीर्णमलीमसवासा रविकुनचुघजीवरविपुत्रैः ।। पूज्य: कलासु निपुणो वघबन्धनाढ्यो रोगी मितासितगुरुनघराकुमार: । श्रेष्ठोऽतिदुःखभयरोगपुतः क्षुधार्त्तः शन्यारबोधनविकर्तनदानचेज्येः ॥। ३२॥। Sloka 32. The person whose birth is in the yoga formed by Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn being in one bhava will be honorable, proficient in the arts, have to do greatly with the infliction of punish- 66

520 जातकपारिजाते Adh. VIII.

Sloka 29 If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus combine and produce a vengum (Panchagraha yoga), the person whose birth is influenced thereby will be a wealthy minister, with a fime, power and authority to punish offenders, quite his own If the five planets jointly formiog the yoga be tbe Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn, the person born in the yoga will be indebted to another for h1s food, very cowardly, very wickedly inclined and practising cruelty of सारायनी यन्त्रज्ञो बहुविभवो नृपसचिवरो टण्टनायरो वा स्यात्। र्यात शुभकीर्तियुतो वुधन्दुरविजीवशुमैश्र । भीरू प्रियसन्त्यक्त सोन्मादो वञ्नामु निष्टणश्च। उम्र परात्रमोजी भुधेन्दुगुरुसुर्यरविपृिनै । सौम्यासितेनदुसित मानुमिरर्थहीनो दीर्घाकृतिर्गतसुतो चहुरोगगानः। जीवेन्दुशुक्रनिभातुसुतैः सदारो वाग्मीन्द्रजालचतुरो विभय: सशत्रः॥३०॥ Sloka 30 If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Venus and Saturn be together in a bhava, the person born will be without wealth, tall in stature, bereft of children and his body will be afflicted with many diseases the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be the 5 If

planets jointly producing a qamgam (Panchagraha yoga), the person who has his birth therein will have a wedded wife, be eloquent, clever in juggling, feariess, but have enemies to contend with cf सारावल दीर्घो रोमशगानो मरणोत्साही मुखार्थसुतहीन । स्वात्पश्चमिरेक स्यै रविचन्द्रुषा किभृगुपुन्नै ।।

S1. 31-32 अष्टमोडध्यायः 521

वाग्मीन्द्रजालनिरतश्चलचित्तः स्त्रीपु वल्लभो मतिमान्। बहुरत्रुर्विगतभयो शवीन्दुगुरुशुकभानुमुतैः ॥ शुक्रारभानुगुरुचन्द्रसुतैविशोक: सेनातुरङ्गपतिरन्यवधृविलोल:। भूस नुजीवरवियोधनभानुपुत्र- र्भिक्षाशनो मलिनजीर्णतराम्बरः सात्॥३१ ॥ Sloka 31. If the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus be in conjunction, the person who has his birth in the yoga will be free from every care or sorrow, will command an army and horses, and be restlessly moving about after women not his own. If the planets associa- ted in the पंचम्रहयोग (Panchagraha yoga) be the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn, the effect of the yoga on the person born is that he will have to eat begged food and wear dirty and tattered clothes. of. मारावली कामी बहुतुरगनरः स्वीकृतसेनापतिर्विगतशोक:। राजप्रियोतिसुभगो बुधाररविजीवशुनैः स्यात् । नित्योद्विग्नो रोगी मिक्षां मुद्धे गृहाद्गृहं गत्वा । जीर्णमलीमसवासा रविकुजचुघजीतरविपुत्रैः। पूज्य: कलासु निपुणो वधचन्धनाढ्यो रोगी सितासितगुरुन्नधराकुमारैः। श्रेष्ठोऽतिदुःखभयरोगयुतः क्षुधार्त्त: शन्यारबोधनविकर्तनदानवेज्यैः ।।३२॥। Sioka 32. The person whose birth is in the yoga formed by Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn being in one bhava will be honorable, proficient in the arts, have to do greatly with the infliction of punish 66

522 जातकपारिजाते Adh VIII.

ment in the form of death and captivity and will be sickly If the Sun, Mars, Meicury, Venus and Saturn be associated in a पचम्रद्योग (Panchagraha yoga), the effect upon the person born is that he will be of the highest rank, but have much misety, danger and disease to endure and be famished of मारावली वघचन्धनरोगार्तो विद्वाँहेके मुपृनितो भवति । निम्वो विकण्शरीर कुनबुधगुन्शुनमन्दें स्यात्।।

भ्रमति श्षुमित पुरुष कुनार्किरविशुनशशिननये।।

यन्त्र क्रियासुरतघातुचलप्रसिद्ध- कर्मा गुरुवशनिभानुनसुन्धराजै: ॥ ३३॥ Sloka 33. If the five planets, th Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn combine and produce a yoga, the person born in it will be a menial servant, without wealth, shabbily dresed, very ignorant and thievish The person at whose birth, the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn are in conjunction, will be famed for his feats of physical energy in the enjoyment of pleasure in toyings in the form of a lock q.H (Yanthra) cf सारावनभ प्रेष्यो मूर्ख क्ृीत्रो मरिनाचारोडतिदुर्भगो विकल । भकति नरो घनरहित शशिकुनगुरुशुनरवितनयै ।। जलयन्त्रधातुपारटरसायनेप्वतिपटठ पुमान भवति। एमि प्रमिद्धवर्मा स्षितिसुत्तरविजीनसितसौरैः ॥

SL. 34-35 अष्टमोऽध्यायः 623

In the latter half of this sloka, the planets forming the com. bination should be the Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn instead of the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn which has already been dealt with in slola 31 supra. Further, the effect given for this combination more or less tallies with that given in the 2nd of the two slokas from HRIadt (Saravali) quoted above. ज्ञानी सदेवगुरुमम्मतधर्मशीलः शास्त्री दिनेशगुरुशुकशनीन्दुपुत्रैः । साधु: सुखी बहुधनः प्रवलक् विद्वान्

Slaka 34 The person who has his birth in the yoga formed hy the five planets the Sun, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, will be wise, versed in sacred books and of a virtuous choracter and conduct such as gods and reverend seniors always appruve of. If the Moon, Mats, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus be together in a bhava, the person born under such influence will be virtuous, happy, very wealthy, powerful and learned. of. सारावनी बहुशासज्ञानपटर्मिलहित समतो गुरुणां च। धर्मपरः कारुणिर. सूर्यास्तितशुकनुधनीवेः।। साु क्ल्यशरीरो विद्याधनमत्यमौखयमंपत्र । बन्धुहितो वहुमि से बुधेन्दु रुजनीवमृतृपुनै ।।

सर्वत्र पूज्यो निकलेक्षणश्र महीपतुल्यः सविवोज्यना स्ाद् ॥३५॥ Sloka 35. If the five planets, the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be together in one bhava, the person born under their influence will be henoured every where. He will hive defective vision and have

526 जा उक पारिजाते Adh. VIII.

Mereury, Venus and Saturn will be insignificant, engaged in works not his own, afflicted with consump. tion and dryness of the nose and despicable If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be the six planets jointly producing the yoga, the person whose birth is influenced by it will be a king's councillor, . bereft of the joys which wife, children and wealth give, but calm and contented ॥ मेपादिराशिस्थितग्रहफलम् ॥ जातः स्वल्पघनस्तु गानरसिको निद्याधनक्टेशधी- रज: सर्वकलारसजचतुरो हरण्यकः साहसी। सम्पूज्य: कुनणिरु क्रियासु कुशला पुत्रादिभाग्यच्युतः श्रीमान् तोयकृपिक्कियादिभिरिने मेपादिराशिसिते ॥। ३९।। Sloka 39 When the Sun is in the several signs beginning with Mesha, the effect on the person born 14 in order (1) that he will have small wealth, (2) he will delight in music, (3) his mind will be full of care regarding the acquisition of learning and wealth ; (1) he will be ignorant, (5) he will be versed in the several arts and be clever, (6) he will be devoted to the acqui- sition of money, (7) he will be daring, (8) he will be esteemed, (9) he will be a petty trider, (10) he will bey clever in every kind of exercise, (11) he will be lacking in such joys as children and children s children give, and (12) he will prosp-r by such industries as agricul- Utural operations carried on by irrigation NOTES of वृदग्जातक AVIII-slokas 1-4 सक्षे भूपकृपिक्रियाटनधन: शुक्र्क्षगे कामघीः सौम्यक्षे परिदनिवारू कटकमे राजप्रियो वित्तवान्।

S1. 40-41 अषमोऽध्याय 527

सिंहे भूमिसुत्ते तु निर्भयधनो जैवे जितारि: सुखी कुम्भे दुर्जनसेनितो मृगगते भृपोऽथना तत्समः ॥४०॥ Stoka 40 If Mars occupy his own sign at a person's birth, the latter will get wealth from a king, from agriculture and from his wandering about in pursuit of other such occupation If Mars be in a Ras1 owned by Venus, the person born will set his mind on * sensual enjoyment, the effect of Mars' presence in a sign belonging to Mercury is that the person under such influence will speak in a dejected tone, if the planet be in Kataka the person born will become a king's favourite and have much wealth If Mars' position be in Simha, at a person's hirth, the latter will be in possession of secure wealth In a Rast belonging to Jupiter, Mars makes the person born triumphant over his foes and possessed of comfort and happiness. In Kumbha, the presence of Mars las the effect of making the person concerned served by bad people And lastly when Mars 15 in Makar, the person born 1s either a king or his equal NOTES of वृदज्जातन AVIII-slohas 5-7 कौजे चन्द्रसुतेऽधनः मितगृहे निद्वान्नृपुग्मे सुर्खी कर्किस्थे निजनित्तहा हरिगते जाते वधूनिर्जितः । कन्यासे सगुणाकरो गतमयश्चापे नृपालप्रियो मीनस्थे जितसेवकः शनिगुहे शिल्पी परग्रेष्यकः । ४१॥ Sloka 41 A person will be poor if at his birth Mercury be in a house of Mars, learned if in a house of Venus, happy if Mercury be in Mithuna, will dissi pate w his ealth if the planet be in Kataka , will be

528 जातकपारिजाते Adh VIii.

henpecked if Mercury be in Simha, will have virtues in abundance and be exempt from dangers if Mercury occupy Kanya, a king s favourite if in Dhanus, a Isubdued servant if in Meena, an artisan and a menial servant of another if mn a house of Saturn NOTES If g na be the reading mslead of fauer the tanslation will he 'will get rid of all his troubles ef Tiv3tTh XVIII-slokas 8-11 सेनावित्तसुताधिक: सुगुणनान् दाता कुजर्क्षे गुरौ तेजसवी सितमे परिच्छदसुहच्तारासुतर्क्ष गते। प्राज्ः पृत्रधनश कर्किणि घटे भोगी यशस्वी हरो राजा राजसमोजयना निजगृहे नीचेषटन: क्ेशघीः।।४२।। Sloka 43 If Jupiter be in a sign of Mars at the birth of a person, the latter will be superior to others in his army, wealth and sons, highly virtuous and bountiful, if in a sign of Venus, the person concerned will be energetic, if in a sign of Mercury, be will have a large following of friends, if Jupiter be in Kataka, the person born will be wise and rich in sons , if in Kumbha, the person concerned will enjoy pleasures, if the planet be in Simha, the person affected will becomc famous, if Jupiter occupy a mdu (Swakshetra), the person born will be a king or on a par with a king If in the depression sign Makara the person concerned will be a wanderer and have a careworn mind NOTES- f TEa% \III-slokas 12-13 जारः श्रीमतिमिन्नबन्धुनिमनो विद्याधनज्ञाननान मीरूर्मन्दसुतोऽतिनीचनिहिताचारो नृपालप्रिय।

SI. 13-44 नष्टमोऽध्याय 629

दुष्टस्त्रीगणसेनितो जनपतिर्भोगी कुमारीग्त: श्रीनिद्यागुणशीलनान् भृगुसुते मेपादिराशिस्थिते । ४३ ।। Stoka 4+ According to the position of Venus in the several signs from Mesha onwards, the peroon born will be respectively (1) a gallant. (2) wielding large influence due to the possession of fortune, genius, friends and kindred, (3) learned, wealthy and wise, (") cowardly, (5) will have dull sons, (6) will follow courses of conduct prescribed for people lowest in the social scale, (7) will be a king's favourite, (8) will be served hy a set of bad women, (9) will become a lord of men, (10) will have enjoyments, (11) will become i addicted to unmarried girls (1) will be possessed of fortune, learning, wortb and amiable manners NOTES ef om4 XVIII-stokas 14 -- 16 मूर्खों नातिधनी गतस्सुतधीरमचासुखम्रच्युतो नार्य: स्वल्पधनात्मजो गणपुरग्रामाग्रणीरुप्रधीः । जातः पुत्रकलनवित्तविभवो राजप्रियो वित्तनान् तेजोराजगुणाधिको रतिसते मेपादिराशिस्थिते ।। ४४।। Sloka 44 If Saturn occupy Mesha or any of the other signs taken in order, the person born will respec. tively be (1) stupid (") will not have much wealth ! (3) will be bereft of money, sons and intelligence (4) will be banished from the joys derivable .rom the kind care of a mother (5) will be disreputable (5) will have! very little wealth and very few children (7) will be the leader of a community, town or village (5) will have a cruel he irt (9) will enjoy the dignity attaching y to the possession of children, wife and riches (1) will f 67

530 जातरपहरेजासे Adh VIII.

be liked by his sovereign (11) will have wealth ("3) will surpass in energy and other kingly virtues. NOTES ef 77 XVIII-slokas 17-19 यदुक्तमुड्ुनाथस्य फलं मेपादिराशिपु। तदंशकफलञ्चान परिचिन्त्य वदेदुघः ।।४५।। Slobu 45. An intelligent astrologer should weigh well in his mind the effect of the Moon's presence in the several zodiacal signs beginning with Mesha as well as in the Amsas (It) belonging thereto and then declare the result of his deltberations पापेक्षिते गगनगामिनि दुष्टरोगी

पापान्विते तु परविचव धूनिलोल: पारुष्यवारु कपटयुद्धियुतोप्लसः स्यात् ॥ ४६ ॥ Slok : 46 When a planet 15 aspected by a malign one, the person born under its influence suffers from bad ailments and is without the virtues, worth, wealth and fame which a person of his birth and social status ought to have If a planet be associated with a malign one, the effect 15 that the person born under such influ ence has a hankering after other pople s wealth and women, is harsh of sp cch, fraudulently minded and slothful यदि शुभकरटष्टे खेचरे जातमर्च्य: सुतधनयुतमोगी सुन्दरो राजपूज्य: । परिभवरहितः सात् साम्यखेटोपयाते जितरिपुरिह धर्माचारवानिङ्गितज्ञ॥ ४७॥

SI. 47-48 अष्ट मोडध्यायः 531

Sloka 47. A person born under the influence of a planet aspected by a propitious one will have children, riches and enjoyments, will be handsome, honored by his sovereign and exempt from humilation or disgrace. If the planet influencing a birth be associated with a benignant one, the person born will be triumphant over his foes in this world, conform to the duties and practi- ces appertaining to his birth and social position, and be shrewd enough to understand (ascertun) the unexpressed wishes of others by their outward indications चन्द्रे मेपगते कुजादिख चररालोकिते भूपतिः निद्वान् राजसमः समस्तगुणनान् चोरो दरिद्रो (१) भवेत्। निस्वस्पेयनृमान्यभूपधनिकप्रेष्यो वृपस्थे तथा युग्मस्थे विकलो नृपः सुमतिमान् धीरः खलो निर्धन: ४८ Slokd 48 Wben the Moon occupying Mesha 1s aspected by the everal planets beginning with Mars and ending with the Sun, the person born under such influence will respectively be a king a man of learning, a person equal in status to a king, one endowed with every amiable quality, a thief, and a beggar If the 1l * Moon be in Vrishibha, and Mars aspect it, the person Eorn will be One bereft of property, if Mercury be the aspecting planet, the person born will be a judge, if Jupiter, an honorible person, if Venus, a king, if Saturn, a monied person, if the Sun, one of a servant. class. If the Moon be in Mithuna and the several aspecting planets be taken in the same order as before, the person born in the'several cases will respectively be, one defective in some limb, a Ling an intelligent and sagacious person, a brave person, a villainous wretch, and a poor man

532 जातकपारिजाते Adh, VIII.

NOTES. निस्व-सेननृमान्य seems to bathe correct reading in the 3rd pada of the sloka. ef. Bnhatjataha XIX-1. The translaton will then be "If the Moon be in Vrishabha, and Mercury be the aspecting planet, the person born wilt be a thief &c." cf. मारावरी अत्युग्रकरो नृपतिः प्रणतानां मार्दव भजति जानः । 11 11 धीर सद्गामरुची रविणा दऐ शशिनि मेपे॥ From this, it would seem that "नरेन्द्र" jn place of "दरिद्र" - was the originat reading.

माण्डलिक: स्यान्मेपे कुजदषट शशिनि भूतार्तः ॥ नानाविद्याचार्प: सद्वाक्यः स्थान्मनोमीष्ट:। बुवहष्टे मेषस्ये निशाकरे सल्कविर्विपुलकीर्ति: ॥ बहुभृत्य वनतवृद्धो नृक्तेः सचित्रश्ममूपतिर्वापि। मेपगृह्दे हिमरश्मौ टटे गुरुगा पुमाज्ञातः ।। क्रयविक्रय वित्प्राज्ञो गुणनान् नृपसत्कृतो महाविभयः । रजनीकरेऽनमंस्थे शुकेग निरीक्षिते भवति ॥ तस्करमुख्यो मूर्खः परात्रभोगी निशालवित्तश्र । मेपस्पे हिमरश्मी शनिना टषटे भवेज्ातः।। कर्परुम तिकमंकरं द्विपद् चतुप्पदैः समृद्धं च। प्रायोगिकं पकुरुते धृपमे रविवीक्षितश्न्द्रः ।। अतिकामं कुजदष्टो युवतिकृते नष्टसारमित्रजनम्। हृदयहरं नारीणां मातुर्न शुभ शशी वृपे कुरुने ।। प्राज्ञं वाक्यविधितं प्रमुद्तिमिंषट समस्तमृतानाम्। जनगति बुधेन हष्टः शशी वृपेऽनुपमगुणैर्युक्तम्॥

धार्मि रुमतिविख्यानं गवि गुरुटष्टः राशी कुल्ते।।

SI. 49 मष्टमोडध्यायः 633

भूषणयानगृहाणां शयनासनगन्धवस्त्रमाल्यानाम । भागिनमुपभोक्तारं मितेक्षितो यदि शशी कुरुते।। धनहीनमनिष्टकर वृपभे द्वेष्यं सदा च युवतीनाम्। सुतमित्रबन्धुरहितं रविसुतदृष्टः शशी कुरुते।। प्रज्ञाधनं प्रकाशं मिथुने रूपान्वितं सुधर्मिष्ठम। अतिदुःखितमल्पार्थ करोति सूयें क्षतश्रन्द्रः । अतिशूरमतिप्राज्ञं सुखवाहनविभवरूपसम्पन्नम्। कुरुते मिथुने चन्द्रो वक्रेश निरीक्षितोऽवश्यम्॥ अर्थासाद्नकृशलं कुरुते ह्वयापराजित च वीरं च । पार्यिवमखण्डवाहं मिथुने बुधवीक्षितश्चन्द्रः ।। विद्याशास्राचार्य विख्यातं सत्यवाचमतिरूपम्। मान्गुं वाग्मिनमिन्दुः कोति गुरुतीक्षितो मिथुने। वरयुवतिमाल्यव स्तर्व रवाहनयानभूपणैर्मणिमि। क्रीडां कुरुते पुरुषो भृगुदऐ्टे शशिनि मिधुनस्थे।। कुरुते वान्घवरहितं युवतिसुखविभृतिवर्जितं घापि। अधनं लोक्द्वेष्यं जितुमे शनिनेक्षितश्चन्द्रः ॥ ॥३ ॥ कर्किसे शशिनि क्षमासुतमुखैरालोकिते शौर्यवान् आर्यश्रेष्टकिर्महपतिरयोजीवी सनेत्रामयः। भूप: पण्डितवाक् धनी नरपति: पापी विभु: सिंहगे कन्यायां धनिको विभु: प्रभुसमो विद्वान्चिशील: सुखी ४९ Sloka 49. If the Moon in Kataka be aspected severally by the six planets from Mars taken in order, the persons borp in the six cases will respectively be valiant, honorable, endowed with the highest poetical talent, of royal rank, working in iron, and suffering from ophthalmia. If the Moon be in Simba under thet same aspects, the person born will respectively be a 4

584 जातकपारिजाते Adh. VIII.

kiog, one speaking fearnedly, a wealthy man, a king, a wicked person and one that is mighty If the Moon be in Kanya and be aspected by the several planets taken in the same order, the person born in the several cases will be respectively wealthy, mighty, lordly, learned, badly behaved and in easy comfortable circumstances of मारावन्ी नरपतिपुरुषं धन्य धनरहित लेखहारर वापि । कुमने स्वगृहे चन्द्रो रविदष्टो दुर्गपाल वा ॥ शर विकल्शरीर मातुरनर्यावह प्रिय दक्षम्। क्षितितनयनीक्षित तनुर्जनयति चन्द्रो नर म्वगृहे ॥ अविर्लमति नयक जनयति बुधनीक्षित शशी म्यगृहे। धनदारपुत्रवन्त नृपसचित्र सौख्यवन्त च।। नृपर्ति नृपगुणयुक्त जनयति चन्द्र सुरेज्यसन्दृष्ट । स्वगृहे सुखितसुमार्य नयविनयपराकमात्रान्तम् ॥ धनकनकवत्त्र योपिद्रतनाना भानन शशी बुरने। कर्कटके सन्दष्टो वेश्यानननायक कान्तम् ।। अटनमसुख दरिद्र मातुरनिष्ट प्रियान्वित पापमू। शनिना हष्ट स्वगृहे करोति चन्द्रो नर नीचम् । 11811 नृपतिमपुत कुरुने प्रोत्कृष्टगुण महास्पद वीरम्। रविणा दृष्ट सिहे पापरत विश्रुत चन्द्र ।। सेनापर्ति प्रनण्ड परयुपतिसुनार्थहनोपेनम्। जनयेतपररपमपुत कुनक्षितश्चन्द्रमा सिहे।। शास्रामक्त रिक्ष न्त्रीयं युवतिसेI सिहे। कुस्ते युधेन दष्टो धनमुखभोगान्वित चन्द्र ।। अभिनात कुलपुत्र वददुश्रत गुणसगृद्ध चे । कुरुंत नरेन्द्रतुन्य गुस्टष्शन्द्रमा सिह्।।

St. 50 भष्टमोऽध्यायः 535

प्रमदाविभवैर्युक्त रोगिणमपि युर्वतिसेव्रकं कुरुते । सुरतविधिज्ञं प्राजञं शशी हरौ शुक्स-हृष्टः ॥ कर्षकमधनं कुरुतेऽनृतवाचं दुर्गपालकं सिंहे। रविजेन तथा दृष्टो युमतिसुखैर्हीनमलपकं च शशी ॥ । १॥ नृपकोशकरं र्यातं गृहीतवाक्यं विशिष्टकर्माणम्। कन्यायां रविदृष्टो मार्याहीनं शशी कुरुते।। शिल्पाचार्य खयातं धनवन्तं शिक्षितं सुधीरं च। कन्यायां कुनदष्टो मातुरनिषटं शशी कुरुते।। ज्योतिपकाव्यविधितं विवादकलहेपु विजयनं सुतराम्। सातिश्य कन्यायां जनयति निपुण बुघेक्षितशन्द्रः । बन्धुजनाढ्यं सुखिन नपकृत्यवरं गृहीतवारकयं च। कन्यायां गुस्वष्टो जनयति विभवान्वितं चन्द्रः ।। कन्यायां बहुदारं विविधालंकारभोगिनमयाढ्यम्। सततमिहोनितमुदितं कुरुते भृगुणा निरीक्षितश्रन्द्रः ॥ नष्टस्मृर्ति दरित्रं सुखरहितममातृकं युतरतवश्यम्। कन्यायां यमहष्टः स्त्रीमोग्यघनं शशी कुरुते।। तौलिस्े हिमगौ बुधादिशुभदैरालोकितैस्त क्रमात भृप: स्वर्णकरो वणिकूक्ुजरविच्छायासुतैः पण्डकः । कीटस्ये शशिनि द्विमातृपतको राजप्रियो नीचकृत् रोगी निर्धनिको नृपालसचिवो दष्टे युधादिग्रहैः ॥ ५०॥ Sloka 50. When the Moon in Thula is aspected severally by the benefic planets, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus, the persons botn in the several cases will be respectively a king, a mint master and a merchant. If the Moon in Thula be aspected severally hy Mars, the Sun and Saturn, the person born in each case will be impotent. If the Moon occupy the sign Scorpio and be

536 जातकपारिजाते Adh. VIII.

severally aspected by the planets taken in order from Mercury, the person born in the several cases will be (1) a man with two fathers and two mothers (ª) a favorite of the king, () a mean-wretch, (4) a sickly person, (5) a poor man, () and a minister of a king. NOTES वञ्क (Vanchakaha) Is anolher reading for पण्टव (Pandakaha) in the 2nd pada of the stoh 1 cf. साराबन्दी अधन व्याधितमटन परिभूनं भोगविप्रयुक्तं च 1 असुतमदारं तुलके जनयति गविवीक्षिनच्चन्द्र, ।। तीकष्ण चोरं शुद्धं परयोपिद्न्वमाल्यसंयुक्तम्। मतिमश्रयनातुरगं जनयति वक्रेक्षितशन्द्रः ।। दष्टो बुधेन चन्द्र कलाविदग्धं प्रभूतवन वान्यम्। शुभवाक्यं विद्धासं देशख्यातं तुलाधरे कुरुते॥। जीवेक्षितस्तुलाया जनयति सवन पूजिनं हिमगुः । क्रयविक्रयेपु कुशलं रत्ादिपु भाजनं कुरुते ।। ललितिमरोगं सुभगं सुखत्रनितालाचनान्वितं प्राज्ञम्। विविधोपायविधित् कुरुने भृगुवीक्षित शशी तुलके ॥! कुरते शशी धनाढ्यं प्रियवानयं वाहनैयुतं जूके। विषयरति सुखरहितं भाम्करिटषो हितं मातु: ॥ कुरुते लोकद्वेष्यं बुघमटन चैव वित्तव-तं च। दिना रद्दष्टोडरिगतश्रन्द्रः सुखवर्जित पुरुपम्॥ अनुपमधैर्य कुस्ते नृपतिस्मं वृश्चिके विभूतियुतम्। शुग्मजेयं समरे प्रमक्षण भूमिजेन संहरः ।। अचत्ुर ममृष्टवारयं यमलापत्य च युक्तिमन्तं च। जनयति बुधेन हष्टः कूटकरं वृध्धिके च गीतज्ञम् ॥1

SI. 51 अष्टमोऽघ्यायः 537

कर्मासकं कुरुते लोकद्ेष्यं च वित्तवन्तं च। गुरुणा दष्टोडलिगतो निशाकरो रूपवन्तं च॥। अतिमद्मतीवसुभगं धनवाहनभोगललितमिह कीटे। युर्वातविनाशितसारं जनयति मृगुवीक्षित रन्द्रः ।। नीचापत्यं कृपणं व्यावितमटनं च सत्यहीनं च। जनयत्यन्तकहष्टो नरमघन चन्द्रमाः कीटे॥ चन्द्रे धनुसे शुभदृष्टियुक्ते विद्याधनज्ञानयशोवलाढ्य:। दृष्टे कुजादित्यदिनेशपुत्रैः समाशठः पण्यव्रधूरतः सात् ॥५१॥ Sloka 51. When the Moon occupies Dhanus and has the aspect of benefic planets upon it, the person born will have plenty of learning, wealth, wisdom, fame and strength. When the Moon in Dhanus is aspected by Mars, the Sun or Siturn, the person born under such influence will be an arbitrator in a court and addicted to courtezans. of. सारावली नृपतिमयाठ्यं कुरुंते शूरं विख्यातपौरयं चापे।

सेनापर्ति समृद्ध सुभग प्रखयातपौरुपं पुरुपम्। जनयत्यनुपमभृत्यं क्षितिसुतहः शशी धतुपि ॥ बहुभृत्यं वाकुसारं ज्योतिपशिल्पत्रितयाद्िनिपुर्ण च। बुबहष्टो हिमरश्मिर्नग्राचार्य हये कुरुते। अनुपमदेहं कुरुंत पृथ्वीपालस्य मन्तिगं चापं।

सुखिनमतीन हि ललितं सुभग पुतनार्थकामनन्दं च। चापे सुमित्रभार्य मार्गादष्: करोतीन्दुः।। 68

638 जातकपारिजाते Adh VIII.

प्रियनादिन सुवाक्य बहुश्रत सत्यवादिन सौम्यम् । अभिजात नृपपुरुप जनयति सौरेक्षित शशी घनुपि।। ॥ ९, ।। राजा महीपतिर्विद्वान् धनी निर्धनिको विसु:। चुधादिग्रहसन्टष्टे मकरस्थे निशाकरे ॥५२॥ Sloka 52 When the Moon in Makara is severally aspected by the planets taken in order from Mercury, the persons born in the several cases will be respectively (1) a king (") a ruler of the earth (3) a learned man (*) a rich person (5) a beggar and (6) a lord of सारावली अधन दु खितमटन परकर्मरत मलीमस कुरुते। मकरे कुवल्यनाथ शिल्पमर्ति वीक्षितो रविणा ॥ अतिविभनमर्ति मुखर सुमग धनसयुत मृगे पुरुपम्। वाहनयुत प्रचण्ड करोनि वत्रेक्षितश्चन्द्र । मूर्ख पवासशील मृगे शशी तीक्ष्णमलिन च। जनयति बुधेन हष्ट सुखरहित निर्द्धन पुरुपम्।। भूपतिमनुमवीर्य नृपतिग्रणै सयुत भृगे जातम्। बहुदारपुत्रमिन जनयति गुरवीक्षितश्चन्द्र ।। परयुवतिघन विभूषणवाहनमालान्वित नर मकरे। सोपत्रोरमपुत्र जनपति भृगुवीक्षितश्चन्द्र ।। अल्स मरिन दान्त विसुखघन पारदारिक्मसभ्यम्। दिवसकरपुनदृष्ट करोति चन्द्रो नर मकरे॥ कुम्भस्थिते निशानाथे शुमद्ष्टे यशोधनः । ।१०॥

जातः परवधूलोल: पापखेटनिरीक्षितः॥ ५३ ॥ Sloka 53 The effect on the person born of the Moon in Kumbha being aspected by benefic planets 18 that he will be rich in fame The Moon in Kumbha, 1

sl. 54 भष्टमोडध्याय: 539

aspected by malefic planets makes the person that has his birth under the influence a libertine. of. सारावली अतिमलिनमति च शुरं नृपरूपं धार्मिक कृपिकर च। कुरुते दिनकरहष्टो घटघरसंस्थः क्षपानाथः ॥ कुंभेऽतिसत्यवाक्यं मातृगुरुधनैर्वियुतमलसम्। विषमं परकार्यकरं करोति भौमेक्षितश्रन्द्रः ।। अशनोपचारकुशल गीतविधित्ं प्रियं च युवतीनाम्। तनुविभवसृख पुरुप करोति बुधवीक्षितः शशी कुंभे ।। ग्रामक्षेत्रतरूणां भवनं प्रवरांगनानां च। कुरुने भोगिनमाढ्यं साधुं गुरुनीक्षितः शशी कुंभे ।। नीनमपुत्रममित्रं कातरमाचार्यनिन्दितं पापम्। कुरुते शशी कुयुवति सितेक्षितो घटघरेडल्पसुखम्॥ नखरोमधरं मलिनं परदाररतं शठं विधर्माणग। स्थावरभागिनमाळ्यं रशी घटे सौरमंहषः ।। 11 ₹ ₹ 11

मीनसे शुभवीक्षिते हिमकरे हास्यप्रियो भृपतिः विद्वान् पापनिरीक्षिते परुपचाक पापात्मको जायते। पापांशे खलचीक्षिते राठमतिर्जातोऽन्यजायारतः सौम्यांरे शुभवीक्षिते हिमकरे जातो यशस्वी भवेत् ॥ ५४ ॥ Sloka 54, When the Moon in Meen is aspected by benefic planets, the person born will be a learned king, fond of misch. Il the Moon in the same Rasi be aspected by malefic planets, the effect of this on the person born is that he will be foul-mouthed and evil- minded. When the Moon occupying a malefic Amsa is aspected by malefic planets, the person born will be wicked and licentious. If the Amsa occupied by the

SI. 55 अष्टमोऽध्याय 548

have already stated in stoka 3 supra that Moon conjunetion Saturn ıs bad, (6) The Sun aspecting the Moon in Aries will make the person born a beggar Taurus cne of a servant class Geminı a poor man Cancer suffering from ophtha1mia Leo mighty Virgo one in com fortable circum stances Libra impotent Scorpio a poor man Sagittarius an arbitrator in court and addicted to courtezans Capricorn a beggar Aquarius a libertine Pisces foul mouthed nd evil minded All oppositron of the Sun to the Moon is bad except when the Moon is in Leo The Sun will then be in Aquarius and aspecting his own house What is true of the Moon is also true of the Lagna So says Varahamıhıra in his Brihatjatal a (XVIII-20) All squares or oppositions between the Moon and any malefic is bad Similarly, all squares and oppositions between the Lagna and any malefic is bad So also conjunctions of malefics with the Moon or the Lagna is bad except Sun conjunction Moon All conjunctions between mlefics are bid (cf slokas ), 2, 4, 8 supra as also Western astrologers) राशिदृष्टिफलं यत्तदंशकेपु च योजयेत्। भवन्ति शुमदा: सर्वे शुमदृग्योगसंयुवाः ।।५५॥ Sloka 55 The effect of an aspect upon a Rasi must be held to apply likewise to its Amsa. The Rasis as well as their Amsas when aspected by or associated with benefic planets become benefic or auspicious,

544 जातकपारिजाते Adh. VIII.

cf सारावली राशिपतौ वग्युक्ते राशौ न बगन्विते तथा चन्द्रे। राशिफन स्यात्सकल नीचोच्विघिना न सचिन्त्यम् ।। ॥ लग्नादिभावगतग्रहफलम् ॥ मार्तण्डो यदि लग्नगोऽल्पतनयो जात: सुखी निर्घृणः खल्पाशी विकलेक्षणो रणतलश्लाघी सुशीलो नटः । ज्ञानाचाररतः सुलोचनयशःम्वातन्त्रयकस्तूचगे मीने स्त्रीजनसेनितो हरिगते रात्यन्धको वीर्यवान् ॥५६॥। Sloka 56 If the Sun be in the Lagnabhava, the person born will have few sons, lead a life of ease, be cruel, eat sparingly, with defective vision, be given to boasting in the battle-field, well bred and acquainted with the histrionic art But if the Sun be in the exal tation sign also the effect of it on the person born 18 that he will delight in the acquisition of knowledge and virtue, be possessed of good vision, lame and indepen dence If the Sun occupying the Lagna be in Meena the person born will be waited upon and served by females, but if the Lagna in which the Sun is be identical with Simha, the efiect of it on the person born 15 that he will be night blind hut possessing good strength cf बृहृज्ज्ञानक NOTES शर स्तन्धो विकम्नयनो निर्णोडर्के तनुस्थ मेपे सम्वस्तिमिरनयन सिंहसस्थ निशान्ध । नीचेडन्घोऽस्व रशिगृहगते बुदुदाक्ष पनद्।। Also फल ीपिका लग्नेडकेडल्परन विजालसतम मोषी प्रचण्डोन्नतो मानी लोननरूक्षक कृरतनु शुरोभमो निर्ृण।

SI. 57-58 अष्ठमोऽध्याय 545

स्फोटाक्ष शशिमे किये सतिमिर सिहे निशान्व पुमान् दारिद्रयोपहतो विनष्टननयो जातस्तुलाया भवेत् ॥ The Sun in Leo cnuses blindness at night In Cancer, lhe Sun causes cataract in the eyee The Sun in Libra causes hlind ness The Sun in the Lagna causes some defect in eyee क्षीणे शशिन्युदयगे वधिरोऽङ्गहीन: प्रेष्यथ्र पापसहिते तु गतायुरेव । स्वोचसवके धनयशोगहुरूपशाली पूर्णे तनौ यदि चिरायुरुपैति निद्वान्।। ५७।। Sloka 57. When the waning Moon occupies the Lagna the p'rson born will be deaf, defective in some limb and a menial servant If the Moon in the above position be also in conjunction with a malefic planet, there will be no vitality in the person born and he will soon be dead If the Moon in the Lagna be in its exal tation or own house, the effect of it is that the person born vill have abundance of wealth, fame and much beauty. If the Moon in the Ligna be full, the person born will attain long life and become learned of वृहदज्नातक मूको-मत्तनडान्धहीनवविर प्रेव्य गशाङ्कोदये सवर्श्षानोच्यणते धनी।। Also पलदीेका मिने चन्द्रे लगने हढननरदभ्रायुरमयो ब्लिष्ठि लक्ष्मीवान् मव्रनि विपरीत क्षयगने ।। करः साहसिकोऽटनोऽतिचपलो रोगी कुजे लग्नगे विद्यानित्ततपः स्वघर्मनिरतो लमस्यिते चोघने। जीवे लगनगते चिरायुरमलज्ञानी धनी रूपनान् कामी कान्तनपुः सदारतनयो निद्वान्विलये भृगौ ।। ५८॥ 69

546 जातकपारिजाते Adh. VIII

Sloka 58 The person born with Mars in the first bhava will be cruef, daring, given to wandering, very fichle and sickly, if the planet in the first bhava be Mercury, the effect on the person born wifl be that he wifl be devoted to the acquisition of learning, wealth, kirtue and refigion, if Jupiter occupy the Lagna the person born will be fong lived, and have knowledge untainted, wealth and beauty if Venus should be in the first bhava, the influence on the person born will be that he will b libidinous lovely in mien, blessed with a wife and children, and learned ध बृहज्जादर लगे कुजे क्षततनु ॥ धुधे विदान ॥ जीव विद्वान् ।। स्मरनिष्ठण सुखितथ विल्से भृगुपुने ।। Also F8RFr क्षततनुरतिवू रोडल्पायुर न घनसाहसी कुजे।! दीर्शयुर्जन्मनि से मधुरचतुरवार सर्वशास्रार्थनोष ॥i शोभानान् सुकृती चिगयुरभयो लग्ने गुरो सात्मज 1। तनौ सुतनुहरुप्रिय सृखिनमेन दीर्घायुप करोति कवि॥ दुर्नासिको वृद्धकलनरोगी मन्दे विलग्नोपगतेऽङ्गहीनः । भहीपतुल्यः सुगुणाभिरामो जात: स्वतुङ्गोपगते चिरायुः ॥५९॥ Sloka 59. The effect of Saturn occupying the first bhava at a parson's birth is that he will have stinking nostrils, suffer from fistula of an advanced type and have a defective limb, but if the first bhava occupted by Saturn be the planet s exaltation sign, the person born will te a Lings peer amiabfe for his special virtues, and endowed with long life अदश्र्थो रोगी मटनवशगोऽन्यन्तमलिन

St. 60-61 अष्टमोऽध्याय 547

शिशुत्वे पीडार्त्त सवितृसुतलानेऽत्यलसवान्। गुस्स्र्क्षीचस्थे नृपतिसटशो ग्रामपुरप सुविद्वाश्रार्वद्ध ।। Also फलदीपिका स्वोचे स्वकीयमनने क्षितिपालपुल्यो लग्नेडर्रज भवति देशपुराधिनाथ। शेपेषु दु खपरिपीडित एव बाल्ये दारिद्रयदु खाशगो मरिनोऽलसश्र ।I करो द्याधर्मनिहीनशीलो राहौ निलयोपगते तु रोगी। केतौ निलसे सरुजोऽतिलुब्धः सौम्पेक्षिते राजसमानभोगी ॥ ६०॥ Sloka 60 When Rahu occupies the Lagna, the person barn will be cruel, without compassion or moral virtue in his nature and suffering from ailments, whent Ketu occupies the Lagna, the person born will be sickly and very avaricious, hut if the Rihu or Ketu in the Lagna be aspeuted by a benefic planet, the person con.erned will have princely enjoyments cf. फलदापिका

उग्ने रुतघमसुग् पिशुन विपर्ण रथानच्युत विरुण्देहममममाजम्। पात कुरुने।। रनिक्षेत्रोदये राह्टू राजभोगाय सम्पदि । सिरार्थपुनान् वुरुते मन्दक्षेनोदये शिखी ।।६१।। Stola 61 Rahu occupying the Lagna in the sign owned by the Sun, piomotes princely enjoyment in the midst of affluence Ketu produces longstnding wealth and offspring when o cupying the Lagna in a house belonging to Saturn.

548 जातकपारिजाते Adh. VIII.

॥ द्वितीयम् ।। त्यागी धातुद्रव्यवानिष्टशतर्वाग्मी वित्तसथानगे चित्रभानौ। कामी कान्तथारुनागिङ्गितज्ञो विद्याशीलो वित्तवान् वित्तगेन्दौ ६२ Sloka 62. When the Sun is in the 2nd bhava, the person born will be liberal, possessed of property in minerals, cherish even ill-wishers and will be eloquent. If the Moon be in the 2nd bhava, the effect 15 that the person born will b: fond of women, beloved, ot agreeable speech, shrewd at guessing the covert purposes of others, fond of study and possessed of riches. धातोवदिकृपिक्कियाटनपरः कोपी कुजे वित्तगे धुद्धयोपाजिंतवित्तशीलगुणवान् साधु: कुटुम्बे वुधे। वाग्मी भोजनसीख्यवित्तविपुलस्त्यागी धनस्वे गुरौ विद्याकामकलाचिलासधनचान्वित्तस्थिते मार्गवे ॥ ६३ ॥ Sloka 63. if Mars be in the 2nd bhava, the person born will engage in much wandering in the pursuit of metallurgy and agriculture, and will be hot tempered; 1f Mercury be in that bhava, the person born will be virtuous and have much wealth and moral worth discer- ningly acquired, if the planet in the 2nd bhava be Jupiter, the person born under such influence will be eloquent, command comfortable meals, have vast wealth and bestow hiberal gifts. If Venus occupy the same | bhava, the person born will have leirning, gallantry, personal graces and much wealth असत्यवादी चपलोष्टनो्घनः दानौ कुटुम्बोपगते तु वश्चकः। विरोधवान्विच्तगते विधुन्तुदे जनापराधी शिखिनि द्विवीयगे ॥६४॥ Sloka 01. But if Saturn be in the 2nd bhava, the

S1.65 549

person born will be untruthful, thoughtless, vagrant, in-1l digent and deceitful, if Rahu be in that bhava, the person born will be quarrelsome ; if the occupant of the 2nd bhava be Ketu, the person born will be a public enemy. NOTES According to Varabamihira, the Sun or Saturn in the 2nd house will make the person immensely rich, but will cause some defect or other in the face or teeth, while the Moon in the same position will give him a large family. Mars in that bhava will make him eat bad food, Mercury in the 2nd bhava will make the native rich while Venus or Jupiter will make him eloquent or sweet-tongued. फलदीपिका विगतविद्याविनयनित्त स्खवलिनवामं धनगतः (सूर्य:) ॥ घनाढ्योऽनतर्वाणिर्विष्यसुखशन्वानि (चन्द्रे) विकनः ॥ वचति विमुखो निर्विद्याये. कुजे कुननाश्रिन.॥ कविरमलवचा वाचि (जे) मिष्टान्भोक्ता। वाग्मी भोजनपारवांश सुमुखो पित्ते (गुरौ) धनी कोविदः ।। करोति कनिरर्थग: कविमनेकुवित्तान्विनम् ॥ विमुखमधनमयें (शनौ) उन्यायवन्त प पश्रा- दितरजनपदस्पं यानभोगार्ययुक्तम् । छन्नो किर्मुखरपृगी नृष्पनी वित्ते (भहौ) सरोप: सुग्वी॥ विद्यार्थहीनम वमोक्तियुंतं कुहषिं पात. परालनिग्तं कुरुने घनस्यः । ।। तृतीयम् ॥ शूरो दुर्जनसेवितोऽतिधनवांस्त्यागी वृतीये रवी चन्द्रे सोदरराग्िगेऽल्पधनिको बन्धुप्रियः सात्विकः । र्यातो ऽपारपराक्मोऽयठमतिर्दुविक्ययाते कुजे मायाकर्मपरोऽटनोऽतिचपलो दीनोऽनुजस्े युघे ॥ ६५॥

550 जातरपारिजाते Adh. VIII.

Sloka 65. When the Sun is in the 3rd bhava, the, person born will be brave, served by bad men, very wealthy and liberal; when the Moon occupies the bhava representing younger brothers, the person born

virtuous will have insignificint wealth, be kind to relatives and With Mars in the 3rd bhiva, the person born becomes famous, of immense prowess, and of up- right (uncrooked) views, but when Mercury occupies the 3rd bhava, the person born is bent on the practice of deception, of vagrant habits, excessively vacillating and miserable भ्रातृस्थानगते गुरी गवधनः स्त्रीनिर्जित: पापकृत् शुके सादरगे सरोपनचनः पापो वधूनिर्जित: । अस्पाशी धनशीलवंशगुणनान् भ्रातृस्यिते भानुजे राही निक्मगेऽतिवीर्यधनिक: केती गु्णी चित्तनान् ॥६६॥। Slok: 66 The person born with Jupiter in the Brd bhava becomes indigent, henpecked and addicted to flevil, if Venus be in the 3rd bhava, the person born speaks fretfully, 1s vicious and controlled by his wife. The person taking bitth when Saturn occuptes the argwra (Bhratrubhava) eats sparingly and possesses wealth, moral worth and excellent family traits, when Rahu is in the place of valour (3rd bhava), the person born becomes very valiant and rich, and if Ketu be in that position, the person concerned becom>s virtuous and wealthy सोदरारातिग: शुक्र: शोकरोगभयप्रद्ः । ततैव शुभकारी सात् पुरतो यदि भास्करात् ॥ ६७ ॥ Sloka 67. Venus in the 3rd and the Cth bhavas causes sorrow, diseases and danger. Tle same planet

SI. 68 अष्टमोऽध्याय। 551

in the same position may become benefc when in advance of the Sun (when appearing as an Evening Star). NOTES. The effects stated in Brihat Jataha for the Sun, Mars and Saturn in the 3rd bhava are good as they make the native mntelli. gent and strong. The Moon in the 3rd house will mahe one cruel, while Mercury in that position will tarn him a consummate rogue. Jupiter and Venus when in that bbava make him stingy. फ्लदॉपिनर सचलशौर्यश्रियमुनारं स्वननशत्रुं सहजगः (सूर्यः) ॥ सहोत्थे सम्रातृप्रमदबलशौर्योतिकृपणः (चन्द्रे) ।। सुगुणवनवाञ्ूरोऽघन्यः सखी व्यनुनोऽतुजे (कुजे)॥ शौये शूरः समायुः सुमहजसहितः सश्रमोऽैन्ययुक्त: (बुधे) ॥ सारजः कृपण. प्रतीतसहनः शौयेडयकुइएवी: (गुरौ)॥ विदारसुग्वसंपद कृपगमप्रियं विक्रमे (शुकर) ।। विपुलमतिमुदारं दारसौख्यं च शौरय जनयनि रविपुत्रव्वालसं विव्ववं च।। मानी भ्रातृविरोबको दृदमति शौयें चिरायुवनी (अहौ) ॥ आयुर्वलं धनयशः प्रमदान्नसीख्य केती तृनीय मवरने सहजप्रणाशम्॥ ॥ चतुर्थम् ॥ हद्रोगी धनधान्यबुद्धिरहितः क्ररः सुखसे रवौ विद्याशीलसुखान्चितः परनधूलोलथतुर्थे विधौ। भौमे चन्धुगते तु चन्धुरहित: स्रीनिर्जित: शौर्यवान् वन्धुसे शशिजे विचन्धुरमलज्ञानी धनी पण्डितः ॥। ६८ ॥ Sloka 68. When the Sun is in the au (Sukha 4th) bhava, the person born will suffer from heart disease, will lack money, corn and common sense and will be hard-hearted. If the Moon be in that bhava, the effect thereof is that the person born will possess learning,

652 जातक्पारिजाते Adh. VIII.

good nature and prosperity, but will hanker after other people's wives. The person born with Mars in the Tay (Bandhu 4th) bhava will be bereft of relations, and hen pecked, though valiant. If Mercury be in that bha va, the persun born will be a forlorn creature without friends or relatives, while growing up to be a pandit distinguished for sterling knowledge and affluence. वाग्मी धनी सुखयशोपलरूपशाली जातः शठप्रकृतिरिन्द्रगुरी सुखसे । स्त्रीनिर्जिंत: सुखयश्चोधनबुद्धिविद्या वाचालको भृगुसुते यदि बन्धुयाते । ६९ ॥। Sloka 69 When Jupiter occupies the 4th bhava, the person born will be eloquent, wealthy and possessed of comfort, fame, strength and personal baauty, but of a crafty disposition When Venus is in that bhava the person born will be over-ruled by his wife though making much (boasting) of his comforts, fame, wealth, intelligence and learning आचारहीन: कपटी च मातक्केशान्वितो भानुसुते सुखसे। राहौ कलत्रादिजनावरोधी केतौ सुखसे च परापनादी ॥।७०।। Sloka 10 When Suturn is in the 4th bhava, the person born will be lacking in the observanc's pre- scribed for his caste, will be crafty and causing trouble to his mother When Rahu is mn that position the person born will keep in the seclusion of a seraglio his! wives and such others as stand in a similar relation to him, and when Ketu is in the ya (Sukha 4th) bhava, the person born will be a reviler of other people (scandal- monger)

SI. 71 अष्टमोऽध्याय 55

Brıhat Jataka NOTES

If the Sun Mars or Saturn occupy the 4th house the person born will have no bappiness and will be troubled in mind If tbe Moon Jupiter or Venus should be pSited in that I ouse the person will be happy Mercury in that position will make the native learned फलदीपिका जनयतीम सुहृदि सूर्या विसुखरन्धुक्षितिसुरद् भवनमुक्त नृपतिसेवा जनरसपद्चयकरम् ।। सुखी भोगी त्यागी सुहृदि (नन्द्रे) मसुहद्वाहनयरा ॥ सुहृदि (कुजे) विमुह-मातृक्षोणीसुसाल्यवाहन ॥। सख्यावान् चाटुवाक्य सुहृदि (युधे) सुखसुहद् सेनधान्यार्थभोगी।। बन्बौ (गुरौ) मातृपुहन्परिचउदसुतव्रीसौख्यधा-यान्वित ।। सुशाहनसुमन्विरामरणसत्रगन्घ सुखे (क्तौ)।। दु खीस्याद्गृहयानमातृग्युतो वाल्ये सरग्वन्धुमे (शानौ)॥। मूर्खो वेश्मनि (अहौ) दु सकृत्ससुह ल्पायु कदाचित्सुखी ।। गोक्षेत्रयानजननीसुखन मभूमिनाश सुखे (केतो) परगृहस्थितिमेवदते ॥

। पञ्च मम् ॥

राजप्रियश्ञ्चलवुद्धियुक्तः प्रनासशील: सुतगे दिनेशे। मन्त्रक्ियासक्तमना दयालुर्द्धनी मनस्वी तनये सतीन्दौ ।। ७१॥। Sloka 71 A person born with the Sun in the 5th bhava will be a courtier with an unsteady mind and will sojourn nbioad. When the Moon occupies the gma (Puthra bhiva, 5th), the person born will be high minded, rich, cempassionate and diligently bent on doing what has b'en determined upon after deep deliberation 70

554 जातकपारिजाते Adh. VIII.

क्ररोऽटनश्रपलसाइसिको रिधर्मा भोगी धनी च यदि पक्चमगे धराजे। मन्न्राभिचारकुशल: मुतदारनित्त- विद्यायगोवलयुतः सुतगे सति ज्ञे ॥ ७२ ॥ Sloka 72. If at a person's birth, Mars occupy the 5th bhava, the person boro will be cruel, of wandering habits, restless, daring unrighteous, voluptuous and wealthy, if Mercury be in the J7 (Putra, 5th) bhava, the person born will be proficient in eacred texts and in the art of overcoming foes by magic spells and will be blessed with a family of wife and children, wealth, learning, fame and strength मन्त्री गुणी चिभवसारसमन्त्रिवः सात अल्पात्मज: सुरगुरी सुतराशियाते। सत्युत्र मित्रधनवानतिरुपशाली सेनातुरङ्गपतिरात्मजगे च झुके ॥७३ ॥ Stoka 73 Clever in counsel, virtuous, possessed of choice riches but with a paucity of sons, will the person be at whose birth Jupiter occupies the 5th house, if Venus be in that bhava, the person born will have good sons, friends, wealth, much beauty and (be the master of) command an army and horses. मत्तथिरायुरसुखी चपलब् धर्मी जातो जितारिनिचय: सुतगेऽर्कपुत्रे। भीरुर्दयालुरघन: सुतगे फणीशे केतौ शठः सलिलभीरुरतीव रोगी॥। ७४ ॥ Sluka 74 The person born with Saturn in the 5th bhava will be insane, long-lived, unhappy and fickle,

SI. 75 अष्टमोडध्याय 555

but virtuous and victorious over his enemies, when || Rahu is in the 5th house, the person born will be cowardly, compassionate and poor, when Ketu is in that bhava, the effect on the person born is that he will ba crafty, dreading water and ailing very much

Brihat Jrtak7 NOTES

If any one of the malefics (222 the Sun Mars or Saturn) should occupy the 5th house the person concerned will be child less and without wealth If tle Moon be in the 5th house he will have children Mercury in that position will mal e him a mmnister Jupiter and Venus in the 5th house will male the native intell gent and happy respectively फ्सनीपिया सुखधनायुस्तनयहीन सुमतिमात्मन्यतन्गम् (रौ) ।l सुपुनो मेधावी मृदुगतिरमात्य सुतगते (चन्दरे)।। रिसुखतनयोऽनर्थप्राय सुते (कुजे/ पिशुनोल्पधी ।। विद्यासीख्य प्रताप प्रचुरमुतयुतो मान्तिक पश्चमस्थे (झञे)॥। पुनै वेशयुतो महीशसचित्रो धीमान् सुतस्थे गुरौ ॥ अखरण्डितघन नृप सुमतिमातमजे सान्मज (शुक्रे)।। भ्रान्तो ज्ञानमुनार्थहर्परहितो धीरथे (गनौ) शठो दुर्मति। नासोद्यद्वचनोऽमुत कठिनहद्राहो सने कुक्षिमक्।। पुनक्षय जठररोगपिशाचपीडा दुर्नुद्धिमात्म ने (केनौ) खन्न्प्रकृर्ति च पाप ॥

॥ षष्ठम ॥ कामी शूरो राजपूज्योऽभिमानी र्यातः श्रीमान् शनयाते दिनेशे। अल्पायुः स्यात् क्षीणचन्द्रेऽरिसंसे पृर्णे जातोऽतीन भोगी चिरापुः ।। Sloka 75 If at the birth of a person the Sun occupy the 6th bhava, the person born will be lustful, brave, honored by kings, full of self esteem, renowned

556 जातरुपारिजाते Adh. VIII.

and opulent, if the waning Moon be in the 6th bhava, l the person born will be short lived, If it be full Moon, the person born will be very voluptuaus and long lived स्वामी रिपुक्षयकरः ग्रवलोदराभिः श्रीमान्यशोचलयुतोऽवनिजे रिपुस्ये। विद्याविनोदकलहप्रियकृद्विशीलो चन्धूपकाररहित: शशिजेऽरियाते ॥७६ ॥ Sloka T) When Mars is in the 6th bhava, the) person born will own prop-rty, exterminate foes, have a powerful appetite, b> opulent and enjoy fame and strength, when Mercury occupies that bhava, the person born will bs instructive, amusing, quarrelsome, but friendly, vord of morality and abstaining from all beneficence to his relatives

शोकापवादसहितो भृमुजे रिुथे। बहारानी निपमशीलसपलभीत: कामी धनी रविसुते सति शत्रुयाते ॥। ७७॥ Sloks 77 The person born with Jupiter in the 6th bhava will be lustful, victorious over foes but weak , when Venus is in that bhava, the person born will suffer from sorrow and calumny, when Saturn occupies the rth bhavs, the person born will br gluttonous, afraid of troublesome opponents, lecherous and wealthy. राहौ रिपुस्थानगते जितारिथिरापुरत्यन्तसुखी वुलीनः। चन्धु प्रियोदारगुणप्रामिद्विद्यायशस्ी रिपुगे च केतौ ।। ७८ ।। Sloka 78 If Ralu be in the Gth bhava, the person born will be of good birth, subdue his foes, enjoy long

SI. 79 अष्टमोऽध्यायः 557

life, and be very happy; If Ketu occupy that bhava, the person born will be kind to his relatives and renowned for his generous virtues and illustrious erudition.

Brıbat Jatala. NOTES.

If the Sun, Mars or Saturn occupy the 6th bhava, the person concerned will be powerful, but will be overponered by his enemies. If the Moon be in that house, he will have many enemies, will be of a delicate constitution and will have a dyspep. tic appetite. His scxual passion will be weak; and he will be harsh in temperament and indolent in ins work. If Mercury, Jupiter or Venus be in the 6th bhava, the native will be without enemies.

प्रथितमुर्वीपतिमरि्थः (सूर्यः) सुगुणपपद्दिजयगम्॥

प्रबलमदनः श्रीमान् रूयातो रिपौ (कुजे) विजयी नृपः ।। जातकोधो विनादिर्द्विपि (बुधे। रिषुबलहन्तालमोनिष्ठुरोकि: ॥ (गुगै) पछठेस्यादलसोऽरिहा परिमरी मन्नाभिचारे पट्ठः । विशतुमधनं क्षते (शुके) युवतिदूपिन विक्ुनम् । बहाशी द्रविणानितो रिपुहतो घृथश मानी खिवौ (रविजे)।। हिट्क्रर ग्रहपीडित: समृदभ्कड्ीमारायुः क्षते (गहौ) ॥ औदार्थमुत्तमगुणं दढतां प्रमिद्धि (केतौ) पष्ठे प्रमुत्यगरिवर्द्धनमिष्टतिद्धिम् ॥ ॥ सप्तमभावम् ॥ सीदेपी यदलसिते दिनकरांव प्रकोणी खल: चन्द्रे कामगते दयालुरटन: स्रीवश्यको भोगधान्। स्त्रीमूलम्विलापको रणरुचि: कामस्थिते भृमिजे व्यङ्ग: शिल्पकलाविनोदचतुरस्तारासुतेऽसंगते ॥।७९॥ Sloka 79. When the Sun occupies the 7th bhava

558 जातकपारिजाते Adh. VIII.

at a person's bitth, he will hate womankind and be exceedingly wiathful and wicked, when the Moon 1s in that bhava, the effect on the person born is that he will be compasslonate, of wandering habits, yielding to women and voluptuous, the person at whose birth Mars occupies the 7th bhava will be querulous about women ard fond of war, if the planet occupying this bhava be Mercury, the person born will be maimed but capable of ainusing with his skill in the arts धीरथ्ारुकलन्ननान् पितृगुरुद्वेपी मदसये गुरौ वेश्यास्त्रीजनवह्वमश्र सुभगो व्यङ्ग: सिते कामगे। भाराध्वश्रमतप्तधीरधनिको मन्दे मदस्थानगे गर्वी जारशिखामणि: फणिपती कामस्थिते रोगवान् ॥।८०।। Sloka 80 If Jupiter occupy th' 7th bhava, the person born will be resolute and have a lovely wife but will view with antipathy his parents an d spiritual pre- ceptors, if Venus be in that bhava, the effect on the person born is that he will be a favourite with the courtezan class, charmingly lovely but lame, if Saturn occupy the ith bhava at a person s birth, he will ba indigent and distressed in mind from the toil he has to undergo bearing a heavy burden over a long distance, the person born with Rahu in the 7th bhava will be proud, foremost among gallants and suffering fiom disease. अनङ्गभानोपगते तु केती कुदारको या निक्लत्रभोगः । निद्री विशील: परिदीनवाक्यः सदाटनो मूर्खजनाग्रगण्य: ८१ Sloka 81 When Ketu is in the 7th bhava, the person born will either bave a bad wife or derive no pleasure from a wif, will be sleepy, indecorous, deject- ed in speech, constantly rovingand a vurit ible blockhead

SI. 82-83 559

NOTES. Brıbat Jataka. The Sun, Mars or Saturn occupying the 7th house, will make the person suffer humiliation at the hands of women The Moon in that position will make him envious and exceedingly over head and ears in love. If Mercury be in the 7th houee, the person con- cerned will possess a knowledge of the lans and rules of the country. Jupiter in the 7th bhava will make the native excel his father in his quilities. If Venus be posited in the 7th house, the person born will promote quarrels and wilf be fond of sexual union फलदीपिका नृपविरुद्धं कृतनुमस्ते (रवौ) डध्गमदारं ह्यातमतम्।। समरे (चन्द्रे) दृष्टेः सौम्यो वरयुवतिकान्तोडतिमुभगः।। अनुचितरुरो रागार्तीडन्ते (कुजे) डध्वगो ऋृतदारवान्।। प्राज्ञोजस्ते (झे) चारुगेपः सक्षरमहिमायादि भार्या सवित्ताम्।। सन्पत्नी सुनवान्मदे (गुरौ, Sतिसुभगलातादुदारोडधिरुः। सुमार्यमसतीरतं मृतक्लत्रमाढ्वं मदे (शुझे)॥ कामस्ये रनिजे कुदारनिरतो नि.म्ोडजगो विहलः। स्रीसज्वादवनो मदे (साही) डयविधुरोडवीर्य: स्वनन्त्रोऽलपघीः।। दुने (केतौ) Sामानमसतीरतिमान्त्ररोगं पापः स्वदारवियुर्ति मदघातुहानिम्॥। ॥ अष्टमम् ॥ मनोभिराम: कलहप्रवीणः परामयसे च रवाँ न ठसः। रणोत्सुकस्त्यागचिनोदविद्याशीलः शशाङ्गे सति रन्धयाते ॥८२।। Sloka 82. The person born with the Sun in the 8th bhava will be heart winning, skilled in disputes and discontented ; if the Moon be in the agawra (Ashtama bhava), the influence on the person born is that he will be eager for war, liberal, fond of amusement and learning. िनीतवेपो धनवान गणेशो महीसुवे रन्ध्रगते तु जातः । निनीतिचाङुल्यगुण प्रसिद्धो धनी सुघारश्मिसुतेष्ट्मस्े ॥। ८३॥।

560 जातकपारिजाते Adh. VIII.

Sloka 83. The person at whose birth Mars occu- pies the 8th bhava will be plun in attire, rich and possessed of authority over a multitude, if the planet in the aggwra (Ashtama bhava) at a person's birth be Mercury, the person born will be ienowned for his many good qualities, the most notable of them being good breeding and will have much wealth, मेधानी नीचकर्मा यदि दिनिजगुरी रन्ध्रयाते चिरायु: दीर्घाय: सर्वसौख्यातुलयलधनिको भार्गने चाष्टमम्ये। शूरो रोज्यग्रगण्यो निगतवलथनो भानुजे रन्ध्रयाते राहौ केशापरादी परिभनगृहगे दीर्घसूत्रश् रोगी॥। ८४॥ Sloka 84 If Jupiter occupy the 8th bhava at a person'a birth, he wul be long-lived and sagacious but of ignoble deeds, if Venus be in that bhava the person born will be blessed with long life, hive every comfort, be endowed with matchless strength and possess greit wealth, if Saturn be in the ergmwng (Ashtami bhava),! the person born will be a hero, the foremost of fiery men but will become bereft both of strength and riches : if Rahu occupy the 8th bhava, the person born will have to endure trouble and public censure, be dilatory tn action and will suffer from many ailments. केतौ यदा रन्ध्रगृहोपयाते जातः परद्रव्यनधूरतेच्छः। रोगी दुराचाररतोऽतिलुव्धः सौम्येक्षितेप्तीव धनी चिरायु: ८५ Sloka 85 When Ketu occupies the 8th bhava, the person born will destre to possess the wealth of others and to enjoy their women, he will suffer from diseases, being given up to profligacy, he will be éxceedingly avaricious When Ketu in the 8th bhava Is aspected by a benefic planet, the influence of this on the person born is that be will become very wealthy and long-lived.

S1. 86 अष्टमोऽध्याय: 561

Brıhat Jataka. NOTES.

If the Sun, Mars or Saturn should occupy the 8th house, the person will have a limited number of issues and will have a lt defective eyesight. If the Moon be in that position, the native will have a fickle mind and will suffer from diseases. Mercury in the 8th house will cause the native to he widely known for his good qualities. Jupiter or Venus in the 8th bhava will make him base. फलदापिका हतघनायुःसुहृदमर्को विगतर्द्र्ट निधनगः ॥ मृतौ (चन्द्रे) रोग्यल्पायु: ।। कुतनुरध नोऽल्पायुरिद्रे कुजे जननिन्दितः ॥। निख्याताख्यश्िरायुः कुलभृदधिपतिर्न्ञेडटमे दण्डनेता ।। दीनो जीवति सेवया कलुपभाग्दीर्यायुरिज्येऽमे॥। चिरायुयमिलाधियं धनिनम्टमे संस्यितः (कविः) ॥ शनैथरे मृतिस्पिते मलीमसोऽरीसोअमुः करालवीर्वुमुक्षित सुहज्नावमानितः रन्ध्रेऽलपायुरशुद्धिकृच विकलो वातामयोडल्पात्मन: (सहौ) सवल्पायुरिष्टविरह कल्हं च रन्धे (केतौ) शस्त्रक्षतं सकलकार्यविरुद्धमेव।।

। नवमफलम्॥ आदित्ये नवमस्थिते पिछगुरुद्वेपी विधर्माश्रितः चन्द्रे पैतृकदेवकार्यनिरवस्त्यागी गुरुस्थे तदा। मुसूनौ यदि पित्रनिष्टसहित: ख्यातः शुभस्थानगे सौम्ये धर्मगते तु धर्मधनिक: शास्त्री शुभाचारवान् ८६ Sloka 86. When the Sun is in the 9th bhava, the person born betrays antipathy to his parents and spirt- tual preceptors and betakes himself to a religion different from theirs, when the Moon occupies that bhava, the person born will be devoted to his duties towards the 71

562 जातकपारिजाते Adh."VIII

Manes and the Gods and bestow Jiberal gifts, the person at whose birth Mars is in the 9th bhava, will be associated with something wrong and unto ward towards his parents while enjoying renown in other respects, when Mercury occupies the whena (Dharma stthana, the 9th bhava), the person born will be in possession of wealth righteously acquired and will be learned and virtuou* ज्ञानी धर्मपरो नृपालसचिवो जीव तप:स्थानगे विद्यावित्तकलत्रपुत्र विभव: शुक्रे शुभस्थे सति। मन्दे भाग्यगृहस्थिते रणतलख्यातो निदारो धनी भाग्यस्थे भुजगे तु धर्मजनकद्रेपी यशोवित्तवान् ।।८७। Sloka 87 If Jupit'r be in the 9th bhava, the person born will be wise, devoted to his duties and will serve as a king s minister , if Venus be in that bha va, the person born will be conspicuous as a possessor of learning wealth and a famtly of wife and children, if Saturn be in th- Bhagya (0th), the person born will become celebrated in the battle field and will he rich but without a helpmate in lufe, if Rahu occupy the 9th bhava, the person born will bate his lawful father while possessing fame and wealth केती गुरुस्थानगते तु कोपी वाग्मी निधर्मा परनिन्दक: स्याद। शूरः पितृद्वेपकरोऽविडम्भाचारो निरुत्साहरतोऽभिमानी। ८८ ।l Sloka 88 When Ketu occupies the Guru (Sth) bha- va, the person born will be short tempered, eloquent, void of virtue and reviling others, he will be brave, hostile to his parents, ostentatious in his behaviour, delighting in the society of the indolent and full of arrogance.

SI. 89 अष्टमोडध्यायः 563

Bnhat Jataka. NOTES

Varahamihira unlike some Astrologers gives good effects for the Sun being posited in the 9th hnuse. The person will be endowed with children, wealth and happiness. The effect of Mercury in that bhava is similar tn that of the Sun. The Moon is very good in the 9th as the native will possess sons, friends, relations and wealth. Mars in the 9th hnuse will cause the person to commit sinful actions. Jupiter nr Venus in that position will make hım devout and philosopbical. फलदीपिका विजनकोडर्कें समुनवन्धुस्तपस्षि देवद्विनमनाः ॥ तपत्ति (शशिनि) शुभधर्मात्मसुनवान् जयी सिद्धारंभः ॥ नृपमुहृदमिद्वेप्योऽनातः शुभे जनवातकः (कुजे) ॥ विद्यार्थाचारधर्म: सह तपति बुधे स्यात्प्रनीणोडतिवाग्मी ।। ख्यातः सत्सचिवः शुभे (गुरौ) उर्पसुतनान् स्वाद्र्मकार्योत्सुरुः॥ सदारसुहदात्मनं क्षितिपल्वमार्ग्य शुभे (शुक्रे) ॥ भाग्यार्या=मजतातवर्मरहितो मन्दे शुभे दुर्जनः । धर्मस्पे (राहौ) प्रतिकूलगाग्गणपुरग्रा माधिपोडपुग्यवान्॥ पापवृत्तिमशुमं पितृभाग्यहीनं दारिद्रचमार्यजनदूपणमाह घमें (केतौ)।। । दशमम् ॥ मानस्थिते दिनकरे पितृवित्तशील- विद्यायशोवल पुतोऽयनिपालतुल्यः। चन्द्रे यदा दशमगे धनघान्यपसत्न- भूपावधूजनविलासकलाविलोल: ।। ८९ ।। Stoka 89. When the Sun is in the 10th bhava, the person born will have hereditary wealth, virtue, learning, fame and strength and will be a king's peer ; when the Moon is in that bhava, the person born will

562 जातकपारिजाते Adh."VIII.

Manes and the Gods and bestow liberal gifts, the person at whose birth Mars is in the 9th bhava, will be associated with something wrong and untoward towards his parents while enjoying renown in other respects, when Mercury occupies the wawma (Dharma stthana, the 9th bhava), the person born will be in possession of wealth righteously acquired and will be learned and virtuoue ज्ञानी धर्मपरो नृपालसचिवो जीवे तपःस्थानगे विद्यारित्तकलत्रपुत्रविभव: शुक्े शुभस्थे सवि। मन्दे भाग्यगृहस्थिते रणतलख्यातो निदारो धनी भाग्यस्थे भुजगे तु धर्मजनकदेपी यशोविचवान्।।८७। Sloka 87. lf Juptter be in the 9th bhava, the person born will be wise, devoted to his duties and Will serve as a king's minister , if Venus be in that bha- va, the person born will be conspicuous as a possessor of learning, wealth and a family of wife and children, if Saturn be in the Bhagya (0th), the person born will become celebrated in the battle held and will he rich but without a helpmate in life, if Rahu occupy the 9th bhava, the person born will hate hts lawful father while possessing fatne and wealth केतौ गुरुस्थानगते तु कोपी चाग्मी विधर्मा परनिन्दक: स्यात्। शूरः पिछृद्वेपकरोऽतिदम्माचारो निरुत्साहरतोऽभिमानी।। ८८ ॥। Sloka 88. When Ketu occupies the Guru (Sth) bha- va, the person born will be short tempered, eloquent, void of virtue and reviling others, he will be brave, hostile to his parents, ostentatious in bis behaviour, delighting in the society of the indolent and full of arrogance.

SI. 89 अष्टमोऽध्याय: 563

NOTES Brıhat Jataka. Varahamihira unlike some Astrologers gives good effects for the Sun being posited in the 9th house. The person will be endowed with children, wealth and happiness. The effect of Mercury in that bhava is similar to that of the Sun. The Moon is very good in the 9th as tbe native will possess sons, friends, relations and wealth. Mars in tbe 9th house will cause the person to commit sinful actions. Jupiter or Venus in that position will make hım devout and philosophical. पलदीपिका विजनकोडरके ससुनवन्धुस्पप्ति देनद्विनमनाः ॥ तपत्ति (शशिनि) शुभवर्मात्मसुनवान् जयी सिद्धारंभः ॥ नृपमुह्ृदमिद्वेप्योऽनातः शुभे जननातक: (कुजे)॥ विद्यार्यावारधम: सह तपमि बुधे स्यात्प्रवीणोडतिवाग्मी । ख्यातः सत्सचिवः शुभे (गुरौ) डर्यसुननन स्वाद्गर्मकार्योत्सुकुः॥ सदारसुहृदात्मजं क्षितिपलब्धमाग्यं शुभे (शुके)॥। भाग्यार्या=मजतातवर्मरहितो मन्दे शुभे दुर्जनः । धर्मस्पे (राहौ) प्रतिकलनग्गणपुरग्रामाविषोडपुज्यवान्।। पापवृत्तिमशुमं पितृभाग्यहीनं टारिदच्यमार्यजनद्वूषणमाह धर्मे (केतौ)। । दशमम् ॥ मानस्थिते दिनकरे पितृचिचशील- विद्यायशोवल पुतोञचनिपालतुल्यः। चन्द्रे यदा दशमगे धनधान्यवस्र- भूपावधूजनविलासकलाचिलोल:।। ८९ ।। Sloka 89. When the Sun is in the 10th bhava, the person born will have hereditary wealth, virtue, learning, fame and strength and will be a king's peer; when the Moon is in that bhava, the person born will

564 जातकपारिजाते Adh VIII

eagerly seek and obtain wealth, corn, appirel, ornaments, dalliance with women and skill in the arts मेपूरणस्थेज्वनिजे तु जाताः प्रतापरित्तप्रवलप्रसिद्धाः । व्यापारगे चन्द्रसुते समस्तनिद्यायशोनिचविनोदशीलः ॥ ९० ॥ Sloka 90 Those at whose birth Mars occupies the 10th bhava, will be predominant in valour and wealth and will become famous, when Mercury 1s in that bhava, the person born will engage in pursuits promoting the advancement of all kinds of knowledge, fame and wealth सिद्धारम्भः साधुवृत्तः स्धर्मी विद्वानात्यो मानगे चामरेज्ये। शुके कर्मस्थानगे कर्पकाच स्त्रीमूलाद्वा लब्धविचो विभु: साद् ९१ Sloka 91 When Jupiter occupies the 10th bhava at a person s birth, he will succeed in his undertakings, be of virtuous conduct and steadfastly adhering to bis own religion and also possessed of wisdom and wealth, when Venus is in that bhava, he will get wealth through a tenant of his land, or through some women and will be powerful मन्दे यदा दशमगे यदि दण्डकर्ता मानी धनी निजवु लप्रभवय शूरः। चोरक्रियानिपुणयुद्धिरतो विशीलो मानं गते फणिपती तु रणोत्सुक: स्याद् ।। ९२।। Sloka 92 The person it whose birth Saturn occu pies the 10th bhava will chastise offenders in the capacity of a magistrate will be proud, wealthy, prominent in his own family and of a heroic tempera- ment When Rabu is in th= Dasama (10th) bhava, the person born will have a gemus for theft and will laccordingly be void of virtue and eager for combat

S1. 93-94 अष्टमोऽप्यायः 565

सुधीर्बली शिल्पविदात्मबोधी जनानुरागी च विरोधवृत्तिः । कफात्मकः शूरजनाग्रगण्य: सदाटनः कर्मगते च केतौ । ९३ ॥ Sloka 93 When Ketu is in the 10th bhava, the person born will be wise, strong, skilled in the arts, self-knowing, loving the people but acting in a contrary wise, phlegmatic, foremost among brave men and continually wandering.

Brıhat Jataka. NOTES.

If the Sun oceupies the 10th house, the person born will be happy and powerful. If Mars, Mercury or Saturn be mn the same position, the effect is sumilar. The Sun in the 10th house gives maxmum labor and minimum income. It is bad for finance, because the Sun there is squire to the Lagna. If the Moon should occupy the 10th house, the person concerned will complete to perfection anything he undertakes and wilt be endow- ed with virtue, wealth, intellect and valour. Jupiter or Venus mn the 10th bouse makes the man wealthy. फलदापिया ससुतयानस्तुतिम तिश्रीवलयशः खे (रवौ) क्षितिपतिः ॥ नमप्ति (चन्द्रे) शुमकृत् सत्प्रियकरः ॥ नमत्ि (कुजे) नृपतिः क्रूरो दाता प्रधानननस्तुतः ॥ सिद्धारम्भ: सुविदावलमतिसुखसतकर्मसत्यान्वितः से (झञे) ॥ स्वाचारः सुयशा नमत्यतिघनी जीवे महीशप्रियः ॥ नमस्यतियशः सुहृ-सुखिततृत्तियुक्तं प्रभुम् ।। मन्त्री वा नृपतिर्धनी कृपिपर: शूरः प्रसिद्धोडम्बरे (शनौ)॥ ख्यातः खे (राहौ) डल्पसुतोऽन्यकार्यनिरतः सत्कर्महीनोऽमयः ॥ सत्कर्मविश्मशुचित्वमवद्यकृत्य तेजस्विन नमति (केतौ) शौर्यमतिपसिद्धम् ॥ । लाभभावम् ॥ भानौ लाभगते तु विचपुलस्त्रीपुत्रदासान्वितः सन्तुष्टथ् विपादशीलधनिको लाभस्थिते शीतगौ।

666 जातकपारिमाते Adh. VIII.

आयस्थे धरणीसुते चतुरवाकनमी धनी शौर्यनान् सौम्ये लाभगृहं गते निपुणधीर्विद्यायशसी घनी। ९४ ॥ Sloka 94. The person nt whose birth the Sun 1s in the 11th bhava, will have extensive wealth, wife, children and slaves and will be hippy , when the Moon Is in that bhava, th> person born will be of a pensive disposition and wealthy, when Mars occupies the ara (Aya, 11th) bhava at a person's bitth, he will be clever in speech, lustful, wealthy and valiant, when the occu- pant of the 11th bhava is Mercury, the person born will possess an acute intellect, be famed for his learning and in possession of wealth आयस्थे-मरमन्त्रिणि प्रनलधीर्निख्यातनामा धनी लाभस्थे भृगुजे सुखी परवधूलोलोऽ्टनो नित्तवान्। भोगी भूपतिलन्धनित्तनिपुलः प्रामति गते भानुजे शही श्रोतनिनाशको रणतलश्राघी घनी पण्डितः ।। ९५।। Stoka 95 The person at whose birth Jupiter occupies the 11th bhava will hive a strong intellect, his name will be celebrat'd and he will be wealthy When Venus 1s in the labha (11th) bhava, the person born will live in comfort, longing for women other than his own, with wandering propansities and possess. led of wealth When Saturn occupies thit bhava, the persen born will be voluptuous with large wealth got in a king s service With Rahu in the 11th bhava, the person born wiil lose his sense of hearing, win fame in the battle field and become wealthy and distinguished for learning उपान्त्ययाते शिखिनि प्रतापी परप्ियथान्यजनामिनन्य्य:। सन्तुष्टचित्तः प्रभुरल्पमोगी शुमक्ियाचाररतः प्रजातः ।९६।

SI. 96-97 भष्टमोउध्यायः 567

Sloka 96 When Ketu is in the penultimate bhava the person born will be valiant, kind to other people and honored by them, he will be of a contented frame of mind, possessed of power, with limited enjoyments, delighting in works of beneficence and the practice of virtue.

Brıhat Jataka NOTES.

The Sun, Mars, Mercury or Salurn in the 11th house will make the person born wealthy. If the Moon be in the 11th, the person will become famous and will acquire wealth and the like Jupiter or Venus in the 11th will make him prosperous. फलदीपिका भवगतेडरकें बहुधनायुर्विगतशोको जनपति ॥ मनस्री बह्ायुर्धनतनयभृत्यैः सह भवे (शशिनि) ॥ धनसुखयुतोऽशोरः शूरो भन सुहल कुजे ।। बहायु. सत्यसन्धो विपुलधनसुखी लाभगे (ते) भृत्ययुक्त ॥ आपस्ये (जीवे) धनिकोऽमयोऽल्पतनयो जैवातृको यानगः ॥ धनाव्यमितराङनारतमनेरुसौख्यं भवर भृगुर्जनयति। बहायुः स्यिरसंपदायसहित. (शनि.) शृरो विरोगो बनी॥ श्रीमात्नातिसुतथ्चिरायुरसुरे लाभे सकर्णामयः॥ लाभ (केतौ) डर्यसंचयमनेकगुणं सुभोगं सङ्रव्यसोपकरणं सलार्थमिद्धिम्॥

। अथव्ययम्॥ व्ययस्थिते पूपाणे पुत्रशाली व्यङ्ग: सुधीर: पतिवोऽ्टन: स्यात्। चन्द्रेऽन्त्ययाते तु विदेशवासी भौमे विरोधी धनदारहीनः ॥ ९७ ॥ Stoka 97. When the Sun is in the 12th bhava, the person born will possess sons, will be maimed, but very energetic, and will become an apostate and a vagrant. When the Moon occupies the last bhava, the

569 जातकपारिजाते Adh. VIII.

person born will live in a foreign country When Mars is in that bhava, the effect on the person born 18 that he will become odious and be without wealth and without a wife वन्धुद्वेपकरोऽधनी निगतधीस्तारासुते रिःफगे चार्वाकी चपलो टनः खलमतिर्जनि यदान्त्यं गते। शुके चन्धुविनाशकोऽनत्यगृहगे जारोपचारोऽधनी मन्दे रिःफगृहं गते विकलथीर्मृर्खोडधनी वश्चकः ।।९८।। Sloka 98 The person at whose birth Mercury occupies the 12th bhava will be odious to relatives, poor and senseless , if Jupiter be in the last bhava, the person born will be sceptical in regard to religion, irre. solute, of wanderiog habits and evil minded When Venus occupies the last bhava the effect on the person born is that be will lose his relations become a professed rake and grow penurious if the planet occupying the waa (Vyaya, 12th) bhava be Saturn, the person born will be deficient in intellect and turn out a dolt, a paupet and a cheat विधुन्तुदे रिःफगते निशील: सम्पत्तिशार्ली निकलथ साधुः। पुराणरित्तस्थितिनाशक: स्याद चलो निशील: शिखिनि व्ययस्थे।। Sloka 99 When Rahu 13 in the 12th bhava, the person born will be immoral, but prosperous, defective in limb and dispnsed to help otters The person at whose birth Ketu is in the squ(Vyaya, 12th) bhava will be fickle and immoral and will lose what ancient wealth and status he may be possessed of Brihat Jataka NOTES The effect of any one of the planets the Sun Mars Mercury or Saturn being posited in the 12th house is that the person born

SI 100 अष्टमोऽध्याय 669

will sufler degradation The Moon in the 12th is also bad The native will be wichedly disposed and defective in some 1imb Jupiter in the 12th makes the person a villain while Venus in that pos tion makes him rich फलतौपिका पितुरमित्र विस्लनेनो विधनपुत्रो व्ययगते (डर्के) ॥ व्यये द्वेष्यो दु खी शशिनि परिभूतोडलस्तम ॥ कुजे नयनविकृत कूरोऽटारो व्यये पिश्ुनोऽघम ।। दीनो विद्याविहीन परिभवसहितोऽन्त्ये (बुधे) नृशसोऽलसश्॥ द्वेष्यो घिनकृतवागव्यये वितनय साघोऽलस सेवक॥ भृगुर्जनयति व्यये सरतिसौख्यवित्तद्युतिम्।। निर्लज्जार्थमृतो व्यये (शनौ) डद्गविकले मूर्खा रिपूत्सारित ।। प्-उन्नाघरतो बहुव्ययवरो रि फेडम्ुर्क्पीडित ॥। (राहौ)

स्वोचफलम् उचस्थे दिननायके यदि धनी सेनापति: शीतगौ मिष्टान्नाम्वरभूपण: कवनयो भूनन्दने शौर्यनान्। सौम्ये वंशविवर्धनो जनपतिर्धीमाखितारि: सुखी जीवे चंशकर: सुशीलचतुरो निद्वान् नृपालग्रिय: ।। १०० ॥। Sloka 100 When the Sun is in exaltation, the person born will possess wealth and command an army, If the Moon be in the position of exaltation the person born will have rich food clcthing and ornaments in athndane Jur wal de craad wnth hadsans Wher Mars occupies the exaltation sign at the birth of a person, the latter will be valnnt If Mercury occupy the position of exaltation, the person born will raise the status of (advance) his family will rule over men willbe talented, victorious over bis foes and live in happiness ł 72

570 जसंतकपारिजाते Adh. VIII.

If the planet in exaltation be Jupiter, the person born/ will be the' founder of a long enduring family, will t possess moral worth, will be clever, learned and in royal:favor. धुक्े खोच्चगते विलासवनितासङ्गीतनृत्यप्रियो मन्दे आ्मपुराटवाक्षितिपतिर्जातः कुमारीरतः 1. : राहौ चोरजनाधिप: कुलवरः शूरः कुकर्मी धनी केतौ चोररस्तु द्वीनधरणीपार्लप्रियो जायते ॥ १०१ ॥ Stoka 101. If the planet in exaltation be Venus, the person born will be fond of the company of gay women, music and dancing; if Saturn, the person born will have jurisdiction over a village, town or some forest region and will be addicted to unmarried girls ; . if Rahu, the person born will be a robber chief, the chosen man of his tribe, heroic, addicted to evil deeds - and possessed of wealth ; if Ketu, the person born will associate with thieves and enjoy the favor of some petty king. cf. कालप्रवाशिका सूयें स्योच्चगते जातः सेनापत्यमवामयात्। मेमे स्वोधगते जातो धनधन्याधिपो भवेत् ॥ भौमे खोचगते जातो वने राजा भविष्यति। सौम्ये स्वोचगने जातो राज्यधियमवाप्रयात् ॥ गुरी सवोचगते जातो धनी राज्याधिपो भवेत्। शुकरे स्ोधगते जातो राजश्रियम वामयात् । शनौ स्वोचगते जातो राज्याविपस्तमो भवेत्॥ पल्रापिवा ग्रह सति निजोचगे मवति रत्नगर्भाधिपो महीपतिकृतस्तुर्ति महितसंपदामालयः ।

Sl. 102 573

उदारगुणसंयुतो जयति विक्रमार्को यथा नये यशप्ति विक्रमे वितरणे घृतौ कौशले॥ Also मानसागरीपछ्ृतिः घीरः प्रचण्डकुशालो गौरः शरः कलानिविश्रतुरः । दण्डपतिर्धनयुक्त उच्चस्थो भास्कर कुरुते ॥ विज्ञानधनसमेतो पात्रपवित्रं च कामिनीविरही। बहुजनता जनवल्वभ उच्चस्थो हिमकरः करते ।। उग्रदद प्रहारं कूरं शस्त्रं वचनबहुविदितम्। नृपकुलवह्वभशृगे उच्चस्यो भूसुतः करुते ॥ विचो बुद्धिबलिष्ठो मंत्रारक्षः क्रियालसो सौरः । • अतिमतिविभवो वालो पापविमुक्तश उभगः शशिनः ॥ स्वाचारः शुमयुक्त: सुन्दरवदनश् मण्डली मुदितः । बहुमत्यो भूभुजानां च सुरमंत्री उच्चगो यक् ॥ देवज्ञाने कुशलो यंत्री तंत्री च गायक: कीश। कमलाविलागलापी दैव्यगुरुरुचगः कुरुते।

मैत्री साह्मवैर्यो मायावी उच्चगः सौरी कूरो दुष्ट्बलिष्ठः साहसनिरतस्थमन्त्रिणा पुपुरः। राज्यकलामणिमण्डितस्वर्मानुरुच्चगः कुरते।। स्थविरः स्थविलो नीचाचारो मिध्या भर्वेन्द्रमणशी। परकर्मल्पितरुमलो व्यासानुमत्तम शिखिन।। एक खवतुङ्गगः खेटो मित्रग्रहनिरीक्षित.। जनयत्यव्नाशं तं पूज्यं शसं सुहयुतम्॥१०२।। Sloka 102. Even one planet occupying its exaltation and aspected by friendly planets can make the person born under its influence a lord of the earth, eminent and honorable, and secure to him allies,

572 Adh. VIII.

cf. VII-56 aupra. NOTES,

तुङ्स्थैकधियचचरे वलयुते जातः सधान्यो धनी सामन्त: खचरद्ये त्रिपु यदा जातोञ्वनीशो भवेत्। उच्चस्थेपु चतुर्ग्रहेपु चलवान् केन्द्रेपु भूपालराद पञ्चव्योमचरेपुं तुङ्गभवनम्ातेपु लोकेश्वरः।।१०३।। Sloka 103. When a single planet occupies its exal- tation in strength, the person born will possess plenty of comn and wealth. When two planets are in their exaltation and possess strength, the person born will be a feudatory or tributary prince When thete are three such planets, the person born will be a Ling; when four such planets occupy Kendra positions, the person born will become a powerful king of Lings. When five planets occupy their eralmation signs in power, the person born wifl become the lord of the whole world. ef. वानप्रवाशिया एकमहोचे जातसय सर्वारिष्ट विनश्यति। द्विम्रहोचे तु सामन्तस्िगहोधे महीपति ॥ चतुर्म्रहोधे सम्राट्ट स्थान् पशीचे लोस्नायरू:।। ।। मूलन्निकोणगलफलम् ॥। मार्तण्डे यदि मूलकोणगृहगे जातो धनी वन्दित: चन्द्रे चित्तमुरान्विवथ रुचिरे कोपी दयावर्जित: । ताराजे धनिको उपी मुरुरी भोगी नृपालपिय: शुके ग्रामपुराधिपस्तरणिजे शूरस्तु राहौ घनी ॥ १०४॥ 104. lf tne planet in the qafrala (Moola th- Sun, the person born will be wealthy e people; if it be the Moon, the person

S1. 105 अष्टमोऽध्याय: 573

born will be rich and happy; if Mars, wrathful and ruthless; if Mercury, rich and devoted to religious prayers; if Jupiter, voluptuous and liked by kings; if Venus, ruling villages and towns; if Saturn, brave; if Rahu, the person born will be poss:ssed of wealth. of. मारावली मानुस्त्रिकोणसंस्थो जनयेद्धनवन्तमतिनिपुणम्। भोक्तारं धनवन्तं विद्धाति शशी त्रिकोणग: पुरुषम्॥ वक्ोडपि तस्करपर्ति शुरं खलु निर्दयं वापि। सौम्यो विनोदशीलं जयिन मूलत्रिकोणग: कुरुते।। जीव: पुनर्हितकरं महत्तरं नयविद सुखोपेतम्। दानवगुरुरपि जनयेत् ग्रामपुग्श्रेष्ठराजमतिसुभगम् ॥। आत्मतिकोण आर्कि: धनान्तं कुलयुत शुरम ॥ Also मानमागरीपद्वति: भनी सुखी कार्गविज्ञक्तिकोणस्थे दिवाकरे 1 चन्द्रे धनी च भोक्ता च भौमे शूरोदय: खलः ॥ सुधे त्रिकोणणे विज्ञो विनोदी विजयी नरः । गुरौ ग्रामपुरादीनां मठस्याधिपति: सुधीः ।। शुके त्रिकोणगे मुझः सुखयुक्तो महीवति: 1 मन्दे नरो घनेः पूर्णो महाशूरः कुलंवरः ॥ ॥ स्वक्षेत्रफलम् ॥ सर्क्षे भासवति चारुमन्दिरदुराचारोग्रकामी विर्घो तेजोरूपधनी कुजे कृपिचलरूपातो बुधे पण्डितः । जीवे काव्यकलागमथ्रतिपर: शुके मनसवी धनी मन्दे चण्डपराक्रमी गतसुखो राहौ यशोवित्तवान् ॥ १०५॥। Slokn 105. If the Sun be in स्वक्षेश (Swakshetra), the person born will own a fine mansion, lead a de-

574 जातकपारिजाते Adh. VIII.

praved life and will suffer from fierce lust, if it be the Moon that is in aera (Swakshetra), the person born will have power, beauty and wealth, if Mars, he will be famed for/his agricultural strength, if Mercury, he will be learned, if Jupiter be the planet occupying Fi7 (Swakshetra), the person born will be devoted to | poetry, the arts, traditional doctrines and the sacred scriptures, if Venus, he will besotellectil and wealthy, if Saturn, the person born will be distinguished by fierce prowess but bereft of happiness, if Rahu ba the planet in Frira (Swakshetra), the person born will possess fame and wealth of मानसागरीपद्वति म्यगृहम्थे सवो लोके महोग्रश्य सदोधमी। चन्द्रे वर्मरत साधुर्मनस्वी रूपवानपि । स्वगृहस्थ कुजे चपलो धनवानपि। सुधे नायस्थाभिज्ञ पीडितो धनवानपि।। धनी कान्न श्रुतज्ञश् सदेष्ट सवगृहे गुरौ। स्फीत कृपीवल शुके शनौ मान्य सुलोचन ॥। जातिकल्पाधिकपूज्यवित्तो धनाधिक: क्ष्मापतितुल्यभूपः । एकादिमि: खर्क्षगतैर्ग्रहेन्द्रैर्जालक्रमेणैव भचेन्मनुष्य: ॥१०६॥। Sloka 106 It is exactly as a net grows with the growth of its meshes thut a man attains a position of equality with his tribesmen, a position of superiority, an honored place on account of comparatively higher wealth, pre-eminence for vast riches, a status equal to a kings or a kingship itself according as the number of planets occupying Taa (Swakshetra), at his birth hap- ipens to be one, two, three, four, five or six respectively.

ST 107 भष्टमोऽध्यायः 575

of. बृहज्जातक NOTES. कुलसम कुलमुख्यबन्धुपूज्या घनिसुखिभोगिनृपः स्वमैकवृद्धया ।।

Sevenplanets Moon occupying their own Sat. houses Sun

Jupiter Mars Venus | Merc.

॥ मित्रक्षेत्रफलम् ॥ मित्रक्षेत्रगते रवौ दृढसुहृद्दाता यशस्ी भवेत् नारेशे बह्ुमानसौख्यधनिको जातो धरानन्दने। वित्तागारसुहत्प्िय: शशिसुते चातुर्यहासयाग्रणी- र्जींे शिष्टरतः सिते सुतसुखी मन्दे परान्ोऽधनी।। १०७॥ Sloka 107. When the Sun is in the house of a friendly planet, the person born will have firm friends and will be liberal and famous; when the Moon is in such a position, the person born will be esteemed, live in comfort and have wealth ; when Mars is in a friendly house the person born will enjoy the favor of rich friends; when Mercury is in that position, the person born will be most witty and jovial; when Jupiter occupies the house of a friendly planet, the person born will delight in the society of the learned and the virtu. ous; when Venus occupies such a position the effect is that the person will be happy in the society of his

576 जातकपारिजाते Adh. VIII.

children. If Saturn be in a friendly house at a person's birth, the latter will be fed by another as he will have no wealth. of. मानसागरीपद्धनि सूयें मित्रगृहे ख्यांतः शास्रतः सा्यसौहनः । चन्द्रे नरो माग्ययुक्तधतुरो धनवानपि।। भौमे शास्त्रोपजीवरी च बुधे रूपधनान्विनः । गुरुर्मित्रगृहे पन्यः सतां सन्कर्मसंयुतः ।। शुके मित्रगृहे लोके घनी बन्धुजनप्रियः । शनौ रुनाकुलो देहे कुकर्मनिरतो भवेत् ।। Also सारावली मित्रगृहेऽर्के: ख्यात स्थिरसौहृदमर्यदातारम्। मिलझगः शशाङ्को यतस्तनो ल्घसौख्यवहुमानम् ॥ अङ्गाग्कोडपि कुरुते सुहद्धनारक्षणासक्तम् । शशिजः मुहृद्हगतः करोति घातुर्षहास धनवन्तम् ॥ वचमामधिपः पून्यं सतां च सुविशिष्टकर्माणम्। मित्रगृहे भगुतनयः सहृत्प्रियं दयितवित्तमतिशुरम्।। मास्करसुनुः कुरुते परान्मोजिनमधर्मकर्मरतम् ॥ ख्यातः सुखी सुहत्प्रीतः चातुर्यगुणवान् सुधीः। भोगी परान्भोक्ता च मित्रराशिफलं क्रमाद् ॥१०८॥। Sloka 108. A person is famous, bappy, pleased with his friend, witty and jovial, wise, voluptuous or fed by. the bounty of another according as the planet in a friend- ly house at his birth is the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus or Saturn respectively. परद्रच्योपभोक्ता स्यादेको मित्रर्क्षगो ग्रहः। द्वौ सुहृद्वित्तभोगी स्यात् त्रयः सार्जितवित्तभुक् ॥१०९॥

S1. 109-110 अष्टमोऽध्यायः 577

सुहच्चतुष्टये दाता गणपः पञ्च खेचराः। चमूपः पड् ग्रहाः सप्त ग्रहाः स्याद्रणपितिः ॥ ११० ॥ Slokas 109 and 110. If at a person's birth, the number of planets occupying fhata (Mitrakshetra) be one, the person born will live on another's substance; if two, he will be enjoying the wealth of friends; if three, he will live upon self-acquired property; if four, he will bestow liberal gifts; if five, he will rule over a community or tribe; if the number of planets occupy- ing friendly houses be six, the person born will be in command of an army; when such planets number seven, the person born is a king.

of. वृहज्जातक NOTES.

परविभवसुहत्त्वनन्धुपोष्या गणपचलेशनृपाश् मित्रभेपु ॥ If seven planets are in friendly bouses [anrife (Tatkalıka) and farert (Nisarga) combined], the native will becnme a King. The following chart seems to be the only possibihty.

Saturn Seven planets possted ia Itberr friendly Jupster houses .Moon

Mars Venus Merc. Sun

cf. सारादली मित्राश्रयं सुवृत्तं हौ मित्रगृहसमाथ्रिनौ कुर्नः ॥ बान्यवसुहृदृपकर्ना व्रिभिर्विशिष्टो भवेह्णैः ख्यातः । बालगदेवाराधनपरध् तुर्मिर्धुरन्धरः ख्यातः ।। 73

578 मतक्रपाेजाले Adh. VIII.

राजोपसेवक: स्थात्पश्चभिराठ्यो नोश्रः कर्ना। विस्तीर्णमोगवाहनवमुमान् पड्मिर्नरेन्द्रतुल्यः स्थान् ॥। सर्वेरमित्रक्षगतैर्वहुवाहनभूत्य साधनो राजा।

त्रिभिरसतङ्गतैर्दासास्निमिर्नीचं गतैर्जडः ।।१११।। Sloka 111. If there be three planets in their exal- tation signs at a birth, the person born will be a king. If three planets occupy wia (Swakshetra), it is a minister that is born then. If three be eclipsed at a person's birth, he will be a slave. If three be in depres. sion signs, the person born is an idiot, cf. सारावली द्वायुचगौ जनयतो धनिनं कीर्त्यान्वितं सदा पुरुपम्। नगरारक्षकुमाढ्यं चमूपरति च त्रथः प्रपितम् । द्वौ स्वगृहस्यौ कुरुनः कुलाधिकं बन्धुपूजिलं धन्यम्। वंशकरमर्यसहिन स्थानयशोभितयो विहगाः ॥ ।। शत्रुक्षेत्रगतफलम्॥ यत्रक्षेत्रगते खवौ पितसुखत्यागी च सेवापर: शीतांशी यदि मातदु:खनिरतो हृद्रोगशाली भवेत्। भूसूनौ चिकलोऽकृतज्ञमलिन: सौम्पे सुखी पापघी: जीवे भाव्यरतः सिते तु भृतको मन्देऽघ्वशोकाकुल: ११२ Sloka 112. When the Sun is in an inimical house, the petson born will sacrifice the convenience of his father and, engage in the service of others ; when the Mnon is in such a position, the person born will studi- ously cause affliction to his mother and will suffer from heart disease; vif Mars be in a house owned by an enemy,

SI. 113 अष्टमोऽध्याय: 579

the person born will be defective in some limb, ungrate, ful and unclean; if it be Mercury that occupies a hostile house, the person born will be miserable and inclined to evil; if it be Jupiter, the person born will be specutl lating about the future; if Venus, he will be a hired" laborer ; if Saturn be in a house owned by an enemy at. a person's birth, the latter will have to be way-faring and suffer sorrows therein. cf. मानसागरापद्धति सूयें रिपुगहे नीचो विपये: पीडितो नरः । चन्द्रे हृदयरोगी च भौमे तेजा जडो धनः । युधे रिपुगृहे मूर्खो वाड्मनोदुःखपीडितः । जीवे च जायते कृीनो नाशव्ृत्तिर्ुमुक्षिन: ।। शुक्के शत्रुगृहे मृत्यः कुब्रुद्धिरदुःखितो नरः। शनौ व्याध्यर्थशोकेन संतस्तो मलिनो भवेत् ॥ Also सारावणी कुरुते शत्रुगृहेडर्कों निःएं विपयप्रवीडितं नापि। तुहिनमयूसः करुने हृद्रोगिणमरिगृे नरं मतनम्॥ बन्धारिभद्गभाज दीनं विकल च दुर्भगं भौम: ! अज्ञानमतिविहीनं बुधोडरिमे नैकुदुःसमतिटीनम् ।। कीषें गुरुरविधत्ते नयहीनं धनविहीनं च। शुक्रोडरिगृहे भृतकु कुनन्त्रमतिद्ठःखितं जनयेत् ॥ भास्करसुतोऽवि कुरुने मलिनं व्याध्यादिशोरसन्तप्तम् । मिश्रदा रिपुगा: पश्च पड्हा हीनसौर्यदर:। सर्वदुःखकराः सप्त मूदा कुर्यन्त्यशोमनम् ॥११३ ॥। Sloka 113 If thete be five planets occupying hostile houses, they will be productive of mixed effects (good and evil). If there be six such, comfort will diminish and misery will preponderate. If there be seven of

580 जातकपारिजाते Adh. VIII'

them in inimical houses their effect will be misery and that wholly. If the planets in these positions be eclipsed afso, they work evil, NorEs of VII-56 (latter half) aupra Also साराबली द्ावरिमवनसमेतौ सेशवना नित्यविमहरुवीनाम्। अतिपरिभूतानामपि नृगा जन्मप्रदौ कपितौ।। विविधव्ययदु खमुना नय श्रमोत्पत्रनष्टवित्तानाम्।

पच्चारिगृहे विहगा इसटव्यमनाभिगतनत्ानाम् । पड्रोगाद्ितपपुपा दु सतता चैतर जन्मकरा । समारिमे ग्रहेन्द्रा श्ीमत्सकुले प्रसूतानाम्। शाय्याच्छादनमोजनवश्ितकाना भर्भन्त सदा ॥। । नीचराशिफलम् ॥ नीचस्ये दिननायके तु पतितोऽचन्घु: प्रवासे रतः शीतांशी सरुजोऽलपपुण्यघनवान् मौमे कृवमो घनी। क्षुद्रो बन्धुनिरोधकृष्छशिसुवे जीवेऽपवादी खलः शुके दुःखरतः शनी गतधनल्वीको विपन्नः खलः॥११४॥ Sloka 114 If the depressed planet be the Sun at a person's birth, the latter will bo an abandoned person without friends or relations and bent on going into exile, if it be the Moon, the person born will be arling, with little religious merit or wealth to help him, if Mars, the person born will be ungrateful and indigent, gif Mercury be the depressed planet, the person born fwill be base and hostile to his relatives, if Jupiter, he will be under censure and disgrace and turn out to be wicked, if Venus, theiperson born will be intent on

SI. 115-116 भष्टमोउध्यायः 581

what leads him to sorrow; if Saturn be the depressed planet, the person born under its influence will be with- out wealth, without wife, unfortunate and mischievous. cf. गारावली नीचे सविता कुरुते प्रेष्यं बान्धवजनावधूतं च ॥ हिमरश्मिरल्पपुण्यं रोगिणमषि दुर्भगं लोके। नीचस्थ: क्षितितन ेऽनर्थव्यसनोपतप्तमतिनीचम् ॥ कुरुते हिम करपुत्र: शुद्रं स्वज्ञातियन्धुवैरं च। नीचे गुरु: प्रकुरुते मलिनं प्राप्तावमानमतिदीनम् ॥ असुरदयितोऽस्वनन्त्रं प्रणप्दारं विपमशीलम्। कोणो विपन्नशीलं निगर्हिताचारमर्थगहितं च ॥ खवेपूचभावेपु फलं समग्र त्रिकोणवत्स्ात्फलमंशकेपु। सराशितुल्पं सहृदशकेषु नीचे िमूदेष्वरिराशितुल्यम् ।११५।। Sloka 115. Full effect is produced by planets when in their exaltation states; their effect in their own Navamsas (sata) is the sime as when they are in their Moolatrikonas (मूउत्रिकोण). Their effects in friendly Na- vamsas (yeim-Suhridamsa) is the same as when they are in wrtra (Swakshetra), their effects in depressed or eclipsed states is the same as when they are in inimical houses. NOTFS.

riz., This sloka appears in aiaft with a slightly different reading, स्ेपृचमागेपु फल समय स्वक्षेनतुल्यं भवनांशकेपु। नीचारिभागेपु जघन्यमेत मध्यं फरळ मित्रगृहांशर्केपु।

शुभं सम्पूर्णपादोनदलपादसल्पनिष्फलम् ॥ ११६॥ S'oka 116. The good influence of planets is at its maximum, three quarters, half, a quarter, at its minimum

582 जातकपारिजाते Adh. VIII.

or nil according as the planets are in the exaltation sign, Moolatrikona (मूलग्रिकोण), Swakshetra (म्वक्षेत्र), Mitrak shetra (मित्रक्षेत्र = friendly sign), Satrukshetra (शत्रक्षेत्र = inimical sign), depression sign, or (combustion) con- junction with the Sun Norzs This sloka is the same as VII -- 58 supra केन्द्रत्रिकोणगाः सर्वे शुभदा बलिनः शुभा: । नरिपडायगता: पापा वलिनो यदि शोभना:।।११७।। Sloka 117. Benefie planets yield good results when they occupy in strength the Kendra or Trikona bhavas. Malefic planets produce good results when they are in strength in the 3rd, the 6th, or in the 11th bhava.

Sika 118 The several effects due to the coming =

together of six, five, four, three or two planets and to their being in their exaltation, qafasm (Moolatrikona), स्वक्षेत्र (Swakshetra), मिश्रक्षेत्र (MIthrakshetra), शसु क्षेत्र (Satru- kshetral or ata (Neecha) have been treated of ,in this chapter, under the benign influence of the blessings obtained from the Sun and other deities presiding over the nine planets. इति श्रीनवग्रहकृपया वैद्यानाथविरचिते जातक- पारिजाते ग्रहाश्रयफलाध्यायोऽएमः ॥। Thus ends the eighth chapter bearing on the effects due to planets occupying various positions under various formations in the work Jataka Parijata compiled by Vaidyanatha Dikshita under the auspices of the mine planets

जातकपारिजाते नवमोऽध्यायः

॥ मान्यव्दादिफलानि ॥

Adhyaya IX.

THE EFFECT OF GULIKA, YEAR, ETC.

मान्धव्दादिफलानि वच्मि गुलिके लग्नस्थिते मन्दधी: . रोगी पापयुते तु चश्चनपरः क्रोधी दुराचारवान्। - वित्तस्थे विपयातुरोऽटनपर: क्रोधी दुरालापवान् पापच्योमचरान्विते गतधनो विद्याविहीनोऽथवा ॥१॥, Sloka 1. I am to describe the influences of the time of gies (Gulika), of the year, the month, the day, the hour of birth, upon the person born. If gis (Gu. lika), be in the 1st bhava, the person born will be dull and sickly; if gide (Guhka) in the Lagna be associated with malefic planets, the person born will be deceitful, lustful and depraved; ti yfrs (Gulika) be in the 2nd bhava, the person born will have a craving for sensual enjoyment, be of wandering habits and indulge in scur- rilous language; if gis (Gulika) be associated with malefic planets in the 2nd bhava, the effect on the person born 15 that he will have no wealth and at all events will be destitute of knowledge. NOTES. The method for finding the position of gors (Gulika) and other Upagrahas has already been deseribed in detail (rrde notes to 11-6 and V-57 supra). 583

586 जात कपारि जाते Adhı. IX

impared eyes and will have a slight body. When Gulika is in the 9th bhava, the person born will engage in vile deeds to such an extent as ultimately to become the murderer of his parents and preceptors. When Gulika is in the 10th bhava, the person born wll aban- don all religious duties and observances prescribed for his caste and being associated with hundreds of shameful deeds, will become dead to all sense of honor or self respect फलदीपेका

नशुभफलदकर्मा कर्मसस्ये विदान।। अतिसुखधनते जोरूपयान् लाभयाते दिनकरसुतपुत्रे चाग्रजं हन्ति जातः। विपय रहितवेपो दीन वाक्यप्रवीणो निखिलधनहरः सान्मन्दजे रिफयाते ॥ ६ ॥ Sloka 6 When Gulska is in the 11th bhava, the person born will have much happiness, wealth, power and beauty, but will occasion the demise of an elder born person When Gulika 18 in the 12th bhava, the person will have the appearance of an ascetic and by cleverly employing the language of the distressed will get money from every quarter फलदीपिका सुखमुतमतितेज वान्तिमाँ ह्ामसस्ये ।। विषयविरहितो दीनो बटुव्यय खादचये गुलिकसल्पे।। मान्दित्रिकोणोपगतं चिलयं वद्ददशांसे यदि वा नवांशे। 'मान्दन्वितो मान्दियुवर्क्षनाथः सर्वे सदाऽनिष्टकरा मवन्ति।७।। Sloka 7 The Lagna occupying a Trikona posi-

SI. 8-9 नवमोऽध्याय 587

tion in respect to Gulika, and also in the same Navamsa or Dwadasamsa as that cccupied by Mandt, and the planet associated with Gulika and the lord of the sign occupied by Gulika, all tend to b'come always malefic. फलदीपिका गुलिकत्रिकोणभे वा जन्मबूयान्नवाशे वा॥ संपुक्ते यदि भास्करेण गुलिके जातः पिवृद्वेपको मावक्केशकरस्तु शीतरुचिना भौमेन वीतानुज: । सोन्माद: शशिजेन देवगुरुणा पापण्डको दूपक: शुक्रेण प्रमदाकृतामयहतो नीचाड्गनानल्लभः ॥८।। Stoka 8 If Gulikı be associated with the Sun, the person born will hate his father , if with the Moon, the person born will cause distress to his mother, if with Mars, he will have no younger brother, if with Mercury, he will be insane, if with Jupiter, he will be a blasphemous heretic, if with Venus, the person born will be affhicted with venereal diseases and will be the favourite of base women पक्दापिका रवियुक्तो पितृहन्ता मातृहेशी निगापसयुक्ते। भ्रातृतियोग मऊजे नुवयुक्तेत मन्दजे ने सो-माटी।। गुरुयुक्ते पापण्डी शुकयुते नीनरामिनीमद्।। जातः सौख्यरतस्तु मन्दतनये मन्देन युक्के यदा सर्पेणेव निपप्रदस्तु शिखिना चन्हिप्रदो जायते। मिक्षु: स्ाद्विपनाडियुक्तगृहगे भूपालकोऽपि ध्रनं जातस्योपखगान्यिता गगनगा: कुर्नन्त्यनिट्टं फलम् ॥९।। Sloka 9 When Gulika is assocnted with Saturn, the person born will be devated to pleasure and enjoy-

588 जातकपारिजते Adh. IX.

ment; when Gulika is associated with Rihu, the person born will becomea poisoner ; when Gulika is associated with Ketu, the person born will bacome an incendiary. When Gulika is in a house affected by Vishanadi, the person born, even if he bea ruler of the earth will undoubtedly become a beggar. In fact, the major pla- nets united with minor ones (Upagrahas) produce a malefic effect. परदीपिवा NOTES. शनियुक्ते रानिपुत्रे कुछ्ठव्याध्यर्दिनम्ध सोल्पायुः ।। विपरोगी राहुपुत शिसियुक्ते वन्हिपीडितो मान्दौ । गुलिवस्त्यान्ययुतयेत्तसिआ्ञातो नृपोडपि मिक्षाशी। गुलिकस्य तु संगोगे दोपान् सर्वत्र निर्दिशेत्। यगरण्टरमंयोगे सर्वत्र कथयेच्छुभम्।। दोपप्रदाने गुलिको बलीयान् झुभप्रदान यमकण्टक: स्यात्। अन्ये न से व्यमनप्रदाने मान्युक्तवीर्यार्द्धचलान्विना: स्यु: ॥ For Avaf? (Vishanadi) see Adhyaya 5, Stoka 112 supra, ॥ अव्दफलम् ॥ The names of the 60 years can ensily be remembered by com. mitting to memory the following sJohas. प्रभवो विमन: शुर्धः प्रमोदोऽय प्रनापतिः । अंगिराः श्रीमुसो भावो युवा धाता तथेत न॥ ईश्वरो वह्धान्यथ ममाणी विक्रमो वृपः । नित्रभातु सुभातुश्च तारणः पार्गितो व्ययः । सर्वजित सर्वधारी न विरोषी विकृनि: सरः । नन्दनो विजयश्रैत्र जयो मन्मपद्रसुगौ।। हेमनंनी विचवी न विकारी सार्वरी सनः ।

Su 10-11 नवमो उध्याय 589

शुभकृत् शोभकृत क्रोषी विध्ावसुपरामवौ।। पुतद्ध कीलक सौम्य सावारणविगेवकृत् । परिधावी प्रमादीच आनन्दो रामसोऽनल ।। पिङ्ल कालयुक्तश सिद्धार्थी गैव्रदुर्मती। दुन्दुमी रुधिरोद्वारी रकाक्षी कोवन क्षय ।। प्रभवशरदि जातः साहसी सत्यनादी सकलगुणसमेतः कालनिद्धर्मशाली। विभनशरदि कामी निर्मलो नित्यतुष्टः प्रबलधनसमेतो वन्धुनिद्यायशखी।।१०।। Sloka 10 The person born in the year Prabhava will be daring, truthful, possessed of every virtue, proficient in astrology and pious The person born in the year Vibhava will be lustful, pure, constantly cheer- ful and will have prodigious wealth relatives, learning and fame of यवनजातक प्रसृति सर्वनस्तूना पुन्रसपत्तिरेत न। दीर्घायुर्भोगप्तपत्र प्रमवे जायते नर ॥। उत्पन्नमुक्तमोगी स्यात् कृणश्ारुगलोचन । पण्डितो राज्यपून्यश्ष विमवा्दे नगे भनन् ॥ शुक्कान्दे परदारगो गतनलस्त्यागी मनख्वी भनेव् मन्त्री कार्यपरीऽतिभापणपटुर्जातः प्रमोदूतके। धर्मी दानपरायण: सुतवनः शान्तः प्रजोत्पत्तिजो नीतिज्ञो निपुण: रृपालुरनिशं चाह्गीरसाव्दे घनी ॥ ११ ॥ Sbla 11 The person born in the year Sukla will be an adulterer, effete, but liberal and intelligent, the person born in the year Pramoduta will be clever in

590 जातक पारिजाते Adh. IX.

counsel, business like, and voluble in speech, the person whose birth is in the year Prajotpittr will be virtuous, bounteous, tich in sons and of a tranquil disposition; the person whose year of birth is Angirasa will be rich, sagacious, experienced and ever compassionate. of. यवननानव सुभग शान्तिमान भोगी पुतदारसमन्वित । विद्न् सर्वगुणोपेन गुप्तमव सरे भवेत् ।। सदानन्दयिता मत्यवादी वे पश्चिमो नर। सर्गशान्ति सुखी मानी प्रमोदे जायते शिश्षु ॥। प्रजानों पाणडो धर्मो छृपामत्यममन्वत।

कामी सुखी न मानी न भोगवान् प्रियरूम। दीर्घयुर्वदपुषथ् तद्षिगेत गा भक्न ।I जातः थ्रीमुसवत्सरे परवधूलोल: नुनिवित्तवान् योगी राजकरो महाधनवलग्यातो मवाब्दे भर: । दव्यमद्लयी: कशामयतनु: फ्रोषी युवान्दे मिपक् जातो धातुमवोऽन्पदारनिग्त: वायाधियादी कठः ॥१२ ।। Sloka 12. The person born in the year Srecmukha longs for women not hts own 15 honest and weilthy. the person w hos furth is in the yeu Bhava will be an ascetic, a king miker, and renowned for his vast werlth and strength, the person born in the year Yuva will be covetous, helle mirded, ill tempered, possessing a con- thtution, little hable to illnezs and acquainted with the hraling art, the person whore year of bitth is Dhatru will be addicted to ether people's wives and a crafty fawytt

SI. 13 नवमोऽध्याय: . 591

of. यवनजञातक श्रीमान् सुछ्ठुमतिः शान्त: सोपरागः शुभप्रियः । वीर्घायुर्षहुपुत्रन्य श्रीमुखेऽदे भवेन्नरः ॥ भावसंवत्सरे जातो नरो भवति सौख्यभाकू । यशस्वी दाननिरन: सर्वन्क्षणसंयुतः ॥ कीर्तिसर्वगुणोपतो दीर्घायुर्दानतत्परः । शान्त: शुभमतिः सौचो युवादे पुरुपो मवेत् ॥ दीर्घायुः सुभगो दक्षो वैदाध्ययनतत्परः । सरूपो जायते मर्त्यो घातृसंवत्सरे यदि॥ श्रीमानीश्वर वत्सरेSचलमतिर्जातो गुणग्राहक: सत्कर्मी बहुधानयवत्सरभवो भोगी वणिक विचचान्। करः पापरतः प्रमादिशरदि क्रोधी विन्धुः सुखी जातो विक्रमवत्सरे यदि धनी सेनापति: शौर्यवान् ।१३॥ Sloka 13. The person born in the year Easwara ! will be prosperous, steady.minded and a good judge of merit; the person whose year of birth is Bahudhanya will be a tich merchant, beneficent and voluptuous; tbe person born in the year Pramadhi will be cruel, addicted to evil, hot tempered, friendless but living in comfort; the person whose birth is in the year Vikrama will be wealthy and valiant and command an army. cf. यवनजानक सर्वक्ष: सर्वकारयेषु गुरुमक्तोडनिमुन्दर: । ईश्वरे जायते मर्त्यः सदा क्रोधपरो भषेन् ॥ वापीकपतडागादि ऋु वर्मसमन्वितः । दाता धनसमृद्धश् बहुषान्ये प्रजायते ॥ सेनानीनृपमन्त्री च वरलन्वनिनाकसृक्।

592 Adh. IX.

शाखन संग्रही चैव प्रमापीव सरे भवत्।। उग्रपतापशीरथ परराज्यविमर्वक । पापरर्परत शुरो विनमांदे भवेक्वर ।। निपुशरदि दरिद्रो थीतलजो निकर्मा दिनकरसमतेजोरूपनान् चित्रभानी । यदि निजकुलनिद्याचारधर्म: सुभानी बहुधनवलशाली तारुणान्दे विचेकी ।। १४॥। Sloka 14. The person born in the year Vishu will be a pauper, lost to all sense of shame and engaged in doing what is wrong The person whose birth is in the year Chittrabhanu will have the energy and the beauty of the lord of day. The person whose year of birth is Subhanu will have the learning, conduct, and virtue characteristic of his tribe or race, The person born in the year Tharana wil possess exceeding wealth and strength and will be a philosopher cf. यवनजानक मन्दीडएमो महामूर्खो भारवाही व कालम्। परकार्यर े जातो वृपाक बाल्को भवेतू ।। चित्रमानुगमुन्भूतो नरो विद्यानिधिर्मतरेत्। नीतिमान् धृतिमान् श्रीमान् स्यामिभक्त प्रियवद ॥ पिंगट क पिंगकेशश् गौर श्रेतो विभुर्नृप। सुमानुवत्सर जाले वान्तिमानतिदुर्जन ॥ धूर्तो पापरत शूरो दरिद्रो निपठुर सल्र । वश्लधयपलो घुप्टसतारणाबदे नही भर्वत् ।। जातः पार्थयवत्सरे नरपतिः श्रीमानतुल्यः सुखी कामी भीरुरशीलवित्तपणवान् पापी व्ययाच्दे यदि।

SI. 15-16 नवमोऽध्याय: 593

वाग्मी सर्वजिदब्दकेऽतिबलधान, शास्त्री गुणी तत्ववित् सम्पन्नो यदि सर्वधारिजनित: शिल्पी नृपालप्रिय: ।।१५।। Sloka 15. The person born in the year Parthiva will be a king unequalled for his prosperity and happi- ness; the person whose birth is in the year Vyaya will be lustful, cowardly, immoral, staking his property in gambling, and addicted to wickedness; the person whose year of birth is Sarvajit will be eloquent possessed of great physical strength, versed in sacred scriptures, virtuous, and conversant with the real nature of all things. The person born in the year Sarvadhari will be well.to do, versed in the arts and liked by kings. of. यदनजातक मृदुभापी राजमान्यो राजसः शुभलक्षणः । प्रांशुर्धनसमृद्धश्र पार्यिवे वत्संर नरः ॥ द्ूतमययरतः स्त्रीणां व्यस्ने धनवर्जित: । व्ययसंवत्सरे जातश्चौरपावमतिर्मवेत् । स्वकर्मनिर्तः शास्त्रपापरोगविचक्षणः । हृस्: स्थूलतनुः श्याम: सर्वजित्युन्धवो नरः ॥ बहुभृत्यो धनी कामी भोगी मिष्टानयुक् प्रमु: । सर्वधारिणि ना जातः सर्वाधरपरो भवेत् ॥ शोकी दुष्टरतोऽतिपापनिरतः क्ररो विरोध्यब्दके मायावी मदनातुरो विकृतिजो मन्त्रक्रियातन्त्रघीः। निर्मोही विगुणोऽतिदीनवचन: पापी खराब्दे खलः 4 सर्वानन्दकरो नृपप्रियकरो मन्त्रार्थविलन्दने ॥ १६ ॥ Sloka 16. The person born in the year Virodhi will be afflicted, delighting in the company of the wicked and addicted to sinful deeds and cruel. The 75

594 आतकपारिजाते Adh. IX.

person whose year of birth 13 Vikriti will be full of guile, lovesick, and devoting his mind to magic formu' laries and their practical application in ceremonics. The person born in the year Khara will be unattractive, wortbless, depressed in speech, sinful and mischievous. The person whose yenr of birth is Nandana will delight every body, enjoy the favor of kings and will be conversant with the meaning of the sacred hymns in scripture. c. यदनजानक कुटुम्बकलहं कर्ता परदाररतः सदा। सर्वलोकविरोघी च विरोधीवर्षसंमवः ॥ कृष्णवर्णततु. श्याम: क्लालोलस्तु निर्गणः । विकृष्टपर्वारूक्षश्र नरो विकृतिनरपत्रः ॥ धूलिधूमरसर्वोगो दीर्मायुः परसत्यकृत् ! कामेश्वरव् निर्लेज: सरसंवत्सरे नरः ॥ सदानन्देन संतु्टः प्रपाकूपतडागरतू। अव्नदानी सुशीलध्र नरो नन्दनतपंज: । विजयशरदि धर्मी सत्यसंपततिशाली यदि जयशरदि स्याद्राजतुल्यो नृपो वा। मद्भरतिचिलोलो मन्मथान्दे जितारि- र्गुणघनरदित: स्याद्ुमुखान्दे विशीलः।। १७ ।। Sloka 17. Hfa person have his birth in the year Vijaya, he will be virtuous, and will abound in rea! excellences. If the year of burth of a person be Jaya, he will be !eitber a king or like a king When a person has his birth in the year Manmatha, be will have a craving for sensual enjoyment and will be victorioua. over his foes. The person who is born in the year

si: 18 नवमोडध्याये:

Durmukhi will be void of virtue and wealth and will be immoral. cf. यवनजातक शरः ममरदुर्धपः ख्यातकीर्तियंशन्वितः । पृथ्वीपतिजयी मोगी विजयाब्दे नरो भवेत्॥ विद्ान्मानी लोकमानी सर्वशास्त्रविशारंदः । पूजां प्राप्तोति सर्वत्र जयवर्षें प्रजायते॥। उत्पन्नभोगंभोंक्ता च कामी च प्रियवोदिन: । सृंखामरणंशो माठ्य: मन्मंथे वत्सरे भवेत्ं।। शठः फ्रमतिर्दुष्टो निर्लज्ो वृपलीपंतिः । वक्तास्यत्राहुंचरणो दुर्मुखानदे भवेनेरः ॥1 दुंष्टारमां यंदि हेमलम्बिजनित: कृष्यादिकर्मोत्सुक: श्रीमान्यिप्रेजनाश्रित: फलपरित्यांगी विलम््यव्दके। रोगी भीरुरवितवान् चलमविर्नीचो विकार्यनदके शार्चर्यामंतिवित्तभोगसुमना: सत्यव्रताचारवान् ।। १८ ।। Šloka 18. If a person have his biith in the yeaf Heinalambi, he will be ill natured and will ardently puisue agricultural and other operations. The person both in the year Vilambi will be prosperous, fesorted to by the Brahmana community and disinterestediy benevolent. The person who has his birth in the year Vikari will be sickly; cowardly, indigent, irresolute and of an ignoble nature; if a person have his birth in the year Sarvari, he will have exceeding wealth and enjoyment and will be cheerful, honest and well.bebaved. of. यवनजातक

कान्त्यापत्यसुखाढ्यथ्च हेमॅलनसमुद्वः ।।

596 जातकपारिजाते Adh. IX.

मन्दो कु्वोऽउसो दुःखी ऐप्मलशापि वख्कः ।, स्वकार्यामिरत: पापी विलम्ये वत्सरे शिशुः ॥ अविवेकी महागर्वी विशील: कुशलः खलः। विकारिवत्सरे जातः प्राणी भवति वश्चरु: ॥ . वणिरु शरः सुहृद्द्वेपी दीर्घ: कृरातनुस्तया। निद्राघूर्णितनंत्रध शार्वर्यन्दसमुद्दनः ॥ शान्तोदारकृपाकर: पुवभवः शूरः स्वधर्माश्रितो जात: स्त्रीजनवश्चितः शुभकृति प्राज्ञः शुभाङ्गः सुघीः। ज्ञानी शोभकृति क्षितीशगुणवान् विद्याविनोदप्रियो 1 दुर्भोगी परदारग: शठमतिः क्रोध्यव्दजः क्रोधयुक् ॥१९॥ Sloka 19. The person who is born in the year Plava will be tranquil, generous, compassionate, brave and devoted to his own duties. The person who has his birth in the year Subhakrit will be the dupe of women, but learned, handsome and intelligent; the person whose birth is in the year Sobhakrit will be wise, possessed of royal virtues and fond of learned pursuits. The person born in the year Krodhi will be an adulterer, addicted to evil ways, crafty and of an angry temperament. cf. यवनजानक चखनथ्पलः कामी परसेवारतः सदा। हलत्राता हूस्वतनुर्जातो वरषें झत्रासन्यके।। सुमगः शुभकामी च विद्याधर्मपरायणः ।

मर्वत्र विजयी कामी चारुरूपो गुणान्वितः । कृपालु: शोभकृद्धपें जातो मत्रति मानवः ।।

S1.20 नवमोऽध्याय: 1 597

पिङ्गाक्षो राजकोशथ्य मन्दगामी स्त्रीलोलुपः । परकार्यविहन्ता च क्रोधीसंवत्सरे नरः ॥ मानी हास्यरसप्रियो गुणधनश्लाघी च विश्वावसौ दुष्टाचारपरः परामवशरज्जातः कुलघ्वंसका । कामी बन्धुरतः प्रवङ्गजनितो वालप्रियो मन्दघी: देवाराधनतत्परोऽतिसुभग: शौर्यान्वितः फीलके॥। २०॥ Slaka 20. The person who is born in the year Viswavasu will have a high sense of honor, will be fond of the comic and will evince admiration for those who are rich in moral worth. The person whose birth is in the year Parabh iva, will be engaged in wickedness and will prove the ruiner of his family. The person who has his birth in the year Plavanga will be lustful, fond of relatives, evincing a partiality fur children and slow-witted. The person whose year of birth is Keelaka, will devote himself to divine worship and will be exceedingly fortunate and valiant. of. यवनजातक विश्वावसुसमुद्तः प्रज्ञावांश्र सुखी भवेत्। शान्तः सर्वगुणोपेतो दाता मिष्ानभुक् शुचिः ॥ परदाररतश्चैत शठः स्वपरवान्ववः । पराभवसमुद्दूतः धनधान्यविवर्जितः ॥ प्रवद्धवत्सरे जातो नरो मवति किल्विपी। खल: परपरतो दुष्टः स्वाचारहतकोऽशुनिः ॥ मध्यरूंपधरः कामी श्षुत्पिपासार्दितो नरः ।. कीलके जनितो वर्षें स्थूलहत्कूटमन्मथः॥ श्ान्त: सर्वजनप्रियोऽतिधनिक: सौम्याब्दजो धैर्यवान् नानाशास्त्रविशारदोऽविकलधीः साधारणाब्दे नरः।

598 जातकपारिजाते Adh. IX.

आशालुथ विरोधकृंद्धवनरः क्रोधी दरिद्रोऽटनो दुम्शीलः परिधाविवत्सरभवः पारुप्यवान्वितर्वान् ॥२१॥ Sloka 21. The person, whose year of birth is Soumya wili be tranquil, universally popular, exceeding- ly wealthy and firm-minded. The person born in the year Sadharana will be versed in the vatious branches of learning ahd will possess a sound undetstanding. The person whose birth is in the year Virodhikrit will be credulous, ill-tempered, indigent and given to wandering. The man whose birth is in the year Paridhavi will be ill-behaved, harsh in speech, and possessed of wealth. cf. यवननावर पण्डितो घनभोगी न भृंदेवातिथिपृजरुः । तापसः कुशकृहदेहो नरः सौम्ये प्रजायत । नीचवृत्ति: शुचि: कामरहितः परदेशगः । देवावलोरुर: क्रोषी सा गग्णपमृद्दः।। विरोषी सर्वलोकानां वितृमक्तिविवर्जित: । विरोधिकृज्जान नरो जातिसेव्राकरो भत्रेत् ॥ विद्वान् सर्वरुलामित्ञो व्यापारकुशलः सुघीः । राजमानी दानशील: परिधावीसमुद्नः ॥ जातो वन्धुविरागकत् परवधूलोलः प्रमातीचजो

पापी राक्षसवत्सरे यदि वृथालापोऽपकारी सतां दाता दानगुणान्वितो नलमवः श्ान्तः सदाचारवान् ।।२२।। Sloka 22. The person born in the year Pramadee- cha will estrange his relatives, and will long for women not his dwn. The person whose year of bifth is Ananda wilt be of a joyous temperament, will be devo.

SI. 23 नवमोऽध्याय: 599

ted to the study of traditional doctrines and sacred scriptures and will be acquainted with the real nature of all things. The man wLose birth is in the year Rak- shasa will be sinful, indulge in vain talk, and will injure the virtuous. 'The person born in the year Nala will be a donor endowed with many liberal virtues, tranquil and well-behaved. cf. यवनजातक प्रमादिवत्सरे जातो नरो बन्धुविरोधकृत्। कुटुम्बघाती लुग्धश्च पापकर्मरतः सुधीः ॥ बहुमार्योडतिचतुरः सर्वानन्दकरः क्षमी। आनन्दवत्सरे जातः पुत्रमिन्नसमन्वितः ।। सर्वभक्षी कृतप्र् धर्माधर्मविवर्जितः । हिसको बहुसंतापी राक्षसोऽन्दे भवन्रः ।। वैश्यवृत्तिर्घनी चै कुटुम्पवहुल: श्रुनिः। ज्सत्प (१) करो जातो नलसंवत्सरे नरः ॥ योगी पिङ्गलवत्सरे जितमना जातस्तपस्वी भवेत् कालज्ञो यदि कालयुक्तिशरदि श्रीभोगसत्कर्मचान्। सिद्धार्थो गुरुदेवभक्तिनिरतः सिद्धार्थिजातः सुघी: जारो रौद्रिसमुद्भवः कुट्लर्धीर्मानी दुराचारवान् ॥ २३।। Sloka 23. The person born in the year Pingala will be a saint with his mind under control and will engage in the practice of penances. The man whose year of birth is Kalayukti will become an astrologer and will have fortune, enjoyment and works of benefi. cence. The person whose birth 1s in the year Siddharti will be successiul in bis undertakings, will be reverent tc wards spiritual precepters and Gods and will be intel-

600 चतकरारिजाने Adh IX.

ltgent The prson who has his birth in the year Roudri will be a rake, perverse, proud and wicked

कृष्त वर्तशरोमायी महोधमारो भगे।

छेशेभास पाउे मम्याभष्य न सचनेन्। वाग्युत्तमसुद्गतो नरो भवनि रोगवृत्॥ ऋद्दिमिद्धियुतो नित्य भोगी गीतविनारट । मन्त्री कीतिपरो दाता सिद्धार्थीवर्पसमन । मयहतयधू पापी पिशुन पापयृद्नषेन्। रौद्रमत सरे जातो नर सभायुपो भवेत्।। फामी दुर्मतिनत्मरे जटमति: शोकाभिवस खलः स्थूलोरदरवाहुमस्तकवनुर सादन्दुभा भोगवान्। प्राप: सत्यरत: सुखी घ रुधिरोद्वार्यव्दजा चित्तनान् शान्तो बन्धुजनप्रियोतिसुभगो रक्ताक्षिज: शीलवान् ।।२४।। Sloka 24 The person born in the year Durmati will be lustful, duil witted, distressed by afflictions and base-minded The person whose birth is in the year Dundubhi will have a bodily frame distinguished by big thighs belly arms and head, and will be happy The person whose year of birth 1s Rudhirodgari will be wise truthful happy and rich, the person who 16 born 10 Raktaksbı will be of a tranquil mind iond of rela tives exceedingly fortunate and amiable of यवनजानक मूर्ख करयुत वाभी म्यकायत्रननप्रिय। अदाता धनवांध्चैव दुर्मतो वत्सरे नर॥ नित्योतसाही क्षितिपतिर्गजाश्ववहुसैनिक।

S1: 25-26 नवमोऽ्ध्याय: 7004 601

कामलोभी महादोपः शस्रपीडातिपीडितः । दुष्कर्मा कुनखी जातो रुधिरोद्गारिवत्सरे।। • नेत्ररोगी सदा मन्ददष्टिरदम्भकरः सदा। दुर्जनः कामबहुलो रक्ताक्षीवर्षजो नरः ॥ जातो जार: क्रोधनाब्दे कुमार्गी वन्धुद्वेपी चोरनिष्ठारतः स्यात्। शिष्टाचार: सुप्रसन्नः सुरूपी मानी वीतारातिरोगोऽक्षयाब्दे। २५॥ Sloka 25. The person whose birth is in the year Krodhana will be a rake addicted to evil ways, a hater of his relatives and devoted to brigandage. .The person born in the year Akshaya will be virtuous, cheerful, handsome, endowed with a high sense of lionor and exempt from foes and ailments. ef. ययननावान तापसो निर्गुणः करो धातुवादो भयंकरः । क्रोषनान्दे नरो जातो वचक: पापबुद्धिमान् ॥ उत्पन्नरोगरपक्र परसेगारतः सदा। क्षय संव-सरे जातो नरो धर्मवितर्जिन: ॥ ॥ अयनफलम ॥ उत्तरायणसमुद्भवः पुमान् ज्ञानयोगनिरतथ नैष्ठिकः । दक्षिणायनभवः प्रगल्भवाग्मेदवुद्धिरभिमानतत्परः ॥२६॥। Slha W. The person bora in the Uvarayanz wull be devoted to -knowledge and contemplation and will lead a chaste life. The person born in the Dakshinayana will be confident in his speech maintaining a distinc -. tion between spirit and matter and will be full of self-conceit. 76

602 जातकपारिजाते Adh. IX. -

एf. यवनजातव प्रियायुत सौर्यगुणान्वितश्र टीर्पायुराचारमति प्रवीण । देवद्विनाचार्यपदानुरक्त सौम्यायने जातनरो यशखी। क्रूर रठो रोगसुतप्तदेह पापात्मकधचौर्यरत कृशश्। पौश्वल्यकृत्कुसमति शिशुश्च स्यादक्षिणाख्यायनजातनिन्ध ।। *। ऋतुफलम् ॥ • दीर्धायुर्धनिको वस-तममये जात: सुगन्धप्रियो ग्रीष्मतां धनतोयसेव्यचतुरो भोगी कशाङ्ग: सुघीः। क्षारक्षीरकटुग्रियः सुवचनो वर्पर्तुजः सच्छघी: पुण्यात्मा सुमुखः सुखी यदि शरत्कालोद्द्वः कामुक: २७ Slokn 27. If a person be born in spring, he will be long lived, wealthy and fond of fine scents; if mn summer, be will seek relief in the use of ice, will be clever, voluptuous, lean bodied and intelligent ; if mn the ramy season, he will be fond of milk, salt and pungent flavours, eloquent in speech and possessed of a clear intellect, if in autumn, he will be pure-minded, handsome faced, happy and lustful योगी कृशाङ्ग: कृषिकथ् मोगी हेमन्तकालप्रभवः समर्थः। स्नानक्रियादानरवः स्धर्मो मानी यशस्ी शिशिरर्तुजः स्याद् Sloka 28 The person born in the winter season, will be a contemplative saint, of a spare form, following the business of agriculture, possessing the means of enfoyment and capable The person whase birth is in the cool dewy season will be devoted to ablutions and gifts, of great capabality, with a high sense of honor and of great fime

SI. 29-30 नवमोडध्याप: 603

। मासफलम् ॥ चैत्रे सर्वकलागमश्रतिपरो नित्योत्सवः स्त्रीरतो वैशाखे यदि सर्वशास्त्रकुशलः खातन्त्रिको भूपतिः । ज्येष्ठे मासि चिरायुरर्थतनयो मन्त्रक्रियाकोविद: चापाढेऽतिघनी कृपालुरनिशं भोगी परद्वेपक: ॥ २९ ॥ Sloka 29. The person born in the month of ,Chaitra will devote himself to the study of every art, science and the scriptures and will be perpetually engaged in merry.making and delighting in the company of women; if in the month of Vaisaka, he will be con- versant with every science, independent and hold sway over some region; if in Jyeshta, he will be blessed with long enduring wealth and sons and versed in magic for- mularies and their practical application to ceremonies; if in Ashada, he will be very wealthy, compassionate, perpetually happy but betraying an aversion to other people.

fa (Chaitra), aant (Vaisakha), etc., are the names of Iunar NOTES.

months (4TrXArH-Chaandra masa), and are sotnamed after the star occupied by the Moon at Full'Moon (quitl-Pournami), i.e., the end of the bright half. Each lunar month consists of thirly lithis (faf) commencing from 5eT4y4u (Suklapaksha prathama the first day afler the New Moon) and ending with the following अमावास्या (Amavasya.New Moon). जातः आावणमासि देवघरणदेवार्चने तत्परो नानादेशरतश्च भाद्रपद्जस्तन्त्री मनोराज्यवान्। मासे चाश्वयुजि सकीयजनविद्वेपी दरिद्रः खलः पुष्टाङ्: कृपिको विश्ालनयनो वित्ताधिक: कार्तिके॥३०॥ Sloka 30 Ifa person be born in the month of

601 Adh. IX.

Sravana he will devote himself to the worship of Gods and Brahmins; if in Bhadrapada, he will take delight in visiting several countries, be full of theories and . imaginative; if in Aswiji, he will be hostile to his own people, indigent and base-minded; if in Karthika, he will be fit-limbed, broad-eyed, devoted to agriculture and surpassing in wealth. सुरगुरुपित मक्तो मार्गशीर्पे च धर्मी धनगुणनलगाली तुङ्गनामस्तु पुप्ये। खलमतिर तिधर्माचारधान् मायमासि प्रतिदिनमुपकर्ता फाल्गुने गानलोलः ॥ ३१॥। Sloka 31. If a person be born in the month of Margaseersha he will show reverence to Gods, his elders and his parents and will be virtuous; if in Pushya, he will be possessed of wealth, virtue and .. strength and will have a prominent nose; if in the month of Magha, he will be mischievously inclined,, though very attentive to his duties and well.behaved; if in Phalguna, he will practise daily beneficence and be fond of music. ।। पक्षफलम् ॥ वलक्षपक्षे यदि पुत्रपौत्रघनाधिको धर्मरतः कृपालुः। स्वकार्यवादी निजमातृभक्त: स्वबन्धुवैरी यदि कृष्णपक्षे ॥३२॥ Stoka 32. If a person be born in the bright half of a month, he will be distinguished above others by the fact of his being blessed with sons, grandsons and riches and will be virtuous and compassionate; if a person be born in the dark half of a month, he will be urging his own interests, reverent towards his mother but inimical to his relatives.

SI. 33-34 नवमो:ध्यायः 605

॥ कालफलम् ॥ जातः प्रत्युपसि खधर्मनिरतः सत्कर्मजीवी सुखी मध्यान्हे यदि राजतुल्यगुणवान् जातो पराहे धनी। सायंकालभवः सुगन्धवनितालोलः खलात्माऽटनो रात्रौ तत्फलमेव सौरपबहुलः सूर्योदये जायते । ३३ ॥। Sloka 33. The person born in the early morning is attentive to his duties, leads a life of benelicence and is happy; the person born at mid day will have princely virtues ; the person born in the after-noon will be wealthy ; the person born in the cvening will be fond of fine scents and lovely women, base minded and of wandering habits; the person born at night will have the same characteristic as the one born in the evening. The person born at sunrise will enjoy abundant comforts. ॥ तिथिफलम ॥ महोद्योगी जात: प्रतिपदि तिथौ पुण्यचरितः द्वितीयायां तेजःपशुवलयशोवित्तचहुलः । तृतीयार्यां पुण्यप्रचलभयर्शालय पटुवाक् चतुर्ध्यामाशालस्त्वटनचतुरो मन्त्रनिपुणः ।।३४।। Sloka 34. If a person be born in nfau (Pratipada) or the first day of the Moon, he will be very indus- trious and lead a virtuous life; if in fratar (Dwitiya) or in the 2nd day of the Moon, he will have abundance of splendour, cattle, strength, fame and wealth; if in ni41 (Tritecya), he will be virtuous and very timid and will have a sharp ciear voice; if in sguf (Chaturthi), he will be credulous, accustomed to wandering and conversant with sacred texts.

606 जातकपारिजाते Adh. IX.

पश्चम्यामखिलागमभुतिरतः कामी कशाङ्गथलः पश्ठयामल्पवली महीपतिममः प्राजोऽतिकोपान्वितः । सप्तम्यां कठिनोरुनारु जनपतिः श्ेप्मप्रधानो वली चाष्टम्पामतिकामुक: सुतनधूलोल: कफात्मा भवेद् ३५ Sloka 35. If a person he born in vaat (Panchami) or the 5th day of the Moon, he will devote himself to the study of all sciences and tha sacred scriptures, will be lustful, lean and restless, if in wet (Shashti) or the 6th day of the Moon, he will have small strength, will be equal in status to a sovereign, wise and of a very angry temperament, if in wenit (Saptami), he will have a stiff extended voice, lording over people, phlegmatic and powerful, if in eredft (Ashtami), he will he exceed- ingly lecherous, fond of his wife and children, and phlegmatic in temperament रुपातो दिच्यतनुः कुदारतनयः कामी ननम्यां तिथौ धर्मात्मा पटुनारुकलत्रतनयः श्रीमान् दशम्यां धनी। देव्राह्मणपूज्यको हरितियौ दासान्त्रितो वित्तवान् द्वादश्यामतिपुण्यकर्मनिरतस्त्यागी धनी पण्डितः ॥ ३६। Sloka 36 If a person be born in naat (Navami) or the 9th day of the Moon, he will ba known to fame, have a charming person, hut a bad wife and bad sons and will b-lustful, if born in qonft (Dasami), he will be virtuous, with a clear voiced wife and sons, pros- perous and wealthy, if born in vergaft (Ekadası), he will revere Gods and Brahmins and will Fave many servitors and wealth, if born in miget (Dwadasi), be will be engaged in very bneficent works, will be liberal, wealthy and Iearned त्रयोदश्या लुब्धप्रकृतिरतिकामी व धनवान्

S1. 37-38 नवमोऽध्यायः €07

चतुर्दश्यां कोपी परधनवधूलोलुपमनाः। अमायामाशाल: पितसुरसमाराधनपरो धनी राकाचन्द्रे यदि कुलयशस्ी च सुमनाः॥३७॥ Sloka 37. If a person be born in araeft (Trayodasi) he will ba covetous, very libidinous and possessed of much wealth; if in geat (Chaturdasi), he will be of a fiery temper and he will be ever wishing in his heart to become possessed of other people's wealth and women; if born in armrarert (Amavasya), he will be credulous and devoted to the worship of the Manes and the Gods ; if in wofnr (Poornima), he will sustain the reputation of his family and will be wealthy and cheerful. ।। वारफलम ॥ मानी पिङ्गलकेशलोचनतनुश्ादित्यवारे विसु: कामी कान्तवपुर्दयालुरनिशं शीतांघुवारोङव:। क्ररः साहसवादकार्यनिरतो भूछनुवारे सदा देवन्रास्णपूजक: सुबचनः सौम्यस वारोदये ॥ ३८ ॥। Sloka 38. If a person be born on the day of the week sacred to the Sun, he will have a lofty sense of honor, with brown hair, eyes and ligure and will be lordly; if on the day of the Moon, he will be a gallant, with a lovely form and will ever be tender-hearted ; if . on the day of Mars, he will be cruel and concerned with daring words and deeds; if on the day of Mercury, he will honor Gods and Brahmins and will speak politely. यज्वा भूपतिवल्लमय्व गुणवान् कयातो गुरोगीमरे घान्यक्षेत्रधनाश्रितः मितढिने सर्वप्रियः कामघीः । मन्दप्रायमतिः परात्घनमुक्क वादप्रमादान्वितो

608 जातकपारिजासे Adh. IX. द्वेपी बन्धुजनाघरोघकुशलो मन्दस्य वारोङ्वः ।। ३९ ॥ Sloka 39. If a person be horn on the week day dedicated to Jupiter, he 'will perform sacrifices, be popular with kings, have noble qualities and become celebrated ; if on the day sacred to Venus, he will have corn, lands and wealth "and be universally popular and devoted to gallantry; if on the day of Saturn, he will be for the most part dull-witted, living on food and money supplied by others, indulging in inconsiderate utterances, assuming an attitude of hostility and cleverly boycotting the whole body of his relatives.' .नक्षत्रनामानि तुरङ्गदस्राश्वयुगश्चिनीहया यम: कृतान्तो भरणी च याम्यभम्। हुवाशनोऽगिर्बहुला च कृत्तिका विधिर्विरिश्चः शकटं च रोहिणी।।

चादित्यं तत्पुनर्वस्विति सुरजननी तिप्यपुष्यामरेख्याः । आश्षेपाहिर्भुजङ्ग: पितृजनकमघाः फलगुनी भाग्यभं सा- दर्यम्णयोत्तरांख्यं भगमिति कथितं भानुहस्तारुणार्काः ॥ त्वष्टा च चित्रासुरवार्धकी तु स्वातीमरुद्वातसमीरणारुयाः ।' वायुः समीरः परतो विशखाद्विदैवतैन्द्रापनिकशूर्पभानि ।४२। अनूराधा मैत्रं त्वथ कुलिशतागशतमख: पयः पूर्वापादासलिलजलतोयानि परमुद्- तरापाढा विश्वं परममिजिदाहुर्मुनिगणा: ॥। ४३॥। श्रोणाविष्णुद्रिश्रतिथ्रवणभान्याङ्ग: श्रविष्ठावसु- प्राचेताः शततारका वरुणमं चाजकपादोऽजपात्। पूर्वप्रोष्ठपदर्क्षकं परमहिर्धुष्न्योचराप्रोप्ठपाठ् पूपा रेवति पौष्णमानि मुनिमि: संकीर्तितानि क्रमान् ४४

SI 40-44

Słokas 40-44 देवता Special marks The name

नक्षग्रम् Nakshatra Presidıng पर्यायशब्दा जति

Synonyms Caste of identifi- in English

77 Deity cation Astronomy

No 1 अ्विनी अशिना तुरद Turanga, दस Vaisya 3 Spots in B Arietis

Aswini The 2 Aswins Dasra, awye Aswayuk, Horse s face नव मोऽध्याय

69 Haya

44 Yama यम Yama, कृतास्त Lowest 3 Stars in a 35 Arietis

Bharanı (God of death) Kritanta, वास्यभम् caste thangle east of & Musca

Yamyabham अश्रिनी (AswinI)

3 कृत्तिका अग्नि Agni Brahmin 6 Spots Kshura Taur

Krıttıka (God of fire) हुताशन Hutasana अगग्नि Agni, बहुला Bahula like General of Pleiades

the celestial armies

4 रोहिणी प्रजापति विधि Vidhs, पिरिव्च Sudra a Tauri,

Rohim Prajapati Aldebaran

(The creator) Vitincha, trsz Sakata Five stars lıke a car 609

610

नक्षत्रम् देवता infa . Special marks The name

Ž Nakshatra Presiding पर्यायदब्दा: in English

• Synonyms Caste of identifi-

Deity cation Astronomy

5 मृगशीर्प. सोम: सौम्प Soumya, धानदू Chandra Serving A. Orionis

Mriga- (The Moon) "आग्रहायणी Agrahayani उद्दप caste

sirsha Udupa, rterra Mrigasiras 'जातकपारिजाते

6 आाद्रा स्द्र: तारका Taraks, रौद्रम Burcher Coral-like red a Orionis

Ardra . (Rudra) Roudram caste

7 पुनर्वसु अदिति: आदित्य Aditya, Vaisya Five stars lıko

Punarvasu (The mother सुरजननी Surajananee ß Gemi-

a house

of the norum

. Adityas) .

8 पुन्य Pushya ृहस्पति: तिष्य Tishya, (The tutor of . satau Amaredya Kshatriya Thtee Stars d Cancri

the Devas) Like an arrow Adh. IX.

9 माधेप Aslesha सर्पा: (Serpents) aft: Ahi, yar Bhujanga Lowest Sux Stars like Hydrae caste a serpent

SI. 40-44

10 मघ पितर: Sudra

Magha (The Pitris) पितृ Pitru, जनक Janaka Five Stars. Rod a Leonis, of the Palkı Regulus

.

11 पूर्वफस्गुनी अर्यमा अर्यम्ण: Aryamna, भाग्यभम् Brahmın Two in each o Leonis

Purva (Aryaman) Bhagyabham jomed form

phalguni a square

12 उत्तर फस्गुनी भग . .

Uttara * phalguni (Bhaga) ant Uttaram, wr Bhagam Kshatriya . B Leonis

13 हस सविता नवमोऽध्याय:

Hasta The Sun मानु Bhanu, अरण Aruna, Vaisya 8 Corvi

8& Arka

14 चित्रा र्वष्ट Chitra Tvashta, (the स्वष्टा Thwashta, सुरवर्धकि: , Serving A pearl like a Virginis,

Star

architect) Suravardhaki caste Spica

15 खवाती वायु Vayu, the मेरुतू Marut, वातः Vata,

Swati सर्मारण: Sameerana, वायु: Butcher Red like a coral a Bootis;

wind Vayu, समीर: Sameera caste Arcturus

16 विशाखा द्विदेवत Dwidaivata

Visakha इन्म & अभि Indra and Agni ऐन्द्रामिक Aindragnika, Lowest Five Stars like a Librae

शूर्पभ Surpabha caste a potter's wheel 611

612

नक्षत्रम् देवता Special marks The name

Nakshatra Presiding जाति

Synonyms Caste of identifi- in English

Deity cacion Astronomy

27 अनूराधा मिन्न Any Maitram Sudra Three Stars re ScorpIo

Anuradha (One of the sembling a lotus

Aditvas) Three red Stars a Scorpioms जातकरारेजाते

18 ज्वेसा कुछिशवार Kulrsatara, भातमस्र Satamakha, grenr Suraswa- Serving

Jyeshta Indra caste resembling an Antares.

mee umbrella

19 vet निशते Nifrity ergr Asura, agat Akratu- Butcher Sn Stars like an A Scorpio.

Muia bhui caste elephant s goad n1s

20 पूर्वापादा Purvasha- Water पय Payas, सल्लम Salilam, असमू Jalam, तोयम् Thoyam Brahmin Two Stars hke Z Sagıttarı

dha a danda

21 उत्तरापाठा Uttara विश्रेदेवा Adh. IX

shadha Visvedevas विश्वम् Viswam Kshatrıya Bed red & Sagittarı

1 SI. 40-44

22 अभिजित् म्रहा Vaisya a Lyrae

Abhijit Brahma

23 श्रवण विष्णु ओणा Srona, विष्णुः Vishnu Lowest 33 Stars hike a Aquilae

Sravana Vishnu हरि: Hari, श्रुतत Srut1 caste an ear

amun Sravanabham .

24 ध्रविष्टा अष्टी वसप: faer Dhanishta,, an Vasu Serving White drum-Ike Delphini

Sravishta The 8 Vasus caste . नव मोडध्याय:

25 शतभिपक् प्राचेता: Prachetas, दवतारकम् Butcher Red. A hundred X Aquarii

Sata- bhishak Varuna Satatarakam, awma Varu. caste Stars

nabham

26 यूर्योमात्रपदा अजपकपान् aq: Ajaikapada, autq Brahmin Two Stars like a Pegasi

Purvabha- drapada Aja-Eka-pat Ajapat, पूरांमोष्टपदा Purva- a 5word

proshtapada

27 उत्तराभादरपदा अ्िगुंभ्य: Abirbudhnya Jwsva Uttaraproshta- Kshatriya Of the + Stars

Uttarabha y Pegasì

drapada pada, अिर्वुधन्य: Ahirbudhnya in a square two in the east.

28 रेवती यूया T7 Pushan, drenan Paushna- Sudra

Revati Pushan bham Like a fish ¿ Piscium

. 613

614 जावकपारिप्राठे Adh. IX.

गण्डान्ततारा: मूलावासवयोर्मवासुजगयोः पौष्णाश्वयोः सन्घिगं गुण्ान्तं प्रहरप्रमाणमधिकानिष्प्द प्राणिनाम्। ज्येष्टादानवतारमन्घियटिका चायुकसंज्ा मनेत् तन्नाडीप्रमवाङ्गनामुतपशुप्ेप्या इलध्यंसकाः ॥४५।। Sloka 45. mzra (Gandanta), which consists of a period of 742 ghatis at the junction of each of the three pairs of stars मूला (Moola) and ज्येष्ट (Jyeshta), मघा (Magha) and आष्टेपा (Aslesha), and रवनी (Revati) and अश्विनी (Aswini), is productive of much evil to living beings. The nitw (Ghatika) at the junction of siar (yeshta) and qeT (Moo- la) is termed WIE (Abhukta). Any girl, boy, beast or slave born in the ghatika in question cause the ruin of the family owning them.

cf. mfr NOTES.

पौष्णाधिन्योः सार्पपितक्षयोथ यत्र ज्येष्ठामूनयोरन्तराम्। त्द्नं गण्डं सवाचनुर्नाडिकं हि यात्रा नन्मोहाहकान्देप्वनिट्टम्।। The term agaas (Abhultamoola) is thus defined : ज्येष्ठान्े घटिका नैका मूलादौ घटिकादवयम्। अमुक्तमूटमित्याहुसन जानं त्यजेल्ळिशुम् ।। A child born in 34 (Abbaktamoola) should be abandoned- If this be not possible, the father should not see the child for 8 years : after performing sone religious Japas and Shantis, he may see the child in the 9th year. cf. Bae *अमुचमूलनानानां परित्यागो विषीये। अदर्शने वावि पितृ: स तु निष्टेन्ममाष्टरम् ।। ननमे वन्मरे शान्ति नन्मसें तन्य कारयेन्।

SL. 46-48 नवमोऽध्याय: 615

शान्ति कृत्वा मुखं पश्येत्पिता पुत्रस्य निश्चयात्॥ नारदोऽपि अमुक्तमूलजं पुत्रं पुत्रीमपि परित्यजेत्। अथवाब्दाष्टके तातस्तन्मुख न विलोकयेत्।। विभक्ता दशभिज्येष्ठा नक्षत्राखिलनाडिका:। आद्यंशे जननीमाता द्वितीये जननीपिता ॥ ४६ ॥ वतीये जननीत्राता यदि माता चतुर्थके। पश्चमे जावतनयः पष्ठे गोवित्तनाशकः ॥४७॥ . सप्तमे चोभयकुलन्त्वष्टमे वंशनाशनम्। नवमे श्वशुरं हन्ति सर्व हन्ति दर्शाशके ॥४८ ॥ The verses are 'elliptical; we have to piece together the various portions as we best can to get at.the sense they aro intended to convey. Slokas 46-48: Make ten equal divisions 'of the ghatikas which the Moon takes to pass through the asterism saer (Jyeshta). If there be a child-birth in the 1st tenth of the star, it will cause the death of the mother's mother; if in the 2nd tenth, of the mother's father; if in the 3rd tenth, of the mother's brother ; if in the 4th tenth, of the mother herself; if in the 5th tenth, of the child born; if in the 6th tenth, of cattle and wealth ; if in the 7th tenth, of hoth the families; if in the 8th tenth, of the whole race; if in the 9th tenth, of the father in-law (in prospect); if in the 10th tenth, of every thing. of. भरदाज ज्येछ्ठादौ मातृनननीं मातामहं द्वितीयके। तृतीये मातुलं हन्ति चतुये जननीं तथा ।। आत्मानं पश्चमे हन्ति पछे गोत्रक्षयो भवेत्।

616 जातकपारिजाते Adh. IX.

सप्मे कुलनाशः स्यादथ्टमे ज्येछठसोदरम्॥। नवमे धशुरं हन्ति सर्वस्वं दशमे तथा। ज्येष्ठां विभज्य दशधा फलमेवं विचिन्तयेत् ।। भौमवासरयोगेन ज्येष्ठजा ज्येष्ठसोदरम्। भानुवासरयोगेन मूलजा श्वशुरं हरेद्॥ ४९।। Sloka 49. A girl born in aaer (Jyeshta) coupled with a Tuesday will cause the removal of her eldest brother from the world, while the girl born in or (Moola) happening on a Sunday will cause her father.in. law to depart. ज्पेष्ठाद्यपादेडय्रजमाशु हन्यात् द्वितीयपादे यदि तत्कनिष्ठम्। ततीयपादे पितरं निहन्ति स्वयं चतुर्थे मृतिमेति जातः । ५० ।। Sloka 50. The person born in the first quarter of the star Jyeshta will soon cause the death of his eldest brother; if a person be born in the 2nd quarter of the star, he will occasion the death of the youngest among his elder brothers: if in the 3rd quarter, he will cause the death of his father ; if in the 4th quarter, the person born may httself die- Norzs. The following verses contam similar and some more details about the bad effects of being born with the Moon in Aslesha, Visakha, Jyeshta and Moola, कालामृने मूलाहि मभवा वधूः श्रवश्चुरतत्पत््यौ निहन्ति कमा- दन्त्याद्यंमिसमृद्धवा स्वय भवेन्ज्येश्ठर्क्षजा श्रेष्ठनम्। इन्द्रामिप्रभवा विवाहसमये हन्त्येत्र सा देवरं निष्वेतेष्यृषभेषु जातपुरुपो हन्नीति केचिज्गुः ॥ मूलजा श्वशुरं हन्ति ्यालना च तदङनाम्।

SI: 51-55 नवमोऽध्याय: 617

ज्येष्ठना भावुकं ऐन्द्री तदग्रजं हन्ति देवरं तु द्विदैवभा।।

दर्पणे मूला क्रेपाविशाखासु माहेन्द्रे चोद्धवः पुमान्। न दोपकृद्विवाहे च स्तियश्रेत्तेषु वर्जिता ॥ तुलायु क्ते द्विदैवक्षे जाता नारी न दोपभाकू। कौर्पियुक्त द्विदैवक्षे जाना हन्ति तयैव च । वसिष्ठजातके सुरेशताराजननी धवाअजं द्विदैवताराजननी तु देवरम्। नैर्कत्य मोूतसुतः सुता वा तदादपादे श्वशुरं निहन्ति॥ तदन्त्यपादे जनिता न हन्ति तस्योत्क्मेणाहिभवा कलत्रम् ॥ मूलाद्यपादे पितरं निहन्याद् द्वितीयके मातरमाशु हन्ति। तृतीयजो वित्विनाशक: स्ात् चतुर्थपादे समुपैति सौख्यम्।५१।। Sloka 51. If a person be born in the Ist quarter of the star Moola, he will occasion' the death of the father ; if in the 2nd quatter, the death of the mother very soon ; if in the 3rd quarter, he will occasion the loss of wealth; if in the 4th quarter, he will be happy. मूलर्क्षनिखिला नाड्य: तिथिसङ्रुयात्रिभाजिताः। आद्ये पिता पितृभ्राता तर्ताये भगिनीपतिः ।।५२ ।। पितामहथतुर्थे तु माता नश्यति पश्चमे। पष्ठे तु मातृमगिनी सप्तमे मातुलस्तथा ॥ ५३॥ अष्टमांश पितृव्यस्त्री निखिलं तु नवांशके। दशमे पशुसंघातो भृत्यस्त्वेकादशांशके ।। ५४ ॥ द्वादशे तु सवयं जातः तज्ज्येश्ठुस्तु त्रयोदशे। चतुर्दशे तन्भगिनी त्वन्त्ये मातामहस्तथा॥५५॥ Slokas 52-55. Make 15 cqual divisions of the 78

618 जातकपारिजावे Adh. IX.

ghatikas which the Moon takes to pass through the asterism Moola If a person be born in the 1st 15th portion of the star, he will cause the death of his father, if in the 2nd 15th, of the father s brother, sf in the 3rd 15th, cf the sister's husband, if in the 4th 15th, of the paternal grand father, if in the 5th 15th, of the mother, if in the 6th 15th, of the mother's sister, sf in the 7th 15th, of the mother s brother, if in the 8th 15th, of a paternal uncle's wife, if in the 9th 15th, of everything, if in the 1Gth 15th, of all the cattle in the house, if in the 11th 15th, of the servants, if in the 12th 15th, the person born will dte, if in the 13th 15th, his eldest brother will die, if in the 14th 15th, his sister will die, if in the last 15th, his mother's father will die. आ्षेपाधे न गण्डं स्यास् धनगण्डं द्वितीयके। तृताये मावगण्डं तु पितृगण्डं चतुर्थके ।। ५६॥ Sloka 56 If a person be born in the hirst quarter of the star Aslesha, there is no dinger to any person, if in the 2nd quarter, there is the risk of losing moncy, tf in the 3rd quarter hss mother runs the risk of losing her life, if in the 4th quarter the father runs a sımilar rısk मूलामघाश्चिचरणे प्रथमे पितुथ पौष्णेन्द्रयोथ फणिनस्तु चतुर्थपादे। मातु: पितुः स्वनपुषोऽि करोति नाशं जातो यथा निशि दिनेऽप्यथ सन्ध्ययोक ॥ ५७॥ Sloka 57 The person born in the first quarter of Moola, Magla or Aswini will lose his father, but if the birth be in the last quarter of Revati, Jyeshta or Aslecha, there will be less of the mother, the father and

SI. 58-60 नवमोउध्याय: 619

the child, it being immaterial when the birth happens, whether during the day, in the night or at the two junetions of day and night. NOTES. This stoka is also quoted in ifaaa. दिया जातस्तु पितरं रात्रिजो जननीं तथा। आत्मानं सन्ध्ययोर्हन्ति नास्ति गण्डविपर्ययः ॥५८ ॥ Sloka 58. The person born in a Ganda loses the father if the time be day, and the mother if the time of birth be night; and if the time of birth be in the junc- tions between day and night, the person born will himself die, so that Ganda fails not of effeet. ऋक्षस्यान्ते भवेद्रात्रावादी यदि दिने तथा। सन्ध्यासु ऋक्षसन्धी तु तदेवदण्डलक्षणम् ।। ५९।. Sloka 50. There is Ganda at the conclusion of a Gandatara such as Revati, Aslesha or Jyeshta at night and at the commencement of a Gandatara sueh as Aswi. ni, Magha or Moola during the day and at the junction of a pair of Gandataras in the junctions between day and night. This is the distinguishing mark of a Ganda period. पूर्वापाढे धनुर्लगे जातः पिठृविनाशाक: । पुष्ये कर्कटके लग्ने पितमृत्युकरो भवेत् ॥ ६० ॥ Sloka 60 The person born in the Dhanur Lagna when the Moon is in the asterism Poorvashada will lose his father; again the person born in the Karkata Lagna and when the Moon is in the star Pushya will likewise cccasion his father's demise. पूर्वापाढे तु पुष्ये च पितरं भातरं सुतम्। मातुलश्च शिशुरदन्यात् भथमांशकत: क्रमाद् ॥ ३१॥

620 जातकपारिजावे Adh. IX.

Sloka 61. The child born when the Moon is in the star Poorvashada or Pushya as described in the preceding sloka will cause the loss of the father, the mother, the offspring generated till then or the mother's brother, according as the Moon at the birth in question, occupies the first, second, third or fourth quarter of the fateful star referred to. उत्तराफाल्गुनी तारा अथमे चरणे यदि। तिष्यनक्षत्रमध्यस्यपादयोरुमयोर्यदि ॥६२॥ पादे तृतीये चित्रायाः पूर्वार्द्े यमभस्य च।

जातस्तु पितरं हन्ति जाता चेन्मातरं तथा। Slakas 62-631. If when the Moon passes through the 1st quarter of the star Uttaraphalguni or the two middle quarters of the star Pushya, or through the 3rd quarter of the star Chittra or through the first halt of Bharani or through the 3rd quarter of Hasta or through the fourth quarter of Revati, there is a birth, the father or the mother of the child born will die according as it is of the male or temale sex. ॥ गण्डकाल: ॥। पोडशान्दास्तुरद्षाद्ये भघादे चाष्टवत्सराः। एकान्दः शक्रतारायां चत्वारस्त्वाष्ट्रमूलयोः ॥ ६४ ॥ सापें वर्पद्वयं चैव रेवत्यामेकवत्सर:। हौ मासौ चोत्तरादोप: पुप्यक्षे तु त्रिमासकम् ॥ ६५ ॥ नवमे मासि पितरं पूर्वापादोद्धवो हरेत्। हस्तक्षे यदि जावस्तु पिवरं द्वादशान्दके ।। ६६ ॥।

SI. 64-69 नवमोडध्याय: 621

अभुक्तमूलज: पुत्रः पितरं हन्ति तत्क्षणात्। अभुक्तमूलजनितो यांदे जीवति मानव:। निजवंशकर: श्रीमान् बहुसेनाधिपोऽथवा ॥६७ ।। Slokas 64-67. The Ganda period (i.e. period of risk) is 16 years when the birth is in the 1st quarter of Aswini; it is 8 years in regard to the 1st quarter of Magha ; one year with reference to Jyeshta; 4 years in the case of Chittra and Moola; 2 years in the case of Aslesha; one year in regard to Revati; 2 months is the limit of the risky period in connection with Uttara- phalguni; 3 months with respect to the star Pushya; the child born in Poorvashada will bring about the removal of the father from this world in the 9th month. If a per son be born in Hasta he will cause his father's death within 12 years, The person born in Abhukta- moola (see sloka 45, latter half) will cause the death of the father at the very moment of his birth. If the person born in Abhuktamoola should live, he will be the cause of his family's pre eminence, raise its status and will be prosperous; he may perhaps command an army. ॥ तिथिदोषः ॥ कृष्णपक्षे चतुर्दश्यां पढंशे प्रथमे शुभम्। द्वितीये पितरं हन्ति वत्तीये मातरं तथा ॥ ६८ ॥। चतुर्थे मातुलं हन्ति पश्चमे भ्रातनाशनम् । पष्ठे यदि शिशुं हन्ति गण्डदोप इतीरितः ।। ६९।। Slokas 68-69. If there be a birth on the 14th day of the Moon in the dark half of a lunar month and that in the first sixth portion thereof, it will prove aus.

622 जातकपारिजाते Adh. IX.

picious, if it be in the 2nd 6th, there will be loss of the father, if in the 3rd 6th, tbere will be loss of the mother, if in the 4th 6th, it will cause the death of the mother's brother, if in the 5th 6th, it will remove the brothers from the world, if in the last sixth, it will cause the death of the child born Thus the evil of Ganda has been mentioned ef वालप्रवाशिता वृष्णपक्षे चतुर्दश्या प्रसतौ फलमुच्यते। चतुर्दश्या तु पड्डांगे प्रथमे न तु दोषमाक् ।। द्विनीये पितर हन्ति तृतीये मातृनाशनम्। चतुथें मातुल हन्ति पक्षमे वसुनाशानम् ॥ पष्टे तु तनय हन्ति चतुर्दश्य, फन विदु। अमायान्तु प्रजातानां गजानां वाजिनां तथा। गवां च महिपादीनां मनुप्यार्णां विशेपतः । ७० ॥। सिनीरालीप्रजातानां त्याग एव हि सर्वदा। विशेपाच कुहूत्थानां शान्ति कुर्याद्विधानतः। नारीं चिनावशेपाणां परित्यागो विधीयते ।७१ ॥। Slokas 70-71 The abandonment of the young of elephants, horses, cows, buffalocs and more especially of the human kind, if brought forth on the day of the new moon when a digit thereof is faintly visible in the morning-the abandonment of the young of these ant- mals 15 laid down as a rule If they be brought forth on the new moon day when no vestige of the Moon becomes visible, expiatory rites should be gone through in accordance with the prescribed rules to avert the evil of such births , the rule of abandonment 1s absolute except when the creature born is a specimen of womankind

SI. 72-73 नवमोऽध्यायः 623

NOTES. fa-faret "The real meaning may be, the day on which the Moon rises with a thin crescent of light scarcely visihle." Momer Williams. The term appears to apply to the first &th portion of the New Moon, while the period covered between the second &th to the sixth 3th 15 designated ao (Darsa). The seventh and eighth ith portions are termed 3g (Kuhu). Accord- ing to कालप्रकाशिका (Kalaprakasika), कुदू (Kuhu) occurs when the Janmanakshatra or either of sts Trikona ones synchronises with the New Moon, the ending moments of which coicide with Thyaj yam. Kuhu signifies an evil yoga Various expiatory rites are ordamed to ward off the evil ansing from births during these periods, ॥ योगदोषः ॥ पितृजन्मर्क्षकर्मर्क्षजातः पितृविनाशकः। जन्मर्क्षांशकतल्वप्रजातः सद्यो मृतिप्रद्ः ॥७२।। Sloka 72. The child born under the same star as the father or under the 10th star from the father's (see sloka 78 for the meaning of Janmarksha and Karmarksha) will occasion the loss of the father; the child born in the same Janmalagna and the same Nakshatra Navamsa as the father will cause the father's death on the very day of its birth. of. पमिष्ठ पित्रोश जन्मनक्षत्रे जातस्तु पितृमातृहा। जन्मर्क्षाशे च तलसे जातः सदो मृतिपरदः ॥ मुसले मुद्रे योगे जातः शोभननाशकृद्। विष्टयां दरिद्रमाचषे गुलिकेऽद्धविहीनवान् ॥७३ ॥। Sloka 73. 'The child born under the Musala or Mudgarayoga will briog about the loss of what 15 good or auspicious. Birth under the Vishtikarana betokens

624 जातकपारिजाते Adh IX.

a pauper and by his birth in the Gulika period of the day, the peison born will have a defective limb रिक्तायां पण्डतां याति पङ्टु: स्याद्यमकण्टके। ग्रहपाडितनक्षत्रे जातो रोगनिपीडितः ॥७४॥ Sloka 74. The person born in a Rsktha thithi be- comes barren, he who is born in the Yamakantaka period of the day will be a cripple, he who is born under a star assailed by a bad planet will be afflicted with ailments NOTES रिक्ा निथि (Riktha thithi)= चतुर्थी (Chaturihi), नवमी (Navami) or सतुदशी (Chaturda i) ग्रहमुक्ते कांक्षितर्के दच्तपुत्रो भवेत् सुतः । व्य तीपातेऽद्रहीनः स्ात् परिधे मृत्युमाम्याद् ॥७५॥ Sloka 75 When the Lagna is free from any planet but about to be occupied by one, the son born will be given for adoption to another person When a burth takes place in a Vyatipatayoga, the person born will have a defective limb The child born in a Parighayoga will die वैधृतौ पितरं हन्ति विष्कम्मे चार्थहानिवृत्। शूले च शूलरोगी स्यात् गण्डे गण्डमनामयाद् । ७६॥। Sloka 76 If a person be born in a Vaidhrutiyoga, he will cause the loss of the father, if in Vishkambha he will cause the loss of wealth, if in the Sulayoga, he will suffer from colic, if in Ganda he will get a goitre सदन्तजातः बुलनाशकारी द्वितीयमासादि चतुष्टयान्ते। दन्तोअ्जवो मृर युवस पितु: स्यात् पष्े विशोस्टरपर्तः शुभ स्ात्।।

SI. 77-81 नवमोऽध्याय। 625

Sloka 77 The child born with teeth will cause damage to the family from tne commencement of the second to the conclusion of its fourth month the rising of teeth at the time of birth may eause the death of the father in the 6th month of the ehild When this critical period is over, all may go well ॥ जन्मतारादय: ॥ जन्मर्क्षमाद्यं दशमं तु कर्म संघातिक पोडशम वदन्ति। अष्टादशं सात्समुदायसंज्ञ आधानमेकोनितनिशति: स्ाद् ॥ त्रयोविशतिनक्षतरं वैनाशिकमिति स्मृतम्। जातिदे श्वाभिपेकारुयः पञ्चविद्यादि तारकाः ॥७९॥ जन्मतारादयो यस्य रिद्धा: पापनियचरैंः । सद्यो मृत्युकरास्तस शुभैः छुभफलप्रदाः॥८० ॥ Slolas 79-80 Th star in which the Moon is at the time of birth of a person is to be reekoned as the first and 15 ealled o-rai (Janmarksha), the tenth there from is ealled wus (Karmarksha), the 16th, they say, 18 styled सयातिक (Sanghaththa), the 18th is named समुदाय (Samudaya), the 19th is called aTUTT (Adhana), the 23rd 1s known as aarfas (Vainasika), the 25th, the 26th and the 27th stars are called respectively orria (Jati), r (Desa) and अभियेक (Abhisheka) If the जन्मक्ष (Janmarksha) and other stirs above enumerated be oceulted by malefic planets nt the birth of any person, they will cause death on the very day of birth, if eeculted by benefic pla- nets, they will produce benefte cifects ॥ गण्डदोपापवादः ॥ वैशाखे श्रारणे मासे फाल्गुन्यां व्योमनभनम्। आपादपुष्यसौैम्येपु ज्येछे भासि च मानुपम्॥८१ ॥। 79

G26 जातकपारिजावे Adb. IX.

अश्वयुक चत्रकार्तिक्य भाद्रेपु विलसंभवम्। मर्त्ये मृत्युर्गण्डदोपः पाताले नात्ति पुप्करे।। ८२ ।। 4lukas $1-92. The Ganda in the months of Vat- sakha, Sravana and Phalguna ss such as relates to the sky: in the months of Ashadha, Pushya, Margasirsha and Jyeshtha, the Ginda is such as affects men; in Aswija, Kartıka, Chaitra and Bhadrapada, the Ganda ts such as relates to the Pathala or the nether world; in the month of Magha, the Gand or nsk to be run is death The evil of Gand which relatus to Pathala and the sky Pushkara does not concern this world and so does not reallv exist for us. जातमाने कुमारस मुग्वमालोकयेत् पिता। पितृणात् म विसुच्येत पुन्रस् सुखदर्शनात् ।।८३ ।। S/d 83 The father should behold the face of a son as soon as born, by seeing the son's face, the father is released from his debt to the Manes I,अथ नक्षत्रफलम ॥ अधविन्यामतिवुद्धिविव्निनय प्रज्ञायशस्ी सुखी याम्पर्क्षे निकलोऽन्यदारनिरतः क्ररः कृतमो धनी। तेजस्त्री बटुलोज्व: प्रभुरांगोः्मूरखध विद्याघनी रोहिप्यां पररन्ध्रवित् कृशरानुर्षोधी परस्ीरतः ॥।८४।। Stoka 84 The person born under the star nfraft * (Aswini) will have a great deat of intelligence, wealth, medesty, sgacity and fame and will be happy, if at a persen's birth, the Moon be in the star vhut (Dharant), he will have a defective limb, be addicted to another's wife, ciuel, ungrateful and will possess wealth, if in the

SI. 85-86 नवमो डध्याय। 627

star sfaar (Krittika), he will be energetic, lord-like in status, not dull but with some valuable learning; if in iftuit (Rohint), he will know the weak points of others, be lean, enlightened but addicted to women not his own. NOTES . Compare the effects given here in slokas 84-90 with those piven in Brihatjataka ch, XVI. चान्द्रे सौम्पमनोटन: कुटिलडक कामातुरो रोगवान् आर्द्रायामधनश्लोऽधिकवल: क्षुद्रक्रियाशीलनान्। मूढात्मा च पुनर्वसौ धनल: ख्यातः कवि: कामुकः तिप्ये विग्रसुरप्रियः सधनधी राजप्रियो बन्धुमान् ॥ ८५।। Sloka 85. If a person be born in gnrt (Mriga- sirsha), he will be soft-hearted, wandering, squint-eyed, love-sick and ailing; if in strai (Ardra), he'will be des- titute of wealth, fickie, with much physical strength and addicted to base actions ; if in gaag (Punarvasu) he will be dull-witted, strong in wealth, famed, learned, and lusting for women; if in (goa) Pushya he will love Gods and Brahmins, possess wealth and intclligence, enjoy royal favor, and have a large circle of relations. सापे मूढमतिः कृतमयचनः कोपी दुराचारवान् कामी पुण्परतः कलत्रवमगो मानी-मवायां धनी। फल्गुन्यां चपलः कुकर्मचरितस्त्यागी.ददः कामुको भोगी चोत्तरफल्गुनीभजनितो मानी कृतज्: सुघीः॥८६॥ Sloka 86. If a rerson ba born under the star wreu . (Aslesha-I.e. when the Moon is in that asterism), he will be silly; betraying ingratitude by his spech, of hasty temper and depraved; if in the stir war (Magha), he will be lustful but devoted to virtue, indulgent to

028 जातकपारिज्याते Adh. IX.

his wife, proud and wealthy, if in Tireydt (Poorva- pbalgum), he will be restiess, practising evil, hbera! strong and longing for women, if in enrragar (Uttara. phalguni) he will be voluptuous, with a lofty sense of honor, grateful and intelligent हस्तर्क्षे यदि कामधर्मनेरतः प्राज्ञोपकर्ता धनी चित्रायामतिशुप्तशीलनिरतो मानी परसीरत:। खात्यां देवमहीसुरगरियकरो भोगी धनी मन्दघी: गर्वी दारवशो जितारिरधिककोधी विशाखोद्नवः ।। ८७।। Sleka 87 If a person be born under the star ger (Hasta), he will be devoted to love and to virtie, be- friend the learned and live in opulence, if in fam (Chittra), , he will be very wary, good natured, and endowed with! a high sense, of honor, though longing for other men's wives, if in mot (Swatt), he will try to please Gods' and Brahmins, devote himself to enjoyments and will have much wealth but little intelligence, if in feretet (Visakha), he will be proud, but uxorious, overcome his enemies and betriy much imntabihty मैत्रे सुप्ियवाक धनी सुखरतः पूज्यो यशस्वी निभु:

मूलर्स्षे प्याग्निघूतकृशलो धूर्च: कृतमो धनी पूर्वापाहमनोऽविकारचरितो मानी सुखी शान्तथीः ।। ८८।। Sloka 8S If a petson be born in the star satnq (Anuradh) he will be very affable in speech, opulent, ease loving, honorible, lamous, and powerful, if in vaur (y shtha), he will be very ill tempered, addicted to wo men not his own, Jordly and just, if in ger (Moola), he will be eloquent, but dishonest, with his happiness

S1. 89-90 नवमोऽध्यायः 629

marred, ungrateful and indigent; if in vaiqra (Poorva. shadha) he will be uniformly well-behaved, endowed with a high sense of honor, well off and calm minded.

मान्य: शान्तगुण: सुखी च धनवान् विश्वर्क्षजः पण्डितः श्रोणायां द्विजदेवभक्तिनिरतो राजा धनी धर्मवान्। आशालुर्वसुमान् चसूडुजनित: पीनोरुकण्ठः सुखी कालज्ञः शततारकोद्दवनरः शान्तोऽल्पसुरु साहसी ।।६९ ।। Stoka 89. If a person be boro in the star 19121 (Uttarashadha), he will be honorable, cf a tranquil nature, happy, possessed of wealth, and learned, if m the star wam (Sravana), he will bave reverence for Brah- manas and the Gods, be of the governing class, opulent and pious : if under wfagr (Sravishtha), he will be credu. lous, wealthy, plump in the thighs and the neck and joyful, if in the star namo (Satabhishal), he will be an astrologer, tranquil, sparing in diet and daring पूर्वप्रोष्ठपदि प्रगल्भवचनो पूर्तो भयातों मृदु: चाहिर्युभ्नयजमानवो मृदुगुणस्त्यागी धनी पण्डितः । रेवत्यामुरुलाञ्छनोपगतनु: कामातुरः सुन्दरो मन्त्री पुत्रकलत्रमित्रसहितो जात: स्थिरश्रीरतः ॥। ९० ।। Sloka 90 If a person be horn mn yasreqat (Purva- proshthapada), he will be bold in luis speech, mischievous, cowardly and weak; if in the star Jirireger (Uttara. proshthapada), he will be gentle in his mture, liberal, opulent and learned, of in aanr (Revati), he will have a brond mark in his per-on, will be love sich, lovely, clever in counsel, will have sons, family and fniends and will enjoy steady continuous prospenty.

630 जातक्पारिजाते Adh. IX.

। राशिफलम् ॥ मेपस्ये यदि शीतगौ च लघुसुरु कामी (स१) महोत्थाग्रजो दाता कान्तयशोधनोरुचरण: कन्याप्रजो गोगते। दीर्घायु: सुरतोपचारकुशलो हासयमियो युग्मके कामासक्तमनोटन: सुवचनश्रन्द्े कुलीरस्थिते ।९१॥ Stoka 91 If at the bnth of a person the Moon be in Meshs, he will eat sparingly, long for women ind hive enterprising elder brothers if in Vushibha, the person born will be liberal, lovely, rich in fame, of evcellent hehryour, and have his children ill daughters if in Mithun, he will be blessed with long life and skilful in mimstering to love during uorous pleasures and evincing a fondness for jest and merriment, if the Moon be in Kataka at 1 persons birth, the litters heurt will be im passioned with love he will lid i wandenng hfe and will sprak eloquently NOTES of TCTRITF \VII-1 to 4 सिंहस्े पृथुलोचनः सुवचनो गम्मीरदृष्टि: सुखी कन्यास्े निपयातुरो ललितवाम्द्याधिको भोगवान्। तौलिसेऽ्मरनिप्रभक्तिनिरतो बन्धुप्ियो विचंनान् कीटसे शशिनि प्रमचहृदयो रोगी च लुब्धोऽटनः ॥। ९२।। Slks 92 Ifn parson be bom when the Moon is in Simha, he will have broad eves, r berutiful frce, grave looks and will be happy , if the Moon be in lyinya at a person s birth, the Itter will be afflcted with a crrving for sensul enjoy ment, of giaceful nddress, emment in learning and prosperous, if in Tula, the person will vew with reverence Gods and Brahmanas, shon affection

51. 93-94 नवमोऽध्याय: 631

towards his relatives and will be opulent the person born when the Moon is mn Vrischika will be heedless, ailing, avancious and gren to wandering NOTES of. बृहज्नातक XVII-5 to 8 सौम्याङ्गो रुचिरेक्षण कुलवरः शिल्पी धनुःसे विधौ गीतज्ञ: प्रृथुमस्तको मृगगते शास्त्री परस्त्रीरतः । कुम्भस्थे गतशीलवान् बुघजनद्वेपी च विद्याधिको मीनस्थे मृगलाञ्छने वरततुर्विद्वान् बहुस्त्रीपतिः॥९३॥ Slata 93 When the Moon occupies Dhanus, the person born will have handsome limbs and bright eyes, he will be the choicest specimen of his family and con. Versant with the arts, if the Moon be in Makara at a person's birth, the latter will be acquainted with music, broad headed and addicted to women not his own, the person born when the Moon is in Kumbha will be without virttre or morality and intmical to leirned men wlnle surpassing in knowledge, if the Moon be mn Meena at a person's birth, he will have a handsome person, be learn- ed and become the lord of many wives NOTES. cf IPOIITRAVII-9 to 12 ॥-राश्यंश्रकफलम् ॥ सेनानीर्धननान् पिशङ्नयनशोरथ मेपांशके पीनस्कन्ध मुखांसकोऽसितनपुर्जातो वृपाशे निघौ। चार्वङ्ग: प्रभुसेवको लिपिकरो युग्मांशके पण्डितः श्यामाङ्ग: पितृपुत्रसांर्यरहितय्न्द्रे वुलीरांशके॥ ९४ ॥ Slok: 91 The person born when the Moon is in d Navamsa owned by Mealnt will be a commander of an

632 जातकपािज्ञाले Adh. IX.

army, opulent and distingurshed by reddish eyes and destined to become a freebooter; if the Moon be in a Navamsa owned by Vrishabha, the person born will have his body, the face and the shoulders fat, but his frame will not be compact or well kmt; when the Moon occu. pies a Navamsa of Mithuna, the person born will have a lovely form, will serve under a master as a scribe and will be learned; if the Navamsr occupied by the Moon belong to Kataka at the burth of any person, he will be black and will be without the joys of having a father or a son पीनाक्गोन्नतनासिको धनवलख्यातथ्व सिंहांशके कन्यांशे मृदुभापणः कृशतनुर्दयृतक्रियाकोविद:। कामी भूपतिसेवकः सुनयनथन्द्रे तुलांशे सिते कीटांशे विकलोऽधनः कृपतनुः सेवाऽटनो रोगवान् ।।९५॥। Sloka 95. When the Moon is in a Simha Navamsa, the purson born will have a fat body and a lofty nose, and will be famed for lns wealth and strength; if the traln (Navaist occuped by the Moon belong) to a (Kanya), the person born will be distinguished for his sweet words, lean in person and clever at dice; when the Moon is in a'Har (Navamsa) of 3a7 (Tula), the person born will be a gallant, in the service of a lung and with lovely eyes; the person born when the Moon is in a Tfrs Raha (Vrischiha navamsa), will have a defective limb, will be pour, lean, wandering mn quest of service and diseased. चापाशे कशदीर्घचाहुतनुरस्त्यागी तपसी धनी लु्ध: कृष्णतनुः सदारतनयथन्द्रे मृगांशे यदि। मिथ्याचाररतः खदारवरागः कुम्भांशगे शीतगौ मीनांशे मृदुयागदनिव चनस्तीर्थाटन: पुत्रवान् ॥ ९६।।

.SI. 97-98 नवमोऽध्याय। 638

'Sloka 96 If the Moon be in a gata (Navamsa) owned by ug (Dhanus), the person born will be lean and long armed, hiberal, devout and vealthy, if in a Taia (Navamsa) of RT (Makara), the person born will be covetous, black in personal sppearance and will have a wife and sons; if in a graala (Kumbh1 navamsa), the person born will be hypoeritical and henpecked, and if the Moon be in a मीननवाश (Meena nvamsa), the person born will have a soft voice, but spenk spintedly, will visit holy places and be blessed with sons ॥ योगफलम् ॥ विष्कम्मे जितशत्रुरर्थपशुमान् त्रीतौ परसत्रीवशः चायुष्मान्प्रभवशिरापुरगद: सौभाग्यजातः सुखी। भोगी शोभनयोगजो वधरुचिर्जातोऽतिगण्डे धनी धर्माचाररतः सुकर्मजनितो धृत्यां परस्ीधनः ।।९७।। Sloka 97 A person will be victorious over huis enemies and possessed of weilth and cittle if born in the facpuar (Vishkambha yoga); subject to the will of other people's wives if born in sitfa (Preeti), long.lived and healthy, if born in ageRit (Ayushman), happy, if born in the arang (Sowbhagya) yogr, voluptuous if born in शोमन (Sobhana), murderously inehned if born in आतिगष्ट् (Atiginda) ; wealthy and devoted to the practice of virtue if born in gra (Sukarma), and taling away other people s wife and money if born in via (Dlruti) शूले कोपवशानुगः कलहकृद्गण्डे दुराचारवान् षृद्धौ पण्डितवाक् ध्रवेऽतिधनवान् व्यापातजो घातुरुः । ज्ञानी हर्पणयोगजः पृथुयशा वज्जे धनी कामुरुः सिद्धौ सर्वजनाश्रितः प्रसुममो मायी व्यतीपातजः।।९८। 80

634 जासकपारिजाते Adh. IX.

Sloka 98 If a person be bom in the aeam (Sula yog1), he is writhful and quarrelsome, if m toe (Ganda), he is addicted to evil prictices, if in gfa (Vriddhi), he 1s nble to discourse wisely, if i srs (Dhruva), he will be exceedingly weilthy, if in carna (Vynghatha), he will be ferocious, if in gin (Harshana), he will be wise and far famed, if in a (Vajra), he will be wealthy and lustful, if in fafa (Siddhs), he will be the refuge of all and Jord hhe, if in matmra (Vynthpatht), he will be deceitful दुप्कामी च चरीयजस्तु परिये विद्वेपको रित्तवान् शास्त्रज्ञ: शिवयोगजय धनवान् यान्तोडानीशप्रिय: । सिद्धे धर्मपरायणः कतुपरः साध्ये शुभाचारनान् पागङ्ग: शुभयोगजय् धनवान् कामातुर: शेप्मलः ।। ९९ । Sloka 99 If a person be born in the shrom (Va niyayogn), he will be lustful to a culpable extent if in fts (Pangha), he will be inimical but werlths , if in fira (Siva), he will be well versed in scienees and senptures, wealthy, quiet ind liked by kigs, if m fera (Siddha), he will be devoted to virtue and engige in the performince of sacrifices, if in ema (Sadhy a) he will be virtuous if in TH (Subha) he will be berutifully formed, werlthy, love sich ind iffected with phlegm शुक्के धर्मरतः पदुत्वनचन: कोपी चलः पण्डितो मानी ब्रह्मभवोऽतिगुप्तधनिकस्त्यागी निचेकप्रयुः। ऐन्दे सर्वजनोपकारचरितः सर्वज्ञधीर्वित्तवान मायावी परदूपरुथ् चलर्वास्त्यागी धनी वैधृतौ ।१००।। Sloka 100 If a person be born iD the gw (Sukla yoga), he will be virtuous, eloquent in speech, wrathful, fickle-minded annd learned, if in nw (Brahma), he will

SI 101-102 635

have a lofty sense of honor, with secretly kept wealth be liberal, and capable of forming sound judgments, if in tex (Amndra), h15 life will be universally bneficent, his intellect will be all comprehensive, and he will possess much wealth, if in erufa (Vaidhruti), he will be

opulent cunning, calumniating others, powerful, liberal and

॥ करणफलम् ॥ बवकरणभवः साद्वालकृत्य: प्रतापी विनयचरितरेपो वालने राजपूज्य: । गजतुरगसमेत: कौलवे चारुकर्मा मृदुपटुवचनः स्याद् तैतिले पुण्यशीलः ॥ १०१॥ Sloka 101. If a person be born in va5t (Bavakara na), he will engage in juvenile works and will be valiant, in aex (Balava) he will be modest in his dress and deportment and will be honored by kings, if in rea (Kaulava), he will have elephants and horses with him and will do all that he does in a handsome way, if in afas (Thatila) he will speak softly and impres sively and will be virtuous गरजकरणजातो चीतशनः प्रतापी वणिजि निपुणवक्ता जारकान्तानिलोलः। निखिलजननिरोधी पापकर्मापनादी परिजनपरिपूज्यो निष्टिजावः सतन्त्रः ॥। १०२ ॥ Słoka 102. If a person be born in ntasor (Garaja karana), he will be without foes and powerful, if in वाणज् (Vanij) or वणिपररण (Vanijakarana), he will be a clever speaker and intrigue with mistresses indulging 1 guilty passion for him, if in frfesen (Vishtikarana),

636 जावकपारिजाते Adh IX.

he will be hostile to every body, addicted to sinful deeds, under public censure, but honored by his attendants and self-relrant कालज्ञ: शकुनोद्धवः स्थिरसुखी जातस्त्वनिष्टाकर: सर्वज्ञश्च चतुष्पदेऽतिल लितप्रज्ञायशोनित्तवान्। तेजस्वी वसुमानतीव चलनान् वाचालको नागवे किस्तुमे परकार्यकृच्चपलधीर्हा्यप्रियो जायते ॥ १०३ ॥ Sloka 103 The person born in wararm (Sakuna karana) will be an astrologer and enjoy steady pros. perity, the person who has his birth in the aru (Karana) called 47 (Chatushpada), will have a multitude of misfortunes, will be acquaited with every business, very gentle, intelligent, famous and wealthy , if a person be born in amamn (Nigavakaran), he will be dignifred, rich, exceedingly strong and boastful , in fotnatu (Kim stughna karana) is born a person who works for others and 1s fickle minded and fond of mirth ॥ लसफलम् ॥ बन्धुद्वेपकरोज्टन: कृशतनुः क्रोधी विवादप्रियो मानी दुर्बलजानुरस्यिरधनः शूरथ मेपोदये। गोमान् देवगुरुद्विजार्चेनरत: स्वल्पात्मनः शान्तघी: विद्यावादरतोष्टनश् सुभगो गोलमजः कामुक: ॥ १०४ ॥ Sloku 104 The person born in the मेपलग्न (Mesha lagna) will be hostile to his relatives, of wanderiog habits, lean in person, hot-rempered, quarrelsome, proud, weak kneed, possessed of uncertain wealth and heroic. The person at whose brth the rising sign 18 Tow (Vrishabha) will own many cows, pay diligent

SI. 105-106 नवमोउध्याय: 637

homage to elders and to the Brahmanas, will be fond of learned disputations, inclined to wandering, fortunate, lustful, calm.minded and with but few sons. भोगी बन्धुरतो दयालुरधिकश्रीमान् गुणी तत्ववित् योगात्मा सुजनप्रियोऽतिसुभगो रोगी च युग्मोदये। मिष्टान्ाम्बरभूपणो ललितवाक् कापय्यधीर्धर्मदान् जातस्थूलक्लेवरोऽन्यभवनप्रीतः कुलीरोदये॥ १०५॥ Sloka 105. If faya (Mithuna) be the rising, sign at the birth of any person, he will be voluptuous, fond, of relatives, compassionate, exceedingly prosperous, worthy, acquainted with the real nature of the world and the spirit, contemplative, liked by the virtuous, very beautiful, but atling. The person born in the aarera (Kataka lagna) will have sumptuous meals, cloth' ing and jewels, a soft voice, and a mind inelined to fraud, but will be virtuous, bulky and taking delight in dwelling in the mansions of other people. जातः सिंहविलग्नकेऽल्पतनयः सन्तुष्टीहिसक: शूरो राजवशीकरो जितरिपुः कामी विदेशं गतः। कन्यालग्नभवः क्रियासु निपुणः श्रीमान् सुधी: पण्डितो मेघावी वनिताविलासरसिको बन्धुप्रिय: सात्विक: ॥१०६।। Sloka 106. The person born in the farena (Simha lagna) has but few sons, is hostile to people contented with what they have (but would not better themselves), brave, will charm kings, overcome foes, long for women and repair to a foreign place: the person at whose birth the rising sign is aqr (Kanya) will be skilled in various works, prosperous, talented, of.sound judgment, taking pleasure in the blandishments of lovely women, fond of relations and sincere.

638 जातकपरारजात Adh. IX.

ललितवदननेत्रो राजपूज्यथ विद्वान् मदनरतिविलोल: स्त्रीघनक्षेत्रशाली। विरलद्शनमुख्य: मान्तवुद्धि्विपादी चलमतिरतिभीरुर्जायते तौलिलसे ॥ १०७॥ Sloku 167. The person born in the gereza (Tula lagna) will have a lovely face and charming eyes, he will be honored by kings, learned, fond of the pleasures of love, possessing women, wealth and lands ; his prin- cipal teeth will not be close but apart, he will be calm, pensive, but irresolute and exceedingly timid. सूख: करविलोचनोऽतिचपलो मानी निरायर्धनी विद्वान् वृश्षिकलग्रजथ सुजनद्वेपी विपादमियः । आजथापनिलगज: वुलवर: श्रीमान् यशोनित्तयान् आकोकेरसमुद्भवथ रमणीलोलः शठो दीनवाक। १०८ ।। Stuka 108. The person born in the ginren (Vris. chika lagna will be silly with cruel looks, exceedingly fickle minded, proud, long-lived, wealthy, learned, hostile to good men and nuraing sorrow (pensive). The person whose Lagna at the time of birth is uga (Dhanus) will be wise, the best of his family, prosperous and possessing fame and wealth. the man born in the #wPn (Mahara lagna) will be fond of lovely women, perfidious and will spcak dejectedly. NOTES Being silly is not inconsistent with being learned , James I of England was declared by some hastoran to haye been the most , leathed fool mn Christendom अन्त:शठः परवधूरतकेलिलोल: कार्पण्यशीलधनवान् घटलमजातः ।

SI. 109-111 नवमोऽध्याय 639

स्तेजोवलप्रचुरधान्यघनश्च निद्वान् ॥ १०९।। Sloka 109. The person born in the gHan (Kumbha lagna) will be crafty minded, fond of dalliance with women not his own, of miserly habits and master of much wealth. When Tfta (Meena) 1s the rising sign at a person s birth, he will be learned, sparing in his enjoy. ments, kind to his friends and endowed with spirit and strength, while possessing much corn and wealth । होराफलम ॥ ओजे राशी भानुहोराप्रजातः क्रः कामी वित्तवान् राजपूज्य: । वाग्मी दाता चारुदेहो दयालुर्जारस्त्रीकश्चन्द्रहोरा यदि स्याव् ११० S'oka 110. If the Lagna be an odd sign, and the ar (Hora) be owned by the Sun, the person born will be of a cruel disposition, lustful, rich and honored by kings. But if, the Lagna being an odd sign, the ehtr (Hora) be that of the Mcon, the person born will be eloquent, liberal, handsome, compassionate, but will have an intriguing wife मार्ताण्डहोराजनिवः समर्क्षे मन्त्री कृतज्ञश्चपलोऽतिमीरुः। चन्द्रस्य होराप्रभनः प्रगल्मवाक्योऽलसः पुण्यनधूरतः स्याव् १११ Sloka 111 If a person be born in the Sun's eir (Hora) in an even rising sign, he will be clever in coun- sel, sensible of fivors received, but irresolute and exceedingly timid. If a person be born in the riur (Hora) belonging to the' Moon in an even Rasi, he will be fearless in speech, lazy and fond of a virtuous wife,

638 जासकपारिजाते Adh. IX.

ललितवदननेत्रो राजपूज्यथ विद्वान् मद्नरतिनिलोल: स्रीधनक्षेत्रशाली। रिरलदशनमुरय: शान्तबुद्धिनिपादी चलमतिरतिमीरर्जायते तौलिलये॥ १०७ ॥ Sloku 167. The person born in the gereza (fula lagna) will have a lovely face and charming eyes, he will be honored by kings, learned, fond of the pleasures of love, possessing women, wealth and lands : his prin- cipal teeth will not be close but apart, he will be calm, pensive, but irresolute and exceedingly timid सूर्खः करविलोचनोऽतिचपलो मानी चिरायुर्धनी विद्वान् घृथिकलग्नजय सुजनद्दपी विपादप्रिय: । प्राज्ञथापविलमज: बुलवरः श्रीमान् यश्ञोवित्वान् आकोकेरसमुद्भवय रमणीलोल: शठो दीनवारु ।१०८॥। Sloka 108. The person born in the ghraen (Vris. chika lagna will be silly with cruel looks, exceedingly fickle minded, proud, long lived, wealthy, learned, hostile to good men and nursing sortow (pensive). The person whose Lagna at the time of birth 18 ugu (Dhanus) will be wise, the best of his family, prosperous and possessing fame and wealth, the man born in the HE77W (Makara lagna) will be fond of lovely women, perfidious and will speak dejectedly. NOTES Being silly is not inconsistent with bemg learned , James I of England was declared by some historian lo bave been the most learned fool in Christendom अन्त:शठः परवधूरतिकेलिलोल: कार्पण्यशीलधनवान् घटलमजातः ।

SI. 109-111 नचमोऽध्याय 639

स्तेजोबलप्रचुरधान्यघनथ निद्वान् ॥ १०९।। Sloka 109. The person born in the FHen (Kumbha lagna) will be crafty minded, fond of dallance with women not his own, of miserly habits and master of much wealth. When Ifta (Meena) 1s the rising sign at a person s birth, he will be learned, sparing in his enjoy. ments, kind to his friends and endowed with spirit and strength, while possessing much corn and wealth ॥ होराफलम ॥ ओजे राशी भावुहोराप्रजातः करः कामी नित्तनान् राजपूज्य:। वाग्मी दाता चारुदेहो दयालुर्जारखीकश्न्द्रहोरा यदि स्यान् ११० t Stoka 110 If the Lagna be an odd sign, and the Ehr (Hora) be owned by the Sun, the person born will be of a cruel disposition, lustful, rich and honored by kings. But if, the Lagna being an odd sign, the &rr (Hora) be that of the Mcon, the person born will be eloquent, ltberal, handsome, compassionate, but will have an intriguing wife मार्ताण्डहोराजनितः समर्क्षे मन्त्री कृतनथपलोऽतिभीरुः। चन्द्रस्य होराप्रमनः प्रगल्मवाक्योऽलसः पुण्यनधूरतः स्ाद् १११ Sloka 111 If a person be born in the Sun's fra (Hori) in an even rising sign, he will be clever in coun- sel, sensible of fivors received, but irnsolute and exceedingly timid If a person b born in the ru (Hora) belonging to the' Moon in an even Rasi, he will be fearless in speech, lazy and fond of a virtuous wife.

'640 जातकपारिजाते 'Adh, IX.

॥ द्रेक्काणफलम्॥ कण्ठीरवाजघटकीटमृगाननाद्या मीनालिसिंहवणिगन्त्यगता दगाणा: । करा भवन्ति कटकस्य सरीसृपस् मध्यस्थितथ्र बहुशः प्रवदन्ति सन्तः ।११२।। Sloka 112. The first Drekkana of fae (Simba), मेप (Mesha), कुभ (Kumbha), घृध्षिक (Vrischika) and मकर (Ma- kara), the last Drekkana of मीन (eena), वृक्षिक (Vrischi ka), for (Simha), 371 (Tula) and the middle Drekkana of घटक , Kataka) and वृश्चिक (Vrischika) are, for the most part declared by the sages to be maleftc कुलीर मौनादिगतौ दगाणी मीनाह्वनामन्दिरमध्यगौ च। गोयुग्मयोरन्त्यगतत्रिभागी भवन्ति पद्तोयधरा दगाणा: ११३ Sloka 113 The first Dreklanas of wzw (Kataka) and मीन (Mcena), the middlemost of मीम (Meena) and कन्या (Kanya) and the last ol पृषम (Vrishabha) and fhya (Mithuna) are the six water-bearing Dreklanas. मेपाश्विगोकुंममृगद्विताया तुलाधरसीयुगपूर्वभागाः । चापाङ्गनातोयधरान्त्ययाता दगाणसंज्ञाः प्रमवन्ति सौम्याः।११४। Slokn 114 The second of मेप (Mesha), धनुस (Dha- nus), धृपम (Vrishabha), कुम (Kumbh3) and मकर (Maka ra) and the first of हल(Thula), कन्या (Kanya) and रथुन (Mithuna) and the last of धनुस Dhanus, कन्या (Kanya) and yw (Kumbha) are termed benefic Drekkanas मृगाजकर्कर्यन्त्यगता दगाणा पृपस्य चापस्य च पूर्वयातौ। नृयुग्मतालीहरिमध्यगास्ते विमिथ्रसंज्ञा इति संवदन्ति ॥ ११५॥। Sloka 115. The last of मफर Maka ta)मg (Mesha),

SI. 116-117 नवमोऽध्याय 641

and कटक (Kataka), the first of वृषभ (Vrishabha) and धनुम (Dhanus) and the middlemost of मिथुन (Mithuna), - सुला (Thula) and सिंह (Simha) are termed mixed Drekka nas, say the astrologers with one accord करद्रेक्काणजातः खलमतिरटन: पापकर्माऽपवादी दाता भोगी दयालुः कृपिसलिलमनास्तोयभागे निशीलः । सौम्यद्रेक्काणजो यः सुखधनतनयश्वारुरूपो दयालु: जातो मिश्रे कुशील: परश्रवतिरतः करदृष्टिश्लात्मा॥११६॥ S'oka 116. The person born in a malefic Drekkina will be evil-minded, of wandering habits, addicted to evil deeds and in bid repute, the p'rson born in a तोयधरद्रेकाण (Thoyadhara drekLana) will be liberal, volup. tuous, compassionate, bent on agriculture and irrigation, and void of morality, the person born in an auspicious Drekkana will have rich and happy sons a lovely form, will be tender-hearted, the person born in a mixed Drekkana will be ill behaved, addicted to young women not his own, of cruel aspect and fickle minded. ।। नवांशफलम ॥ मार्ताण्डांशे खलात्मा चलसुतधनवान् पिद्ललाक्षत्र कामी चन्द्रांशे भोगशाली परपुनतिरतः पण्डितो गोधनाढ्यः । भौमांशे करकर्मा चलमतिरटन: पित्रोगी च लुब्धः त्यागी रागी वुघांशे ललिततनुरथर्यातनिद्यो यशसी ।। ११७।। Sloka 117 Ifa person be born in a Hfanin (Surya- nvamsa), he will be evil minded, strong, prolifie, rich, tawny-eyed and lustful, if in a Navamst owned by the Moon, he will be voluptuous, addicted to young women not his own, learned and rich in cows , il in a Navamsa of Mars, he will be addicted to cruel deeds, fickle. 81

642 आल मपरेजाते : .Adh. IX.

minded, of wandering habits, afflicted with bilious com. plaints and avaricious; if in a Navamsa belonging to Mercury, he will be liberal, impassioned, handsome and well-known for his learning and good name. होरारतन दीधांबुद्विनमूर्ष जो समरनुगौरी गभीराराय: तेजम्ी मुरतोपचारकुदल: पापतुरछ मदा। म््य: साहसिकोति चतलघनो रमोत्यधर्म: मुसी परः स्पादरिमदंनोऽल्पतनथो सानोनवांदी नाः । अवति वनरकानितिर्नाति दोर्घोनवरव: प्रविकुलतनुरोमावासवेप: सुदधिः। पहुथनपरिपूणॉ धर्मदीरो गुणत़ः विषयमुखमुवेपः शातरभमोर्नेवारे।। केशांम कपिल: सुपृत्तनयन: पुंएनकिंचितती गौरा: इनसरी मणाह्िताशैस कामी खलो भासरी। धूने: शोधन संग्रहे:तियुपाल: प्राथोऽटधमे: सुखी करः तप्रविम देनोइतिकृपण: स्ाद्नमिजत नरः ।।

माणांयु करपवितयेपु कुशलो धरो धनादा सुखो दिव्यसथम्वरसाज्यभूपणरतः स्याधन्द्रजारे मरः ॥ जीवारी यदि हेमकेशतनुगः श्रेष्ठः सुघी रूपवान् मन्ती पण्डितवाक् प्रसन्नवदनो राजाधिराजप्रिय: । शुकासे परकामिनीजनरतसत्यागी सुखी फण्डितो मन्दांशे यादि पापवुद्धिरधनः स्थूलद्विजो रोगवान् ॥११८। Sloka 118. If a person be born in a Navamsa of Jupiter, he will have golden hair in his person, and will be eminent, talented, beautiful, clever in counsel, speak' ing learnedly, of a cheerful mien, and liked by emperots; if in a Navamsa owned by Venus, he will delight in the society of women not his own, be liberal, comfottably placed and learned; if in a Navamsa belonging:to Saturn,

SI.' 119-120 नवमो:ध्यायः 643 www he will be evil-minded, 'indigent, with large teeth, and afflicted with ailments. हाशरत्न ३१माङ्ग: व्मलोदर: सुबदनो नीलोपलामेक्षण: प्रांशु: शोभनमूर्धजोऽतिविमल: पाणी सुरेसाहितः। युद्धीशो ह्यतिथिप्रियो बहुगणः झूरोह्नावल्लभो वित्ताद्यो मधुरस्वरः सुरगुरोरंशे भवेन्मानयः ।। रक्कोपान्तो नमितनयनो मज्जकेश सुमूतंः कम्तुम्रीवो भयति विकल: श्यामवणः सुनाभि:। शूरः श्रोमानू कविरतिधनों दानतीलो गुगज्ञो चसत्नारद्वार कुसुम निरतो मानवो भागवांरे।। प्रविरलतनुशोभा चत्रकेशः कृुशाहः भवति ललितनेत्रः इवामवर्णः स्वतन्त्रः । व हुगुणपरिपूर्ण: पापशीलो विधमां परिममतधनभागी मानवो भानुर्जार॥ नवाशलपाम् सुसपश्र सौन्यः शुभाशुभैयुंक्कविलोकिता का। शुमै: सुता: स्युः प्रनुरानरस्य करम्रहैः पुन्रसुखँ च न स्यात् ॥ ।। द्वादशांशफलम ॥ जातो मेपद्वादशांशे खलात्मा चोर: पापाचारधर्मानुरक्त: । स्त्रीवित्ाढ्यो रोगवानुक्षभांशे युग्मांशे तु द्यतकृत्यः सुशील: ११९ Sloka 119. If a person be born in a qraia (Dwada- samsa) owned by au (Mesha), he will be a mischievous robber and take to the evil ways and practices of such a vicious class of people; if in a twelfth portion of a sign owned by ou (Vrishabha), he will have plenty of women and wealth and wil sufier irom diseases ; if in a दवादशरेश (Devadasamsa) belonging to मिgुन (Mithuna), he will be a gambler but well-conducted. - दुष्टाचारः कर्कटांशे तपस्वी सिंहे भागे राजकृत्य: सशूरः। दताचारः स्त्रीरतः कन्यकांशे व्यापारी स्पानीलिमांरे धनाढयः।।

644 जातकपारिजाते Adh. IX.

Sloka 120. If a person be born in a graaha (Dwada- samsa) of aiz (Karkata), he will be addicted to bad practices, if in a Kreara (Dwadasamsa) owned by ferr (Simhal, he will be virtuous, engaged in'the business of a hing and will be attended by brave men , if in a Fqr ERTT (Kanyad wadasamsa), he will be a gambler and addicted to women, tf in a Thula dwadasamsa, he will be engaged in trade and have abundance of money कीटांशके वधरुचिर्विट चोरनाथ- थापांशके पितृमहीसुरदेवभक्त: । सस्याधिपो मृगमुखांशभवः समृत्य: कम्भे खलस्त्वनिमिये धनिकय विद्वान्॥ १२१।। Sloka, 121. If a person be born in a wla; (Dwa. dasamsa) owned by qfrs (Vrischika), he will be a murder loving master of rogu's and robbers; if in a RraTin (Dwadisamsa) belonging to VaR (Dhanus), he will diligently pay homage to the Manes, Brahmins and the Gods, if in the arrara (Dwadasamsa) of Her (Makara), he will be the lord of growing corn and, will, have servants, if in a कुम् दादशश (Kumbha dwadasamsa), he will be a mischief maker, if in a atagrgater (Meena dwadasaras1), he will be rich and learned. । त्रिंशांशफलम् ॥ त्रिर्शाशे धरणीसुवस्य चपलः काठिन्यवाक क्ररघी: मन्दस्याटनतत्परो मलिनधीर्जीवांशके नितवान्। सौम्यांगे गुरुदेव मक्तिनिरतः साधुप्रियो बन्धुमान् कामी कान्तवपु: सुखी च भृगुजतिंशांशके जायते ॥१२२१। Sloka 122. If a person be born in a thirtieth

SI. 123-124 नवर्मोडध्याय· 645

portion owned by Mars in any sign, he will be fickle, stiff.voiced and cruel minded, if in one belonging to Satuin in any sign, he will be addicted to wandering and of a depraved mind, if m a faaa (Trimsamsa) of Jupiter in any sign, he will be wealthy, if in a thirtieth portion owned by Mercury in any sign he will have great respect for his preceptors and the Gods, delight in the society of virtuous men and be attended by relatives , if in a faar (Trimsamsa) of Venus in any sign, he will be loving, lovely and happy ॥ वेलाफलम् ॥ वाग्मी शिष्टाचारधर्मस्तपस्वी नित्योत्साही निर्मलो दानशीलः। तेजोविद्यारूपवान् सत्यनादी बीतारातिः सत्यवेलाग्रजातः ॥१२३। Sloka 123 The person who is born in the सरववेला (Satvavela) 18 eloquent, conforming to the duties and practices of the wise, devout, constantly persevering, pure, bountiful, possessed of lustre, learning and beauty, truthful aod without enemies रजोवेलाजातः सुखधनयशोरूपचलनान् जितारातिः फामातुरमतिर नन्धुप्रियमनाः। तमोचेलाजातः परघनरधूको गतसुख: शठस्वामीयन्धुद्विजगुरुनिरोधी चपलधी: ॥। १२४॥। Sluka 124 The person born in the enraer (Rajo vela) will have happiness, wealth, fame, beauty and strength , he will overcome his foes and will be love- sick at heart, his mind will not be Lindly disposed towards his relations The person born in the antaer (Tamovela) will try to secure the wealth and women belonging to others and will lose his happiness thereby.

C46 Adh. IX

He will b:a master rogue, at variance with his relations and venerable superiors and fiche minded. तमःसत्वरजोवेलास्मः गत्वं रजमग: । मनन्त्यर्के दिना दीना मर्धमारेर्नुक्रमात् ।। १२५॥। Sloka 125. The times pereaded by the quilitics of amn (Thamas . dirkness), nrs (Saotva . purity) and n (Rajas passion) are to be reckoned by semi-yamas (hill. yamasan hour and a hall or 334 Ghatikas) regulirly in the order min (Thims), a (Satva), tant (Rajas), worn (Thamas), wr (Satva), 1an (Rayas), Ac. Irom Sunday forward through the other days of the week. NOTI <. According to this stol i, each day as drvided into 16 half. yamas, the first wints (Atdhayams) as well as the last of a Sunday is a n4tlrt (3hamoiela), the first and the last of a Mondry are Satvika, of a Tueatry, Rasa, of a Wedne lay, Thamasa, of a Thuisday, Situla, of a I'riday, Rayia; of a Saturday, Thamisa ॥ कालहोराफलम् ॥

आरम्य बारतो होरा रात्री पश्चमरारतः ।। १२६।। Sloka 126 Jupiter, Mars, the Sun, Venus, Mercury, the Moon, Saturn-this is the order in which the lords of the Horas follow in succession The Hora in any day of the week i5 reckoned beginning with that day ic. its lord The Hora on the night of the week day chosen 1s reckoned from the 5th week day therefrom For example, the first Hora of Monday as the Moon's: the NOTES next, Saturn's the one after that, Jupiter s, and so on till the be

648 जरतकपारिजाते Ađh, IX.

ral effects due to the birth being viewed from various stand-potnts have been treated of effecttvely by the blessing and grace of the Sun and other planets Thus ends the 9th Adhyaya in the work marqrftarre (Jatakaparijata) compiled by Vaidyanatha under the aus s pices of the nine planets NOTES It is worth while to know when and how the various effect treated of in this Chapter will come to pass in the life of any per son In this connection the following slokas of mrarr (Jataka bharana) will be found interesting - उक्तानि सव सरपूर्वकाणा फलानि तम्मास्तिरिति प्रवर्प्या। सायरसर सावनवर्पपस्य पर्केडयनतुंपभव खराको ॥ १ ॥ मासोदव मामपतेम्तयेन्द्रो राणोदुपक्षप्रभव व यम सात्। तिथिप्रसूत करणोद्व ध चन्द्ान्तरोडकंस दुशाविमागे॥२ ॥ पारोह्न वारिभोर्निचिन्त योगीरयमिन्द्ूकंवलान्चितखव। एपोन्दव ग्नवतेर्देशार्या दम्भावयुमाशिजमेवसूहमू ॥ ३॥ The effeets of the year and other d vis ons of time nherein a birth tal es place have been deseribed The occurrence of those effects should be settled as follows what has been stated for the year, will take place during the npening of the dasa of the lord of the Br7 (Savana) year (s e a year of 360 days) the efleat for the half year and the Season during the dasa of the Sun that for the month duting the dasa of the lord of the month that for the half month Ir (I aksha) is welf as for the asterism during the dasa of the Moon that for the fafs (Thith) and the Fro (ht rana) in the suh period of tbe Moon in the Sun s dasa that for the weeh day an (Vara) during the dasa of the lord of the week aay that for the qm (Yoga should be considered with reference to a horoscope wherein the Sun and the Moon are strong that for the Lagna during the daes petiod of the lord of the Lagna that for the Ris which has a planetaty aspect on st or is the seat of a bhava shouid be deduced mn tl s wwy-a e as likely to occur during the dasa of the lord of that Ras